You are on page 1of 299

Picatrix: Ghayat Al-hakim : the Goal of the Wise /ctranslated from the Arabic by Hashem Atallah ;

Edited by William Kiesel, Maslamah ibn Amad Majr-, Ouroboros Press,


2002, 0966295013, 9780966295016, . First English Language Edition. Octavo. Cloth in printed dust
jacket. (xvii), 173 pages. Edited and with an Introduction by William Kiesel. First English Translation
from the Arabic. Contains the first 2 books of the Picatrix..
DOWNLOAD FULL VERSION HERE
The divine seal , Emma Louise Orcutt, 1909, , 314 pages. .
Astrology in the Renaissance The Zodiac of Life, Eugenio Garin, 1983, Astrology, 160 pages. .
A Treatise on Angel Magic Magnum Opus Hermetic Sourceworks, Adam McLean, Mar 20, 2006,
Body, Mind & Spirit, 225 pages. An invaluable contribution to esoteric scholarship, this classic text
comprises an exact and complete transcription of a rare 17th century volume on Angel Magic. With
editor ....
Sacred mask, sacred dance , Evan John Jones, Chas Clifton, Mar 1, 1997, Crafts & Hobbies, 178
pages. Witchcraft and shamanism are merged together through the use of masks. The book
describes how to make masks and to use them to awaken dormant spiritual states. Illustrated..
The Real History of the Rosicrucians Founded on Their Own Manifestoes, and on Facts and
Documents Collected from the Writings of Initiated Brethren, Arthur Edward Waite, 2000, , 456
pages. This Elibron Classics title is a reprint of the original edition published by George Redway,
1887, London.
The Secret Language of Relationships Your Complete Personology Guide to Any Relationship With
Anyone, Gary Goldschneider, Joost Elffers, Oct 1, 2003, Body, Mind & Spirit, 819 pages. Uses
personology profiles to predict the nature of romance, friendship, marriage, business, and family
relationships.
The Rosicrucians , Hargrave Jennings, 1996, , 492 pages. 1870 One of the rarer books on this
organization out of print for years. This volume gives much history of the early Rosicrucians
(Agrippa, Robert Fludd, Jacob Boehm, Henry ....
The Rosicrucians Christian Students of the Holy Kabalah, Arthur Edward Waite, Sep 30, 2006, , 8
pages. .
Socrates , , 2005, , 416 pages. .
Sepher Maphteah Shelomo , Hermann Gollancz, 1914, Reference, 156 pages. .
Picatrix: Ghayat al-hakim : the goal of the Wise, Volume 1 Ghayat al-hakim : the goal of the Wise,

Maslamah ibn Amad Majr-, Hashem Atallah, William Kiesel, 2002, , . .

-
-

, Steven Ashe, Oct 31, 2007, Body, Mind & Spirit,
436 pages. Complete Rendering of The Picatrix or yat al-akm [f
l-sir] 'The Goal of the Wise [in sorcery]'. This is a grimoire (grammar) of the Art of Magic &
Astrological Lore ....
Eros and Magic in the Renaissance , Ioan P. Culianu, Nov 15, 1987, History, 264 pages. It is a
widespread prejudice of modern, scientific society that "magic" is merely a ludicrous amalgam of
recipes and methods derived from primitive and erroneous notions about ....

Picatrix refers to both the author and the Latin version of the Arabic grimoire, entitled
- yat al-akm or, "The Goal of the Wise." It is a composite work that
synthsizes a survey of older works on magic and astrology. According to its prologue, Picatrix was
translated into Spanish from the Arabic by order of Alphonso X of Castile in 1256. Later, Andalusian
translators created a Latin version based on both the Arabic and Spanish manuscripts. It has been
attributed to Maslama ibn Ahmad al-Majriti (an Andalusian mathematician), but many have called
this attribution into question. Consequently, the author is sometimes listed as "Pseudo-Majriti."
The text is divided into four books that describe a complete magical system, called nigromancy, and
offers detailed instructions for astrological guidance and the construction of talismans. Picatrix offers
a window into a total system of thought, knowledge, and ways of being, complete with theoretical
and moral legitimations, that had a significant influence on the development of European magical
traditions. Noted European occultists who used or referenced this work include Marsilio Ficino,
Heinrich Cornelius Agrippa, Thomas Campanella. The edition in the British Library passed through
several hands: Simon Forman, Richard Napier, Elias Ashmole and William Lilly.
The Arab historian, Ibn Khaldun, ascribed authorship of Picatrix to the mathematician, al-Majriti, who
died in between 1005CE and 1008CE. However, the author of the text places its origin about 50
years later. [1] Others have argued that Picatrix is an attribution to Hippocrates, via a transcription of
the name Burqratis or Biqratis in the Arabic text. [2] The Latin text does translate the name Burqratis
as Picatrix, however, this still does not establish the identity of Burqratis. Some have argued that this
was a corruption of the name Hippocrates,[3] but this explanation has fallen into disfavor because
the text cites Hippocrates under the name Ypocras. [4] Another theory purports that Picatrix is a
Latinized form of Maslama. According to this theory, the Latin root picare is a translation of the
Arabic root of Maslama, m-s-l, meaning "to sting or bite like a serpent."[5] This makes a strong
connection between Picatrix and the attributed author, Maslama al-Majriti, but the time between
authorship of the text and al-Majriti's death still leaves this issue in question.
Picatrix Volume Two contains the 3rd and 4th books of Ghayat Al-Hakim and will complete the
English translation. It is a larger book than volume one and contains much in the way of the practical
working of astral and talismanic magic. Planetary and Zodiacal magic and full instructions for
invoking the related spirits are provided along with all the requisite materials needed; stones, plants,
inks, colors, incenses, talismans and the invocations. In addition to this are many anecdotes relating
to Arabic and pre-Islamic magical lore, including the writings of Ibn Wahshija, the Nabataeans,
Sabians, Chaldeans and Assyrians. Of particular note is the magical plant and mineral lore from the
Nabataean Agriculture, which portray ancient practices of pagan Iraq. The influence of the Picatrix
can be seen in several texts of well-known authors of the western esoteric tradition, including Ficino,
Mirandola, Abano and Agrippa, whose works have played a major role of forming contemporary
manifestations of the esoteric tradition today.
I really dislike writing reviews about products I'm not pleased with BUT this is a translation - and not
a very good one - for a good price that I paid for it. I'm not going to hammer on the mistakes and
what-not however I will say that Ouroboros Press did a lovely job (as usual) with the cover, binding,

layout, font and overall design. It feels like a Magical book but the inner mistakes just make it totally
unreliable to count on for accurate information for Picatrix talisman making.
I'm willing to part with my copy to recover my losses if a collector wants it for their library to go with
the first edition, but if you're looking for an 'accurate' translation, then you may want to get a copy of
the Warburg Institutes German edition, scan, copy and paste to Babelfish and with a little common
sense, you'll come out with something that's more usable than this edition.
Ouroboros Press's volume 1 (2002) is quirky but elegantly produced and with a charming style of its
own. However vol 2 (2008) is a disappointment. The binding (trade edition) is not uniform - a
different colour cloth, and a different size title typeface & logo on the spine means the 2 volumes
look most odd sitting together on the shelf. The text is badly written, with many colloquial
Americanisms and grammatical errors to the point that it often does not make sense. The
typography uses copious italics and bold which are hard on the eye and the elegant if quirky
consistency of technical terms used in the 1st volume is here abandoned. Needless to say the
typeface and page layout are not the same as vol. 1. I give this 2 stars for effort as they have at
leased finished this project, but quality and consistency have suffered a lot.
I looked forward to getting this new translation of books 3 & 4 of Picatrix because I have a particular
interest in incenses used in magic. I'd had the French translation of the Latin on my wish list for such
a long time, but when this turned up, I thought it would be a better investment. Was I ever wrong.
This is one of the most amateurish translations of any text I have ever seen. It reminds me of being
an undergrad in Russian and trying to make sense of a Pushkin story--I'd get all the words
translated and still couldn't understand what the heck the sentence said. That happens so often in
this book. If I were this translator, I would either change my name so no one knew I did this work or
find employment in some other field.
This is a book that has been far too long out of the hands of English readers. Previous editions were
garbled, incomplete or only available in Latin or Spanish or German. This is *the* magnificent lost
source of all of Abramelin, the Goetia, Agrippa - and of most of the entire tradition of Western
Ceremonial Magick starts with this book! I can hardly wait for book two to be published, it has never
existed in any language outside of Arabic and Latin, from what I can find. This is a most lucid and
excellent translation, and vastly superior to any of its imitators throughout the Ages. Go to the
source! This is Magick. This is the native Arab tradition that everyone from Agrippa to Dee to
Mathers to Crowley has had to deal with second hand. Brion Gysin had to 'go native' in Morocco to
get it first hand, and then in a folk context. This edition is a Masterpiece of scholarship and it is
lovingly printed by a most excellent and capable small publisher, Ouroboros Press of Seattle, WA.
An extremely important book, and a work of art in terms of Bookbinding. Get yours now, its limited to
1,000 copies and already out of print. Secondary market prices are climbing steeply. I cannot
recommend this book highly enough to both serious students of Arabic and Western esotericism and
collectors of fine and rare books. A true and wonderful Masterpiece.
This is an excellent version of the classic occult text. I give it four stars for its clarity and the artistry
in producing the book itself. However, there are differences between the Arabic and Latin versions
of the text (some sublte, others significant). Unfortunately, the influence of Picatrix on European
magical thinking came from the Latin version. Thus, Agrippa, et. al. were not reading the Arabic
version. So whether you appreciate this book depends on what you want from it. If you are looking
for an accessible introduction to this text, then this is definitely a good candidate (though the cost is
prohibitive). However, if you are looking to find the source that influenced the famous occultists, it's
best that you learn Latin and pick up a copy of the Latin version. There are also good translations of
the Latin version in Spanish, Italian, and French - so if you are familiar with any of those, the text will
be accessible.
He was among the most brilliant of Spanish Muslims during the reign of Al-Hakam II. According to
'id ibn Ahmad Andalus he was the best mathematician and astronomer of his time (in
Al-Andalus).[2]:64 He also introduced new surveying methods by working closely with his colleague

Ibn al-Saffar. He also wrote a book on taxation and the economy of Al-Andalus. (Wikipedia)(less)
The Picatrix (P) is perhaps best known as a manual for occultist talismanic magic based on
astrological principals. Based primarily on the lunar mansions, a theoretical understanding of the
cosmos that divides the sky into twenty-eight sections based on the lunar cycle within a month, the
Picatrix guides its readers through a series of methods for attaining an outcome of ones desire
through aligning the practitioner with the lunar cycles, sympathetic resonances to material
correspondences, and optimum times to perform magical acts based on precise planetary
alignments, especially in consideration of the lunar mansions. Despite the fact that the major
emphasis of the authors work involves detailed recipes for ritual, he does also express a
philosophical foundation with which he justifies his actions. A philosophical foundation that rests
largely on the theory of hypostases articulated in Platos Timaeus. By presenting us with a
philosophical basis for his actions, the Picatrix moves out of being merely a cookbook for the occult
inclined and gives way to other considerations.
This paper will attempt to explore those philosophical foundations on which the Picatrix rests. What
is the purpose for the individual who sees this text? What is gained from utilizing it? The author says
he does it all for wisdom. What does this text say about wisdom? This paper will first articulate the
issue of authorship and a brief summary of the magical practices found in the text. The various
historical and philosophical influences on the text will also be articulated. Once these particulars are
addressed, the philosophical foundation as presented by the author of the Picatrix will be explored,
along with a brief exploration of Platos Timaeus. Criticisms and Conclusions will follow.
David Pingree claims that Islamic thinkers established the Picatrix as the most through
exposition of celestial magic in Arabic . He argues that the author of the Picatrix, though has
previously been incorrectly identified, is actually unknown. We can say with certainty that the text
originates from Spain, but any authors who may be attested to be the writers of the Picatrix lived
long after its publication. Though many Arabic books in a great variety of hermetic, alchemy,
astrology, and various forms of magic, including celestial magic arose during the same time period
of the twelfth century, the Picatrix is unique in that it compiles all these systems of thought into one
cohesive whole. The author speaks in a voice that is distinctly different that the authors already
known. The best that can be surmised is that the Picatrix was influenced by many other texts, and
cites many sources (which will be discussed later). Its accurate authorship remains unknown.
David Pingree defines magical practices as those that are dependant on the premise that some
natural products, such as stones, plants, and animals, have a direct sympathy with and can utilize
the powers of spiritual or demonic forces. These spirits permeate the elements and exist on other
worldly realms that correspond to our material on earth. This understanding of magical practice and
theory has a history of influence that can be comprehended within the Picatrix, otherwise known as
Ghayat al-Hakim, or The Aim of the Sage.
By providing an intricate and highly structured philosophical basis for its actions, Pingree argues that
the Picatrix operates under the pretension that all the magical instruction contained therein,
regardless of how grotesque the performance or how vile the requirement addressed may be, are
approved of and perhaps even involve the power of a supreme God, through the intermediaries of
His angels and supportive spirits willing to reach a human practitioner and intercede on ones
behalf.
The fundamental object of the Picatrix is to teach its reader how to ascertain the appropriate
astrological time to contact celestial spirits and then draw down their essence by inducing
them into a talisman created with materials which are sympathetic to, or in other words resonate to,
that particular spirit. In this way, the talisman becomes infused with that spirits energy so that the
ends of the practitioner match the intention with which the talisman was created. The talisman there
on contains the power of the spirit infused into it. This talismanic approach involves rituals, where
inducing the spirit is encouraged through the use of various materials including stones, minerals,
plants, or animals that correspond to the spirits celestial sphere of natural residence. An image,
words, incenses, and animal sacrifices that also hold to this correspondence are utilized at an

astrologically determined time.


Pingree highlights the importance of an astrologically sanctioned time. Pingree states that the author
of P believed that it was only at those moments, as articulated by the author, that the corresponding
planetary alignment would allow the opening for the spirit to be accessible. It would be only in that
moment that an opening in the celestial spheres would take place, which would allow a spiritual
being to travel through a specific ray and into the talisman. The practitioner, at this astrologically
sanctioned time, took great care to ensure as clear a passage as possible from spiritual power to
talisman. Rituals would be performed considering not only supportive celestial alignments, but the
practitioner went through great lengths to ensure that their participation in the ritual aided contact
and penetration. Practitioners did this through extensive rituals of personal purification, involving but
not exclusive to ingesting certain foods, wearing of specific garments, burning incense which
correspond to the spirit being called, making animal sacrifices, and verbal recitations of sacred
words, said at times either in prayer form, or hymns recited in rhythmic repeated fashion.
This idea of sympathetic chains running from planetary spirits and into material objects is central to
the philosophical foundation on which the celestial magic of the Picatrix rests. The text contains
tables of extensive correspondences. Lengthy lists of planetary stones, of the psychological
faculty, activities, language, exterior and interior parts of the human body, colour, taste, places
metals, trees, herbs, plants, spices, animals, insects, and birds governed by each of the zodiac
signs were articulated. Such correspondence tables and subsequent images based on decan,
a subdivision of every third of each zodiacal sign, as well as correspondences relating to each of the
twenty-eight lunar mansions, is provided to its reader. Different segments of the sky, as determined
whether by planet, zodiacal sign, decan, or lunar mansion, have different presiding spiritual bodies.
The Picatrix maintains that the images representative of a spiritual body, when engraved on an
amulet, further assert its magical effect. The amulet stays in sympathetic relation to the ritual, and
keeps its connection to the planetary alignment and corresponding spiritual being, under which the
amulet was created.
Pingree is careful to trace the roots of each aspect of the Picatrix. He finds that the aspect of
talismanic magic originates from Mesopotamia, where the tablets outlining instructions to create
lunar talismans, are the oldest documents to be found on this matter . Dividing the sky into the
subdivisions of decans goes as far back as ancient Egypt, where papyrus outlining correspondence
tables of material substances to these sections of the sky are documented . The spiritual influences
of the planets are suggested in the catarchic astrology of ancient Hellenistic times . Images relating
lunar mansions to parallel iconography are found most notable in Indian Sanskrit texts .
Placing images of lunar mansions onto amulets and talismans is most specifically identified as
Indian in origin. Pingree asserts it was Indian texts that identified the best activities to undertake and
participate in during different days of the lunar cycle. A connection between lunar days and planning
ones activities where also expounded on by the Iranians, Persians, Greeks, and Buddhists.
Pingree ultimately sums up the talismanic magic practices and instructions found in the Picatrix in
two parts. First, entreaty and appeal to the planets and the angles representing or connected to
those planets. Second, talismans infused by astral waves with heavenly, divine strength. These
practices would have left the author open to persecution in the time the text was written for the
perceived desire to reach demonic spirits. Any alterations and elaborate justifications, particularly on
Neo-Platonic grounds, would have been well considered of the author.
Pingree outlines the various influences on Arabic scientific thought that were taking place at the time
the Picatrix was written. Though Neo-Platonism is an obvious influence for Pingree, particularly in
Greek and Syrian literature, there was also an influence of Indian and Iranian thought that came
together to form the mix of ideas that were taking place in Arabia at the time. This confluence of
ideas dated in the region to pre-Islamic times. Pingree argues that although the Picatrix states that
the magical practices described within are directly Neo-Platonic, which is based on the premise that
all magical powers (come) from the One who is by definition the Good, the magical actions
in the text make it clear that the influences affecting the author date back to the ancient cultures of

Egypt and Mesopotamia, filtered through Hellenistic and Roman systems . The Picatrix itself only
names three main sources for its knowledge; The Sabians, the Greeks, and the Indians. It uses
these cultures to justify its methods of creating talismans, worshiping the planets, and invoking
magically projected characters through spoken phrases.
The Picatrix uses the Neo-Platonic framework of hypostases theory within which to operate when
participating in magical practice. By staying within this framework the author assures that no
demonic forces will be invoked and only the Good will be invoked. Though a detailed exposition of
Platos hypostases theory is outside the scope of this paper, suffice it to say that in Platos
cosmology all forms, seen and unseen, are connected through a chain that allows sympathy to
occur. From God, intellect, soul, nature, motion, heat, and the elements there exists a
parallel that allows the basis of magical practice.
The author of the Picatrix begins his preface with an elaborate praise to God and the prophet of
Islam, thus identifying himself as a Muslim philosopher. He goes on to say that he was encouraged
by the interest of his time in the matters in which he speaks, mainly those of talismanic magic. He
says that it was those of his generation that were unsure as to the approach they should take and
lacked a manual of methodology in these matters who inspired him to write his treatise. He
declares that philosophers before him intentionally presented their material in a manner that was
hidden within symbols and articulated in a vague manner. Those other philosophers did this
because they understood that the material being presented could be used for ill. The author of P is
confident that this would not happen with his text because God sanctions what he has written and
God protects the world. He does acknowledge that some knowledge must still be presented in a
vague manner in order that it only is accessible to those who have done the initial work of being
worthy of this knowledge. That is, that if someone has gone through the lengths to gain the
preliminary knowledge of understanding symbols and secret alphabets, then these secrets would
rightly reveal themselves to them. In this way, the revelation of knowledge, particularly the
knowledge he presents in this manual, is the kind that reveals itself slowly, through a practitioner
doing the initial work of seeking knowledge. As more work is done to understand the symbols and
codes, more is understood, and thus more is revealed.
Though the roots of the authors practice may have had polytheistic origins, as identified by
Pingree earlier in this essay, the author makes it clear that his stand is completely monotheistic. His
monotheistic basis is an important one for it connects to his understanding and justification of the
Neo-Platonic model on which his practices are based. The author of P explains that it is the One
who sits on top and has knowledge of all beings. He explains that there are ranks of reality, and
that through effort, one can ascend through these ranks and elevate oneself in status, thereby
bringing ones rank up higher on this hierarchy of reality. To know these ranks and to
experience and accept their existence is wisdom in reality.
The author of P believes that the ultimate goal and purpose of his task is the cultivation of wisdom. It
is, according to him, broad and noble, and seeking it is an obligation, as well as a virtue. To
attain a degree of wisdom has benefits that include an enlightening of the intellect and a revealing of
the spirit with an eternal, ceaseless, and magnificent luminosity that comes from the search for
understanding the wisdom available by connecting to the beings of these various ranks. Significantly
as well, paying less attention and giving less credence to the visible world of matter and material
lead to the greatest benefits.
By sheer seeking does one begin to live in this elevated state where the wisdom of the One is more
readily available. This allows a more personal relationship with the One and grants wisdom that is
superior to those who do not do the work to cultivate this form of wisdom. It allows the reality of the
whole of existence, with its various realms and manifestations, to become more clear and
transparent. By having this connection to the One, the practitioner, or rather cultivator and seeker of
wisdom would have a foreknowledge of things to come. A better understanding of the relationship
between cause and outcome, between source and consequence, thus being better able to see the
variety of influences on the cause.

Wisdom seems to be the central theme and foundational basis for what motivates the author of P in
his search and practice of the magical arts. He goes on to identify three subjective, personal, and
particular features of wisdom. First, he explains that wisdom contains the inherent quality of growth
and is undying, unending, and everlasting. Secondly, the cultivation of wisdom leads to an inner
chastisement, and inner reprimand, that allows one to discipline, restrain and control ones self.
Thirdly, and perhaps most importantly, wisdom is something that must be cultivated by the
individual. It will not come uninvited and will not come within reach or move towards anyone who
does not express interest or make some sort of appeal in the direction of its cultivation.
The author states that his whole intention for writing this manual to talismanic magic, as well as the
philosophical basis, is to inspire and stimulate the reader towards the actions that may lead to the
attainment of knowledge. This thirst, this desire, this wish to attain wisdom is what the author of P
hopes to stimulate within the reader. It is the cultivation of knowledge that will lead to the attainment
of wisdom that is the noblest goal of humanity.
The author of Ps definition of magic corresponds to his understanding of wisdom. He gives a
definition of magic that can be considered rather all-encompassing when he articulates magic as
language, verbal skill, actions and activities that are utilized, either individually or together, in a
manner that can catch the attention and interest, mesmerize, or charm a person or spirit. One is
able to be a magnet for and create a centre of attention through expressive demonstration,
monitoring, paying attention, and demonstrating appreciation. He acknowledges that what he is
cultivating and articulating is a vague discipline, but there is a heavenly power that can lead
one to a depth of understanding required to appreciate the truth of his explanation. One can be lead
to the layers of meaning he alludes to through examination, study, and imagination. These
requirements make it challenging and demanding to understand for almost all people.
The author of P cites several philosophers throughout his text, and states he has modelled his own
work after such notables as Plato and Proclus (elsewhere he also cites Aristotle, Ptolemy, and
several Arabic thinkers of his time). He believes that both Plato and Proclus deliberately wrote in a
manner that was unclear, ambiguous, elusive, and nebulous in order to guard and shield their work,
and the wisdom contained therein, from people who would not be cognizant nor conversant. This
indistinctness and ambiguity is what sets Plato apart and indicates his strength as a philosopher. It
is the abstraction of his material that necessitates and obliges one who has the desire to know to be
motivated to do the required contemplation, consideration, rumination, and meticulous assessment
in order to find the wisdom buried behind what appears to be clearly stated. Of all the arts of wisdom
there are essentially two categories. The first type of wisdom is obvious, and the second type is
concealed. It is the concealed art which is most worthy of attainment because it requires personal
deliberation and the effort of analysis, both of the self and of the text, in order that the wisdom may
be earned.
Considering that Platos influence in so important to the author of P, enough so that he cites
Plato on several occasions, and in particular, justifies his pursuit of wisdom through aligning with the
hypostases, perhaps it would be best to look to Platos classic text Timaeus itself for what
insight it offers on the philosophic justification of the pursuit of wisdom through talismanic magic.
Platos Timaeus does spend many paragraphs on the description and deciphering of the various
spheres, or realms, of existence which complement the view that the magic found in the Picatrix is
indeed Neo-Platonic, in that it relies on this articulation of ranks of reality to physical
correspondences. As said before, a full articulation of Platos enunciation is outside the scope of
this paper. The question on the attainment of wisdom as it relates to the philosophical foundation of
the Picatrix is the focus of the discussion presented here.
Then as to wisdom, do you observe how our law from the very first made a study of the whole
order of things, extending even to prophecy and medicine which gives health, out of these divine
elements deriving what was needful for human life, and adding every sort of knowledge which was
akin to them. All this order and arrangement the goddess first imparted to you when establishing
your city; and she chose the spot of earth in which you were born, because she saw that the happy

temperament of the seasons in that land would produce the wisest of men. Wherefore the goddess,
who was a lover both of war and of wisdom, selected and first of all settled that spot which was the
most likely to produce men likest herself. And there you dwelt, having such laws as these and still
better ones, and excelled all mankind in all virtue, as became the children and disciples of the
gods.
But he who has been earnest in the love of knowledge and of true wisdom, and has exercised
his intellect more than any other part of him, must have thoughts immortal and divine, if he attain
truth, and in so far as human nature is capable of sharing in immortality, he must altogether be
immortal; and since he is ever cherishing the divine power, and has the divinity within him in perfect
order, he will be perfectly happy.
This section of Timaeus speaks of the promise of wisdom to one who develops the skills of
contemplation and reflection, through the implementation of ones intellect. To a person who
would have an enthusiasm for learning and a drive towards true wisdom, the promise of immortality
waits as the potential to be fulfilled. Perhaps it is this experience of immortality that the author of P
seeks when he supports the practice of his brand of astrological magic, and the deep understanding
of the philosophical foundations to the practice of talismanic magic, that could lead to a life of
contentment and satisfaction.
Brian Vickers, though citing the historical importance of the text, criticizes the Picatrix for not having
anything at all to do with wisdom or the attainment of knowledge, or even for a desire to know the
One better through the practice of working with beings of different ranks. Instead, he believes the
Picatrix alters, misrepresents, and distorts the Neo-Platonic model in order to justify the fundamental
purpose of the text, which is to serve as a manual that would allow one to seek and act on
one’s own behalf for personal gain. Such base desires as money, power, and
women are cited as some of the aims of a text, which is clothed in the robe of science. Magic is,
and was even at the time of the writing of the Picatrix, fundamentally a practice towards the
fulfilment of individual aims and personal power.
Willy Hartner expresses his first impression of the Picatrix as being a bizarre amalgamation of
incongruent, unrelated, and contrasting ideas. He found the text unsophisticated and vulgar, and
bordering on the offensive. His main criticism seems to be that the text seems to desire a unity
where none exists. The Picatrix attempts to merge its Neo-Platonic foundation with ancient and
archaic superstitious practices that are not necessarily relevant to the aim of the Neo-Platonist.
What the text does accomplish is that it serves as an illustration of our human desire of
cohesiveness and the desire to feel that efforts to affect our fate are pious and divinely noble and
sanctioned.
Aside from the criticism that the main purpose of the text is to support the expression of personal will
upon the world, another obvious question that can be raised involves the philosophical foundation of
which the Picatrix rests, that is, as a manual that is written primarily to aid in the development of
knowledge, in the ultimate aims to earn wisdom. Questions around the many other possible
definitions of wisdom, and the methods and approaches to experiencing wisdom in ones life
can arise. The full extent of what wisdom means, and how people went about articulating its
attainment within the same cultural context as the time and place of the Picatrixs writing are
perhaps outside the scope of this essay. It is, however, a valuable area of exploration and
consideration in a more protracted exploration than the one found in this paper.
The Author of P himself suggests, Knowledge can only be obtained by those who are well
versed in all arts of wisdom. He goes on to list such diverse activities as religious revelations,
asceticism, Arabic-Islamic jurisprudence, theology, and logic as a part of these arts. He goes so far
as to allude that each of these arts are a part of ascension on the ranks of being, in line with the
Neo-Platonic spheres of hypostases that his whole philosophical foundation is based upon. It
appears that the author of P recognizes that there are many ways to develop knowledge that could
lead to wisdom, though he suggests that one needs to be a well-rounded person and develop all of
these skills within oneself. The limited English translation utilized for this paper, and the outline of

the complete Latin translation, suggests that, in his writing, the author of P focuses almost
exclusively on the celestial sciences, or astrological occult practices.
I began this paper with a brief introduction to the Picatrix. Its question of authorship and a brief
summary of the magical practices found within the text followed. The historical and philosophical
influences have been explored. I began my thesis in the hopes of elucidating some key critical
questions in this academic exploration: What is the purpose for the individual who sees this text?
What is gained from utilizing it? The author says he does it all for wisdom. What does this text say
about wisdom?
The text itself says that the author hopes to inspire within the reader a thirst for knowledge that
would lead on to wisdom. Wisdom is the highest ideal. The definition of wisdom for the Author of P
appears to arrive within a Neo-Platonic framework. What one gains from wisdom is a closer
relationship to the One, a direct experience of the divine itself. By dedicating oneself to the arts of
wisdom, one is able to move more fully in the various spheres of existence and ever closer to
understanding the immortal nature within, thus that realization would lead one to immortality.
Though he states that occult practices are only one piece in this ultimate goal, it is the main focus of
the Picatrix. The text relies on a conscious connection with Plato and other Neo-Platonists, and
unconscious connections with the confluence of occult practices from various ancient cultures, to
justify its belief that wisdom is something that is ultimately felt. Wisdom is something to be
experienced. Most importantly perhaps, wisdom is to be earned through contemplation, reflection,
and the effort to understand oneself through the intellect and through esoteric experience.
For your convenience, we have included links to read the source material online or download a free
PDF (if available) and/or purchase the printed or digital form of the material. By clicking the links,
you are in no way obligated to purchase anything. If you do decide to purchase materials through
our links, you help to support this site by allowing us to work on it further. We thank you very much
for your support.
This work reveals the uses of astrological and Qabalistic talismans for spiritual use. It shows how
the reader can learn the mysteries hidden in the ancient system of magical squares. Step-by-step
instructions teach both the beginner and the experienced Qabalist how to: create
mandala-talismans; how to acquire a magical Guardian Angel; correct guidelines for obtaining
spiritual guides; the traditional Golden Dawn magic seals; and the Tattwa system. The guide
contains sections on the meaning of numbers, planetary attributes and many other symbols.
Explanations are also given about the secret techniques for awakening these images in the
subconscious to energize the chakra system and personal aura. There is also a section on Gematria
for the seasoned Qabalist, and a chapter on Daath.
In his quest for knowledge, the author seamlessly weaves in his own travels into different fields of
consciousness. These include experiences in the personal field, where he is confronted with the
constructs of his own psyche, as well as visitations to collective fields of consciousness that appear
to have an independent existence beyond the eye of the beholder.
It has obtained a foothold among men that no other religion or science has been able to reach in
regard to a future life. Like other reformations we have and are building such powerful auxiliaries to
the success and growth of Spiritualism that no force can disturb its progress. We hope to make this
work plain and comprehensive to its readers. All of this and much more is now easily to be learned
by any one who will investigate and study the constantly increasing literature of Spiritualism at the
present day.
The short, terse paragraphs and independent sentences contained in the three books, Rending the
Vail, Beyond the Vail, and the Guiding Star, have given food to the hungry soul. This book will be
entirely written by us, different than the other three books, being fully satisfied that the thoughts and
expressions contained in this book will richly repay for the time consumed in their study, and that
they will throw much needed light in what Spiritualism is, and what Spiritualists believe; this book is

herewith presented to the public.


A detailed description of the history and trends in the oriental and occidental philosophy and science
of dreams is presented here. The myths and facts about acquisition of extra sensory knowledge,
precognition, and psychological depths of the unconscious mind and the unknown subtle world of
the inner self through dreams are elucidated here. Thorough reviews of Freud’s,
Jung’s and contemporary psychological theories vis-a-vis the relevant aspects of the
ancient science of spirituality are discussed under broad perspectives.
The book presents the invaluable pearls of ancient knowledge in terms of – elucidation of the
five levels of dream vis-a-vis the five subtle sheaths of consciousness and the deeper aspects of
creative conjugation of mind with the inner impulses of the soul. It is up to us how best we make use
of this rare guidance on spiritual evolution and opportunity of epoch-making research bestowed on
us.
The current status and future scope of research on dreams is discussed with substantial references.
Special attention is focused on dream based early detection, diagnosis and therapies in the context
of reported scientific experiments. The readers will also get to know how the decipheration of
dreams could help resolving the complexities of psychosomatic disorders and elevating one’s
psychology.It is said that the ‘time-capsule’ existing in the inner cores of unconscious
mind contains the key to realization of supernormal faculties like –– clairvoyance,
telepathy, premonition, intuition, audio-visual perceptions beyond the constraints of time and space,
complete knowledge of the past and future and of the esoteric features of nature. The false
convictions, illusions and the truth of the transcendental realities of dreams and the subliminal world
of the unconscious mind are brought out trenchantly by the author with discussions on a wide
variety of live examples of dreams collected from authentic reports and research documents. The list
of examples includes the dreams that led to great scientific discoveries or masterpiece creations of
literature, art and music in the modern age, as well as the significant dreams of the architects of
world history.
The journalist and author W. H. Davenport Adams (1828-91) established a reputation for himself as
a popular science writer, translator and lexicographer. In this 1889 work, he traces the development
of magic, alchemy and witchcraft in England from the fourteenth century and portrays some of the
most important 'magicians'.
The Gnosis of Kali Yuga penetrates into the most essential and practical aspects of the esoteric
teachings that exist hidden within all great religions and spiritual doctrines. A vast range of schools
and systems are explored and found to possess at their core the same essential qualities and
ultimate goal: for a radical psychological change to manifest within the aspirant. This transformation
occurs through the acquirement of gnosis, or self-knowledge, and only through this pursuit can one
acquire true happiness and final liberation. Unlike many spiritual books, here we will find that neither
vain beliefs nor a positive ideology is enough to sustain real contentment and triumph over
life’s difficult ordeals. Rather, one must must work for an authentic awakening, an
enlightenment, something that is brought about only through intimate self-analysis and fundamental
change.
A textbook explaining methods whereby one can achieve more spiritual understanding and greater
use of divine power. Written in an easy-to-understand manner, it is of value to both beginning and
advanced students of mind. The techniques are those used in spiritual works of Mark-Age since
1956 and thus are thoroughly proven.
The Fourth Book of Occult Philosophy, by Henry Cornelius Agrippa and unnamed others, is
considered one of the cornerstones of Western magic, and the grimoires it contains are among the
most important that exist in the Western tradition. For more than three hundred years, this
mysterious tome has been regarded as difficult or even impossible to understand—until now.
Occult scholar Donald Tyson presents a fully annotated, corrected, and modernized edition of

Stephen Skinner’s 1978 facsimile edition of the original work, which was six tracts published
as one volume in 1655. For the first time, these classic works of Western magic have been rendered
fully accessible to the novice practitioner, as well as occult scholars and skilled magicians. Tyson
presents clear instruction and practical insight on a variety of magic techniques, providing
contemporary magicians with a working grimoire of the arcane.
This massive volume was originally published in 1531, and occultists have been drawing on it ever
since. Now, Llewellyn is proud to produce the first complete reprint of the original English translation
in the last 500 years. Donald Tyson edited this work and removed the hundreds of errors that
appeared in the original translation. He also fully annotated the work, to make it
understandable—and usable—by people today.
The Three Books of Occult Philosophy is the most complete repository of pagan and Neoplatonic
magic ever compiled. This book is packed with material you will not find elsewhere, including
copious extracts on magic from obscure or lost works by Pythagoras, Ptolemy, Plato, Aristotle, and
many others. Tyson's detailed annotations clarify difficult references and provide origins of
quotations, even expanding upon them in many cases, in order to make Agrippa's work more
accessible to the modern reader.
The Three Books of Occult Philosophy is the ultimate "how-to" for magical workings. It describes
how to work all manner of divinations and natural and ceremonial magic in such clear and useful
detail that it is still the guide for modern techniques. The extensive new supplementary material
makes this wisdom practical for use today.
A rabic and Persian poetry, I think it will generally be allowed by those familiar with the mystical
literature of both nations that the A rabs excel in prose rather than in verse, while the Persian
prose-writers on this subject cannot be compared with the poets. Faridu ddin A ttar, Jalalu ddin
Rumi, Hafiz, and Jami to mention only a few of the great Persian poets whose works, translated into
various languages, have introduced the religious philosophy of Sufiism to a rapidly widening circle of
European culture are as much superior to their Arab rivals, including even the admirable I bn al-F
arid, as the Futukdt al-M akldyya and the Fusus al-H ikam are superior to similar treatises in
Persian. The Tarjuman al Axhwaq is no exception to this rule. The obscurity of its style and the
strangeness of its imagery will satisfy those austere spirits for whom literature provides a refined and
arduous form of intellectual exercise, but the sphere in which the author moves is too abstract and
remote from common experience to give pleasure to others who do not share his visionary temper
or have not themselves drawn inspiration from the same order of ideas. Nevertheless, the work of
such a bold and subtle genius deserves, at any rate, to be studied, and students will find, as a
reward for their labour, many noble and striking thoughts and some passages of real beauty. The
following lines are often quoted. They express the Sufi doctrine that all ways lead to the One God.
My heart has become capable of every form; it is a pasture for gazelles and a convent for Christian
monks, And a temple for idols and the pilgrims Ka ba and the tables of the Tora and the book of the
Koran. I follow the religion of Love: whatever way Love scamels take, that is my religion and my
faith. l1 xii, 13-15.
Formerly handed down under oath of secrecy, this clear, concise handbook discusses: the
fundamental principles of alchemy; directions for the formation of an inexpensive home laboratory,
with illustrations of the necessary equipment; step-by-step instructions for the work of the Lesser
Circulation, the alchemical transformation within the plant kingdom?the necessary prerequisite for
any work in the mineral kingdom.
This book elaborates further on the notion of a "dark Earth" which is coupled to the visible Earth in
the context of Dark Plasma Theory (using a popular approach). This parallel Earth is the habitat of
plasma life forms, including human dark bioplasma bodies, and is composed wholly of low density
magnetic plasma. The biosphere of this counterpart Earth is many times larger than the (currently)
visible Earth and there is enormous biodiversity in this oceanic dark plasma planet which teems with
plasma life forms. Unexplained atmospheric plasma (UAP) objects which sporadically appear in our
skies and exhibit intelligent behavior are manifestations of these co-inhabitants of Earth.

Depending on the (dark) electromagnetic interactions between dark plasma life forms (including
human bioplasma bodies) with vertical electrical fields (radiating from the center of the Earth) and
the plasma density of different "shells", life forms in this parallel Earth (including human bioplasma
bodies which have decoupled from their linked carbon-based bodies) gravitate or levitate into
particular shells - 'higher' shells being coincident with the physical atmosphere of the visible Earth
and 'lower' shells with the crust and interior of the Earth. It is possible that these shells have been
loosely described as "heavens' and 'hells" in the anecdotal literature.
The intriguing question is: How did mystics who lived more than 2,000 years ago come to the same
conclusions without the aid of scientific instruments or advanced mathematics? Is there really a
timeless and spaceless sphere that we can access here and now by merely altering processes in
the human brain?
This book provides detailed descriptions of the anatomy of these bodies and how they operate in
'counterpart-Earths' - using theories found in established fields in physics - including plasma
cosmology, M theory and dark matter theories. It also offers conceptual solutions and breakthroughs
in understanding the nature of qi, prana and kundalini; in the context of plasma physics.
"There is, and always has been, a widespread belief in Fate, or Destiny, that is, in an eternal and
inscrutable Power which apportions definite ends to both individuals and nations. But, contradictory
as it may appear, there is an equally widespread belief in man's responsibility as a free agent. This
dual experience of fate on the one hand, and freedom on the other, has given rise to the
interminable controversy between the believers in Fatalism and the upholders of free will. Man is the
doer of his own deeds; as such he is the maker of his own character; and as the doer of his deeds
and the maker of his character, he is the molder and shaper of his destiny."
We cannot alter external things, nor shape other people to our liking, nor mould the world to our
wishes but we can alter internal things,-our desires, passions, thoughts,-we can shape our liking to
other people, and we can mould the inner world of our own mind in accordance with wisdom, and so
reconcile it to the outer world if men and things.
The turmoil of the world we cannot avoid, but the disturbances of mind we can overcome. The duties
and difficulties of life claim our attention, but we can rise above all anxiety concerning them.
Surrounded by noise, we can yet have a quiet mind; involved in responsibilities, the heart can be at
rest; in the midst of strife, we can know the abiding peace.
The twenty pieces which comprise this book, unrelated as some of them are in the letter, will be
found to be harmonious in the spirit, in that they point the reader towards those heights of
self-knowledge and self-conquest which, rising above the turbulance of the world, lift their peaks
where the Heavenly Silence reigns.
Life is full of beginnings. They are presented every day and every hour to every person. Most
beginnings are small, and appear trivial and insignificant, but in reality they are the most important
things in life. James Allen was a British philosophical writer known for his inspirational books and
poetry and as a pioneer of self-help movement.
A passage from the book... Spiritual meditation is the pathway to Divinity. It is the mystic ladder
which reaches from earth to heaven, from error to Truth, from pain to peace. Every saint has
climbed it; every sinner must sooner or later come to it, and every weary pilgrim that turns his back
upon self and the world, and sets his face resolutely toward the Father's Home, must plant his feet
upon its golden rounds.
Meditation is the intense dwelling, in thought, upon an idea or theme, with the object of thoroughly
comprehending it, and whatsoever you constantly meditate upon you will not only come to
understand, but will grow more and more into its likeness, for it will become incorporated into your
very being, will become, in fact, your very self.

This principle, which others have called THE SECRET or the LAW OF ATTRACTION, was clearly
and convincingly stated for the first time in "As a Man Thinketh." As a being of Power, Intelligence,
and Love, and the lord of his own thoughts, man holds the key to every situation, and contains
within himself that transforming and regenerative agency by which he may make himself what he
wills.
As alternative medicine is gaining recognition in traditional health care, this timely volume is a
welcome and essential resource. The 500-page, one-volume encyclopedia features practical details
as well as historical and theoretical information about body-mind practices within all of the major
disciplines, from the familiar martial arts, meditation and massage to lesser-known therapies and
techniques. While the approaches of the different practices often vary widely, their purpose of
incorporating the body with the thinking and feeling processes of the mind is universal -- to enable a
person to live a long, meaningful, and healthy life.
Yoshitaka Amano's lush ethereal paintings of magical creatures, spirits, goblins and apparitions
have been praised and admired all over the world. In Fairies, he turns his considerable talent to
capturing in breathtaking images characters from such beloved stories as Shakespeare's A
Midsummer Night's Dream, the wizard Merlin and his muse the intoxicating Nimue, mermaids of the
deep as well as his interpretation of fairies from Celtic and Japanese mythology.
Martinism has been in existence in its present form for over one hundred years, and there is an
abundance of source material, commentaries and modern exegeses available in French, but
regrettably little had been translated into English for the benefit of the many anglophones who
desperately seek information about this mystical current.
The reader should note that this book was published in 1944, and therefore should realize that later
research has shown some of the assertions to be outdated or incorrect. The reader should take this
for what it is, a seminal work on Martinism while remembering its history and the resources available
to the author at the time.
Learning to read the Tarot is a continuous process of change and growth. Even experienced Tarot
readers often find surprising insights in a reading or notice a detail in a Tarot card that had never
seemed significant before. Sometimes it may even seem that Tarot cards raise more questions than
they answer.
Tarot Tips is a compendium of sage advice and practical Tarot wisdom from two respected teachers
with decades of Tarot experience. Divided into six sections, the seventy-eight “tips”
cover common questions of interest to beginning and advanced students alike, including choosing
and cleansing a new deck, different interpretation systems and card combinations, clarifying the
question, Tarot reading ethics, and designing your own custom Tarot spreads.
It behooves the African anthropologist to use every scientific discipline that modern technology has
to offer, in the tradition of Chiekh Anta Diop, to acquire the correct perspective on African high
culture and civilization. Now is the time for Africans to wrestle Egyptology from the clutches of the
distorters of our civilization, by a more forceful and public attack on their lies. We must expose to the
light of truth, every falsification and every claim of a European or Asian origin of Kemit and
re-establish the link with our ancestors for the sake of our children.
The oracles of Ancient Black Civilizations aimed to guide individuals and nations in all areas of life.
Through them it was possible to discover the spiritual cause and meaning to earthly events. These
great oracles prescribed the words of power and other occult forces that can be manipulated by the
initiate in order to control the events of his life.
You will find in this book, for the time, a complete step by step guidance to achieving spiritual
perfection, and a successful life, based on the Kamitic (Ancient Egyptian) initiation system. Those
student on those spiritual path will know, Where I am at in my spiritual growth? What is the next step

and the next? "How much progress am I making, and how do I know when to move on to the next
level?
You cannot realize your divinity from your understanding of spiritual principles, however well you
have understood. Realization of divinity depends on the establishment of 11 divine Laws-Maat-into
the mind and life-force of the initiate to give them spiritual power of realization. They must be placed
into the mind In a specific order as they are interdependent And at a specific time of the year
according to the receptivity of the spirit (Ra) which must provide the spiritual vehicles for their
manifestation.
In this book you will find the first three sects of instructions for the Tantrik group AMOOKOS (the
Arcane and Magickal Order of the Knights of Shamhala). For the first time, we reveal publicly the
methods, rites and philosophy pursued by an inner group of initiates within the Order. This book
shows how the esoteric strands of east and west are fused together into a practical system which
has as its purpose the unveiling of the spiritual potential latent in every individual.
Restoring a sense of sacred significance to the act of lovemaking, the practice of sexual magic also
enables couples to celebrate the highest form of erotic communication. Sexuality becomes a way to
honor both physical instincts and spiritual yearnings. A world-renowned expert in the field of Tantric
sexuality, Anand sensitively guides readers through a series of unique exercises, many of which are
based on ancient erotic rituals. In the process, readers will become "sexual magicians," gaining
enchanting new powers that are magically accessible to every man and woman. Beautifully
illustrated, with more than sixty explanatory drawings, The Art of Sexual Magic is a life-changing
book for those who seek to discover the magic potential of sexual energy. It invites lovers on an
exciting, unexplored pathway and richly rewarding journey.
Enjoy eight timeless tales from a magical storyteller. This enchanting collection, retold by writer and
critic Naomi Lewis, contains eight of Hans Christian Andersen's magnificent stories. It includes
Thumbelina, a little girl no more than a thumb-joint high, "The Emperor's New Clothes", the tale of a
man who cares only for his appearance and The Little Mermaid, who longs to one day marry a
human prince.
Anderson offers a vivid and intimate account of his spiritual communications. He defines all that he
has experienced and directly answers the many questions most commonly asked about the ultimate
path to the Infinite Light. They are messages that not only enlighten us about what awaits, but also
teach us how to fulfill our significant roles here on earth and in life.
For 27 years, George Anderson, widely considered the world's greatest living medium, has listened
to those on the other side, gaining a unique awareness of what those souls want his millions of
believers to know, to understand, and to accept. Now Anderson shares this wisdom-and offers an
incomparable perspective on the questions faced in day-to-day life.
The 18th century was a wealth of knowledge, exploration and rapidly growing technology and
expanding record-keeping made possible by advances in the printing press. In its determination to
preserve the century of revolution, Gale initiated a revolution of its own: digitization of epic
proportions to preserve these invaluable works in the largest archive of its kind. Now for the first time
these high-quality digital copies of original 18th century manuscripts are available in print, making
them highly accessible to libraries, undergraduate students, and independent scholars.
Delve into what it was like to live during the eighteenth century by reading the first-hand accounts of
everyday people, including city dwellers and farmers, businessmen and bankers, artisans and
merchants, artists and their patrons, politicians and their constituents. Original texts make the
American, French, and Industrial revolutions vividly contemporary.
Amulets are ornaments believed to endow the wearer by magical means with the properties they
represent. They were first made in Egypt as early as 4000 BC and were essential adornments for
both the living and the dead. Crafted from gold and silver, semiprecious stones, and less valuable

materials, they are fine examples of Egyptian art as well as a vital source of evidence for religious
beliefs.
In this book, Carol Andrews offers the first comprehensive account of the types of amulets made,
their symbolism, and their protective powers. An amuletic foot could be worn to ensure fleetness of
foot, a hand for dexterity. The desert-dwelling hare symbolized keenness of the senses, and the
hedgehog, which hibernated and survived outside the fertile valley, held connotations of rebirth and
triumph over death itself.
The ubiquitous amulet in the shape of the dung beetle, known as a scarab, was symbolic of new life.
Amulets in the image of powerful gods would be worn for protection, and malevolent creatures, like
the male hippopotamus, would be worn to ward off the evil they represented. Both a reference book
and an informative account of Egyptian magical belief, this is the most complete survey of the
subject to date.
The mysterious civilizations of Lemuria and Atlantis become reality as Shirley Andrews, the author
of Atlantis: Insights From a Lost Civilization combines details from scholars, scientists and the
respected psychic Edgar Cayce. Her sober portrayal of disturbing parallels between the spiritual
decay of Atlantis and our modern world, and her reasonable explanations for the vivid dreams and
past life memories recounted by numerous people about life on the lost lands enhance this
fascinating book.
Have you ever taken a walk in the woods and felt like you were not alone? That’s because
you weren’t! Forests, lakes, mountains, caves—even your garden—are alive
with the spirits of nature. Faeries are real, and you can learn to commune with a whole world of
unseen beings, including elves, devas, and nature spirits. With an open mind and a little patience,
you can begin to recognize their presence all around you. This book will help you deepen your
connection to the natural world as you explore the magical, mystical world of the faerie folk.
Nature speaks to us every day but we have forgotten how to listen. From the author of the
best-selling Animal Speak comes the next step in understanding the meaning and language of
animals. Discover the meaning of animals in dreams and life. Learn how to interpret the signs of
nature. Find your animal guardians and messengers and awaken the inner totem pole. Through this
book, you truly will become animal-wise.
Animal Speak shows you how to: identify, meet, and attune to your spirit animals; discover the
power and spiritual significance of more than 100 different animals, birds, insects, and reptiles; call
upon the protective powers of your animal totem; and create and use five magical animal rites,
including shapeshifting and sacred dance.
The text of this book belongs to the class known as automatic writing. However one explains the
phenomenon, it is too well authenticated to be denied, and always it is a psychic and never a
spiritual proceeding. Not all messages coming into a wireless station are of equal value or interest;
and likewise not all script received through a relaxed physical and an active subconscious
mechanism is worthy of credence or publicity. The psychic is, however, the intermediary between
the material and the spiritual, and may be the vehicle for sending truths beyond our earthly
experience. By spiritual, I do not mean the so-called realm of spirits, necessarily, but that high and
dimly glimpsed condition, Eeality, with which both metaphysics and religion deal. And occasionally
words, psychically received, merit the opinion that they are of spiritual import and origin, and such I
boldly claim these to be.
The material in this booklet is a reprint (with some revisions and additions) of monthly lessons sent
out by The Rosicrucian Fellowship to its members, and is a summary of studies and researches
conducted by the students in the Esoteric Section of the Fellowship. The conclusions reached, as is
often the case in scientific investigations, may have to be revised in the light of future developments
and work.

Although Max Heindel had not completed his researches in the ethers at the time of his passing in
January, 1919, he left a substantial foundation and what he gave is standing up well under the
impact of even the latest scientific findings. He stated many times that the Brothers of the Rose
Cross work through scientists and with science; they do not limit their activities to students and
probationers of The Rosicrucian Fellowship, nor to any other specific group. This is an endeavor for
ALL humanity, pointing toward the actual establishment of universal brotherhood on our earth.
The Western Wisdom Teachings were given in a basic form through Max Heindel; a basic physical
science come forth through academic representatives. Mankind, consciously and unconsciously, are
preparing for the Aquarian Age, when science will be religious and religion scientific. Meanwhile
each aspirant must add his small bit to the ever−extending coral reef of knowledge.
The Chemical Wedding of Christian Rosenkreutz, often looked upon as the third Rosicrucian
manifesto, has an entirely different tone from the other Rosicrucian documents. Unlike the
Rosicrucian manifestoes, which address the transformation of society, The Chemical Wedding is
concerned with the inner transformation of the soul. It is a deeply interior work, one which asks the
reader to step into its world of symbols and walk with Christian Rosenkreutz along his path of
transformation. Despite its importance as a key text of the Western esoteric traditions, this is the first
ever contemporary English translation of The Chemical Wedding, made especially for this edition by
Joscelyn Godwin. Also included in this edition is an introduction and commentary by Adam McLean,
which illuminates the transformative symbolism.
This book is a unique collection of knowledge on the world religious philosophy - from ancient times
to present day. It includes Tao Te Ching of Lao Tse, Bhagavad Gita of Krishna, Emerald Tablet of
Hermes Trismegistus, Emerald Tablets of Thoth-the-Atlantean, Golden Verses of Pythagoras,
apocryphal Gospel of Philip, and many more. The texts are presented in a modern competent
edition with clarifying commentaries. The reader can become acquainted with the Teachings of
Jesus Christ and Buddha, with the fundamentals of Quran and Sunna, with the concept of Agni
Yoga, with the spiritual knowledge of Native Americans, with the Teachings of contemporary Divine
Messiahs: Sathya Sai Baba and Babaji from Haidakhan. One may see that in all times God has
been teaching people the same, though in slightly different words - depending on concrete cultural
traditions and political situations. He teaches us what He wants us to be, what is the meaning of our
lives on the Earth, and how to realize it.
In many ways, Arbatel is unique among texts on magic. Unlike the vast majority of writings, it is
clear, concise, and elegantly written. The practical instructions are straightforward and
undemanding. When it first appeared in 1575, it attracted the attention of people with a surprisingly
broad range of agendas, including some of the finest minds of the time. Often quoted and reprinted,
both praised and condemned, its impact on western esoteric philosophy has been called
"overwhelming." Arbatel's magic is full of wonder and free from the sinister elements usually
associated with texts on the subject. But it is about more than magic; filled with gnomic wisdom, it
urges us to help our neighbors, be positive and grateful, and use time wisely. Above all, it teaches
us to pay attention, looking for the wondrous and miraculous. In fact, to the author this virtually
defines the magus. Included are illustrations, bibliography, index, and original Latin text.
The first is called Isagoge, or, A Book of the Institutions of Magick: or, which in fourty and nine
Aphorisms comprehends the most general Precepts of the whole Art. The second is Microcosmical
Magick, what Microcosmus has effected Magically, by his Spirit and Genius effected to him from his
Nativity, that is, spiritual wisdom: and how the same is effected. The third is Olympic Magick, in what
manner a man may do and suffer by the spirits of Olympus, The fourth is Hesiodiacal, and
Homerical Magick, which teaches the operations by the Spirits called Cacodmons as it were not
adversaries to mankind. The fifth is Roman or Sibylline Magick, which acts and operates with Tutelar
Spirits and Lords, to whom the whole Orb of the earth is distributed. This is valde insignis Magia. To
this also is the doctrine of the Druids referred. The sixth is Pythagorical Magick, which only acts with
Spirits to whom is given the doctrine of Arts, as Physic, Medicines, Mathematics, Alchemy, and such
kind of Arts. The seventh is the Magick of Apollonius, and the like, and agrees with the Roman and
Microcosmical Magick: only it has this thing peculiar, that it has power over the hostile spirits of

mankind. The eighth is Hermetical, that is, gyptiacal Magick; and differs not much from Divine
Magick. The ninth is that wisdom which depends solely upon the Word of God; and this is called
Prophetical Magick.
Defines characteristics of afterlife encounters their purpose, meaning and aftereffects and provides
six criteria by which encounters are considered evidence for life's continuance beyond bodily death.
Demonstrates that afterlife encounters are normal, healthy, functional, and comforting and
concludes with supportive resources.
This collection of new training tricks from master magician and trainer of trainers Dave Arch contains
proven magic tricks, brainteasers and puzzlers that will amaze your audience, get and hold your
audience's attention, energize, retain learning, and much more. Covers: teamwork, quality, customer
service, goal-setting, leadership, motivation, and creative problem-solving.
There is a gentle but profound revolution in human consciousness happening throughout the
world—it has affected millions of people from all walks of life, and the numbers continue to
multiply exponentially. The breakthroughs they have experienced are startlingly similar and are
marked by a new sense of well-being, increased joy in life, diminished fear, and a natural impulse to
serve and contribute to the world in a real way.
For more than a decade, Arjuna Ardagh has studied this worldwide advance in human
consciousness marked by what he calls "translucents"— individuals who have undergone a
spiritual awakening deeply enough that it has permanently transformed their relationship to
themselves and to reality, while allowing them to remain involved in ordinary life.
The Translucent Revolution draws on the author's dialogues with thousands of writers, teachers,
and workshop participants around the world who display characteristics of "translucence." He blends
observation, anecdote, and research, including commentaries from leading pioneers in the field of
human consciousness like Eckhart Tolle, Byron Katie, and Neale Donald Walsch to offer simple,
concrete strategies for cultivating a translucent way of life. He offers a blueprint for positive change
and an optimistic perspective on these uncertain times.
In Time and the Technosphere, Jos Argelles presents a groundbreaking study that distinguishes
the natural time of the cosmos from the artificial mechanistic time under which we currently live.
Argelles defines the actual nature of time as the frequency of synchronization. Applying this Law
of Time to an understanding of the entire system of life on Earth, he shows that in order to not
destroy Earth's ability to sustain life, we must change our definition of time and adopt a natural
harmonic calendar based on the 13-moon 28-day cycle. Until the creation of the Gregorian calendar
and the 60-minute hour, most of humanity lived by the 28-day cycle of natural time. The adoption of
artificial time has subjected us to a 12:60 time frequency that governs the entire global industrialized
civilization--the technosphere.
Humanity has a golden opportunity to leave the strife of the past and enter a time of peace by
adopting a harmonious natural calendar that will repair the damages caused by the irregular tempo
of technospheric time. Our last best chance to adopt this natural time and step into the bright new
future promised by the galactic shift of 2012 is the Great Calendar Change of 2004, a new discovery
based on the author's mathematical research into the Mayan calendar first begun in his landmark
work The Mayan Factor. In Time and the Technosphere, Argelles reveals the clear distinction
between third-dimensional astronomical time and the fourth-dimensional synchronic order of the
Law of Time, which holds enormous potential for the future of humanity.
Metaphysics begins with sketching the history of philosophy. For Aristotle, philosophy arose
historically after basic necessities were secured. Metaphysics is Aristotle's version of philosophy
examining the nature of reality, including the relationship between mind and matter, substance and
attribute, fact and value. Aristotle argues that there are a handful of universal truths. Aristotle's
works have influenced science, religion, and philosophy for nearly two thousand years. He could be
thought of as the father of logical thought. Aristotle wrote: "There is nothing in the intellect that was

not first in the senses." He wrote that everything that is learned in life is learned through sensory
perception. Aristotle was the first to establish the founding principle of logic. The great writer Dante
called Aristotle "The Master of those who know."
Image is how you see yourself. How you see yourself is how others should see you
also—well, almost all of the time. Unfortunately not everyone else will see you the same way
you want to be seen. I learned quickly how the world divides itself with the name calling,
classification, profiling, labeling, and the status quo. Even throughout my childhood, I had to
discover the hard way was not the best way, that there is a smarter way to overcome all obstacles. I
felt like I was orphaned when I felt separated by my family as well as from the public school
structure. My own mother had worked herself into disability and is still barely receiving enough to
live with. The realization that I myself had too many excuses and needed to find the one true reason
to stay strong, I had to activate my focus to accomplish my vision like eagles do.
Even if it takes a couple of years to wash away the tears and turn the frown to the crown, I have to
discover my own true identity and go beneath my fire buried underneath my heart. The Marine
Corps was my quickest way out of the family and school struggles. The discovery of “residual
self-image” was discovered with the Marine Corps’ way of being “the finest, the
few, the Marines.” The “knight in shining armor” definitely held the portrait of
the Marine life as the modern chivalry.
The gallantry with valor proved to demonstrate the art of courtesy. Heroism is only for the daring
with refinement in politeness and attentiveness. Graciousness at its best is what many and all
should admire from the moral fiber buried in the inner life force. The power of kindness has
advantages when built into one of your main features of your character.
Tantrism and Mysticism of Ancient Egypt The Neterian Guide To Love, Sexuality, Marriage,
Relationships and the Secrets of Sexual Energy Cultivation, Sublimation, and Spiritual
Enlightenment This Volume will expand on the male and female principles within the human body
and in the universe and further detail the sublimation of sexual energy into spiritual energy. The
student will study the deities Min and Hathor, Asar and Aset, Geb and Nut and discover the mystical
implications for a practical spiritual discipline. This Volume will also focus on the Tantric aspects of
Ancient Egyptian and Indian mysticism, the purpose of sex and the mystical teachings of sexual
sublimation which lead to self-knowledge and Enlightenment.
This is a carefully conceived course of instruction for anyone who wants to practice ceremonial
magic, and has been written for students who are not part of a working group. Dolores
Ashcroft-Nowicki takes the student, month-by-month, through a full year of magical training. She
imparts her years of hard-earned experience in the clear, accessible, and often humorous style for
which she is internationally known. Each month's work is concluded with practical exercises
designed to give the student a sound working knowledge of ritual magic. Among the many topics
covered are: Constructing and consecrating a temple Meditation and visualization techniques
Working in an elemental temple Exploring the Inner World Pathworking the Tree of Life
The wide gulf between the external and inner powers of modern man is the most important and
profound cause of the individual and collective evils which hinder the progress and even menace the
future of our civilization. Modern man has paid dearly for the external powers and advantages he
has gained; while his life is richer, broader and more intense, it is at the same time much more
complicated and exhausting. Its rapidly increasing pace, the countless enticements it offers, the
complicated economic and social machinery in which it has enmeshed him, make ever increasing
and more insistent demands upon his nervous energy, his mental powers, his emotions and his will.
American writer WILLIAM WALKER ATKINSON (1862-1932) was editor of the popular magazine
New Thought from 1901 to 1905, and editor of the journal Advanced Thought from 1916 to 1919. He
authored dozens of New Thought books under numerous pseudonyms, including "Yogi," some of
which are likely still unknown today.

William Walker Atkinson was one of the first authors to write about the law of attraction, or in other
words that "like attracts like". Decades before Esther and Jerry Hick's "Money and the Law of
Attraction" or Rhonda Byrnes "The Secret", he taught taught readers how to use the power of
thought to attract wealth, health, happiness and success.
"There is a great ocean of Universal Will, in which we are but centers of activity, and if we will but
open ourselves to the power and will contained therein, we will have an unfailing store of power
upon which to draw.I wish to invite you to the consideration of a great principle of Nature-a great
natural force that manifests its activities in the phenomena of Dynamic Mentation-a great Something
the energies of which I have called "MIND POWER."
Considered by some to be his masterpiece, this 1912 work is the culmination of decades worth of
study by William Walker Atkinson, one of the most influential thinkers of the early-20th-century "New
Age" philosophy of New Thought, which encouraged its adherents to learn the secrets of mind over
matter. They did so via Atkinson's instruction, and here, in one concise volume, are his lessons on:
Reincarnation and the Law of Karma - A Study of the Old-New World-Doctrine of Rebirth, and
Spiritual Cause and Effect is presented here in a high quality paperback edition. This popular classic
work by William Walker Atkinson is in the English language, and may not include graphics or images
from the original edition. If you enjoy the works of William Walker Atkinson then we highly
recommend this publication for your book collection.
The history of the Emerald Tablets is strange and beyond the belief of modern scientists. Their
antiquity is stupendous, dating back some 36,000 years B.C. The author is Thoth, an Atlantean
Priest-King who founded a colony in ancient Egypt, wrote the Emerald Tablets in his native
Atlantean language which was translated by Dr. Michael Doreal. This edition of the Emerald Tablets
is unique in that it includes both the translation and interpretation by Dr. Doreal. Because of the
tablet's reference to the Egypt and sacred geometry they became a priority reference for those
studying the Flower of Life and the Merkaba meditation. As requested by the Flower of Life
Organization, this edition offers Dr. Doreal's translation and interpretation in a side-by-side study
format.
Author P. M. H. Atwater knows what it's like to die. And the experience so changed her life that she
has devoted years to researching the phenomenon of the Near-Death Experience. From her own
encounter with life-after-death and from interviews with hundreds of others, she presents this
remarkable and reassuring vision into a world beyond the one we know:What it feels like to die,
What awaits us after we see the light, Why many who are rescued from death don't want to come
back, Why some people encounter hellish experiences, How life changes after a Near-Death
Experience And much more!
Introduction by Walter Leslie Wilmshurst. "Alchemy is philosophy; it is the philosophy, the seeking
out of the Sophia in the mind." Theory of Transmutation; The Golden Treatise; The True Subject;
The Mysteries; Experimental Method; Manifestation of the Matter; Mental Requisites and
Impediments; The Gross Work; The Six Keys; Rewards and Potencies.
This book is part of the Handbook of Invocations series - three European medieval texts of
instruction in the Art of Invocation in a readily accessible and simplified format. The Handbook of
Invocations is a series compiled and written by the author Bernard Augustus, a teacher of history,
former student of the Catholic priesthood, and a mystic of incantational and invocational religions.
Note: there is a critical distinction between incantational magic, in which a spell is spoken to bring
about magic and invocational magic (calling a spirit) i.e. “Come, Lord Jesus, be our guest and
let this food to us be blessed.” – a calling upon a supernatural being to come into our
presence.
The Handbook ‘uncompresses’ this complex content. It first maps for the reader the
relationship between time; date; season; and star with the elementary seven spirits and their

distinctive seals and characteristics. These spirits are Michel; Gabriel; Samuel; Raphael; Sachiel;
Anael; and Cassiel. Next it introduces the reader to the magic circle, known as the Circle of Art and
the manner in which it is to be drawn and filled. Other magic articles include the vestment; censer
(or thurible) and the manner in which they need to be consecrated so as to protect the Magician
from any possible attacks from the chthonic spirits spirits summoned. Finally, the Handbook details
the conjurations, which are the words used to invoke the spirits and compel them to the
magician’s will and commands. As with the original Heptameron, the Handbook maintains an
economy in style.
The Realness of Witchcraft in America is a very unique book of Witch Doctors, Pow Wows, Angels,
Hex, Apparitions, Hexeru, Devils and Sex. It was written by A. Monroe Aurand Jr. in 1942. What
makes a man superstitious, his religion or lack of it? There is witchcraft in America practiced for
centuries in unknown places in Pennsylvania. As given by the dictionary, a witch can be anybody
man or woman, old or young. Thousands have died or been tortured for this practice since 1233,
mostly innocents. Many people throughout the world accept charms as a form of protection from
evil. This is an excellent book that explains much of the myths, persecutions, theories and history of
this ancient and controversial practice. WITCHES OR NO WITCHES, YOU SHOULD READ THIS
ACCOUNT!
Publisher’s Preface; What Makes A Man Superstitious; His Religion, Or A Lack Of It?;
Witchcraft And Beliefs In Evil Spirits Came To America Long Ago; Puritans Raised Hell With
Witches In Early Days; Strange Evolution For Getting Rid Of Evil Spirits; Charms And Trinkets Are
Revered By Many Of Our People; Some Of The "famous" Witch Trials In Pennsylvania; Those Little
"differences" Between Science And Folklore; And So They Celebrate Pagan Days In Our Public
Schools; Who Gets Hurt If Our Witchcraft Is Taken From Us?; A Witch Case In The Making--that
Never Went To Court (yet)
Zen To Done (ZTD) is a system that is at once simple, and powerful, and will help you develop the
habits that keep all of your tasks and projects organized, that keep your workday simple and
structured, that keep your desk and email inbox clean and clear, and that keep you doing what you
need to do, without distractions.
This book was written for those who want to get their lives organized and actually execute the things
on their to-do list by changing existing habits. And let me say that changing your habits is possible.
Using the habit-changing techniques I describe in this book, I have made many habit changes: I quit
smoking, started running, started eating healthier, completed a marathon, doubled my income and
got my finances in order, have almost eliminated my debt now, completed a triathlon, lost more than
20 pounds, and started a successful blog, and more. Read this book. You'll be amazed at what you
can accomplish with this productivity system.
In the cloud-washed airspace between the cornfields of Illinois and blue infinity, a man puts his faith
in the propeller of his biplane. For disillusioned writer and itinerant barnstormer Richard Bach, belief
is as real as a full tank of gas and sparks firing in the cylinders...until he meets Donald
Shimoda--former mechanic and self-described messiah who can make wrenches fly and Richard's
imagination soar....
In Illusions, the unforgettable follow-up to his phenomenal bestseller Jonathan Livingston Seagull,
Richard Bach takes to the air to discover the ageless truths that give our souls wings: that people
don't need airplanes to soar...that even the darkest clouds have meaning once we lift ourselves
above them... and that messiahs can be found in the unlikeliest places--like hay fields,
one-traffic-light midwestern towns, and most of all, deep within ourselves.
This is the only book by Cleve Backster himself, describing 36 years of research in
biocommunication, observed electrical responses in plant life and other living organisms. All life
forms have the capability of responding to one another, from plants and bacteria to foods and
animal cells. Most amazing is his work with human leukocytes. These discoveries have opened up a
new paradigm in science, ecology and healing.

Occultism is concerned with the scientific facts behind the spiritual idealisms many accept because
of a natural human tendency to idealise. One of the most highly idealised concepts is that of the
brotherhood of man. Occultism shows that the scientific basis for that ideal rests on the fact of the
one etheric structure underlying all forms within the solar system, energised and held in being by
one life force. Mankind is, therefore, one in life and in form; he is merely unaware of unity in his own
consciousness. And evolution is essentially the means by which he becomes progressively
conscious of the Fatherhood of God and the brotherhood of man.
In this whole process the faculties of man play an important part - the five objective senses with their
five higher spiritual counterparts. The mental principle or faculty is of tremendous importance to
humanity at this stage in his evolutionary unfoldment. The three-fold mind unifies as one faculty the
higher or abstract mind, the soul - the son of mind, and the lower concrete mind. As this condition of
mental fusion and control develops, the disciple is learning to use the mind in new ways, particularly
in wielding energy which, as it vitalises and animates his etheric body, influences through radiation
his effect on others.
It is through this conscious, controlled use of mental energy that telepathic communication can be
scientifically established with other minds by means of the etheric structure common to all. And by
the same means the mind of the disciple, or of a group of disciples developing group
consciousness, can be impressed by the clarity of thought and purpose of those members of the
spiritual Hierarchy concerned with the working out of the Plan for humanity. The spiritual Hierarchy,
we are told, works only through the minds of disciples, using the science of impression, and only for
the purposes of the Plan.
The impression is conveyed as a stream of ideas - those ideas inherent in the Plan for man - which
the disciple or the group can then interpret and translate into self-chosen action. The form of
telepathy now developing within the spiritually awakened aspirants of the world is not, therefore, that
of the solar plexus centre which is of the animal nature, but the result of a mental polarisation and
penetration in consciousness towards the soul and the Triad. This produces an open channel of
communication in two directions - vertically towards the spiritual Hierarchy of the planet, seeking to
impress the Plan on all receptive minds, and horizontally towards the minds of men united within the
mental substance of human consciousness as one.
The second part of this book discusses the etheric structure of the planet and the solar system of
which each man and each form is an integral part; the pattern of the triangle in controlling energy
flow and establishing a continuity of circulation through the whole system is of immediate importance
to humanity. We are involved in the life of the Planetary Logos - in Him we live and move and have
our being - and we are a contributing part of the present effort to bring the etheric body under the
influence of the soul, symbolised by the triangle.
To the extent, and at the rate, that we succeed, so is the planetary etheric structure changing in
form to become more consciously integrated into the energy system of which our planet is one small
unit. So the living process of unity is exemplified - the part contributing to the whole, and the whole
affecting the part through every cell and atom of every grade of substance which it contains.
Included in these two volumes of "Discipleship in the New Age" are the series of personal
instructions given to a small group of chelas over a period of 15 years, with related teaching on a
number of subjects. When the group effort was finally discontinued, the Tibetan Master remarked
that while his purpose in establishing the group for Ashramic training had proved unsuccessful, the
instructions and teaching given as a result of forming the group would prove of great and continuing
value to increasing numbers of aspirants to discipleship; and certain important concepts were
anchored in human consciousness through the group channel, including particularly the vital fact of
the reappearance of the Christ.
As the interplay between Hierarchy and humanity strengthens, many young disciples approaching
the periphery of an Ashram are profiting from the experience of this group brought together for

training by the Tibetan, and from the wealth of careful teaching and spiritual stimulation made
available to them.
"The entire subject of group interplay is far deeper and more significant than you suspect or
appreciate" we are told. The development of group consciousness is a matter of often painful
experience in self-forgetfulness, requiring also a sensitive response to the purpose and plan of the
Master through some Hierarchically inspired area of work.
In these direct and outspoken comments any sincere aspirant to discipleship can find himself and
his own need understood and met, sometimes in drastic terms, from the deep spiritual insight, the
knowledge and the love of a Master of the Wisdom. So this pioneering group training effort is
perpetuated for those who tread the Path of Discipleship today.
Although this book was one of the first to be written by Alice Bailey in collaboration with the Tibetan,
it is probably the most timeless, profound and least understood. "A Treatise on Cosmic Fire" deals
with the underlying structure of occult teaching for the present era, with vast cosmic processes
reproduced though all areas of life from universe to atom. It is, therefore, no book for the
proof-demanding concrete mind, or for those who dabble in the spectacular and the phenomenal.
The true student, however, the seriously applied aspirant, will find his mind stimulated and his
consciousness expanded. The book is dedicated to Helena Petrovna Blavatsky, and is said to be
"the psychological key to the Cosmic Creation". Certainly in its revelation of relationship and
correspondences throughout the Cosmos, all aspects of life unfolding through consciousness are
included, based on the aphorism - "Having pervaded the entire universe with one fragment of
Myself, I remain." The One Life manifests through all form within the universe as fiery energy; and
the three main streams of cosmic energy, differentiated into seven systemic rays, are shown in
relation to the three aspects of fire controlling all manifested life: Electric Fire, the Fire of Spirit; Solar
Fire, the Fire of Mind; Fire by Friction, the Internal Fires. A large section of the book is directed to a
detailed exposition of Solar Fire, the Fire of Mind, since this is the dominant energy to be
understood and controlled during this second solar system. The cosmic Laws operating through the
system are shown in relation to the lesser laws of planetary origin and the laws of nature, operating
through substance, as distinct from the life and the consciousness of the planet. In her foreword to
the book, the author mentions a five-fold purpose within its teaching; briefly: (a) To provide a
compact and skeleton outline of a scheme of cosmology, philosophy and psychology which may
serve as a reference and textbook; (b) As an elucidation of the relation between Spirit and Matter,
demonstrating as consciousness; (c) To show the coherent development of all that is found within a
solar system and to demonstrate that everything evolves; (d) To give practical information about
focal points of energy found in the etheric bodies of the Solar Logos, the macrocosm, and of man,
the microcosm; (e) To give some information of the place and work of those sentient lives who form
the essence of objectivity, and to indicate the nature of the Hierarchies of Existences who form out
of their own substance all that is seen and known. These five objectives, and more, the book
encompasses; for the effect in the individual consciousness is such that theories become
transcended and the mind begins to experience through contemplative thought what the words on
paper reveal to the intelligence. The finite human mind can touch its cosmic origins and its fiery
essence when it opens to the three cosmic Laws of Synthesis, of Attraction and of Economy. The
fire of love, the flame of life within the heart, is the touchstone for all intuitive thought, and the
alchemist to the dense materiality of gross substance.
Topics discussed include: how an aspirant can best prepare himself for service, the various ray
types of their influences, the relationship between the macrocosm and microcosm, the spiritual,
causal, astral and physical realms and their interactions, the spiritual psychology of man (although
this is dealt with much more fully in the Esoteric Psychology volumes), The Hierarchy of Masters,
esoteric groups and schools, the spiritual centers (or chakras), the occult concept of the Seven
Rays, meditation work and much more.
One of the main themes is that of soul control. Students of the works of Alice A. Bailey and
Theosophy believe that the ultimate purpose of White Magic is furtherance of the spiritual and
material evolution of humanity. Specifically, this evolution is conceived in terms of the increased

benevolent manifestation of seven spiritual energies or Seven Rays. It is further believed that adept
practitioners of White Magic, wielding the power of the Seven Rays, can contribute to this evolution.
Astrology is described in this book as "the science of relationships"--the relationship existing
between all living organisms within the universe. Not only the qualities of the ray energies affect
these centres of consciousness, but also the quality and energy of the ruling planets and the
zodiacal signs. Seen from the exoteric outside, astrology is a vast and most involved and complex
subject. From the esoteric inside, while it is still vast, all-inclusive and complex. It is also possible to
perceive the thread which unites and the pattern which prevails throughout the whole system. A
basic simplicity in the grand design emerges, therefore, which can serve to interpret the whole. The
appendix summarises and tabulates many factors of fundamental importance to the study of
esoteric astrology.
Intended to precede and condition the coming era, the Alice A. Bailey writings offer an unparalleled
spiritual approach to such subjects as the teaching on Shamballa and the Path of spiritual evolution;
the spiritual Hierarchy; the new discipleship and training in meditation as a form of service; the
teaching on the seven rays and the new psychology of the soul; the teaching on esoteric astrology;
and the new world religion, which emphasizes the common thread of truth linking all the major world
faiths.
Psychology, defined in Webster's Dictionary as the science of mind, was at one time considered a
branch of metaphysics. Today we are more inclined to include all the conditioning subjective factors
as psychological in nature - mental and emotional impulses and soul contact, to whatever degree it
exists. These subjective influences constitute the whole psychological background to a man's
attitudes and behaviour, and create the faculty of spiritual response. The psyche is, after all, the
human soul, the centre of consciousness.
The seven differentiated streams of ray energy play a significant role in this evolutionary process. A
blend of five energies in a human being determine his goals, his problems, his available qualities
and energy resources, and the correct method by which - according to his dominant ray influence he may unfold his consciousness and make spiritual progress.
In this Volume I of Esoteric Psychology, many of these distinctive ray qualities and methods are
given as quotations, or interpretations, of The Old Commentary that have been put into poetic and
symbolic words. The seven rays are shown as the Seven Creative Builders, each one imbued with
purpose and power, functioning together as a synthesis in occult obedience to the purposes of our
Solar Logos.
Many translations have been made from the original Sanskrit of the Yoga Sutras of Patanjali. They
have become well loved, well used, and well applied by many in all parts of the world and of all
religious beliefs. The Sutras have a power and a timelessness about them which demonstrate the
accuracy with which they pinpoint the basic truths of human evolution from subservience to
personality clamours to the serene freedom of the soul.
This is also brought out clearly in the teaching of the Lord Buddha, the treading of the Noble
Eight-Fold path providing the only way out of the maze: Right Values; Right Speech; Right Mode of
Living; Right Thinking; Right Expression; Right Conduct; Right Effort; Right Rapture or True
Happiness. These are attributes of the soul.
Patanjali explores exhaustively the means, the techniques and the mental posture which create the
connecting thread between the form-centred personality and these stages towards spiritual
achievement and soul fusion. The four parts of the book develop: 1. The Problem of Union (51
sutras). 2. The Steps to Union (55 sutras). 3. Union Achieved and Its Results (55 sutras). 4.
Illumination (34 sutras).
These Yoga Sutras of Patanjali are based on Raja Yoga, the kingly science of the soul. Through the
science of Raja Yoga the mind will be known as the instrument of the soul and the means whereby

the brain of the aspirant becomes illuminated and knowledge gained of those matters which concern
the realm of the soul.
The soul is concerned with the working out of planetary purpose and plan; so again we find that
mental training, and the self-achievement of the individual, lead to cooperation and service on a
scale far more comprehensive and of far greater evolutionary significance than merely the individual
effects on the life of the disciple.
The Labours of Hercules is a vivid narrative describing the journey of the soul through the twelve
signs of the zodiac, as viewed from the myth of Hercules. The text is based upon a series of lectures
given by Alice A. Bailey and is an excellent introduction to an understanding of esoteric astrology.
This book is an insightful addition to the 24 volume set of books by Alice A. Bailey, written in
cooperation with a Master of the Wisdom, a body of esoteric teaching handed down from ancient
times in a form whtich is always suitable to each period.
In this book the reappearance of the Christ is recognised as inevitable within the continuity of divine
revelation. Not only has God never left Himself without witness, but at definite periods in the history
of human evolution, the word of God, the projected potency of His vital life, has manifested in form
in order to establish the principles to be demonstrated during the coming cycle.
There have been many such messengers over the ages, manifesting through one or another of the
great world religions or followed by a new form of religion based on the new revelation. Divine
revelation and the periodic appearance of messengers, or Avatars, occur, however, according to
cosmic law, when certain conditions exist within the whole scheme affected by, and affecting, every
part, large and small.
The esoteric and planetary significances of the reappearance of the Christ are suggested in this
book as underlying causes for His Aquarian service to humanity. This is the beginning and end of an
age - the beginning of Aquarius and the end of Pisces - marking also a major turning point in the
evolution of human consciousness from individual need to the needs of humanity as a whole, from
personal salvation to world service, and from materiality to spirituality.
It seems that this climaxing transition must be marked in both its stages, beginning and end, by the
Christ Himself, and a principle anchored in human consciousness, which embodies not only the love
of God established for the age of Pisces, but also the new potency for the future, the Will of God,
into which only the Christ is as yet fully and perfectly absorbed.
He for whom all men wait will Himself determine the manner and the timing of His appearance and
the area of His work in a way which creates no divisions or separations between men, either
religious, social or ideological. Not only does He come as the first Son of God, but as Head of the
spiritual Hierarchy, the inner government of the planet. He is, therefore, a great world executive,
representing the Kingdom of God, and fulfilling a definite function in the world of men.
Preparation for the second coming is the responsibility of humanity; it is for those who know and
accept the imminent return of the Christ to prepare men's minds and hearts to recognise and receive
Him, and to create those conditions of balance and spiritual alignment which will ultimately draw Him
forth into our midst.
For no matter what message or revelation the Christ may embody when He comes, no matter what
principle or energy He may anchor on Earth for human use, He is not coming to save humanity from
the results of its own sins, but once more to show humanity how to save itself in the new conditions
and new opportunities with which the world is faced.
The eminent esoteric author Alice Bailey, published dozens of books. This book was originally
delivered as a series of weekly lectures. Bailey, even at this point in her career, shows a mature
grasp of esoteric issues, and deftly brings in scientific concepts such as radioactivity and the fourth
dimension. Unlike some other authors of this genre, she invokes leading-edge science when it

moves the argument ahead, not to impress the reader with her erudition, or to baffle the audience
with irrelevant facts. She sees the universe as alive at all scales of existence. While the comparison
of an atom to a solar system no longer holds true, her vision of how consciousness evolves even in
the micro-scale and macro-scale, and how that is mirrored in the tripartate human being, is a lucid
explanation of an occult world-view expressed by many other thinkers.
The seven lectures presented here were delivered in New York for the purpose of presenting the
testimony of science as to the relation of matter and of consciousness; to enable the hearers to
observe the identical manifestation of these relations and of certain basic laws in successively
higher states of being, and thus to bring to them a realization of the universality of the evolutionary
process and its actuality; and to deal somewhat with the nature of the expanded states of
consciousness and the enlarged life toward which all mankind is traveling. They thus were intended
to serve as an introduction to the more detailed study and application of the laws of life and human
enfoldment generally included in the term of "occultism."
The obvious and the subtle glamours and illusions which deceive the disciple and limit his
consciousness, must be clearly identified, seen, known and transcended. The disciple must
recognise himself as he is, and move on towards the next spiritual objective. In the first part of
Volume I of "Discipleship in the New Age" some of the requirements of the Hierarchical Plan and the
place of service of discipleship groups are clearly shown in relationship.
Five volumes have been written under the overall title of A Treatise on the Seven Rays, based on
the fact, the nature, the quality and the interrelationship of the seven streams of energy pervading
our solar system, our planet and all that lives and moves within its orbit. These two volumes go
extensively into the psychological make-up of a human being as the life, quality and appearance of
an incarnating, evolving spiritual entity. They also relate the circumstance of a human psychology to
world conditions and to future possibilities.
The final part of this volume on Humanity Today anchors these pervasive thoughts and energies
within the world arena. The world situation is viewed from the esoteric and Hierarchical angle and in
relation to the requirements of the dawning new age of Aquarius. A synthesis of thought and a unity
of purpose must be established in the world in order to create conditions in which peace can prosper
and the Christ can reappear.
The subject of Initiation is one that has a great fascination for thinkers of all schools of thought, and
even those who remain skeptical and critical would like to believe that this ultimate attainment is
possible. To those who do not believe that such a goal is possible this book is offered for what it
may be worth as a formulation of an interesting hypothesis. To those who anticipate such a
consummation of all their endeavours, this book is tendered in the hope that it may prove an
inspiration and a help.
Letters on Occult Meditation is part of a 24 volume set of books by Alice A. Bailey, written in
collaboration with a Master of the Wisdom. The science of meditation, as a mind-training technique,
is increasingly practiced everywhere. Meditation is concerned with energy flow, energy which is
impersonal and fiery in nature; its potential dangers should therefore be understood and avoided,
and practices adopted which are safe and trustworthy. This book sets out the basic factors, general
and specific, showing the overall objective of the science of meditation to be planetary service.
Additionally, this is the only e-book edition of this title that includes an index for easy reference to
subjects included in this book.
The five initiations of the Master Jesus during His life in Palestine are known as the Birth, Baptism,
Transfiguration, Crucifixion, Resurrection and Ascension. Through these five stages on the Way, we
follow the Master from Bethlehem to Calvary. These experiences are both symbolic and actual,
setting guideposts along the way of the disciple. They exemplify the experience of the human soul
through the five stages of its spiritual journey and can be invaluable to indiviual man facing the vast
span of the same five-fold experience. Therefore, we can know and consciously cooperate in the
journey which leads from the place of spiritual birth to the place of renunciation and resurrection.

The development of the intellect, while necessary, is a means to an end. The intellect should
become a means of penetrating into new dimensions of thought and consciousness, and of
awakening the intuitive faculty of "pure reason". Through occult meditation the gap is bridged
between the threefold mind and the intuition.
The intellect is the rationalising, analytical aspect of the mind, concerned with knowledge. It can be
used as a stepping-stone to penetrate into new realms and dimensions of thought, and to touch and
awaken the intuitive faculty of pure reason. Between the intellect and the intuition, however, a gap
exists until it has been consciously bridged through meditation. Meditation is sometimes defined as
"thinking in the heart"; correct meditation proceeds only when the heart and mind function together
in unison. To touch the intuition, therefore, this blending of heart and mind is a necessity, since the
intuitive sense is a faculty of the heart aroused by the activity of the integrated, three-fold mind.
Meditation is also the deliberate application of discipline to the mind to render it controlled,
concentrated and one- pointed at will. Right use of the mind in meditation opens the consciousness
to the beauty, truth and goodness of the soul, through the five stages of
concentration-meditation-contemplation-illumination-inspiration. These five stages lead to union with
the soul--the "son of mind"--and direct knowledge of divinity, creating an instrument of intelligence
for the soul to use in daily life.
"The experienced voice of the eastern wisdom comes to us with one word: Meditation. The question
naturally arises: 'Is that all?' and the answer is: 'Yes.' If meditation is rightly followed, and if
perseverance is the keynote of the life, then increasingly soul contact is established. The results of
that contact work out in self-discipline, in purification, and in the life of aspiration and of service.
Meditation in the eastern sense is . . . a strictly mental process, leading to soul knowledge and
illumination. It is a fact in nature that 'as a man thinketh (in his heart) so is he.'"
Six basic problems continue, however, to confront humanity with opportunity for progress: the
psychological rehabilitation of the nations; the problem of the children of the world; the problem of
capital, labour and employment; the problem of the racial minorities; the problem of the churches;
the problem of international unity and the equitable distribution of the world's resources.
Continuing cleavages in consciousness; psychological evaluations and reactions to world
conditions; national, religious, class or racial prejudice; conditions of illiteracy, disease and poverty,
and economic imbalance, are all responsible for creating and perpetuating conditions in which war is
inevitable. Recognition of causes within these problems, however, provides opportunity to those who
love and serve their fellowmen.
All men and women of goodwill are concerned with the solution of these problems. They are
particularly the concern of those accepting the self-discipline of training for discipleship in the new
age, those world servers capable of relating esoteric truths and spiritual realities to the field of
service in which they are placed.
The esotericist of today is a practical worker. His illumined consciousness makes available to him a
source of energy supply which is inexhaustible and which originates within the circulating energy of
the One Life. He thus becomes a centre of energy transmission between Hierarchy and humanity,
reflecting the soul, or Christ principle, throughout his service environment, illuminating and lifting the
darkened areas of human consciousness. His knowledge of world affairs and human problems helps
him to direct his energies where they can be of most service.
A great deal has been written about the history of witchcraft, but much of what has been written is
unreliable, exaggerated, or inaccurate. This problem is especially acute in regard to modern
witchcraft, or Wicca, and its supposed connections to historical witchcraft in medieval and early
modern Europe. This Dictionary provides a reliable reference source for both academics and
general readers interested in the actual historical development of witchcraft in the western world.

The focus of the dictionary is on Western Europe during the late-medieval and early modern
periods, when the specific idea of diabolical witchcraft developed and when the so-called "great
witch-hunts" occurred. Entries are also provided that deal with magic and witchcraft in the earlier
Christian period and classical antiquity, as well as with the lingering belief in witchcraft in the modern
world, and with the development of the modern, neo-pagan religion of witchcraft, also known as
Wicca. For comparative purposes, some entries have been provided that deal with aspects and
systems of magic found in other parts of the world that seem to bear some relation to the idea of
witchcraft as it developed in Christian Europe. The regions dealt with are mainly Africa, along with
such New-World practices as Voodoo and Santeria. Entries in the dictionary cover important people
in the history of witchcraft, from the medieval inquisitors and early modern magistrates who
developed the stereotype of the historical witch to the modern individuals who have developed the
religion of Wicca. Also included are legal terms and concepts important to the prosecution of the
supposed crime of witchcraft, and religious and theological concepts pertaining to the demonic
elements that came to be associated with witchcraft, as well as more popular beliefs and aspects of
common folklore and mythology that became attached to the developing idea of witchcraft.
Geographic entries are also included, discussing the scope of witch-hunting in various regions...
In this volume you will find 27 uniquely Slavonic and Cossack stories like "The Story Of Unlucky
Daniel", "The Vampire And St Michael", "The Tsar And The Angel", "The Story Of Ivan And The
Daughter Of The Sun" and more not heard in the west for many a year. This volume of stories has
been selected from a Slavonic dialect extraordinarily rich in folk-tales. The language is Ruthenian, or
the language of the Cossacks. This was the first translation ever made from Ruthenian into English.
There are peculiar and original elements in these stories not to be found in the folk-lore of other
European peoples, The comparative isolation of the Cossacks, and their remoteness from the great
theaters of historical events, has seen favorable conditions for the safe preservation of old myths
and the easy development of new ones. Ruthenian is a language intermediate between Russian
and Polish, but independent of both. Its territory embraces, that vast area which lies between the
Carpathian Mountains and the Sea of Azov, with Lemberg and Kiev for its chief intellectual centers.
Until independence the language was rigorously repressed by the Soviet Government, and has
since been a foundation from which modern Ukrainian has been developed. It possesses a noble
literature, numerous folk-songs and a copious collection of justly admired folk-tales, many of them of
great antiquity, which are regarded, both in Russia and Poland, as quite unique of their kind.
The subject of Astral Projection is one of paramount significance in this materialistic Age, as it
proves conclusively the possibility of life after death. It is, however, a phenomena more often
brushed aside by the medical profession as mere hallucination. In this book Dr. Douglas Baker
supplies the reader with case-histories proving the reality of Astral Projection as well as describing in
detail the various techniques whereby the astral body can be brought out of alignment with the
physical, so that the individual can be made increasingly conscious in the astral world. He then goes
on to describe that astral world, and what we may expect to find there
Long, long ago, before the earth was made, - and there was no sea and sky or night and day, - the
vast, unending Land of Mist stretched away on one side of a bottomless gulf, on the other side of
which lay the land of FIre. The Land of Mist was called Niflheim, and here eternal winter reigned with
fog and snow and darkness that wrapped the dreary land about like a shroud.
In this book, Dr. H.K. Bakhru explains the details and benefits of a variety of natural therapies. He
explains how natural food, natural elements, yoga and more generally, the observance of the laws
of nature, can allow patients to overcome their diseases. He also reviews the ingredients of a
healthy and nutritious diet. The author affirms that "good health ought to be everybody's concern,
not solely the medical profession's." In following this principle, he uses simple language to explain
his treatments and the underlying reasoning behind his theories. This well illustrated book will be
beneficial for those who are seeking natural cures for their ailments. The book will also serve as a
useful guide for those interested in leading simple and healthy lives. In addition, the book will be a
very useful reference guide for students of naturopathy and practitioners of nature cure.
An introduction to the study of biblical archaeology with over 200 illustrations throughout the text.

Contents: Mesopotamian documents which illustrate Genesis; Asiatics in Egypt; Egypt and Syria;
Pharaohs in Syria; Israel in Egypt, scenes from Egyptian life; the Exodus; Old Testament
ethnography; so-called monuments of the Hittites; Assyrian warfare and military engines;
Sennacherib; ancient monuments of the period of the captivity of Judah; Phoenician monuments.
New facts reveal the shocking step-by-step conspiracy against America's most loved president. Who
was involved? On April 14, 1865, President Abraham Lincoln was assassinated while attending a
play at Ford's Theatre. Historical accounts tell us the murder was committed by a crazed actor
names John Wilkes Booth, and no one else. Now, after more than a century, startling new answers
are uncovered for such questions as:
Initiation into Hermetics provides step by step instruction in the form of practical exercises. These
exercises lead to the development of body, soul and spirit. The result of the practical exercises is the
development of occult abilities which can be of benefit to the student, in as far as he can change his
existence for the better.
The great mystery of the Tetragrammaton, the key to the tetrapolar magnet, is explained. By reading
the theoretical section many secrets are unveiled which were once only known to very few. The
reader will receive first-hand knowledge about the principles of fire, air, water and earth, the positive
and negative attributes of these elements, and how these elements affect the human body. The
immutable law of cause and effect is explained, not only as it applies to human beings, but also how
it applies to the elements. Detailed information is also given about the soul or the astral body, and
how the four elements determine the temperament in a person.
The astral plane is considered to be "the beyond" by most religions. This plane does have its
inhabitants, most of which are departed human beings from earth. Besides that you find
elementaries, beings with one or only a few attributes. It is very advantageous to learn about these
beings and how they affect a human being's life. There is also another kind of being, which is a
being of the pure elements. The reader will find that many myths or even fairy tales are based on
truth. But mankind has lost the ability to stay in contact with reality and has chosen to live in a
completely transitory world which they consider to be their reality.
Each step of the practical part of this book is divided into three parts: the magical spiritual or mental
schooling, soul or astral schooling, and physical schooling. This allows the student to maintain a
complete equilibrium. The student learns how to control all his mental faculties even to the point that
he can control every thought. He will learn self-introspection, clairvoyance, clairaudience,
clairsentience, astral and mental travel, control of the electric and magnetic fluids, and
communication with the beings of the astral plain.
Magic is the highest knowledge that exists on our planet, because it teaches the metaphysical as
well as the metapsychical laws on every plane of existence. Since time immemorial, the highest
knowledge has been called "Magic" but it was accessible only to particular circles, predominantly the
High Priests, and the most powerful rulers. The highest initiates were considered to be Magi. They
were the only ones who knew about the true teachings, but they guarded them with all their might.
They knew the synthesis of their own religion as well as the synthesis of other religions. But the
people were only given their religion in symbols no matter kind of religion they believed in. Only after
many centuries, a few crumbs of this knowledge made its way among the people, but still completely
veiled. And since the majority of the people were not lawfully magically educated, they could only
understand this fragmented information from an individual point of view, and thus could only pass
this knowledge on in a very one-sided and incomplete manner. That is why magic knowledge
remains to this very day, without exaggeration, a very secret knowledge. The understanding of the
true magic laws depends upon the magico-spiritual maturity of the individual.
Whosoever wishes to learn the subject of magic, must first learn all the effects of the lower laws of
Nature before he can progress to the higher laws. You could divide magical knowledge into three
categories: lower magic, intermediate magic, and high magic. This book gives the reader the
significance of the magic circle, triangle, the magic mirror, the magic wand, and so forth.

The second part discloses the names and signatures of the different heads, genii and intelligences
of the various planetary spheres in our solar system, how to communicate with them and also what
their specific tasks are. These heads or genii have their specific field; there is not one field of
endeavor which is not covered by one or another head, intelligence or genii. A detailed description
of their expertise in a particular field is listed in this book by name and sphere, and how to establish
contact with these beings. It should however be mentioned that you cannot succeed in contacting
these beings unless you have practically and successfully completed the first volume Initiation into
Hermetics, or you must have at least successfully completed the eighth step.
The Key to the True Kabbalah is the third volume in the Bardon series of books on Hermetics. Many
books have been written about the Kabbalah, but in practice very little can be used, since most of
the original books were written in Hebrew. Therefore, it stands to reason that a person who practices
the Kabbalah must have knowledge of Hebrew. This is now no longer the case. Once you have
studied this book you will get an entirely different idea of the Kabbalah than what you previously
had. Kabbalah is the science of the letters, of language and the word and not the language of the
intellectual. It is the universal language.
From the Hermetic point of view a true Kabbalist is the highest initiate, for he represents the divinity
in the microcosm. Therefore it is clear that a perfect Kabbalist must be a person who connects with
God, a person who has realized God within himself and who, being a god-man, makes use of the
universal language, whereby whatever he utters ! immediately becomes reality.
This book not only contains the theory necessary to practice the Kabbalah, but it also provides the
step by step practice. Again, in order to be successful, the student must have completed the
previous two volumes, Initiation into Hermetics and The Practice of Magical Evocation, otherwise he
will fail. Most educated people possess knowledge, but no wisdom at all. Knowledge depends upon
the development of the intellectual part of the spirit; wisdom, on the other hand, necessitates the
balanced development of all four aspects of the spirit. A Kabbalist is the perfected sovereign in the
microcosm and the macrocosm.
As in the two preceding volumes, Initiation into Hermetics and The Practice of Magical Evocation,
The Key to the True Kabbalah will guide the student step by step through the exercises. Some
writers make mention of the cosmic language which they sometimes term the Uranian language. It
may well be that some letters of the cosmic langua! ge are known to and comprehended by them,
but no one to thi! s day has written about it in detail. The cosmic language is the language of God,
the language of Divine Providence.
In the practical part of Kabbalah, the reader is introduced to the mysticism of each letter. To save
considerable time for those who are unfamiliar with the Hebrew alphabet, the regular Latin letters
are used. Here each letter is expressed in a particular color. The student practices the visualization
of each letter in its particular color, then in a particular part of the body, etc. He will also learn to
which element each letter belongs, for example the letter A belongs to the element of air. All this
knowledge is very important to the student, otherwise he will not be effective as a Kabbalist.
Also the ten Kabbalistic keys are explained, and an explanation is given as to their significance. The
student will also learn how to pronounce the letters into the Akasha principle, and the mental, astral
and material spheres. This will release the effects that t! he letter contains. And with the next step he
will enter into the practice of formula magic which begins with the Kabbalistic alphabet of the
two-letter key. For example, the two-letter key B-I is a Kabbalistic formula. With this formula it is
possible to remove from one's consciousness any painful memory, unpleasant experience or
unnecessary pangs of conscience.
The Other Bible gathers in one comprehensive volume ancient, esoteric holy texts from
Judeo–Christian tradition that were excluded from the official canon of the Old and New
Testaments, including the Gnostic Gospels, the Dead Sea Scrolls, the Kabbalah, and several more.
The Other Bible provides a rare opportunity to discover the poetic and narrative riches of this

long–suppressed literature and experience firsthand its visionary discourses on the nature of
God, humanity, the spiritual life, the world around us, and infinite worlds beyond this one.
Barrett's accompanying book to his 78-card tarot deck gives seekers background information on
each card, as well as how to use the cards for divination and to develop clairvoyant powers. Based
on Ancient Egyptian life and mythology, this stunning deck and handbook includes a history and use
of the tarot, which author Clive Barret believes originated in Egypt.
This is a title in a series of pocket-sized guides dealing with different methods of fortune-telling.
Each book is a comprehensive guide to its subject, and places the ancient art in its historical and
cultural context. The subjects covered are dreams, tarot, runes, palmistry, grapholology and
numerology. Each guide aims to provide the reader with the means to glean information about their
personality, and to offer new perspectives on their past, present and future. Charts, diagrams, and
step-by-step instructions show methods of drawing on the wisdom of the ancients. This book deals
with palmistry.
Originally published in 1801. A very powerful book. Caution is advised for serious use. Book One
topics include natural magic, amulets and charms, potions, precious stones, lights, candles,
alchemy, philosopher's stone, transmutation, 4 elements, numbers, planets, and more. Book Two
topics include magnetics, witchcraft, cabalistic magic, magical names, pentacles of Solomon, end of
the Magus, and more.
In this work, the author has collected many curious and rare studies and ideas in regard to the
subject of natural magic, the Cabala, celestial and ceremonial magic, alchemy, and magnetism.
Selected contents: use of astrology, amulets and charms, stones, alchemy, the four elements,
magnetism, cabalistical magic, the composition of the magic circle. Illustrated with number charts,
mystical alphabets, etc.
The Magus has proved to be the most sought after set of books on magic and alchemy ever
published. There is very good reason for this. These books are powerful, and were considered so
dangerous that for many years, rare copies could only be found in certain libraries, locked away
from the general public and from those who would use (or misuse) its power. The original set of
books was first published in 1801 by its author, Francis Barrett, who had an extensive background in
the medieval and occult sciences. He spent many years of diligent study before releasing them. His
premise for the material, that is, before putting anything into these books. Barrett first subjected the
various theories to certain tests that had to be "substantiated by nature, truth, and experiment" first.
They were written for those seeking the key to the philosopher's stone and the powers of magic. The
illustrations in this book were taken from ancient and medieval texts, magical tables, planetary
tables, talismans and images of angels and demons. Book One covers natural magic, amulets and
charms, potions, precious stones, lights, candies, alchemy, the philosopher's stone, transmulation,
the four elements, numbers, and planets. Book Two covers magnetic powers, Cabalistic magic, the
names of angels and spirits the performing of invocations, conjuring spirits, magic circles, receiving
oracles in dreams, positive and evil spirits, and concludes with a major biographical section on the
great magicians of history.
In physics, the idea of extra spatial dimensions originates from Nordstm’s 5-dimensional
vector theory in 1914, followed by Kaluza-Klein theory in 1921, in an effort to unify general relativity
and electromagnetism in a 5 dimensional space-time (4 dimensions for space and 1 for time).
Kaluza–Klein theory didn’t generate enough interest with physicist for the next five
decades, due to its problems with inconsistencies.
The second feature deals with level of presentation. The material is presented in a non-technical
language followed by additional sections (in the form of appendices or footnotes) that explain the
basic equations and formulas in the theories. This feature is very attractive to readers who want to
find out more about the theories involved beyond the basic description for a layperson.
Part I starts with an overview of the Standard Model of particles and forces, notions of

Einstein’s special and general relativity, and the overall view of the universe from the Big
Bang to the present epoch, and covers Two-Time physics. 2T-physics has worked correctly at all
scales of physics, both macroscopic and microscopic, for which there is experimental data so far. In
addition to revealing hidden information even in familiar "everyday" physics, it also makes testable
predictions in lesser known physics regimes that could be analyzed at the energy scales of the
Large Hadron Collider at CERN or in cosmological observations."
Part II of the book is focused on extra dimensions of space. It covers the following topics: The
Popular View of Extra Dimensions, Einstein and the Fourth Dimension, Traditional Extra
Dimensions, Einstein's Gravity, The Theory Formerly Known as String, Warped Extra Dimensions,
and How Do We Look For Extra Dimensions?
"…The Multiversal book series is equally unique, providing book-length extensions of the
lectures with enough additional depth for those who truly want to explore these fields, while also
providing the kind of clarity that is appropriate for interested lay people to grasp the general
principles involved." -Lawrence M. Krauss
The aim of this book is to continue to raise public awareness in the exciting field of theoretical
physics and cosmology. It covers the latest theories at a level not weighed down by highly
mathematical equations. Each chapter is written by a leading expert who is presently researching
and lecturing on the topics.
Extra Dimensions in Space and Time has two main features that differentiate it from all other books
written about the topic: The first feature is the coverage of extra dimensions in time (Two-Time
physics), which has not been covered in earlier books. All other books on the topic focus on extra
spatial dimensions. The second feature deals with level of presentation.
Topics Covered: Structure of matter & fundamental forces Einstein’s relativistic view of
space-time Equivalence Principle and General Relativity Symmetry and perspective Why higher
space or time dimensions? Extra space dimensions and String Theory Einstein and the Fourth
Dimension Traditional Extra Dimensions String Theory and Branes Warped Extra Dimensions How
to Look For Extra Dimensions? Extra Dimensions: The equations behind the words Two Time
Physics Current status of 2T-Physics and future directions Multiversal Journeys™ is a
trademark of Farzad Nekoogar and Multiversal Journeys, a 501(c)(3) nonprofit organization.
"[Mythologies] illustrates the beautiful generosity of Barthes's progressive interest in the meaning
(his word is signification) of practically everything around him, not only the books and paintings of
high art, but also the slogans, trivia, toys, food, and popular rituals (cruises, striptease, eating,
wrestling matches) of contemporary life . . . For Barthes, words and objects have in common the
organized capacity to say something; at the same time, since they are signs, words and objects
have the bad faith always to appear natural to their consumer, as if what they say is eternal, true,
necessary, instead of arbitrary, made, contingent. Mythologies finds Barthes revealing the fashioned
systems of ideas that make it possible, for example, for 'Einstein's brain' to stand for, be the myth of,
'a genius so lacking in magic that one speaks about his thought as a functional labor analogous to
the mechanical making of sausages.' Each of the little essays in this book wrenches a definition out
of a common but constructed object, making the object speak its hidden, but ever-so-present,
reservoir of manufactured sense."--Edward W. Said
What is astrology? Fiction for the bourgeoisie. The Tour de France? An epic. The brain of Einstein?
Knowledge reduced to a formula. Like iconic images of movie stars or the rhetoric of politicians, they
are fabricated. Once isolated from the events that gave birth to them, these
“mythologies” appear for what they are: the ideology of mass culture. When Roland
Barthes's groundbreaking Mythologies first appeared in English in 1972, it was immediately
recognized as one of the most significant works in French theory-yet nearly half of the essays from
the original work were missing. This new edition of Mythologies is the first complete, authoritative
English version of the French classic. It includes the brilliant “Astrology,” never
published in English before.Mythologies is a lesson in clairvoyance. In a new century where the

virtual dominates social interactions and advertisement defines popular culture, it is more relevant
than ever.
Arlo Bates (December 16, 1850 – August 25, 1918) was an American author, university
professor and newspaperman. He graduated from Bowdoin College in 1876. He was a professor of
English at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. His work includes novels, poems and
criticisms. The Pagans (1884), The Philistines (1888), The Puritans (1899), Prince Vance and The
Intoxicated Ghost are some of his work.
Enchanting fantasy by creator of beloved "Oz" stories whisks young readers away on an exciting
underwater adventure! They'll meet a school of beguiling mermaids and an aristocratic codfish,
attend an elegant banquet, confront an awesome sea monster, and much more. Enhanced by 78 of
John R. Neill's original black-and-white illustrations.
Mayre Griffiths, nicknamed Trot, or sometimes Tiny Trot, is a little girl who lives on the coast of
southern California. Her father is the captain of a sailing schooner, and her constant companion is
Cap'n Bill Weedles, a retired sailor with a wooden leg. (Cap'n Bill had been Trot's father's skipper,
and Charlie Griffiths had been his mate, before the accident that took the older man's leg.) Trot and
Cap'n Bill spend many of their days roaming the beaches near home, or rowing and sailing along
the coast. One day, Trot wishes that she could see a mermaid; her wish is overheard, and granted
the next day. The mermaids explain to Trot, and the distressed Cap'n Bill, that they are benevolent
fairies; when they offer Trot a chance to pay a visit to their land in mermaid form, Trot is
enthusiastic, and Bill is too loyal to let her go off without him.
AUTHOR’S PREFACE: This volume deals with certain phenomena that one comes across
when stepping out of the world of sense to that which lies beyond it; that is, to the supernormal or
transcendental, or whatever people prefer to call it. It covers a number of very diverse perceptions;
and there are, of course, others beyond these in so vast a field of research. In this region of
supersense, we may expect to find the mind expanding beyond normal limits, reaching out to
individuals over any distance (in a telepathic sense) and picking up threads here and there from
bygone periods of history. Likewise, this extended sight reaches out into the future, perceiving what
has not as yet come within normal vision. Both these functions touch upon that much-debated
question of the nature of Time.
Other examples point to the mind being able in some degree to overcome the limitations of space.
Others would suggest that even physical death may no longer prove so formidable a barrier as
formerly, in view of these extended powers of the mind. As yet, knowledge along these lines is
limited, but there is hope that much may come to light as research progresses.
Taking all in conjunction, we can assume that in this region beyond sense-perception there is at
work a definite law or laws, although of a different order from those which obtain in this world of
sense-apprehension. From all this, we may infer that purpose and design are in operation, and that
they touch vitally the life and destiny of mankind. Such order within the universe as we now dimly
perceive leaves little place for the supposition that the phenomena here described are extraneous to
modern thought. It were truer to say that strange and unclassifiable though many of them appear,
they may eventually prove to have considerable signifcance in their relation to psychology, religion,
and other departments of human knowledge.
Salem, in company with a friend who showed me the relics of witchcraft days in 1692, and pointed
out the spot where as is believed the innocent victims were executed in the name of religion and
under the forms of law for the protection of society. It was while studying these bloody object
lessons of history that I formed a resolution to search out and solve, if might be, the psychological
problems that were the basis of that delusion ;and to present the solution in such a way that it
should be at once an original contribution to science and a practical guide for the present and the
future.
E. M. Berens orginally wrote “Myths and Legends of Ancient Greece and Rome” to

provide an interesting work on Greek and Roman mythology, suitable for advanced schools. He (or
she, I haven't been able to find out) wanted to give the student a clear and succinct idea of the
religious beliefs of the ancients, and to render the subject at once interesting and instructive. He
hoped to awaken in the minds of young students a desire to become more intimately acquainted
with the noble productions of classical antiquity. Quoting from the author's original preface:
“It is hardly necessary to dwell upon the importance of the study of Mythology: our poems,
our novels, and even our daily journals teem with classical allusions; nor can a visit to our art
galleries and museums be fully enjoyed without something more than a mere superficial knowledge
of a subject which has in all ages inspired painters, sculptors, and poets. It therefore only remains
for me to express a hope that my little work may prove useful, not only to teachers and scholars, but
also to a large class of general readers, who, in whiling away a leisure hour, may derive some
pleasure and profit from its perusal.”
I decided to create this encyclopedia because I like the ease of use of a single browsable document
in alphabetical order, and did not find a free encyclopedia that I liked. Wikipedia is a fantastic
resource, but it is not an easy read. I liked the consistant, easy style of the E. M. Berens book, and
because it was available from Project Gutenberg for free and without restrictions, I could take it and
turn it into this reference work at only the cost of my time.
Thanks to Project Gutenberg and the Distributed Proofreading team for taking the original public
domain work, turning it into an eBook and making it freely available. I am making this derived work
available under the same terms. The full text of the Project Gutenberg License can be found in the
Appendix.
Contents: Mysteries-Ancient, Egyptian, Adonisian, Dionysian, Eleusinian, and Mithraic; Solomon's
Temple; Ancient Temples; Speculative Masonry; Revival; Degrees; Ritual; Book of the Law; Design
of Freemasonry; Commandery; Knights of the Red Cross; Symbolism; Ancient Templars; Defense
and Fall of Acre; Final Dissolution; Knights of Malta; Encyclopedia.
In his exciting and original view of the universe, Itzhak Bentov has provided a new perspective on
human consciousness and its limitless possibilities. Widely known and loved for his delightful humor
and imagination, Bentov explains the familiar world of phenomena with perceptions that are as lucid
as they are thrilling. He gives us a provocative picture of ourselves in an expanded, conscious,
holistic universe.
For thousands of years before the beginning of recorded history -- the legends tell us -- a powerful
civilization flourished in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean. This breathtakingly advanced island
continent boasted splendid cities, golden temples, crowded seaports from which the far-reaching
influence of Atlantis spread to the rest of the world, until its destruction in an overwhelming
cataclysm.
In this book, Jos Luis Bermdez addesses two fundamental problems in the philosophy and
psychology of self-consciousness: (1) Can we provide a noncircular account of fully fledged
self-conscious thought and language in terms of more fundamental capacities? (2) Can we explain
how fully fledged self-conscious thought and language can arise in the normal course of human
development? Bermdez argues that a paradox (the paradox of self-consciousness) arises from the
apparent strict interdependence between self-conscious thought and linguistic self-reference. The
paradox renders circular all theories that define self-consciousness in terms of linguistic mastery of
the first-person pronoun. It seems to follow from the paradox of self-consciousness that no such
account or explanation can be given.Drawing on recent work in empirical psychology and
philosophy, the author argues that any explanation of fully fledged self-consciousness that answers
these two questions requires attention to primitive forms of self-consciousness that are prelinguistic
and preconceptual. Such primitive forms of self-consciousness are to be found in somatic
proprioception, the structure of exteroceptive perception, and prelinguistic forms of social interaction.
The author uses these primitive forms of self-consciousness to dissolve the paradox of
self-consciousness and to show how the two questions can be given an affirmative answer.

EVERY thought of man upon being evolved passes into the inner world, and becomes an active
entity by associating itself, coalescing we might term it, with an elemental—that is to say, with
one of the semi-intelligent forces of the kingdoms. It survives as an active intelligence—a
creature of the mind's begetting—for a longer or shorter period proportionate with the original
intensity of the cerebral action which generated it. Thus a good thought is perpetuated as an active,
beneficent power, an evil one as a maleficent demon. And so man is continually peopling his
current in space with a world of his own, crowded with the offspring of his fancies, desires, impulses
and passions; a current which reacts upon any sensitive or nervous organization which comes in
contact with it, in proportion to its dynamic intensity. The Buddhist calls it his "Skandha"; the Hindu
gives it the name of " Karma". The Adept evolves these shapes consciously; other men throw them
off unconsciously.
No more graphic picture of the essential nature of karma has ever been given than in these words,
taken from one of the early letters of Master K. H. If these are clearly understood, with all their
implications, the perplexities which surround the subject will for the most part disappear, and the
main principle underlying karmic action will be grasped. They will therefore be taken as indicating
the best line of study, and we shall begin by considering the creative powers of man. All we need as
preface is a clear conception of the invariability of law, and of the great planes in Nature.
In the Upper Amazon, mestizos are the Spanish-speaking descendants of Hispanic colonizers and
the indigenous peoples of the jungle. Some mestizos have migrated to Amazon towns and cities,
such as Iquitos and Pucallpa; most remain in small villages, their houses perched on stilts on the
shores of the rivers that are their primary means of travel. Here in the jungle, they have retained
features of the Hispanic tradition, including a folk Catholicism and traditional Hispanic medicine. And
they have incorporated much of the religious tradition of the Amazon, especially its healing, sorcery,
shamanism, and the use of potent plant hallucinogens, including ayahuasca. The result is a uniquely
eclectic shamanist culture that continues not only to fascinate outsiders with its brilliant visionary art
but also to attract thousands of seekers each year with the promise of visionary experiences of their
own.
Ayahuasca shamanism is now part of global culture. The visionary ayahuasca paintings of Pablo
Cesar Amaringo are available to a world market in a sumptuous coffee-table book; international
ayahuasca tourists exert a profound economic and cultural pull on previously isolated local
practitioners; ayahuasca shamanism, once the terrain of anthropologists, is the subject of novels
and spiritual memoirs. Ayahuasca shamans perform their healing rituals in Ontario and Wisconsin.
Singing to the Plants sets forth, in accessible form, just what this shamanism is about -- what
happens at an ayahuasca healing ceremony, how the apprentice shaman forms a spiritual
relationship with the healing plant spirits, how sorcerers inflict the harm that the shaman heals, and
the ways that plants are used in healing, love magic, and sorcery. The work emphasizes both the
uniqueness of this highly eclectic and absorptive shamanism -- plant spirits dressed in surgical
scrubs, extraterrestrial doctors speaking computer language -- and its deep roots in shamanist
beliefs and practices, both healing and sorcery, common to the Upper Amazon. The work seeks to
understand this form of shamanism, its relationship to other shamanisms, and its survival in the new
global economy, through anthropology, ethnobotany, cognitive psychology, legal history, and
personal memoir.
The Bhaktivedanta Book Trust edition of the Srimad-Bhagavatam (Bhagavata Purana) features
translation and elaborate commentary by Srila A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada, whom
scholars and spiritual leaders worldwide recognize as the most distinguished teacher of Indian
culture and philosophy of the modern age. Srimad-Bhagavatam is a virtual encyclopedia of yoga,
meditation, and the mystic arts. It brings together in one complete source information that previously
took hundreds of books to explain. "Srimad-Bhagavatam 1.1" presents the first part of the first Canto
as a sampler for the whole 18-volume set.
The mathematical models for planetary movements presented by Tycho Brahe, Kepler and Newton

in the 17th and 18th Centuries have been held in esteem for the past three centuries. Several
assumptions are taken for granted in the name of Science or in the name of scientists. In a dynamic
world concepts and assumptions accepted with a static fragmented point of view do not hold. In
order to understand the complex process involved, direct observations as a whole and the
expressed integrated pattern in particular should be undertaken.
Any practitioner, after meditating for some time, inevitably wonders what meditation method the
historical Buddha Shakyamuni himself used while beneath the Bodhi Tree. Many people understand
that prior to his realization, Shakyamuni Buddha studied with many of great yogis of his time, but
most do not know what method he ultimately found leads most directly to Nirvana. In Ajhan
Buddhadasa Bhikku's book, Mindfulness With Breathing, the Thai meditation master provides
practitioners with penetrating insights into the Anapanasati Sutta, the sacred canonical text which
many believe is the most direct transmission of Shakyamuni Buddha's breath meditation methods.
Combined with a concise translation of the Sutta itself, Mindfulness With Breathing is one of the best
guides to Buddhist meditation practice available in the English language.
One of Blake's most interesting and powerful creations — a parody of the book of Genesis in
which the righteous figure of God is replaced by that of Urizen, the "dark power." Included are 27
hand-colored plates rich in energy and monumental grandeur, along with a printed transcription of
the poem.
For those who would like to explore the essence of The Secret Doctrine, or who have had difficulty
penetrating its two large volumes, An Invitation to The Secret Doctrine should prove welcome.
Based on Blavatsky's study suggestions given to her personal students, it is a succinct and
appealing statement of the SD's principal teachings in her own words. Included are the Bowen notes
of HPB's comments, relevant pages from The Secret Doctrine, photographs of HPB's manuscript, a
historical account of 'The Writing of The Secret Doctrine' by Kirby Van Mater, and a glossary of
terms.
The world knows H. P. Blavatsky chiefly by her encyclopcedic knowledge her occult powers her
unique courage. This little book, composed of stories thrown off by her in her lighter moments shows
her as a vivid, graphic writer, gifted with brilliant imagination. The student will catch glimpses of
reality under the garb of fancy, and will know that only the hand of anO ccultist could have added
some of the touches to the pictures. The Nightmare Tales were rewritten during the last few months
of the authors pain-stricken life: when tired with the drudgery ofT heT heosophical Glossary she who
could not be idle, turned to this lighter work and found therein amusement and relaxation. Her
friends, all the world over, will welcome this example of gifts used but too rarely amid the strain of
weightier work, Annie Besant.
A huge success with over 900,000 copies sold, since its original publication in 1983, The Book of
Runes has proved to be a modern classic. For this, the 25th anniversary of the work, Ralph H. Blum
has expanded and refined the runic system, making the Runes one of the most profoundly useful
self-help tools of the new century.
Telepathy, reincarnation, voodoo, and witchcraft are just a few examples of phenomena now
defined as paranormal activity. But just because these marvels lie beyond the reach of current
scientific explanation does not mean that future developments will not bring understanding. For
instance, some scientists now believe that the mysterious symptoms, such as hallucinations and
spasms, of the accused witches in Salem may actually have been reactions to a type of poison. And
a hundred years ago, who would have thought that acupuncture could be scientifically explained, let
alone covered by most mainstream insurance companies?
Citing case studies and analyses from respected medical journals, Dr. Robert Bobrow — an
accomplished physician and clinical associate professor at Stony Brook University —
investigates numerous instances that do not fit into the normal lexicon of medical diagnoses. He
argues that by simply dismissing unexplainable phenomena we may be missing valuable
opportunities to advance science. Although The Witch in the Waiting Room provides enough data

and research to satisfy the scientific community, Dr. Bobrow's fluid writing style and straightforward
analyses will engage the raft of curious lay readers who will be drawn to this book.
That is, the Day-Spring or Dawning of the Day in the Orient or Morning Redness in the Rising of the
Sun. That is the Root or Mother of Philosophie, Astrologie and Theologie from the true Ground. Or a
Description of Nature, I. How All was, and came to be in the Beginning. II. How Nature and the
Elements are become Creaturely. III. Also of the Two Qualities Evil and Good. IV. From whence all
things had their Original. V. And how all stand and work at present. VI. Also how all will be at the
End of the Time. VII. Also what is the Condition of the Kingdom of God, and of the Kingdom of Hell.
VIII. And how men work and act creaturely in Each of them. All this set down diligently from a true
Ground in the Knowledge of the Spirit, and in the impulse of God.
Of the Eternal, Dark, Light, and Temporary World. Showing What the Soul, the Image and the Spirit
of the Soul are; and also what Angels, Heaven, and Paradise are. How Adam was before the Fall, in
the Fall, and after the Fall. And what the Wrath of God, Sin, Death, the Devils and Hell are.How all
things have been, now are, and how they shall be at the Last.
Some have complained of the hardness to understand his writings, and therefore I have endeavored
the Englishing of this book of the Three Principles, which, the author saith, is the A, B, C to all his
writings; and if they read it carefully, they will find it, though hard at first, easy at last, and then all his
other books easy, and full of deep understanding.
The High and Deep Searching Out of the Three Principles. Contents: Of the Original Matrix, or
Genetrix; Further of the Genetrix; Concerning the Birth of Love; Of the Wellspring of Light; Of the
Wisdom of God, and of the Angelical World; Of the World, and also of Paradise; Of the True Corner
Stone; Of the Transitory, and of the Eternal Life; Of the Threefold Life; How Man may find himself;
Of the True Knowledge, what man is; Of the True Christian Life and Conversation; Of Christ's most
precious Testaments; Of the Broad Way, and of the Narrow Way; Of the Mixed World and its
Wickedness; Of Praying and Fasting; Of God's blessing in this World; Of Death, and of Dying.
"The author wrote this answer to these questions, chiefly for his friend's sake that sent them to him,
as also for the benefit of all such as love the knowledge of Mysteries: this friend who traveled for
learning and hidden wisdom, and in his return home, happened to hear of this author in the city of
Gorlitz; and when he had obtained acquaintance with him, he rejoiced, that at last he had found at
home, in a poor cottage, that which he had traveled for so far, and not received satisfaction: then he
went to the several universities in Germany, and did there collect such questions concerning the
soul, as were thought and accounted impossible to be resolved fundamentally and convincingly;
which he made this catalog of, and sent to this author, from whom he received these answers
according to his desire, wherein he and many others that saw them received full satisfaction.
An Open Gate of all the Secrets of Life Wherein the Causes of all Beings Become Known; Six
Mystical Points; On the Earthly and Heavenly Mystery; On the Divine Intuition. First Point: Of the
springing of the three Principles, Of the first growth and life from the first Principle, Of the proprium
of the principle; Second Point, Of the mixed tree of evil and good; Third Point, Of the origin of
contrariety in growth; Fourth Point, How the holy and good tree of eternal life grows through and out
of all the growths of the three principles; Fifth Point, How a life may perish in the tree of life, Of the
right human essence from God's essence; Sixth Point, Of the life of darkness, wherein the devils
dwell, Of the four elements of the devil and of the dark world; Six Mystical Points, On the blood and
water of the soul, On the election of grace, On sin, How Christ will deliver up the kingdom to his
Father, On Magic, On Mystery; On the Earthly and Heavenly Mystery; On the Divine Intuition: What
God is, Of the mind, will, and thoughts of human life, Of the the natural ground, Of the In and Out.
If Signatura Rerum by the German mystic Jacob Boehme looks like a book you'd find in the library at
a certain school of wizardry, you're not too far off. Boehme discourses at length here on one of the
fundamental laws of Magic: the law of signatures, the concept that every object in the real world has
some hidden meaning, and particularly how these signatures interact.

At the core of Boehme's philosophy is a mystical Christianity. However, his beliefs were far from that
of the Lutheran establishment, and he was persecuted his entire life. Boehme's view of a universe
where a creative and destructive principle are in conflict was later repurposed by Hegel as the
dialectic. Newton, Nietzsche, the Quaker George Fox, and even Phillip K. Dick have all been cited
as being influenced by Boehme.
Jakob Bhme (probably April 24, 1575[1] – November 17, 1624) was a German Christian
mystic and theologian. He is considered an original thinker within the Lutheran tradition. In
contemporary English, his name may be spelled Jacob Boehme; in seventeenth-century England it
was also spelled Behmen, approximating the contemporary English pronunciation of the German
Bhme.
THIS book is a true mystical mirror of the highest wisdom. The best treasure that a man can attain
unto in this world is true knowledge; even the knowledge of himself: For man is the great mystery of
God, the microcosm, or the complete abridgment of the whole universe: He is the mirandum Dei
opus, God's masterpiece, a living emblem and hieroglyphic of eternity and time; and therefore to
know whence he is, and what his temporal and eternal being and well-being are, must needs be that
ONE necessary thing, to which all our chief study should aim, and in comparison of which all the
wealth of this world is but dross, and a loss to us.
Hence Solomon, the wisest of the kings of Israel, says: "Happy is the man that findeth wisdom, and
the man that getteth understanding; for the merchandise of it is better than the merchandise of
silver, and the gain thereof than fine gold; she is more precious than rubies, and all things that can
be desired are not to be compared unto her."
This is that wisdom which dwells in nothing, and yet possesses all things, and the humble resigned
soul is its playfellow; this is the divine alloquy, the inspiration of the Almighty, the breath of God, the
holy unction, which sanctifies the soul to be the temple of the Holy Ghost, which instructs it aright in
all things, and searches ta bathe toy Theoy, the depths of God.
This is the precious pearl, whose beauty is more glorious, and whose virtue more sovereign than the
sun: It is a never-failing comfort in all afflictions, a balsam for all sores, a panacea for all diseases, a
sure antidote against all poison, and death itself; it is that joyful and assured companion and guide,
which never forsakes a man, but convoys him through this valley of misery and death into the
blessed paradise of perfect bliss.
If you ask, What is the way to attain to this wisdom? Behold! Christ, who is the way, the truth, and
the life, tells you plainly in these words; "If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and
take up his cross daily and follow me;" [*2] or as he says elsewhere, "Unless you be born again, you
cannot see the kingdom of heaven:" or as St. Paul says, "If any man seemeth to be wise in this
world, let him become a fool that he may be wise."
Herein lies that simple childlike way to the highest wisdom, which no sharp reason or worldly
learning can reach unto; nay, it is foolishness to reason, and therefore so few go the way to find it:
The proud sophisters and wiselings of this world have always trampled it under foot with scorn and
contempt, and have called it enthusiasm, madness, melancholy, whimsy, fancy, etc., but wisdom is
justified of her children.
Indeed, every one is not fit for or capable of the knowledge of the eternal and temporal nature in its
mysterious operation, neither is the proud covetous world worthy to receive a clear manifestation of
it; and therefore the only wise God (who giveth wisdom to every one that asketh it aright of him) has
locked up the jewel in his blessed treasury, which none can open but those that have the key; which
is this, viz., "Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened
unto you: "The Father will give the Spirit to them that ask him for it.
An Exposition of Some Principal Matters and Words in the Writings of Jacob Boehme. "But since the
lovers desire a Clavis, or key of my writings, I am ready and willing to pleasure them in it, and will

set down a short description of the ground of those strange words; some of which are taken from
nature and sense, and some are the words of strange masters, which I have tried according to
sense, and found them good and fit. I will write but a short description of the divine manifestation,
yet as much as I can comprehend in brief; and expound the strange words for the better
understanding of our books for the consideration and help of beginners.
As scientists in many parts of the world today are turning their serious attention to the question of
the origin and the (possible) continuity of Life, I feel that the time has now arrived when a text-book
on the subject of the phenomena, known to investigators as Materialisations, should be issued to
the public, in order to assist inquirers, both scientists and laymen, in their endeavour to solve these
vitally important matters; as, in my opinion, it is by no means improbable that in Materialisations we
may find the clue which will eventually enable us to solve the question, asked by each cradle,
"Whence?" and by each coffin, "Whither?"
LOOKING back to the seven years of my life which I devoted to a careful and critical investigation of
the claim made, not only by both Occidental and Oriental mystics, but by well-known men of science
like Sir William Crookes, Professor Alfred Russel Wallace, and others-that it was possible under
certain clearly defined conditions to produce, apparently out of nothing, fully formed bodies,
inhabited by (presumably) human entities from another sphere-the wonder of it still enthrals me; the
apparent impossibility of so great an upheaval of such laws of Nature as we are at present
acquainted with, being proved clearly to be possible, will remain to the end as "the wonder of
wonders" in a by no means uneventful life.
For, as compared with this, that greatest of Nature's mysteries, the procreation of a human infant-by
either the normal or mechanical impregnation of an ovum-its months of fetal growth and
development in the uterus, and its birth into the world in a helpless and enfeebled condition,
amazing as they are to all physiological students,-sinks into comparative insignificance when
compared with the nearly instantaneous production of a fully developed human body, with all its
organs functioning properly; a body inhabited temporarily by a thinking, reasoning entity, who can
see, hear, taste, smell and touch: a body which can be handled, weighed, measured, and
photographed. When these claims were first brought to my notice I realised at once that I was face
to face with a problem which would require the very closest investigation; and I then and there
decided to give up work of all kinds, and to devote years, if necessary, to a critical examination of
these claims; to investigate the matter calmly and dispassionately, and, in Sir John Herschel's
memorable words, "to stand or fall by the result of a direct appeal to facts in the first instance, and of
strict logical deduction from them afterwards."
And, as I have said, the result has been that the apparently impossible has been proved to be
possible; and I accept them whole-heartedly, admitting that our working hypothesis has been proved
beyond any possibility of doubt, and that these materialised entities can manifest themselves today
to any person who will provide the conditions necessary for such a demonstration.
A book about Druids unlike any other, Bonewits’s Essential Guide to Druidism not only goes
far behind the usual Celtic and Classical references by discussing the evolution and migration of the
Proto-Indo-European peoples, from whom the Celts arose, but also discusses the beliefs and ritual
practices of both the British and American streams of modern Druidry, as well as providing warnings
about deceptive Druid organizations and authors. This is a book that belongs in the library of every
modern Druid, regardless of their particular path or style of Druidism.
These and many more astounding accounts offer tangible evidence about the existence of fairies,
dwarves, gnomes, pixies, brownies, and elves. Amazing facts include information on the healing
powers of fairies, the connection between the little people and UFOs, fairy sites to visit in the British
Isles, and much more!
The Native Americans are particularly concerned with the misuse of crystals, and the potential harm
that can do. In this fascinating book, they reveal the age-old secrets - many handed down by word
of mouth through generations - of the Native American tribes. The book includes: purification are

care of crystals; stones and their properties; working practices; practical exercises; the laws of
healing; colours and their properties; how to prepare the essences; and, the therapeutic touch and
exercises.
It is possible, says Carol Bowman, author of Children’s Past Lives and a pioneer in
reincarnation studies. Based on in-depth research and direct observation of very young children,
she shows in this groundbreaking book how common it is for beloved relatives to reincarnate into
the same family. Typical families share how their children -- some as young as two and still in
diapers -- speak spontaneously of intimate details from the lives of a family member they never
knew. These true stories shed new light on age-old questions of family relationships: Do we choose
our parents? What relationships survive death? What happens to the soul after a miscarriage or
abortion? Bowman offers hope for anyone who has lost a beloved relative and longs to be reunited
again.
Egyptian speculation in regard to the god Thoth. Taking as the basis of his work a fairly complete
examination of the chief references to the god in Egyptian literature and ritual, the author has tried to
distinguish the more important phases ofT hoth scharacter as they were conceived by theE
gyptians, and to show how these aspects, or phases, of his being help to explain the various
activities which are assigned to him in theE gyptian legends of the gods, and in the ritual of tombs
and temples. An attempt has been made, in many instances, to discover the simple concrete
meaning which often underlies characteristic epithets of the god, and the need of seeking groupings
among epithets which can in any way be associated with well-defined activities or aspects of the god
has been emphasised. The author has not aimed at anything like a full analysis of the individuality of
the god. That would have demanded a much closer and more detailed study of Egyptian religious
litera ture, and a more extensive recording of results, thanE gypto logical scholarship has hitherto
attempted in regard to any problem of ancient Egyptian religion. It will be noticed that texts derived
from theE gyptian literature of the Graeco-R oman period have been freely used throughout this
essay.
To give the Reader an account, Why the following Treatise is suffer'd to pass abroad so maim'd and
imperfect, I must inform him that 'tis now long since, that to gratify an ingenious Gentleman, I set
down some of the Reasons that kept me from fully acquiescing either in the Peripatetical, or in the
Chymical Doctrine, of the Material Principles of mixt Bodies. This Discourse some years after falling
into the hands of some Learned men, had the good luck to be so favourably receiv'd, and
advantageously spoken of by them, that having had more then ordinary invitations given me to
make it publick, I thought fit to review it, that I might retrench some things that seem'd not so fit to be
shewn to every Reader, and substitute some of those other things that occurr'd to me of the trials
and observations I had since made.
A growing body of scientific evidence suggests that our universe works like a Consciousness
Computer. Rather than the number codes of typical software, our Consciousness Computer uses a
language that we all have, yet are only beginning to understand. Life’s reality code is based
in the language of human emotion and focused belief. Knowing that belief is our reality-maker, the
way we think of ourselves and our world is now more important than ever!
For us to change the beliefs that have led to war, disease, and the failed careers and relationships
of our past we need a reason to see things differently. Our ancestors used miracles to change what
they believed. Today we use science. The Spontaneous Healing of Belief offers us both: the
miracles that open the door to a powerful new way of seeing the world, and the science that tells us
why the miracles are possible, revealing: why we are not limited by the “laws” of
physics and biology as we know them today
Best-selling author and visionary scientist Gregg Braden suggests that the hottest topics that divide
us as families, cultures, and nations—seemingly disparate issues such as war, terrorism,
abortion, genocide, poverty, economic collapse, climate change, and nuclear threats—are
actually related. They all stem from a worldview based upon the false assumptions of an incomplete
science.

The obsolete beliefs of our modern worldview have brought us to the brink of disaster and the loss
of all that we cherish as a civilization. Our reluctance to accept new discoveries about our
relationship to the earth, one another, and our ancient past keeps us locked into the thinking that
has led to the crises threatening our lives today.
Between 1993 and 2000, a series of groundbreaking experiments revealed dramatic evidence of a
web of energy that connects everything in our lives and our world—the Divine Matrix. From
the healing of our bodies, to the success of our careers, relationships, and the peace between
nations, this new evidence demonstrates that we each hold the power to speak directly to the force
that links all of creation. What would it mean to discover that the power to create joy, to heal
suffering, and bring peace to nations lives inside of you? How differently would you live if you knew
how to use this power each day of your life? Join Gregg Braden on this extraordinary journey
bridging science, spirituality and miracles through the language of The Divine Matrix.
In his latest book, former senior computer systems designer and bestselling author Gregg Braden
merges these ancient and modern world views into a powerful new model of time. Marrying the
modern laws of fractal patterns to the ancient concept of cycles, he demonstrates how everything
from the war and peace between nations to our most joyous relationships and personal crises are
the returning patterns of our past. As each pattern returns, it carries the same conditions of previous
cycles—fractal patterns that can be known, measured and predicted!
What makes this model so important today is that the returning cycles also carry a window of
opportunity—a choice point—that allows us to choose a new outcome for the cycle.
Braden suggests that if we can see time from this perspective, the patterns will show us
what’s in store for the future, and perhaps how to avoid the mistakes of our past.
After presenting the case histories that confirm the accuracy of fractal time calculations, the author
crosses the traditional boundaries of science and spirituality to answer the question that must be
asked: What does fractal time tell us about 2012, and beyond?Because the cycles repeat, the seed
for 2012 has already happened and the pattern already exists! In a narrative format of easy-to-read
science and true-life accounts, Fractal Time shows us what we can expect as we close the Great
World Age described by the Mayan Calendar, and the secret to our moment in history.
If you have a nagging feeling that somehow your life has gotten off track, Discovering Your Soul
Mission can help you create the most fulfilling life possible. Karmic astrologer and holistic teacher
Linda Brady, along with coauthor Evan St. Lifer, shows how the desires of our personalities--what
we think we want--clash with the needs of our souls--what will make us truly happy.
In order to pinpoint your soul mission, Brady uses the technique of karmic astrology, which--unlike
the more familiar sun-sign astrology--delves into areas known previously only to the cognoscenti.
With this easy-to-use method, you do not have to get an astrological chart. All the required
information is provided to instantly discover the sign ruling your soul mission. You will learn your
Soul Pattern sign, which governs old habits you need to let go, and your Soul Potential sign, which
indicates your latent qualities and hidden talents that must be developed to follow your true path.
Virgo perfectionism, for instance, can give way to Pisces intuition, Sagittarian procrastination to
Gemini creativity.
Brady then offers numerous meditation, journaling, dreamwork, and other exercises to explore and
incorporate your soul mission into your current life. Other planetary influences also shape the
particular flavor of your mission. For example, the book includes tables to find out what sign rules
your style of communication and shows you how to use that personal style to further enhance your
mission. This lively, interactive handbook will set you on your true path.
Do you believe in ghosts? Chances are you're either too willing, or not willing enough, to believe that
personal consciousness survives after bodily death. Some underestimate the evidence for life after
death, not realizing how impressive the most convincing cases are. Others overestimate it, rejecting

alternative explanations too readily. In fact, several non-survivalist explanations--hidden or latent


linguistic or artistic talents, extreme memory, even psychic abilities--are as interesting as the
hypothesis of survival, and may be more plausible than their critics realize.
Immortal Remains takes a fresh look at some of the most puzzling cases suggesting life after death,
and considers how to tell evidence for an afterlife from evidence for exotic things (including psychic
things) done by the living. Author Stephen E. Braude, who has done extensive research in
parapsychology and dissociation, explores previously ignored issues about dissociation, creativity,
linguistic skills, and the nature and limits of human abilities. He concludes that we have some
reason, finally, for believing in life after death.
From the author of the bestselling "Simple Abundance" comes a provocative and powerful life "bible"
for women around the world. In this insightful and eloquent book, Sarah Ban Breathnach explores
the nine stages necessary to living authentically: Sensing, Surviving, Settling, Stumbling, Selling
Out, Starting Over, Searching, Striving, and finally, Something More.
Scattered throughout the world are objects that could not possibly belong to the time period in which
they were found. A human footprint contemporary with the dinosaurs? The skeletal remains of men
and women long before humanity appeared on the planet? This text shows how time travel is not
only theoretically possible, but that the future generations may already be engaged in it. Readers
can weigh up the evidence for themselves - and take part in the unique programme, based on
esoteric techniques and on the findings of parapsychology and quantum physics, which enables
them to structure their own group investigation into a form of vivid mental time travel.
The paranormal--phenomena "beyond the normal," manifested by apparent experiences of
telepathy, remote viewing, psycho kinesis, and precognition, or the prediction of future events--has
been comfortably dismissed as fiction by many reasonable folk. But as 21st-century science
explores the world of quantum mechanics--where one particle can be in many places at the same
time--what has seemed impossible becomes just another part of our strange universe.
Award-winning author Damien Broderick, PhD, investigates possible relationships between
parapsychology, evolutionary biology, and quantum (and other) physics. Here is a serious but
popular treatment of paranormal claims and current attempts to explain them. Broderick has been in
direct contact with many of the major players in this curious realm, including the scientific director of
the long-classified US government-supported study known under various codenames and, as Star
Gate, closed in 1995 by the CIA. But the research continues, now privately funded. Can we predict
the future? Read other minds? Outside the Gates of Science suggests we just might be able to do
so.
Inspired by the breakthrough channeled series The Law of One, Buddhist teacher Barbara Brodksy
sent its author, Carla L. Rueckert, some transcriptions of her own material. Struck by
Brodsky’s lucid, witty, and fearless channeling, Rueckert invited Brodsky to co-channel a
conversation between their spirit teachers, Q’uo and Aaron. Developed from the transcripts
of nine weekends of joint channeling, The Aaron/Q’uo Dialogues: An Extraordinary
Conversation between Two Spiritual Guides offers teachings from a “positive polarity”
perspective, and provides answers to a wide range of spiritual questions, such as:
Dr. Bronowski's classic history of humankind. Dr. Jacob Bronowski's groundbreaking book The
Ascent of Man traces the development of human society through its understanding of science. First
published in 1973, it is considered one of the first works of "popular science", illuminating the
historical and social context of scientific development for a generation of readers. In his highly
accessible style, Dr. Bronowski discusses human invention from the flint tool to geometry,
agriculture to genetics, and from alchemy to the theory of relativity, showing how they all are
expressions of our ability to understand and control nature. The Ascent of Man inspires, influences
and informs as profoundly as ever.
The influence of [Egyptian] beliefs and religion, and literature, and arts and crafts on the civilization

of other nations can hardly be overestimated. In one of the least known periods of the world's history
[they] proclaimed the deathlessness of the human soul, and [this] country has rightly been named
the 'land of immortality. -- From the Introduction, 1923
The psychic medium for New York Times bestselling authors John Edward and James Van Praagh
brings us his unparalleled insights on life after death and communication with the other side. For
over 20 years, internationally known medium Robert Brown has seen every form of crossing over.
As a psychic investigator, he has tested and retested the claim made by spirit communicators: that
there is no death. Though many prominent people have sought Robert's services, including Princess
Diana, Robert has also helped thousands around the world communicate with their lost loved ones.
Now he reveals what those who have crossed over want us to know about the other side and this
world, sharing stories of clients who have gained peace of mind knowing that their loved ones do go
on. This book will explain all Brown has found to be true in mediumship and the spirit world,
including how the spirit world works through spirit communicators – or mediums, how the
process of spirit communication actuallyworks – how John Edward does what he does on TV,
what happens when our physical body dies and our beta body reaches the other side, and what the
spirits really want us to know about abortion, capital punishment, suicide, evil spirits, and man's
inhumanity to man. He has also witnessed firsthand some of the world's greatest mediums, and
through these interactions, what he has learned could change people's views on life and death
forever, confirming that there really is life after this one.
In Cosmic Voyage, Dr. Courtney Brown proved the existence of extraterrestrials using Scientific
Remote Viewing, a system of paranormal surveillance developed by the military. Cosmic Explorers
goes one step further and introduces us to a new race of alien beings-a species which could prove a
serious threat to our planet....
This volume breaks new ground by resolving some of remote-viewing's greatest enigmas. In these
pages, new research and new theories explain why remote viewing works, and why it is scientifically
possible. These investigations utilize remote-viewing methods that are derivative of those used for
decades in well-documented U.S. government funded psi research sponsored by the Central
Intelligence Agency (C.I.A.) and the Defense Intelligence Agency (D.I.A.).
Filled with descriptions and analyses of highly original experiments, here is an investigation into the
fascinating characteristics of time and physical reality using remote viewing as a tool of exploration,
offering evidence that the past, present, and future truly exist simultaneously. The idea of differing
future and past time lines is not just science fiction.
A renowned psychic and spiritual healer with clients all over the world, Mary T. Browne had her first
clairvoyant experience at the age of seven. For more than thirty years since then, her visions of the
other side and her communication with her teachers, both in spirit and on the earth plane, have
helped to form not just her understanding of death, but her philosophy of life.
In this fascinating, inspiring book, Mary T. puts our lives into a much broader context than most of us
have ever imagined. LIFE AFTER DEATH describes in detail exactly where we go when we die.
Mary T.'s psychic connection to the spirit world and her ability to receive messages from those who
have made the transition will inspire us to see death not as an ending, but as a new beginning.
Mary T. shows us that the spirit world is a place of harmony. It is a realm of beauty, light, art, music,
literature, and friendship. We do love beyond the grave, and we will be reunited with our loved ones
in the spirit world. The touching stories of those reunions will help ease the fear of leaving the
physical world. Mary T. takes the mystery out of death, and leaves us with clear examples of the
miraculous journey that lies ahead of us.
Startling new archaeological discoveries and such groundbreaking cultural phenomena as The Da
Vinci Code and The Passion of the Christ have sparked a renaissance in impassioned controversies
about religion and the life of Christ. Now, Sylvia Browne, with the help of her spiritual guide, delivers
the truth about Him, His teachings, and His works for God as she answers such provocative

questions as:
Examining the most famous-and notorious-prophetic voices throughout the ages, Browne offers a
clear and fascinating vision of the world as it will be from five years into the future to five hundred,
with a startling and revealing look into the future of our nation and our world-and a beacon of hope
in these uncertain times."I've personally witnessed Sylvia Browne bring closure to distraught
families, help the police close cases, and open people's hearts to help them see the good within.
Astral Dynamics will teach you everything you need to know to accomplish successful out-of-body
travel. It explores the physics of the nonphysical world and provides useful advice for astral
travelers, including how to exit the body, how to get around on the astral plane, and how to get back
to your body with solid memories of the event. The guide is written in plain language with
commonsense terminology.
Is everything that goes on in your mind really you? Perhaps not, says Australian psychic researcher
Robert Bruce. Drawing on more than two decades of firsthand research and experience, Bruce
reports that our minds are subject to influences from many unseen spiritual sources. Some of these
can influence how we think, feel, act, and even how our bodies function. They can make us
unhappy, irritable, confused, sick, unstable, even crazy. This is why we need practical tools and
countermeasures for psychic self-defense, all of which Bruce provides.
With dazzling wit and astonishing insight, Bill Bryson--the acclaimed author of The Lost
Continent--brilliantly explores the remarkable history, eccentricities, resilience and sheer fun of the
English language. From the first descent of the larynx into the throat (why you can talk but your dog
can't), to the fine lost art of swearing, Bryson tells the fascinating, often uproarious story of an
inadequate, second-rate tongue of peasants that developed into one of the world's largest growth
industries.
Bryson covers the entire history of language, from the first crude utterings of Neanderthal man to the
explosion of English as a global language in this century. We learn why "island," "freight," and
"colonel" are spelled in such unphonetic ways, and why "four" has a "u" in it while "forty" does not.
We also discover that Noah Webster occasionally plagiarized and that Samuel Johnson ("Dictionary
Johnson"), though no plagiarist, was often careless and inaccurate.
Buckland's Complete Book of Witchcraft has influenced and guided countless students, coven
initiates, and solitaries around the world. One of modern Wicca's most recommended books, this
comprehensive text features a step-by-step course in Witchcraft, with photographs and illustrations,
rituals, beliefs, history, and lore, as well as instruction in spellwork, divination, herbalism, healing,
channeling, dreamwork, sabbats, esbats, covens, and solitary practice. The workbook format
includes exam questions at the end of each lesson, so you can build a permanent record of your
spiritual and magical training. This complete self-study course in modern Wicca is a treasured
classic—an essential and trusted guide that belongs in every Witch's library.
"A masterwork by one of the great Elders of the Craft. Raymond Buckland has presented a treasure
trove of Wiccan lore. It is a legacy that will provide magic, beauty, and wisdom to future generations
of those who seek the ancient paths of the Old Religion."—Ed Fitch, author of Magical Rites
from the Crystal Well
"I read Buckland's Complete Book of Witchcraft with much pleasure. This book contains enough
information and know-how for all approaches: the historical, the philosophical, and the pragmatic . . .
quite entertaining, as much for the armchair enthusiast as for the practicing
occultist."—Marion Zimmer Bradley, author of The Mists of Avalon
Arabella B. Buckley (1840 - 1929) was a writer and science educator. She began as a secretary and
when her boss died she then started lecturing and writing on various scientific topics. This collection
of essays was written in the hopes of inspiring and bringing science to life for her audience. The
Table of Contents includes, The Fairy-Land of Science; How to Enter It; How to Use It; And How to

Enjoy It, Sunbeams, and the Work They Do, The Aerial Ocean in Which We Live, A Drop of Water
on its Travels, The Two Great Sculptors - Water and Ice, The Voices of Nature, and How We Hear
Them, The Life of a Primrose, The History of a Piece of Coal, Bees in the Hive, and Bees and
Flowers.
"Book of the Dead" is the title now commonly given to the great collection of funerary texts which the
ancient Egyptian scribes composed for the benefit of the dead. These consist of spells and
incantations, hymns and litanies, magical formulae and names, words of power and prayers, and
they are found cut or painted on walls of pyramids and tombs, and painted on coffins and
sarcophagi and rolls of papyri.
The title "Book of the Dead" is somewhat unsatisfactory and misleading, for the texts neither form a
connected work nor belong to one period; they are miscellaneous in character, and tell us nothing
about the lives and works of the dead with whom they were buried. Moreover, the Egyptians
possessed many funerary works that might rightly be called "Books of the Dead," but none of them
bore a name that could be translated by the title "Book of the Dead." This title was given to the great
collection of funerary texts in the first quarter of the nineteenth century by the pioneer
Egyptologists...
The Egyptian Book of the Dead is unquestionably one of the most influential books in all history.
Embodying a ritual to be performed for the dead, with detailed instructions for the behavior of the
disembodied spirit in the Land of the Gods, it served as the most important repository of religious
authority for some three thousand years.
In the year 1888 Dr. E. Wallis budge, then purchasing agent for the British Museum, followed rumors
he heard of a spectacular archeological find in Upper Egypt, and found in an 18th Dynasty tomb
near Luxor "the largest roll of papyrus I had ever seen, tied with a thick band of papyrus , and in a
perfect state of preservation."
This book is an Ancient Egyptian cosmological treatise which describes the Tuat, the underworld
that the boat of the Sun God, Ra, traverses during the night hours. Each chapter deals with one of
the twelve hours of the night. A hallucinogenic travelogue of the netherworld, this extensively
illustrated book depicts hundreds of gods and goddesses that appear nowhere else in the literature.
Complete hieroglyphic renderings of two ancient "books of the underworld" which provided the dead
with a guide their souls would need to make the journey from the world of the living to the "abode of
the blessed." Ancient texts shed considerable light on the development of material and spiritual
elements in Egyptian religion and on numerous primitive gods.
1905. Three of Three Volumes. With over 180 illustrations. This is a three volume collection of texts
and commentary about the Ancient Egyptian alternate reality called the Tuat. The Tuat was both the
region that the boat of the Sun God Ra traversed during the night, and the place where inhabitants
of this world went after death. A description of the Tuat, and its inhabitants and portals, was
inscribed on the walls of the tombs of all social strata. Contents: Volume I. The Book Am-Tuat;
Volume II. The Short form of the Boo Am-Tuat and The Book of Gates; and Volume III. The
Contents of the Books of the Other World Described and Compared.
THE following pages are intended to place before the reader in a handy form an account of the
principal ideas and beliefs held by the ancient Egyptians concerning the resurrection and the future
life, which is derived wholly from native religious works. The literature of Egypt which deals with
these subjects is large and, as was to be expected, the product of different periods which, taken
together, cover several thousands of years; and it is exceedingly difficult at times to reconcile the
statements and beliefs of a writer of one period with those of a writer of another.
Up to the present no systematic account of the doctrine of the resurrection and of the future life has
been discovered, and there is no reason for hoping that such a thing will ever be found, for the
Egyptians do not appear to have thought that it was necessary to write a work of the kind. The

inherent difficulty of the subject, and the natural impossibility that different men living in different
places and at different times should think alike on matters which must, after all, belong always to the
region of faith, render it more than probable that no college of priests, however powerful, was able to
formulate a system of beliefs which would be received throughout Egypt by the clergy and the laity
alike, and would. be copied by the scribes as a final and authoritative work on Egyptian eschatology.
Besides this, the genius and structure of the Egyptian language are such as to preclude the
possibility of composing in it works of a philosophical or metaphysical character in the true sense of
the words. In spite of these difficulties, however, it is possible to collect a great deal of important
information on the subject from the funereal and religious works which have come down to us,
especially concerning the great central idea of immortality, which existed unchanged for thousands
of years, and formed the pivot upon which the religious and social life of the ancient Egyptians
actually turned.
From the beginning to the end of his life the Egyptian's chief thought was of the life beyond the
grave, and the hewing of his tomb in the rock, and the providing of its furniture, every detail of which
was prescribed by the custom of the country, absorbed the best thoughts of his mind and a large
share of his worldly goods, and kept him ever mindful of the time when his mummified body, would
be borne to his "everlasting house" in the limestone plateau or bill.
The chief source of our information concerning the doctrine of the resurrection and of the future life
as held by the Egyptians is, of course, the great collection of religious texts generally known by the
name of "Book of the Dead." The various recensions of these wonderful compositions cover a period
of more than five thousand years, and they reflect faithfully not only the sublime beliefs, and the high
ideals, and the noble aspirations of the educated Egyptians, but also the various superstitions and
childish reverence for amulets, and magical rites, and charms, which they probably inherited from
their pre-dynastic ancestors, and regarded as essentials for their salvation. - Preface E.A. Wallis
Budge.
A prolific Victorian Egyptologist explores, in this class book first published in 1899, the position of
Ra, Osiris, Set, and Isis among the diverse pantheon of numerous deities of ancient Egypt, as well
as their domination of the collective imagination of this sophisticated civilization.Hymns from The
Book of the Dead illustrate the beliefs of the Egyptian peoples regarding the afterlife, judgment after
death, resurrection, and immortality.
The writings of E.A. Wallis Budge are considered somewhat controversial today because of his use
of an archaic system of translation, but useful illustrations and an abundance of information make
them necessary resources for students of the ancient world as well as those of the evolution of
historical study. Conveying the beauty and power of the religion of ancient Egypt, this fascinating
book remains an important work today. Sir E.A. WALLIS BUDGE (1857-1934) was curator of
Egyptian and Assyrian antiquities at the British Museum form 1894 to 1924. Among his many works
of translation and studies of ancient Egyptian religion and ritual is his best-known project, The
Egyptian Book of the Dead.
If you ever wondered what might lie beyond the reality we experience every day, if you've ever
thrilled to accounts of out-of-body travel and longer to go alone for the ride, this fascinating, practical
guide is for you. America's leading expert on out-of-body travel tells the riveting story of his travels to
other realms and offers easy-to-use techniques to guide you on your journey of a lifetime'and
beyond.
William Buhlman has trained out-of-body travelers in his workshop for more than a decade, teaching
people how to project their consciousness outside the limits of their physical bodies and to explore
dimensions and worlds beyond everyday life. Now he vividly recounts how own adventures in the
parallel universe described in the new-physics theories of Stephen Hawkins, Paul Davies, and Fred
Alan Wolf and presents his step-by-step guide to astral travel'including exercises, tips, techniques,
and answers to your every question about out-of-body experiences.

3.Contact departed loved ones using OBEs to move beyond the current limited understanding of
death.Filled with engrossing stories based on the testimonies of people from all over the world, and
offering forty new, easy-to-understand techniques, The Secret of the Soul will prepare human
beings everywhere for the next major leap in the evolution of consciousness.
All ancient and indigenous peoples insisted their knowledge of plant medicines came from the plants
themselves and not through trial-and-error experimentation. Less well known is that many Western
peoples made this same assertion. There are, in fact, two modes of cognition available to all human
beings--the brain-based linear and the heart-based holistic. The heart-centered mode of perception
can be exceptionally accurate and detailed in its information gathering capacities if, as indigenous
and ancient peoples asserted, the heart’s ability as an organ of perception is
developed.Author Stephen Harrod Buhner explores this second mode of perception in great detail
through the work of numerous remarkable people, from Luther Burbank, who cultivated the majority
of food plants we now take for granted, to the great German poet and scientist Goethe and his
studies of the metamorphosis of plants. Buhner explores the commonalities among these individuals
in their approach to learning from the plant world and outlines the specific steps involved. Readers
will gain the tools necessary to gather information directly from the heart of Nature, to directly learn
the medicinal uses of plants, to engage in diagnosis of disease, and to understand the soul-making
process that such deep connection with the world engenders.
One of the peculiarities of Bulwer was his passion for occult studies. They had a charm for him early
in life, and he pursued them with the earnestness which characterised his pursuit of other studies.
He became absorbed in wizard lore; he equipped himself with magical implements,-with rods for
transmitting influence, and crystal balls in which to discern coming scenes and persons; and
communed with spiritualists and mediums.
The fruit of these mystic studies is seen in "Zanoni" and "A strange Story," romances which were a
labour of love to the author, and into which he threw all the power he possessed,-power re-enforced
by multifarious reading and an instinctive appreciation of Oriental thought. These weird stories, in
which the author has formulated his theory of magic, are of a wholly different type from his previous
fictions, and, in place of the heroes and villains of every day life, we have beings that belong in part
to another sphere, and that deal with mysterious and occult agencies.
This book, written in 1842, is one of the finest examples of Spiritual Fiction and influenced the
Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn. Divided in seven sections, the fourth, entitled, "The Dweller of
the Threshold" is an extremely profound expression of profound occult facts and experiences
recognized as true by anyone possessing spiritual insight.
This novel centers on a young, independently wealthy traveler (the narrator), who accidentally finds
his way into a subterranean world occupied by beings who seem to resemble angels and call
themselves Vril-ya. The hero soon discovers that the Vril-ya are descendants of an antediluvian
civilization who live in networks of subterranean caverns linked by tunnels. It is a technologically
supported Utopia, chief among their tools being the "all-permeating fluid" called "Vril", a latent
source of energy which his spiritually elevated hosts are able to master through training of their will,
to a degree which depends upon their hereditary constitution, giving them access to an
extraordinary force that can be controlled at will.
The powers of the will include the ability to heal, change, and destroy beings and things; the
destructive powers in particular are awesomely powerful, allowing a few young Vril-ya children to
wipe out entire cities if necessary. It is also suggested that the Vril-ya are fully telepathic. The
narrator states that in time, the Vril-ya will run out of habitable spaces underground and start
claiming the surface of the Earth, destroying mankind in the process if necessary. Vril in the novel
The uses of Vril in the novel amongst the Vril-ya vary from an agent of destruction to a healing
substance. According to Zee, the daughter of the narrator's host, Vril can be changed into the
mightiest agency over all types of matter, both animate and inanimate. It can destroy like lightning or
replenish life, heal, or cure. It is used to rend ways through solid matter. Its light is said to be
steadier, softer and healthier than that from any flammable material. It can also be used as a power

source for animating mechanisms. Vril can be harnessed by use of the Vril staff or mental
concentration. A Vril staff is an object in the shape of a wand or a staff which is used as a channel
for Vril.
The narrator describes it as hollow with 'stops', 'keys', or 'springs' in which Vril can be altered,
modified or directed to either destroy or heal. The staff is about the size of a walking stick but can be
lengthened or shortened according to the user's preferences. The appearance and function of the
Vril staff differs according to gender, age, etc. Some staves are more potent for destruction, others
for healing. The staves of children are said to be much simpler than those of sages; in those of
wives and mothers the destructive part is removed while the healing aspects are emphasized. The
destructive force is so great that the fire lodged in the hollow of a rod directed by the hand of a child
could cleave the strongest fortress or cleave its burning way from the van to the rear of an embattled
host.
It is also said that if army met army and both had command of the Vril-force, both sides would be
annihilated. Interestingly, the Vril-ya also use Vril to take baths: It is their custom also, at stated but
rare periods, perhaps four times a-year when in health, to use a bath charged with Vril. They
consider that this fluid, sparingly used, is a great sustainer of life; but used in excess, when in the
normal state of health, rather tends to reaction and exhausted vitality. For nearly all their diseases,
however, they resort to it as the chief assistant to nature in throwing off the complaint.
Throughout the Western world, the realization is dawning that contemporary science, including
psychology, provides nothing for man that can take the place of the struggle for self-knowledge, and
that most of our present religions have cut themselves off from the energy in their original teachings.
Thus a great many Westerners are now seeking out ancient and modern texts that consider human
life within cosmic schemes more purposeful than the universe of modern science.
The Science of the Soul and the Stars, by Thomas H. Burgoyne. This book is about the search for
spiritual truth. According to the author, the methods date back to ancient Egypt and Chaldea. It
contains some of the most effective spiritual instruction ever used. The author was well-schooled in
wisdom from around the world, often referring to Hermetic, Kabalistic, Theosophical, and Buddhist
principles. The book is divided into two parts: "The Science of the Soul " and "The Science of the
Stars." It explores karma, immortality, reincarnation, and the human soul in depth, plus chapters on
The Mysteries of Sex, The Realm of Spirit, Alchemy, astrology and the zodiac. This guidebook is
meant for slow and serious study, for those wishing to attain wisdom as opposed to knowledge.
VOLUME TWO: The Science of the Soul and the Stars, by Thomas H. Burgoyne. This book is about
the attainment of spiritual truth. Volume Two continues where Part One left off—within the
areas of the zodiac and astro-theology. This is advanced information, written at a higher level than
Volume One. It contains more information on astrology than one will likely to see. It is a small "occult
library" in itself, commonly used as a text for esoteric knowledge, whether alone or part of a group.
Both books contain spiritual truths not found elsewhere, mostly concerned with man’s place
in the universe, both here and after death.
When humans understood that the earth was flat and it was the center of the universe, all life
revolved around that truth. Then, Galileo introduced his telescope. And with that single innovation,
architecture, music, literature, science, politics--all of it changed, mirroring the new view of truth.
This program is James Burke's examination of the moments in history when a change in knowledge
radically altered man's understanding of himself and the world around him.
Few people are able to look at human history and see it not as a jumble of half-remembered names
and dates, but as an intricate mosaic of neatly interlocking pieces. Fewer still can describe the
patterns and explain the parts of the puzzle so that it not only makes sense, but so that it also
fascinates and intrigues, excites and entertains. James Burke tells history like it's the plot of the
most interesting mystery ever written.
In The Day the Universe Changed, James Burke examines eight periods in history when our view of

the world shifted dramatically: in the eleventh century, when extraordinary discoveries were made by
Spanish crusaders; in fourteenth-century Florence, where perspective in painting emerged; in the
fifteenth century, when the advent of the printing press shook the foundations of an oral society; in
the sixteenth century, when gunnery developments triggered the birth of modern science; in the
early eighteenth century, when hot English summers brought on the Industrial Revolution; in the
battlefield surgery stations of the French revolutionary armies, where people first became statistics;
in the nineteenth century, when the discovery of dinosaur fossils led to the theory of evolution; and
in the 1820s, when electrical experiments heralded the end of scientific certainty. Based on the
popular television documentary series, The Day the Universe Changed is a bestselling history that
challenges the reader to decide whether there is absolute knowledge to discover - or whether the
universe is "ultimately what we say it is".
A classic of world literature for 1,700 years, this is the most explicit and fascinating book ever written
for lovers. Its methods of cultivating sensual pleasure, sexual desire, and loving union offer a
wellspring of erotic knowledge and inspiration. It also serves as a window into Indian culture and
mysticism.
Using Solar Biology equals to Astrological Divination made simple, In Hiram Butler's ingenious
system everyone is divided into twelve archetypes based on their natal sun sign, Actually Butler
divided everyone into 144 archetypes, based on their natal sun and moon signs. The planets are
also used, but only the sign they occupy is important; the angles between them are ignored. This
makes it easy to create a horoscope, as the time and place of birth are no longer required. The
tricky computation of the rising signs and houses is skipped. You just look up the positions in any
ephemeris, then read the matching page in this book. The result is a system so simple, practically
anyone can do it.
The aim of the genuine magician, says W.E. Butler, is to realise that True Self of which his earthly
personality is but the mask. In this book is to be found a remarkably concise explanation of the
ancient uses, ritual and true aims of Magic. the author sweeps away the confusion caused by the
many misconceptions, and surveys the history of Magic from the 'old religion' of pre-Christian times
through to the discoveries of modern psychology. and it is, he says, with the modern school of
psychology, particularly Jungian, that the magician finds his closest link with modern thought. Since
the author is writing for Western man he is not concerned with Eastern magical systems, but here
explains the 'Western Tradition' of Magic. This tradition embodies the teaching and practices that
have been handed down from antiquity, the central philosophy on which it hinges being the corpus
of Hebrew mystical wisdom known as the Qabalah. Magic, far from being an irrational superstition,
is based upon profound psychological laws, and possesses its own special technique. Although
repressed throughout the ages in the Western world, it has never ceased to exist and has from time
to time emerged in different forms - one of the most notable in Britain being the 'Order of the Golden
Dawn', which is still in existence, and perpetuates Western magical traditions. This book constitutes
a most useful preliminary guide to any study 'in depth' of this admittedly vast subject.
The Artist’s Way is the seminal book on the subject of creativity. An international bestseller,
millions of readers have found it to be an invaluable guide to living the artist’s life. Still as vital
today—or perhaps even more so—than it was when it was first published one decade
ago, it is a powerfully provocative and inspiring work. In a new introduction to the book, Julia
Cameron reflects upon the impact of The Artist’s Way and describes the work she has done
during the last decade and the new insights into the creative process that she has gained. Updated
and expanded, this anniversary edition reframes The Artist’s Way for a new century.
1918. The author describes how she suddenly developed the power of automatic writing. She was
not a Spiritualist at the time. Her hand was controlled and she wrote a quantity of matter which was
entirely outside her own knowledge or character. The pages in this book contain a partial history of
her discovery. While much of the more intimate personal matter has been omitted, most of those to
whom these messages were given have felt impelled to share, in this tragic time, the comfort and
assurance of their conviction, and have voluntarily yielded their privacy, hoping thereby to bring to
those in sorrow an added faith in the continuance of personality, with all that this implies.

Most of the seven million people who visit the cathedral of Notre Dame in Paris each year probably
do not realize that the legendary gargoyles adorning this medieval masterpiece were not
constructed until the nineteenth century. The first comprehensive history of these world-famous
monsters, The Gargoyles of Notre-Dame argues that they transformed the iconic thirteenth-century
cathedral into a modern monument.
Michael Camille begins his long-awaited study by recounting architect Eugne
Viollet-le-Duc’s ambitious restoration of the structure from 1843 to 1864, when the gargoyles
were designed, sculpted by the little-known Victor Pyanet, and installed. These gargoyles, Camille
contends, were not mere avatars of the Middle Ages, but rather fresh creations—symbolizing
an imagined past—whose modernity lay precisely in their nostalgia. He goes on to map the
critical reception and many-layered afterlives of these chimeras, notably in the works of such artists
and writers as Charles Mryon, Victor Hugo, and photographer Henri Le Secq. Tracing their
eventual evolution into icons of high kitsch, Camille ultimately locates the gargoyles’ place in
the twentieth-century imagination, exploring interpretations by everyone from Winslow Homer to the
Walt Disney Company.
Lavishly illustrated with more than three hundred images of its monumental yet whimsical subjects,
The Gargoyles of Notre-Dame is a must-read for historians of art and architecture and anyone
whose imagination has been sparked by the lovable monsters gazing out over Paris from one of the
world’s most renowned vantage points.
Whether you live in a city, suburb, or farm and whether you live by yourself, with a partner, or with a
family, Wheel of the Year will reintroduce you to the magic that is all around you. For Wiccans,
Pagans, Witches, and people interested in using the past to enhance today and the future, Wheel of
the Year is a must.
Among his many gifts, Joseph Campbell's most impressive was the unique ability to take a
contemporary situation, such as the murder and funeral of President John F. Kennedy, and help us
understand its impact in the context of ancient mythology. Herein lies the power of The Power of
Myth, showing how humans are apt to create and live out the themes of mythology. Based on a
six-part PBS television series hosted by Bill Moyers, this classic is especially compelling because of
its engaging question-and-answer format, creating an easy, conversational approach to complicated
and esoteric topics. For example, when discussing the mythology of heroes, Campbell and Moyers
smoothly segue from the Sumerian sky goddess Inanna to Star Wars' mercenary-turned-hero, Han
Solo. Most impressive is Campbell's encyclopedic knowledge of myths, demonstrated in his ability to
recall the details and archetypes of almost any story, from any point and history, and translate it into
a lesson for spiritual living in the here and now. --Gail Hudson
Section 2 lays out and defines the basic conceptual building blocks needed to construct My Big
TOE's conceptual foundation. It discusses the cultural beliefs that trap our thinking into a narrow and
limited conceptualization of reality, defines the basics of Big Picture epistemology and ontology;
logically infers the nature of time, space, and consciousness as well as describes the basic
properties, purpose, and mechanics of our reality. Many of the concepts initiated in Section 2 are
more fully explained in Book 2.
Section 3 develops the interface and interaction between we the people and our digital
consciousness reality. It derives and explains the characteristics, origins, dynamics, and function of
ego, love, and free will. It derives our larger purpose. Finally, Section 3 develops the psi uncertainty
principle as it explains and interrelates psi phenomena, free will, love, consciousness evolution,
reality, human purpose, entropy and physics.
Section 4 lays out an operational and functional model of consciousness that further develops the
results of Section 3 and supports the conclusions of Section 5. The origins and nature of digital
consciousness are described. Our physical universe, our science, and our perception of a physical
reality are logically derived. The mind-matter dichotomy is solved as physical reality is directly

derived from the nature of digital consciousness.


Section 5 presents the formal reality model in detail. In this section the mechanics of reality are
explained. You will find out how the past present and future are formed, how they can be altered,
and how you interact with the larger reality as an individuated unit of consciousness. Here you will
find an explanation of inter and intra dimensional awareness and the theoretical possibilities of
teleportation, time travel as a few of the more fun ramifications of this reality model are probed.
Section 6 provides the wrap-up that puts everything discussed into an easily understood
perspective. Additionally, Section 6 points out My Big TOE's relationship with contemporary science
and philosophy. By demonstrating a close conceptual relationship between this TOE and some of
the establishment's biggest scientific and philosophic intellectual guns, Section 6 integrates My Big
TOE into traditional Western science and philosophy.
Internationally respected Peruvian shaman Don Jos Campos illuminates the practices and benefits
of Ayahuasca with grace and gentleness and much respect and gratitude for the gifts Ayahuasca
has bestowed on him throughout the 25 years he has been a practicing shaman. He takes the
reader on a journey through his own difficulties in the discovery of other worlds, other dimensions,
alien entities and plant teachers. Among other things, he discusses his difficulties in coping with
some of the concepts taught to him by his plant teachers like the discovery that everything has
consciousness. But if we accept this, our entire cosmology shifts for the greater benefit of mankind.
Along with Don Jos s transmission, we meet Pablo Amaringo. The world famous visionary painter
talks about his art and his experiences as a shaman and the shocking reasons he stopped. Other
voices include Julio Arce Hidalgo, biochemist and philosopher, and Don Solon, at 92 years old, the
sole surviving Maestro of Don Jos. If one is interested in this most fascinating subject but is put off
or frightened by the traveller s tales, this is the perfect book to introduce you to the profound
experiences of Ayahuasca.
This is the sequel to 'The Custodians'. The book contains some of the more complicated concepts in
Metaphysics that Dolores Cannon discovered through twenty years of using deep hypnosis to
explore the subconscious mind. Some of the topics explored in this book: The origin, knowledge and
destruction of Atlantis; The explanations of Earth mysteries, including -- the Pyramids, Easter Island,
the Bermuda Triangle, the Ark of the Covenant, Loch Ness Monster, Nazca Lines; Characteristics of
other Planets, Parallel Universes, Parallel Lifetimes and Realities; Other Dimensions and much
more. This book is intended for those readers who want their minds expanded by the more
complicated Metaphysical ideas that border on 'Quantum Physics'.
For those who have enjoyed the challenges of Book One of this series, we present Book Two.
Buckle your seat belts and get ready for another roller coaster ride that will present new concepts
and either threaten or expand your belief systems. Dolores Cannon continues to uncover
complicated metaphysics, creating the need for sequels. Included in this book: * Hidden
Underground Cities * Energy and Creator Beings * Time Portals for Traveling Between Dimensions *
Life on Other Planets * The Universal Language of Symbols * Splinters and Facets of the Soul *
Raising of Vibrations and Frequencies to Shift into the New Earth * Characteristics of the New Earth
Join us on a voyage through time and space into the world of the strange and unusual and
unfathomable, as hypnotherapist Dolores Cannon’s Convoluted Universe series continues.
Suspend belief as you explore worlds and dimensions where your dreams become reality and your
reality is only a dream. Open your mind to a myriad of possibilities that have previously only dwelt in
the imagination. More mind-bending concepts for those with open minds and eager curiosities.
In 1945 when the atomic bombs, our "protectors" and "watchers" in outer space saw that Earth was
on a collision course with disaster. The prime directive of non-interference prevented them from
taking any action, but then they came up with a brilliant plan to save Earth and assist her in her
ascension. They couldn't interfere from the "outside," but maybe they could influence from the
"inside." So the call went out for volunteers to come and help. "Earth is in trouble - who wants to

volunteer?"
Dolores Cannon, through her hypnosis work has discovered three waves of these volunteers. Some
have come direct from the "Source" and have never lived in any type of physical body before.
Others have lived as space beings on other planets or other dimensions. Because all memory is
erased upon entry to the Earth dimension, they do not remember their assignment. Thus these
beautiful souls have a difficult time adjusting to our chaotic world. These souls have a vital role to
play as they help all of the rest of us ascend to the New Earth.
The most accurate interpretation of Nostradamus ever printed is contained in these three
volumes.The second book in this series contains 143 additional quatrains written and deciphered by
Nostradamus himself.This volume includes:* More about the rise and location of the Anti-Christ,
including his horoscope.* The correlation of 666 (the mark of the beast) and computers.* More about
the third world war and what countries will be affected.* Dangerous new technologies to control the
weather and earthquakes.* Maps showing the portions of the continents that remain after the axis
shift and the melting of the polar icecaps.* The role of Space Visitors during the time of tribulations.
Dolores Cannon has pierced the veil of the space/time continuum by her use of regressive hypnosis,
to bring us warnings of events to come. Nostradamus emphasized that humanity could change the
future if they knew which of the multiple time-lines they were traveling on, and what the results of the
path were.
Fasten your seatbelts, you're in for a mind blowing ride with this one! You're about to take a flight
into a place where time doesn't exist. Where the famous quatrains are decoded by no-other than the
man Nostradamus himself. These two volumes are an exciting journey into the realms of timeless
and metaphysical adventure.
The Qumran Essene community has become the focus of ideas about the connection of Jesus'
teachings to earlier traditions. This book gives a full description of the nature and purpose of the
community, and the birth and upbringing of Jesus and John the Baptist. Also, it gives Essene
renderings of Key Old Testament stories, concerning Moses, Ezekiel, Daniel and others, plus
startling insights into ancient history.
Dolores Cannon uses information obtained from regressive hypnosis to formulate a provocative
viewpoint on the ancient astronaut theory of human origins. Her findings indicate that the earth was
seeded eons ago by travelers from outer space. These visits by ancient extraterrestrials did not end
with their intervention in human evolution. They have continued up to the present day resulting in a
whole class of contemporary humans who have been subject to alien abduction.
We are children of the stars. This is our legacy and our heritage. In the history of the cosmos Earth
is a young planet. Our souls on the other hand have been around forever and will continue to be
around forever. Thus Earth is not our only home. We have lived many lives in unusual environments
before deciding to journey here and learn the lessons of Earth. After our schooling is completed on
this planet we will journey onward to discover new worlds to explore. The memories of these soul
journeys are recorded in our subconscious and in hypnotherapist Dolores Cannon shows that they
can be retrieved through regressive hypnosis. She reports dramatic cases where the subjects
relived other lifetimes in strange environments-inhabitants of other planets.
Through regressive hypnosis, a lost legend of the history of mankind has been retrieved from the
recesses of time. Did the American Indians descend from the inhabitants of an alien spacecraft that
crashed in the Alaska-Canada region thousands of years ago? Keepers of the Garden told the story
of the original seeding of the planet Earth by aliens from outerspace. Starcrash indicates that aliens
continue to come to Earth, some intentionally and some by accident, throughout our history. In order
to adjust to harsh conditions, they were forced to interbreed with the local aborigines. This was the
only way to ensure the survival of their race. Does their blood still flow in the veins of certain
American Indian tribes? Dolores Cannon, hypnotist and psychic investigator, researches this unique
case of past-life regression.

Sequel to Jesus and the Essenes. The past-life memories of two women capture a true and
compelling portrait of Jesus the man, from the healing miracles he performed to the gentle
philosophy he preached. This is an INSIDER view, direct from Jesus' time, deep in feeling tones and
profound in implications, giving a sense of how things truly were. This book includes drawings of the
Temple and Old Jerusalem, and includes scenes at the Temple in Jerusalem, vists to homes and
leper colonies, political intrigues leading to the crucifixion, and also the personal feelings of those
who met him. The realism of this information is astounding.
Here is the book that brought the mystical implications of subatomic physics to popular
consciousness for the very first time—way back in 1975. This special edition celebrates the
thirty-fifth anniversary of this early Shambhala best seller that has gone on to become a classic. It
includes a new preface by the author, in which he reflects on the further discoveries and
developments that have occurred in the years since the book’s original publication.
“Physicists do not need mysticism,” Dr. Capra says, “and mystics do not need
physics, but humanity needs both.” It’s a message of timeless importance.
This is the story of a normal woman who experienced the impossible — objective contacts
with another dimension through loud and clear voices received by electronic means during
Instrumental Transcommunication (ITC) experiments. Dr Cardoso, a senior diplomat, describes the
astounding experiences that transformed her life since she started ITC research in 1997. She
presents extracts of conversations with her deceased loved ones and other personalities who
insisted that they live in another world. The level of agreement between communications received by
the author and concepts, even words, recorded by other experimenters from Jergenson and
Raudive to contemporary operators, constitutes compelling evidence of the reality of the next world
that awaits us all. As communicators from Timestream told Dr Cardoso: The dead pass through
here, you pass through here. Electronic Voices breaks new ground in the literature.
One by one, those who have been blind are commencing to see; ears that were deaf are bginning to
hear, and more and more people are recognizing the importance and the significance of the ancient
command, Man, know thyself. Hungry to learn, the earnest investigator, with eager intellect and
open, unbiased mind, knocks at the door of the sanctuary and asks: Where is the Kingdom of
Heaven? What is salvation? How can I be saved? The answers hitherto given are indefinite and
vague. The laboratory door opens and a Professor greets the anxious enquirer. I cannot explain to
you the mysteries of life here, he said, or that of the life hereafter, if, indeed, we live hereafter. We
hold certain theories and can tell you somewhat of the composition of your body; but we know not
where the Kingdom of Heaven is, nor the actual process by which salvation may be attained. And
thus neither the church nor the laboratory have solved the age-long problem. They have blazed no
trail to the Kingdom of Heaven; neither have they analyzed soulstuff, or located the Holy of Holies. Is
there, then, any solution to these problems? Where can the Kingdom be found? And if found,
anywhere, why has not the church and the laboratory discovered it? The church could have found it.
The laboratory could have found it. Seek and ye shall find ;K nock and it shall be opened unto you .
Civilization's most momentous events come vibrantly alive in this magnificent collection of over three
hundred eyewitness accounts spanning twenty-four turbulent centuries -- remarkable recollections of
battles, atrocities, disasters, coronations, assassinations and discoveries that shaped the course of
history, all related in vivid detail by observers on the scene.
He's helped 12 million people reduce the stress at home and at work. Now the #1 New York Times
bestselling author of Don't Sweat the Small Stuff, Richard Carlson with Kristine, his wife of 14 years
bring us a simple, stress-free approach to love. While depression, heartache, and anger are
associated with love relationships, stress is rarely identified as a problem. Yet we all have concerns
about our most important relationships. In one hundred brief, beautifully written essays, the authors
show readers how not to overreact to a loved one's criticism, how to appreciate your spouse in new
ways, how to get past old angers, and many other ways to improve and increase the joy and
pleasure that can and should be part of any relationship.

Readers of mv other, more cautious books upon this and other subjects will see that I have not been
unwary in approaching this question; and I do not wish to draw upon myself the charge of credulity
merely because I have presented certain theories in this book that, from the standpoint of orthodox
science, may appear somewhat wild. Having absolved myself in this manner, I leave the reader to
find in the text whatever he can of interest or profit. A certain lack of connection and coherence may
be found in the chapters of the book, due to the fact that some of these essays have appeared, in
part at least, in the Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, The Metaphysical
Magazine, and elsewhere.
Reports of psychic abilities, such as telepathy, clairvoyance, precognition, and psychokinesis, date
back to the beginning of recorded human history in all cultures. Documented, reproducible evidence
exists that these abilities are real, yet the mainstream scientific community has vehemently denied
the existence of psi phenomena for centuries.
The battle over the reality of psi has carried on in scientific academies, courtrooms, scholarly
journals, newspapers, and radio stations and has included scandals, wild accusations, ruined
reputations, as well as bizarre characters on both sides of the debate. If true evidence exists, why
then is the study of psi phenomena--parapsychology--so controversial? And why has the
controversy lasted for centuries?
Exploring the scandalous history of parapsychology and citing decades of research, Chris Carter
shows that, contrary to mainstream belief, replicable evidence of psi phenomena exists. The
controversy over parapsychology continues not because ESP and other abilities cannot be verified
but because their existence challenges deeply held worldviews more strongly rooted in religious and
philosophical beliefs than in hard science.
Carter reveals how the doctrine of materialism--in which nothing matters but matter--has become an
infallible article of faith for many scientists and philosophers, much like the convictions of religious
fundamentalists. Consequently, the possibility of psychic abilities cannot be tolerated because their
existence would refute materialism and contradict a deeply ingrained ideology. By outlining the
origin of this passionate debate, Carter calls on all open-minded individuals to disregard the church
of skepticism and reach their own conclusions by looking at the vast body of evidence.
Edgar Cayce was an American who was believed to be a psychic. He is said to have demonstrated
an ability to channel answers to questions on subjects such as health or Atlantis, while in a
self-induced trance. During Cayce's lifetime (March 18, 1877 to January 3, 1945) he was regarded
as a psychic phenomena receiving dozens of letters a day from people asking for his help. Cayce
would do up to 8 readings a day to response to these requests, although these readings were
emotionally draining and often fatigued him and may have led to his stroke on January 3, 1945. Of
the more than 14,000 Cayce readings recorded, nearly 9,000 deal with matters of health. Cayce's
ability to diagnose, while in trance, the physical disorders of a person he had never met, who indeed
may have been hundreds of miles away, and then suggest an effective treatment, remains one of
the most astonishing psychic feats of all time.
In this book a dozen cases are scutinized by Dr. William A. McGarey and journalist, Mary Ellen
Carter. They explore what type of person sought Cayce's help and in light of a quarter-century of
medical advances since the Cayce readings, how Cayce's often-unorthodox treatment
recommendations stand up the test of time. A fascinating and enlightening book on this famous
"healer psychic phenomena."
Shortly after leaving the Alpha et Omega (MacGregor Mather's reformulation of the Hermetic Order
of the Golden Dawn), Paul Foster Case developed a lecture series entitled "The First Year Course".
The purpose of the lectures was to provide students with a firm foundation in spiritual science and
practice and to prepare them for Paul Case's rendition of the Golden Dawn Order.
When this coursework was expanded in 1924, the contents of the "The First Year Course" became
known as Section A, `The Life Power', and Section B,`The Seven Steps of Spiritual Unfoldment'.

The `Life Power' provided a firm foundation of Occult Fundamentals and the `The Seven Steps of
Spiritual Unfoldment' utilized the Major Arcana of the Tarot to communicate the stages of Spiritual
Evolution.
The early writings of Paul Foster Case are exceptionally clear and represent some of his finest work.
Anyone approaching these lessons for the first time are encouraged to spend at least two weeks on
each before proceeding to the next. This is precisely the manner in which the lectures and lessons
were intended to be assimilated. Paul Case utilizes images in addition to words to communicate
principles. Proceeding in such a manner will allow the corresponding ideas to take root and mature
and thus facilitate understanding of the next lesson in the series.
Section C, ‘Concentration’, expounds the esoteric secrets of Meditation. This section
is a very advanced series of lessons that not only develops the essential skill of concentration but
commences the student upon the‘Path of Return’ with a series of powerful
“Qabalistic Meditations.”
That Presence is the True Self, the real I AM, the Concealed Divinity in the shrine of the temple of
personality. This True self is the author of all phenomena, and its perfect knowledge includes all the
details of phenomenal manifestation, past, present and future. It knows all events, and the
significance of all events. Thus it knows the complete past, present and future of every human
being.
Forty years ago the University of California Press published an unusual manuscript by an
anthropology student named Carlos Castaneda. The Teachings of Don Juan initiated a generation
of seekers dissatisfied with the limitations of the Western worldview. Castaneda's now classic book
remains controversial for the alternative way of seeing that it presents and the revolution in cognition
it demands. Whether read as ethnographic fact or creative fiction, it is the story of a remarkable
journey that has left an indelible impression on the life of more than a million readers around the
world.
Born in 1925 in Peru, anthropologist Carlos Castaneda wrote a total of 15 books, which sold 8
million copies worldwide and were published in 17 different languages. In his writing, Castaneda
describes the teaching of Don Juan, a Yaqui sorcerer and shaman. His works helped define the
1960's and usher in the New Age movement. Even after his mysterious death in California in1998,
his books continue to inspire and influence his many devoted fans.
In 1961 a young anthropologist subjected himself to an extraordinary apprenticeship to bring back a
fascinating glimpse of a Yaqui Indian's world of "non-ordinary reality" and the difficult and dangerous
road a man must travel to become "a man of knowledge." Yet on the bring of that world, challenging
to all that we believe, he drew back.
Carlos Castaneda takes the reader into the very heart of sorcery, challenging both imagination and
reason, shaking the very foundations of our belief in what is "natural" and "logical." His landscape is
full of terrors and mysterious forces, as sharply etched as a flash of lightning on the deserts and
mountains where don Juan takes him to pursue the sorcerer's knowledge--the knowledge that it is
the Eagle that gives us, at our births, a spark of awareness, that it expects to reclaim at the end of
our lives and which the sorcerer, through his discipline, fights to retain. Castaneda describes how
don Juan and his party, left this world--"the warriors of don Juan's party had caught me for an
eternal instant, before they vanished into the total light, before the Eagle let them go through"--and
how he, himself, upon witnessing such a sight, jumped into the abyss.
The deeper mysteries of the universe have always been considered beyond human understanding.
Everything in the process of creation proceeds from the simple to the more complex. Every
mechanical or electronic device, regardless of its complexity, operates according to a very few
simple and easily understandable principles. It follows that the universe should also comply with the
same pattern, regardless of its near infinite complexity. This will be proven during the course of this
treatise.

For the first time in history of this civilization, the seemingly impossible has been achieved. The
physical sciences, the occult, metaphysics, and even philosophy have all been combined into a
unified whole with no sharp lines separating them. This makes possible a far deeper insight into
each of these subjects than was available before.
Edgar Cayce's little book of auras offers readers the results of a lifetime of observations and
personal anecdotes relating to the meaning of auras, including the seven basic colors in the aura
and how each is connected with a note on the musical scale, a planet in the solar system, and
possibly health disorders. A fascinating account.
Mercurius or Hermes Trismegistus of legend was a personage, an Egyptian sage or succession of
sages, who, since the time of Plato, has been identified with the Thoth (the name of the month
September) of that people. This Thoth is the reputed author of the Kitual of the Dead, or, as styled in
Egyptian phraseology, the Manifestation of Light to the Soul, who through it declared the will of the
Gods and the mysterious nature of Divine things to Man.1 Dr Pietschmann, in his work on Hermes,
which exhaustively treats of this subject,2 gives a list of authorities for these facts, ranging from
Plato down to Syncellus, circa A.D. 790. He states, however (p. 33), that by the time that the
so-called Hermeneutical writings were collected together, the identity of Hermes with Thoth was
forgotten, and Thoth became his son Tat, and Asclepius his disciple, both of whom he instructs in
the writings now translated. Subsequently Pietschmann informs us, quoting Letronne,3 that the
epithet Trismegistus appears first in the second century of the Christian era, and that, before that
period, Hermes was designated by the repetiA1 tion of the peyas, ft eyas, neya; only, as on the
Eosetta Stone. He was considered to be the impersonation of the religion, art, learning, and
sacerdotal discipline of the Egyptian priesthood. He was, by several of the Fathers, and, in oi-7 TJ
1R awlinson s Egypt, i. 136, and the authorities there quoted. 2L eipsic, Engelmann, 1875, pp.
31-33. 3I bid. p. 35, Inscription Grecque de Rosette, Letronne, Paris,
Moses, and to have obtained the appellation of Thrice greatest from his threefold learning and rank
of Philosopher, Priest, and King,1 and that of Hermes, or Mercurius, as messenger and authoritative
interpreter of divine things. In the Hiero, 0glyphics he, like Horus, is represented by a bird with a
hawks head, and to him was sacred the I bis and the Moon. This Hermes and there was but one
among the ancient Egyptians8 was worshipped as a god by them. Tertullian4 says, In ancient times
most authors were supposed to be, I will not say god-like, but actually gods; as, for instance, the
Egyptian Hermes, to whom Plato paid very great deference Clement of A lexandria6 writes, Hermes
of Thebes and Esculapius of Memphis ex vate Dcus; and he subsequently gives a detailed account
of his works, forty-two in number four of astrology, others of astronomy, geology, and hieroglyphics,
and thirty-six of philosophy, hymns to God, religious ceremonies, and sacerdotal discipline.0
Lactantius7 expresses himself thus (quoting Cicero, De Natura Deorum, Lib. iii.): Although a man,
he was of great antiquity, and built Hermopolis, and is there worshipped as well as at Pheneus. He
was most fully imbued with every kind of learning, so that the knowledge of many subjects and arts
acquired for him the name of 1S ec the edition of the works of Hermes by Francois de Foix, Comte
de Candalle, assisted by the younger Scaliger. Champo Uion the younger (P antheon Egyptien ).
Several hieroglyphical representations of him, under various Egyptian names, are given by
Pietschmann, p. 1. See Pietschmann, ibid. pp. 35, 36. De A nima, ch. 2. Stromata, I., ch. 21, p. 380,
Oxford Edition, Lib. vi., ch. 4, p. 757. The Ritual of the Dead vulgarly attributed to Hermes, as at
present discovered, consists of three Books redivided into 23 portions and about 165 chapters. See
Rawlinson s Egypt, L138. TL ib. L
The most famous fortuneteller of the early twentieth century tells tales of his predecessors and
fellows, the great seers, occultists and mystics of the ages. Contains tales of Cagliostro, Doctor Dee,
Elias Ashmole, Pierre le Clerc, Van Galgebrok, Paulo Phim, Herr Zunklehorn, Madame Gutjen
Sund, Rasputin, Eusapia Palladino, Madame Blavatsky, Annie Besant, William Q. Judge, Katherine
Tingley, Krishnamurti, Sir Oliver Lodge, Camille Flammarion, Hindu mystics, Pope Pius IX, and
various other seers and their predictions. Also included is a section on alchemy.
You will find herein something which you can apply and use in your own life and affairs. Cheiro the

world famous seer tells you all, in this book, about thr secret power numbers, these Numbers can
make you predict your own future accurately. Learn, how by adopting a minor change in your name
you can turn your bad luck into profitable gains. Numbers of Names - Dates - Health - Diseases Herbs - Colours - Cities - Racing & Mystery.
The teachings of Melchizedek—a totally balanced, authoritative incarnation of
Christ—on topics such as reincarnation, spiritual development, and free will, are presented in
this manual that relates a positive approach to the current transitional stage of spiritual evolution.
Contending that the unconditional love of God is bombarding the earth in an influx of neutrinos, this
account provides a history of Melchizedek, who is a major influence in both the New and Old
Testaments but is vastly understudied in most churches. Promoting a harmonious view of
religion—where there is one God, understood and worshiped in a variety of different ways,
each serving a purpose to those worshipping and to the overall understanding of
spirituality—this testament to the Order is both down-to-earth and profound.
In 1983, Mantak Chia introduced the “Microcosmic Orbit” to the West. Prior to that
time, most of the Eastern energy practices transmitted to the West were incomplete, dealing only
with the ascending yang/masculine channel, which shoots life-force energy up the spine. The
Microcosmic Orbit showed practitioners how to establish the descending yin/feminine channel of the
life-force energy loop. Within Taoist systems, cultivating feminine energy has always been seen as
the key to gaining balance and wholeness.
Healing Light of the Tao presents the more advanced methods of chi cultivation in the Microcosmic
Orbit, offering a full understanding of Taoist spiritual theory through its comprehensive overview of
the complete Taoist body/mind/spirit system. The book also includes more advanced meditation
methods for absorbing the higher frequencies of Earth Force, Cosmic Force, and Universal Force
(Heavenly chi) into the basic orbit. It establishes a spiritual science that not only emphasizes
practical benefits to health, sexual vitality, and emotional balance, but also shows how changes
made in the energy body can lead to physical rejuvenation that the Taoists called immortality.
516 pages This is a practical manual of self-transformation. It takes the form of a working edition of
the mythological poems of the ancient Norse Poetic Edda for modern "pagans" who practice the
magic and religion of the North The original Old Norse text is included in its entirety on the facing
pages of the English version Notes to each poem, a glossary of religious terminology, in depth
discussions and illustrations are included.
According to Chopra, the brain is hardwired to know God. The human nervous system has seven
biological responses that correspond to seven levels of divine experience. These are shaped not by
any one religion (they are shared by all faiths), but by the brain's need to take an infinite, chaotic
universe and find meaning in it. How to Know God describes the quest each of us is on, whether we
realize it or not. For, as Chopra puts it, "God is our highest instinct to know ourselves." This book
makes a dramatic and enduring contribution to that knowledge.
Dr. Deepak Chopra, a respected New England endocrinologist, began his search for answers when
he saw patients in his own practice who completely recovered after being given only a few months
to live. In the mid-1980's he returned to his native India to explore Aruyveda, humanities most
ancient healing tradition. Now he has brought together the current research of Wetern medicine,
neuoscience, and physics with the insights of Ayurvedic theory to show that the human body is
controlled by a "network of intelligence" grounded in quantum reality. Not a superficial psychological
state, this intelligence lies deep enough to change the basic pattenrs that design our physiology -with the potential to defeat cancer, heart disease, and even aging itself. in this inspiring and
pioneering work, Dr. Chopra offers us both a fascinating intellectual journey and a deeply moving
chronicle of hope and healing.
"Reinventing the Body, Resurrecting the Soul" will help us to reconnect with our ideal sense of self,
guiding us one step at a time through a remarkable process of renewal and discovery. Chopra
invites us all to live from the soul, to satisfy our deepest desires in a life rich with joy and meaning.

'You are inventing your body in every moment of life', he reasons. 'Why not take control and reinvent
it from the highest level'?
We all want to know how to find a soul mate, what career would be most fulfilling, how to live a life
with meaning, and how to teach our children well. We are looking for a personal breakthrough, a
turning point, a revelation that brings with it new meaning. The Book of Secrets--a crystalline
distillation of insights and wisdom accumulated over the lifetime of one of the great spiritual thinkers
of our time--provides an exquisite new tool for achieving just that.
Every life is a book of secrets, ready to be opened. The secret of perfect love is found there, along
with the secrets of healing, compassion, faith, and the most elusive one of all: who we really are. We
are still mysteries to ourselves, despite the proximity of these answers, and what we most long to
know remains lodged deep inside.
Because answers to the questions at the center of life are counterintuitive, they are often hidden
from view, sequestered from our everyday gaze. In his ongoing quest to elevate our experience,
bestselling author Deepak Chopra has isolated fifteen secrets that drive the narrative of this inspiring
book--and of our lives. From "The World Is in You" and "What You Seek, You Already Are" to "Evil Is
Not Your Enemy" and "You Are Truly Free When You Are Not a Person," The Book of Secrets is
rich with insights, a priceless treasure that can transport us beyond change to transformation, and
from there to a sacred place where we can savor the nectar of enlightenment.
The remarkable benefits of yoga, which include improved flexibility, balance, muscle tone,
endurance, and vitality, only hint at the extraordinary power of this deeply spiritual practice. When
adhered to and practiced mindfully, yoga can unlock readers’ full creative potential, their
capacity for love and compassion, and ability to find success in all areas of their lives.
The Seven Spiritual Laws of Yoga brings spirituality back to yoga. It shows how the Seven Spiritual
Laws play a crucial role in yoga’s path to enlightenment while providing readers with a wealth
of meditation techniques, mantras, breathing exercises, and yoga poses. Whether a newcomer to
yoga or an experienced practitioner, The Seven Spiritual Laws of Yoga is a portal to yoga’s
deeper spiritual dimension and a beautiful step to a happier, more harmonious, and more abundant
life.
There is nothing inevitable about aging--that is the inspiring message from Dr. Deepak Chopra.
"Once again Dr. Chopra presents us with information that can help us live long, healthy lives. For all
those interested in a long, full life, this book is a valuable resource."--Bernie Siegel, M.D., author of
Love, Medicine and Miracles Over 1.5 million copies sold. National bestseller. Line drawings.
"When you balance your seven energy centers, you reclaim your natural rights and reestablish your
natural order. You begin to undo the damage that was caused by living your life backward, from the
head first, forgetting the body and spirit altogether. As with everything in nature, if your life isn't
supported by a grounded source of energy, it will wither and lose its vitality. As you learn about the
chakras, you will discover that balancing them isn't particularly hard, especially if you think of it as a
process of not just living your life, but actually loving your life." -- From the Introduction
How can we balance our time and energy when our days are so hectic? How can we find harmony
in mind, body, and spirit? In True Balance, renowned intuitive and spiritual healer Sonia Choquette
presents a step-by-step workbook for finding balance within our seven essential energy centers, or
chakras. Drawing upon her deep personal experience and practice, she offers a wise and
down-to-earth guide to achieving harmony. With supportive questionnaires, practical advice, and
many specific remedies, Choquette leads us to a balanced life filled with creativity and blessings.
In this fascinating and informative book, spiritual teacher and psychic Sonia Choquette reveals the
secrets you need to awaken your intuitive voice and . . . trust your vibes. If you’re ready to
step into a Divine, more energetically uplifting experience and live an easier, more satisfying way of
life, you’ll learn how to do so within these pages.

In this work, Sonia presents real-life stories of those who learned to tap into their intuition to
drastically change and improve their lives; see what they do, how they think, the choices they make,
and the attitudes and perspectives they own. In modeling yourself after sixth-sensory people, you
too can activate your own intuitive channel. Your intuition supports your creativity, helps heal your
emotional wounds, and calms your anxious and uncertain heart. It brings you peace of mind and
shows you how to live in a higher, more harmonious way.
Based on Kabbalistic techniques, the teachings of the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, and an
Hermetic tradition spanning nearly two thousand years, this innovative new work introduces the
history of the Golden Dawn and its mythology, the Tree of Life, Deities, demons, rules for practicing
magic, and components of effective ritual.
A comprehensive course of self-initiation using Israel Regardie's seminal Golden Dawn as a key
reference point, Kabbalah, Magic and the Great Work of Self-Transformation guides you through the
levels of the Golden Dawn system of ritual magic. Each grade in this system corresponds with a
sphere in the Kabbalistic Tree of Life and includes daily rituals, required reading, written
assignments, projects, and additional exercises.
The author begins with Cayce's first incarnation in the time before Adam, moving on to incarnations
in Atlantis, then as a high priest in Egypt, a nomadic ruler in Persia, and a number of New World
incarnations – a total of seventeen chronicled lifetimes. Anecdotes from Cayce's modern life
are interwoven, creating the most compelling narrative of successive incarnations ever published.
Mu was an immense continent covering nearly one-half of the Pacific Ocean. When she sank during
volcanic destruction, fifty million square miles of water claimed her place. This vast continent and
culture was the center of civilization some 25,000 years ago. This is the story of Churchwards
search for the lost continent, from the vaults of an Indian temple to the four corners of the world.
Other popular books in the series are The Children of Mu (1931), and The Sacred Symbols of Mu
(1933). Churchward claimed that "more than fifty years ago," while he was a soldier in India, he
befriended a high-ranking temple priest who showed him a set of ancient "sunburnt" clay tablets,
supposedly in a long lost "Naga-Maya language" which only two other people in India could read.
Having mastered the language himself, Churchward found out that they originated from "the place
where [man] first appeared—Mu." The 1931 edition states that “all matter of science in
this work are based on translations of two sets of ancient tablets:” the clay tables he read in
India, and a collection 2,500 stone tablets that had been uncovered by William Niven in Mexico.
At the time of its demise, about 12,000 years ago, Mu had 64,000,000 inhabitants and many large
cities, and colonies in the other continents. Churchward claimed that the landmass of Mu was
located in the Pacific Ocean, and stretched east-west from the Marianas to Easter Island, and
north-south from Hawaii to Mangaia.
He claimed that according to the creation myth he read in the Indian tablets, Mu had been lifted
above sea level by the expansion of underground volcanic gases. Eventually Mu “was
completely obliterated in almost a single night” p. 44: after a series of earthquakes and
volcanic eruptions, "the broken land fell into that great abyss of fire" and was covered by "fifty
millions of square miles of water." p. 50
Churchward claims the king of Mu was Ra and he relates this to the Egyptian god of the sun, Ra,
and the Rapanui word for Sun, ra’a, which he incorrectly spells "raa."[8]: p. 48 He claimed to
have found symbols of the Sun in “Egypt, Babylonia, Peru and all ancient lands and countries
– it was a universal symbol.”[8]: p. 138
Churchward attributed all megalithic art in Polynesia to the people of Mu. He claimed that symbols of
the sun are found “depicted on stones of Polynesian ruins,” such as the stone hats

(pukao) on top of the giant moai statues of Easter Island. Citing W.J. Johnson, Churchward
describes the cylindrical hats as “spheres” that "seem to show red in the
distance”, and asserts that they “represent the Sun as Ra.” p. 138 He also
incorrectly claimed that some of them are made of "red sandstone" [8]: p. 89 which does not occur in
the island.
The platforms on which the statues rest (ahu) are described by Churchward as being
“platform-like accumulations of cut and dressed stone,” which were supposedly left in
their current positions “awaiting shipment to some other part of the continent for the building
of temples and palaces.”: p. 89 He also cites the pillars “erected by the Maori of New
Zealand” as an example of this lost civilization’s handiwork.: p. 158
1931. This volume provides the origins and original meanings of Mu. Contents: The Origin of Man;
The Eastern Lines; Ancient North America; Stone Tablets from the Valley of Mexico; South America;
Atlantis; Western Europe; The Greeks; Egypt; The Western Lines; India; Southern India; The Great
Uighur Empire; Babylonia; Miscellaneous; and Intimate Hours with the Rishi.
In 1868, while serving with the British Army in India, Churchward became close friends with a high
temple priest who taught him how to decipher numerous stone tablets which had lain hidden for
centuries in the temple vaults. They told of a vast civilization which had emerged, flourished and
decayed long before our own; the Continent of Mu.
Written in a narrative style combined with scholarly research, Cialdini combines evidence from
experimental work with the techniques and strategies he gathered while working as a salesperson,
fundraiser, advertiser, and in other positions inside organizations that commonly use compliance
tactics to get us to say “yes.” Widely used in classes, as well as sold to people
operating successfully in the business world, the eagerly awaited revision of Influence reminds the
reader of the power of persuasion.
Why did a sign pointing out the problem of vandalism in the Petrified Forest National Park actually
increase the theft of pieces of petrified wood? Why did sales of jam multiply tenfold when consumers
were offered many fewer flavors? Why did people prefer a Mercedes immediately after giving
reasons why they prefer a BMW? What simple message on cards left in hotel rooms greatly
increased the number of people who behaved in environmentally friendly ways?
Influence, the classic book on persuasion, explains the psychology of why people say
"yes"—and how to apply these understandings. Dr. Robert Cialdini is the seminal expert in
the rapidly expanding field of influence and persuasion. His thirty-five years of rigorous,
evidence-based research along with a three-year program of study on what moves people to
change behavior has resulted in this highly acclaimed book.
For centuries the Tarot, an illustrated textbook of ageless esoteric wisdom, has been used by
occultists, mystics, and magicians for the purposes of divination and meditation. It has captivated
the imaginations of many; from mere curosity seekers and dabblers to famous artists, poets,
magicians and psychologists. Although many people who are unfamiliar with the Western Magickal
Tradition think of Tarot cards as charming but strange devices for telling fortunes, the Tarot is in fact
a complete and elaborate system for describing the hidden forces which underlie the universe. It is
also the key to all occult science as well as a blueprint for unlocking the various parts of the human
psyche. A comprehensive study of the Tarot is a task which is very nearly equal to acquiring a
college degree in both psychology and theology.
When historian Charles Weiner found pages of Nobel Prize-winning physicist Richard Feynman's
notes, he saw it as a "record" of Feynman's work. Feynman himself, however, insisted that the notes
were not a record but the work itself. In Supersizing the Mind , Andy Clark argues that our thinking
doesn't happen only in our heads but that "certain forms of human cognizing include inextricable
tangles of feedback, feed-forward and feed-around loops: loops that promiscuously criss-cross the
boundaries of brain, body and world." The pen and paper of Feynman's thought are just such

feedback loops, physical machinery that shape the flow of thought and enlarge the boundaries of
mind. Drawing upon recent work in psychology, linguistics, neuroscience, artificial intelligence,
robotics, human-computer systems, and beyond, Supersizing the Mind offers both a tour of the
emerging cognitive landscape and a sustained argument in favor of a conception of mind that is
extended rather than "brain-bound." The importance of this new perspective is profound. If our
minds themselves can include aspects of our social and physical environments, then the kinds of
social and physical environments we create can reconfigure our minds and our capacity for thought
and reason.
...an attempt to discover the amount of historical truth under lying the allusions to persons and
events in the Old English heroic poems. The essay deals with an aspect of these poems, which has
not, so far as I know, been treated systematically byanyone who has previously written on the
subject. Thus, in the absence of any model, I have had to work on independent lines, especially as
regards the grouping and arrangement of different traditions, and the method of discussion followed
in the several chapters. The actual arrangement has been adopted for convenience of discus sion,
according to the nationality of the persons concerned, except in cases where a particular section
forms a complete epic narrative with a personal (as opposed to a national) interest of its own: in
these cases the tradition has been discussed under the heading of the poem in which it is
contained, or that of the character round whom the narrative centres.
Knowledge is the blossoming of Spirit, there by riding the wings of freedom from
fear..........................2
Going
forth
into
the
reality
of
Being..........................................................................................................2 This book is a work of joy,
love and Light, venture upon its pages with an open mind. ..........................2 The tools you will find
within are yours to use or not, for that is the way of freedom of choice..............2 Not more can be
said, but to wish you the reader Love and Light.............................................................2
The
Heart
Chakra......................................................................................................................................31 The
Throat Chakra....................................................................................................................................35
The
Third
Eye
Chakra..............................................................................................................................38
The
Crown Chakra ...................................................................................................................................42
Chakras and endocrine glands .............................................................................................. ...44
Major chakras.................................................................................................................. ..........46
What is Meditation?............................................................................................ ......................51
Sample meditations.............................................................................................................. ......55
Quiet Meditation.............................................................................................................. ..........55
Taking a Trip.................................................................................................................. ............57
SoulTrip....................................................................................................................
.................58
Spiritual
Meditation.........................................................................................
.........................58
Regression Meditation................................................................................................. ..............59
Past Life Regression................................................................................................................ ...59
Meditation
for
the
seven
chakras..............................................................................................................60 Meditation for the
Base Chakra................................................................................................................60 Meditation for
the
Sacral
Chakra..............................................................................................................64
Meditation
for
the
Solar
(Plexus)
Chakra.................................................................................................67 Meditation for the Heart
Chakra...............................................................................................................70 Meditation for the
Throat Chakra.............................................................................................................73 Meditation for
the Third Eye Chakra........................................................................................................76 Meditation
for the Crown Chakra.............................................................................................................79
Learn

to

connect

to

Source.......................................................................................................................87 Day 1 Connecting to Source...................................................................................................................88


Day
2
Healing
another
person
with
your
hands.....................................................................................89
Day
3
Working
with
Plants.....................................................................................................................90 Day 4 - Healing
Yourself..........................................................................................................................90
Higher-self..............................................................................................................................................
..91
Grounding..............................................................................................................................................
...91
Clearing..................................................................................................................................................
...92
Enter
your
Sanctuary................................................................................................................................92
Return
to
your
body
with
your
Higher
Self..............................................................................................93
What is clairvoyance?........................................................................................................ ......101
Clairaudience......................................................................................................
.....................104
Divination............................................................................................................... ..................105 List
of Symbols............................................................................................................... ..........108 What
are Spirit Guides?............................................................................................. .............114
Day
One:
Are
you
there?........................................................................................................................120
Day
2:
Getting to know your spirit guide..............................................................................................121 Day
3: Past lives with your Guide..........................................................................................................121
Day
4:
Talking
to
your
guide
about
the
Universe...................................................................................122 Day 5: Talking to your guide about
reality
and
other
dimensions..........................................................122
Day
6:
Getting
Personal..........................................................................................................................123 Day 7:
Chatting with your Guide about your biological or adopted family relationships.....................124 Day
8 - Your Career / Job.......................................................................................................................125
Day
9
My
Love
Life.............................................................................................................................126 Day 10 - My
goals in life........................................................................................................................128
Psychometry
Day
1..............................................................................................................................132 Psychometry Day 2 - The Plant and Mineral Kingdom.......................................................................134
Psychometry
Day
3
The
Animal
Kingdom........................................................................................136 Psychometry - Day 4 Connecting with Humans..................................................................................137
We feel an intense involvement of our whole being, beyond the conscious actions or words.
.............178 Intuitively, we understand the symbolism; for example, our domestic chore becomes a
ritual in which we express love for our family; our bath becomes a purification of body and mind; our
dinner becomes a sacred sharing of the bounty of the earth. Rituals are founded on actual
dynamics. ..........................178 Although rituals might seem to be merely symbolic, they express and
convey
the
energy,
which
is
represented
by
that
symbolism.
.............................................................................................................178
White......................................................................................................................................................
.178
Black......................................................................................................................................................
.178
Red.........................................................................................................................................................
.179

Orange...................................................................................................................................................
..179
Yellow.....................................................................................................................................................
179
Green.....................................................................................................................................................
..179
Greenish/Yellow.....................................................................................................................................
179
Light
Blue...............................................................................................................................................180
Dark
Blue................................................................................................................................................180
Indigo.....................................................................................................................................................
.180
Violet......................................................................................................................................................
.180
Purple.....................................................................................................................................................
.180
Pink........................................................................................................................................................
.180
Grey.......................................................................................................................................................
.181
Silver......................................................................................................................................................
.181
Brown.....................................................................................................................................................
181 Rose Red - The Rose Red ray is pouring into my bloodstream giving me new life and courage
for
all
I
do...........................................................................................................................................................
.192 Pink - The Pink Ray is circulating throughout my whole system, revitalizing my cells and filling
me
with
love.................................................................................................................................................192
Orange - The Orange Ray fills me with vitality and joy and recharges my etheric body and
rejuvenates
every
part
of
me......................................................................................................................................193 Yellow The Yellow Ray fills my being with sunshine, wisdom and love pour into my body, mind and
soul.........................................................................................................................................................
.193 Green - The Green Ray flows in through my heart, bringing peace and harmony to every part of
my
being......................................................................................................................................................
.193 Blue - The Blue Ray calms my mind and brings healing to all my cells and
organs.............................193 Indigo - The Indigo Ray links me to knowledge and understanding that
will help me at this time.......193 Violet - The Violet Ray clears the dross and purifies my being as it
flows
into
my
glands
bringing
me
new
life
and
energy.................................................................................................................................193
Turquoise - The Turquoise Ray brings peace and calms my mind and emotions and I am in
command
of
the
situation.............................................................................................................................................19
3 Magenta - The Magenta Ray is healing my body, mind and emotions and bringing me a deeper
understanding
of
all
my
affairs.
I
go
forward
knowing
that
all
is
well...................................................193
For
example............................................................................................................................................200

Who's
that,
what's
happening?

becomes:

Who's
Th....

..............................................................200 Who's coming in, or going out? becomes: Who's


co.... .............................................................200 Wh....?........?... And W...?
.......................................................................................................200
And

finally..............................................................................................................................................200

.......?........?...

....................................................................................................................................200
The
Trance
State.....................................................................................................................................202 1. An
uncomfortable feeling of cold that doesn't make you shiver, coupled with a steady loss of body heat.
........................................................................................................................................................203
2. Mentally, you will feel very odd and everything will feel extremely slooooow. Your thought
processes will slow down as if you had been given a strong pain killing injection.
.............................204 3. You will feel disassociated from your body, i.e.; a strong floating sensation
and
everything
will
seem
far
away.
.................................................................................................................................................204
SPRING:
Governing
Angel:
Spugliguel.................................................................................................453 Serving angels: Amatiel,
Caracasa,
Core,
Commissoros........................................................................453
...............................................................................................................................................................
453
AUTUMN:
Governing
Angel:
Torquaret...............................................................................................453
Serving
angels:
Tahquamn, Guabarel.....................................................................................................453 SUMMER:
Governing Angel: Tubiel.....................................................................................................453 Serving
angels: Gargatel, Gaviel, Tariel.................................................................................................453
WINTER:
Governing
Angel:
Attarib......................................................................................................453
Serving
angels:
Amabael, Cetarari.........................................................................................................453
TUESDAY:
Archangel:
Khamael
Angel:
Zamael...................................................................................454 WEDNESDAY: Archangel: Michael
Angel: Raphael............................................................................454 THURSDAY: Archangel:
Tzaphiel Angel: Sachiel................................................................................454 FRIDAY: Archangel:
Haniel Angel: Anael.............................................................................................454 SATURDAY:
Archangel: Tzaphiel Angel: Cassiel ................................................................................454
SUNDAY:
Archangel:
Raphael
Angel:
Michael.....................................................................................454 BORN UNDER THE SIGN OF
CAPRICORN.....................................................................................460 BORN UNDER THE SIGN
OF AQUARIUS........................................................................................461 BORN UNDER THE
SIGN OF PISCES...............................................................................................462 The Angels Of
The Seasons....................................................................................................................463
The ancient meditation techniques of Taoism encompass a wide range of practices—with an
aim toward cultivating a healthy body as well as an enlightened mind. These selections from classic
texts of Taoist meditation represent the entire range of techniques—from sitting meditation
practices to internal alchemy. Most of the texts appear here in English for the first time.
The Pleiadians are a group of enlightened beings who believe that the end of the Mayan Calendar
will signal a critical leap in human evolution; the Pleiadians will be there to guide us for that leap.
This shift is the coming Age of Light, and the entry of our solar system into the Photon Band and the
Age of Aquarius.
Kundalini – the energy of eros that lies at the base of the spine – can be
overwhelming once activated. Times of activation coincide with the key astrological passages of
Saturn, Uranus, and Chiron in one's birth chart and are often experienced as periods of spiritual
emergency, confusion, and imbalance.
Barbara Hand Clow, author of the bestselling Pleiadian Agenda and a nationally known astrologer,
explores the connection between spiritual emergencies at age 30, 40, and 50 and key astrological

passages of Saturn, Uranus, and Chiron. She provides techniques for directing the kundalini energy
released during planetary passages for optimal personal and psychic development. In addition, the
book includes charts for birth years starting in 1930 so that readers can determine the timing of their
own planetary passages.
In Liquid Light of Sex, Barbara Hand Clow opens up new dimensions for understanding what occurs
during these key life passages, which most of us experience three times in our lives. In the author's
words, "we form at age 30, we transform at age 40, and we transmute at age 50." Focusing on the
transformation at age 40 – the time of imbalance and spiritual confusion often referred to as
the "midlife crisis" – she explores how kundalini energy, the liquid light of sex, can be
creatively channeled by unblocking the chakras. Offering effective methods for achieving physical,
emotional, and spiritual growth during this important life passage, Liquid Light of Sex presents a
roadmap for using celestial cycles to navigate positively and productively in times of great life
change.
Clymer, besides being head of the oldest Rosicrucian fraternity in America, was also a chiropractic
naturopath. This is his selection, arrangement and application of the most important Occult laws
taught by the masters of initiation of the Great Secret Schools of the Past and Present-Hermetic,
Rosicrucian, Alchemic and Aeth Priesthood, and the Practice of the Laws in the Development of the
Fourfold Nature of Man in attaining success and mastership of all planes of activity. See other works
by this author available from Kessinger Publishing.
The major point that came out of this wave of archaeological science is that people in the new stone
age were more sophisticated technologically than had been appreciated in the past. We found that
just by tying dug out canoes together people far further back in time could make ocean crossings.
The colonization of Australia was pushed back further into pre-history, when books in the 60's set it
a 10000 years ago. I think maybe the thing that stands out is the snail like pace of progress,
between 20000 years ago and now. It appears that in some ways social structures / civilizations
have restricted innovation instead of encouraging it? This book and the science that has followed it
has been "enlightening" to all of pre-history.
Here are the matchless tales of All-Father Odin, who crosses the Rainbow Bridge to walk among
men in Midgard and sacrifices his right eye to drink from the Well of Wisdom; of Thor, whose mighty
hammer defends Asgard; of Loki, whose mischievous cunning leads him to treachery against the
gods; of giants, dragons, dwarfs and Valkyries; and of the terrible last battle that destroyed their
world.
These ancient stories from Northern Europe, which make up one of the great myth cycles of
Western civilization, spring to life in The Children of Odin. This classic volume, first published in
1920 and reissued in 1962, is now available for the first time in paperback, illustrated with the
original line drawings by Willy Pogany, to inspire a new generation of readers.
The late Padraic Colum was a poet, playwright, founder of the Irish Review and a leader of the Irish
Renaissance, but he is perhaps best known today for his outstanding books for children. He was
awarded the Regina Medal in 1961 for his "distinguished contribution to children's literature,"
honoring works like The Children's Homer, The Golden Fleece (a Newbery Honor Book), The
Arabian Nights, The King of Ireland's Son and Roofs of Gold."
Once there was another Sun and another Moon; a different Sun and a different Moon from the ones
we see now. Sol was the name of that Sun and Mani was the name of that Moon. But always behind
Sol and Mani wolves went, a wolf behind each. The wolves caught on them at last and they
devoured Sol and Mani. And then the world was in darkness and cold.
Publisher's Preface; The Dwellers In Asgard; Far Away And Long Ago; The Building Of The Wall;
Iduna And Her Apples: How Loki Put The Gods In Danger; Sif's Golden Hair: How Loki Wrought
Mischief In Asgard; How Brock Brought Judgment On Loki; How Freya Gained Her Necklace And
How Her Loved One Was Lost To Her; How Frey Won Gerda, The Giant Maiden, And How He Lost

His Magic Sword; Heimdall And Little Hnossa: How All Things Came To Be; The All-father's
Forebodings: How He Leaves Asgard; Odin The Wanderer; Odin Goes To Mimir's Well: His
Sacrifice For Wisdom; Odin Faces An Evil Man; Odin Wins For Men The Magic Mead; Odin Tells To
vidar, His Silent Son, The Secret Of His Doings; Thor And Loki In The Giants' City; How Thor And
Loki Befooled Thrym The Giant; Aegir's Feast: How Thor Triumphed; The Dwarfs Hoard, And The
Curse That It Brought; The Witch's Heart; Foreboding In Asgard; Loki The Betrayer; Loki Against
The Aesir; The Valkyrie; The Children Of Loki; Baldur's Doom; Loki's Punishment; The Sword Of
The Volsungs And The Twilight Of The Gods; Sigurd's Youth; The Sword Gram And The Dragon
Fafnir; The Dragon's Blood; The Story Of Sigmund And Signy; The Story Of Sigmund And Sinfiotli;
The Story Of The Vengeance Of The Volsungs And Of The Death Of Sinfiotli; Brynhild In The House
Of Flame; Sigurd At The House Of The Nibelungs; How Brynhild Was Won For Gunnar; The Death
Of Sigurd; The Twilight Of The Gods
This new approach to the study of the Tarot provides a clear but profound method of exploring and
discovering your own inner depths, a necessary prerequisite to a thorough understanding of the
ancient symbols. In addition, this handbook relates the Tarot to other occult sciences such as
astrology, the cabala, and numerology. Here you will find basic lessons and exercises, procedures,
and fundamental esoteric philosophy which will open up new dimensions to the inquiring mind, and
allow you to fully comprehend the tarot and its powers of enlightenment and divination.
These days, life is all about speed. Yet, when it's time to write a spell, it's as if our need for speed is
frustrated. Whether you are a neophyte or a master, this book will quickly become your essential
reference for choosing the right ingredients for any spell...quickly and easily. Small enough to fit in
your backpack, glove compartment, or, of course, your pocket, it puts essential lists of magickal
correspondences and information right at your fingertips, including: Elements and their associations;
Moon phases; Full moons; Days of the week; Colors; Crystals and stones; Foods; Herbs and plants;
Oils; Recipes for oils, incense, and bath salt; Incantations; And much more. There is simply no other
book that helps you create, finalize, and perfect spells easier or better. And, of course, faster!
This book presents evidence that UFOs are mainly invisible and consist of both physical craft and
living, biological creatures. The author convincingly shows that our atmosphere is the home of huge,
invisible living organisms that are sometimes confused with spacecraft when they became visible.
Mr. Constable has photographed both types of UFOs with special infrared film, some of which are
reproduced in this expanded and updated edition. Despite his bold leap into the future, the general
public and official ufology have a hard time accepting the evidence. In recent years teams of
engineers and technicians in both Italy and Romania, unaware of Constable's earlier discoveries,
obtained virtually identical infrared photos of UFOs, which were published in Italy. In 1996, NASA
used ultraviolet-sensitive videotape to record swarms of invisible UFOs that looked like Constable's
earlier photos. Examples from these photos are also contained in this book. Also covered are earlier
pioneers into important life energies that play a big role in this research, including Wilhelm Reich,
Rudolf Steiner, and Dr. Ruth B. Drown. This is an important book, recommended for those
interested in the higher realms of our physical reality.
Why do all cultures, distant and diverse, have similar tales of dragons? Universal wisdom confirms
dragons have interacted with people since time immemorial—they call to us, pique our
curiosity, and arouse our fears. These mystical beasts are real and their power, their influence, and
especially their magick can be captured. Building upon rituals and drawing on their energy, learn to
befriend these inspirational creatures and become partners with them on a spiritual journey. Move
with them, learn from them, dance in perfect human/dragon syncopation.
This is the ultimate guide to the ancient religion of Wicca by best-selling Pagan author, D. J.
Conway. WICCA: THE COMPLETE CRAFT offers a comprehensive overview of Wiccan philosophy,
dispels the common misconceptions, and is a useful primer for practicing Wicca as a spiritual
lifestyle. Included are chapters on sacred space, ritual tools, holy days, meditations and
visualizations, spells and the art of spell casting, as well as terminology.
Three Friars, says a legend, hid themselves near the Witch Sabbath orgies that they might count the

devils; but the Chief of these, discovering the friars, said Reverend Brothers, our army is such that if
all the Alps, their rocks and glaciers, were equally divided among us, none would have a pounds
weight. This was in one Alpine valley. Any one who has caught but a glimpse of the worlds
Walpurgis Night, as revealed in Mythology and Folklore, must agree that this courteous devil did not
overstate the case. Any attempt to catalogue the evil spectres which have haunted mankind were
like trying to count the shadows cast upon the earth by the rising sun. This conviction has grown
upon the author of this work at every step in his studies of the subject. In 1859 I contributed, as one
of the American Tracts for the Times, a pamphlet entitled The Natural History of the Devil. Probably
the chief value of that essay was to myself, and this in that its preparation had revealed to me how
pregnant with interest and importance was the subject selected. Subsequent researches in the
same direction, after I had come to reside in Europe, revealed how slight had been my conception of
the vastness of the domain upon which that early venture was made.
Dragon and Devil distinguished Dragons wings War in Heaven Expulsion of Serpents Dissolution of
the Dragon Theological origin of the Devil I deal and actual Devil Dogma Debasement of ideal
persons Transmigration of phantoms. We are all nothing other than Wills, says St. Augustine ;and
he adds that of the good and bad angels the nature is the same, the will different. In harmony with
this John Beaumont says, A good desire of mind is a good God. To which all the mythology of Evil
adds, a bad desire of mind is aD evil. Every personification of an evil Will looks beyond the outward
phenomena of pain, and conceives a heart that loves evil, a spirit that makes for wickedness. At this
point a new element altogether enters. The physical pain incidentally represented by theD emon,
generalised and organised into a principle of harmfulness in theD ragon, begins now to pass under
the shadow cast by the ascending light of mans moral nature. Man becomes conscious of moral and
spiritual pains :they may be still imaginatively connected with bodily 1T reatise of Spirits. By John
Beaumont, Gent. London, 1705. VOL.
The atomic bomb was not the only project to occupy government scientists in the 1940s. Antigravity
technology, originally spearheaded by scientists in Nazi Germany, was another high priority, one
that still may be in effect today. Now for the first time, a reporter with an unprecedented access to
key sources in the intelligence and military communities reveals suppressed evidence that tells the
story of a quest for a discovery that could prove as powerful as the A-bomb.
The Hunt for Zero Point explores the scientific speculation that a "zero point" of gravity exists in the
universe and can be replicated here on Earth. The pressure to be the first nation to harness gravity
is immense, as it means having the ability to build military planes of unlimited speed and range,
along with the most deadly weaponry the world has ever seen. The ideal shape for a gravity-defying
vehicle happens to be a perfect disk, making antigravity tests a possible explanation for the
numerous UFO sightings of the past 50 years.
"From the earliest days of thinking man, people the world over have pondered the nature of the
Universe, our planet, and of ourselves. What does it all mean? Why am I here? What is the real
purpose of my life? What will happen to me after I die? Will I return once again for another life on
Earth?" So starts the first paragraph of this book, summarising and encapsulating very succinctly
both the reason I was inspired to write Our Ultimate Reality and a concise summary of the contents
contained therein. As we approach the end of a great age for humanity, increasingly more people
from all walks of what we know as "life" are asking what it all means for them, for their families and
for their future existence on this planet we call "Earth". Our Ultimate Reality, Life, the Universe and
Destiny of Mankind is your complete reference and guide for realising the Divine heritage of each
and every one of us as equal aspects of our Creator, a life of perfect happiness, health, abundance,
fulfilment and Spiritual evolution. This book has been written in a modern, understandable,
non-mystical way, setting out in a concise, logical, easy to follow format, all you need to know in
order to understand, pursue and realise your own true potential during this pivotally important era. I
wish you every possible success as you follow your own true destiny on the path of return to our
Divine Creator from Whom we came in the beginning, and wish that this book will prove to be your
valuable guide and companion.
In a comprehensive and compelling manner, this guide to the one of the world’s most

mysterious civilizations enables readers to tap into and harness the spiritual wisdom and power of
Atlantis. With guidance on how to understand the profound truths of the Atlantean culture, the
fascinating and inspiring lives of these ancients are fully divulged—from their social
structures, beliefs, and practices to their extraordinary technological knowledge. Special chapters
devoted to crystals—from their essences and remedies to the crucial role they played in
Atlantis—are also included.
Containing 118 stunning color illustrations, this beautiful book provides an introduction to Taoism,
one of the great religious and philosophical movements in Chinese thought. Incorporating selections
from J.C. Cooper's writings, it explores the concept of the Tao (Way), the symbolism of Yin-Yang,
and the thought of the leading Taoist sages. Also included are sections on Taoist art, the symbolism
of plants and animals, the Taoist garden, and the relationship of Taoism with Buddhism and
Hinduism.
William Ricketts Cooper (1843-1878) went from being a fabric designer to home missionary to
amateur Egyptologist. He was one of the founders and the secretary of the Society of Biblical
Archeology. Serpent Myths of Ancient Egypt was the first of his five books (Short History of Egyptian
Obelisks, 1878 was his last). He is also the translator of Lenormant's Chaldean Magick
Messages from The Light makes clear that we are heading for a more wonderful future, but first we
must realize that we have grossly neglected the spiritual part of ourselves and have focused too
much on our own short-term self-interests. We have created a materialistic "I don't care about you"
society.
When our physical body dies, our spirit will discover that it does not only belong to our material,
four-dimensional world, but also to something that is so much greater, more wonderful, and more
thrilling. In this "unity universe," there are no lesser souls – we are all interconnected and
connected to the Light, the ultimate unconditional love.
Astrology is one of the traditional arts and sciences of Tibet, where it is known as "the science of
calculation," used by monks and lamas in the study of the rhythms and cycles of time, for divination,
for choosing auspicious times for rituals and life-cycle events such as marriages and funerals, and
as an adjunct to the practice of traditional medicine.
Suggestion, or rather Autosuggestion, is quite a new subject, and yet at the same time it is as old
as the world. It is new in the sense that until now it has been wrongly studied and in consequence
wrongly understood; it is old because it dates from the appearance of man on the earth. In fact
autosuggestion is an instrument that we possess at birth, and in this instrument, or rather in this
force, resides a marvelous and incalculable power, which according to circumstances produces the
best or the worst results. Knowledge of this force is useful to each one of us, but it is peculiarly
indispensable to doctors, magistrates, lawyers, and to those engaged in the work of education. By
knowing how to practise it _consciously_ it is possible in the first place to avoid provoking in others
bad autosuggestions which may have disastrous consequences, and secondly, consciously to
provoke good ones instead, thus bringing physical health to the sick, and moral health to the
neurotic and the erring, the unconscious victims of anterior autosuggestions, and to guide into the
right path those who had a tendency to take the wrong one.
Do you want to read Indian classics in the original Do you want to progress quickly beyond the
basics Do you want to reach a high standard 'Teach Yourself Sanskrit' is not only a primer, but also
a work of scholarship, for the book contains much original material on Sanskrit syntax and usage.
The carefully graded chapters explain Sanskrit grammar and style with exceptional clarity. The text
includes an introduction to the n gar script, a useful explanation of how to use Sanskrit
commentaries, plenty of examples from actual Sanskrit works, extensive vocabularies into and out
of Sanskrit and a full key to all the exercises.
The pricking anticipation of a phone call seconds before ringing, the premonition dream of birth
exactly nine months before, the chance meeting that opens a new career path, the eerie realization

of a loved one's death half a world away . . . From Jung to Einstein, across boundaries of culture
and time, people have recognized the potential for synchronicity to reveal a hidden order to seeming
random events, and to offer a glimpse of one's destiny.
In Coincidence or Destiny?, best-selling author Phil Cousineau shares more than eighty stories of
coincidence, some simple, and some so extraordinary they challenge our belief system.
Coincidence or Destiny? threads together what the author calls "sly winks of fate" from ordinary
individuals around the world, to well-known scholars such as Larry Dossey and Huston Smith to
famous movies such as Casablanca, each story demonstrates how meaningful coincidences can
profoundly change and guide people's lives.
Mark L. Cowden is the audio-visual technician who recorded what is believed to be the first ever
documented case of a live, two-way conversation with the spirit world. In early 2010, at an
apparently haunted hotel in Northern Ireland, Mark was part of a small team of people who were
filming a television documentary series about ghost stories when something incredible happened.
While a medium and a psychic investigator sat on a bed in the next room and attempted to contact
the spirit of a ghost in the hotel, Mark was able to record not only the medium's side of the
conversation, and her report of the responses she was receiving from the spirit, but the spirit's
replies directly as well! With camera's rolling, an independent television crew documented the whole
process. Not only is this believed to be the first time anybody has ever managed to record a whole
conversation between this world and the next, it was also a first for television. Spirit Voices
documents Mark's work in the field of paranormal forensics and details the technology and methods
he developed to achieve such groundbreaking results.
This volume is written for the perusal of the unprejudiced. It is an appeal to those who neither affirm
the infallibility of dreams nor yet deny their significance as symbols, also to those persons who have
given the subject no thought whatsoever, but who are never the less willing to listen impartially to
the arguments of the old-fashioned dream interpreters and to the hypotheses of modem
psycho-analysts. At first glance a vast distance seems to stretch between the desert of sterile
scientific facts and the teeming jungle of riotous dreams, yet between these extremes winds many a
temperate, pleasant path which the normal mind may follow if it will. The writer does not advocate
any especial theory over another; the purpose is merely to untangle the truth, if truth there be. At
times this quest has led to the oracular springs of old Egypt, or to the temples of Greece, or through
the sickly vaporings of medievalism and again through the bleak materialism of modem physiology,
for each cult that has withstood the blight of time must perforce have held its strength, and that
strength must have been born of truth, otherwise the teachings would have been forgotten. The
writer has merely gathered the facts the reader is left to judge them.
As a young man, Vusamazulu Credo Mutwa, a Zulu from the South African province of Natal, was
determined to follow in the footsteps of his grandfather and become a tribal historian in order to
keep the rich oral tradition of his culture alive. In this book, begun in response to the injustices
against Africans and their culture, he sets these legends down in writing.
He begins with the creation myth, when Ninavanhu-Ma, the Great Mother, created the human race.
From there, an epic unfolds, an intricate and vivid cultural tapestry populated by gods and mortals,
cattle herders and supreme kings, witch doctors, lovers, grave diggers, warriors, and handmaidens.
The story continues all the way up to the colonial era, when a Portuguese Kapitanoh and his crew
arrive on the African shore. Indaba, My Children is a classic and indispensable resource for anyone
interested in the cultural life of Africa and the human experience as it is filtered into myth.
"Chinese philosophy before our Christian era is emphasized in this nontechnical summary of
Chinese thought. Professor Creel also deals with Confucianism, the ideas of Mo-tsu and Mencius,
Taoism, Legalism, and their variations and adaptations. As an introduction for the general reader,
this book stands among the best."—China: A Resource and Curriculum Guide
"There exists nowhere else such a well-written presentation of the main trends in Chinese thought in
so brief a space. The text is not cluttered with Chinese names and the pages are not weighed down

with footnotes—but the references are there for those who want them, with suggestions for
further readings. This is a book which can be understood by those who have never read anything
else about China."—The New York Times Book Review
Over the centuries, researchers have found bones and artifacts proving that humans like us have
existed for millions of years. Mainstream science, however, has supppressed these facts. Prejudices
based on current scientific theory act as a "knowledge filter," giving us a picture of prehistory that is
largely incorrect.
Michael A Cremo is a research associate of the Bhaktivedanta Institute specializing in the history
and philosophy of science. His persistent investigations during the eight years of writing Forbidden
Archeology documented a major scientific cover-up. Richard L. Thompson, founding member of the
Bhaktivedanta Institute, received his Ph.D. in mathematics from Cornell University.
From Introduction: In every period of man's history some people have claimed to have had an
experience that to others was pure fantasy-they claimed to have left their physical bodies in a
second body (a non- physical one which they variously called the "Astral", "Etheric", "Spirit",
t'Spiritual", "Soul", "Four-dimensional", etc. Body) and declared that they thought, felt, saw, heard,
and acted in it. These out-of-the-body experiences are popularly called astral projections on the
assumption that an objective "Astral Body"was, in fact, projected from, or released by, the familiar
physical body. St Paul (2 Cor. xii, .) mentioned a case of this kind and many reputable people,
including Roman Catholic Saints and Quakers, have had such experiences.The existence of
out-of-the-body experiences, then, is certain: what is in doubt is the exact nature of the "Astral
Body", i.e. whether it is always a hallucination (a mental image) or whether it is sometimes a "real",
objective (though non-physical) body. In some instances there was doubtless nothing whatever of
an objective nature-the supposed "Astral Body" was merely imagined. But if, in other instances, an
objective body was involved, the matter is of very great importance to us all.
In 1961 I cited a hundred and sixty first-hand descriptions of out-of-the-body experiences in a book
entitled THe Study and Practice of Astral Projection (Aquarian Press). In the conclusions (p. 140) I
advanced reasons for concluding that many of the "Astral Bodies" there described had not been
imagined but were "real" and objective. Over two hundred further cases are given in a book entitled
More Astral Projections shortly to be published by Aquarian Press. Many point to the same
conclusion. If the latter is justified, then the probability that we survive the death of the physical body
is very great-the "Astral", "Etheric" or "Soul" Body would, in fact, be the mechanism of survival.
Published in 1874, this collection of reports by chemist and scientific journalist William Crookes
describes his controversial research into psychic forces. Crookes outlines his experiments upon the
phenomena of spiritualism from 1870 to 1874, including his testing of famous mediums such as D.
D. Home, Kate Fox and Florence Cook.
Some weeks ago the fact that I was engaged in investigating Spiritualism, so called, was announced
in a contemporary: and in consequence of the many communications I have since received, I think it
desirable to say a little concerning the investigation, which I have commenced. Views or opinions I
cannot be said to possess on a subject which I do not pretend to understand. I consider it the duty of
scientific men who have learnt exact modes of working, to examine phenomena which attract the
attention of the public, in order to confirm their genuineness, or to explain, if possible, the delusions
of the honest and to expose the tricks of deceivers. But I think it a pity that any public announcement
of a mans investigation should be made until he has shown himself willing to speak out.
A man may be a true scientific man, and yet agree with Professor De Morgan, when he says
– "I have both seen and heard, in a manner which would make unbelief impossible, things
called spiritual, which cannot be taken by a rational being to be capable of explanation by imposture,
coincidence, or mistake. So far I feel the ground firm under me; but when it comes to what is the
cause of these phenomena, I find I cannot adopt any explanation which has yet been suggested.
…The physical explanations which I have seen are easy, but miserably insufficient. The
spiritual hypothesis is sufficient, but ponderously difficult."

Regarding the sufficiency of the explanation, I am not able to speak. That certain physical
phenomena, such as the movement of material substances, and the production of sounds
resembling electric discharges, occur under circumstances in which they cannot be explained by
any physical law at present known, is a fact of which I am as certain as I am of the most elementary
fact in chemistry.
Here are thirty-two classic myths that bring the Viking world vividly to life. The mythic legacy of the
Scandinavians includes a cycle of stories filled with magnificent images from pre-Christian Europe.
Gods, humans, and monstrous beasts engage in prodigious drinking bouts, contests of strength,
greedy schemes for gold, and lusty encounters. The Norse pantheon includes Odin, the wisest and
most fearsome of the gods; Thor, the thundering powerhouse; and the exquisite, magic-wielding
Freyja. Their loves, wars, and adventures take us through worlds both mortal and divine, culminating
in a blazing doomsday for gods and humans alike. These stories bear witness to the courage,
passion, and boundless spirit that were hallmarks of the Norse world.
The data in this book is authentic, many of the ceremonies were undertaken by young female
witches and male students of the occult, under the supervision of an Occult Master. The results they
established, and which are recorded in this book, can be achieved by anyone, providing that they
have nerve, patience and the ability to carry out the written instructions exactly.
Originally published in 1912, it rent the veil of the Inner Order of the Golden Dawn and revealed its
most precious jewel for all to see. And now, for the first time, the reader is provided with instructions
that bridge the gap between the material and spiritual worlds by integrating Enochiana with Sex
Magick.
WHEN illegitimate criticism is met with a smart swing on the point of the jaw, and has subsided into
an unpleasant and unpitiful heap; when its high-well-born brother has shaken hands—not
without many years of friendly sparring—with the new pugilist, all his family are very
disappointed, for Society takes no notice of them in its (to them unseemly) adulation of the rising
star. Their un- fraternal feeling may even lead them to employ a sandbagger and a dark night to rid
them of this dreamer Joseph.
In the case of the success, in the heavy weights, of the Meudon Chicken (M. Rodin will forgive us for
the lengths to which we carry our analogy), envy has given up hope even of sandbags, and is now
engaged in the ridiculous task of attempting to dis- concert the eye of the Fancy Boy by flipping
paper pellets at him across the arena. They do not reach him, it is true; but as I, who happen to be
sitting in a back row, admiring the clean, scientific se- quences of rib-punchers, claret-tappers, &c.,
&c., recently received one of these missiles in the eye, my attention was called to the disturber. I will
now do my part as a law-abiding citizen and take my boot to the offender, as a warning to him and
all of his kidney. I shall not mention his name ; that he would enjoy ; that is perhaps what he hoped...
The Tarot is a pack of seventy-eight cards. There are four suits, as in modern playing cards, which
are derived from it. But the Court cards number four instead of three. In addition, there are
twenty-two cards called "Trumps", each of which is a symbolic picture with a title itself. At first sight
one would suppose this arrangement to be arbitrary, but it is not. It is necessitated, as will appear
later, by the structure of the universe, and in particular of the Solar System, as symbolized by the
Holy Qabalah. This will be explained in due course...
Ignorance of the true meaning of this new Law has led to gross anarchy. Its conscious adoption in
its proper sense is the sole cure for the political, social and racial unrest which have brought about
the World War, the catastrophe of Europe and America, and the threatening attitude of China, India
and Islam.
This modest little volume contains many beautiful thoughts expressed in delicate phrases: daring
verses too, which cannot lightly be overlooked. "The Farewell of Paracelcus to Aprile," "The
Initiation," "The Philosopher's Progress," are finely-wrought images from Mr. Crowley's vivid mind.

Little lyrics of sunshine and wind Delicate lyrics, illustrating the vague, yet holy aspirations of
adolescence... . A little book of unusual quality... . We have read with admiration for its intense
spirituality, as well as for its technical superiorities, and with sympathy for its spontaneous reflection
of certain moods that Mr. Crowley pursues with an utterance at once mysterious and vivid... . this
volume, in which we are sure of having heard an impressive and an original voice. The verse of
"Songs of the Spirit"-essentially intricate, introspective if you like-is also free from obvious artifice
and eccentricity, it is fiery and clear measured and easy of phrasing... . The glowing imagery seizes
and holds fast the vagueness of shifting impressions.
Mithraic religion, does not pretend to offer a picture of the downfall of paganism. We shall not
attempt, even in a general way, to seek for the causes which explain the establishment of the
Oriental religions in I taly; nor shall we endeavor to show how their doctrines, which were far more
active as fermenting agents than the theories of the philosophers, decomposed the national beliefs
on which the Roman state and the entire life of antiquity rested, and how the destruction of the
edifice which they had disintegrated was ultimately accomplished by Christianity. We shall not
undertake to trace here the various phases of the battle waged between idol atry and the growing
Church; this vast subject, which we hope some day to approach, lies beyond the scope of the
present work. We are concerned here with one epoch only of this decisive revolu tion, it being our
purpose to show with all the distinctness in our power how and why a certain Mazdean sect failed
under the Caesars to become the dominant religion of the empire. The civilization of the Greeks had
never succeeded in establishing itself among the Persians, and the Remaps were no more
successful in subjecting the Parthians to their sway.
At the invitation of the President of Yale University and of Professor Eussell H. Chittenden, chairman
of the committee in charge of the Silliman Foimdation, the lectures which are here presented to a
wider public were delivered in New Haven during the month of March of the year 1921. It was the
wish of the committee that I should speak upon some subject from the history of religion. I chose
therefore as my theme a matter which had occupied my attention for many years, viz., the ideas
current in Roman paganism concerning the lot of the soul after death. The argument has been
treated more than once by distinguished scholars
and notably — ^to mention only an English book — ^by Mrs. Arthur Strong in her
recent work Apotheosis and After Life, a study characterised by penetrating interpretation, especially
of archaeological monuments. But we do not yet possess for the Roman imperial epoch a
counterpart to Rohde^s classical volume, Psyche, for the earlier Greek period, that is, a work in
which the whole evolution of Roman belief and speculation regarding a future life is set forth. These
lectures cannot claim to fill this gap. They may however be looked upon as a sketch of the desired
investigation, in which, though without the detailed citation of supporting evidence, an attempt at
least has been made to trace the broad outlines of the subject in all its magnitude.
The lectures are printed in the form in which they were delivered. The necessity of making each one
intelligible to an audience which was not always the same, has made inevitable some repetitions.
Cross references have been added, where the same topics are treated in different connections.
However, in a book intended primarily for the general reader, the scholarly apparatus has been
reduced to a minimum and as a rule indicates only the source of passages quoted in the text.
Here is the first real look at the facts about Witchcraft and the religion of Wicca. As renowned author
Scott Cunningham plainly states, the practice of magic is not supernatural or Satanic. Witches and
folk magicians are only utilizing, through timeless rituals, natural energies found within the Earth and
our bodies to enrich life by creating positive change. It's all revealed here in the easy-to-read,
understandable style that was Scott Cunningham's trademark.
Practice an ancient magic that is both natural and powerful—the elemental Earth magic of
crystals, stones, and metals. This comprehensive and clear guidebook by Scott Cunningham has
introduced over 200,000 readers to the secrets of over 100 gems and metals. Learn how to find and
cleanse stones and use them in divinations, spells, and tarot card readings. Discover how to
determine the energies and stories contained within each stone, and the symbolic meanings of a

stone's color and shape. Also included in this classic guide:


Do you work magic with herbs? Do you use them in spells, for talismans or simply use their innate
powers? If you don't have Cunningham's Encyclopedia of Magical Herbs, you need to get it right
away. This book has become a classic in its field. Paul Beyerl, a respected author on herbs calls it
"…an essential reference book by students of herbalism and magick alike … Scott's
personable charm touches every page… I highly recommend this book."
In this edition of the book (it's expanded and revised on the 15th anniversary of original publication)
you will find the magical properties and folklore of over 400 herbs! You'll also find lists of herbs
based on their magical powers, their genders, their planetary rulers, and more. Perhaps the most
important list is the folk name cross-reference.
When you draw a heart in the sand, call on the four winds for assistance, or ask the rain to wash
away a bad habit, you are practicing earth magic. By working in harmony with nature, we can
transform ourselves, our lives, and our world. This tried-and-true guide offers more than one
hundred spells, rites, and simple rituals you can perform using the powerful energy of the earth.
One of the secrets of real magic is that it is controlled by the mind. The more things in your ritual to
help your mind associate with your goal, the more powerful your ritual may be. Colored candles,
scented oils, natural incenses, and more all add to the impact of the magic you wish to do. But how
do you know which incense to burn? Is it possible to add scented oils together to get a more
powerful oil? And how do you make your own appropriately-scented tools?
The answers to questions like these and hundreds more can be found in The Complete Book of
Incense, Oils and Brews by world-famous author Scott Cunningham. This is a greatly expanded and
rewritten version of The Magic of Incenses, Oils and Brews. It includes over 100 new formulas,
proportions for each element of the recipes (the most requested feature from his previous book),
how to substitute ingredients, and much more. Besides the formulas, it also includes the exact
methods of making all of these scented tools, including how to extract the essences from the herbs.
Each one of the formulas in this magic book is precise and easy to make. Do you need luck? Take 2
parts vetivert, 2 parts allspice, 1 part nutmeg, and 1 part calamus, grind them together as finely as
possible, then sprinkle the powder in a circle around you, beginning and ending in the East and
moving clockwise. Sit within this circle and absorb the powder's energies. Also included are other
ways to use magical powders that will have you coming up with your own ideas for them, too.
There is a legion of recipes for incenses. There are three for the sun and two for consecrating
talismans. There are incenses for each of the astrological signs and ones to help you study better
and gain success. You'll also find incenses for each of the planetary influences. There are four for
Saturn alone!
Recognize and celebrate the magic of life with timeless rites and spells. Create a magical
household—a haven of harmony, safety, spirituality, security, and romance. The benefits
include a happier existence, protection against thieves, improved health, restful sleep, satisfying
spiritual experiences, and a perfect environment for positive magic. This warm and wise guide by
much loved author Scott Cunningham has been helping people create sacred space in their homes
and gardens for nearly twenty years.
Llewellyn is pleased to present a new Scott Cunningham book—a long-lost Book of
Shadows. Recently discovered in a battered manila envelope, this previously unpublished
manuscript was penned by Scott in the early 1980s. This rare book includes original spells, rituals,
and invocations and an herbal grimoire. Featured in the design are Scott’s actual
hand-drawn signs, symbols, and runes.
This treasury includes 32 tales of enchantment, compiled in the late 19th century by a Smithsonian
Institution ethnologist. Stories such as "Yelena the Wise," "The King of the Toads," "The Reed

Maiden," and more offer a fascinating resource of anthropologic lore, plus magical entertainment for
readers of all ages.
A summary of the spheres and planes that we encounter after death, and what happens in each.
Based on a significant number of published and unpublished sources of channeled material, this
book is a concise summary of what we can expect after death. It includes some descriptions of the
Astral Plane, the Hells and the Seven Spirit Spheres which lead to the entrance to the Eternal
Realms. The immediate post-death phase is discussed in detail, as also the initial arrivals areas.
The requirements for progression are detailed, as also how to get out of the dark planes. Each
Sphere is discussed and the role of that Sphere in the overall progression scheme is noted. All of
this book is included in "Is Reincarnation an Illusion? " as Chapter 16.
Shadow Land is the personal history of Victorian spiritualist and celebrity medium Elizabeth
d’Esprance, renown throughout Europe for the dramatic, full-form spirit manifestations she
performed before astonished sitters. Weaving the events of her life into a thoroughly engaging
narrative, she recounts the passage of her childhood in the company of otherworldly “shadow
people,” her early forays into automatic writing and the sance, and their attendant fears of
madness and of the Devil. She describes in rich, absorbing detail the subjective experience of
inhabiting the medium’s altered state, as well as the horror of sensing one’s own
identity being subsumed by another. A uniquely introspective and powerfully-written memoir,
Shadow Land is the story of an extraordinary, life-long quest for the truth that resolves in a
passionate visionary experience and a message of hope.
HEKATE - Keys to the Crossroads A collection of personal essays, invocations, rituals, recipes and
artwork from modern Witches, Priestesses and Priests who work with Hekate, the Ancient Greek
Goddess of Witchcraft, Magick and Sorcery. Hekate is one of the most fascinating Goddesses of the
Ancient World. Loved, feared, hated and worshipped by people throughout history, the Witch
Goddess of the Crossroads, facing three-ways, with her three faces, remains an image of power and
awe in the modern world today, amongst those who understand and respect her power. This book
"Hekate : Keys to the Crossroads" brings together the experiences and perceptions of more than
twenty modern day Witches, Priestesses and Priests all of whom work with this awesome Greek
Goddess in the UK today. Through their essays, rituals and artwork they present a unique view into
the realms of this multi-faceted and popular Goddess. Part I - Hekate's History, Myths & Powers
Here author and Priestess, Sorita D'Este, presents a detailed and comprehensive study of the
history, myths and powers of Hekate. This invaluable section offers the reader insights to some of
the roles, relationships and powers Hekate held in the Ancient World. Part II - Hekate's Witches This
section contains essays by sixteen Witches, Priestesses and Priests who work with Hekate on a
regular basis. Each contribution is as unique as the person who wrote it, clearly illustrating through
both their differences and similarities that the many faces presented by Hekate in the ancient world
continue on today in the twenty-first century. Hekate is a Goddess of transformation, initiation,
childbirth, death and rebirth. She is the Mistress of Magick, Witchcraft and Sorcery. She is the
key-bearing Goddess of Night who illuminates the paths through the mysteries with her bright
torches, guarding the entranceways and guiding travellers through the realms of Heaven, Earth and
Sea. Powerful and respected by Gods and mortals alike, she has the power to bestow gifts and
blessings upon those who call upon her with honour and truth. Part III - Recipes, Rites & Rituals A
collection of modern invocations, pathworkings, incense and food recipes, together with a group
mystery play of the Abduction of Persephone by Hades in which Hekate plays a key role. Combining
the best of research with a wide range of experiences this compact volume opens doorways in to
many of Hekate's realms. It is a unique journey - enchanting, funny, scary, magickal and daring,
challenging and informative. Whether you find yourself agreeing or disagreeing with the perceptions
you will find within, one thing is certain : there is always more to learn and experience when it comes
to Hekate!
A program to heal others, near and far, as well as ourselves. Sacred Flames Reiki is a new system
that combines aspects of color therapy, creative visualization, traditional Japanese Reiki, and candle
work. Many Reiki professionals have had amazing results with the SFR techniques, reporting an
increased awareness of the energy flow during healing sessions. This book is not just for Reiki

professionals though. It is excellent for beginners, even those who have had no Reiki training
whatsoever. Sacred Flames Reiki offers a wide doorway to understanding for the novice, as well as
insight for the advanced practitioner.
The appeal of this book rests entirely upon the intrinsic worth, the intellectual honesty and
convincing common sense, which in union with real spiritual values, is contained within. The careful
student will be able to build on the suggestions of Platonius a clear philosophy of life which is
satisfying to the heart and mind alike.
What if you found out that the life you’re living today is not the only one you’ll ever
live, but just one of many? How would it change the way you look at the world around you and the
people in it? In this objective and balanced look at one of the great mysteries of our age,
you’ll not only explore reincarnation’s western roots and examine the compelling
evidence to support it—as well as examine the chief objections to it offered by the scientific
and religious communities—but explore the mechanics of reincarnation as well: how it works
on a practical level, what it’s trying to do on a spiritual level, and what it all means to you as
you go about your day-to-day life. It’s sure to not only get you thinking about your past, but
will force you to consider your present and future in ways you never imagined possible before.
This work discusses the mythology and rites of the British druids ascertained by national documents
and compared with the general traditions and customs of heathenism, as illustrated by the most
eminent antiquaries of the age. With an appendix containing ancient poems and extracts with some
remarks on ancient British coins.
THE first section of the ensuing Essay, effects the principal objects of a Preface; yet the Author has
not the confidence to intrude upon his Reader, without premising a few pages, to bespeak his
attention, and conciliate his esteem without offering some apology for the nature of his subject, and
the manner in which it has been treated. To some persons, the utility of such a work may not be
obvious. It may be asked What interest has the present age, in a mew of the errors and prejudices
of the Pagan Britons? To obviate this, and similar inquiries, I would suggest the reflection, that the
history of mankind is, in a great measure, the history of errors and prejudices that the superstition
we have now to contemplate, however absurd in itself, affected the general tone of thinking in
several districts of Britain 'that its influence continued to recent times, and has scarcely vanished at
the present day. To an age of general inquiry, an investigation of the form and principles of this
superstition, must surely be a subject of interest. In our times, a split of research, which few are so
unjust as to impute to idle curiosity, embraces all the regions of the known world: and is our own
country the only spot that must be deemed unworthy of our attention?
The most profound and age-old questions of existence -- for centuries the focus of religion and
philosophy -- may soon be answered through the extraordinary advances of a field of science known
as the new physics. In this illuminating work, Paul Davies, author of the acclaimed Other Worlds and
The Edge of Infinity, writes that the discoveries of 20th-century physics -- relativity and the quantum
theory -- are now pointing the way to a new appreciation of man and his place in the universe. They
could, in fact, bring within our grasp a unified description of all creation. Demanding a radical
reformulation of the most fundamental aspects of reality and a way of thinking that is in closer
accord with mysticism than materialism, the new physics, says Davies, offers a surer path to God
than religion.
Described by The Washington Post as "impressive," God and the New Physics is a fascinating look
at the impact of science on what were formerly religious issues. Elegantly written, a book for both
scholars and lay readers of science, it is, according to the Christian Science Monitor, a
"provocative...rewarding intellectual romp."
...the Mohammedans Sufiism, or Persian mysticism, is known as tasawwuf. The word Sufi is derived
from sui, meaning" wool." When a little Persian sect at the end of the eighth century A.D. broke
away from the orthodox ~iuslhn religion, and struck out on an independent path, they ignored costly
robes and worldly ostentation, and clad themselves in a white wool garment. Hence they were

known as "wool wearers," or Sufis. Prof. Edward G. Browne gives four theories in regard to the
origin of Sufiism...
Those who have not "tasted magical superstitions" may here find them ready to their hand. "In brief,
in this book are kept the principles of magical conveyances." It may be conceded at once that the
undertaking is scrupulously fulfilled; what the operator must do and how he should perform it, so as
to "draw spirits into discourse," are matters set forth so plainly that the wayfaring man need not err
therein. Assuming the sacerdotal office of the operator, or a priest for an accomplice, it is all so
simple that failure could not well be ascribed to a blunder on his part. The procedure is divided into
two parts--a general method for the evocation of the Spirits of the Air, who are undoubtedly demons,
and a set of angelical conjurations proper to each day of the week. The second section presumably
belongs to the department of White Magic, as the intelligences concerned are said to be good and
great, though their offices are mixed and confusing, including the discovery of treasures, the
detection of secrets, fomenting war, opening locks and bolts, procuring the love of women, inclining
men to luxury and sowing hatred and evil thought. Obviously, White Magic of this kind is much
blacker than it is painted.
Contents: The King and the Disciple; The Great Spirit; Natural Magic; Alchemy Magic; Talismanic
Magic; Mummial and Magical Attraction; Cabalistical Magic; Mysterious Secrets of the Cabala; The
Book of Secrets; Ancient Biographia;The Ethics of Paganism; Spiritualism and Religion; Lessons in
Adeptship; Magic and Sorcery; Astral Influence; Philosophy of Disease and Medicine; Medieval
Philosophy and Theology; Vampirism; Witchcraft and Black Art; The Mystery of Breath; The Symbol
of Jewels; Dreams and Visions; Glossary of Occult Terms.
The Inquisition ordered this book to the Church's "Index Expurgatorius," and Molinos was
condemned to life imprisonment for writing about a personal relationship with God through intense
devotion, internal reflection and meditation. After all, what would happen to the Church if the people
didn't feel they needed it anymore? A table of content was added in front of this edition rather than
at the end like the original. Additionally we have prominently displayed the chapter on top of each
page to make the text easier to navigate. We have resisted the temptation to "English the text,"
preferring instead to maintain historical accuracy which the Old English affords scholars. Whether
your interest is in Scientific Illuminism, comparative religion, religious history or simple curiosity, we
know this important work will make a lasting impression upon you.
Do you believe in magic? For those who do--but also for those who just want to have fun--here are
42 enticing, exotic, and sometimes slightly erotic magic spells to help readers prosper at work, play,
or in love. This "recipe-style" book presents spells from many different times and cultures. They
include ancient Egyptian, Babylonian, Persian, Mayan, North American Indian, and Druidic charms,
ingredients, dances, and incantations for looking and feeling one's best, for catching and keeping a
mate, for repelling unwanted suitors, for gaining a measure of fame and fortune, for protecting
against bad luck, and much more. There is also detailed information on potent herbs and their uses,
including rosemary, St. John's Wort, garlic, mistletoe, ginger root, sage and bay leaves. Includes
more than 300 full-color illustrations.
Every branch of study has its special terminology, and theosophy is no exception. Originally
published in London in 1933, this Glossary defines some 300 terms frequently found in the field of
metaphysics and explains them in the light of theosophy. An invaluable textbook for the student, the
Glossary is a succinct and reliable aid in discerning the occult or 'hidden' meaning of many Sanskrit,
Greek, and technical terms used in theosophical literature.
In Radical Knowing Christian de Quincey makes a provocative claim: We are not who we think we
are. Instead, we are what we feel. Giving disciplined attention to feelings reveals the most
fundamental fact of life and reality: We are our relationships. Most of us think we are individuals first
and foremost who then come together to form relationships. De Quincey turns this "obvious fact" on
its head and shows that relationship comes first, and that our individual sense of self--our "private"
consciousness--actually arises from shared consciousness. This shared, collective consciousness is
at the heart of indigenous ways of life and their worldviews.

De Quincey explains that participating in shared consciousness literally builds the fabric of reality,
and that understanding this process is key to unlocking our potential for higher consciousness and
spiritual evolution. He presents the technique of Bohmian Dialogue, developed by groundbreaking
quantum physicist David Bohm, as one method for experiencing this powerful process. He also
explores the mystery of synchronicity, offering a new understanding of the relationship between
matter and mind and the underlying nature of reality.
Ever since the Greeks coined the language we commonly use for scientific description, mythology
and science have developed separately. But what came before the Greeks? What if we could prove
that all myths have one common origin in a celestial cosmology? What if the gods, the places they
lived, and what they did are but ciphers for celestial activity, a language for the perpetuation of
complex astronomical data? Drawing on scientific data, historical and literary sources, the authors
argue that our myths are the remains of a preliterate astronomy, an exacting science whose power
and accuracy were suppressed and then forgotten by an emergent Greco-Roman world view. This
fascinating book throws into doubt the self-congratulatory assumptions of Western science about
the unfolding development and transmission of knowledge. This is a truly seminal and original
thesis, a book that should be read by anyone interested in science, myth, and the interactions
between the two.
This short book, published in London in 1915 in the shadow of the Great War, was written
anonymously (I have yet to figure out who 'J.K.' is). It wraps the 32 prophecies in introductions and
interpretations by the mysterious J.K. as well as Eliphas Levi, the French occultist--who apparently
felt that this text should be left to the experts. The original J.K. edition is somewhat rare, and it was
reprinted in 1974 by Weiser, although the latter is out of print.
Paracelsus, a renowned scholar who is known for his chemical and alchemical writings, may have
meant this not only as a set of predictions about the path of the Reformation, but as an allegory of
the evolution of the soul. This would not be surprising, as other authors of the period cloaked arcane
messages in almost impenetrable layers of symbolism to escape eccelsiastical scrutiny. (Quote from
sacred-texts.com)
Baruch de Spinoza Portuguese: Bento de Espinosa, Latin: Benedictus de Spinoza) (November 24,
1632 - February 21, 1677) was a Dutch philosopher of Portuguese Jewish origin. Revealing
considerable scientific aptitude, the breadth and importance of Spinoza's work was not fully realized
until years after his death. Today, he is considered one of the great rationalists of 17th-century
philosophy, laying the groundwork for the 18th-century Enlightenment and modern biblical criticism.
By virtue of his magnum opus, the posthumous Ethics, Spinoza is also considered one
To begin with, even today, probably the greater majority of Reiki masters in Japan practice and
teach styles of Reiki which originated in the west at a time after Takata- sensei's passing, or
alternatively, practice and teach styles which are derived from (or at very least are heavily influenced
by) modern, western, Reiki styles.
Many Japanese Reiki Masters teach Karuna Reiki, or Seichim, or other Western styles which are
only loosely based on Usui Shiki Ryoho. And even those who do teach Reiki under the name 'Usui
Shiki Ryoho', generally tend to teach the modern- day version as commonly taught in the west
(Something which, with all its talk of chakras, and crystals, and Reiki Guides and 21-day cleansing
periods, etc.,etc., Takata-sensei herself might have a hard time recognising as Usui Shiki Ryoho...)
Some time ago I remember reading an interview in one of the Reiki magazines in which either
Phyllis Furumoto, or Paul Mitchell (- her co-holder of the Office of Grandmaster in the Reiki Alliance)
stated that there are actually only three Reiki symbols used in Usui Shiki Ryoho ( - meaning this in
the sense of: 'in terms of giving Reiki treatment'). [We know Takata-sensei taught the sole use of
DKM was for attunement.]
While the four symbols used in Usui Shiki Ryoho and Usui Reiki Ryoho are still considered by many

of us to be Sacred (or at least, of sacred significance), ever since two of the symbols (the SHK and
the HSZSN) were first revealed in a Reiki book: ‘The Challenge To Teach Reiki’ by
A.J. MacKenzie Clay, (published in 1992), the belief in the need to keep them secret is no longer
generally considered relevant.
And particularly in the case of the DKM and HSZSN - these two 'symbols' actually being phrases
written in Japanese characters - the numerous variations of these symbols we find in books,
manuals, handouts, and on the internet, are pretty much all due to poor attempts at writing the
original kanji characters. In the main, these 'alternative' versions of the symbols have come into
being as a result of people who were not familiar with the rules of Japanese calligraphy, attempting
to replicate the symbol-forms shown to them by their teachers, who in turn had often made
imprecise copies of the symbols as presented by their teachers, and so on...
Most of us are probably aware of the seemingly endless array of spiritual / self- developmental
practices, energy-sensing techniques, breathing and visualisation exercises, treatment methods,
etc, etc. which, according to this or that supposedly authoritative source, were vital elements of THE
Original Usui Reiki Ryoho
The Kathara Bio-Spiritual Healing System Level-1 Workshop and meditations. The original,
intensive, three-day workshop filmed in 11/1999 NYC. A revolutionary new approach to
Body-Mind-Spirit Whole-being Healing based upon Keylontic Morphogenetic (Matter Template)
Science and ancient Cathari spiritual healing systems. State-of-the-art Core Healing Therapeutics;
the hidden foundations of ALL known Holistic Healing systems. Introduces Dimensional Structure,
Triadic Phase Currents, the Planetary-Bio-feed-Interface-System (PBIS), 15-dimensional Human
Anatomy, Core Template Healing, Secrets of the Kathara Grid, Multi-vector Holographic Recoding,
the physics of "Karma" and Miasmic Clearing, DNA Template Mechanics and much more. Features
5 techniques of the Maharic Recoding Process Bio-Regenesis Technology, detailed charts, plus
how to conduct a Client Healing Facilitation Session or become a Kathara Healing Instructor.
Includes 3 Audio CD's narrating 5 Maharic Recoding Process Techniques plus Workshop Package
of 2 DVD's plus 3 audio CD's of Kathara techniques.
Ashayana Deane has been personally trained by the Guardian Alliance to bring to Earth the new
(but ancient) science of Keylonta-the science of light, sound, subconscious symbol codes and base
codes of matter. Volume I of The Voyagers series provides the background you need to understand
the true nature of reality and the seriousness of the position that Earth is in at this moment.
In this volume you will learn about... - The Administrative levels of the Emerald Order Melchizadek
Cloister - The benevolent Guardians and the self-interested Intruders - True human origins and the
on-going Hybridization Program - The plight of the Zeta Reticuli, and their plans for Earth - Keylontic
Science-the science of dimensional reality - The role of awareness, emotion and intuition - Exercises
to raise your frequency and prepare for changes
Detailed information on Keylontic Morphogenetic Science, time mechanics, interdimensional
planetary evolution, the science of Dimensional Ascension, integration of multi-dimensional identity,
DNA mechanics and accelerated biological and spiritual evolution. Introduces a comprehensive
model of 15-dimensional universal physics and the corresponding 15 Primary Chakra System and
12-strand DNA Silicate Matrix gene code. Discover the secrets of humanity’s evolutionary
destiny that have been hidden within our ancient, traditional and New Age sacred mystical and
religious teachings.
When in his poverty in the year of our Lord 1606, the great astrologer Dr. John Dee was forced to
sell many of his treasured books. Amongst those which he sold was this book, the greatest grimoire
of the most powerful spells to conjure demons more fierce than those that Solomon imprisoned. We
must warn the karcist to take care while reading this book - read it always within a circle and make
the sign of the cross after each page - otherwise demons from every altitude and sphere shall be
attracted to you indefinitely.

This is the book of powerful conjurations and subjugations of demons and Gods which dwell in far
away places, places which are past north and south, east and west, up and down, places which are
even beyond the Earth and the farthest planets, places which are far from the creation of God. The
secrets which I shall tell of were not learned until late in my life, when in 1601 I started to translate a
manuscript which I had owned for many years, but had not cared much for. I cared not for it
because it was given to me by the fraudulent Barnabas Saul as a present to me so that we should
part as friends, despite the lies and deceptions he had told to me. I received the manuscript from
Saul in 1581 and I kept it in my library for many years and would have given it to anyone who asked
for it, that was how little I cared for it - oh, how glad I am that I did not part with it, for now I realise
how important the text is!
The word "necromicon" is actually the title of a greek translaction made around 950 A.D. by
Theodoras Philetas from an original Arabic manuscript... The name, "necromicon", which the Latin
version retains, means something like things pertaining to the customs, practices or laws of the
dead....The original writer was supposed to have been an Arab named Abdul al Hazrad who
supposedly died around 738 A.D. in Damascus. Death was due to being torn apart in the street by
unseen entities. The name is probably mistranslation since no self-respecting Arab would have such
a name. The true name was probably Abd Al Azrad. In Arabic the name is more of a title meaning
"the slave of the devourer" or " worshiper of the great devourer", supposedly alluding to the Great
Old Ones.
Enochian is a name often applied to an occult or angelic language recorded in the private journals of
Dr. John Dee and his seer Edward Kelley in the late 16th century. The men claimed that it was
revealed to them by angels, while some contemporary scholars of magick consider it a constructed
language.
Applying the term "Enochian" to the language is a modern convention - not found in Dee's journals.
Dee referred to the language as "Angelical", the "Celestial Speech", the "Language of Angels", the
"First Language of God-Christ" and the "Holy Language". He sometimes referred to its alphabet as
"Adamical" because (according to Dee's Angels) it was used by Adam in Paradise to name all
things. Dee also recorded that the Patriarch Enoch had been the last human (before Dee and
Kelley) to know the language - thus prompting later scholars to refer to the language and Dee's
entire magickal system as "Enochian". (Quote from wikipedia.org)
Dee straddled the worlds of science and magic just as they were becoming distinguishable. One of
the most learned men of his time, he had lectured to crowded halls at the University of Paris when
still in his early twenties. John was an ardent promoter of mathematics, a respected astronomer and
a leading expert in navigation, having trained many of those who would conduct England's voyages
of discovery (he coined the term "British Empire").
To remove a difficulty in my title, and that we may not stumble at the threshold, some preface to this
new undertaking may be necessary, but it will be very short. If by a system of this terrible thing
called magic, my readers should expect a body of the black art as a science, a book of rules for
instruction in the practice, or a magical grammar for introduction to young beginners, all I can say to
such is, that they will be mistaken.
The world has perhaps been imposed upon in nothing more than in their notions of this dark
practice, as well its ancient, as its modern state. Most people, when they read of the ancient
magicians, think they are reading of old necromancers and conjurers, when really at first they were
very honest men; and now, when they read of them in their modern practice, they take them for
honest fellows, when they are, generally speaking, mere jugglers, cheats, mountebanks, and
posture-masters ;or else, real wizards, and downright dealers with theD
Psychedelic Shamanism presents the spiritual and shamanic properties of psychotropic plants and
discusses how they can be used to understand the structure of human consciousness. Author Jim
DeKorne offers authoritative information about the cultivation, processing, and correct dosages for
various psychotropic plant substances including the belladonna alkaloids, d-lysergic acid amide,

botanical analogues of LSD, mescaline, ayahuasca, DMT, and psilocybin.


Opening with vivid descriptions of the author’s personal experiences with psychedelic drugs,
the book describes the parallels that exist among shamanic states of consciousness, the use of
psychedelic catalysts, and the hidden structure of the human psyche. DeKorne suggests that
psychedelic drugs allow us to examine the shamanic dimensions of reality. This worldview, he says,
is ubiquitous across space, time, and culture, with individuals separated by race, distance, and
culture routinely describing the same core reality that provides powerful evidence of the dimensional
nature of consciousness itself. The book guides the reader through the imaginal realm underlying
our awareness, a world in which spiritual entities exist to reconnect us with ourselves, humanity, and
our planet. Accurate drawings of plants, including peyote, Salvia divinorum, and San Pedro,
enhance the book’s usefulness.
The Llewellyn Practical Guide to Astral Projection by Denning and Phillips is simply the best
step-by-step set of lessons for learning this skill ever published. Over a quarter-million people are
using this book to help them learn this valuable skill. If you want to learn how to project your
consciousness onto the astral plane, you should use it, too.
First, as the book shows, this skill is natural. You do it all the time (in dreams, for example.) In a
sense, it is more natural than walking. It is a skill you can develop with practice. Further, it allows
you to have spiritual experiences on the astral plane. Plus, what you create on the astral plane
creates changes on the physical plane. This is true magick! Heal someone on the astral and they
will be healed on the physical. Create opportunities on the astral and you will have them on the
physical. You can even experience sex on the astral plane for one of the most dynamic experiences
you will ever have. And you can learn how to do all of this in The Llewellyn Practical Guide to Astral
Projection.
But it is not only the information in this book that makes it easy to understand and use. The very
design of each chapter — as well as the illustrations, photos, charts, etc. — make it
easy for you to learn the techniques to consciously control your astral projection experiences. The
book begins by showing you what astral projection is and what it is not, what can happen and what
is fantasy. As a result, you will discover that astral projection can be safe, comforting, exhilarating,
and fun. Then you will learn methods of being able to let your consciousness leave your body and
safely explore the astral plane.
Many years ago, when the People traveled the Plains, a young Indian boy had a Dream-Vision in
which it was revealed that one day he would create a painting that was as pure as the colors of the
evening sky at sunset. The boy grew up to become the painter of the tribe, but although he found a
pure white buckskin for a canvas and made paints from the brightest flowers and the reddest
berries, he could not capture the sunset.
The main purpose of our existence on earth - aside from the sacred and paramount duty of securing
our salvation - is undoubtedly to make ourselves masters of the tangible world around us, as it
stands revealed to our senses, and as it was expressly made subject to our will by the Creator. We
are, however, at the same time, not left without information about the existence of certain laws and
the occurrences of certain phenomena, which belong to a world not accessible to us by means of
our ordinary senses, and which yet affect seriously our intercourse with Nature and our personal
welfare.
Teaching the doctrines of the Positive and Negative Mind of God, and of the Lord Jesus Christ as
the Mediator between the two states of Being; revealing how the Truth awakens the Soul to its
natural inheritance as an immortal coworker with God, giving it dominion over sin, sickness, poverty
and death.
1905. Containing Potent truths that have enabled many to enter the promised land of peace and
plenty and rejoice in the fullness of health and happiness. "This book was compiled b the author to
place before a larger number of students of mind culture those articles, treatments and words of

advice that have proved helpful." Partial Contents: Mind Culture; Health Culture; Suggestions to
Teachers and Others; Soul Culture; A Medical Estimate of Prayer.
Back in print! In a fine new paperback edition, this is the best of the many astro-reference books,
one you will use constantly. Among thousands of entries are the complete terminologies for natal,
mundane, electional & horary astrologies, as well as definitive articles on Arabian Parts, Aspects,
Calendars, Cycles, Degrees, Dignities, Directions, Eclipses, Houses, Planets, Ptolemaic Astrology,
Retrogrades, Ruling signs of major cities, Signs of the Zodiac, the Solar System, and much more.
The section on eclipses runs 36 pages & includes solar & lunar eclipses from 1800-2000 listed by
date & by zodiacal degree. It includes the 19 Saros cycles from 600 AD to 2100 AD. Under
Degrees, deVore gives degree meanings similar to those of Carter. In the extensive entry on
Houses, he gives the meanings for each house, in natal, mundane & (depending on the house)
various other situations: In a court of law, in an organization, in an ingress, in a national figure, etc.
The entry for the Invariable Plane (one of several contributions by Charles Harvey) is a fascinating
discussion of (among other things) Mahayuga, Root Races & solar eclipses in ancient Palestine.
There is a fine, 9 page analysis of Ptolemaic astrology, along with how the Galactic Center relates to
the Solar System, as well as definitive entries on every other facet of astrology. Complete, concise,
informative, highly intelligent: Long a classic, still essential for all astrologers. Nicholas de Vore,
1882-1960, was President of the New York based Astrological Research Society.
The collection of stories contains The King of Persia and the Princess of the Sea -- Prince Beder
and the Princess Giauhara -- The three princes and Princess Nouronnihar -- Prince Ahmed and the
fairy -- Prince Camaralzaman and the Princess of China -- The loss of the talisman -- The story of
Zobeide -- The story of the king's son -- The first voyage of Sinbad the sailor -- The second voyage
of Sinbad the sailor -- The third voyage of Sinbad the sailor -- The fourth voyage of Sinbad the sailor
-- The fifth voyage of Sinbad the sailor -- The sixth voyage of Sinbad the sailor -- The seventh
voyage of Sinbad the sailor.
Much of the problem is due to misunderstandings and lack of communication. This can change with
Gus diZerega's Pagans & Christians. Here you will find a penetrating and illuminating comparison,
showing that neither path has the single correct approach to the Divine. Rather, either or both can
be authentic and legitimate expressions of the appreciation of the Ultimate Source of All.
Although Pagans & Christians accepts both paths as valid, the book provides a more in-depth
explanation of Paganism the minority religion because in some ways, Paganism demands a
greater defense and explanation of its beliefs and ideas to dispel misunderstandings. The author is
a Third Degree Gardenerian Elder and in Pagans & Christians has presented nothing less than a
brilliant defense of Paganism, clearly showing how it should stand beside all of the major religions of
the world as an equal. As part of this defense, diZerega gives a listing of biblical contradictions and
Christian philosophical difficulties which can help any Pagan responding to a negative attack, and
will help any Christian to view his or her religion as a way, not the way.
In the hustle and bustle of everyday life, how do we, as parents, honor the spirituality of our
children? As we shuttle between school, soccer practice, piano lessons, ballet lessons, birthday
parties, and doctors' appointments, how do we find the time to encourage our children, through the
ups and downs of growing up, to turn to God for guidance?
In 10 Principles for Spiritual Parenting, Mimi Doe and Marsha Walch open our eyes to the
spontaneous, creative, freethinking joy that characterizes a child's innate spirituality. In ten
easy-to-follow chapters containing exercises and practical suggestions, the authors point out that
opportunities to express spirituality are abundant in our routine life. Talking at dinner, lighting
candles, performing daily chores--all of these events have the potential to be sacred moments.
Contemporary parents face unique challenges: In our media-saturated culture, children are
continually exposed to violence, cynicism, and a confusing code of ethics. By offering concrete ways
to help children develop positive values, Mimi Doe and Marsha Walch support parents' efforts to
counteract negative messages.

...pendulum-bob, but that due to a change of form of the atoms within the molecule; otherwise there
could be no such thing as spectrum analysis. Vibratory motion of the matter becomes undulatory
motion in the ether. The vibratory motion we call heat ; the wave motion we call sometimes radiant
energy, sometimes light. Neither of these terms is a good one, but we now have no others. It is
conceded that it is not proper to speak of the wave motion in the ether as heat: it is also admitted
that the ether is not heated by the presence of the wave; or, in other words, the temperature of the
ether is absolute zero. Matter only can be heated. But the ether-waves can heat other matter they
may fall on; so there are three steps in the process, and two transformations: (1) vibrating matter; (2)
waves in the ether; (3) vibration in other matter. Energy has been transferred indirectly. What I want
to impress in this is, when a form of energy in matter is transformed in any manner so as to lose its
characteristics, it is not proper to call it by the same name after the transformation as before; and
this we do in all cases when the transformation is from one kind in matter to another kind in matter.
Thus, when a bullet is shot against a target, before it strikes, it has what we call mechanical energy,
and we measure that in foot-pounds; after it has struck the target, the transformation is into heat,
and this has its mechanical equivalent, but is not called mechanical energy, nor are the motions
which embody it similar. The mechanical ideas in these phenomena are easy to grasp. They apply
to the phenomena of the mechanics of large and small bodies, to sound, to heat, and to light, as
ordinarily considered ; but they have not been applied to electric phenomena...
Although he was a native of Philadelphia, and practiced law there for a few years, Donnelly decided
to explore new territory in the hopes of creating the ultimate utopia. In 1856 he and his wife,
Katherine, left Pennsylvania for Minnesota, and with the help of a handful of partners created a
mini-utopia in Nininger City, seventeen miles south of St. Paul. This cooperative farm failed after the
real estate crash of 1857, but its failure ushered in Donnelly's political career."
The Spiritual, Occult and Historical significance of the "Emerald Tablets" is almost beyond belief of
modern man. Written around 36,000 B.C. by Thoth, an Atlantean priest-king, this manuscript dates
far back beyond reach of any Egyptian writings ever found. The author, Thoth, a Master-Teacher of
the early Egyptians, put this treatise to writing in his native Atlantean language and Dr. Doreal, by
use of his expertise as an Occultist and Master of time and space, was given the directive to retrieve
these Tablets and translate them into English for the edification of modern man. The powerful and
rhythmic verse of Thoth is wonderfully retained in Doreal's translation. Contained within the pages of
Thoth's masterpiece of Spiritual and Occult Wisdom is the synthesis of the Ancient Wisdom
Teachings, the guideline for initiates of all ages, revealing the Knowledge and Wisdom hitherto held
secret, but now in this New Age, revealed to all Seekers on the Path of Light.
In this book - a condensed and up to date report of his research and exploration - Carlo Dorofatti
goes deeper into the core content of his studies, using the results to provide a clear and renewed
interpretation on topics such as Spiritual Physics, Esoteric Kabbalah, Inner Alchemy, Death and
Reincarnation, the Holographic Universe and Time Travel, in light of his spiritual experiences and
what he considers "a necessary awareness", a concept that marks the imminent future of humanity.
Before there where Christians, the peoples of Europe were pagans. Were they bloodthirsty savages
hanging human offerings from trees? Were they happy ecologists, valuing the unpolluted rivers and
mountains? In European Paganism Ken Dowden outlines and analyses the diverse aspects of
pagan ritual and culture from human sacrifice to pilgrimage lunar festivals and tree worship. It
includes:
This book is an extensive reworking of the Jesus story with strong Theosophical and Spiritualist
influences. Of interest is the attempt to fill in the two decade gap in the Jesus's traditional biography.
According to Dowling, Jesus spent a lot of time in the mystical East where he learned esoteric
methods from the masters, while rebelling against the caste system. The narrative, unfortunately,
has numerous historical inconsistencies, including Jesus meeting historical figures who lived
hundreds of years before or after the first century, e.g. Mencius. The book has Jesus studying in
India in the Orissa area; while this is an historically important ceremonial area, it didn't come into
prominence until nearly a millenium later. In addition, this work appears to be derivative of The

Unknown Life of Jesus Christ.


None of this lessens the charm or the esoteric insight of this book. Nor should its subterranean
impact on popular spirituality in the United States be underestimated. The Aquarian Gospel was
rediscovered during the spiritual ferment of the 1960s; a beat-up paperback copy of this book was
de rigeur in every hippie pad, and it no doubt played an unsung role in naming the 'Age of Aquarius'.
The Aquarian Gospel was probably one of the catalysts for the 'Jesus freak' movement. Although
they would never admit it, many a staid evangelical Christian probably had their spiritual awakening
while browsing this book in a head shop.--J.B. Hare
Drungtso met with high lamas and Tibet's leading masters like Tai Situpa, Kirti Tsenshab Rinpoche
and astrology master Tsewang Namgyal, to seek clarifications on some textual difficulties. Her
teacher, the late professor Jampa Gyaltsen Drakton, recognized as the most learned scholar and
director of astrology for over 30 years at TMAI. Dolma Drungtso is committed to the preservation
and advancement of Buddhism in professional life.
How does your magickal garden grow?... With violets, rosemary, and yarrow to attract faeries; an
apple tree for love and health; and a circle of stones in some tucked-away corner? Whether you live
in a cottage in the woods, a home in the suburbs, or a city apartment with a small balcony, a
powerful and enchanted realm awaits you. Discover the secret language and magickal properties of
the trees and flowers, herbs and plants found growing around you, and learn how to create your
own witch's garden.
Written with down-to-earth humor by a master gardener who is also a practicing witch, this creative
and encouraging guide will inspire gardeners of all ages and experience levels. It includes a journal
section that makes it easy to keep track of your progress, practical gardening advice, personal
stories, and garden witchery lore and magick. Inside, you'll get the dirt on:
1918. A course of lessons intended to teach the reader how to concentrate, with the belief that the
person who is able to concentrate can better utilize constructive thoughts and shut out the
destructive ones. Lessons include: Concentration Finds the Way; The Self-Mastery, Self-Direction
Power of Concentration; How to Gain What You Want Through Concentration; Concentration; the
Silent Force that Produces Results in All Business; How Concentrated Thought Links All Humanity
Together; The Training of the Will to Do; The Concentrated Mental Demand; Concentration Gives
Mental Poise; Concentration Can Overcome Bad Habits; Business Results Gained Through
Concentration; Concentrate on Courage; Concentrate on Wealth; You Can Concentrate, But Will
You?; Art of Concentration with Practical Exercise; Concentrate So You Will Not Forget; How
Concentration Can Fulfill Your Desire; Ideals Develop by Concentration; Mental Control Through
Creation; Concentrated Will Development; Concentration Reviewed. See other Dumont titles
available from Kessinger Publishing.
From the pyramids in the north to the temples in the south, ancient artisans left their marks all over
Egypt, unique marks that reveal craftsmanship we would be hard pressed to duplicate today.
Drawing together the results of more than 30 years of research and nine field study journeys to
Egypt, Christopher Dunn presents a stunning stone-by-stone analysis of key Egyptian monuments,
including the statue of Ramses II at Luxor and the fallen crowns that lay at its feet. His modern-day
engineering expertise provides a unique view into the sophisticated technology used to create these
famous monuments in prehistoric times.
Using modern digital photography, computer-aided design software, and metrology instruments,
Dunn exposes the extreme precision of these monuments and the type of advanced manufacturing
expertise necessary to produce them. His computer analysis of the statues of Ramses II reveals that
the left and right sides of the faces are precise mirror images of each other, and his examination of
the mysterious underground tunnels of the Serapeum illuminates the finest examples of precision
engineering on the planet. Providing never-before-seen evidence in the form of more than 280
photographs, Dunn’s research shows that while absent from the archaeological record,
highly refined tools, techniques, and even mega-machines must have been used in ancient Egypt.

Focusing on every aspect of Wicca and the magickal arts, from Abracadabra to Zoomorphism,
Wicca A to Z explains the different traditions, sabbats, and rituals of the Wiccan spiritual path, as
well as Wiccan jargon, folklore, amulets and talismans, and the numerous herbs and gemstones
associated with witchcraft.
Within the pages of this transformational book, Dr. Wayne W. Dyer reveals how to change the
self-defeating thinking patterns that have prevented you from living at the highest levels of success,
happiness, and health. Even though you may know what to think, actually changing those thinking
habits that have been with you since childhood might be somewhat challenging.
If I changed, it would create family dramas . . . I’m too old or too young . . . I’m far too
busy and tired . . . I can’t afford the things I truly want . . . It would be very difficult for me to
do things differently . . . and I’ve always been this way . . . may all seem to be true, but
they’re in fact just excuses. So the business of modifying habituated thinking patterns really
comes down to tossing out the same tired old excuses and examining your beliefs in a new and
truthful light.
In this groundbreaking work, Wayne presents a compendium of conscious and subconscious
crutches employed by virtually everyone, along with ways to cast them aside once and for all.
You’ll learn to apply specific questions to any excuse, and then proceed through the steps of
a new paradigm. The old, habituated ways of thinking will melt away as you experience the
absurdity of hanging on to them.
You’ll ultimately realize that there are no excuses worth defending, ever, even if
they’ve always been part of your life—and the joy of releasing them will resonate
throughout your very being. When you eliminate the need to explain your shortcomings or failures,
you’ll awaken to the life of your dreams.
Bestselling author Wayne W. Dyer has crafted a powerful collection of writings, poems, and sayings
by some of the greatest thinkers of the past twentyfive centuries. In succinct original essays, Dyer
sets out to explain the meaning and context of each piece of wisdom, and, most important, how we
can actively apply these teachings to our modern lives.
On the night of November 19, 1973, following surgery, thirty-one-year-old wife and mother Betty J.
Eadie died. This is her extraordinary story of the events that followed, her astonishing proof of life
after physical death. She saw more, perhaps than any other person has seen before and shares her
almost photographic recollections of the remarkable details.
Compelling, inspiring, and infinitely reassuring, her vivid account gives us a glimpse of the peace
and unconditional love that awaits us all. More important, Betty's journey offers a simple message
that can transform our lives today, showing us our purpose and guiding us to live the way we were
meant to – joyously, abundantly, and with love.
Prologue. The chivalry of the Danish Empire. The coming of Scyld and his glorious career. The birth
of Beaw and the exemplary pirsuits of his youth. The passing of Scyld. What ho !we have heard tell
of the grandeur of the imperial kings of the spear-bearing Danes in former days, how those ethelings
promoted bravery. Often did Scyld of the Sheaf wrest from harrying bands, from ,many tribes, their
convivial seats ;the dread of him fell upon warriors, whereas he had at the first been a lonely
foundling; of all that (humiliation) he lived to experience solace; he waxed great under the welkin, he
flourished with trophies, till that every one of the neighbouring peoples over the sea were
constrained to obey lo him, and pay trewage: that was a good king! To him was born a son to come
after him, a young (prince) in the palace, whom God sent for the peoples
Use the ancient power of candles to carry out rituals, cheer festivities, celebrate rites of passage,
and much more. Begin the candle enchantment by matching the color to the work you want to do;
link candles to astrology; recall past lives; perform healing ceremonies; and overcome fears.

Perfume the air with scented candles--each aroma has a special significance. Inscribe a candle with
your deepest wishes. Captivating photographs and instructions for rituals will guide you on this
timeless path
The practice of witchcraft (or Wicca) is currently the fastest-growing spiritual practice in the Western
world. Everyone has the power to make spells, and this book takes the reader step by step through
a menu that includes everything from self-help for happy families to green magic for saving the
planet. Cassandra Eason knows her subject well and presents it in a way that is both entertaining,
down-to-earth and informative. This is the essential reference guide to the principles and practices
of magick and witchcraft.
The mantram, or mantra, is a short, powerful, spiritual formula from the world’s great
traditions, repeated silently in the mind, anytime, anywhere. Examples of mantrams are Rama,
Rama, used by Gandhi, or My God and My All, repeated by St. Francis of Assisi, or Om Mane
Padme Hum. Easwaran taught the use of the mantram for over forty years as part of his passage
meditation program. He explains how the mantram works, and gives practical guidelines for using it
to focus our thoughts and access deeper resources of strength, patience, and love. The mantram
can help us replenish our energy, release creativity, and heal old conflicts. These resonant phrases
work equally well for parents with young children, colleagues at work, couples in a relationship, in
illness or depression, and even at the time of death. And Easwaran shows how repetition of the
mantram can open the door to a life that is increasingly meaningful and fulfilling.
The acclaimed medium takes his talents to new levels and new countries! For After Life, John and a
documentary crew traveled to Australia and across the United States, where he demonstrated once
again that grief, healing, and hope are eternally intertwined. He answers his fans' most-asked
questions about the mediumship process and how it works, while revealing his own personal life as
a husband and new father. Edward also shares what he’s learned through his own personal
losses and demonstrates that it’s never too late to forgive…and never too far away to
love.
In the style of his TV show and personal appearances – poignant, funny, and remarkably
candid – John Edward deals head-on with the controversial issues he has confronted on his
voyage as a psychic medium. On his way to success and fame, John had to learn his own lessons
about the meaning of his work, the motivations of some of the people he encountered, and the
spirits who accompanied them. Through his very personal stories, John has brought peace and
insight to those grieving for their loved ones. But what makes Edward’s memoir unique is
how readily he exposes his own vanities and ego bruisings.
His television appearances have made millions of people believe in the afterlife – and in his
ability to reach it. Now John Edward's legion of fans can read his remarkable true story and
compelling accounts of his most important readings, how they helped heal the scars of grief and
gave way to more fulfilling lives for the living – lives where loved ones never cease to love
you, and never really die.
Infinite Quest helps readers develop their intuition and renew their own latent powers, so they can
confidently take chances and make choices. By following certain guidelines and intuition-building
exercises, we can learn to get in touch with our Spirit Guides and identify the psychic energy around
us on deeper levels. Edward also discusses how technology can work with our “sixth
sense,” and explains how to use divination tools. Like his new eponymous website, Infinite
Quest is truly a “portal to all things metaphysical.”
This is the fifth book that I have written and it is my fourth book dealing with those strange and
unexplainable occurrences which are categorized as phenomena. To list them in this fashion serves
merely to emphasize the limitations of human knowledge, for in all probability as our understanding
of the forces about us improves, we shall find that the things we now regard as phenomena conform
to natural laws of which we presently have little or no knowledge... Millions of readers and listeners,
will, I think, agree that this is indeed a STRANGE WORLD!

Speaking to the Dead with Radios I will tell you is not this just another fish story to reel in readers for
momentary mind entertainment. Communicating with the dead using a radio with recorder is
achievable and any person can do it. You do not need to be a psychic, a medium or have any
paranormal gifts to make contact with the dead using these devices. That is the luxury of this in that
you do not have to pay someone else hundreds or even thousands of dollars to contact your
deceased family members or friends as you can do it yourself in the privacy of your own home.
“It is late afternoon in my Brazilian garden. The dazzling blue of sea and sky which
characterises a tropical noonday has become subdued and already roseate tints are beginning to
prepare the glory of the sunset hour. A lizard crawls lazily up the whitewashed wall. The song of the
sabie, that wonderful Brazilian thrush, sounds from the royal palm tree. The air is heavy with the
perfume of the orange blossom. There is no long twilight in the tropics. Night will leap down
suddenly upon my Brazilian garden from out of the glory of the sunset sky. ”
To quote Einstein himself, this slim volume was "intended, as far as possible, to give an exact
insight into the theory of Relativity to those readers who, from a general scientific and philosophical
point of view, are interested in the theory, but who are not conversant with the mathematical
apparatus of theoretical physics". Despite his formidable intellect, Einstein writes in a clear and
engaging style, using familiar examples to illustrate his theories and their surprising conclusions.
Anyone with a curiosity about the man, and his often misquoted theories, would do well to settle
down with this book in a comfortable chair, and shut the door - you will need to think and imagine
hard to keep up with Einstein! Delve into the world of the infitinely small, infinitely large, and lightning
fast, and at least scrape the surface of these two great concepts which laid the foundations for
atomic, nuclear and quantum physics in the following decades, and made space flight and modern
astronomy possible.
In The Sacred and the Profane, Mircea Eliade observes that while contemporary people believe
their world is entirely profane, or secular, they still at times find themselves connected unconsciously
to the memory of something sacred. It's this premise that both drives Eliade's exhaustive exploration
of the sacred—as it has manifested in space, time, nature and the cosmos, and life
itself—and buttresses his expansive view of the human experience.
Organizing data from cultures the world over, Mircea Eliade, one of the preeminent interpreters of
world religion in the twentieth century, lays out the basic patterns of initiation: group puberty rites,
entrance into secret cults, shamanic instruction, individual visions, and heroic rites of passage.
As Michael Meade writes in his foreword, Eliade fervently worked at keeping the doors of perception
open to the world of sacred symbols and creative ritual. Through his insistence that we are each the
necessary inheritors of a vast sacred heritage, he has acted as a spiritual elder and distant mentor
to me and many students of myth and ritual. Like an archeologist of symbols, he has unearthed,
preserved, and found new meanings in the rites of our ancestors.
In this landmark book, first published in English in 1958, renowned scholar of religion Mircea Eliade
lays the groundwork for a Western understanding of Yoga. Drawing on years of study and
experience in India, Eliade provides a comprehensive survey of Yoga in theory and practice from its
earliest antecedents in the Vedas through the twentieth century.
A new introduction by David Gordon White provides invaluable insight into Eliade's life and work,
highlighting the key moments in Eliade's academic and spiritual education, as well as the personal
experiences that shaped his worldview. Yoga is not only one of Eliade's most important books, it is
also his most personal--the only one to analyze a religious tradition that he had truly lived.
That morning began no differently from any morning, though it was to be the beginning of all things
new for Eric. This first sentence of Ethel Cook's book The House in the Fairy Wood starts the reader
off on a delightful adventure. Written in 1918 this children's tale tells the story of Eric a young boy
forced to work in a cannery. One day Eric goes exploring in the woods behind the factory and finds

the home of Helma where he finds safety and love. Helma's daughter Ivra is half fairy and
introduces Eric to bird fairies, snow witches and wind creatures. Eric finds magic all around him.
Since the dawn of time Occult Masters, known as "Adepts", have possessed a power to influence
people, change events, and command whatever they desired to happen. Some of these men and
women have been quite ordinary looking people possessing no special physical qualities, and
attracting no undue attention towards themselves. The only remarks drawn from their acquaintances
were that "things seem always to go their way". Whilst most of these Adepts have led lives far
removed fromt the spotlight some have been amongst the most famous personages of all time. To
the well informed reader it will be no news that much of man's history has been shaped behind the
scenes by the secret machinations - good and evil - of very powerful men and women of the
magickal arts.
Dust jacket notes: "One of the most popular experts writing on magic today here presents over a
hundred brand-new tricks. They are subtle, easy to do, and require little or no apparatus. The
inventions of some of our greatest magicians, these are sleights that involve a minimum of practice
but achieve a maximum of effect. Here are card tricks that are almost fool-proof, and others that
require some skill and more practice. Sleights for close-up performing, where the magic takes place
right under the noses of the audience, and tricks with paper-folding, an ancient art adapted to
modern magic, are outlined and shown in diagrams. The author also includes tricks with coins and
paper-money, rings, ropes and silks. Mr Elliott reveals how the 'expert' at the card table operates;
and he exposes the secrets of 'mind-reading'. The final section of the book offers several routines
that incorporate a series of deceptions, particularly useful for the amateur magician who expects
some time to be on stage. Sixty-eight full pages of how-to-do-it line drawings illustrate these tricks."
Hilda Roderick Ellis Davidson was born at Bebington, Cheshire, in 1914. She was educated at Park
High School for Girls, Birkenhead, and Newnham College, Cambridge, where she took Firsts in
English and Archaeology. She received her Ph.D in 1940 after three years of research under
Professor and Mrs. Chadwick into the pagan beliefs of Scandinavia. She was an assistant lecturer in
English at the Royal Holloway College from 1939 to 1944, after which she worked as a part-time
lecturer in English at Birkbeck College. Since 1955, she has been engaged in writing and research.
She is a Fellow of the Society of Antiquaries and a member of the Council of the Folklore Society.
Married with two children, she lives just outside Cambridge."
Reiki is a Japanese hands-on method of bodywork that channels energy through seven chakras
(energy centers) to attune the body to its optimal energy level. In Self-Healing Reiki, Barbara
Emerson helps readers bypass the expensive—and some say elitist—process of
working with a master by teaching themselves through a simple but complete set of exercises.
This is another classic fictional hollow earth adventure. The narrator, Olaf Jansen, is a Norwegian
who sails with his father deep into the northern ice. There they sail over the lip of the hollow earth,
and into the inner world, lit by a dim central sun (the 'smoky god' of the title). The inhabitants are an
advanced race of giants who have electricity, monorails, and extremely long lifespans. The travelers
return to the surface through the Antarctic, and as is usual in this genre, lose everything which could
confirm their tale on the return voyage.--J.B. Hare
He became well known for his presentations about magic, delusions and apparently supernatural
occurrences. He suggested that most of these phenomena appeared miraculous only because of a
lack of understanding of the laws of nature. The History of Magic was published in Leipzig in 1844,
and translated into English in 1854 by William Howitt, a leading Spiritualist writer.
Volume 2 examines Germanic and medieval magic. Ennemoser attempts to show how animal
magnetism has been partially understood throughout history, and relates it to scientific knowledge.
The editor, Mary Howitt, has added a collection of accounts of supernatural events which illustrate
the topics discussed.
Volume two of a two volume set. (This description is for all volumes.) To Which is Added an

Appendix of the Most Remarkable and Best Authenticated Stories of Apparitions, Dreams, Second
Sight, Somnambulism, Predictions, Divination, Witchcraft, Vampires, Fairies, Table-Turning, and
Spirit Rapping. Translated by William Howitt. Extremely scarce, this is a foundational work on magic
and mysticism! Contents: Author's Preface; Of Magic and its Branches in General; Theoretical
Views on Magic Among the Ancients; Magnetism among the Ancient Nations especially the
Orientals, Egyptian, and Israelites; Magic among the Greek and Romans; Magic in Mythology;
Magic of the Germans; Mystic Doctrines and Endeavors after a Philosophical Elucidation of the
Magic of the Middle Ages; Apparitions; Haunted Houses; Dreams; Second Sight; Trance and
Somnambulism; Ecstasy; Predictions; Divination; Witchcraft; Vampires; Amulets and Charms;
Narcotics; Fairies; Spiritual Manifestations.
This book is about life paths, rites of passage, climacteric years, turning points in the life, and how to
find and understand them in your horoscope. Not abstract theory, but a practical manual to
understanding what out-of-the-body experience, the chakras, initiation, and other esoteric topics are
really about.
Forward by Steven Forest: "Walking his talk, Erlewine has placed a stepping stone between two
very different worlds. He stands on that middle stone, with white water roaring all around him. And
his finger is pointing at the moon... I find myself filled with gratitude toward Michael, and also with a
sense of encouragement... This is beautiful stuff."
This book amounts to a complete course in astrology (over 518 pages, 407 illustrations) from master
astrologer Michael Erlewine. Erlewine, who is an award-winning archivist and director of the Heart
Center Astrological Library (the largest astrology library in North America research) has over 40
years experience as an astrological author, teacher, and counselor.
This second volume in the "How to Use Astrology" contains more advanced material and
supplementary materials include full-phase aspects, in-depth cycle analysis, including the Saturn
cycle, Saturn to the angles, large chart patterns. Also, how to set up an astrological business,
perform astrological readings, and much more. Advanced views of the lunation cycle and the
retrograde phenomenon are also covered. 588 pages, 429 illustrations.
This 414-page book contains 360 Astro*Images, which are tarot-cards for astrology covering all of
the traditional 3-way planetary combinations as used by professional astrologers. In addition to the
Astro*Image cards are full written text interpretations by astrologer Michael Erlewine, which cover
the meaning, relational concepts, keywords, and other information related to each combination. The
360 3-way combinations can be used to read any aspect pattern in the astrology chart. They can
also be used to read "Planetary Pictures" and midpoint trees as developed by the German
astrologers Alfred Witte and Reinhold Ebertin. This book is intended as a self-reading horoscope
and guide to interpreting the many aspect patterns in natal horoscopes or charts. Also included is an
introduction to finding and using aspect patterns in the natal chart. Jargon aside, this is a book for
beginners and professionals alike, filled with lovely images and text.
This 722-page book contains 765 Astro*Images, which are tarot-cards for astrology covering all the
major planetary combinations using the sixteen standard aspects. In addition to the 720 tarot-like
graphic cards, are 1485 written text interpretations by award-winning astrologer Michael Erlewine,
including separate natal (birth) and transit (sky today) interpretations.
This book is intended as a self-reading horoscope and guide to interpreting astrology charts. Also
included is an introduction to the theory of astrological aspects. "Mirror Aspects" are also covered,
which means that waxing aspects are interpreted differently than waning aspects. Jargon aside, this
is a book for beginners and professionals alike, filled with lovely images and text.
"Local Space is no "subtle plane," but a personal landscape painted in bold and clear strokes and
tailor-made to fit the psyche of each individual. Here is a world where the modern man or woman is
learning to move across the face of this earth in an endless dance of adjustment and tuning of his
radix -- of his or her self. Individuals driven in particular directions on a checkerboard world, unable

to resist travelling toward a goal that is no particular place on earth so much as it is a direction
imprinted within them, the direction of a force or planet, "There! Where Power hovers", to use Don
Juan's expression. In a word, here is perhaps the must direct astrological system, where the obvious
is enthroned and the subtle unnecessary." Both the astronomy and the astrology are included, along
with step-by-step examples on how to interpret Local Space charts. 207-pages. 140 illustrations.
Astrologer Michael Erlewine pioneered deep-space astrology back in 1976 when he published
"Astrophysical Directions." This updated version of that classic work contains all new illustrations
and thousands of key stellar and deep-space points described and converted into easy-to-use
astrological zodiac format.Read about any celestial object, see how to interpret it, and plug it into
your own natal chart to see how it affects you.
This book takes the reader from the surface of the earth itself and explains the basic astronomy of
modern astrology. Erlewine then ventures beyond the earth to the near stars, the Local System of
stars, and out to our Galaxy, local Supergalaxy, and beyond showing readers first how to
understand and then interpret the vast number of celestial objects beyond Earth. Erlewine explains
and catalogs these deep space points, objects like radio, infrared, and X-ray stars, Pulsars,
Quasars, and Black Holes not to mention the fixed stars.
The old saying that a picture is worth 1,000 words is especially true when it comes to feng-shui.
Once you see a feng-shui concept illustrated, it is easy to grasp. Included here are over 500
diagrams, photos, and illustrations. If you are looking for complete guide to basic feng-shui, with
pictures each step of the way, this is it.
This book is intended as a self-reading horoscope and guide to interpreting natal horoscopes or
charts as related to the twelve astrological houses. The book includes complete interpretations of
the planets in each of the twelve houses, the meaning of the 12 zodiac signs on each of the twelve
houses (cusps), and an interpretation of each planetary body in the twelve zodiac signs. Also
included is an introduction to the theory of the astrological houses. Jargon aside, this is a book for
beginners and professionals alike, filled with lovely images and text.
Are you ready for the Cob Cottage? This is a building method so old and so simple that it has been
all but forgotten in the rush to synthetics. A cob cottage,cobb, however, might be the ultimate
expression of ecological design, a structure so attuned to its surroundings that its creators refer to it
as "an ecstatic house."
The authors build a house the way others create a natural garden. They use the oldest, most
available materials imaginable--earth, clay, sand, straw, and water--and blend them to redefine the
future (and past) of building. Cob (the word comes from an Old English root, meaning "lump") is a
mixture of non-toxic, recyclable, and often free materials. Building with cob requires no forms, no
cement, and no machinery of any kind. Builders actually sculpt their structures by hand.
Cob has been a traditional building process for millennia in Europe, even in rainy and windy climates
like the British Isles, where many cob buildings still serve as family homes after hundreds of years.
The technique is newly arrived to the Americas, and, as with so many social trends, the early
adopters are in the Pacific Northwest.
Cob houses (or cottages, since they are always efficiently small by American construction
standards) are not only compatible with their surroundings, they ARE their surroundings, literally
rising up from the earth. They are full of light, energy-efficient, and cozy, with curved walls and
built-in, whimsical touches. They are delightful. They are ecstatic.
Collection of firsthand reports of elfin creatures in Wales, Ireland, Scotland, and Brittany, classified
by country and introduced by leading authorities on anthropology and folklore. Also, recorded
traditions of Celtic literature and mythology, variety of theories and their religious aspects, and a
remarkably rational case for the reality of fairy life.

“The Fairy-Faith in Celtic Countries” is the broadest, most scholarly, yet open-minded
exploration of the whole concept of this place and these beings we usually cannot even see.
Evans-Wentz was catching the last of the lore as it was seen and believed in by the old people who
would've come of age in the 19th century, since he was recording their stories about 1910, in out of
the way places where the inroads of the Industrial Age had not made a permanent home in the mind
sets of the country people. There is so much in this one book, it would tax me to list it all; so dive in
for yourself and see, and hear the words of the people as Evan-Wentz recorded them. He does it in
an admirable way, though he, as an American, was an outsider coming into this lore, the respect he
feels for the knowledge and insights, the values and views of the informants is evident in every line.
Books, audiotapes, and classes about yoga are today as familiar as they are widespread, but we in
the West have only recently become engaged in the meditative doctrines of the East--only in the last
70 or 80 years, in fact. In the early part of the 20th century, it was the pioneering efforts of keen
scholars like W. Y. Evans-Wentz, the late editor of this volume, that triggered our ongoing occidental
fascination with such phenomena as yoga, Zen, and meditation. Tibetan Yoga and Secret
Doctrines--a companion to the popular Tibetan Book of the Dead, which is also published by Oxford
in an authoritative Evans-Wentz edition--is a collection of seven authentic Tibetan yoga texts that
first appeared in English in 1935.
In these pages, amid useful photographs and reproductions of yoga paintings and manuscripts,
readers will encounter some of the principal meditations used by Hindu and Tibetan gurus and
philosophers throughout the ages in the attainment of Right Knowledge and Enlightenment. Special
commentaries precede each translated text, and a comprehensive introduction contrasts the tenets
of Buddhism with European notions of religion, philosophy, and science.
These seven distinct but intimately related texts will grant any reader a full and complete view of the
spiritual teachings that still inform the life and culture of the East. As with Evans-Wentz's other three
Oxford titles on Tibetan religion, which are also appearing in new editions, this third edition of
Tibetan Yoga and Secret Doctrines features a new foreword by Donald S. Lopez, author of the
recent Prisoners of Shangri-La: Tibetan Buddhism and the West.
This important survey of alchemical symbols and doctrines sets forth the mysterious worldview and
teachings of the practitioners of the "royal art." One of the leading exponents of the Hermetic
tradition, Julius Evola demonstrates the singularity of subject matter that lies behind the words of all
adepts in all ages, showing how alchemy--often misunderstood as primitive chemistry or a mere
template for the Jungian process of "individuation"--is nothing less than a universal secret science of
human and natural transformation.
In this important study of the meaning of the Grail, one of Europe's greatest esoteric philosophers
discloses the pre-Christian and initiatic sources of this symbolic motif that is so central to Western
mythology and culture. He demonstrates how the main features of the legend are from an older
tradition analogous to the great heroic sagas and cycles of the North, and that the Grail itself is a
symbol of initiation. Evola uncovers the hidden meaning in the often surreal adventures of the
knights who searched for the Grail, interpreting them as inner experiences and tests for the seeker.
He also explores the history of the myth in the Middle Ages, its use by the Knights Templar and the
Cathars, its legacy during the decline of the Holy Roman Empire, and its links with Rosicrucianism,
alchemy, and Masonry.
Anyone with a rudimentary knowledge of either Reiki or shamanism will learn how to heal people,
places, and things, whether at hand or from a distance, in this useful guide. Presented by an expert
in both traditions, the techniques of Reiki and the principles of shamanism are explained in simple,
concise terms, then brought together using real-life examples to show how Reiki can be practiced
within the shamanic journey. Supported by mastery exercises, references to other books, and
internet resources, both novices and experienced practitioners will expand their knowledge and
ability to help subjects clear old energies and accelerate their "soul purpose."
Working from the premise that every natural and human-made space has an energy of its own that

can physically and emotionally affect anyone in that space, this introduction to ancient practices of
environmental shamanism—or transformation of the energy of spaces—explains in
practical terms how to liberate old, unproductive energy that may be stored in any space, making
room for new vibrations to circulate and increase inhabitants' well-being. Combining timeless
traditions with the author's vast experience in energy transformation, this manual offers step-by-step
guidance for recognizing and manipulating the unseen forces that affect everyday life. Real-life
examples, guided exercises, annotated endnotes, and an extensive glossary to supplement case
studies making the book both informative and accessible for practical use.
Juliana Horatia Ewing was a storyteller par excellence. Writing only for children and concentrating
on the experiences of youngsters in either the nursery or the schoolroom, Ewing showed a natural
sympathy and grace reminiscent of Hans Christian Andersen, an exquisite and careful attention to
the details of family life, and a deep identification with her characters.
...the title of this story-book may possibly suggest that the tales are old fairy tales told afresh, it
seems well to explain that this is not so. Except for the use of common properties of Fairy Drama,
and a scrupulous endeavour to conform to tradition in local colour and detail, the stories are all new.
They have appeared at intervals during some years past in AUNT JUDYS MAGAZINE FOR YOUNG
PEOPLE, and were written in conformity to certain theories respecting stories of this kind, with only
two of which shall the kindly reader of prefaces be troubled.
Telling the stories of ordinary people who have discovered that life is enchanted, this exploration of
witchcraft presents the leaders of the movement and experienced practitioners and delves into what
it really means to be a witch. Describing powerful rituals and moving magical encounters, these
witches discuss working with natural forces, including sexuality and the seasons, and how they craft
spells and personal rituals, and use incense and herbs. With insights from many different traditions
including Wicca and Paganism, this guide celebrates the pleasures and mysteries of contemporary
witchcraft.
Hermes- the fascinating mercurial messenger of the gods eloquent revealer of hidden wisdom and
guardian of occult knowledge-has played a central role in the development of esotericism in the
West. The enigmatic Hermes Trismegistus legendary author of ancient Gnostic writings was the
father of the Hermetic tradition. Drawing upon rare books and manuscripts, this highly illustrated
work explores the question of where Hermes Trismegistus came from how he came to be a patron
of the esoteric traditions and how the figure of Hermes has remained lively and inspiring to our own
day.
GENIUS is not the result of environmental accidents or genetic mutilations. Nor, is it bestowed to a
chosen few. Genius is a "frequency" of mind and body that permeates all space and matter. Thus,
like any frequency, it can be "tuned" into, resonate with, and utilized by proper methods. This book
explains those methods and gives practical exercises for the cultivation of genius. This book is
designed to simultaneously teach on many levels of awareness. Just reading the material can effect
and increase the frequency of the body/mind.
The enigmatic and richly illustrative tarot deck reveals a host of strange and iconic mages, such as
The Tower, The Wheel of Fortune, The Hanged Man and The Fool: over which loom the terrifying
figures of Death and The Devil. The 21 numbered playing cards of tarot have always exerted strong
fascination, way beyond their original purpose, and the multiple resonances of the deck are
ubiquitous. From T. S. Eliot and his "wicked pack of cards" in "The Waste Land" to the psychic
divination of Solitaire in Ian Fleming's "Live and Let Die"; and from the satanic novels of Dennis
Wheatley to the deck's adoption by New Age practitioners, the cards have in modern times become
inseparably connected to the occult. They are now viewed as arguably the foremost medium of
prophesying and foretelling. Yet, as the author shows, originally the tarot were used as recreational
playing cards by the Italian nobility in the Renaissance. It was only much later, in the 18th and 19th
centuries, that the deck became associated with esotericism before evolving finally into a diagnostic
tool for mind, body and spirit. This is the first book to explore the remarkably varied ways in which
tarot has influenced culture. Tracing the changing patterns of the deck's use, from game to

mysterious oracular device, Helen Farley examines tarot's emergence in 15th century Milan and
discusses its later associations with astrology, kabbalah and the Age of Aquarius.
A classic true story of the afterlife, and of a love that flourishes beyond the grave. Written through
the psychic medium A. Farnese, A Wanderer in the Spirit Lands is the true autobiography of
Franchezzo, an Italian socialite who squanders his life on "wine, women and song." After an
untimely death, he finds his spirit wandering in one of the dark lower worlds, alone and hopeless
except for continued messages of love his young wife sends him through her prayers. Moved by the
constancy of her devotion, he sets out to redeem himself by trying to help other lost souls, a mission
which takes him into the lowest hells of the astral realm. Through his journey, there unfolds a
remarkably lucid account of the different levels of the spirit realm, and the great brotherhoods of light
who work there. Esoteric students have long regarded Wanderer in the Spirit Lands as one of the
clearest, most accurate descriptions of the spirit realms and the life that awaits us on the other side.
Presents the detailed and dramatic rituals for each of the eight Sabbats - the seasonal ceremonies
and festivals intimately linked with the waxing and waning rhythms of the natural year. Using their
Book of Shadows (the witch's inherited handbook) as their starting point, practicing witches Janet
and Stewart have added mythological and folkloric material, much of it personally gathered. To
complete the picture, they also give in full detail the rituals for Casting and Banishing the Magic
Circle, and the often misunderstood Great Rite of male-female polarity. They include moving rituals
for Wiccaning (the witches' equivalent of Christening), Handfasting (the witch wedding), and
Requiem (funeral).
The Complete Witches' Handbook.Everything you need to know is here! The Sabbats; Casting &
Banishing the Magic Circle; The Complete Book of Shadows; The Great Rite; Initiation Rites;
Consecration Rites; Spells; Witches' Tools; Witchcraft & Sex; Running a Coven; Clairvoyance;Astral
Projection. This collection includes two books in one volume, Eight Sabbats for Witches and The
Witches' Way, and is the most comprehensive and revealing work on the principles, rituals and
beliefs of modern witchcraft.
A fascinating expose proving that Nazi Germany won the race for the atom bomb in late 1944. Were
the Nazis secretly researching the occult, alternative physics and new energy sources’ This
scientific-historical journey tracks down the proof and answers these fascinating questions: * What
were the Nazis developing in Czechoslovakia’ * Why did the US Army test the atom bomb on
Hiroshima’ * Why did the Luftwaffe fly a non-stop round-trip mission within twenty miles of
New York City in 1944’
Discover the secret keys and practical techniques to turn mundane objects into "living entities of
power," bringing real change in your life. By pooling magical practices from shamanism, paganism,
the Esoteric Order of the Golden Dawn, and Dion Fortune, Making Talismans offers training and
techniques for performing advanced magical talismanic operations.
What follows are instructions on Geomancy within the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn structure.
This book was written because, face it, Geomancy is considered a chore by most students. On one
hand it seems complicated and on the other it is so deterministic that it makes it unattractive to
anyone who likes to think about their divination.
The Golden Dawn system of Geomancy was based on Agrippa's fourth book, although it included a
lot of very simple additional material which was not familiar to the medieval users of Geomancy.
Some of this was good, such as the astrological system of placing the sigils in the houses, other
sides of it were bad, such as the meanings of the planets in the houses.
While holding to most of the GD tradition, this book simplifies the system and attempts to modernise
it using more recent interpretations of the planetary aspects. It also plays down a lot of the doom
that is associated with some of the sigils. Unlike the medieval system which gave birth to
Geomancy, we no longer see Saturn and Scorpio as the great malefics and regard them as
teachers or even positive forces.

This little book is mostly my notes. It was designed to bring together a lot of different teachings
under one banner to make it easier for Paola to study. It is not complete, particularly when it comes
to the method of interpretation which requires skill and reading on astrological interpretation.
However it does give an idea which should improve most people's Geomancy readings.
Whether it is called enlightenment, pure awareness, or the "unconditioned mind," there exists an
awakened state of pure liberation that is at the heart of every contemplative tradition. Yet, according
to Peter Fenner, this experience of boundless consciousness does not have to exist separately from
our day-to-day, "conditioned" existence. Rather, we can learn to exist as unique individuals at the
same time as we rest in a unified expanse of oneness with all existence--in a state he calls "Radiant
Mind."
In Radiant Mind, Peter Fenner shares the insights, techniques, and exercises he has developed in
teaching the thousands of students who have attended his sold-out workshops, including: - How to
observe and dissolve fixations, to live in the here and now without being controlled by our desires Listening and speaking in a way that moves us toward pure openness--and lets us share this
experience with others - Tools for identifying our conscious and unconscious sources of
suffering--and learning to transcend those patterns.
"As extraordinary as unconditioned mind may sound," teaches Peter Fenner, "it isn't distant from our
everyday life; it's always readily available to us." Now, this respected authority on both Eastern
spirituality and Western psychology introduces readers to a set of practices available to anyone
open to the complete possibilities of their spiritual evolution--and to the experience of the
unconstrained bliss of Radiant Mind. A master of nondual spirituality teaches practices for
integrating the liberated state of unconditioned awareness into your everyday life.
Tantra—often associated with Kundalini Yoga—is a fundamental dimension of
Hinduism, emphasizing the cultivation of "divine power" (shakti) as a path to infinite bliss. Tantra has
been widely misunderstood in the West, however, where its practices are often confused with
eroticism and licentious morality. Tantra: The Path of Ecstasy dispels many common
misconceptions, providing an accessible introduction to the history, philosophy, and practice of this
extraordinary spiritual tradition.
The Tantric teachings are geared toward the attainment of enlightenment as well as spiritual power
and are present not only in Hinduism but also Jainism and Vajrayana Buddhism. In this book, Georg
Feuerstein offers readers a clear understanding of authentic Tantra, as well as appropriate guidance
for spiritual practice and the attainment of higher consciousness.
Religious Therapeutics explores the relationship between psychophysical health and spiritual health
and presents a model for interpreting connections between religion and medicine in world traditions.
This model emerges from the work's investigation of health and religiousness in classical Yoga,
Ayurveda, and Tantra-three Hindu traditions noteworthy for the central role they accord the body.
Author Gregory P. Fields compares Anglo-European and Indian philosophies of body and health
and uses fifteen determinants of health excavated from texts of ancient Hindu medicine to show that
health concerns the person, not the body or body/mind alone. This book elucidates multifaceted
views of health, and-in the context of spirituality and healing-explores themes such as mental health,
meditation, and music.
The Twelve Powers of Man is a metaphysical look at twelve expressions of the divine power
inherent in each of us. Expressions such as love, faith, strength, zeal, and imagination are
discussed. JESUS prophesied the advent of a race of men who would sit with Him on twelve
thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
This book explains the meaning of this mystical reference, what and where the twelve thrones are,
and what attainments are necessary by man before he can follow Jesus in this phase of his

regeneration. Regeneration follows generation in the development of man. Generation sustains and
perpetuates the human; regeneration unfolds and glorifies the divine.
It is not expected that beginners in the study of metaphysical Christianity will understand this book. It
deals with forces that function below and above the field of the conscious mind. The average
religious thinker knows nothing about the subconscious mind and very little about the
superconscious; this book presupposes a working knowledge of both. This book aims to clear up the
mystery that ever envelops the advent, life, and death of Jesus. To the superficial reader of the
Gospels His life was a tragedy and, so far as concerns the kingly reign that was prophesied, it was a
failure. Yet those who understand the subtlety of the soul and supremacy of Spirit see that Jesus
was conqueror of a psychic force that was destroying the human race.
A collection of 15 Czechoslovakian fairy tales as told by Parker Fillmore. All these stories appear in
many versions in the different folklore collections made by such native writers as Erben, Nemcova,
Dobsinsky, Rimavsky, Benes-Trebizsky, Kulda. They represent the folk-tale in all stages of its
development from the bald narrative of The Bird with the Golden Gizzard which Kulda reports with
phonographic exactness, to Nemcova's more elaborate tale, Prince Bayaya, which is really a mosaic
of two or three simpler stories. Included is Katcha and the Devil for the sake of its keen humor,
which is particularly Czech in character; The Betrothal Gifts to show how a story common to other
countries is made most charmingly local by giving it a local background; The Three Golden Hairs to
contrast it with a famous German variant which is believed to be much inferior to the Slavic version;
and several fine stories of the prince gone off on adventures which in common with the folk-tales of
all Europe show a strong Oriental influence.
This is a fascinating gem of a book. "The book that supplies the key to the mystery of death, that
makes the Spirit World understandable, and is revolutionising the Scientific and Religious thought of
Great Britain. It marks the entrance to a new age of thought, and the acceptance of the facts
contained in it will unite Religion and Science, will stop war, and bring humanity together in a
common brotherhood."
Phronesis: Practical Wisdom “Wisdom” is a word often thrown around without much
attention to any precise definition. I want to be very clear about what I mean by the term. For the
purposes of this book I define wisdom as “knowledge capable of enabling acts of
compassionate contribution”. This definition allows wisdom to be recognized by its
application in the world. For example, we can say that Mother Teresa demonstrated wisdom when
she ministered to the poor in Calcutta. Clearly, she made compassionate contributions to the well
being of the people she served. It is this idea of practical wisdom that should be kept in mind
whenever you encounter the word “wisdom” in the following pages.
The Finley’s, known as “Darby and Joan,” in 1916 began communication with
a young American soldier who had died in France on Christmas morning, 1915. Through the
mediumship of Joan, the couple had fascinating and ongoing communication with this soldier who
they called, Stephen, as he taught them about the other side and life after death. The book
published in 1920 became a classic in spirit communication literature.
Linda Pendleton has written books on spirit guides and spirit communicaion. Linda and her
husband, Don Pendleton wrote the popular books, To Dance With Angels, a study in life after death
and spirit communication, and Whispers From the Soul: The Divine Dance of Consciousness, which
is a look at the profound wisdom of the ages. Her follow-up books, Three Principles of Angelic
Wisdom, and Angelic Whispers of Love, also are about spirit communication, spirit guides, and
mediumship.
In her Introduction, Linda shows the relationship between the Finley’s and Stewart Edward
and Betty (Elizabeth) White, and the Betty Books, classics of spirit communication, published in
1937-1940. The Betty Books are considered masterpieces in the field of psychic exploration. The
two couples first meet in 1922, and 17 years later, after the death of Betty, their spiritual work
continued with fascinating results. The two couples, along with Stephen, left us with an abundance

of excellent spiritual information, brilliant exploration of the inner dimensions of life, and gives
valuable insight into life after death.
To REV. JOHN LANGDON DUDLEY. Dear and Honoured Friend: Quarter of a century has passed
since I used to listen with delight to your preaching and come to you for sympathy and counsel in my
studies. In these later days, while we meet too seldom, my memory of that wise and cordial
sympathy grows ever brighter and sweeter; and to-day, in writing upon my title-page the words of
the great German seer, my thoughts naturally revert to you. For I know of no one who understands
more thoroughly or feels more keenly how it is that if we would fain learn something of the I nfinite,
we must not sit idly repeating the formulas of other men and other days, but must gird up our loins
anew, and diligendy explore on every side that finite realm through which still shines the glory of an
ever-present God for those that have eyes to see and ears to hear. Pray accept this little book from
one who is Ever gratefiilly yours, JOHN FISKE. Cambridge, October 23, 1883.
Which He Caused to be Painted Upon an Arch in St. Innocents Church Yard in Paris. Only 100
copies of this elusive book were ever printed until now! Introduction by W.W. Westcott. Flammel was
certainly one of the most captivating figures in alchemy. Because he mastered the art of alchemy,
his vast wealth and charities surpassed anything known in his time. Contained in this vary rare book
is the symbolism and allusions to the inner meanings contained within the powerful symbols that
yielded their ancient secrets to him. Many alchemists insist that this is one of the most important
alchemical works ever written. Long out-of-print, it's reprinting will satisfy the yearning for those
seeking the Philosopher's Stone. (Due to the age and scarcity of this rare book, some of the pages
are light although the text is readable.
A translation of the Nan Jing, by Bob Flaws. At last, a clinically useful translation of this seminal
acupuncture classic! The Nan Jing is considered one of the four foundation texts of Chinese
medicine but, until now, translations of it were either too poor or too scholarly for practitioners to use.
Using nigel Wiseman's translational terminology, Western readers can read the text that codified
Chinese pulse examination and five-phase acupuncture using the 60 transport points on the arms
and legs.
Upon the discontinuance of the journal, I resolved to classify and arrange the plant lore thus
accumulated, with a view to its subsequent publication, and I have since been enabled to enrich the
coU edtion with much Continental and Indian lore (which I believe is quite unknown to the great
majority of English readers) from the vast store to be found inS igner De Gubernatis volumes on
plant tradition, a French edition of which appeared two years ago, under the title of La Mythologie
des Plantes. To render the present work comprehensive and at the same time easy of reference, I
have divided the volume into two sedtions, the first of which is, in point of fadl, a digest of the
second; and I have endeavoured to enhance its interest by introducing some few reprodudtions of
curious illustrations pertaining to the subje 5ts treated of. Whilst preferring no claim for an3rthing
beyond the exercise of considerable industry, I would state that great care and attention has been
paid to the revision of the work, and that as I am both author and printer of my book, I am debarred
in that dual capacity from even palliating my mistakes by describing them as errors of the press. In
tendering my acknowledgments toP rof. De Gubernatis and other authors I have consulted on the
various branches of my subjedt, I would draw attention to the annexed list of the principal works to
which reference is made in these pages. RICHARD FOLKARD, Jun. Cricklkwood, A tigiisl, 1884.
History: Fiction or Science? is the most explosive tractate on history ever written - however, every
theory it contains, no matter how unorthodox, is backed by solid scientific data. The book is
well-illustrated, contains over 446 graphs and illustrations, copies of ancient manuscripts, and
countless facts attesting to the falsity of the chronology used nowadays, which never cease to
amaze the reader.
The dominating historical discourse in its current state was essentially crafted in the XVI century
from a rather contradictory jumble of sources such as innumerable copies of ancient Latin and
Greek manuscripts whose originals had vanished in the Dark Ages and the allegedly irrefutable
proof offered by late mediaeval astronomers, resting upon the power of ecclesial authorities. Nearly

all of its components are blatantly untrue!


For some of us, it shall possibly be quite disturbing to see the magnificent edifice of classical history
turn into an ominous simulacrum brooding over the snake pit of mediaeval politics. Twice so, in fact:
the first seeing the legendary millenarian dust on the ancient marble turn into a mere layer of dirt one that meticulous unprejudiced research can eventually remove. The second, and greater, attack
of unease comes with the awareness of just how many areas of human knowledge still trust the
three elephants of the consensual chronology to support them.
You will be amazed to discover: - That the chronology universally accepted today and taken for
granted is simply wrong; - That ALL methods of dating of ancient sources and artefacts known today
are erroneous or non-exact; - That there is not a single document that could be reliably dated earlier
than the XIth century; The Author refers to the Middle Ages as the “Antiquity” and
proves mutual superimposition of the Second and the Third Roman Empire, both of which become
identified as the respective kingdoms of Israel and Judah.
Furthermore, he asserts that the famous reform of the Occidental Church in the XI century by
“Pope Gregory Hildebrand” was the reflection of the XII century reforms of Byzantine
emperor Andronicus who in his turn identifies with Jesus Christ. The Trojan war counted by Homer
happened only as late as of the XIII century A.D. and the great poet actually lived in XIV century
A.D.
Dr Prof Anatoly Fomenko and team dissect Almagest of ancient Ptolemy compiled allegedly in 150
a.d. and considered to be the corner stone of classical history. Their report states: Almagest was
compiled in XVI-XVII cy from astronomical data of IX-XVI cy. As the King of astronomers Ptolemy is
proven to be a medieval phantom, therefore standing aquitted of the crime he was accused by the
late American astrophycist Robert Newton.
The publishers will pay a 10,000 dollars USA in cash to the first person who will not only declare but
prove consistently, with adequate methods and in sufficient detail on the same or better academic
level that the New Chronology theory of Full member of the Russian Academy of Science Dr Prof
Anatoly T. Fomenko, Head of the Chair of the Differential Geometry of MSU and his team is wrong
in their dating of Almagest.
Why, oh why the mainstream historians do not gratify prominent mathematician Doctor Fomenko
with laurels, but call the riot police? For example, the English historians rage at the suggestion that
the history of Ancient England was de facto a Byzantine import transplanted to the English soil by
the fugitive Byzantine nobility.
As a sign of recognition of the special role of the English historians who consider themselves the
true scribes of World History, the cover of the present book portrays Tintoretto's Jesus Christ
crucified on the Big Ben. The Russian historians brand it all as pseudoscience: because Dr
Fomenko asserts that there was no such thing as the Tartar and Mongol invasion followed by over
two centuries of slavery, providing a formidable body of documental evidence to prove his assertion.
The so-called 'Tartars and Mongols' were the actual ancestors of the modern Russians, living in a
trilingual state with Arabic and Turkic spoken as freely as Russian.
The ancient Russian state was governed by a double structure of civil and military authorities and
the hordes were actually professional armies with a tradition of lifelong conscription (the recruitment
being the so-called 'blood tax'). Their 'invasions' were punitive operations against the regions that
attempted tax evasion.
Dr Fomenko proves that official Russian history is a blatant forgery concocted by a host of German
scholars brought to Russia by the usurper dynasty of the Romanovs. Their ascension to the throne
was the result of conspiracy, so they charged these German imports historians with the noble
mission of making Romanovs reign look legitimate. Dr Fomenko proves Ivan the Terrible to be a
collation of four rulers, no less. These rulers represented the two rival dynasties - the legitimate

Godounovs and the ambitious Romanov upstarts.


The European historians fume because Fomenko blows consensual Russian history to smithereens,
successfully removing a crucial cornerstone from underneath the otherwise impeccable edifice of
World History. Per Dr Fomenko all medieval European Kings and Princes were but breakaway
vice-regents and vassals of the Global Empire who badly needed glorious and very ancient past in
order to legitimize their independence from the Empire.
Dr Fomenko adds insult to injury, wiping out one by one: the Ancient Rome: the foundation of Rome
in Italy is dated to the 14th century A. D., the Ancient Greece and its numerous poleis, which he
identifies as the mediaeval crusader settlements on the territory of Greece, the Ancient Egypt: the
pyramids of Giza become dated to the 11th to 14th century A. D. and identified as the royal
cemetery of the Global Empire, no less.
The civilization of the Ancient Egypt is irrefutably dated to the 11th to 15th century A. D. following
the breakthrough in decoding of the ancient Egyptian horoscopes cut in stone. Arabic historians may
find some consolation in the crucial historical role of the Ottoman Empire in the 16th - 17th century.
The trouble is that this empire was initially a proto-Christian state, with Hagia Sophia identifiable as
Temple of Solomon, but built in 1550-1557 A.D. by Sultan Suleiman according to Fomenko!
The Divinity excommunicates Dr Fomenko because the history of religions according to Fomenko
looks as follows: the pre-Christian period (before the 11th century and Jesus Christ ), Bacchic
Christianity (11th to 12th century, before and after Jesus Christ), Jesus Christ Christianity (12th to
14th century) and its subsequent mutations (15th to 17th cy) into Orthodox Christianity, the
Catholicism, Protestantism, Islam, Buddhism, and so on..and The Old Testament written after the
New Testament in xiv-xvi cy A.D.! Saint Augustine was quite prescient when he said: 'be wary of
mathematicians, particularly when they speak the truth.'
Meditation can help children cope with the intensity of their feelings and the pressures in their
lives—among family, with friends, at school. It gives even the youngest kids enhanced
self-understanding, and is especially valuable for adolescents navigating the emotional peaks and
valleys that emerge during that tricky period.
That’s why parents, teachers, and anyone involved with young people will welcome this
invaluable guide, which teaches them the techniques needed to work with children ages five to
eighteen. The astonishing benefits range from relieving shyness, anxiety, and tension to reducing
hyperactivity, aggression, and impatience. Meditation has also proved useful in treating asthma,
insomnia, and depression, in improving concentration and creativity, and in establishing balance
throughout a child’s life.
What role has the dragon played in mythology? What is the symbolism of sacred geometry? The
New Secret Language of Symbols will satisfy today’s appetite for unpacking the layers of
meaning that exist below the surface of many works of art or architecture. A look at the cultural and
psychological explanations of symbols—including the Jungian idea of the collective
unconscious—sets the stage for the huge heart of the book: hundreds of symbols, presented
theme by theme, with in-depth interpretations. Collective subjects such as Fruits, Weapons, and
Insects are supplemented by mini-directory listings.
A final section provides an overview of the most symbol-rich cultures, religions, esoteric groups, or
systems, ranging from ancient Egypt and Hinduism to the Freemasons and the Tarot. Each topic
centers around a multilayered artifact or image, which is fully analyzed and decoded until its deepest
meanings are revealed.
ADAMU is a grimoire of Luciferian Tantra. This path is of the exploration of the dark recesses of the
Mind and Spirit, transforming the self into a vessel of Divinity, the Daemonic itself. Found in ADAMU
are foundation rituals and theory of Luciferian Sex Magick, the Forbidden Art of transforming
consciousness and body into a Temple of the Adversarial Spirit, being Samael and Lilith, to initiate

the self and become a part of the divine by awakening the symbol of Cain, the First Satanist.
ADAMU outlines practice which defines the how the Luciferian Sex Magick path is a sucessful
method of initiation which only strengthens and awakens consciousness. Vampiric (spiritual) Sex
Magick and ancient Buddhism/Bon Po, including workings and descriptions of Kali and her various
mythological guises. Adamu features numerous discipline-building excercises which will set the
focus for serious initiatory practice.
The beneficial effect of practising yoga is well-cited and further evident in its phenomenal growth in
recent years. The ancient philosophy behind yoga practice, however, is less well known in the west.
In this spiritual book, the authors introduce the wisdom of yoga that leads to a way of life that is at
least 5,000 years old in India. The word 'yoga' means union, and the teachings of yoga convey a
union on all levels of being as the person is at one with itself, with the divine, and with nature.
Presenting the key philosophical texts from the "Yoga Sutras", the "Bhagavad Gita", the "Vedas"
and the "Upanishads" in an accessible, poetic manner, this book explores the recurrent themes
common to all schools of yoga - explaining how they can be incorporated into our lives to deepen
the yoga experience.
The Book of the Damned has inspired scientists, science fiction writers, moviemakers, and devotees
for almost a hundred years. The damned data Charles Fort gathered covered so many marvels,
mysteries, and monsters--including unidentified aerial objects, frog falls, ship disappearances, red
rains, earthquake lights, lake monsters, animal mutilations, psychic explosions, and much, much
more.
Lo! was the third published nonfiction work of the author Charles Fort. In it he details a wide range of
unusual phenomena. In the final chapter of the book he proposes a new cosmology that the earth is
stationary in space and surrounded by a solid shell which is (in the book's final words) ".. not
unthinkably far away." Charles Fort's parade of scientific anomalies frames the larger anomaly that
is human existence. "Lo!" is a book with the capacity to rewire brains and sculpt new lenses for
seeing the unexpected, the unexplained--and perhaps for glimpsing our own role in Fort's mystifying
cosmic scheme. Charles Hoy Fort was an American writer and researcher into anomalous
phenomena. Today, the terms Fortean and Forteana are used to characterize various such
phenomena.
In recounting a wide variety of odd phenomena, Fort largely disregards his previous teleportation
theory, or at least incorporates him into his new thesis. Rather than a vague "Cosmic joker", as he
postulated in his earlier books, the responsibility for these occurrences are freak powers that occur
in the human mind, that cannot be naturally developed, but are there, Fort feels, as a sort of
throwback to primeval times.
His thesis is that in primeval times, man needed such extraordinary powers in order to survive in the
wilderness, and that all people can potentially develop these powers if they literally put their mind to
it. He also explores alleged cases of witchcraft and murder by mental suggestion, compiling an
impressive list of "occult criminology" (people apparently being murdered under peculiar or
unexplainable circumstances) in support.
When Dion Fortune wrote Aspects of Occultism, "occultism" was an umbrella word used to describe
hidden lore, secret traditions, and arcane knowledge. Today, when the word "occult" is often
confused for "cult," and all its negative aspects, Fortune's essays would be better referred to as
"esoteric studies." In this book she discusses evocative magic, the sites of Druid worship, parallels
between Christianity and the Qabalah, the astral plane, auras, spiritual healing, power cycles, and
our relationship with the Higher Self.
Esoteric Orders and their Work examines how and why esoteric schools have restricted admission
to their secret societies and orders, and shrouded their practices in mystery. The knowledge
guarded by these schools-passed down through the ages, and revised from time to time by great
teachers-is a secret traditional science that studies the causes that lie behind observable
phenomena.

Traces the ancient Qabalistic, Greek, and Egyptian roots of the Western esoteric systems, and how
the initiation tradition has been handed down from adept to neophyte. Dion Fortune reveals both the
broad outlines and underlying principles of these systems. Includes a new introduction by Gareth
Knight.
This clear, concise guide explains the stages in the natural process of dying that every soul passes
through from this world to the next. Fortune sets out the requisite states of mind as well as the
necessary actions by which those closest to the deceased can speed and smooth their passing, that
should accompany the natural progression of death, laying out, burial, and mourning.
In short, in this unique collaboration of two magical practitioners and teachers we are presented with
a valuable and up-to-date text on the practice of ritual magic "as it is". That is to say, as a practical,
spiritual, and psychic discipline, far from the lurid superstition and speculation that are the hallmark
of its treatment in sensational journalism.
First published in 1926, the adventures of Dr. Taverner and Dr. Rhodes take readers across the
marshy moonlit fields of nightfall, hunting spirits and keeping watch over souls. Suffering from
vampirism? Being stalked by a death hound? Haunted by past life debts? Family under a suicidal
curse? From across the countryside patients and their desperate families come to seek treatment for
unconventional diseases from an unconventional doctor. His secret? Treating the diseases of the
occult.
Over seventy-two years ago, beginning at the Vernal Equinox in Glastonbury, Fortune started
receiving communications from the Inner Planes concerning the creation of the universe, the
evolution of humanity, natural law, the evolution of consciousness, and the nature of mind. This is
her record, in a revised edition, and includes previously unpublished material that is still relevant
today!
A selection of Dion Fortune's writings on the practical applications of magical and esoteric
techniques. She explains that everyone has the ability to access the invisible planes of existence
(mind and spirit) which cannot be perceived with the physical senses. Provides invaluable guidance
to anyone intent on increasing their inner awareness. Includes a new introduction by Gareth Knight
and an index.
Violet Mary Firth Evans, derived her pen-name 'Dion Fortune' from the Latin of her family motto
'Deo, non fortuna' ('by God, not fate'). An inspired occultist, she worked with such luminaries of the
esoteric world as Theodore Moriarty and MacGregor Matthers before founding her own
mystical/magical organization 'The Fraternity (now Society) of the Inner Light'.
'The Mystical Qabalah' is Dion Fortune's clear, concise introduction to the profound mysteries of the
many-layered glyph known as the Otz Chiim, or Tree of Life. Widely and deservedly regarded as an
occult classic, the book explores all aspects of the Hermetic Qabalah, focusing on the relation and
correspondences between the Ten Holy Sephiroth on the three pillars, and their connection with the
twenty-two paths of subjective consciousness.
The Tarot's and Astrology's links to the glyph are likewise considered in detail. The Mystical
Qabalah is an invaluable primer for understanding the inner workings of The Tree, a book that gives
up additional layers of meaning the more times it is read. An invaluable key for novice and initiate
alike.
After finding herself the subject of a powerful psychic attack in the 1930's, famed British occultist
Dion Fortune wrote this detailed instruction manual on protecting oneself from paranormal attack.
This classic psychic self-defense guide explains how to understand the signs of a psychic attack,
vampirism, hauntings, and methods of defense.
Witnessing the Impossible traces every session of the 'Scole Experimental Group' over the years,

from its foundation and the beginning of The Scole Experiment in 1993 to its very sudden and
unexpected ending in November 1998. In all, it follows over 1,000 continuous hours of mediumship
and objective Physical Phenomena. The book represents the only true and complete eyewitness
account of this unique and pioneering experiment, which pushed the boundaries of psychic research
further than ever before at that time, consequently changing the face of physical mediumship and its
resulting phenomena for all time. An absolute Must for all serious students of Psychic Research, and
of immense interest to the whole of mankind.
This book will help you explore Midsummer customs and witness their power today. Learn the
ancient methods of divination; try out traditional recipes for food, mead, and wine; and empower
your magical tools with the energy of the solstice sun. Full of practical ideas on how to celebrate
Midsummer, this guide also compares similar festivals around the world, including Celtic, Norse,
Saxon, Egyptian, Russian, and Native American.
The Sacred Circle Tarot draws on the Pagan heritage of Britain and Ireland, its sacred sites, and
symbolic imagery from that tradition. It's based on the idea (suggested by R. J. Stewart) that the
Tarot had its origins with the bards of Celtic culture. Together with the included 336-page, full-size
book, the deck becomes a virtual training course in Celtic Paganism.
Besides understanding the history and theories, there is lots of practical work for any Pagan or Tarot
enthusiast. Included are instructions for six different spreads and how to use the cards for several
types of meditation and personal spiritual development. The artwork, which combines photos, pencil
drawings, computer colorization and enhancement helps to give a breathtaking feeling of extreme
realism to the images. It should. The cards show actual landscapes and sacred sites in Britain and
Ireland.
Pagans will enjoy the fact that many of the Christian or Kabalistic symbolism has been removed and
replaced with symbolism of the ancient Celts. For example the Fool is now the Green Man, the
Magician is the High Priest, the Emperor and Empress are the Lord and Lady, the Devil is replaced
by the Underworld, and the World is now the World Tree.
Sigil magic is one of the most efficient and economical of magical disciplines. It can be performed
without complicated rituals or paraphernalia, is independent of philosophical and dogmatic premises,
and can be learned easily and quickly. Most important, it will give even beginning magicians the
chance to work with the power of the Will and enhance their own abilities. This classic reference
work will provide magicians—from novice to adept— with instruction that will empower
and advance their magical practice.
Experience a new reality through wondrous visions of the Enochian angels Enochian magick, a
system of angelic evocation, is one of the oldest forms of ceremonial magick in the Western world,
and perhaps the single most powerful magical system in all occultism. It was developed by the
Elizabethan magician Dr. John Dee who, with the assistance of his seer, Edward Kelly, channeled
an angelic language and alphabet that is remarkably effective in opening up the mind to currents of
intelligence far beyond the human norm. Whether you are a beginner on your path of study or
already an advanced magician, there is something for you in Enochian Initiation. Author Frater
W.I.T. shares his own experiences and deeply personal visions, expanding upon and broadening
the path toward understanding forged by John Dee, Aleister Crowley, and other great magicians
who have come before. By bringing this practice into the modern era, Frater W.I.T. shows how
human consciousness can be expanded and examined more closely than with simple meditation,
psychoanalysis, or even mind-altering drugs. For those of you who might have hesitated to study
Enochian magick because you do not share the same beliefs or convictions of the deeply religious
Elizabethans, rest assured that it is possible to achieve the same wondrous results within a neutral
spiritual context. Frater W.I.T. has developed a nonreligious spirituality in his conjurations while still
using Hebrew and Enochian divine names. Through this book, you too will learn how to develop new
techniques and ideas to shape your own magical style and method. An initiate of both the Masonic
and Rosicrucian schools of mystery, Frater W.I.T. has spent more than twenty years studying
western occult traditions. The purpose of his life's work is to develop new methods of ceremonial

magick and explore new vistas of psychic and spiritual potential.


This collector-quality edition includes the complete text of Sir James G. Frazer's landmark study of
primitive myths, magic and and ancient religion, in a freshly edited and newly typeset edition. With a
large 7.44"x9.69" page size, this Summit Classic edition is printed on hefty 60-lb. bright white paper
with a fully laminated cover featuring an original full color design. Page headers, modern, readable
fonts that preserve the feel of classic books and freshly edited and typeset text exemplify the
attention to detail given this volume. Originally published in a two volume, heavily annotated edition
in 1890, Sir James G. Frazer's wide-ranging, comparative study of mythology and religion was a
landmark work intended as both a scholarly treatise and a work of general interest. Presupposing a
broadly literate audience familiar with tales from the age of fable and Greek and Norse mythology,
Frazer took a modernist approach to religion, analyzing it as a cultural phenomenon rather than
theological dogma. While not the first to consider religion from a cultural perspective, the breadth
and detail of Frazer's work as a social anthpologist made him an influential early voice in the studies
of comparative religion and mythology and he is widely considered one of the founding fathers of
modern anthropology. By the time a third edition of The Golden Bough was published in 1915 it had
grown to twelve heavily annotated volumes and become inaccessible to the average reader. So a
single volume abridged edition was published in 1922. This volume contains the complete text of
that 1922 edition. Some of Frazer's theories, such as the natural "Darwinian" progression from
magic to religion to science, have been displaced. But some modern criticism of his work is
unjustified, relying on the abridged work to come to the conclusion that he made broad assumptions
unsupported by evidence when in fact the archaeological support for his conclusions is clearly
included in the heavily annotated multi-volume treatise. Frazer's work remains an accessible
treasure trove of information on ancient myths, cults, religious beliefs and practices and a view of
how primitive man and the ancients thought, the fascinating result of a journey that began with the
investigation of an obscure Roman cult centered around an Italian lake and ended with a sweeping
view of the development of primitive beliefs in magic, myth and religion in cultures around the world.
The most comprehensive course in the magick and metaphysics of Druidry, designed for both
novice and adept alike by prolific writer, Joshua Free who has developed another revolutionary
literary contribution for the New Age. Now, come initiate yourself and gain clear understanding of the
'secret knowledge' of the Druids unlike anything ever before compiled in print!
Perfect for solitary seekers and working groups. Self-paced instruction provided by a leading
member of the underground occult community, available without membership and in the privacy of
your own home, office or secret chamber. For the first time since its prestigious underground release
in 1996, Joshua Free's "Druid Compleat" is finally available in this all-in-one volume, revised,
expanded and reformatted to include the complete text from the author's personal Druidic trilogy,
available separately as "Druidry", "Draconomicon" and "Book of Elven-Faerie".
DRUIDRY -- Venture deep into the folds of the 'Green World' and initiate yourself to the greatest
mysteries of the Celtic World - the Wisdom of the Druids! Providing a new vision for modern Druidry,
Joshua Free explores the deep teachings of Druidic Lore, including the core doctrines and codes,
triad teachings of the Bards, natural philosophy, the construction of ritual tools and performance of
ceremonial magic.
DRACONOMICON -- The Magick & Traditions of Dragon Kings, Druids and the Pheryllt... This
completely revised and expanded 15th Anniversary edition of the underground cult classic
"Draconomicon" offers powerful teachings and lore of 'dragon magick' and its legacy. Discovering
the wisdom & power of the Great Mysteries on a journey beginning in the primordial depths of the
primeval abyss of the "Great Universal Dragon" and following through millennium of ageless
mysteries into the present age... and the future!
BOOK OF ELVEN-FAERIE -- follow the ancient traditions of Mesopotamia (Sumerian, Babylonian)
as they evolve into the mystical, mythical and societal systems of Western Europe. Discover how
the most arcane practices actually shaped the beliefs of the western world and learn how mystical
lineages of modern "folk magic" can be actually traced through the evolution of human civilization on

the planet - all the way back to the ancient Anunnaki and becoming the practices of the Tuatha de
Dannan (Tuatha d'Anu) and other Celtic Druid tribes. Ever popular in the underground, this book
includes the complete 'Druids of the Necronomicon' discourse with its corresponding "Grimoires" of
Elven-Faerie and forest magick traditions, bringing a complete Elvish Tradition to the light of the
mortal world for the first time in printed history.
This astonishing book completely undermines the traditional history of Christianity that has been
perpetuated for centuries by the Church. Drawing on the cutting edge of modern scholarship,
authors Tim Freke and Peter Gandy present overwhelming evidence that the Jesus of the New
Testament is a mythical figure.
Far from being eyewitness accounts, as is traditionally held, the Gospels are actually Jewish
adaptations of ancient Pagan myths of the dying and resurrecting godman Osiris-Dionysus. The
supernatural story of Jesus is not the history of a miraculous Messiah, but a carefully crafted
spiritual allegory designed to guide initiates on a journey of mystical discovery.
A little more than a century ago most people believed that the strange story of Adam and Eve was
history; today it is understood to be a myth. Within a few decades, Freke and Gandy argue, we will
likewise be amazed that the fabulous story of God incarnate -- who was born of a virgin, who turned
water into wine, and who rose from the dead -- could have been interpreted as anything but a
profound parable.
If what I know may add to your experience, you may have it freely. And if I shall see that this treatise
of distillation passes with acceptance among the artists of this nation, I shall hereafter gratify them
for their good will with two other parts of chemistry, viz. sublimation and calcination. And I hope this
will be occasion to set the more expert artist on work, for the communicating their experiences to the
world. One thing (courteous reader) let me desire you to take notice of, viz. whereas every process
is set down plain, yet all of them must be proceeded in secundum artem alchymistae (which art
indeed is obtained by experience) and therefore many that work according to the bare process
effect not what they intend, and the reason is this, because there was some art of the alchemist
wanting. To conclude, if you know more or better things than these, be candid and impart them
(considering that I wrote these for them that know them not); if not, accept the endeavors of your
friend, John French.
There is a glut of chemical books, but a scarcity of chemical truths. Nature and art afford a variety of
spagyrical preparations, but they are as yet partially undiscovered, partially dispersed in many
books, and those of diverse languages, and partially reserved in private men's hands. When
therefore I considered what need there is of, and how acceptable a general treatise on distillation
might be, especially to our English nation (and the rather since Baker upon distillations is by reason
of the description of a few furnaces and vessels therein, besides which there is small variety either
of preparations or curiosities sold at such a high rate) I thought I could do them no better service
than to present them with such a treatise of that subject which should contain in it the choicest
preparations of the most select authors, both ancient and modern, and those of several languages,
and which I have attained by my own long and manual experience, together with such as I have by
way of exchange purchased out of the hands of private men which they had monopolized as great
secrets.
But on the other hand, when I considered what a multitude of artists there is in this nation, from
many of which more and better things might be expected than from myself, I was at a nonplus in my
resolutions, fearing it might be accounted an unpardonable presumption in me to undertake that
which might be better performed by others. But for the avoiding of this aspersion, be pleased to
understand that I present not this to the world under any other notion than of a rough draft (which
indeed is the work of the more unskillful and, therefore, of myself without exception) to be polished
by the more expert artist.
I rejoice as at the break of day after a long and tedious night to see how this solary art of alchemy
begins to shine forth out of the clouds of reproach which it has for a long time undeservedly laid

under. There are two things which have eclipsed it for a long time, viz., the mists of ignorance and
the specious lunary body of deceit.
Arise, O Sun of truth, and dispel these interposed fogs, that the Queen of arts may triumph in
splendor! If men did believe what the art could effect, and what variety there is in it, they would be
no longer straightened by, nor bound up to or lurare in verba Galeni, vel Aristotelis, but would now
subscribe a new engagement to be true and faithful to the principles of Hermes and Paracelsus, as
they stand established without Aristotle, their prince, and Galen and Hippocrates, their lords and
masters. They would no longer stand dreaming forth, Sic dicit Galenus, but Ipse dixit Hermes. I
desire not to be mistaken as if I did deny Galen his due, or Hippocrates what is his right for, indeed,
they wrote excellently in many things, and deserve well thereby. That which I cannot allow of in them
is their strict observation of the quadruplicity of humours (which in the school of Paracelsus and
writings of Helmont, where the anatomy of humours has been most rationally and fully discussed,
has been sufficiently confuted) and their confining themselves to such crude medicines which are
more fit to be put into spagyrical vessels for a further digestion than into men's bodies to be
fermented therein.
Freud approved the overall editorial plan, specific renderings of key words and phrases, and the
addition of valuable notes, from bibliographical and explanatory. Many of the translations were done
by Strachey himself; the rest were prepared under his supervision. The result was to place the
Standard Edition in a position of unquestioned supremacy over all other existing versions. Newly
designed in a uniform format, each new paperback in the Standard Edition opens with a
biographical essay on Freud's life and work —along with a note on the individual
volume—by Peter Gay, Sterling Professor of History at Yale.
This book contains the papers "Lectures on Zen Buddhism" by D.T. Suzuki, "Psychoanalysis and
Zen Buddhism" by Erich Fromm, and "The Human Situation and Zen Buddhism" by Richard De
Martino originally presented at a workshop on Zen Buddhism and Psychoanalysis held in
Cuernavaca, Mexico in August, 1957 by the Department of Psychoanalysis of the Medical School of
the Autonomous National University of Mexico.
While searching for shelter from a rainstorm, a little faery named Sneezle is pursued by a band of
strange creatures with wooden swords. They're not faeries, they're not goblins...in fact, he doesn't
know what they are. With their long sticklike limbs, gnarled faces, and mouths full of knife-sharp
teeth, they aren't like anything the denizens of Old Oak Wood have ever seen. Sneezle barely
escapes, but another band of the ugly little creatures chases him out of the safety of the woods.
Fleeing for his life, the little faery is forced to find refuge in a place that is almost as frightening as
the stick men themselves -- in an old stone cottage at the edge of the forest. It is here that Sneezle
must confront his greatest adventure and biggest fear.
In The Faeries of Spring Cottage, fans of young Sneezle will be delighted to see that their reluctant
hero is journeying out of Old Oak Wood (even if it is against his will) and encountering humans for
the first time, as well as other enchanting, mysterious -- and sometimes scary -- new beings. This
dazzling collaboration between renowned doll maker Wendy Froud and award-winning writer Terri
Windling introduces a host of magical new characters, including a strange faery court beneath a
kitchen sink, rat-faery warriors, and faery dolls that magically come to life. Art-directed by Brian
Froud, creator of Good Faeries/Bad Faeries, this latest volume in the Sneezle series captures the
diminutive hero on his latest adventure in vivid detail.
Following the success of Wendy Froud and Terri Windling's first two Sneezle stories, A Midsummer
Night's Faery Tale and The Winter Child, this new volume opens the magical window of
enchantment once more with an extraordinary combination of story and art. The Faeries of Spring
Cottage is destined to charm and captivate lovers of fairy tales, fantasy literature, and all things
Froudian.
THE late Tryal and Condemnation of Jane Wenham for a Witch, at Hertford Assizes, having
occasion'd many and various Speculations upon the Subject of Witchcraft, and many that I have

convers'd with concluding, that there neither is, nor can be any such Thing, I was naturally led into a
deeper Search of the Subject, than I had either Leisure or Inclination to allow my self before, and to
consider whether such an Opinion, so contrary to that of our Forefathers, and our Laws, so contrary
to innumerable Historical Matters of Fact, so contrary to plain Scripture, as we find it in our
Translation, be founded upon any Reason that can support so great a Weight, as to over-bear all
these several Arguments produceable on the contrary Side of the Question.
Accordingly I drew up such Considerations as presently occurr'd, and concluded, as I thought, that I
had good Reason to believe that Witchcraft was not only possible, but was very credible; but was
resolv'd not to be so prepossess'd, by my own Observations, as not to be always ready to embrace
the contrary Opinion, when ever Arguments should be offer'd, that I could judge strong enough to
incline me to such a Change of my Thoughts: When, therefore, such a pompous and assuming Title
appear'd in the Advertisements of a Book, as plainly proving from Scripture and Reason, that there
never was a Witch, and that it is both Irrational and Impious to believe there ever was; together with
a Confutation of the Depositions against Jane Wenham, I was resolv'd to consider it with all the
Coolness and Indifference imaginable, so as to come over to the Author's Side, if I found Reason so
to do:
"It is time for the truth to be known." With these stirring words, the Creator God Heru introduces
ground-breaking revelations which will change your view of reality forever. Here, for the first time, is
the truth about the original blueprint of our planet and universe and the extent of their fallen state.
Heru also unveils the exhilarating imminence of complete redemption--of restoration and healing
beyond our wildest dreams.
In this new revised edition the author attempts to aid the reader in the art of candle burning to bring
the most satisfaction and consolation in the endeavor. Some historical and other data are included
to better illustrate the symbolism involved in modern candle burning. The modern rituals outlined in
the book are based on practices which have been described by mediums, spiritual advisors,
evangelists, and others who should be in a position to know. All the candle burning rituals include a
Psalm best suited to the purpose you want to achieve, whether it is to find love, attain money, stop
slander, overcome an enemy, or countless others. 31exercises with diagrams and instructions that
are clear to understand and easy to read.
Wicca is a Neopagan religion and a form of modern witchcraft. It is often referred to as Witchcraft or
the Craft by its adherents, who are known as Wiccans or Witches. Its disputed origins lie in England
in the early 20th century, though it was first popularised during the 1950s by Gerald Gardner, a
retired British civil servant, who at the time called it the "witch cult" and "witchcraft", and its
adherents "the Wica". From the 1960s the name of the religion was normalised to "Wicca".
Wicca is typically a duotheistic religion, worshipping a Goddess and a God, who are traditionally
viewed as the Triple Goddess and Horned God. These two deities are often viewed as being facets
of a greater pantheistic Godhead, and as manifesting themselves as various polytheistic deities.
Nonetheless, there are also other theological positions within the Craft, ranging from monotheism to
atheism. Wicca also involves the ritual practice of magic, largely influenced by the ceremonial magic
of previous centuries, often in conjunction with a liberal code of morality known as the Wiccan Rede,
although this is not adhered to by all Witches. Another characteristic of the Craft is the celebration of
seasonally based festivals known as Sabbats, of which there are usually eight in number annually.
From royal and suppressed archives comes documented proof of the heritage of Jesus in the West
and the long awaited discovery of the Holy Grail. In fulfilling this time-honored quest, penetrating
new light is cast upon the Grail Code of Service and the venerated feminine element, upheld in
chivalry but forsaken by the Church in order to forge a male dominated society.
This unique work offers revelatory insight concerning the descendant heirs of Jesus and his brother
James while, in documenting a hidden legacy of the Messiah, it unveils hitherto guarded facts about
characters such as Mary Magdalene and Joseph of Arimathea. Tracing the sacred lineage through
centuries of persecution and Inquisition, Bloodline of the Holy Grail reveals a systematic

suppression of authentic records and a strategic manipulation of the New Testament Gospels.
From beneath the windswept sands of ancient Mesopotarnia comes the documented legacy of the
creation chamber of the heavenly Anunnaki. Here is the story of the clinical cloning of Adam and
Eve, which predates Bible scripture by more than 2,000 years.From cuneiform texts, cylinder seals,
and suppressed archives, best-selling historian and distinguished genealogist Laurence Gardner
tells the ultimate story of the alchemical bloodline of the Holy Grail, including:
The magical history of the Ring Lords, alluded to in J.R.R. Tolkein’s The Lord of the Rings,
has been largely consigned to legend and half-remembered battles between good and evil.
Shrouded in supernatural enigma, its legacy lives on in fascinating tales of fairies, elves, witches,
and vampires.
The ancient guardians of our culture have never featured positively in academic teachings, for they
were the Shining Ones: the real progenitors of our heritage. Instead, their reality was quashed from
the earliest days of Inquisitional suppression and the literal diminution of their figures caused a
parallel diminishing of their history. In truth, however, the sovereign legacy of our culture comes from
a place and time that might just as well be called Middle-earth as by any other name. It lingers
beyond the twilight portal in the long distant realm of the Ring Lords.
From the best-selling author of The Bloodline of the Holy Grail and Lost Secrets of the Sacred Ark
comes an explosive historical detective story presenting secret archives on the mysterious life of
Mary Magdalene, the hidden lineage of Jesus and Mary, and the real two-thousand-year-old
conspiracy involving the entire history of Christianity.
Mary Magdalene is described in the New Testament as Jesus' close companion -- a woman he
loved and his financial sponsor. And yet, in contrast, the Church teaches that she was a prostitute
who became repentant. Why the discrepancy between scripture and dogma? Why does Mary
appeal so romantically to artists who have painted her throughout the centuries as something much
more significant than the Church traditionally portrays?
Laurence Gardner takes us on a detective trail to piece together the true controversial significance
of the Magdalene story and its astonishing implications. These include the real da Vinci connection
-- the true meaning behind Leonardo da Vinci's paintings and why the Renaissance Church
censored portrayals of the Magdalene -- and information on the sacred marriage of Jesus and Mary
Magdalene. Plus the truth about the enigmatic Templar society called the Priory of Scion and the
underground stream that protected the sacred heritage of the messianic descendents. And much
more!
"A fascinating, challenging book." — A. L. A. Booklist. Experiment with cryptography —
the science of secret writing. Cipher and decipher codes: transposition and polyalphabetical ciphers,
famous codes, typewriter and telephone codes, codes that use playing cards, knots, and swizzle
sticks...even invisible writing and sending messages through outer space. Hours of intrigue and
challenge. 45 diagrams.
The first volume of the ‘Golden Dawn Alchemy Series’, a collection of distinguished
books on Alchemy written by leaders of the Golden Dawn Tradition. It has become well known that
Alchemy is a key which opens some of the deepest aspects of the Golden Dawn Tradition and
provides the richest symbol system known to describe the spiritual process involved. It is apparent
that those trusted with the development of the Ritual and Teachings of the Golden Dawn were
intimately familiar with the deepest mysteries of Spiritual Alchemy. E. J. Langford Garstin, V. H.
Frater A.e.F., was a Cancellarius of the Rosicrucian Order of the Alpha et Omega during the second
quarter of the 20th century. His first book, “Theurgy or The Hermetic Practice: A Treatise of
Spiritual Alchemy” has been recently published by IBIS Press and is recommended as a
companion volume to his second book, “The Secret Fire: An Alchemical Study” now
published by the Rosicrucian Order of the Golden Dawn. “The Secret Fire” begins the
journey with the documentation of various instances in which the SECRET FIRE is described

including the Bible and continues with the various words of the Alchemists and Rosicrucians leading
up to one of the clearest unveilings of our SECRET FIRE found anywhere. Here is Alchemy, pure
and simple.
The first new book on psychoactive mushrooms in 10 years. Introducing a rich variety of
psychoactive mushrooms from around the globe -including some rare and little-known species - the
author describes dozens of species and covers a broad range of mushroom- related topics, from
distribution maps to comparisons of cultural attitudes to laboratory analyses of active ingredients.
One of the book's most remarkable features is its multi-disciplinary approach: chemistry, botany,
biology, history, anthropology, religion, pharmacology, medicine - all of these are among the fields
contributing a diversity of data, questions and information that are assembled into one of the most
comprehensive and intriguing portraits of psychoactive mushrooms ever created.
Lavishly illustrated, well-organized and enriched by numerous accounts of mushroom experiences,
this book explores the psychoactive mycoflora on five continents and reconstructs a continuity of
psychoactive mushroom use throughout history, from as early as 10,000 years ago to the present
day. You will also find detailed chapters on mushroom cultivation techniques, psychotherapy
applications, the bluing phenomenon, the dangers of accidental poisonings caused by
misidentification of species, and more. A treasure trove of information, illustrations and magnificent
color photography, the book contains much novel information as well, such as the first report on the
psychoactivity of baeocystin and up-to-date findings on the use of plant growth hormones to
accelerate growth.
Creative visualization is the art of using mental imagery and affirmation to produce positive change
in your life. Successfully used in the fields of health, business, the creative arts, and sports, it can
have an impact in every area of your life. This pioneering bestseller and perennial favorite helped
launch a new movement in personal growth.
This classic guide is filled with meditations, exercises, and techniques that can help you to change
negative habit patterns, improve self-esteem, reach career goals, increase prosperity, develop
creativity, increase vitality, improve your health, experience deep relaxation, and much more. This
book can help you to increase your personal mastery of life.
Creative visualization is the art of using mental imagery and affirmation to produce positive change
in your life. Successfully used in the fields of health, business, the creative arts, and sports, it can
have an impact in every area of your life. This pioneering bestseller and perennial favorite helped
launch a new movement in personal growth.Now incorporating the Creative Visualization
Meditations CD — a series of guided meditations created and narrated by Shakti — and a
ribbon marker, this elegant keepsake edition is a treasure for any seeker’s library.This
classic guide is filled with meditations, exercises, and techniques that can help you to change
negative habit patterns, improve self-esteem, reach career goals, increase prosperity, develop
creativity, increase vitality, improve your health, experience deep relaxation, and much more. This
book can help you to increase your personal mastery of life.
Vibrational Medicine has gained widespread acceptance by individuals, schools, and health-care
institutions nationwide as the textbook of choice for the study of alternative medicine. Trained in a
variety of alternative therapies as well as conventional Western medicine, Dr. Gerber provides an
encyclopedic treatment of energetic healing, covering subtle-energy fields, acupuncture, Bach flower
remedies, homeopathy, radionics, crystal healing, electrotherapy, radiology, chakras, meditation,
and psychic healing. He explains current theories about how various energy therapies work and
offers readers new insights into the physical and spiritual perspectives of health and disease.
The sun’s magnetic poles sometimes reverse, causing massive solar flares that lash out into
the solar system. These disrupt the Earth’s magnetic field and reverse the Earth’s
magnetic poles' rotational direction. The Earth’s outer crust will be thrown into chaos, with
planet-wide earthquakes, volcanoes and tidal waves reshaping landmasses and seas in a matter of

hours.
The end of the Mayan calendar is fast approaching. Learn what you need to know to survive the
great cataclysm of 2012! In his previous book, The Orion Prophecy, author Geryl theorizes that the
lost civilization of Atlantis was destroyed by a huge cataclysm engendered by changes in sunspot
activity affecting Earth's magnetic poles and atmosphere. All of this was predicted by the Mayan
Calendar, translated in hindsight.
Here he continues his discussion of the Mayan calendar and the fairly well-known fact that it is
generally interpreted to end in 2012. He believes that the knowledge that can save the world from
the cataclysm of 2012 can be excavated from The Labyrinth of ancient Egypt, a storehouse of
Atlantean knowledge which is linked in prophecy to the Mayan predictions. The mathematics and
astronomy of the ancient Egyptians and Mayans are related and have similar predictive power and
should be taken very seriously.
The text of this dictionary has been designed as a reference, guide and source-book for those
involved in general occult studies. Towards this end it present, under 1,500 headings, the meanings
of over 9,000 sigils which appear in European alchemical, astrological, geomantic and related
hermetic sources, along with a unique graphic index by means of which the majority of such sigils
may be identified.
he book became especially popular during the 1960s with the American counterculture and New
Age movements. Since it was first published in 1923, it has never been has never been out of print.
Having been translated into more than forty languages, it was one of the bestselling books of the
twentieth century in the United States.
Kahlil Gibran’s reflections on the wistful beauty, lofty majesty, and abiding peace of Eastern
wisdom revolutionized Arab literature. This collection of dramatic poems uses the dialogue between
age and youth as a platform to discuss deep subjects such as freedom, death, and the eternal soul.
From “Of Life and Sorrow” to “Of Science and Knowledge,”
Gibran’s vision transcends boundaries of religion and culture, finding beauty and wisdom in
the universal struggles of everyday life.
A book so powerful it was burned in the marketplace of Beirut at the time of its publication, Kahlil
Gibran’s Spirits Rebellious is a clarion call for freedom in his homeland of
Lebanon—for individuals and society. Gibran’s bitter denunciation of religious and
political injustice flows through his lyric pen in three parables, that of “Madame Rose
Hanie,” “The Cry of the Graves,” and “Kahlil the Heretic.” His
vision of liberty is no less powerful today.
Witchcraft has been classed properly as the world's oldest profession. Among the Australian
aborigines, who are the earth's most primitive people, the only professional class is the witch doctor,
who reputedly can kill victims at a distance or bring back a victim from the brink of death by
counteracting the evil efforts of a fellow member of the craft.
Similar powers have been claimed by witches and their kind in every land in every period, and the
scope and complexity of the powers of witches have increased as man has attained higher levels of
civilization. But the basic pattern is the same and the potential — often solely for evil —
is as great whether the practitioner is an ignorant native squatting in the Australian bush or the "god"
of a modern witch coven disporting in a luxurious "temple" laden with the smoke of exotic incense
and buoyed up by LSD.
Thanks to such books as Napoleon Hill's Think and Grow Rich and the recent best-selling The
Secret, millions of people now realize that success comes from more than just chance, fate, good
connections, or even hard work. At the same time, these volumes don't offer a practical daily
process for attaining your goals-and that's exactly what Tapping the Source provides. It teaches a
daily method that stimulates the process for manifesting your dreams outlined in The Secret. These

techniques can be applied to any aspect of life, from sex to career to creativity. Just “tap into
the source”-daily Manifestation Sessions, each totaling no more than three to five
minutes-and live the life you want!
The genesis of the ideas in Tapping the Source-which are a natural extension of the concepts
expounded upon in The Secret-is Charles Haanel's classic 1912 work, The Master Key System.
Although Napoleon Hill is popularly considered the father of the “law of attraction,” a
letter from Hill to Charles Haanel, reproduced in Tapping the Source, thanks Haanel for his
illuminating ideas. The letter is dated 1919, 18 years before Think and Grow Rich was published.
We shall not here attempt to tell the whole truth about magic; that, nobody can learn without
becoming a magician; and those who need to discover dangerous secrets will always find them out
for themselves. The interest of magic lies not only in its formulas and rites, but principally in the
psychological attitude of the men who practised it, and in the success which they have achieved. In
the idea of many modern people magic is commonly - and incorrectly-defined as an attempt to do
something contrary to the laws of nature or by the aid of non-existent devils-which is impossible,
therefore magic cannot exist. But magic does exist and is still practised; that definition therefore
must be scrapped.
The Tower of Alchemy is the first book published in the West to openly reveal the teachings and
practice of the Hermetic Art in plain language. In this advanced manual, the alchemical symbols and
motifs cease to be a bewildering maze and become helpful signposts on the Path of Liberation.
David Goddard clearly explains the interior practices that are the essence of the Great Work itself.
By assimilating the knowledge and practicing the exercises contained in this book, you will find that
the once-confusing alchemical illustrations are now illuminated mandalas. Using classical Qabalah,
and traditions as diverse as the Grail legend, Yoga, and Tibetan Buddhism, Goddard allows
students access to the higher Mysteries. His specific teachings and guided practices will enable you
to attain the secret to all spiritual works, which can culminate in the completion of the Great Work.
David Goddard has the rare - possibly unique - gift of being able to present high dynamics of
esoteric wisdom and practice into everyday terms relevant to life as most people live it. His book
about the neglected reality of Angels is particularly valuable in building a bridge between the
spiritual and material worlds, with an accent on practical experience. GARETH KNIGHT - Esoteric
Author of more than 20 books "If you follow the instructions given, you will find yourself living in a
transformative communion with the Angelic world..." John Plummer & Author of "Living Mysteries"
"There is no other writer today who illumines the Western Mysteries with such deep knowledge or
style as David Goddard." Geraldine Beskin - owner of The Atlantis Bookstore London This book
teaches the wonders and secrets of true Angelic Magic. No matter what challenges you may face health, love, wealth or security. This book gives you tried-and-tested methods for invoking the holy
Angels to help you with the hardships of life. First published in 1996, 'Sacred Magic of the Angels'
now has a worldwide reputation for being the foremost manual of White Magic that delivers results!
Thousands of people have been helped, healed and now live brighter lives, because they used the
step-by-step methods taught in this book. This expanded and illustrated 2nd edition includes
additional material, as a well as a FREE CD of guided meditations (read by the author), and
accounts of people's experiences of the wonderworking power of the Angels. David Goddard is the
author of 'Sacred Magic of the Angels', 'Tree of Sapphires' & 'Tower of Alchemy'. He is a renowned
teacher and mage, who has taught internationally for over 30 years. He has students in many
countries. David has dedicated his life to helping people reach their potential for a happier life, for a
better
world.
To
do
this,
he
co-founded
the
Rising
Phoenix
Foundation
(www.risingphoenixfoundation.org).
There used to be two teams in every workplace: management and labor. Now there’s a third
team, the linchpins. These people invent, lead (regardless of title), connect others, make things
happen, and create order out of chaos. They figure out what to do when there’s no rule book.
They delight and challenge their customers and peers. They love their work, pour their best selves
into it, and turn each day into a kind of art.

Linchpins are the essential building blocks of great organizations. Like the small piece of hardware
that keeps a wheel from falling off its axle, they may not be famous but they’re indispensable.
And in today’s world, they get the best jobs and the most freedom. Have you ever found a
shortcut that others missed? Seen a new way to resolve a conflict? Made a connection with
someone others couldn’t reach? Even once? Then you have what it takes to become
indispensable, by overcoming the resistance that holds people back.
As Godin writes, “Every day I meet people who have so much to give but have been bullied
enough or frightened enough to hold it back. It’s time to stop complying with the system and
draw your own map. You have brilliance in you, your contribution is essential, and the art you create
is precious. Only you can do it, and you must.”
Cows, after you've seen one or two or ten, are boring. A Purple Cow, though . . . now that would be
something. Godin defines a Purple Cow as anything phenomenal, counterintuitive, exciting . . .
remarkable. Every day, consumers ignore a lot of brown cows, but you can bet they won't ignore a
Purple Cow.
Winners quit fast, quit often, and quit without guilt—until they commit to beating the right Dip
for the right reasons. In fact, winners seek out the Dip. They realize that the bigger the barrier, the
bigger the reward for getting past it. If you can become number one in your niche, you’ll get
more than your fair share of profits, glory, and long-term security.
Whether you’re a graphic designer, a sales rep, an athlete, or an aspiring CEO, this fun little
book will help you figure out if you’re in a Dip that’s worthy of your time, effort, and
talents. If you are, The Dip will inspire you to hang tough. If not, it will help you find the courage to
quit—so you can be number one at something else.
Counter to traditional marketing wisdom, which tries to count, measure, and manipulate the spread
of information, Seth Godin argues that the information can spread most effectively from customer to
customer, rather than from business to customer. Godin calls this powerful customer-to- customer
dialogue the ideavirus, and cheerfully eggs marketers on to create an environment where their ideas
can replicate and spread.
In lively, detail, Godin looks at the ways companies such as PayPal, Hotmail, GeoCities, even
Volkswagen have successfully launched ideaviruses. He offers a "recipe" for creating your own
ideavirus, identifies the key factors in the successful spread of an ideavirus (powerful sneezers,
hives, a clear vector, a smooth, friction-free transmission), and shows how any business, large or
small, can use ideavirus marketing to succeed in a world that just doesn't want to hear it anymore
from the traditional marketers.
Robert Fludd was one of the last of the true Renaissance men who tool all learning as their preserve
and tried to encompass the whole of human knowledge. Born in Elizabethan England, he became a
convinced occultist while traveling on the Continent. His voluminous writings were devoted to
defending the philosophy of the alchemists and Rosicrucians and applying their doctrines to a vast
description of man and the universe. All of Fludd's important plates are collected here for the first
time, annotated and explained together with an introduction to his life and thought.
First published in 1834, Lives of Necromancers is perhaps one of the most thorough overviews of
the lives and legends of both fictional and historic individuals associated with the magical arts.
Godwin thoughtfully summarizes the histories and tales of mankind, from ancient Rome and Egypt
to Eastern traditions all the way to the witchcraft trials of Europe and the new world. Godwin
presents a fascinating overview of mankind's obsession with the magical arts and the impact that
obsession has on the collective psyche.
"To know the things that are not, and cannot be, but have been imagined and believed, is the most
curious chapter in the annals of man. To observe the actual results of these imaginary phenomena,
and the crimes and cruelties they have caused us to commit, is one of the most instructive studies in

which we can possibly be engaged!"


So wrote William Godwin in 1834, in bringing together an amazing collection of historical accounts
and philosophical perspectives on "the acts of sorcery and witchcraft which have existed in human
society." Ranging from Simon Magus and the Sorceror Elymas to Tullus Hostilius and Sertorius, and
from the Greece of Empedocles to the Dark Ages of Europe, Lives of the Necromancers gives an
even-handed account of the place of magic in the kingdoms and empires of the past.
The Dharma's Gatekeepers offers an incisive analysis of one of the most important works in Tibetan
Buddhist intellectual history: Sakya Pandita's Gateway to Learning (Mkhas pa 'jug pa'i sgo). Writing
in a time when a distinctively Tibetan tradition of Buddhism was first emerging, Sakya Pandita
wanted to present Tibetan intellectuals with what he took to be an authentically Indian (and
therefore, authentically Buddhist) understanding of the nature and tasks of intellectual life--with a
view of how scholarship was understood and practiced in the great monastic colleges of India.
In The Dharma's Gatekeepers, we see Sakya Pandita building the intellectual foundation for Tibetan
scholasticism through a series of subtle, brilliant, and quintessentially Buddhist arguments about the
nature of learning itself, with his elaboration of a model of scholastic education skillfully drawing
together ideas in Buddhist epistemology, philosophy of language, translation theory, hermeneutics,
and literary theory.
In this study of Sakya Pandita's remarkable work, Jonathan C. Gold shows that the Gateway to
Learning addresses issues that remain of concern to contemporary intellectuals; this
thirteenth-century work has much to contribute to our understanding of such issues as translation
and translatability, theories of reading and authorship, the connections between religious values and
academic institutions, and theories of language and literary aesthetics. The book includes a
translation of significant parts of Sakya Pandita's text.
"This is a fascinating study of a major work in Tibetan intellectual history. Written with nuance and
grace, it is poised to make a major contribution to the study of some of the key conceptual and
ethical foundations of Tibetan Buddhist scholasticism and its relation to the intellectual traditions of
India. In wider terms, it contributes to important discussions in the humanities." -- Janet Gyatso,
coeditor of Women in Tibet
In this groundbreaking book, a sequel to his best-selling Past Lives, Future Lives, he reveals the
implications of karma in our lives, how we are affected by reincarnation, and how hypnosis can
reveal our pasts and our futures. He also includes some enthralling case histories from the 35,000
past- and future-life regressions (of some 14,000 individuals) he has conducted.
This book contends that people have the power to customize and control their destinies. We can all
use hypnotherapy to eliminate past and current problems and attain our karmic purpose. To help
readers do so on their own, Dr. Goldberg includes detailed self-hypnosis scripts on past-life
regression, future-life progression, ascension techniques, and many more.
Free yourself from the limitations of the earth plane and the laws of space and time. Astral Voyages
presents more than 65 exercises that train you to safely leave your physical body and return
unharmed from explorations of the upper astral plane and the causal, mental, or etheric realms. You
might even venture to the soul plane and observe the process of selecting your next lifetime!
Dr. Goldberg unveils his paradigm of the 13 dimensions, developed from 25 years of experience
with hypnotic regression, progression, and out-of-body experiences. Specific scripts train you for
guided imagery astral voyage, lucid dreams, accessing the Akashic records, cabalistic projection,
and advanced techniques such as the Witch'’s Cradle and the 37-Degree Technique used by
the ancient Egyptians. Other topics in this metaphysical book include astral entities, astral sex, astral
healing, and scientific studies on astral voyaging.
In this startling work, Dr. Bruce Goldberg teaches his time-tested principles, including relaxation &

self-hypnosis, visualization, and affirmations that can literally re-program your future. He deals with
the concept of self-defeating sequences and how people sabotage themselves and program
themselves for failure because of low expectations, a poor self-concept, and negativity.
Hypnotic suggestions are effective because they bypass the conscious mind’s natural
resistance to change and reprogram the computer we call the subconscious to permanently effect
these changes. By devoting a mere 20 minutes each day to this approach, you will literally take
charge of your life.
Contacting spirit guides is as old as civilization itself. Shamans dating back to at least 50,000B.C.
ritualistically contacted nonphysical entities. The Mystery Schools of Ancient Egypt, Greece, Persia,
Rome, and India also dealt with contacting spirit guides. Every major religion acknowledges the
reality of discarnate entities or spirits, whether they are called saints, angels, the Holy Spirit, and so
on. One of the purposes of this book is to demystify this process. The media's depiction of spirit
contact has led to the false assumption that anyone who establishes this contact must be in great
danger. In reality, this communication is natural, relatively simple, and a wonderful growth
experience. Spirit communication removes the fear of death and bereavement, and results in a form
of spiritual empowerment.
The Pentagram, Star of David, Crucifix, rabbit's foot, or four-leaf clover . . . they all provide feelings
of comfort and protection, intended to attract good while dispelling evil. Found throughout history
and in nearly every culture and religion, amulets and talismans can be made and used by anyone.
Spanning the world through the diverse cultures of Sumeria, Babylonia, Greece, Italy, India,
Western Europe, and North America,this book presents the history and uses of amulets and
talismans. Readers will also learn the magical properties of hundreds of symbols and objects
commonly used as amulets, as well as how to create, empower, and use their own talismans for
health and wellness in mind, body, and spirit.
"Unlike many writing about ayahuasca, Peter Gorman knows this plant and these forests long and
well. Explorer, ethnobotanist, writer and raconteur - Gorman is uniquely qualified to tell this
incredible tale. A wild mixture of adventure, horror, spirituality, tenderness, and insight, Ayahuasca
in My Blood is most highly recommended!"
In Physics of the Soul, Dr. Goswami helps you understand the perplexities of the quantum physics
model of reality and the perennial beliefs of spiritual and religious traditions. He shows how they are
not only compatible but also provide essential support for each other. The result is a deeply
broadened, exciting, and enriched worldview that integrates mind and spirit into science.
One of today's pioneering thinkers in science and spirituality, Dr. Goswami taught physics for 32
years, was a professor of Theoretical Science at the University of Oregon, and is currently senior
resident researcher at the world-renowned Institute of Noetic Sciences. He is an advocate of
"monistic idealism," the philosophy that defines consciousness, not materiality, as the primary
reality.
The World's Sixteen Crucified Saviors: Christianity before Christ, written by legendary author Kersey
Graves is widely considered to be one of the greatest classic and historical texts of all time. This
great classic will surely attract a whole new generation of readers. For many, The World's Sixteen
Crucified Saviors: Christianity before Christ is required reading for various courses and curriculums.
And for others who simply enjoy reading timeless pieces of classic literature, this gem by Kersey
Graves is highly recommended.
These are testimonials from laymen, not professional psychics, who have actually experienced out
of body travel. In the pages of this book, you will find many more first-hand reports on psychic
phenomena, each more extraordinary than the last, each giving powerful evidence of the
extra-sensory potential within all of us.

This is a point in the evolution of the planet that brings to the forefront of each individual’s
thoughts the question of why me, why now and what is really going on in the reality that is right now
in the time we are experiencing. What really is going on behind-the-scenes we are looking at
through the five senses? Why is there this feeling that there is more to the story than just
appearances. Who indeed has set this up and is pulling the strings. Is it really just a group of
somebodys that is in charge? If this is the case, then is the God thing really a hoax after all? There
are those who believe that to be the true essence of the scenario. Fortunately for the good of all,
that is not the Truth.
The Truth is that there are multiple levels of activity behind what appears to be a play of incredible
magnitude. Who then is writing the lines for the characters and what is the point of the script? Would
it be a surprise to inform you that you are writing the lines and until you can figure out a point to the
script, there is none? If that is the case, then which of the individuals on the planet can figure one
out? Well, indeed there is a focused group that has decided that they would like to put forth their
point in the script. There is just one problem with this, they have decided to put forth a focus within
the play that is not in harmony with the Creator of the stage and the theatre that this play is to be
performed upon. In fact, the plan this group has in mind has a great surprise at the end for the
audience and the actors on the stage. They intend to destroy the audience, the actors, the stage
and the theatre.
In the tradition of the recently published The Book of Spells, this fascinating volume presents more
than 40 new life-affirming petitions, charms, and magic spells that every sensitive reader can
perform. The author emphasizes the ancient tradition of benevolent witchcraft, and urges that before
readers try any of the book's spells, they must open themselves to the life-enhancing magic that
exists in all of nature. She starts with three basic spells directed toward promoting
self-understanding in the individual reader. She then describes spells that take advantage of the
magic of water, the power of fire, the inspiration from the earth's air, and spells that focus on the
Sun, Moon, and planets. Many additional spells are cited, including some to increase wisdom, to
attract a lover, to bring health to a loved one, and to bring wealth and good fortune. A special set of
sealed pages contains three extraordinarily potent spells. The author recommends that these spells
be used in emergency situations only.
In this authoritative account, Miranda Green unravels the truth about the Druids. Examining the
archaeological evidence, Classical commentaries, and early Welsh and Irish myths, she shows that
the Druids were fully integrated into Celtic society and fulfilled varied and necessary roles. The
Roman writers reflected the double standards of an invading society: condemning the public
sacrifice of enemies by the Druids while accepting their own practice of slaughter for sport as
civilized. Yet the Classical sources can be used to help reveal the real Druids, and we learn of their
multiple roles as judges, teachers, healers, magicians, philosophers, religious leaders, and
fomenters of rebellion.
This book traces the history of the Druids from their beginnings to their resurrection during the
Renaissance. Complete with timeline and gazetteer, the book will appeal to all
those—scholar, general reader, or New Age enthusiast—who are fascinated by the
Druids and their world. 291 illustrations, 51 in color.
Have you ever experienced the repeated delays, pressures, and disappointment associated with
Saturn's transits and cycles? This classic astrology text, revered by both beginning and professional
astrologers alike, offers a fresh perspective on how to handle the influence of this much-maligned
astrological symbol.
World-famous astrologer and Jungian analyst Liz Greene brings her unique psychological approach
to Saturn, showing us how the frustrating experiences connected to this planet can be turned into
opportunities for greater insight and meaning in our lives. Saturn, she says, symbolizes a psychic
process--one that allows us to utilize the experience of pain for self-discovery and greater
understanding.

Greene traces the character of this most important planet through sign, house, aspect, synastry, and
its role in mythology. She offers a brilliant analysis of Saturn to reveal the face of the "Initiator" who,
for the price of our honesty, offers us greater consciousness, self-understanding, and, eventually,
freedom.
The first and only Druidic book of spells, rituals, and practice. The Druid Magic Handbook is the first
manual of magical practice in Druidry, one of the fastest growing branches of the Pagan movement.
The book breaks new ground, teaching Druids how to practice ritual magic for practical and spiritual
goals within their own tradition.
What sets The Druid Magic Handbook apart is that it does not require the reader to use a particular
pantheon or set of symbols. Although it presents one drawn from Welsh Druid tradition, it also
shows the reader how to adapt rites and other practices to fit the deities and symbols most
meaningful to them. This cutting edge system of ritual magic can be used by Druids, Pagans,
Christians, and Thelemites alike!
A living tradition of nature spirituality rooted in Celtic antiquity and revived to meet the challenges of
contemporary life, Druidry offers people a path of harmony through reconnection with the green
Earth. The Druidry Handbook is the first hands-on manual of traditional British Druid practice that
explores the Sun Path of seasonal celebration, the Moon Path of meditation, and the Earth Path of
living in harmony with nature as tools for crafting an earth-honoring life here and now. From ritual
and meditation to nature awareness and ecological action, John Michael Greer opens the door to a
spirituality rooted in the living Earth.
Featuring a mix of philosophy, rituals, spiritual practice, and lifestyle issues, The Druidry Handbook
is one-stop shopping for those seriously interested in practicing a traditional form of Druidry. It offers
equal value to eclectics and solitary practitioners eager to incorporate more earth-spirituality into
their own belief system; it also appeals to the merely curious.
The Picatrix is the most famous grimoire of astrological magic and one of the most important works
of medieval and Renaissance magic. With all four books of the Latin Picatrix complete in one
volume, translated & annotated by the noted scholars, magicians and astrologers John Michael
Greer & Christopher Warnock, Picatrix takes its rightful place as an essential occult text.
Picatrix is an encyclopedic work with over 300 pages of Hermetic magical philosophy, ritual,
talismanic and natural magic. Greer & Warnock's complete translation is lucid and well annotated.
Renaissance Astrology & Adocentyn Press have released the complete Picatrix in a variety of
different editions, including the Liber Atratus, Liber Rubeus and Liber Viridis-Green Magic editions.
All editions contain the same basic text, but add additional variant passages, either from the Arabic
Picatrix or authors cited, but not found in the Latin Picatrix. The Liber Atratus edition adds a passage
on poisons from Ibn Washiyya's Book of Poisons.
I was first introduced to Picatrix in 1998 by my magical teacher, Robert Zoller. At that time it was
only available in Latin. What Latin I now have, I learned from working with Picatrix. John Greer and I
worked together for over two years on this translation, and now finally, a complete and usable
English translation of Picatrix is available.
This translation is indeed complete, including all four books of Picatrix, the most famous grimoire of
astrological magic. We used the Pingree's Latin critical edition, so this translation is authoritative,
relying on multiple manuscripts, rather than on a single variant. Why translate from the Latin? Well,
firstly John Greer, my co-translator, is an excellent Latinist, but neither of us has a sufficient grasp of
medieval Arabic. However, what I do have is a mastery of traditional astrology. Picatrix is so heavily
astrological that the non-expert is completely lost when it comes to making an intelligible translation.
Some other translations, despite ostensibly being from Arabic, have suffered greatly from an almost
complete lack of astrological knowledge, leaving large sections incoherent and incomprehensible.
By contrast, our translation of the Picatrix reveals its true sweep and splendor as Picatrix is both an

exhaustive manual of practical astrological magic as well as an expansive treatise on the Hermetic
philosophy of astrology, alchemy and magic. This translation includes an extensive introduction and
copious annotations, over 450 footnotes for 309 pages of text!
Like Agrippa's Three Books of Occult Philosophy which relies heavily on it, Picatrix represents the
distillation of many earlier works. Written circa AD 1000 in Moorish Spain and translated into Latin in
1256 at the court of the Castilian king Alphonso the Wise, Picatrix is an authentic ancient work. The
author says he consulted over 200 books of magic, astrology and alchemy. Picatrix was and still
remains the premier grimoire of astrological magic, the highest of high magic, combining, as it does,
ceremonial magic with the precise timing of traditional astrology. Picatrix explains how to create
hundreds of different types of astrological talismans, including planetary, Mansions of the Moon,
decan/face and house based talismans. Picatrix includes extensive planetary invocations and ritual
from the pagan Sabians of Harran, renowned medieval magicians and astrologers. Sublime
Neoplatonic and Hermetic philosophy bumps shoulders with "confections" of the brain of a black
dove or blood sacrifice.
We have been very careful to produce an authoritative translation of the Latin Picatrix, which will
satisfy both scholarly interest as well as be of use to the contemporary practitioner. The various
editions of the Picatrix, for example, this edition, the Liber Atratus, available through Amazon, or
other editions, including the Liber Rubeus and Liber Viridis Green Magic edition, available through
the Renaissance Astrology website, all have the same authoritative, complete translation of Picatrix,
newly revised from our earlier versions. The separate editions have different formatting and fonts,
and add to the complete translation, additional useful and interesting material.
Since its origins in the early eighteenth century, Druidry-a modern movement of nature spirituality
drawing much of its inspiration from Celtic tradition-has evolved a rich body of ceremonial and
collective practice.Celebrated privately within groves this body of lore provides a ritual framework for
the celebration of the seasonal cycle and the spiritual development of the individual.
To this wealth of tradition, The Druid Grove Handbook is one of the few publicly available sources.
Compiled from the records of the Ancient Order of Druids in America (AODA), and edited by the
AODA's current Grand Archdruid, widely read author and environmental blogger John Michael
Greer, it provides a detailed survey of the evolution of AODA's ceremonial traditions, and the
complete rituals for opening and closing a Druid grove, initiating candidates for membership, and
celebrating the solstices and equinoxes, the four primary holy days of the traditional Druid year.
Conspiracies and secret societies, e.g. Knights Templar, the Rosicrucians, the Freemasons, the
Bavarian Illuminati, the Hellfire Club, the Ku Klux Klan, and the Priory of Sion. It also includes secret
traditions, hidden bloodlines, extraterrestrial intervention, imminent apocalypse, and the Mayan
calendar prophecies.
In this one-of-a-kind guidebook, award-winning Wiccan author and scholar Raven Grimassi presents
an insightful portrait of the spirit of the Witch. He explores the spiritual element of the rituals,
practices, and beliefs of Witchcraft, and how these elements apply not only to the seasons of nature,
but also to the mystical seasons of the soul.
Literate and positive, Spirit of the Witch examines the oral tradition of Witches, as well as the
cultural, literary, anthropological, and historical roots of Witchcraft. Revealed within these pages is
the fascinating secret life of the Witch-guardian of the sacred mysteries, channel of magical forces,
and keeper of the doorway between worlds.
It contains etymological roots and the meanings of terms fundamental to epistemology,
metaphysics, and practical teachings of the heterodox and orthodox schools of Indian philosophy.
Cross-referncing has been provided and various charts are included that provide information
regarding relationships, categories, and sourcebooks relevant to the individual schools. This new
and revised third edition presents a comprehensive dictionary of Indian philosophical terms,
providing the terms in both devanagari and roman transliteration along with an English translation. It

offers special meanings of words used as technical terms within particular philosophical systems.
When Gerald Gardner, a retired British colonial administrator, introduced Wicca to the world in the
1950s, he compiled a volume of spells, rituals and magical lore that he called the Book of Shadows.
The Grists, a British couple who converted to Paganism (he is a former Anglican vicar, she is a
magistrate), offer this pleasant and profusely illustrated volume as a Book of Shadows for a new
generation. Unlike Gardner, who emphasized group work, the Grists are concerned particularly with
the solitary practitioner. Free of dogma, church and liturgy, Wicca is "a do-it-yourself religion," say
the Grists. Although they provide a number of sample rituals, the authors urge their readers to "be
quirky" and follow their own paths.
This book may serve as a signpost to those paths, with brief discussions of spells, deities, temple
architecture, annual festivals and other essential information. Even experienced practitioners will
value the Grists' sensible advice. For example, the authors suggest their readers forsake
pilgrimages to sacred sites in faraway places and instead make their own neighborhoods enchanted
spaces. They also note that Wiccans should not drive home after a ritual until they are fully
"earthed," lest the spirits make them reckless. The Grists address other sensitive topics with
characteristic good humor. While those seeking to move beyond the basics will need a more
detailed road map, this illustrated guide is a fine introduction. (July)
In the course of the twentieth century, various disciplines of modern science have amassed an
extraordinary array of observations, which could not be accounted for and adequately explained in
terms of the monistic materialistic worldview and within the context of what Fritjof Capra called the
Newtonian-Cartesian paradigm (Capra 1975). These paradigm-breaking “anomalous
phenomena” came from a wide range of fields from astrophysics, quantum-relativistic
physics, and chemistry to biology, anthropology, thanatology, parapsychology, and psychology.
Editor Richard Grossinger was born in New York City in 1944. He received a B.A. from Amherst
College in 1966 and a Ph.D. in anthropology from the University of Michigan in 1975. He is the
author of many books, including The Night Sky, Embryogenesis, and Homeopathy: An Introduction
for Skeptics and Beginners. He lives with his wife Lindy Hough in Berkeley, California.
John Bohlen, who died in this city on the twenty-sixth day of A pril, 1874, bequeathed to trustees a
fund of one hundred thousand dollars, to be distributed to religious and charitable objects in
accordance with the well-known wishes of the testator. By a deed of trust, executed June 2, 1875,
the trustees under the will of Mr. Bohlen transferred and paid over toT heR ector, Church Wardens,
and Vestrymen of the Church of the Holy Trinity, Philadelphia, in trust, a sum of money for certain
designated purposes, out of which fund the sum of ten thousand dollars was set apart for the
endowment ofT he John Bohlen Lectureship, upon the following terms and conditions: The money
shall be invested in good substantial and safe securities, and held in trust for a fimd to be called The
John Bohlen Lectureship, and the income shall be applied annually to the payment of a qualified
person, whether clergyman or layman, for the deU very and publication of at least one hundred
copies of two or more lecture sermons. These Lectures shall be deU vered at such time and place,
in the city of Philadelphia, as the persons nominated to appoint the lecturer shall from time to time
determine, giving at least six months notice to the person appointed to deliver the same, when the
same may conveniently be done, and in no case selecting the same person as lecturer a second
time within a period of five years.
1914 Excerpt: ... sources, so the Church in her development could with equal right accept ideas and
suggestions from the earnest pagan life around her. For the Holy Spirit in His guidance of the
developing Church would be likely to deal with her as He had dealt with the progressing Revelation
of the Scriptures.1 But before we assume this position 1 Mr. George Coore says in the Hibbert
Journal, vol. xi, p. 343, "by all means let it be shown that as a rite it has its historical and
anthropological precedents and affinities; because when God speaks to man we may expect that he
will speak a language already familiar. The 'teste David cum Sybilla' is an old maxim of Catholicism,
and the Catholic of Grseco-Latin tradition should be the last to contemn the Hellenic elements in his
religion." The Catholic Encyclopaedia, while it affirms that there is no connection between the pagan

and fundamentally repugnant to Catholic and Protestant alike, it would be wise for us to consider
whether the evidence at our disposal necessitates the act. Already several theories, explanatory of
the rise of the Lord's Supper, as celebrated and understood by the Church, are in the field. The
majority, if not all of them, are based on the supposition that the Lord's Supper became a sacrament
only at some moment in the early history of the Church. The traditional belief that Jesus Christ
reclined with his disciples at a farewell meal is generally accepted. The real problem is whether he
intended this meal to be a sacrament and subject to repetition, or whether the meal assumed this
character only in the course of time and under external influences.1 The Church herself has the
Christian eucharists, nevertheless says, "what we particularly discover is a new proof of the
reasonableness of the...
This long awaited volume is presented here in English for the first time; and since it constitutes one
of Guenon's greatest works, its publication must be counted as one of the great literary events of
this century. To glance at the chapter headings is to be impressed by the wealth and the variety of
the contents - The Science of Letters; Symbolic Weapons; The Wild Boar & the Bear; The Language
of the Birds; The Bridge and the Rainbow - are but a few of the 76 chapters. A striking aspect of the
book is that it gives a new significance to so many of the objects, natural and man-made, with which
we are inescapably surrounded in our daily life. Sensitive readers will be enriched by the immense
perspective which is here offered them, both in time and space; and they will see that the book
above all as an introduction to the spiritual life, an introduction which fascinates and compels. For
some souls it will open doors which no other key could unlock.
Nicely illustrated. Complete title is: MYTHS OF NORTHERN LANDS, NARRATED WITH SPECIAL
REFERENCE TO LITERATURE AND ART. From the Preface: "The aim of this handbook of
Northern mythology is to familiarize the English student of letters with the religion of his heathen
ancestors, and to set forth, as clearly as possible, the various myths which have exercised an
influence over our customs, arts, and literature." Olive cloth boards with gold gilt lettering on spine.
CONTENTS (28 Chapters): The Beginning of All Things. Odin. Frigga. Thor. Tyr. Bragi. Idun. Niord.
Frey. Freya. Uller. Forseti. Heimdall. Hermod. Vidar. Vali. The Norns. The Valkyrs. Hel. Aegir.
Balder. Loki. The Giants. The Dwarfs. The Elves. The Sigurd Saga. The Twilight of the Gods. Greek
and Northern Mythologies-A Comparison. 319 pages. Nice antique book would make good addition
to any library shelf.
H. A. Geuerber's "The Myths of the Norsemen" is a classic collection of stories retold from Norse
mythology. Beginning with the Norse myth of creation and following through the sagas of more than
twenty gods, heroes and villains, "The Myths of the Norsemen" recounts the rich mythological
tradition of the Norse people. Of the more familiar characters in this collection one might
immediately recognize the stories of Odin and Thor. These stories are brought together with less
familiar Norse myths in a collection that includes reproductions of illustrations from the original
edition. Readers both young and old will delight in these classic tales of adventure and fantasy.
Biography - I work fulltime investigating and writing about all things paranormal, which means I lead
a most unusual and highly adventurous life. I have written more than 45 books, including
single-volume encyclopedias, on a variety of topics, A-Z, angels to zombies and everything in
between. I'm interested in the entire spectrum of the paranormal, for everything fits together. I go off
in the field to investigate reports of ghosts, UFOs, aliens, ultraterrestrials, Shadow People, Bigfoot,
mysterious creatures, Djinn, demons, angels, fairies and more. I am frequently out on the road, and
I've had plenty of first-hand experiences of many of the things I document in my books. My work is
part of my spiritual journey; probing into the Unknown, the Other Side, and other dimensions is my
search for Truth.
Richly illustrated with medieval, Renaissance, and contemporary paintings, prints, drawings, and
photographs, The Encyclopedia of Angels contains the history and development of angelologies and
the importance of angels to the major religions of the world. The book traces the path of angels
across such diverse subjects as mysticism, mythology, folklore, magic, visions of the Virgin Mary,
out-of-body experiences, extraterrestrials, psychology, and philosophy.

Harper's Encyclopedia of Mystical and Paranormal Experience by Rosemary Ellen Guiley is


destined to be a classic in the understanding of mystical experience--a comprehensive, lavishly
illustrated, A-to-Z guide. It is the most substantial one-volume encyclopedia of its kind in more than
twenty-five years. 50 black-and-white photos.
This encyclopedia is about as fair as one can expect about a subject that many people think doesn't
exist. The author (Harper's Encyclopedia of Mystical and Paranormal Experience , LJ 8/91) has tried
to read much of the skeptical literature and at least to report what it says. Yes, the believers get
much more coverage, but there is an attempt to present both sides. The accuracy of the book is also
fairly high. A number of errors do occur, which, surprisingly, seem not to have been copied from
other sources but to have resulted from misremembering. These small errors do not significantly
affect the utility of the book. A useful addition to the reference collection of any academic or public
library. – Gordon Stein, Univ. of Rhode Island, Kingston
With more than 500 entries and 100 black-and-white illustrations, The Encyclopedia of Witches and
Witchcraft gives readers a detailed look at the Craft and its history from its pagan origins to its
modern revival. Here, in A-to-Z format, readers will find unparalleled coverage of witchcraft practices
around the world in different time periods and societies, including entries on magic, shamanism, the
occult, and wizardry. Biographies of the most influential characters in the movement and how they
shaped the traditions and practices of their followers are included. Completely updated throughout,
this edition features expanded cross-cultural entries and additional historical data.
The Armenian-Greek spiritual teacher, G.I. Gurdjieff's autobiographical account of his youth and
early travels has become something of a legend since it was first published in 1963. A compulsive
read in the tradition of adventure narratives, but suffused with Gurdjieff's unique perspective on life,
it is organized around portraits of remarkable men and women who aided Gurdjieff's search for
hidden knowledge or accompanied him on his journeys in remote parts of the Near East and Central
Asia. A classic work, suffused with a haunting sense of what it means to live fully - with conscience,
with purpose and with heart.
The Master Key System is a system that teaches the ultimate principles, causes, effects, and laws
that underlie all attainment and success. When you want to attain something, The Master Key
System will show you how to get it. The Results you will attain from using this system are so startling
as to appear incredible. For this reason, more and more people are becoming students of The
Master Key System than ever before.
Man is the architect of his own fortune. He can make or unmake himself. He can be weak or strong,
rich or poor, according to the way he manipulates his consciousness and develops his inherent
ability. This requires will power, determination, and self-improvement through work, activity, and
study. He must learn to clothe his mind with beautiful garments of strength and power. He must be
willing to spend as much money, time, and patience to bring about this mental garment as he would
in clothing his body, beautifully and efficiently.
In The New Psychology by Charles F. Haanel, the author of the Master Key System, you will learn
how to unlock the power of positive thinking. Haanel believe that if you learn to think in a certain way
than success can be yours. An important self help book by one of the most important self help
authors ever. Without Haanel We would never have had The Secret or The Power of Positive
Thinking.
Charles F. Haanel is largely associated with the business interests of the city, being affiliated with a
number of enterprises of acknowledged financial worth. Beside being president of the Continental
Commercial Company he is also president of the Sacramento Valley Improvement Company and
president of the Mexico Gold & Silver Mining Company. Mr. Haanel is in every sense of the word a
self-made man, having risen in the commercial world to his present station of worth and prominence
by the utilization of his own natural resources.
Born in Ann Arbor, Michigan, May 22, 1866, he is the son of Hugo and Emeline (Fox) Haanel, who

removed with him to St. Louis when he was in early childhood. He initiated himself into the business
world as an office boy for the National Enameling & Stamping Company. For this company he
worked for a period of fifteen years. Finally he resigned his position with this firm and being
ambitious to rise higher in the financial world, he conceived the idea of organizing a company for the
purpose of promoting an enterprise.
At that time the vicinity of Tehuantepec, Mexico, was reputed as being especially adapted to the
growth of sugar and coffee. He succeeded in convincing a number of capitalists of the feasibility of
taking up land in that section of the country and working a plantation. The land was purchased and
the company organized to engage in the raising of sugar and coffee. Of this company he was made
president. The plantation was successful from the beginning and soon became! an enterprise of
considerable financial worth. This was organized in 1898 and in 1905 Mr. Haanel organized the
Continental Commercial Company which was consolidated with the other company and also
absorbed six additional companies. It is now operating under the name of the Continental
Commercial Company with Mr. Haanel as president. It is capitalized for two million five hundred
thousand dollars, and is one of the largest of its kind in the world.
Mr. Haanel has by no means confined his efforts to these lines, however, but has extended his
labors to other enterprises with which he is associated in a prominent capacity. He was one of the
organizers of the Sacramento Valley Improvement Company and from the beginning has been its
president. Since its inception the company has enjoyed an era of prosperity and now owns and
controls the largest Tokay vineyards in the world. He is likewise president of the Mexico Gold &
Silver Mining Company, a company of some importance in developing the rich mineral resources of
the southern republic.
For all may have, If they dare choose, a glorious life. Herbert. I HAVE received many letters from
people who are distressed by their fears. To every such an one let me send this assured message:
You can grow in your soul a perfect courage. The methods adapted to this ideal are simple, not
impossible to any, and will become less and less difficult as you continue to make them more and
more a real part of your life. I do not say, Be courageous. I do not say, Destroy your fears. Such
advice is common enough, but it is altogether barren unless you know how to carry it out. I hope,
rather, to present methods which shall be definite and practical, so that you will be able to do the
very thing needful.
These methods, in the large, I now announce as follows: First Method: The Inspiration of theS
ubconscious Mind. You are invited, always through the reading of this book and during life, to
believe, assume and realize I Am Growing In My Soul a Perfect Courage. Second Method: The
Elimination ofF ear. This is the negative phase of our work.
This book brings to a close that portion of MASTERY OF SELF, which deals with the art of
Success-Magnetism. Acquiring magnetism is a constructive effort. It is a building process. You are
rearing a structure. You rise, from the foundation, through successive stories to the culminating
peak. The most pleasing, notable structures men build from granite and steel and wood, tower like a
Woolworth Building or a Rheims Cathedral-higher and higher, until they finally reach a gold- tipped
crown or spire, high in the sunlit sky. And so, in rearing your invisible shrine of personal
Success-Magnetism, we now come to the topmost peak of the structure.
This book gives you the crowning inspirations, tipped and topped with the final "Golden Laws of
Magnetism in all Applied Life." Master these lessons in the magnetism of success, and you will go
forth upon the highways and by-ways of life, endowed with a kingly confidence in your ability to win
a measure of success achieved by few. But remember-(should discouragement seek to dog your
steps)- every great structure requires the process of time. "The giant trees of California were once
puny saplings. The slow lapse of time has drawn nature into their mighty hearts." Just as surely as
the absorption of natural forces built the giant redwoods, just as surely can you draw upon nature for
GIANT POWERS.
My first recommendation is to carefully and methodically read the book from beginning to end. Do

not skip about, but take each lesson in regular order. Mentally absorb as much of what you read as
you can, marking in the margins, or making other note of such paragraphs or sections as afford
instructions which you feel particular need of. Return to them later on.
Remember this, all that you will ever know in this world, every iota of knowledge you will ever
possess, comes to you through your Five Senses. A child without Sight, Hearing, Touch, Taste or
Smell never would gain any knowledge, it would be but a physical machine absolutely devoid of the
ability to know, think, reason or understand.
Therefore, the greatest opportunity in your life is the opportunity to learn how to make your five
senses yield you greater brain powers. And to this end Dr. Haddock has in the second division, "The
WILL and SENSE CULTURE," given you the most elaborate and successful exercises ever
arranged to multiply the powers of your Senses, through which your knowledge and success may be
enhanced.
Each time someone dreams, their subconscious is sending messages to their conscious mind.
When understood, these messages offer a remarkable insight into the dreamer's personality, their
half-buried fears and hidden impulses. Unfortunately, since they come disguised in symbols not
easily recognizable, dream messages are most often lost.
The book's directory format and beautiful, full-color photos ensure that the crystals are easily
identifiable. Descriptions, which accompany each of the crystals, provide all the information on their
appearance, worldwide distribution, attributes, actions and healing properties. All the major and less
known stones currently available are contained inside, including those only recently discovered. A
comprehensive index cross-referencing crystals to applications, aliments and conditions make this
book a vital reference for all crystal users.
Judy Hall has been using her extensive collection of crystals in her healing and divination work for
almost thirty years. She has written 18 books, including the best-selling Illustrated Guide to Crystals,
The Crystal User's Handbook, The Illustrated Guide to Astrology, The Zodiac Pack and The Art of
Psychic Protection. She lives in Edmondsham, England.
People who believe in reincarnation are always hungry for knowledge about their past lives. Now,
through her karmic approach to astrology, Judy Hall shows how to find out how our present and
future are affected by the lives we’ve lived before. By explaining the workings of
karma—the credits and deficits gathered by the soul through each of its lives—she
offers readers the key to powerful new insights. She shows how karma can trap a person in a
self-destructive cycle, or offer unsuspected opportunities for change and growth. Looking at
astrology from the perspective of past lives, seekers will discover both how they became what they
are and how they can tap into their unlimited personal potential.
While many thousands of copies have sold since its initial publication in 1928, The Secret Teachings
of All Ages has previously been available only in oversized, expensive editions. For the first time,
Hall's celebrated classic is now published in an affordable trade paperback volume. Literally
hundreds of entries shine a rare light on some of the most fascinating and closely held aspects of
myth, religion, and philosophy from throughout the centuries.
Among the subjects discussed are reincarnation in Oriental, Greek, and American Indian systems of
thought; the theory as set forth in the Old and New Testaments and interpreted by early Christian
Fathers; the rebirth of animals, plants, and minerals; the idea of soul-mates; the memory of past
lives; and the fate of the suicide. An extensive bibliography is included.
Beowulf is the conventional title of an Old English heroic epic poem set in Scandinavia, commonly
cited as one of the most important works of Anglo-Saxon literature. It survives in a single manuscript
known as the Nowell Codex. Its composition by an anonymous Anglo-Saxon poet is dated between
the 8th and the early 11th century. In 1731, the manuscript was badly damaged by a fire that swept
through a building housing a collection of Medieval manuscripts assembled by Sir Robert Bruce

Cotton. The poem fell into obscurity for decades, and its existence did not become widely known
again until it was printed in 1815 in an edition prepared by the Icelandic scholar Grfmur Jonsson
Thorkelin. In the poem, Beowulf, a hero of the Geats in Scandinavia, comes to the help of Hroagar,
the king of the Danes, whose mead hall has been under attack by a being known as Grendel. After
Beowulf slays him, Grendel's mother attacks the hall and is then also defeated. Victorious, Beowulf
goes home to Geatland in Sweden and later becomes king of the Geats. After a period of fifty years
has passed, Beowulf defeats a dragon, but is fatally wounded in the battle. After his death, his
attendants bury him in a tumulus in Geatland.
With 6,400 entries, this is the most complete available lexicon of ancient Sumerian vocabulary. It
replaces version 3 of the author's online Sumerian Lexicon, which has served an audience of over
380,000 visitors since 1999. This published version adds over 2,600 new entries, and corrects or
expands many of the previous entries. Also, following the express wish of a majority of online
lexicon users, it has merged together and sorted the logogram words and the compound words into
purely alphabetical order. This book will be an indispensable reference for anyone trying to translate
Sumerian texts. Also, due to the historical position of ancient Sumer as the world's first urban
civilisation, cultural and linguistic archaeologists will discover a wealth of information for research.
Within You is the Power shows us there is a power lying hidden in mankind, by the use of which any
person can rise to higher and better things in life. The object of this book is to help people to bring
their inward powers of mind and spirit into expression, wisely and in harmony with the laws of life
and to build up character. There is no way whereby the discipline of life can be avoided. There are
no means by which fate can be 'tricked,' nor cunning device by which fate can be evaded.
Each life must meet its own troubles and difficulties: each soul must pass through its deep waters,
every heart must encounter sorrow and grief. But no one needs to be overwhelmed in the great
conflicts of life, for one who has learned the great secret of his identity with the Universal Life and
Power, dwells in an impregnable city, built upon and into the Rock of Truth, against which the storms
of life beat in vain. While this book does not offer any vain promises of an easy life--for, if this were
possible, it would be the greatest of all disasters--but rather endeavours to show how to become so
strong that life looks almost easy by comparison.
From the abundant records and traditions dealing with the curious belief that certain men and
women can transform themselves into animals I have collected a number of instances and examples
which throw fresh light on the subject both from the point of view of folk-lore and occultism. The
causes of transformation are various :contact with a wer-animal, touching what he has touched,
wearing an animal skin, rubbing the body with ointment, slipping on a girdle, buckling on a strap,
and many other expedients, magical and otherwise, may bring about the metamorphosis. Removing
the skin, burning it, or piercing it with the stab of a knife, or the shot from a gun, so that blood is
drawn, are among the best-known methods for causing the human shape to be resumed, but the
stab should be on the brow or between the eyes, and the bullet should be made of silver and is all
the better for having been blessed in a chapel of St. Hubert, otherwise the attempt to break the
enchantment may fail. The penalty for being a wer-animal is death, but sentence is not passed until
after some ordeal has been gone through, such as dipping the finger into boiling resin, innocence
being established if the finger be drawn out unhurt.
In "Balder the Beautiful" Dr. J. G. Frazer, after telling many typical stories, endeavours to establish a
parallelism between witches and wer-animals, the analogy appearing to confirm the view that the
reason for burning a bewitched animal alive is a belief that the human being is in the animal, and
that by burning you compel him to assume another shape. Since the sum of energy in the universe
is held to be constant and invariable, the chain of transformation is thus continued, and form follows
form, endlessly linked together. By some such theory the phenomena of life and death may be
explained and the doctrine of immortality, usually applied only to the soul of man, can be reasonably
extended to animals.
The belief that human and animal souls possess power and entity when externalised and apart from
the living body is less widely held than that of persistence after death. It is one that bears strongly on

the subject of animal transformation, as well as on the affinity which certain animals possess for
some families, an affinity that is akin to totemism.
From Preface: This little book is intended mainly for those who are unacquainted with Spiritualism
and the many singular psychic phenomena. The different religious and moral doctrines which are
capable of thorowing a light on the subject are described in some detail, as I believe that a
knowledge of them is essential and though the various theories cannot be fully criticised in the
space at my disposal, I have tried to bring the reader the chief problems therein involved.
In Fingerprints of the Gods, Hancock embarks on a worldwide quest to put together all the pieces of
the vast and fascinating jigsaw of mankind's hidden past. In ancient monuments as far apart as
Egypt's Great Sphinx, the strange Andean ruins of Tiahuanaco, and Mexico's awe-inspiring Temples
of the Sun and Moon, he reveals not only the clear fingerprints of an as-yet-unidentified civilization
of remote antiquity, but also startling evidence of its vast sophistication, technological advancement,
and evolved scientific knowledge.
This is the first comprehensive reference work to cover the entire domain of “Gnosis and
Western Esotericism” from the period of Late Antiquity to the present. Containing around 400
articles by over 180 international specialists, it provides critical overviews discussing the nature and
historical development of all its important currents and manifestations, from Gnosticism and
Hermetism to Astrology, Alchemy and Magic, from the Hermetic Tradition of the Renaissance to
Rosicrucianism and Christian Theosophy, and from Freemasonry and Illuminism to 19th-century
Occultism and the contemporary New Age movement. Furthermore it contains articles about the life
and work of all the major personalities in the history of Gnosis and Western Esotericism, discussing
their ideas, significance, and historical influence.
In this beautiful and lucid guide, Zen master Thich Nhat Hanh offers gentle anecdotes and practical
exercise as a means of learning the skills of mindfulness--being awake and fully aware. From
washing the dishes to answering the phone to peeling an orange, he reminds us that each moment
holds within it an opportunity to work toward greater self-understanding and peacefulness.
Written just eighty-four years before Neil Armstrong stepped on the moon, this is a Victorian
collection of moon lore: myths, folklore, superstitions and just plain whimsy from all lands. Although
contemporary astronomers had fairly well wrapped up the question of whether there was water and
air on the moon, Harley still suspected that the moon was inhabited. However, there was still much
that was unknown about the moon until the first probes were crash-landed on it (for instance,
whether the surface was covered with vast, deep layers of dust). So we shouldn't feel too smug,
even though we've played golf there. The universe will continue to surprise us. (Quote from
sacred-texts.com)
1885. This work is a contribution to light literature and to the literature of light. The first part is
mythological and mirthsome. The second part, deals with moon worship. The third part talks of lunar
superstitions, many of which yet live in the vagaries that sour and shade our modern sweetness and
light. And finally, the fourth part is a literary essay on lunar inhabitation, presenting in nuce the
present state of the enigma of the plurality of worlds.
This classic on shamanism pioneered the modern shamanic renaissance. It is the foremost resource
and reference on shamanism. Now, with a new introduction and a guide to current resources,
anthropologist Michael Harner provides the definitive handbook on practical shamanism –
what it is, where it came from, how you can participate.
Throughout the 8 years the circle was able to sit they had the whole range of phenomena from
apports to voices and fully formed Spirit people standing amongst them. Four years after Tom
originally had this book printed he realised that he had omitted to mention anything about life in the
Spirit world and so a folded loose sheet was inserted with each copy; the following year another
sheet with the extract from Col. Dixon Smith's book 'New Light on Survival' was also added.

Scientific papers which originally appeared in "The Nineteenth Century" and the "British Medical
Journal" became more widely available when collected in this volume originally published in 1896. In
the preface, the author expresses his hope that these papers "will serve a useful purpose in
dissipating some popular errors and a good deal of pseudo-scientific superstition, superimposed on
a slender basis of physiological and pathological phenomena. They may be of some use. also, in
unmasking a prevalent system of imposture...."
Hart's view of the emergence of hypnotism and mesmerism as alternative sciences, includes
chapters on "Hypnotism, Animal Magnetism and Hysteria" and "Confessions of a Professional
Medium." The appendix to this second edition includes sections on automatic writing, the "eternal
gullible," as well as the hypnotism of Trilby. Illustrated throughout with black& white photographs
and line-drawings.
The fairy is based on the fae of medieval Western European (Old French) folklore and romance.
Fairies are often identified with related beings of other mythologies (see list of beings referred to as
fairies). Even in folklore that uses the term "fairy," there are many definitions of what constitutes a
fairy. Sometimes the term is used to describe any magical creature, including goblins or gnomes: at
other times, the term only describes a specific type of more ethereal creature.
Fairies are generally described as human in appearance and as having magical powers. Their
origins are less clear in the folklore, being variously the dead, or some form of angel, or a species
completely independent of humans or angels. Folklorists have suggested that their actual origin lies
in a conquered race living in hiding, or in religious beliefs that lost currency with the advent of
Christianity. These explanations are not always mutually incompatible, and they may be traceable to
multiple sources.
Much of the folklore about fairies revolves about protection from their malice, by such means as cold
iron (fairies don't like iron and will not go near it) or charms of rowan and herbs, or avoiding offense
by shunning locations known to be theirs. In particular, folklore describes how to prevent the fairies
from stealing babies and substituting changelings, and abducting older people as well. Many
folktales are told of fairies, and they appear as characters in stories from medieval tales of chivalry,
to Victorian fairy tales, and up to the present day in modern literature."
Extracted from His Rare and Extensive Works and from some Unpublished Manuscripts; "Of those
who have taught the secret doctrine's scientific aspect, there have been none more profound than
Hermes Trismegistus, Pythagoras, and Paracelsus." "Paracelsus threw pearls before the swine, and
was scoffed at by the ignorant, his reputation was torn by the dogs of envy and hate, and he was
treacherously killed by his enemies. But although his physical body returned to the elements out of
which it was formed, his genius still lives, and as the eyes of the world become better opened to an
understanding of spiritual truths, he appears like a sun on the mental horizon, whose light is
destined to illuminate the world of mind and to penetrate deep into the hearts of the coming
generation, to warm the soil out of which the science of the coming century will grow." Contents: The
Life of Paracelsus; Explanations of Terms Used by Paracelsus; Cosmology; Anthropology, The
Generation of Man; Pneumatology; Magic and Sorcery; Medicine; Alchemy and Astrology;
Philosophy and Theosophy.
Recent researches in the ethereal realms of Mysticism, Metaphysics.and transcendental
Anthropology have proved beyond a doubt the existence of a great number of apparently mysterious
and occult facts, whose causes cannot be explained by a science whose means for investigation are
limited by the imperfections of sensual perception, and whose researches must necessarily come to
a stop where physical instruments cease to be of any servica Invisible things cannot be seen,
neither can that which is imponderable be weighed with scales; but invisible and imponderable
things, such as the cosmic ether, the lightproducing power of the sun, the vital power of plants and
animals, thought, memory, imagination, will, psychological influences affecting the state of the mind
or producing a sudden change of feeling, and other things too numeroua to mention, are
nevertheless facta, and exist in spite of the incapacity of teachers of anatomy or chemistry to explain
them. If a reasonable sceptic says that such things do not exist, he can only meau to say that theyD

not exist relatively to his knowledge; because, to deny iie possibility of the existence of anything of
which we know nothing would imply that we imagined ourselves to be in possession of all the
knowledge that exists in the i, and believed that nothing could exist of which we 1not
Informative and engaging, yet authoritative and well researched, Encyclopedia of Folk Medicine
reveals previously unexamined connections between folk medicine practices on either side of the
Atlantic, as well as within different cultures (Celtic, Native American, etc.) in the United Kingdom and
America. For students, school and public libraries, folklorists, anthropologists, or anyone interested
in the history of medicine, it offers a unique way to explore the fascinating crossroads where social
history, folk culture, and medical science meet.
From the 17th century to the present, the encyclopedia covers remedies from animal, vegetable,
and mineral sources, as well as practices combining natural materia medica with rituals. Its over 200
alphabetically organized, fully cross-referenced entries allow readers to look up information both by
ailment and by healing agent. Entries present both British and North American traditions side by side
for easy comparison and identify the surprising number of overlaps between folk and scientific
medicine.
This, the sixth book in a progressive series by the author, finalizes and further clarifies the true
nature and core of the condition termed "Enlightenment." Although it draws on consciousness
research for explanation and contextualization, it is primarily an instruction manual for the serious
spiritual devotee and reveals information that is known only by those who have transcended the ego
to reach Divine Realization.
This is the inner route from the self to the Self, and the descriptions of the progressive states are
devoted to the reader's own Illumination. The subjective states of the mystic have been of great
interest but historically never have been clarified to the degree presented in this
semi-autobiographical account that also provides the means by which to identify their rare
occurrence and thus describe the core characteristics of Spiritual Truth. Devoid of ecclesiastical
doctrine or religious belief systems, the pristine essence of all spiritual Truth is revealed in its purity
with unprecedented clarity. It becomes clear that to truly "know" is to "be" rather than to "know
about." Why all of Dr. Hawkins' books begin and end with Gloria in Excelsis Deo! becomes
apparent.
The power of the mind to influence the physical world has long been debated, debunked, studied for
military applications, and used in science fiction. This historical and theoretical study of mind-matter
interaction, or MMI, explores the phenomena of levitation, stigmata, inedia, paranormal activity,
bilocation, fire immunity, luminosity, and the teleportation of matter. The results of more than a
century of formal experimental research are discussed, as are resultant training techniques,
theories, and controlled experiments used to test or bolster psychokinetic abilities.
Publisher's Preface; Part 1; Evolution As Shown In The Zodiac; The Measure Of Amenability To
Planetary vibrations; Part 2; Were You Born Under A Lucky Star?; Reading The Horoscope; The
Influence Of The Twelve Signs When Rising; The Intrinsic Nature Of The Planets; Part 3; The
Children Of The Twelve Signs; The Sun, Giver Of Life; Venus The Planet Of Love; Part 4; Mercury,
The Planet Of Reason; The Moon, The Planet Of Fecundation; Saturn, The Planet Of Sorrow; Part
5; Jupiter The Planet Of Benevolence; Mars The Planet Of Action; Part 6; Planetary Octaves;
Uranus, The Planet Of Altruism; Part 7; Neptune, The Planet Of Divinity; The Doctrine Of
Delineation In A Nutshell; Mind And The Ruling Planet; Your Luck In Life; Part 8; Marriage And
Offspring; Progression Of The Horoscope; Different Methods Of Progression And The Reason For
Them; Progressed Solar Directions; Progressed Lunar Directions; Part 9; Mutual Planetary
Directions; Transits; Astrodiagnosis Of Disease; The Law Of Correspondences; Part 10; Thirtysix
Example Horoscopes
Danish-American mystic and astrologer MAX HEINDEL (1865-1919) is considered by some the
greatest Western spiritualist of the 20th century, and with the aid of his wife, research assistant, and
fellow occultist AUGUSTA FOSS HEINDEL (1865-1949), he helped develop the modern teachings

of the esoteric Christian philosophy of Rosicrucianism. Here, in this 1918 work, the Heindels
examine the art of astrology through this lens of this mysterious strain of mysticism that connects
humanity to the stars. You'll learn... . why the human body reacts to the vibrations of the planets that
we interpret as astrology . how to interpret the complex influence of the planets on each of the signs
of the zodiac . how the zodiacal signs affect human health, and which signs rule which parts of the
body . how a healer can ensure his vibrations will complement his patient's for maximum therapeutic
impact . how horoscopes can diagnose disease . and much more.
Astro-Diagnosis is the science and art of obtaining scientific knowledge regarding disease and its
causes as shown by the planets, as well as means of overcoming it. This science of diagnosis and
healing does not set aside the old school of medicine and diagnosis, but builds on the work of the
old school. This is one of the classic statements of this approach to healing. Profusely illustrated.
Publisher's Preface; Foreward; Introduction; Part I.; The Anatomical And Physiological Properties Of
The Signs; Rulerships And Qualities Anatomy And Physiology Correlated To The Zodiac; Sympathy
And Antipathy; The Science Of Right Living; The Mentality; The Sixth House Influences; Preliminary
Steps In Diagnosing; Hints And Helps For The Healer; Aphorisms; Diagnosing From The Hands And
Finger Nails; Part ii. Diagnosis From Horoscopes; A Lesson In Directing; The Ears; The Eyes; The
Throat; The Lungs; The Heart; The Stomach; The Kidneys; Sex And Throat; The Spine; The Liver
And Gall Bladder; The Circulation; Leprosy; Paralysis; The Nerves; The Bones; Spirit Control; The
Ductless Glands; Special Conditions; Insanity; Asthma; Cancer; Rosicrucian Healing
In ancient temples, a way of spiritual unfolding was taught that came to be called the
“mysteries.” Students of the mysteries were given intensive instruction and training
that culminated in “tests” known as initiations. An initiation was an opportunity to
demonstrate personal mastery in an area of life. The experience led to an expansion of
consciousness, heightened ability, confidence and power. The student learned that life was
governed by law—cause and effect being an essential principle. Participation in the mysteries
led to comprehensive life mastery, and a series of breakthroughs culminating in the realization that
the spirit within is immortal and indestructible. Students learned that the source of life is within, and
this inner reservoir of strength is inexhaustible. In the advanced stages of the mysteries, initiates
learned through experience that there exist no circumstances in which the spirit may not triumph;
even death is an illusion.
An enlightened study of Rosicrucian philosophy from one of the esoteric leaders of the 20th century.
Max Heindel, founder of the Rosicrucian Fellowship, offers this work to help understand the history
and meaning of initiation. A classic work of value to all students of initiation. Edited by Michael R.
Poll.
The seminal work by one of the most important thinkers of the twentieth century, Physics and
Philosophy is Werner Heisenberg's concise and accessible narrative of the revolution in modern
physics, in which he played a towering role. The outgrowth of a celebrated lecture series, this book
remains as relevant, provocative, and fascinating as when it was first published in 1958. A brilliant
scientist whose ideas altered our perception of the universe, Heisenberg is considered the father of
quantum physics; he is most famous for the Uncertainty Principle, which states that quantum
particles do not occupy a fixed, measurable position. His contributions remain a cornerstone of
contemporary physics theory and application.
Little did most Americans know that orbiting F.D.R.'s thoughts during this extraordinary time was
another equally extraordinary and controversial man....Constantine Nicholas Roerich...combined
elements of Christianity, Buddhism, Hinduism, pantheism and even the theory of relativity to
formulate a blazing path to spiritual enlightenment...Roerich had also persuaded Wallace and F.D.R.
that Christ was alive and living in Shambhala, the Buddhist paradise atop Mount Meru in Mongolia...
View Enlarged Image In Godmaking, William Henry reveals the relationship between modern DNA
discoveries and ancient knowledge. Drawing on unseen correlations between such things as the
Egyptian Tower of Min and the Druid Maypole, he uncovers lost knowledge of DNA from the distant

past, and along with it a whole new way of looking at the human future. He explains the previously
unknown healing power of what he describes as our 'mystic anatomy' in this truly revolutionary book.
Thousands of years ago stargate technology of the gods was lost. Mayan Prophecy says it will
return by 2012, along with our alignment with the center of our galaxy. This will bring the birth of a
new matrix and a new human. We are its elders. Highlights of this book include: Examples of
stargates and wormholes in the ancient world; Examine myths and scripture with hidden references
to a stargate cloak worn by the Illuminati, including Mari, Nimrod, Elijah, and Jesus; See rare images
of gods and goddesses wearing the Cloak of the illuminati; Find out how to put on the Inner Cloak of
the Illuminati; Learn about Saddam Hussein and the secret missing library of Jesus; Uncover the
secret Roman era eugenics experiments at the Temple of Hathor in Denderah, Egypt; Explore the
duplicate of the Stargate Pillar of the Gods in the Illuminists secret garden in Nashville, TN; Discover
the secrets of manna, the food of the angels; Share the lost Peace Prayer posture of Osiris, Jesus
and the Illuminati; What the governments view of humanity as a collective hive means to you; The
implications of new nano technology on your spiritual growth; How TARA (compassion) will
overcome TERROR and bring a new spiritual politics, and stargate technology will bring true
PEACE; Experience a new way of understanding ourselves and our future. Chapters include: The
Illuminist's Secret Garden; Seven Stars Under Three Stars; Manna; The Long Walk; Squaring the
Circle; The Mill of the Host; The Miracle Garment;The Fig; Nimrod: The Mighty Man;
Nebuchadnezzar's Gate; The New Mighty Man, more.
Here, at what some claim is the center of Earth’s land masses, I experienced an unexpected
and peculiar visual effect. The horizon drops off sharp behind the pyramids. It looks like
you’re on the edge of the flat earth. As I gazed into the night sky, the stars and planets
appeared, to me, not to be ‘up’ there as at home. They are ‘out’ there,
and appear to be orbiting on a direct line ‘out’. It was quite an amazing experience.
Standing alone at the edge of this great divide I felt a part of the revolving planets for the first time.
Venus was so ‘close’ ‘over’ there that I felt as though I could step
‘off’ the Giza Plateau ‘onto’ the Planet of Love. What a trip!
Hill, in the tradition of all holy hills. The temple atop this mount emerges as a Temple of
Enlightenment and Transformation that uses sacred architectural principles and spiritual symbolism
to create a magnificent space or place where Heaven and Earth unite. By definition it is a gateway,
a stargate, to use a 21st century term.
An illustrationpacked interpretation of ancient gateway stories of the Illuminati, including new and
important discoveries about * the creation of crop circles * the language of light * the secrets that
Jesus, Leonardo and Salvador Dali shared * how nanotechnology will help build the New Atlantis *
how the human body shares the design of the Ark of the Covenant * how Mayan, Egyptian, and
Sumerian serpent symbolism hold the secrets of wormholes All of these ancient tales of oracles and
secret codes feature advanced technology for raising of spiritual vibration and increasing our
body’s innate healing ability.
Investigative mythologist William Henry follows up his best-selling Cloak of the Illuminati with this
illustration-packed treatise on the secret codes, oracles and technology of ancient Illuminati. His
primary expertise and mission is finding and interpreting ancient gateway stories which feature
advanced technology for raising spiritual vibration and increasing our body’s innate healing
ability. Chapters include: From Cloak to Oracle; The Return of Sophia; The Cosmic G-Spot
Stimulator; The Reality of the Rulers; The Hymn of the Pearl; The Realm of the Illuminati; Francis
Bacon: Oracle; Abydos and the Head of Sophia; Enki and the Flower of Light; The God Head and
the Dodecahedron; The Star Walker; The Big Secret; more.
In Japan, an art such as archery is not practiced solely for utilitarian purposes such as learning to hit
targets. Archery is also meant to train the mind and bring it into contact with the ultimate reality. If
one really wishes to be master of an art, technical knowledge of it is not enough. One has to
trancend technique so that the art becomes an "artless art" growing out of the Unconsciousness. In
this way, as the author simply, clearly demonstrates, archery becomes a path to greater

understanding and enlightenment.


Abury, England. Stanton temple. Westmoreland. American serpent temples. Temple of Karnac in
Brittany, Druidical worship, Stonehenge. Scotland and the snakes. The snakes of Ireland. Mexico,
Tezcatlepoca and Unzilopoehtli, Hietorogram of Egypt. Persia. Greece. Rome and China. Serpent in
the zodiac. pp. 18-24, Chapter V THE SERPENT AND THE EGG Primitive chaos represented by
the egg. Cneph, Egyptian creator. p. 25, Chapter VI THE SERPENT AND THE RIVER Why is the
serpent the symbol of creative power? Two theories. First - The serpent itself suggested the symbol.
Serpent mysterious, therefore representing the mysterious things of lite. Difficulty with the theory.
Second - Theory of Keary, River, the original serpent. Oceanus, the earth encircling river. The
serpent of the Midgard Sea. Apollo and the Python. Birth of the Python. Rivers and serpents
confounded. Tree and serpcntworbhip in Egypt. Relation of the serpent to the Nile. Babylonian
Tiamat. The Hebrews and the sea. Babylonian Ea. Jinns. pp. 26-30. Chapter VII THE SERPENT
AND THE TORRENT The Russian Norka, Colossac and the archangel Michael, The fountain at
Delphi. The Lernean Hydra. The Hebrew Tannin. The Indian Lake Serpent. pp. 31-32. Chapter VIII
THE SERPENT AND THE CLOUD Ahi and Vritra, clouds, originally rivers. Celestial serpent of
Persia. Eclipse of Chinese. Rainbow of Persia. Serpent or dragon as the giver of rain in China, India
and America. Meaning of India and Vritra. Visit of Gautama to a naga king. Moki Indians and the
rain. Snake dance a prayer for rain.
In this book we will go on a visionary quest for the ancient Mysteries through research of mysterious
and sometimes obscure literature. We speak about the hidden esoteric meaning of the sacramental
systems, which form the basis of the various religious practices. For practical reasons, I have limited
this research to the influence of Christian and Masonic sacramental systems. Maintaining a subtle
energy grid or matrix in a negative way by desecration is the way to keep the individuals in their own
thought prisons. Creating a positive energy grid by consecration can help liberate individuals and
beneficially influence collective consciousness
1 Between Myth, Magic, and Science 2 Archaeo-astronomy and Myth 3 Earth Spirit 4 Numbers 5
Megalithic Structures, Ley Lines and the World Grid 6 Subtle Energy 7 Alchemy 8 Creating the
Matrix 9 Astrology 10 Astronomical Alignments and Magical Rituals at Sacred Places 11 Temple
design 12 Initiations and the Mystery Schools 13 Subtle Energy Knowledge in Religion 14
Egregores: The Creation of our Gods 15 The Occult Influence of Government and Religion on
Society 16 Consecration and Desecration of Sacred Places 17 Monumental Masonic Magic 18
Ancient Occult Warfare 19 New Religion for the Aeon of Horus (Satan, Lucifer) 20 Esoteric Ancient
Science and Technology 21 Hermetica and Paleophysics 22 Esoteric Modern Science and
Technology 23 Tachyon Energy 24 Channelled Information on the Subtle Energy Grid 25 Escaping
the Matrix Appendix I: Glossary of Elements of Ancient Subtle Energy Technology Appendix II:
Numbers of the Canon Appendix III: The natural Meaning of the Alphabet Literature
Thor Heyerdahl (1914 - 2002) was a Norwegian ethnographer and adventurer with a background in
zoology and geography. He became notable for his Kon-Tiki expedition, in which he sailed 8,000 km
(5,000 mi) across the Pacific Ocean in a self-built raft from South America to the Tuamotu Islands in
1947. The expedition was designed to demonstrate that ancient people could have made long sea
voyages, creating contacts between apparently separate cultures. He is the author of another
important text, Aku-Aku, this time focusing on the secrets and mysteries of Easter Island. This was
linked to a diffusionist model of cultural development. Heyerdahl subsequently made other voyages
designed to demonstrate the possibility of contact between widely separated ancient peoples. He
was appointed a government scholar in 1984. In May 2011, the Thor Heyerdahl Archives were
added to UNESCO's "Memory of the World" Register. At the time, this list included 238 collections
from all over the world. The Heyerdahl Archives span the years 1937 to 2002 and include his
photographic collection, diaries, private letters, expedition plans, articles, newspaper clippings,
original book and article manuscripts. The Heyerdahl Archives are administered by the Kon-Tiki
Museum and the National Library of Norway in Oslo.
This book uncovers a myriad of false premises that are at the heart of every uncomfortable
relationship issue, and guides you to a clear understanding of the powerful creative Vortex that has

already assembled the relationships that you have desired. Abraham will show you how to enter that
Vortex, where you will rendezvous with everything and everyone you have been looking for.
Abraham says: “It is our desire to help you to solve the mystery of those seemingly
impossible relationships; to sort out the details of joyously sharing your planet with billions of others;
to rediscover the beauty of your differences; and, most of all, to reestablish the most important
relationship of all: your relationship with the Eternal, Non-Physical Source that is really you.
“It is our desire that you experience an enhanced appreciation of your planet; your body;
your family; your friends; your enemies; your government; your systems; your food; your finances;
your animals; your work and your play; your purpose; your Source; your Soul; your past, your
future, and your present. . . ."
This book presents the powerful basics of the original Teachings of Abraham. Within these pages,
you’ll learn how all things, wanted and unwanted, are brought to you by this most powerful
law of the universe, the Law of Attraction. (that which is like unto itself is drawn). You’ve most
likely heard the saying “Like attracts like,” “Birds of a feather flock
together,” or “It is done unto you as you believe” (a belief is only a thought you
keep thinking); and although the Law of Attraction has been alluded to by some of the greatest
teachers in history, it has never before been explained in as clear and practical terms as in this
latest book by New York Times best-selling authors, Esther and Jerry Hicks.
Learn here about the omnipresent Laws that govern this Universe and how to make them work
to your advantage. The understanding that you’ll achieve by reading this book will take all the
guesswork out of daily living. You’ll finally understand just about everything that’s
happening in your own life as well as in the lives of those you’re interacting with. This book
will help you to joyously be, do, or have anything that you desire!
A must for anyone wanting to improve their lives and their positive thinking. There have been more
millionaires and indeed, billionaires, who have made their fortunes as a result of reading this
success classic than any other book every printed. NAPOLEON HILLS's "Think and Grow Rich" is
the authors most famous work. This is the COMPLETE Reference Book. A true masterpiece with the
fundamentals of the Success philosophy.
***** ABOUT THE AUTHOR: Napoleon Hill was an American author who was one of the earliest
producers of the modern genre of personal-success literature. His most famous work, Think and
Grow Rich, is one of the best-selling books of all time. Hill's works examined the power of personal
beliefs, and the role they play in personal success. "What the mind of man can conceive and
believe, it can achieve" is one of Hill's hallmark expressions. How achievement actually occurs, and
a formula for it that puts success in reach for the average person, were the focal points of Hill's
books.
****** Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, about "Think and Grow Rich": Think and Grow Rich is a
motivational personal development and self-help book written by Napoleon Hill and inspired by a
suggestion from Scottish-American businessman Andrew Carnegie. While the title implies that this
book deals only with how to get rich, the author explains that the philosophy taught in the book can
be used to help people succeed in all lines of work and to do or be almost anything they want. For
instance, Jim Murray (sportswriter) wrote that Think and Grow Rich was credited for Ken Norton's
boxing upset of Muhammad Ali in 1973. The Reverend Charles Stanley writes "I began to apply the
principles of (Think and Grow Rich) to my endeavors as a pastor, and I discovered they worked!"
The book was first published during the Great Depression. At the time of Hill's death in 1970, Think
and Grow Rich had sold 20 million copies. It remains the biggest seller of Napoleon Hill's books - a
perennial best-seller after 70 years (BusinessWeek Magazine's Best-Seller List ranked Think and
Grow Rich as the sixth best-selling paperback business book 70 years after it was first published).
Think and Grow Rich is listed in John C. Maxwell's A Lifetime "Must Read" Books List.

The text of Think and Grow Rich is founded on Hill's earlier work The Law of Success, the result of
more than twenty years of research based on Hill's close association with a large number of
individuals who achieved great wealth during their lifetimes. At Andrew Carnegie's bidding, Hill
studied the characteristics of these achievers and developed 16 "laws" of success intended to be
applied by anybody to achieve success. Think and Grow Rich condenses these laws further and
provides the reader with 13 principles in the form of a philosophy of personal achievement. It is
noted in the book, that an individual with desire, faith, and persistence can reach great heights by
eliminating all negative energy and thoughts and focusing at the greater goals in hand.
In this exciting book, the renowned author of THINK AND GROW RICH, Napoleon Hill, reveals his
latest discoveries about getting what you want--and making the most of it. Here, in simple, readable
language, are the foolproof techniques for achieving the power to earn money and to enjoy genuine
inner peace. You wil learn: how to succeed in life, succeed in being yourself; how to develop your
own healthy ego; how to win the job you want--and keep going upward; how to turn every challenge
into a new success, and more.
Here is the Holy Grail of SUCCESS PHILOSOPHY: Napoleon Hill's complete and original formula to
achievement presented in fifteen remarkable principles - now newly designed in a single-volume
edition. The LAW OF SUCCESS is the GOLDEN KEY to Hill's thought - his complete and
unabridged mind-power method for achieving your goals.
After interviewing dozens of industrialists, diplomats, thought leaders, and successful people from all
walks of life, the young Hill distilled what he learned into these fifteen core lessons, organized with
an introductory chapter, "The Master Mind," that serves as a primer to Hill's overall philosophy. As
Hill saw it, these lessons work as a "mind stimulant" that "will cause the student to organize and
direct to a DEFINITE end the forces of his or her mind, thus harnessing the stupendous power which
most people waste."
Condensed Chaos provides a practical introduction to Chaos Magic, one of the fastest growing
areas of Western Occultism. Through it you can change your circumstances, live according to a
developing sense of personal responsibility, effect change around you, and stop living as a helpless
cog in some clockwork universe. All acts of personal/collective liberation are magical acts. Magic
leads us into exhilaration and ecstasy; into insight and understanding; into changing ourselves and
the world in which we participate. Through magic we may come to explore the possibilities of
freedom.
Many elements of Tantric magic have become absorbed into the general magical lore of the West.
Such elements include concepts such as Kundalini, the Chakras, Karma, Yoga, etc. Concepts such
as the Chakras have been widely taken up by new agers and spiritualists, many of whom would be
horrified if told of the roots of these concepts in tantrism.
So why does Tantra have such a ‘dodgy’ reputation? In part, this is due to the efforts
of the European chroniclers of Indian religious life. The Abbe Dubois for example, author of the
seminal work on Hindu life, “Hindu Manners, Customs and Ceremonies” (1807), wrote
in much detail of the “abominable debaucheries” of ‘sakti worship’. The
Abbe’s work contained the first detailed account of the orgiastic ritual that came to be
known as ‘cakrapuja’ (circle-worship), and his book did much to fix the European
notion that Hindus were depraved.
The Abbe’s descriptions of sakti worship was passed down from author to author, and still
colours some modern notions of Tantra. Similarly, the Rev. William Ward, writing of famous tantric
texts such as the Yoni Tantra, reverted to asterisks occasionally whilst describing “...things
too abominable to enter the ears of man, and impossible to be revealed to a Christian
public...”
This collection of essays, written between 1988-95, deals with aspects of the practice of magical
evocation. My first lengthy foray into this much-misunderstood aspect of magic was a personal

magical retirement inspired by accounts of magicians working the Abra-melin system, but perhaps
more influenced in execution by the work of Austin Osman Spare and the Industrial art movement.
My experiences in this retirement are recounted in the first essay, Howling. At the core of this essay
is the identification of cognitive-emotional-behavioural constructs as discrete entities - Personal
Demons, if you will - a subject which I have dealt with in more user-friendly detail in Condensed
Chaos (New Falcon Publications, 1995).
The next phase of work concerned the evocation of Servitors (lit: a person who serves another),
prompted by a brief paragraph in Peter J. Carrolls book, Liber Null (Morton Press, 1978). Working
with the magical group, Circle of Stars, I developed a simple, generic approach to creating and
evoking magical servitors. The basics of this approach are presented in the Servitors essay,
followed by both an example of a rather successful servitor, and an approach to what I have chosen
to call, Functional Spirits which requires no ritual trappings whatsoever.
The third phase of work concerned the more traditional forms of evocation. Together with a
colleague, Fra. GosaA, I embarked on a Goetia Project - the aim being to experiment with
various approaches to the evocation of spirits, beginning with the Lesser Key of Solomon the King.
Some observations on our results with the entities of the Lesser Key of Solomon are enclosed.
The aim of this book is to go some way towards exploring the evolving perspective of 'Urban
Shamanism'. It's not really a training manual like its predecessors, but gives one viewpoint (mine) on
tackling the problem of living and acting from a broadly shamanic stance, within a city culture.
Starting out with the premise that shamanic work is less of a purely personal trip and more related to
the recovery of a functional role that individuals may come to play in their community, I have tried to
preset a clear picture of my own approach, in the hope that it may point others to explore what
remains, largely, unknown territory.
Two Worlds & Inbetween is a companion volume to Walking Between the Worlds. Whilst the latter
dealt primarily with enhancing sensory awareness and the induction of trance states by various
methods, this present work provides a simple schema for partitioning aspects of our experience, and
suggests exercises withing a broad conceptual framework for self-exploration and development.
The first part of this book deals with basic sensory exercises, while the second half deals with trance
states, and some of the basic group dynamics involved in helping other people into them. Using
these techniques will not make you a ‘shaman/shamanka’, but they are drawing on
the shamanic outlook - which depends from an enhanced awareness of our environment, and the
ability to mediate between the everyday, and the sacred aspects of our experience.
What is Magick? Several definitions float into my mind, but none of them do it full justice. The world
is magical; we might get a sense of this after climbing a mountain and looking down upon the
landscape below, or in the quiet satisfaction at the end of one of ‘those days’ when
everything has gone right for us. Magick is a doorway through which we step into mystery, wildness,
and immanence.
Contents: A Language of Space; Four dimensional space; Analogy of a plane world; Significance of
a four-dimensional existence; First chapter in the history of four space; The higher world; Evidences
for a fourth dimension; Use of four dimensions in thought; Application to Kant's theory of experience;
A four-dimensional figure; Nomenclature and analogies; Simplest four-dimensional solid; Remarks
on the figures; A recapitulation and extension of the physical argument.
Originally published as a pamphlet in 1853, and expanded to book length in 1858, The Two
Babylons seeks to demonstrate a connection between the ancient Babylonian mystery religions and
practices of the Roman Catholic Church. Often controversial, yet always engaging, The Two
Babylons comes from an era when disciplines such as archeology and anthropology were in their
infancy, and represents an early attempt to synthesize many of the findings of these areas and the
bible tales.

The Two Babylons was an anti-Catholic religious pamphlet produced initially by the Scottish
theologian and Protestant Presbyterian Alexander Hislop in 1853. It was later expanded in 1858 and
finally published as a book in 1919. Its central theme is its allegation that the Roman Catholic
Church is a veiled continuation of the pagan religion of Babylon, the veiled paganism being the
product of a millennia old conspiracy.
Why is the Bush administration intent on returning to the moon as quickly as possible? What are the
reasons for the current “space race” with China, Russia, and India? Remarkable
images reproduced within this book provided to author Richard C. Hoagland by disaffected NASA
employees provide clues why, including information about suppressed lunar discoveries.
Mystical organizations quietly dominate NASA, carrying out their own secret agendas behind the
scenes. This is the story of men at the very fringes of rational thought and conventional wisdom,
operating at the highest levels of our country. Their policies are far more aligned with ancient
religions and secret mystery schools than the facade of rational science NASA has successfully
promoted to the world for almost fifty years.
Develop Your Psychic Skills gives you a broad overview of the whole field of psychic experiences.
The exercises and practices given in this book are enjoyable and easy to do. Use them to
strengthen and focus your own natural abilities and turn them into precise, coordinated skills. You'll
be amazed at the changed that begin to happen in your life as you activate the right hemisphere of
your brain; the intuitive, creative, psychic half which has been so seldom used for so long.
Centuries ago, the Kahuna, the ancient Hawaiian miracle workers, discovered the fundamental
pattern of energy-flow in the Universe. Their secrets of psychic and intra-psychic communication,
refined and enriched by modern scientific research, are now revealed in this practical, readable
book. Learn to talk directly to your own unconscious selves and others'. It could change your life.
Douglas Hofstadter’s book is concerned directly with the nature of “maps” or
links between formal systems. However, according to Hofstadter, the formal system that underlies
all mental activity transcends the system that supports it. If life can grow out of the formal chemical
substrate of the cell, if consciousness can emerge out of a formal system of firing neurons, then so
too will computers attain human intelligence. Gdel Escher and Bach is a wonderful exploration of
fascinating ideas at the heart of cognitive science: meaning, reduction, recursion, and much more.
With contributions from Jorge Luis Borges, Richard Dawkins, John Searle, and Robert Nozick, The
Mind's I explores the meaning of self and consciousness through the perspectives of literature,
artificial intelligence, psychology, and other disciplines. In selections that range from fiction to
scientific speculations about thinking machines, artificial intelligence, and the nature of the brain,
Hofstadter and Dennett present a variety of conflicting visions of the self and the soul as explored
through the writings of some of the twentieth century's most renowned thinkers.
Since research scientists began to delve into the nature of the mind and the afterlife in the last
quarter of the twentieth century, humankind has made remarkable discoveries that have left
researchers in wonder and awe. Your Eternal Self contains descriptions of the results of the
thousands of studies that have pointed unmistakably to the finding that we are eternal beings having
a physical experience. Death is an illusion. Even hard-nosed skeptics described in the book have
changed their viewpoints in light of the evidence.
Your Eternal Self describes carefully controlled, scientific research done by biologists, physicists,
neuroscientists, physicians, psychologists, Nobel laureates, and other renowned scientists showing
that the mind is outside of the brain, people see and know things they couldn't know if the mind were
in the brain, the afterlife is as real as this life, people's minds are united, and our consciousness
actually changes the environment in which we live.
The book cites 330 sources from many prestigious scientific, psychological, and medical journals,

but distills the essence of the research without technical detail, bringing it down to practical, daily
life. It is easy reading and full of fascinating anecdotes and explanations. Your Eternal Self ends by
describing what our purpose seems to be in life, what true spirituality is, how people can grow
spiritually to change themselves so they have love and bliss in their lives, how they can provide that
loving legacy for their children's children, and what the research has shown about the world of the
afterlife.
As modern medical techniques for resuscitation advance, NDEs are more frequently reported.
These include more than the popular notions of moving through a tunnel or seeing a light. They also
include people, once revived, knowing things their knowledge of which can't currently be explained.
As The Handbook of Near-Death Experiences: Thirty Years of Investigation makes clear, great
controversy exists in the medical and psychological fields concerning NDEs. Are they caused by
physiological changes in the brain, or are they biological reactions to oxygen loss or impending
death? Are they a product of changing states of consciousness? Or are they caused by something
else altogether? All of these ideas and more are discussed in this unique and comprehensive
volume.
Science has defined a variety of natural laws that explain the physical world and how it changes.
One such law states that for every action there is a reaction, and that for every motion there is
corresponding counter-motion. Whether it s visible to the human eye or not, one thing is certain
movement and change will occur as a result. Having studied these principles, author Raymond
Holliwell not only understood the universal physical applications, he also understood the spiritual
and mental applications as well.
By using this law on a spiritual and mental level, Holliwell found that a specific thought could create
a desired reaction in his personal and professional life through continual and dedicated practice. As
he came to realize the expanded potential of this powerful law, he eventually recognized the
ultimate source of the dramatic results God.
There are countless laws that impact on our daily lives and actions. But there are other laws just
waiting to be discovered and put to work from within laws that anyone can use to live a limitless and
prosperous life. After many printings, the lessons in WORKING WITH THE LAW are still being
taught in numerous workshops around the country and continue to provide the reader with a new
opportunity to take action and re-think their strategy for success by simply working with the law.
FROM THE INTRODUCTION: If life can move along effortlessly and orderly some of the time, why
does it not do so always? When we ponder this question, often in the midst of discouragement and
difficulty, we feel that something is eluding us. What is that something? According to the author of
Working with the Law, Dr. Raymond Holliwell, that something is God or as he prefers to name it,
Law. He states in his preface: "I shall call God working in our lives Law. Interpreting the Law in
several ways should bring it more clearly into our way of thinking. Then as we strive to work with the
Law we are living closer to God, and such living brings a better understanding."
"In the Creative Mind, Earnest Shurtleff Holmes explores what it means to be a human being and
how we all can become better human beings. He explores the role of man and God/Higher Power
and how they can be, or are, one. This book will help your feel more in tune with the greater forces
of the universe and be the best you that you can be, thereby opening up creativity and happiness
previously undreamt of. Earnest Shurtleff Holmes was the founder of the Church of Religious
Science. Religious Science, like many New Thought faiths, emphasizes positive thinking, influence
of circumstances through mental processes, recognition of a creative energy source and of natural
law. Holmes had an immense influence on New Age beliefs, particularly his core philosophy that we
create our own reality."
A brilliant speaker, gifted thinker, and inspired writer, Dr. Ernest S. Holmes founded the United
Church of Religious Science, an international ministry that flourishes today. His message is simple:
The universe has intelligence, purpose, and order. By understanding its principles and applying
them to ourselves, we can see who we are and what we truly want in life.

In this first-ever collection, one of the world's most prominent and prolific authors on the subject of
unusual phenomena offers plausible explanations for curiosities once considered
unexplainable-from prophecy and out-of-body experiences to ghosts, UFOs, and parallel universes.
The author applies new research techniques, with each chapter offering a rational explanation for
the once unexplained. His exhaustive study and analysis replaces colorful beliefs of heaven and hell
(nurtured for centuries by organized religions) with evidence obtained under strict scientific test
conditions, either in the laboratory or in the field. Offered in an engaging and convincing style, the
information presented is based on hard evidence, no matter how strange some of that evidence may
seem. It is the culmination of Holzer's life work and gives readers an advance glimpse, along with
practical information and applications that they can use now.
The Iliad is typically described as one of the greatest war stories of all time, but to call it a war story
does not begin to describe the emotional sweep of its action and characters: Achilles, Helen, Hector,
and other heroes of Greek myth and history in the 10th and final year of the Greek siege of Troy.
After ten years, the Trojan War is over and the Achaeans head for home—with varying
results. Some, like Nestor, come home quickly to find things pretty much as they left them. Others,
like Agamemnon, arrive home to find things considerably changed. Still others, like Menelaus,
wander for a time but eventually return home safely and little the worse for wear.
Historical Books of the World (Asia and Far East Collection), represents an important historical
artifact on Asian history and culture. Its contents come from the legions of academic literature and
research on the subject produced over the last several hundred years. Covered within is a
discussion drawn from many areas of study and research on the subject.
No subject is of greater importance and significance in the history of the human race than that of sex
worship, the adoration of the generative organs and their functions as symbols of the procreative
powers of nature. It was the universal primitive religion of the world and has left its indelible impress
upon our ideas, our language and our institutions. It constitutes the basis of all religious systems
and the origin of our most sacred symbols and many of our most familiar customs ;in a word, it is the
foundation of religious thought and conduct. Phallic (sex) worship was not confined to any one race
nor to any particular age in the history of the world, but was the religion of all nations at all times.
The Book of Witches is not an 'exhaustive treatise on witches and witchcraft' but rather 'a picture
from which a general impression may be gained'. Oliver Madox Hueffer shows where witches have
comes from and why, 'what she was and is,.. how necessary she is and must be to the happiness of
mankind, and how great the responsibility of those who, disbelieving in her themselves, seek to
infect others with their scepticism'.
OUT-OF-BODY TRAVEL: Containing Come to Wisdom's Door: How to Have an Out-of-Body
Experience!,' 'The Mysteries of the Redemption: A Treatise on Out-of-Body Travel and Mysticism,'
'Galactica: A Treatise on Death, Dying and the Afterlife' and 'The Palace of Ancient Knowledge: A
Treatise on Ancient Mysteries.'
'Infinite Mind: The Science of Human Vibrations' presents the first comprehensive human energy
model based on 25 years of sophisticated electronic field research and clinical studies. It clarifies
metaphysical deductions from physics, evaluates clinical suppositions, and should supercede the
ancient inadequate explanations of the past.
Join Dr. Valerie Hunt as she takes you on a journey of discovery into the vibrant electromagnetic
radiation field as it changes during human interaction and with environmental conditions. Simple
research and graphics show the correlations of field waves and auric colors and the field coherency
and anti-coherency in health and illness.
Dr. Hunt's major discovery of the human field 'chaos' pattern, the first ever demonstrated in
biological systems, has profound implications for healing. These energy field findings, combined with

human interest stories, lead to stunning new information about the mind and body, the emotions and
creativity, extrasensory human capacities in higher consciousness, and the mystical connections of
spirit.
Holding advanced degrees in psychology and physiological science from Columbia University, Dr.
Hunt was the first to discover vibration patterns during pain, disease, and illness, and in emotional
and spiritual states, Dr. Hunt has found scientific evidence of individualized field signatures and
subtle energetic happenings between people and within groups.
Roy Hunter is an expert in the field of hypnosis. He was specially selected to carry on the work of
the Grand Master of Hypnotherapy , the late Charles Tebbetts, who was a master teacher and
contributor to the art/science of hypnosis and hypnotherapy.<BR> This book is based upon the
training course of Tebbetts, which has been updated by Roy Hunter. Tebbetts training has formed
the basis of a large number of hypnotherapy courses taught in America and Europe. The Art of
Hypnosis is well-written and easy to read and understand, even for the novice. In-depth and
practical information is given on how to achieve maximum results in a hypnotic session by phrasing
suggestions properly and by using various techniques to determine which approach is best for each
individual client. What is hypnosis and why use it?<BR> Hypnosis yesterday and today<BR>
Inductions and awakening<BR> Deepening the hypnotic state<BR> Testing during hypnosis<BR>
Ethics and potential dangers<BR> Self-hypnosis for stress coping<BR> Concepts about the
subconscious taught by Charles Tebbetts<BR> Introducing the Art of Hypnotherapy<BR> The
previous edition of this book was published with ISBN 978-075751101-1.
The purpose of The Book of Knowledge: The Keys of Enoch is to open the mind of humanity to
new ideas, inviting you to share in the experience of the education of the soul. The Keys are a
blueprint of the many levels of spiritual consciousness and are designed to bring you in touch with
the meaning of Divine Intelligence. As a tool for the building of communities of Light and the
orientation that must be made by the human race, The Keys of Enochbegin to show us how to
work collectively and understand the greater role we play within the entire universe of creation. Its
purpose, therefore, is of science with self realization, for the advancement of humanity into the new
spiritual cycle of "the Christ." The Book of Knowledge: The Keys of Enochis available for your
study and research. Many sociologists, psychologists, ecologists, economists, and others are
forecasting a cataclysmic result to man's shortsighted and selfish excesses and his attempts to
subjugate nature. Many people see the only hope lies in scientific logic or a spiritual pathway.
However, the conclusion which has been borne out by the accumulated investigations of many
scientists working with The Keys of Enochis that a greater unity must occur between both the
scientific and spiritual pathways which would link the human evolution with the Higher Evolution,
connecting humankind with the greater Master Plan of Life.
Psychical research has to proceed on scientific lines. The chief of the many problems which confront
it is concerned with phenomena purporting to establish the fact of the survival of human personality
after bodily death. It has first to authenticate scientifically the existence of such phenomena, next to
investigate and accurately describe their nature, and then to attempt some explanation of them.
Finally, if it finds itself unable to do so on any other supposition, it should not shrink from admitting
what has been the oldest belief in the world as a scientific hypothesis, and if this is found to explain
the phenomena more easily than any other theory, to give it at least that credit.
Nor does he leave the subject in the air, as is usually the case in books on psychical research, but,
basing himself on the experience of many years of personal investigation, and after testing the other
hypotheses brought forward, he declares, with a full sense of responsibility, that, so far as he himself
is concerned, he finds the fact of survival the only one that will in any satisfactory way co-ordinate
and explain the phenomena.
In the present age of extreme scepticism, such a declaration on the part of a scientific investigator
requires great courage and whatever else the openminded reader may think of this summary and
conclusion, he should at least be persuaded that there is in such phenomena sufficient to engage
the serious attention of thoughtful minds and the unstinted energies of the best equipped workers.

The Tao is the ancient Chinese "Way" that has inspired numerous books, from The Tao of Physics
to The Tao of Sex . This book might be called "The Tao of Tao." In 142 brief meditative essays, the
author uses simple language and natural imagery to express the essence of the wisdom that holds
the key to success in every human endeavor.
In his strongest book to date, Icke reveals the alarming extent to which people of all nations have
allowed themselves to be programmed by the ideas fed to them by those in power. Fearlessly, he
tears down the veils of hypocrisy, built up for generations by the corrupt forces of Church, State,
science and commerce - and reveals the true pathos of the human condition beneath. He points,
too, to the frightening influence wielded throughout the planet by a merciless and manipulative
network of secret societies.
The existence of long-established links between Earth-bound humanity and beings from other
dimensions and planets in the Universe has been suppressed for years, says Icke, by the world's
power-broking hierarchy. When ordinary people learn the real role they have to play within a rich
and varied cosmic society, rebellion against those who have kept this extraordinary truth from them
will, he predicts, be inevitable.
Hidebound politicians, bankers, economists, educationalists, scientists and the leaders of the world's
established religions are not going to welcome Icke's challenging book. But it is not intended for
those who wield and abuse power. This book is for the world's unwilling robots who, says Icke, in an
upbeat conclusion, have it within themselves to rise up - and take control of their own exciting
destiny. Other books by David Icke Heal the World Truth Vibrations.
David Icke exposes what he calls the real story behind global events which shape the future of
human existence and the world we leave our children. Fearlessly, he lifts the veil on a web of
interconnected manipulation to claim that the same few people, secret societies and organizations
control the daily direction of our lives.
Since the horrendous day of September 11th 2001, the people of the world have been told the Big
Lie. The official story of what happened on 9/11 is a fantasy of untruth, manipulation, contridiction
and anomaly. David Icke has spent well over a decade uncovering the force that was really behind
those attacks and has travelled to 40 countries in pursuit of the truth. He has exposed their
personnel, methods and agenda in a series of books and videos.
The publisher claims that we are born into a world controlled by unseen forces that have plagued
and manipulated humanity for thousands of years. David Icke exposes these forces and their
methods of human control and he claims to reveal a fantastic web of global manipulation,
orchestrated by forces beyond this physical realm.
David Icke marks his 20th year of uncovering astounding secrets and suppressed information with
the publication of his most amazing book yet. He takes the manipulation of the human race and the
nature of reality to still new levels of understanding and he calls for humanity to rise from its knees
and take back the world from the sinister network of families and non-human entities that covertly
control us from cradle to grave. David has moved the global cutting edge so many times since his
incredible awakening in 1990 and he he does it again and then some.He describes what he calls the
Moon Matrix, a fake reality broadcast from the Moon which is decoded by the human body/mind in
much the same way as portrayed in the Matrix movie trilogy. The Moon Matrix has hacked into the
human body-computer system, he says, and it is feeding us a manipulated sense of self and the
world 24/7.
With humor and powerful insight, David Icke exposes the mental and emotional prisons which
billions of people build around themselves - prisons which allow a tiny few to control the direction of
the world. He shows how shallow and ridiculous are the fears, guilts, resentments and limitations
which blight the lives of humankind, and he offers the key to mental and emotional liberation. Icke
also reveals staggering information about the almost unspeakable activities of world famous

politicians and 'entertainers'. This devastating expose of the human condition and those who
manipulate the human mind is a getaway car for the psyche. It will make you laugh. It will make you
think. It will blow your mind. How would you describe this book? Very simply. In one word.
FREEDOM "THE OUTSTANDING BOOK OF THE DECADE" Exposure magazine
A book that claims with such clarity that 'physical' reality is merely an illusion that only exists in our
brain. Fantastic? Sure it is. But David Icke's idea, presented in a way that everyone can understand,
is a life-changing exposure of both the illusion we believe to be 'real' and the way this illusion is
generated and manipulated to imprison us in a false reality. Icke says we 'live' in a 'holographic
internet' in that our brains are connected to a central 'computer' that feeds us the same collective
reality that we decode from waveforms and electrical signals into the holographic 3D 'world' that we
all think we see.
Tales from the Time Loop is the most comprehensive book yet written about the global conspiracy
that is now unfolding all around us. David Icke has been warning for well over a decade of the plan
for a world fascist state, a global version of Nazi Germany, in which the people will be prisoners of a
Big Brother dictatorship founded on the suppression of the most fundamental freedoms and total
control and surveillance. Today there is a gathering awareness that he was right. People are
realizing that Big Brother is no longer "coming" - he's here. Icke pulls together his fantastic wealth of
accumulated knowledge to reveal the multi-levels of the fascist conspiracy.
He begins in the "five-sense" world with a highly detailed exposure of the forces, methods and
agenda behind the "war on terrorism," the invasion of Iraq and the planned conquest of the Middle
East and elsewhere. He goes on to explore the other-dimensional connection to the "human"
manipulators and then reveals how our sense of reality - what we think is "real" - is being implanted
in our minds by the second while we believe we are thinking for ourselves.In early 2003, Icke had
some amazing experiences in the Amazon rainforest of Brazil that revealed to him as never before
that the world we think is "real" is only an illusion; a lucid and manipulated dream that he calls the
"Matrix." In Tales from the Time Loop, he shares those experiences and details the scientific support
for what he learned about the illusion we call daily life. Icke says that this section of the book is the
most important work he has published. It is, he says, the knowledge that will set us free and take us
home.
David Icke's most powerful and explosive book so far. Every man, woman and child on the planet is
affected by the stunning information that Icke exposes. He reveals in documented detail, how the
same interconnecting bloodlines have controlled the planet for thousands of years. How they
created all the major religions and suppressed the spiritual and esoteric knowledge that will set
humanity free from its mental and emotional prisons.
Mankind has always wondered such things and ever since the dawn of our recorded history there
have been countless stories and legends to tempt the matter further: Myths from the depths of time
that hint of other, far more Ancient civilizations, like ours in the 21st century or even better, that once
dwelt in mysterious lands, some of which have long since disappeared beneath the oceans. In many
of these ancient stories we read tantalizing and bizarre accounts of strange and unknown
technologies, tales of ancient gods, flying craft and ancient foes waging great wars against each
other, wars that were fought with fantastic and devastating weapons.
The student of the history of occultism and the esoteric teachings, and even the average reader of
current books and magazines, finds many references to "The Rosicrucians," a supposed ancient
secret society devoted to the study of occult doctrines and the manifestation of occult powers. But
when such person seeks to obtain detailed information concerning this supposed ancient "order" he
finds himself baffled and defeated. Before acknowledging the futility of the quest, however, he
usually investigates one or more so-called "orders" having as a part of their title the word
"Rosicrucian," only to find himself invited to join such "order" upon the payment of a fee or fees
ranging from a small amount in some cases to quite large amounts in others, each "order" claiming
to be the "only original order," and asserting that all the others are base imitators.

The Rosicrucians are a truly "secret society" whose philosophy has come to light at different points
in history. In the 1600s they issued a set of manifestos calling for an enlightened revolution that
would reshape society into a more democratic ideal. Even the American Founding Fathers were
influenced by these manifestos.
Writing as Magus Incognito, William Walker Atkinson reintroduces a new generation of readers to
the Rosicrucian ideals, as well as to a myriad of connections between occult concepts as varied as
alchemy, reincarnation, the astral plane, auras, Eastern and Western mysticism, and the "evolution
of mankind" among seven esoteric versions of planets in our solar system.
Illustrated With the Secret Rosicrucian Symbols; Incognito, Magus; "The true Rosicrucians have no
formal organization, and are held together only by the ties of common interest in the occult and
esoteric studies, and by the common acceptance of certain fundamental principles of belief and
knowledge." Contents: Rosicrucians and their Secret Doctrine; The Eternal Parent; The Soul of the
World; Universal Androgyne; One and the Many; Universal Flame of Life; Planes of Consiciousness;
Three Higher Planes of Consciousness; Sevenfold Soul of Man; Metempsychosis; Soul's Progress;
Aura and the Aruic Colors; Seven Cosmic Principles.
Sandra Ingerman is one of the principle trainers in the Harner Method of shamanistic technique,
taught by bestselling author and leading world authority on shamanism, Michael Harner (The Way of
the Shaman). She holds more than 40 workshops a year. --This text refers to an out of print or
unavailable edition of this title.
Electrophotography, commonly called Kirlian photography, remains a subject of speculation and
controversy almost 150 years after its discovery. Many people maintain that the study of Kirlian
photographs can detect illness in plants and animals before any outward symptoms materialize.
Whatever its validity, Kirlian phenomena fascinates many in the fields of science and art.
In Kirlian Photography, John Iovine gives you all the hands-on guidance you need to produce Kirlian
photographs using a standard 35mm or video cameras. You'll also learn about the history of
electrophotography and many of its possible applications in medicine, industry, and the military.
Especially illuminating is his discussion of the "phantom leaf" aura that continues to baffle scientists.
Since the 1970's there has been much reported on and written about Kirlian photography. Some of
these reports make phenomenal claims regarding the usefulness of Kirlian photography. For
instance; is a Kirlian photography of a person a picture of the body's aura, or soul? What does
science have to say about that claim? Can Kirlian photography forecast illnesses before it become
physically manifested? What about the claims that you can read a person's health, personality and
emotional state? What about the phantom leaf effect?
This is where a small portion of a leaf is removed, and in subsequent Kirlian photographs of the leaf,
show the removed portion of the leaf as a ghostly apparition. Has there been any real scientific
inquiry that studied the phantom leaf effect noted by Kirlian photographers? If so, what are the
scientific results? These questions and more are answered in this documentary, "Kirlian
Photography: Fact and Fiction"
Businessman Mark Ireland s father was Richard Ireland, a deeply spiritual minister and renowned
psychic and medium who counted Mae West among his famous clients. While he loved his father,
Mark followed a more conventional path in pursuit of mainstream success until the wrenching death
of his youngest son.
He consults a number of well-known mediums and is struck by the remarkably accurate information
their readings provide. Mark first meets with Allison Dubois, the subject of NBC s hit show Medium,
and later participates in a single-blind lab experiment with medium Laurie Campbell, filmed for a
Discovery Channel feature. He then enters a new dimension of personal paranormal experience, as
his own psychic awareness begins to unfold. This dramatic story of a father s unbearable loss and
his discovery of life after death offers hope to the bereaved and compelling evidence that death may

not be the end.


"English Fairy Tales" features more than 40 classic fairy tales collected by Joseph Jacobs, including
Jack and the Beanstalk, The Story of the Three Little Pigs, The Story of the Three Bears,
Henny-Penny, The History of Tom Thumb, Johnny-Cake, and Whittington and His Cat. Joseph
Jacobs collected folk and fairy tales on the British Isles over a hundred years ago. His work, now
published in "English Fairy Tales," is fascinating and useful for any storyteller. In his collections you
will find some variations of tales collected by Brothers Grimm and others that are unique to English
or Gaelic speakers.
Louis Jacolliot (1837-1890) was a French lawyer, who served as a judge in both India and Tahiti.
Later in life, he became a prolific author. Jacolliot believed the roots of Western esoteric traditions
lay in the East, and he believed that many Western esoteric traditions, in particular, Egyptian,
Jewish and Christian, had their origin in India. This book inludes his fascinating encounters in India
with a fakir, who demonstrates his amazing yogic powers. He also compares the Kabbalah, and its
relationship to Eastern mystical beliefs.
These doctrines were known to the Egyptians, to the Jewish Cabalists, to the people of Finland, to
the school of Alexandria, to Philo and his disciples, to the Gauls and to the early Christians, and, as
in the case of the Hindus, they set them apart for the use of those who had been initiated. As for the
ancient Chaldeans, the practice of popular magic and sorcery seems to have been the utmost limit
of their attainments in this direction."
Though deeply sceptical with regard to spirits, I often wondered, whenever I saw an experiment of
this kind, whether or not some natural force had not been brought into play, with which we were
totally unacquainted. I merely state the facts without further comment. -on the "trick" of "the magic
stick" Spirit forces that make leaves dance in still air and buoyant wooden sticks sink in water and
fakirs who levitate themselves and induce plants to grow overnight. A European observer in
mid-19th century India reports-in the straightforward and unsensational fashion of a religious
skeptic-the seemingly wondrous feats of Indian mystics, offering a unique first-person perspective
on extraordinary phenomenon that continues to be referenced today by modern spiritualists and
those interested in the paranormal. First published in English in 1884, this intriguing book also
includes a translation of esoteric works of Indian magic that have been likened to the Jewish
Kabbalah. French writer and jurist LOUIS JACOLLIOT (1837-1890) served in French India as a
government official. Among his extensive works on Indian culture are Voyage au pays des fakirs
charmeurs (1881).
Huna is the ancient spiritual, psychological, and physical healing discipline of Hawai'i, a tradition that
was secretly transferred from teacher to initiate for many generations. This tradition is brought to the
general public by someone chosen to carry on one of Huna's lineages, Dr. Matthew James. A
university president, lecturer and trainer, Dr. James has studied many ancient paths but is dedicated
to preserving the practice and wisdom of Huna. While honoring the integrity of Huna, in "Huna,
Ancient Wisdom for Modern Times" Dr. James translates Huna's primordial teachings into
contemporary realities, offering practical applications of Huna principles to enhance health,
prosperity, and well being in all aspects of life.
The culmination of William James' interest in the psychology of religion, The Varieties of Religious
Experience approached the study of religious phenomena in a new way -- through pragmatism and
experimental psychology. The most important effect of the publication of the Varieties was to shift
the emphasis in this field of study from the dogmas and external forms of religion to the unique
mental states associated with it. Explaining the book's intentions in a letter to a friend, James stated:
"The problem I have set myself is a hard one: first, to defend...'experience' against 'philosophy' as
being the real backbone of the world's religious life...and second, to make the hearer or reader
believe what I myself invincibly do believe, that, although all the special manifestations of religion
may have been absurd (I mean its creeds and theories), yet the life of it as a whole is mankind's
most important function."

Dr. John Dee was an alchemist and spiritualist, as well as a very learned man. He did his best by
petitions and otherwise to stimulate interest in the rescuing of manuscripts from the dissolved
monastic libraries and to induce the sovereign to establish a central national collection of them. This
work contains a catalog of Dr. Dee's library of manuscripts, with notes by James on the books.
This book is written out of the desire to examine the structure of our reality from a standpoint
unbiased by established teachings, be they academic-scientific, popular-esoteric, or religious in
nature. Claus Janew begins with seemingly simple interactions in our daily lives, examines how they
originate on a deeper level, comes to understand the essentials of consciousness, and finally
recognizes that we create our reality in its entirety. In the course of this quest, the reader will
uncover little-heeded paths to accessing the subconscious, other individuals, and that which can be
understood by the term "God". And the solution to the classical problem of free will constitutes the
gist of the concepts thus revealed.
As part of a grand cosmic plan called the Gaia Project, the earth is already undergoing a purification
process-marked by natural disasters, disease, war, and social chaos-that will ultimately end in our
planet's ascension to a new dimension. Jang's prophetic proclamation-communicated to him through
channeling, dreams, and energy reading-explains countless mysteries about the world, including:

This visionary text reveals how each of us can prepare for the coming "Great Change" and take part
in the universal expansion of consciousness. Along with a thorough description of the purpose of the
Gaia Project, this field guide to the future includes a question and answer section, recommended
reading list, and glossary to provide additional insight into the unprecedented challenges and
opportunities that lie ahead.
Using in-depth examples of 'magical' practice such as exorcisms, love rites, alchemy and the
transformation of humans into divine beings, this lively volume demonstrates that the word 'magic'
was used widely in late antique texts as part of polemics against enemies and sometimes merely as
a term for other people's rituals. Naomi Janowitz shows that 'magical' activities were integral to late
antique religious practice, and that they must be understood from the perspective of those who
employed them.
Traditional career guides inventory the individual skills, talents, and abilities that correlate to specific
existing jobs. Creating the Work You Love presents a unique alternative approach, using
self-reflective exercises based on the seven chakras, to help you determine the elements you need
to create a life filled with meaning and purpose.
Jarow believes that it is possible to live and act from the most authentic part of oursleves, and to
express our strongest values, energies, and talents through our work in the world. Concentrating on
the attributes associated with each of the body's energy centers, or chakras, Dr. Jarow helps us
form a bridge between our personal priorities and the external activities of the work world. Once this
bridge is established, strategies are developed to find a career that nourishes all aspects of our
lives.
PREFACE THE purpose of this essay in descriptive psychology is to provide a survey of a
comprehensive aspect of human psychic endowment. The very definition of psychology as the
science of con" sciousness has tended to focUB attention upon conditions of high introspective
lucidity, and, by implication, to look upon areas from which such illumination is withdrawn, as quite
too obscurely lighted for profitable examination. Thus casually visited, and with no vital share in the
psychologist's concerns, the abode of the subconscious has drifted into the service of a
lumber-room, in which to deposit what finds no place in the mind's active economies. The word
subconscious has a dubious sound; and those to whom it brings slight illumination associate it with
questionable phenomena of rare occurrence and unusual significance. It should be a homely term;
and its place is close to the hearth of our 'psychological interests.

To my knowledge this is the first time that the attempt has been made on a somewhat large scale to
cover the entire subject of Babylonian-Assyrian civilization for English readers. The aim of this work
is to present a survey of the remarkable civilization which arose in the Euphrates Valley thousands
of years ago and which, spreading northwards, continued to flourish till close to the threshold of the
Christian era.
As a result of the combined activities of explorers, decipherers and investigators of many lands
during the past seventy years, we can follow the unfolding of the growth of the centres of settlement
in the south which led ultimately to the formation of theB abylonian Empire, and of the offshoot of
Babylonian civilization which resulted in the rise of a rival empire to the north, known as Assyria.
While much still remains to be done before we can be said to have solved the problems historical,
linguistic, archaeological and ethnological raised by the discoveries made beneath the mounds
which concealed the remains of forgotten Babylonian and Assyrian cities for so many centuries, we
have learned to know the customs and manners, the religion, the law, the commerce and art of both
Babylonia and Assyria quite Ultimately. We know how these peoples lived and how they died, the
arrangement of their houses, palaces and temples, as well as of their tombs; their daily life and their
religious aspirations.
At the heart of this classic, seminal book is Julian Jaynes's still-controversial thesis that human
consciousness did not begin far back in animal evolution but instead is a learned process that came
about only three thousand years ago and is still developing. The implications of this revolutionary
scientific paradigm extend into virtually every aspect of our psychology, our history and culture, our
religion -- and indeed our future.
After Jrgenson&rsquo;s book there have been a whole series of valuable publications (Dr.
Konstantin Raudive, The Inaudible becomes Audible and Do We Survive Death?; Minister Leo
Schmid, When the Dead Talk; Hildegard Schaefer, Voices from Another World), but it was his book
that opened the door for the first time. Since then we can listen to a world that up until now was
closed off from us. His book has historical significance. Without exaggeration, his discovery can be
compared with that of Columbus. Both have researched a new world and both discoveries had
consequently unforeseeable effects on our lives.
Drawing from his own groundbreaking research (including his involvement in the modern
reconstruction of Mayan 2012 cosmology), John Major Jenkins has created the crucial guide to
2012, surveying its roots in Mayan cosmology, modern astronomy, ancient prophecy, and
metaphysical philosophy and exploring why it has become a focal point for millions today.
On December 21, 2012, the Mesoamerican Long Count calendar, a 5,125-year cycle calendar
system pioneered by the Maya, will come to an end. At the same time, the earth, the sun, and the
center of the galaxy will come together in an extremely rare cosmic alignment. More and more
people believe that the world as we know it will experience a transformation in 2012, but few are
aware of the complete history or significance of the date. John Major Jenkins, among the most
authoritative voices of the 2012 movement, has written a definitive explanation of one of the most
thought-provoking phenomena of our time. Drawing from his own groundbreaking research
(including his involvement in the modern reconstruction of Mayan 2012 cosmology) and more than
two decades of extensive study of Mayan culture, Jenkins has created the crucial guide to
understanding the story of 2012&mdash;an essential overview of the history, theory, cultures, and
personalities that have brought this extraordinary idea into modern awareness. Jenkins provides
illuminating answers to some of the most-asked questions about 2012, including:
In this iconoclastic book, Francis Jennings recasts the story of American colonization as a territorial
invasion. The traditional history of early America paints the colonies as a transplantation of
European culture to a new continent--a "virgin land" in which Native Americans were assigned the
role of foil whose main contribution was to stimulate the energy and ingenuity of European
dispossessors. Jennings rejects this ideology and examines the relationships between Europeans
and Indians from a far more critical point of view. Shorn of old mythology and rationalizations,

Puritan actions are seen in the cold light of material interest and naked expansion.
In today's economy, a little extra cash can go a long way. If you're like most people who read Tarot,
you've probably entertained the idea of doing readings for money more than once. Whether you're
just starting to explore the idea or have already started reading professionally, Professional Tarot is
the book you need to translate your Tarot reading skills into dollars.
The Ling Shu, considered to be the Canon of Acupuncture, is the second part of the Huang Di Nei
Jing (The Yellow Emperor's Inner Classic). These conversations about heaven, man, and earth and
their dynamic relationships are attributed to the Yellow Emperor circa 2600 B.C., and his ministers.
The first part is called the Su Wen, or Simple Questions. The second part, the Ling Shu, is
translated here by Wu Jing-Nuan in its context as the first known treatise about acupuncture with its
associated medical procedures and for its philosophical beauty. The title itself expresses a world
vision and reality where material and structure are secondary to the living energy of Ling Shu, the
Spiritual Pivot.
By reading the title, The Memory of Past Births, you have already taken the first step towards
remembering, for you have sowed in your mind the seed of an idea which will germinate and grow
till at last it blossoms into full knowledge. Of those who receive this thought of endless life through
many births, most accept it at once with a conviction which runs ahead of evidence; many hold it
tentatively with gradually growing credence; none altogether reject or forget it. The thought remains,
the seed stirs and grows, and as rebirth is a true law of life, every turn and incident of life gives it
new force, till at last belief ripens into certainty. That certainty of the larger life wherein the lives and
deaths of this our world are but as days and nights, lightens the burden of death, dulls the edge of
sorrow, takes away the terror of separation. Immortality, the dearest hope in every human heart,
becomes once more credible and intelligible; nay more, demands and compels our belief. We begin
to catch the light of our immortal selves, the gleam from beyond the heavens which shall illumine our
hidden past, and, still greater boon, bring clear vision of the path before us, winding through the
mists and shadows of the valley, till it rises at last into the everlasting sunshine.
Here are fun spells for all needs: to revive passion, to find love, for health, to attract money, and to
help job seekers. There's one for cat lovers&mdash;88 white-magic spells in all. The Ultimate
Encyclopedia of Spells contains everything one needs to make their dreams come true, including
practical steps to take if the spells don't take effect immediately.With step-by-step,
easy-to-followinstructions and easy-to-find tools and ingredients, this comprehensive volume
emphasizes how to use spells and magic positively, for self-development. Discover your true nature
and destiny with this fun guide to self-help magic!
Nathan Johnstone looks at the ways in which beliefs about the nature of the Devil and his power in
human affairs changed as a consequence of the impact of the Reformation. Departing from the
established focus on demonology as a component of witchcraft, he examines a wide range of
religious and political milieux, such as practical divinity, Puritan godliness, anti-popery, polemic and
propaganda, and popular culture. The concept of the Devil that emerges not only had a profound
impact on the beliefs and practices of committed Protestants, but influenced the political debates of
the reigns of Elizabeth I, James I and Charles I, as well as popular culture.
This astonishing analysis of the Bible reveals that the Scriptures are filled with technological data,
and speak of a visitation to earth by celestial beings who created man. Strong evidence is presented
that the Exodus tabernacle and the temple of Solomon, with the ark as centerpiece, were microwave
transceivers comminicating with orbiting spaceships.
"The Yahweh Encounters" also examines Biblical predictions of 21st century technology including
orbiting thought -control devices and laser exterminators; a comparison of ancient and modern
UFOs; and Biblical descriptions of the horrors of a one-world dictatorship and end-time cosmic
disasters, to occur just before the return of Jesus and the spaceships. Three of the twelve chapters
include circuit descriptions involving plasma physics, crystal lasers, ionic loudspeakers, sonic
holography, microwave resonators, and twelve six-foot diameter metal dish antennas on wheels.

The plan of the construction and operating procedures (rituals) were taken directly from the Bible
passages of God's plans given to Moses and Solomon.
When it was originally published in 1987, An Incomplete Education became a surprise bestseller.
Now this instant classic has been completely updated, outfitted with a whole new arsenal of
indispensable knowledge on global affairs, popular culture, economic trends, scientific principles,
and modern arts. Here&rsquo;s your chance to brush up on all those subjects you slept through in
school, reacquaint yourself with all the facts you once knew (then promptly forgot), catch up on
major developments in the world today, and become the Renaissance man or woman you always
knew you could be!
How do you tell the Balkans from the Caucasus? What&rsquo;s the difference between fission and
fusion? Whigs and Tories? Shiites and Sunnis? Deduction and induction? Why aren&rsquo;t all
Shakespearean comedies necessarily thigh-slappers? What are transcendental numbers and what
are they good for? What really happened in Plato&rsquo;s cave? Is postmodernism dead or just
having a bad hair day? And for extra credit, when should you use the adjective continual and when
should you use continuous?
An Incomplete Education answers these and thousands of other questions with incomparable wit,
style, and clarity. American Studies, Art History, Economics, Film, Literature, Music, Philosophy,
Political Science, Psychology, Religion, Science, and World History: Here&rsquo;s the bottom line
on each of these major disciplines, distilled to its essence and served up with consummate flair.
In this revised edition you&rsquo;ll find a vitally expanded treatment of international issues, reflecting
the seismic geopolitical upheavals of the past decade, from economic free-fall in South America to
Central Africa&rsquo;s world war, and from violent radicalization in the Muslim world to the crucial
trade agreements that are defining globalization for the twenty-first century. And don&rsquo;t forget
to read the section A Nervous American&rsquo;s Guide to Living and Loving on Five Continents
before you answer a personal ad in the International Herald Tribune.
Unearthing Ancient America describes a medallion left in Michigan by Buddhist missionaries from
India a thousand years ago, a 5th Century Christian church in Connecticut, the Grand Canyon's
underground city, a Roman statuette washed up at New Jersey, secret maps of America Columbus
used for his first voyage to the New World, an Inca skeleton in Norway's Viking grave, Florida's own
Stonehenge, and thirty other articles by twenty-three investigators describing the impact made by
overseas' visitors to our continent centuries before its official discovery.
It contains a wealth of fresh, occasionally suppressed evidence documenting the tremendous impact
made on our continent by overseas visitors hundreds and even thousands of years before
Columbus. The disclosures presented here re-write the prehistory of our country and provide a
dramatic panorama of the past you never imagined before.
Atlantis and Other Lost Worlds is the most up-to-date and comprehensive investigation of
history&rsquo;s infamous sunken city. Nowhere else will you find a more dramatic and convincing
presentation of the evidence for its archaeological reality. The book uncovers the scientific genius of
the ancients and the spiritual power of their mysterious religion. They are revealed as the inventors
of a crystal technology to surpass our own, and the master builders of pyramidal monuments around
the world.
This is an invaluable, one-of-a-kind reference. Unlike most other books on the subject, The Atlantis
Encyclopedia offers fewer theories and more facts. Although it does not set out to prove the sunken
capital actually existed, The Atlantis Encyclopedia musters so much evidence on its behalf, even
skeptics may conclude that there must be at least something factual behind such an enduring,
indeed global legend. You&rsquo;ll learn:
The nursery rhyme begins, "In fourteen hundred and ninety two, Columbus sailed the ocean blue."
Less well-known is the line that follows: "&hellip;to learn if the old maps were true." How can there

be "old maps" of a land no one knew existed? Were others here before Columbus? What were their
reasons for coming and what unexplained artifacts did they leave behind?
The oceans were highways to America rather than barriers, and when discoverers put ashore, they
were greeted by unusual inhabitants. In Discovering the Mysteries of Ancient America, the author of
The Atlantis Encyclopedia turns his sextant towards this hemisphere. Here is a collection of the most
controversial articles selected from seventy issues of the infamous Ancient American magazine.
They range from the discovery of Roman relics in Arizona and California's Chinese treasure, to
Viking rune-stones in Minnesota and Oklahoma and the mysterious religions of ancient Americans.
Many questions will be raised including:
Wayne May is the founder-publisher of Ancient American. Laura Lee is the award-winning producer
and host of the nationally syndicated "The Laura Lee Show". David Hatcher Childress wrote the
best-selling Lost Cities series. Zecharia Sitchin is the author of the best-selling Earth Chronicles
series. Andrew Collins is world-renowned for his consistent bestsellers, including Gateway to
Atlantis.
Unique and comprehensive, A Complete Manual of Field Archaeology offers novices and
professionals a problem-oriented guide to all archaeological field methods and techniques...explains
step-by-step the duties of the archaeological staff and the hows and whys of environmental study,
surveying, and excavating sites, with details about the methodology of field photography, artifact
analysis, and the collection of materials...an authoritative guide covering all aspects of the
archaeological field expedition.
In the spring of 1957, when he was eighty-one years old, C. G. Jung undertook the telling of his life
story. At regular intervals he had conversations with his colleague and friend Aniela Jaff, and
collaborated with her in the preparation of the text based on these talks. On occasion, he was
moved to write entire chapters of the book in his own hand, and he continued to work on the final
stages of the manuscript until shortly before his death on June 6, 1961.
One of the most important of Jung's longer works, and probably the most famous of his books,
Psychological Types appeared in German in 1921 after a "fallow period" of eight years during which
Jung had published little. He called it "the fruit of nearly twenty years' work in the domain of practical
psychology," and in his autobiography he wrote: "This work sprang originally from my need to define
the ways in which my outlook differed from Freud's and Adler's.
In attempting to answer this question, I came across the problem of types; for it is one's
psychological type which from the outset determines and limits a person's judgment. My book,
therefore, was an effort to deal with the relationship of the individual to the world, to people and
things. It discussed the various aspects of consciousness, the various attitudes the conscious mind
might take toward the world, and thus constitutes a psychology of consciousness regarded from
what might be called a clinical angle."
In expounding his system of personality types Jung relied not so much on formal case data as on
the countless impressions and experiences derived from the treatment of nervous illnesses, from
intercourse with people of all social levels, "friend and foe alike," and from an analysis of his own
psychological nature. The book is rich in material drawn from literature, aesthetics, religion, and
philosophy. The extended chapters that give general descriptions of the types and definitions of
Jung's principal psychological concepts are key documents in analytical psychology
"This book became a landmark, set up on the spot where two ways divided. Because of its
imperfections and its incompleteness it laid down the program to be followed for the next few
decades of my life." Thus wrote C. G. Jung about his most famous and influential work, the one that
marked the beginning of his divergence from the psychoanalytic school of Freud. In this book Jung
explores the fantasy system of Frank Miller, the young American woman whose account of her
poetic and vivid mental images helped lead him to his redefinition of libido while encouraging his
explorations in mythology.

Published in 1912 as Wandlungen und Symbole der Libido, this is a key text for the study of the
formation of Jung's ideas and for understanding his personal and psychological condition during this
crucial time. Miller's fantasies, with their mythological implications, supported Jung's notion that
libido is not primarily sexual energy, as Freud had described it, but rather psychic energy in general,
which springs from the unconscious and appears in consciousness as symbols. Jung shows how
libido organizes itself as a metaphorical "hero," who first battles for deliverance from the "mother,"
the symbol of the unconscious, in order to become conscious, then returns to the unconscious for
renewal.
Beyond the darkness of winter, there is an oasis of light and warmth on the journey from solstice to
spring. Known as Candlemas, Imbolg, Brigantia, or Lupercus, it is a hope-filled celebration held in
early February to welcome the returning light and the promise of spring. Candlemas sheds light on
the origins, lore, and customs of this ancient holy day with:
In Physics of the Future, Michio Kaku&mdash;the New York Times bestselling author of Physics of
the Impossible&mdash;gives us a stunning, provocative, and exhilarating vision of the coming
century based on interviews with over three hundred of the world&rsquo;s top scientists who are
already inventing the future in their labs. The result is the most authoritative and scientifically
accurate description of the revolutionary developments taking place in medicine, computers, artificial
intelligence, nanotechnology, energy production, and astronautics.
In all likelihood, by 2100 we will control computers via tiny brain sensors and, like magicians, move
objects around with the power of our minds. Artificial intelligence will be dispersed throughout the
environment, and Internet-enabled contact lenses will allow us to access the world's information
base or conjure up any image we desire in the blink of an eye.
Using molecular medicine, scientists will be able to grow almost every organ of the body and cure
genetic diseases. Millions of tiny DNA sensors and nanoparticles patrolling our blood cells will
silently scan our bodies for the first sign of illness, while rapid advances in genetic research will
enable us to slow down or maybe even reverse the aging process, allowing human life spans to
increase dramatically.
In space, radically new ships&mdash;needle-sized vessels using laser propulsion&mdash;could
replace the expensive chemical rockets of today and perhaps visit nearby stars. Advances in
nanotechnology may lead to the fabled space elevator, which would propel humans hundreds of
miles above the earth&rsquo;s atmosphere at the push of a button.
But these astonishing revelations are only the tip of the iceberg. Kaku also discusses emotional
robots, antimatter rockets, X-ray vision, and the ability to create new life-forms, and he considers the
development of the world economy. He addresses the key questions: Who are the winner and losers
of the future? Who will have jobs, and which nations will prosper?
All the while, Kaku illuminates the rigorous scientific principles, examining the rate at which certain
technologies are likely to mature, how far they can advance, and what their ultimate limitations and
hazards are. Synthesizing a vast amount of information to construct an exciting look at the years
leading up to 2100, Physics of the Future is a thrilling, wondrous ride through the next 100 years of
breathtaking scientific revolution.
The year 2005 marks the 100th anniversary of the publication of the paper that launched Einstein's
career, made E=mc2 famous, and ushered in a revolution in science&mdash;the paper that
announced the theory of special relativity. And there's no better short book that explains just what
Einstein did than Einstein's Cosmos. Keying Einstein's crucial discoveries to the simple mental
images that inspired them, Michio Kaku finds a revealing new way to discuss these ideas, and
delivers an appealing and always accessible introduction to Einstein's work.
Teleportation, time machines, force fields, and interstellar space ships&mdash;the stuff of science

fiction or potentially attainable future technologies? Inspired by the fantastic worlds of Star Trek, Star
Wars, and Back to the Future, renowned theoretical physicist and bestselling author Michio Kaku
takes an informed, serious, and often surprising look at what our current understanding of the
universe's physical laws may permit in the near and distant future.Entertaining, informative, and
imaginative, Physics of the Impossibleprobes the very limits of human ingenuity and scientific
possibility.
Co-authored by one of the leading pioneers in superstrings, Michio Kaku, and completely revised
and updated with the newest groundbreaking research, the book approaches scientific questions
with the excitement of a detective story, offering a fascinating look at the new science that may
make the impossible possible.
But in the past few years, physicists on the cutting edge of science have found that a
10-dimensional Hyperspace may actually exist, albeit at a scale almost too small to comprehend,
smaller even than a quark; and that in spite of its tiny size, it may be the basis on which all the
forces of nature will be united.
This is the first book for a general audience on one of the latest, most exciting developments in
modern science. In the past several years, theoretical physicists--the author among them--have
discovered that the universe exists not merely in the four spacetime dimensions (3 of space + one of
time) with which Einstein made us familiar, but rather as a ten-dimensional Hyperspace.
Once the domain of the science fiction writer or the occultist, Hyperspace has recently been shown
to be the only kind of space in which the laws of modern physics can be satisfactorily explained.
Amazingly enough, many of the phenomena whose explanations have stymied 20th century
physicists and cosmologists can now be perfectly clarified by using the ten dimensions of
Hyperspace.
Michio Kaku--theoretical high-energy physicist, author, radio talkshow host, and nuclear
disarmament activist--is one of the pioneers in the field of String Theory, which states that the basic
constituents of our universe are not quarks or protons or electrons, but much smaller entities called
"strings" or "superstrings", which vibrate--like violin strings--in 10 dimensional Hyperspace, and
whose vibrations in different resonances are manifested in the elementary particles.
In his book, Kaku takes the reader on a ride through Hyperspace to the edge of physics. On the way
he gives crystal clear explanations of such formidable mathematical concepts as non-Euclidean
Geometry, Kaluza-Klein Theory, and Supergravity, the everyday tools of the string theorist. Utilizing
fascinating and often hilarious anecdotes from history, from art, and from science fiction, Kaku
shows us that writers and artists--in addition to scientists--have been fascinated by multidimensional
space for over a century. In fact, many of the weird effects created by such famous artists as Dali
and Picasso can be explained and more appreciated with an eye on the fourth spatial dimension.
In this thrilling journey into the mysteries of our cosmos, bestselling author Michio Kaku takes us on
a dizzying ride to explore black holes and time machines, multidimensional space and, most
tantalizing of all, the possibility that parallel universes may lay alongside our own. Kaku skillfully
guides us through the latest innovations in string theory and its latest iteration, M-theory, which
posits that our universe may be just one in an endless multiverse, a singular bubble floating in a sea
of infinite bubble universes.
The next century will witness more far-reaching scientific revolutions, as we make the transition from
unraveling the secrets of nature to becoming masters of nature. We will no longer be passive
bystanders to the dance of the universe, but will become creative choreographers of matter, life, and
intelligence.
The first section of Visions presents a shocking look at a cyber-world infiltrated by millions of tiny
intelligence systems. Part two illustrates how the decoding of DNA's genetic structure will allow
humans the "godlike ability to manipulate life almost at will." Finally, VISIONS focuses on the future

of quantum physics, in which physicists will perfect new ways to manipulate matter and harness the
cosmic energy of the universe.
What makes Michio Kaku's vision of the science of the future so compelling--and so different from
the mere forecasts of most thinkers--is that it is based on the groundbreaking research taking place
in labs today, as well as the consensus of over 150 of Kaku's scientific colleagues. Science, for all
its breathtaking change, evolves slowly; we can accurately predict, asserts Kaku, what the direction
of science will be, based on the paths that are being forged today.
Handfasting and Wedding Rituals has everything you need to plan the perfect Pagan wedding.
You`ll find advice and examples to help you with basic wedding planning, writing vows, and ritual
construction, along with practical tips and great ideas about everything from low-cost wedding favors
to candle and bonfire safety. Handfasting and Wedding Rituals also includes sixteen full rites
honoring a wide variety of Pagan traditions. Rituals in their full form can be used exactly as printed
or modified to fit your needs. Each rite is categorized as level one, two, or three depending on their
level of overt Pagan content and degree of participation expected from your guests. Paperback 320
pgs
We are all surrounded by spirits. Many people feel called to work with them, but few know where to
begin. Enjoined by the gods and spirits to fulfill this need, Raven Kaldera and Galina Krasskova
have reconstructed the indigenous spiritual traditions of northern Europe and Scandinavia
extinguished more than one thousand years ago by the spread of Christianity. Arising from basic
survival needs, these practical traditions are fundamentally tied to the elements found in the harsh
world of the ancient North.
Beginning with the skills tied to the Earth element, necessary for grounding prior to the more
demanding aspects of the practice--working with Sun, Moon, Plants, Animals, Water, Fire, Craft, and
Air--the authors explain, step by step, how to build relationships with each elemental spirit and the
Ancestors. Offering 83 practical exercises, from cleansing with the Moon or borrowing the legs of
Reindeer to making sacred space with Mugwort or creating an ancestor altar, they also explore
building spirit relationships through altered states. Emphasizing the proper management of your
spirit relationships to avoid spiritual debt or offense, the authors outline the ancient cultural rules and
taboos that circumscribe these practices, essential knowledge for successful and fruitful spirit
alliances.
This book is an introduction to runosophy, the wisdom of the runes, and to practical rune magic. The
runes are dynamic symbols that characterise hidden forces. The outer shapes of the runes have
changed through history, but the principles that they symbolise are today almost the same as during
old Norse times.
This book does not claim to include a historical description of runes or rune magic. The book offers
an introduction to a rune magic that is constructed around practical work with the runes in the
contemporary world. The ambition, however, has been that the runosophy in this book shall be
deeply rooted in historical Nordic magic.
In Loving What Is, bestselling author Byron Katie introduced thousands of people to her simple and
profound method of finding happiness through questioning the mind. Now, I Need Your
Love&mdash;Is That True? examines a universal, age-old source of anxiety: our relationships with
others. In this groundbreaking book, Katie helps you question everything you have been taught to
do to gain love and approval. In doing this, you discover how to find genuine love and connection.
The usual advice offered in self-help books and reinforced by our culture advocates a stressful,
all-consuming quest for love and approval. We are advised to learn self-marketing and manipulative
skills&mdash;how to attract, impress, seduce, and often pretend to be something we aren&rsquo;t.
This approach doesn&rsquo;t work. It leaves millions of walking wounded&mdash;those who, having
failed to find love or appreciation, blame themselves and conclude that they are unworthy of love.

I Need Your Love&mdash;Is That True? helps you illuminate every area in your life where you seem
to lack what you long for most&mdash;the love of your spouse, the respect of your child, a
lover&rsquo;s tenderness, or the esteem of your boss. Through its penetrating inquiry, you will
quickly discover the falseness of the accepted ways of seeking love and approval, and also of the
mythology that equates love with need. Using the method in this book, you will inquire into painful
beliefs that you&rsquo;ve based your whole life on&mdash;and be delighted to see them evaporate.
Katie shows you how unraveling the knots in the search for love, approval, and appreciation brings
real love and puts you in charge of your own happiness.
&ldquo;Everyone agrees that love is wonderful, except when it&rsquo;s terrible. People spend their
whole lives tantalized by love&mdash;seeking it, trying to hold on to it, or trying to get over it. Not far
behind love, as major preoccupations, come approval and appreciation. From childhood on, most
people spend much of their energy in a relentless pursuit of these things, trying out different
methods to be noticed, to please, to impress, and to win other people&rsquo;s love, thinking
that&rsquo;s just the way life is. This effort can become so constant and unquestioned that we
barely notice it anymore.
This book takes a close look at what works and what doesn&rsquo;t in the quest for love and
approval. It will help you find a way to be happier in love and more effective in all your relationships.
What you learn here will bring fulfillment to all kinds of relationships, including romantic love, dating,
marriage, work, and friendship.&rdquo; &mdash;Byron Katie
Out of nowhere, like a breeze in a marketplace crowded with advice, comes Byron Katie and
&ldquo;The Work.&rdquo; In the midst of a normal life, Katie became increasingly depressed, and
over a ten-year period sank further into rage, despair, and thoughts of suicide. Then one morning,
she woke up in a state of absolute joy, filled with the realization of how her own suffering had ended.
The freedom of that realization has never left her, and now in Loving What Is you can discover the
same freedom through The Work.
The Work is simply four questions that, when applied to a specific problem, enable you to see what
is troubling you in an entirely different light. As Katie says, &ldquo;It&rsquo;s not the problem that
causes our suffering; it&rsquo;s our thinking about the problem.&rdquo; Contrary to popular belief,
trying to let go of a painful thought never works; instead, once we have done The Work, the thought
lets go of us. At that point, we can truly love what is, just as it is.
Loving What Is will show you step-by-step, through clear and vivid examples, exactly how to use this
revolutionary process for yourself. You&rsquo;ll see people do The Work with Katie on a broad
range of human problems, from a wife ready to leave her husband because he wants more sex, to a
Manhattan worker paralyzed by fear of terrorism, to a woman suffering over a death in her family.
Many people have discovered The Work&rsquo;s power to solve problems; in addition, they say that
through The Work they experience a sense of lasting peace and find the clarity and energy to act,
even in situations that had previously seemed impossible.
If you continue to do The Work, you may discover, as many people have, that the questioning flows
into every aspect of your life, effortlessly undoing the stressful thoughts that keep you from
experiencing peace. Loving What Is offers everything you need to learn and live this remarkable
process, and to find happiness as what Katie calls &ldquo;a lover of reality.&rdquo;
An Air Force major is ordered to approach a brilliant UFO in his Phantom jet over Tehran. He
repeatedly attempts to engage and fire on unusual objects heading right toward his aircraft, but his
missile control is locked and disabled. Witnessed from the ground, this dogfight becomes the subject
of a secret report by the U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency.
In Belgium, an Air Force colonel investigates a series of widespread sightings of unidentified
triangular objects, and he sends F-16s to attempt a closer look. Many hundreds of eyewitnesses,
including on-duty police officers, file reports, and a spectacular photograph of an unidentifiable craft
is retrieved and analyzed.

Now all three of these distinguished men have written breathtaking, firsthand accounts about these
extraordinary incidents. They are joined by Air Force generals and a host of high-level
sources&mdash;including Fife Symington III, former governor of Arizona, and Nick Pope, former
head of the British Defence Ministry&rsquo;s UFO Investigative Unit&mdash;who have agreed to
write their own detailed, personal stories about UFO encounters and investigations for the first time.
They are coming forward now because of Leslie Kean, an investigative reporter who has spent the
last ten years studying the still unexplained UFO phenomenon. Kean reviewed hundreds of
government documents, aviation reports, radar data, and case studies with corroborating physical
evidence. She carefully examined scientifically analyzed photographs and interviewed dozens of
high-level officials and aviation witnesses from around the world. With the support of former White
House chief of staff John Podesta, Kean draws on her research to separate fact from fiction and to
lift the veil on decades of U.S. government misinformation. Throughout, she presents irrefutable
evidence that unknown flying objects&mdash;metallic, luminous, and seemingly able to maneuver in
ways that defy the laws of physics&mdash;actually exist.
No one yet knows what these objects are, even though they affect aviation safety and possibly
national security. The phenomenon has been officially acknowledged by numerous foreign
governments. For these reasons and many others, Kean concludes that the UFO problem must be
more widely recognized and ultimately solved through an unbiased scientific investigation. The
material presented throughout this landmark book is sobering, unflinching, and undeniably
awe-inspiring, and moves us toward a goal of properly addressing this worldwide mystery.
West Virginia, 1966. For thirteen months the town of Point Pleasant is gripped by a real-life
nightmare that culminates in a strategy that makes headlines around the world. Strange occurrences
and sightings, including a bizarre winged apparition that becomes known as the Mothman, trouble
this ordinary American community. Mysterious lights are seen moving across the sky. Domestic
animals are found slaughtered and mutilated. And journalist John Keel, arriving to investigate the
freakish events, soon finds himself an integral part of an eerie and unfathomable mystery...
Thomas Keightley (1789&ndash;1872) was a historian, educated at Trinity College, Dublin, who
wrote works on mythology and folklore, and, at the request of Dr. Thomas Arnold of Rugby, a series
of textbooks on English, Greek, and other histories. His History of Greece was translated into
modern Greek. Among his other books are Fairy Mythology (1850, 1870), The World Guide to
Gnomes, Fairies, Elves, and Other Little People, Mythology of Ancient Greece and Italy, and a work
on Popular Tales and their transmission from one country to another.
Groundbreaking research for the truth behind stories of alien invasion, secret underground bases,
and secret plans for the New World Order. Conspiracy expert Keith&rsquo;s final book on UFOs
exposes the secret, sinister cabal that manufactures UFOs and uses them for their own purposes:
the control and manipulation of the population of Earth. Chapters cover mind control, saucer
abductions, the MJ-12 documents, cattle mutilations, government anti-gravity testing, the Sirius
Connection, and include
The Bible As History, now thoroughly updated with the latest scientific and archaeological
breakthroughs in biblical investigation. Including: Revolutionary new evidence that confirms some of
the most monumental and controversial events in the Bible-including the destruction of Sodom and
Gomorra Recently deciphered texts from the ancient world that offer an intriguing look back at the
origin of the Ten Commandments An entirely new chapter revealing the extraordinary techniques
that may soon prove the authenticity of the Shroud of Turin The Bible As History will take you on a
breathtaking journey to the heart of Holy Scripture as it pieces together one of the most stunning
spiritual puzzles in the history of mankind.
This groundbreaking book, written by Metaphysicst Dr. Theresa M. Kelly, utilizes an extensive list of
scientific studies and laws to reveal how the laws of physics do not have to be rewritten to explain
how psychic abilities work. The author exposes that psychic abilities are possible due to wirelessly

transmitted data and commands weakly emitted through the mind and bodies own natural
electromagnetic radiation. The book includes several exercises and techniques enabling the reader
to learn how to control and enhance their psychic or psychokinetic abilities including using scientific
means of performance and measurement and artificial, but safe, means of enhancement. With over
fourteen years of hands on experience in her field, Dr. Theresa M. Kelly bridges the gap between
physics and metaphysics in a manner easily comprehendible to the layperson and easily
appreciated by professionals.
Two Excellent Treatises on the Philosopher's Stone together with the Theatre of Terrestrial
Astronomy; Contents: Biographical Preface; The Stone of the Philosophers; Certain Fragments
selected from the Letters of Edward Kelly, The Humid Way, or a Discourse upon the Vegetable
Menstruum of Saturn; The Theatre of Terrestrial Astronomy.
Can a human being really spontaneously burst into flames? Just how deadly is the Bermuda
Triangle? And what's the real story behind all those alien abductions? The answers to these and
many other questions lie within the covers of The Skeptic's Guide to the Paranormal. Guaranteed to
liven up any dinner party, this delightful, highly readable book offers color photographs and scientific
case-by-case explanations for twenty-seven phenomena that appear to defy known science,
including ghosts and poltergeists, the predictions of Nostradamus, and yogic levitation, among many
others. Speaking directly to the reader, and always with respect for those who believe, Kelly gives
us a bite-size, nonacademic approach to debunking hugely popular superstitions and mysteries. Did
you know that you, too, can bend spoons and read minds? This book will show you how.
"This is a compendium of theories of the shape of the Earth, along with a great deal of 'Earth
Mystery' lore. Richly illustrated, the Book of Earths includes many unusual theories, including
Columbus' idea that the Earth is literally pear-shaped, modern theories that the Earth was originally
tetrahedral, and so on. Kenton also covers many traditional theories including the ancient
Babylonians and Egyptians, Hindu and Buddhist cosmology, and those of the Peruvians, Aztecs and
Mongols. She also discusses modern alternative theories such as that of Reed and Koresh.
Strangely enough, she misses or ignores the modern flat earth theory of Rowbotham. This is the
only apparent omission in this definitive study.
Publisher's Preface; Acknowledgments; Man's Quest In Space; Figures Of Earth; Creation Of The
World; Upholders Of The World; The Primval Earth; The Babylonian Universe; The Egyptian
Universe; Earth-moon Catastrophe; The Deluge; The Lost Atlantis; Lost Land Of The West; Trees
Of The World; Mountains Of The World; The Wheel Of Life; Earth The Mundane Egg; Systems Of
The Universe; The Square Earth Of Cosmas Indicopleutes; The Peruvian Universe; The Aztec
Universe; Tartar-mongol Worlds; Maps Of The Earth; The Earth Of Columbus; Dante's Universe;
Earth The Heart Of The Cosmos; St. Hildegard's Universe; The Earths In The Universe; Wheels
Upon Wheels; The World Octaves; Earth A Hollow Sphere; The Tetrahedral Earth; Bibliography
A comprehensive, in-depth collection of classic as well as never before published breath techniques
given by Yogi Bhajan, Master of Kundalini Yoga. Up to 100 different meditations using various types
of praanayam practices: segmented breath, whistle breath, sipping the breath, and more. Clear and
concise instructions on the bhandas-the locks-which support the breath and its movement, and
fascinating tips from Yogi Bhajan&rsquo;s teachings on the vayus, the nadis, praana and apaana,
Breath of Fire, supending the breath on the inhalation and exhalation, and much more.
Provocations contains a little of everything from Kierkegaard's prodigious output: his famously
cantankerous (yet wryly humorous) attacks on what he calls the ''mediocre shell'' of conventional
Christianity, his brilliantly pithy parables, his wise (and witty) sayings. Most significantly, it brings to a
new generation a man whose writings pare away the fluff of modern spirituality to reveal the basics
of the Christ-centered life: decisiveness, obedience, and recognition of the truth.
For three years, Gary Kinder investigated the Meier story - the events when "Billy' Meier would
disappear on his motorbike into a forest near his village and return with several clear photographs of
a large silvery disk hovering in the sky. This story is a throughly compelling narrative - the most

remarkable well documented UFO story in history.


Here is the inside story of the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn told in its entirety for the first time.
Francis King describes the conflict between W. B. Yeats and Aleister Crowley, the often difficult
relationship between Yeats and Kabbalist MacGregor Mathers and Rudolph Steiner's attempt to
take over English occultism. With consummate scholarship King has created a definitive modern
history of the Western esoteric tradition.
Sexuality, Magic, and Perversion surveys such outre subjects as sex magic, left-hand Tantrism, and
the initiates of Aleister Crowley&rsquo;s Order of Oriental Templars. This fascinating and highly
readable book also discusses the role of magical fantasy in contemporary pornography. Appendices
cover obscurities such as Ralph Chubb&rsquo;s homoerotic mysticism and the women bishops of
the Mariavite Church in Poland.
Aleister Crowley (1875&euro;&ldquo;1947) has been seen variously as a man of notorious sexual
habits, a satanic occultist, and latterly an icon of the 1960s love generation. He was the synthesizer
of what he termed "Magick," a system of occult philosophy and technique outlined in such classic
texts as The Book of the Law and Magick in Theory and Practice. Crowley's vision combined clarity,
intellectual power,and a strange, sometimes frightening beauty.
In this cogent and intensely readable account of Crowley's occult progress, Francis King examines
each of the three main sources of Magick-thus throwing much new light on Crowley himself and
explaining the admiration for his writings by the likes of filmmaker Kenneth Anger and Led
Zeppelin's Jimmy Page.
The ancient wisdom of Hawai&rsquo;i has been guarded for centuries&mdash;handed down
through line of kinship to form the tradition of Huna. Dating back to the time before the first
missionary presence arrived in the islands, the tradition of Huna is more than just a philosophy of
living&mdash;it is intertwined and deeply connected with every aspect of Hawaiian life.
Blending ancient Hawaiian wisdom with modern practicality, Serge Kahili King imparts the
philosophy behind the beliefs, history, and foundation of Huna. More important, King shows readers
how to use Huna philosophy to attain both material and spiritual goals. To those who practice Huna,
there is a deep understanding about the true nature of life&mdash;and the real meaning of personal
power, intention, and belief. Through exploring the seven core principles around which the practice
revolves, King passes onto readers a timeless and powerful wisdom.
Huna philosophy is about learning to become a conscious cocreator with the Universe. Hawaiian
shaman King uses Kahuna healing methods to help us access the hidden energy of life, develop
powers of concentration, and make friends with the deepest aspect of our being. Learn how your
Higher Self, or aumakua, is contacted in the dream dimension. Get in touch with the Mana, the
hidden energy of life. Develop higher powers of concentration by utilizing the tikis, created images of
sight, sound, and feeling in meditation. Become aware of your subconscious, an integral part of your
being, which impatiently awaits communion with the ego.
Astrology justly claims for her own a large share of the relics popularly called Gnostic; for
Gnosticism, from the beginning, had linked its own speculations to those of the Magians' national
science, and borrowed as a vehicle for its own peculiar ideas the machinery of the latter--its Astral
Genii, Decani, and Myriageneses. And this truth was seen by the earliest writers upon Gnosticism,
for Hippolytus proves conclusively, at much length, that the system of the Peratae (a branch of the
Ophites) was nothing more than a barefaced plagiarism from the rules of Astrology. Under this head
I have endeavoured to separate the purely Astrological talismans from those to which the illuminati,
their makers, had given a more spiritual sense. "Astrology, not Christ, is the author of their religion,"
says Hippolytus of the sects founded by Euphrates and Celbes; and proceeds to give extracts from
their writings, held in the highest esteem at the time, which amply bear out his assertion.
Related to this religion by their nature are talismans and amulets in general; for Gnostic symbols

and Gnostic formulae gave their virtue to many of the class: being borrowed either directly from the
Gnosis, or from the older creeds out of which the latter was constructed. Their employment, and the
notions generating them, have been here described; showing the derivation of many of the
mediaeval examples from the Gnostic class; and by following out the same principle it has been
attempted to find a key to their cabalistic legends, which may fit them better than any hitherto
offered by their interpreters--symbols and emblems being with them those conveying the idea of
death&hellip;
Last to be considered comes the Gnosis in its final and grandest manifestation, the composite
religion of Manes: with its wonderful revival and diffusion over Mediaeval Europe; and its supposed
connexion with the downfall of the Templars, of which catastrophe the history and causes are here
briefly sketched; although to form a satisfactory judgment on the merits of the case is about the
hardest problem history can offer. With their scandal and their fate is coupled the most singular
phenomenon of modern times--the preservation by their professed descendants, the Freemasons,
of so much symbolism that appears to be indisputably Gnostic in its origin.
A Study of ancient African history reveals an early African definition of the human Melanin System
as a whole body Black Melanin System that serves as the eye of the soul to produce inner vision,
true spiritual consciousness, creative genius, beatific vision, to become Godlike, and to have
conversation with the immortals (Ancestors).
The purpose of ancient African education was to provide knowledge and development of the will of
the student that allowed salvation (freedom) of the soul from the fetters (chains) of the physical body
(George G. M. James, Stolen Legacy The Study Of Melanin) in the human form and throughout
nature is a precious key that will unlock the chains of mental slavery that presently imprison the
minds of African people throughout the world.
Accordingly. this overview is focused upon just one of these four major Melanin sub sections. Animal
Kingdom Melanin, particularly within the Species Homo Sapien, adolescent neophyte Humanity.
Special reference is given to the epigenetic evolutionary potential within Humanity, to become an
adult, "Son of Light, Christ," "Melanin ascended Transformation," or "Homo Maximus" stage of
Intelligent/Perfect/Unity with Light, Adult, Master Adult, Adept, Angelic Immortal Humanity.
There have been many and various interpretations of the zodiac and its sway upon humanity, but
rarely one so generous as this charming 1894 volume. Its complete and tolerant interpretations of
the kinds of people to be found under each sign of the zodiac features... . typical personal
appearance of each sign . the kinds of companions each sign attracts . faults to be aware of in each
sign . diseases each sign is particularly susceptible to . how to raise a child of each sign . what it
means to be on the cusp of each sign . and more. Eleanor K. Ames, a.k.a. ELEANOR KIRK
(1831-1908), also wrote "Libra: An Astrological Romance" (1896) and "Christ of the Red Planet"
(1901).
THE twelve signs of the Zodiac have always been supposed to represent the physical framework of
man. This framework is but a vessel of breath, motion, and vibration, played upon by active
thought-atmospheres, waves of sound and light, and positive and negative electromagnetic forces,
in limitless activity.
After exactly one hundred years, this gem of a book is back in print. It is believed that parts of the
human anatomy, along with the mind, are influenced by corresponding planets. Eleanor Kirk
explains how we are affected, both mentally and physically, by the zodiac. This is a great companion
book for those who do readings (as it covers the whole person), and is of equal interest to those
who want to learn more about themselves, friends, or family.
Also covered is detailed work regarding people born on the cusp, a ten-day period at the beginning
and end of each sign, where certain traits from the weaker sign influence the lives of people born in
the dominant sign. Along with her spiritual wisdom, this facet of her work make the book all the more
accurate and interesting.

In the late 17th century, a Scottish minister went looking for creatures of "a middle nature betwixt
man and angel." Robert Kirk roamed the Highlands, talking to country folk about their encounters
with supernatural creatures. This remarkable record of their testimonials offers rare glimpses into a
world of everyday magic.
These Subterraneans have Controverfies, Doubts, Difputes, Feuds, and Siding of Parties... As to
Vice and Sin, whatever their own Laws be... they tranfgrefs and commit Acts of Injuftice... -from
Chapter 11 As a study of 17th-century folklore, this mysterious and remarkable text is fascinating.
As a document of the popular mindset of a time in which the odd or the outcast were still
condemned and punished as witches, it is wholly astonishing. Robert Kirk's "A Study in Folk-Lore
and Psychical Research" dates from 1691, and is perhaps a hallucinatory and delusional labor of
love by a minister obsessed with psychic phenomena. Here, Kirk's treatise is accompanied by
commentary written in 1893 by folklorist Andrew Lang that both celebrates Kirk's passion and
wonders at his "savage metaphysics." By turns bizarre and enlightening, this little book continues to
bewitch today's readers. Scottish minister ROBERT KIRK (c. 1640-1692) studied theology at St.
Andrew's and Edinburgh Universities but was fascinated by the occult. The fact of his death is
rumored to be "disputed." Scottish journalist and author ANDREW LANG (1844-1912) produced a
stunning variety and number of volumes, including books of poetry, novels, children's books,
histories, and biographies, as well as criticism, essays, scholarly works of anthropology, and
translations of classical literature.
We are all specialists now-a-days, I suppose. The good old times of the polymath and the Doctor
Universalis are gone forever. Yet signs are not wanting that some of us are alive to the danger of
building our party-walls too high. In one respect, at all events, there can be no doubt that the
investigators of New England antiquities are aware, of their peril, though they occarionally shut their
eyes to it, I mean, the tendency to consider the Colonists as a peculiar people, separated from the
Mother Country not only geographically, but also with regard to those currents of thought and feeling
which are the most significant facts of history. True, there is more or less justification for that kind of
study which looks at the annals of America as ends in-themselves; but such study is ticklish
business, and it now and then distorts the perjorative in a rather fantastic way. This is a rank truism.
Still, conmionplaces are occasionally steadying to the intellect, and Dr. Johnson whose own truths
have been characterized by a brilliant critic as too true knew what he was about when he said that
men usually need not so much to be informed as to be reminded. The darkest page of New England
history is, by common consent, that which is inscribed with the words Salem Witchcraft. The hand of
the apologist trembles as it turns the leaf. The reactionary writer who prefers iconoclasm to
hero-worship sharpens his pen and pours fresh gall into his inkpot when he comes to this sinister
subject.
High Strangeness: Hyperdimensions and the Process of Alien Abduction is an enlightening attempt
to weave together the contradictory threads of religion, science, history, alien abduction, and the
true nature of political conspiracies. With thorough research and a drive for the truth, Laura
Knight-Jadczyk strips away the facades of official culture and opens doors to understanding our
reality.
The Second Edition includes additional material that explains the hyperdimensional mechanisms by
which our reality is controlled and shaped by 'alien' powers. The self-serving actions of unwitting
puppets - psychopaths and other pathological types - who may have no knowledge that they are
being used, become the portals through which an agenda that is hostile to humanity as a whole, is
pushed forward.
Internal alchemy (neidan) has been the dominant system of Daoist spiritual practice since the Song
dynasty, when it was defined as the complex integration of multiple forms of Daoist self-cultivation.
Its practitioners transform body energies into subtle levels of spirit and pure cosmic being, hoping to
find illumination by returning to the fundamental order of the cosmos and in the process reconcile
physiological training with intellectual speculation.

Bringing together the best work of leading scholars in the field, this book provides, for the first time in
English, a thorough and easily accessible introduction to this important tradition. The book begins
with a a general survey of the body cultivation methods that form the backbone of internal alchemy
and an analysis of its understanding of the human body and the terminology it employs. Next, it
presents the historical development of the tradition with its major schools and a detailed discussion
of key concepts, such as mind, inner nature, and destiny. Following this, presentations focus on
specific practices, such as the emergence of the spirit through the top of the head, the activation of
internal visions in Thunder Ritual, the sexual comingling of energies in duo-cultivation, and the body
visions and transformative techniques employed by women. The volume also contains two
contributions on the contemporary application of internal alchemy in China and the West. It
concludes with comparative studies on Kundalini Yoga and Hermeticism.
Therapists do not and cannot give answers. Explore the true nature of the therapeutic relationship,
and realize that the guru is no Buddha. He is just another human struggling. Understanding the
shape of your own personal ills, will lead you on your journey to recovery. Sheldon Kopp has a
realistic approach to altering one's destiny and accepting the responsibility that grows with freedom.
This book is dedicated to the presentation of the scientific foundations and practical applications of
the Gas Discharge Visualization (GDV) technique. This technique represents a revolutionary new
method for the study of biological subjects, namely biological energy fields. This research extends
scientific tradition, developed in Russia in the twentieth century.
The Human Energy Field carries information on physical, mental and spiritual states of a human
being, and the GDV Bioelectrography technique is the first method in the world which gives an
opportunity to study this information. Utilizing the latest advances in technology, such as
microelectronics, computer imaging, and data mining, scientists have been able to create an entirely
new class of scientific instruments that allow the practitioner to view, measure and analyze biological
subjects in a manner that has never been possible before.
The GDV technique has been found to have numerous highly important applications in medicine,
sports, consciousness studies, material testing and other areas, discussed in this book... Whether
the reader is a physicist, poet or philosopher, this technique offers an entirely new understanding of
the world in which we live. Each encounter simply confirms the wisdom contained in all the holy
books of every religion. We are all one. We are all connected. We are the interrelation of Matter,
Information and Spirit.
Master a variety of powerful practices that heighten and amplify magickal energy raised during
sexual activity, and discover how to use the energy to transform your magick and your life. This
one-of-a-kind book is the first to clearly reveal the secrets of Western sex magick without relying on
Tantric theory.
First written in 1486 by zealous Inquisitors of the Catholic Church, "The Witch Hammer" came to be
the witch-hunting handbook of the fifteenth century. Its main purpose was to refute doubts of the
existence of witchcraft, though it proceeds to prove women more susceptible than men, as well as to
outline procedures that allowed law enforcers to discover and convict witches. Because of the papal
bull acknowledging the validity of this previously pagan belief, the persecution of alleged witches
became widespread and brutal with the printing of "Malleus Maleficarum" on the recently invented
printing press. Though some of the claims in this work are perhaps humorous to the modern reader,
countless individuals lost their lives due to the prevalence of this book throughout late Medieval
Europe, and today it can serve as a both a collection of superstitious folklore and a warning against
mass hysteria and ignorance.
A revolution of thought is under way in our world, fostered by decades of research and
well-documented evidence by alternative theory pioneers such as Graham Hancock, John Anthony
West, Robert Bauval, and Robert Schoch. These provocative, cutting-edge scholars now represent
a direct challenge to the academic establishment as the paradigms of science and history shift and
their ideas gain acceptance.

Representing the latest, often controversial findings in scientific and historical research, this
anthology of essays commissioned by Graham Hancock, bestselling author of Fingerprints of the
Gods, covers the forefront in alternative theories on history, the origins of civilization, technology,
and consciousness with topics ranging from quantum philosophy and paranormal phenomena to the
ancient use of electromagnetism, the effect of cosmic rays on human evolution, and NASA&rsquo;s
cover-up of ancient Martian civilizations. Recognizing that many recent discoveries are actually
rediscoveries of lost knowledge from past civilizations, these authors seek to understand where,
within the bigger picture of human knowledge, our present time fits into the cycle of human
existence.
"Romanian Fairy Tales" were collected by Mite Kremnitz, a German writer who was a good friend of
Queen Elisabeth and co-authored several novels with the queen during the 1800's. Both women
used pen names for this purpose. Queen Elisabeth wrote under the name Carmen Sylva, while Mite
Kremnitz signed her works as Ditto and Idem. Mite Kremnitz (1852-1916), born Marie von
Bardeleben, was the daughter of the famous surgeon Heinrich Adolf von Bardeleben. She grew in
Greifswald, London and, starting with 1868, in Berlin. Later she married the doctor Wilhelm Kremnitz
and moved with him to Bucharest in 1875. The couple had 2 children. In Romania, Marie became
good friends with the Queen Elisabeth and was appointed her maid of honor. Although Mite signed
some of her collaborative works with the queen as Ditto and Idem, in 1990 she began authoring
under her name, Mite Kremnitz. Eighteen "Romanian Fairy Tales" are included in this collection,
including Stan Bolovan, The Wonderful Bird, The Twins and the Golden Star, Youth without Age and
Life without Death, The Little Purse with Two Half-Pennies, Mogarzea and His Son, Cunning Ileane,
The Princess and the Fisherman, Little Wild-Rose, The Voice of Death, The Old Woman and the Old
Man, The Pea Emperor, The Morning and the Evening Star, The Two Step-Sisters, The Poor Boy,
Mother's Darling Jack, Tellerchen, and The Fairy Aurora. Many of the Romanian fairy tales start out
with something like "once upon a time, something happened. If it hadn't happened, it wouldn't be
told." Regardless of your interest in Romanian folklore, legends, or fairy tales, you're bound to enjoy
the timeless stories contained in this book.
Within general discussions of conflict, fear, violence, religious experience, self-knowledge, and
intelligence, Krishnamurti examines specific issues, such as the role of the teacher and tradition; the
need for awareness of "cosmic consciousness"; the problem of good and evil; and traditional
Vedanta methods of help for different levels of seekers.
In a time of unprecedented outer change in the political and social spheres, is there a fundamental
inner challenge that faces each one of us? In these 18 dialogues, Krishnamurti indicates that
pinning hopes on organized religion, science, political ideology or the market economy not only fails
to address basic human problems, but actually creates them. Instead, he discusses with Professor
Anderson the concept of a wholly different way of living. Throughout these dialogues, Anderson
refers to many passages of Western and Eastern religious scriptures which he believes have been
misunderstood, and which in fact support Krishnamurti's statements.
This title contains a series of 8 lectures, given in Ojai, California in 1955, from one of the 20th
century's greatest philosophers and teachers. Krishnamurti confronts the typical grasping and
confused mind which lies at the root of all violence and suffering. Though offered over fifty years
ago, the ideas in these talks are fresh, relevant and offer an enduring message for today as
Krishnamurti discusses a world in which booming productivity and scientific advancement should
promise a happy future, but don't.
In their brilliantly clear essays, his focus is singular, with no glib answers to eternal questions. To
read this book is to venture into the unexplored assumptions that govern our lives. The workings of
the mind are so simple and obvious in J Krishnamurti's explanations, yet so enormously challenging
to confront. Like other classic texts, such as religious scriptures, the words ring true. The issues
addressed include: the nature of violence; the problem of change; the conditioning of the mind; how
to achieve "peace"; the nature of worship and spiritual practice; and how to really listen.

Krishnamurti believed that &ldquo;education is the heart of the matter.&rdquo; His longstanding
concern with the nature and problems of education led him to found schools in India, England, and
America, and his conversations with students, teachers, and parents form the major part of
Beginnings of Learning.
These lively, often intimate exchanges turn on practical, everyday matters as well as wider
philosophical issues, as Krishnamurti encourages his audience to appreciate that the beginning of
wisdom is self-knowledge. Jiddu Krishnamurti was born in southern India in 1895 and died in 1986.
The essence of his teachings is that societal change and world peace can only occur through a
complete change of individual consciousness.
This record of a historic encounter between Krishnamurti and a group of Buddhist scholars provides
a unique opportunity to see what the great teacher had to say himself about Buddhist teachings.
The conversations, which took place in London in the late 1970s, focused on human consciousness
and its potential for transformation.
This 3-volume series records his meetings with individual seekers from all walks of life, during which
he comments on the struggles common to those who work to break the boundaries of personality
and self-limitation. In the first volume Krishnamurti discusses many topics, including knowledge,
belief, simplicity of the heart, love in relationship, ambition, and clarity in action.
In talks and teachings to audiences worldwide, he extricated his listeners from the tangled net of
ideas, organizational beliefs and psychological mind-sets and pointed them to the bliss of truth. In
the final volume of this series, conversations with individual seekers explore many topics, including
the cultivation of sensitivity, the problem of search, the importance of change, and "What is life all
about?"
J. Krishnamurti, one of the most beloved and renowned religious teachers of the twentieth century,
often taught his students that they must look at the state of the world, with all its violence and
conflict, if they are ever to understand themselves. To turn away from world events was for him not
to be alive to what life has to teach.
Facing a World in Crisis presents a selection of talks that Krishnamurti gave on how to live in and
respond to troubling and uncertain times. His message of personal responsibility and the importance
of connecting with the broader world is presented in a nonsectarian and nonpolitical way. Direct and
ultimately life-affirming, Facing a World in Crisis will resonate with readers today who are looking for
a new way to understand and find hope in challenging times.
J. Krishnamurti was one of the most influential and widely known spiritual teachers of the twentieth
century. Here, he inquires with the reader into how remembering and dwelling on past events, both
pleasurable and painful, give us a false sense of continuity, causing us to suffer. His instruction is to
be attentive and clear in our perceptions and to meet the challenges of life directly in each new
moment.
Krishnamurti's last journal, spoken into a tape recorder at his home, Pine Cottage, in the Ojai Valley,
brings the reader close to this renowned spiritual teacher. Dictated in the mornings, from his bed,
undisturbed, Krishnamurti's observations are captured here in all their immediacy and candor, from
personal reflections to poetic musings on nature and a serene meditation on death.
When Krishnamurti's Notebook first became available in 1976, it was soon realized that it was a
spiritually unique document giving his perceptions and experiences and describing his states of
consciousness. It is a kind of diary but one that is little concerned with the day to day process of
living, though very much aware of the natural world.
Life Ahead presents lessons that move far beyond the traditional forms of education taught in most
schools and colleges. Drawn from transcripts of talks given to Indian students, the book covers a
wide range of universal topics. In short, accessible chapters, Krishnamurti explores the danger of

competition, the value of solitude, the need to understand both the conscious and the unconscious
mind, and the critical difference between concentration and attention, and between knowledge and
learning. Krishnamurti exposes the roots of fear and eradicates deeply entrenched habits of
tradition, limitation, and prejudice.
The life he holds forth requires a complete change of thought, even a revolution, one that begins
&ldquo;not with theory and ideation,&rdquo; he writes, &ldquo;but with a radical transformation in
the mind itself.&rdquo; He explains how such transformation occurs only through an education that
concentrates on the total development of the human being, an education carefully described in this
simple yet powerful book.
Krishnamurti (1895&ndash;1986) went from his origins in a small south Indian village to become one
of the great spiritual teachers of the twentieth century. He taught that the only way to peace on earth
is the transformation of the human psyche&mdash;and that there is no path to this transformation,
no method for achieving it, no gurus or spiritual authorities who can help. The transformation is a
truth each of us must discover within ourselves.
This classic collection of brief excerpts from Krishnamurti's books and talks presents the essence of
his teaching on meditation&mdash;a state of attention, beyond thought, which brings total freedom
from authority and ambition, fears and separateness. This doubly expanded edition features even
more of the great teacher's wisdom than the original version, and also includes some
never-before-published material.
Meeting Life also features a number of Krishnamurti's talks, delivered in Switzerland, India, England,
and California, Here is the profound wisdom of a beloved teacher who moved millions with his
words. This thought-provoking and inspirational volume will provide strength and encouragement to
anyone searching for insight.
In 1968&mdash;a time when young Americans were intensely questioning the values of their
society&mdash;Krishnamurti gave a series of talks to college students in the United States and
Puerto Rico, exploring the true meaning of freedom and rebellion. Collected in this book, these
lectures are perhaps even more compelling today, when both adults and young people are
searching for the key to genuine change in our world.
Krishnamurti and David Bohm probe such questions as &lsquo;why has humanity made thought so
important in every aspect of life? How does one cleanse the mind of the &lsquo;accumulation of
time&rsquo; and break the &lsquo;pattern of ego -centered activity&rsquo;?The Ending of Time
concludes by referring to the wrong turn humanity has taken, but does not see this as something
from which there is no escape.
Krishnamurti is a leading spiritual teacher of our century. In The First and Last Freedom he cuts
away symbols and false associations in the search for pure truth and perfect freedom. Through
discussions on suffering, fear, gossip, sex and other topics, Krishnamurti&rsquo;s quest becomes
the readers, an undertaking of tremendous significance.
Regarded as one of the great spiritual teachers of the twentieth century, Krishnamurti delivered his
radical insights with a disarming simplicity. Here, in records of talks and dialogues in London, Paris,
Amsterdam and Saanen, Switzerland, he speaks on freedom, fragmentation, radical change and
more.
By means of a series of exchanges, Krishnamurti helps his audience to explore matters like the
origin and roots of thought, the limits of consciousness, the nature of pleasure and joy, personal
relationships, and meditation, all of which revolve around the central issues of the search for
self-knowledge. The Impossible Question reveals the unique approach of a profound thinker and
teacher; it will prove invaluable to those who wish to gain insight into his philosophy or into
themselves. Jiddu Krishnamurti was born in southern India in 1895 and died in 1986. The essence
of his teachings is that societal change and world peace can only occur through a complete change

of individual consciousness.
The starting point of their engaging exchange is the question: If truth is something different than
reality, then what place has action in daily life in relation to truth and reality? We see Bohm and
Krishnamurti explore the nature of consciousness and the condition of humanity. These enlightening
dialogues address issues of truth, desire awareness, tradition, and love.
This book features excerpts on the title&rsquo;s theme from Krishnamurti&rsquo;s talks and
discussions held between 1933 and 1967. They have proven helpful in dialogues and for use in high
school and college classrooms. There are talks on marriage, love, relationship, and sex.
Krishnamurti states, &ldquo;sex becomes an extraordinary, difficult, and complex problem so long
as you do not understand the mind.&rdquo;
Krishnamurti asks the reader to investigate essential questions: How can I live with another without
conflict? Why are relationships difficult? What is awareness in relationship? Do I really know what
love is? What does it mean to learn in a relationship? What is the role of thought and memory in
relating to another?
&ldquo;There is no escape from relationship. In that relationship, which is the mirror in which we can
see ourselves, we can discover what we are, our reactions, our prejudices, our fears, depression,
anxieties, loneliness, sorrow, pain, grief. We can also discover whether we love or there is no such
thing as love.
Krishnamurti examines with characteristic objectivity and insight the expressions of what we are
pleased to call our culture, our education, religion, politics and tradition; and he throws much light on
such basic emotions as ambition, greed and envy, the desire for security and the lust for power
&ndash; all of which he shows to be deteriorating factors in human society.&rsquo;From the
Editor&rsquo;s Note&lsquo;Krishnamurti&rsquo;s observations and explorations of modern
man&rsquo;s estate are penetrating and profound, yet given with a disarming simplicity and
directness. To listen to him or to read his thoughts is to face oneself and the world with an
astonishing morning freshness. - Anne Marrow Lindbergh
These selections present the core of Krishnamurti's teaching on meditation, taken from discussions
with small groups, as well as from public talks to large audiences. His main theme is the essential
need to look inward, to know ourselves, in order really to understand our own&mdash;and the
world's&mdash;conflicts. We are the world, says Krishnamurti, and it is our individual chaos that
creates social disorder. He offers timeless insights into the source of true freedom and wisdom.
Counted among his admirers are Jonas Salk, Aldous Huxley, David Hockney, and Van Morrison,
along with countless other philosophers, artist, writers and students of the spiritual path. Now the
trustees of Krishnamurti&rsquo;s work have gathered his very best and most illuminating writings
and talks to present in one volume the truly essential ideas of this great spiritual thinker.
Total
Freedom
includes
selections
from
Krishnamurti&rsquo;s
early
works,
his
&lsquo;Commentaries on Living&rsquo;, and his discourses on life, the self, meditation, sex and
love. These writings reveal Krishnamuri&rsquo;s core teachings in their full eloquence and power:
the nature of personal freedom; the mysteries of life and death; and the &lsquo;pathless
land&rsquo;, the personal search for truth and peace. Warning readers away from blind obedience
to creeds or teachers &ndash; including himself &ndash; Krishnamurti celebrated the individual
quest for truth, and thus became on of the most influential guides for independent-minded seekers
of the twentieth century &ndash; and beyond.
In the main part of the book Krishnamurti considers how man's consciousness is made up of all
sorts of misconceptions about the 'me', or the ego centre; he also points out how solidly conditioned
it is. 'You cannot go through reality to come to truth; you must understand the limitation of reality,
which is the whole process of though,' he says. The book ends with some questions and answers
which throw light on certain issues previously touched upon.

This work deals with the great renaissance of ancient Oriental Esotericism in the Western world in
modern times. This book is an attempt to present a unified picture of the Theosophic movement in
its larger aspects. Contents: Theosophy, An Ancient Tradition; The American Background of
Theosophy; Helena P. Blavatsky: Her Life and Psychic Career; From Spiritualism to Theosophy; Isis
Unveiled; The Mahatmas and Their Letters; Storm, Wreck, and Rebuilding; The Secret Doctrine;
Evolution, Rebirth, and Karma; Esoteric Wisdom and Physical Science; Theosophy in Ethical
Practice; Later Theosophical History; Some Facts and Figures; Bibliography.
Lost Light: An Interpretation of Ancient Scriptures, written by author Alvin Boyd Kuhn, is centered
around his belief that the bible is not actually based on Judea, but is actually founded from Egyptian
origin. Kuhn argues that he can prove that the bible is made up largely of ancient Egyptian texts.
This is a key work by author Alvin Boyd Kuhn and is popular among individuals interested in his
alternative biblical theories.
With keys drawn from ancient Egypt's wisdom it (The Lost Light) pierces through the outer veil of
Bible literalism and alleged history and reconstructs the long-lost structure of sublime arcane
meaning. He establishes the epochal fact that the Christian religion can no longer be considered a
product of Judea in the first century A.D., but is of remote Egyptian origin." "The evidence amassed
demonstrates beyond cavil that the Bible is a reprint of old Egyptian texts." Partial Contents:
Wisdom Hidden in a Mystery; Loosing the Seven Seals; The Descent to Avernus; Colonists from
Heaven; The Mummy in Amenta; Dismemberment and Disfigurement; Earth, Water, Air, Fire;
Baptism at the Crossing; The Ark and the Deluge; The Lake of Equipoise; Suns of Intellect; At the
East of Heaven.
Coming forth in a day when theology has long been discredited - even in its own ecclesiastical
household - and religion itself is threatened with obliteration by rampant forces hostile to it, this book
aims to rehabilitate theology and to stabilize true religion. It must be said at the very outset and with
blunt insistence that it is for religion and not in any way against it. It is written to establish religion
again as the cornerstone of human culture, when civilization has largely turned away from it to seek
elsewhere the guiding light. It is designed to redeem Divine Theology from her outcast condition and
place her again beside Philosophy and Science on the throne in the kingdom of man&rsquo;s mind.
It needs sharply to be asseverated that the book is for religion because many will pronounce it the
most forthright attack on ecclesiastical doctrinism yet presented. It can hardly be denied that it
sweeps away almost the entire body of common acceptance of biblical and theological meaning. But
it makes no war on anything in religion save the idiocies and falsities that have crept into the general
conception of orthodox belief. Finding the chief enemies of true religion were those within her own
gates, the book has had to address itself to the ungenerous task of repudiating the whole untenable
structure of accredited interpretation in order to erect on the ground the lovely temple of ancient
truth. If theology is to be rescued from its forlorn state of intellectual disrepute into which not its
enemies but its friends have precipitated it through an unconscionable perversion of its original
significance to gross repulsiveness, the errors and distortions perpetrated upon it by those of its own
household must be ruthlessly dismantled. Hence to many the book will seem like a devastating
assault on the very citadel of common religious preachment. In the face of all this it must be
maintained that the work is written to support and defend religion against all its foes and that it is
constructive and not destructive of true religious values at every turn. It was no light or (Page 1)
frivolous gesture to affront a settled and rooted growth of beliefs and doctrinal statements that have
been cherished for centuries around the hearthstone of Christian culture and become hallowed by
age-long acceptance and the strong loves and loyalties inbred in sensitive childhood. But it was
seen to be a drastic operation quite necessary to save the organism of religion itself from further
decay and menacing death. Excrescences of misconception and superstition had to be heroically
cut out of the body of theology and the calcareous incrustations of ignorant interpretation dissolved
and carried away by the acid stream of living truth flowing forth, after centuries of suppression, from
the mighty scriptures of the past.
Because we are all sons of God, we are free to recognize and accept the grace, the love, of God in
the same full measure just as Jesus did. Because you are a son of God, you are meant to assume

the same attitude, manner, and bearing that you feel Jesus Christ Himself assumed in His earthly
ministry. You are meant to act in the same manner as He, and you can, because the grace of God is
upon you! You are meant to conduct yourself with the same dignity, having the same spiritual
assurance you know He had, and you can, because the grace of God is upon you!
This book, A Familiar Spirit, shows you step by step how to quickly and easily find or create a
familiar spirit in easy to follow exercises and rituals. For thousands of years people have had familiar
spirits to guide them in their life with Magick, love, money, health, psychic abilities, protection and
many other things as well. And for thousands of years many books have been written about the
subject but have been complicated and difficult to use in materializing a familiar spirit. You will be
shown in easy steps how to find or create then train your spirit to do tasks for you such as bringing
you more money, better health, increased psychic abilities, influencing people's thoughts to get
things you want quicker and many more things! Then you will be shown how to summon your
familiar spirit so you can feel your spirit's presence in your life as you go about your day.
What is this strange area in the Atlantic that seems to swallow up ships and planes without warning?
Finally, thanks to Larry Kusche, a reference librarian at Arizona State University, we have a
plausible answer to this most perplexing enigma. Intrigued by the many requests for information he
received, Kusche went on an intensive hunt for knowledge. He gathered everything he could find
about each incident from sources as diverse as the military, insurance agencies, and newspaper
reports. The truth is in here&mdash;and it&rsquo;s logical, smart, and backed up by evidence.
In this book, mysteries of the human aura are unveiled--from the meaning of its colors to why and
how to strengthen, purify, expand and protect it. Includes 25 illustrations of auras and chakras,
meditations, visualizations and an extensive glossary. Kuthumi and Djwal Kul explain where the
aura originates. Its effect on health. What the different colors mean. And how you can control the
circumstances of your life.
The Bon religion claims to be the original and authentic religion of the Tibetan people, firmly
established in the Land of Snows long before Buddhism was introduced in the seventh century CE.
Although its adherents were gradually reduced to a minority, Bon has nevertheless continued to
flourish in many areas up to the present day in Tibet, especially in the eastern and northeastern
regions, where a reconstruction renaissance is taking place, as well as within the Bon community in
exile from Tibet. The iconography of the Bon religion is presented through a series of thangkas,
miniatures, and bronzes from public and private collections in the West, as well as from communities
within Tibet. The peaceful, tutelary, protector, and local deities, as well as the Bon siddhas, lamas,
and dakinis, are identified and fully described by means of excerpts from ritual or biographical texts
that are translated here.
With Lucid Dreaming, the author of Exploring the World of Lucid Dreaming (more than 120,000
copies in print; Ballantine, 1991) teaches his simple, tested methods for becoming fully conscious in
the dream state. With techniques perfected during LaBerge's 20 years of pioneering research at
Stanford University, now anyone can learn to consciously explore and use their dreams for
self-discovery, creativity, fantasy fulfillment, emotional healing, and profound spiritual insight.
Available for the first time in paperback, this complete mini-course shows you: The fastest and most
effective program to awaken in the dream state, How to "re-dream" your nightmares to resolve
hidden fears, Ways to use dreamwork for emotional healing, How to use the lucid dream state to
more fully awaken in your daytime hours,Features a CD complete with dream induction sessions,
exercises, and more.
Guru Yoga is an important aspect of the tantric practice of Mahayana Buddhism and the foundation
on which the whole tantric structure is built; it is also the force that gives vitality to a practitioner's
meditation. Unlike other systems, tantric meditation depends largely upon inspiration transmitted in
an unbroken lineage through a living person, the teacher. Who better than the Dalai Lama can
provide a proper understanding of this practice for Tibetan Buddhists.

Professor Rodolfo Amedeo Lanciani (1845 or 1846-1929) was an Italian archaeologist, a pioneering
student of ancient Roman topography, and among his many excavations was that of the House of
the Vestals in the Roman Forum. Lanciani was born in Rome, although some state he was born in
Montecelio, now Guidonia Montecelio. He was professor of Roman topography at the Universit di
Roma from 1878 until 1927. He is known today chiefly for his Forma Urbis Romae (1893-1901) and
the Storia Degli Scavi, a regular summary of Roman excavations that started appearing in 1902. His
students included Giulio Giglioli. Together with important British art historians such as Austen Henry
Layard he re-edited the original 1843 guidebook to Rome for John Murray. He was a member of the
Accademia dei Lincei and the Academia di S. Lucia. He received numerous honorary degrees,
including those from Aberdeen, Wurzburg, Oxford, Harvard, and Glasgow. Lanciani's great work
was the production of a map of the ancient city of Rome. Amongst his other works are: Ancient
Rome in the Light of Recent Discoveries (1888) and Pagan and Christian Rome (1892).
Seeking Ultimates: An Intuitive Guide to Physics, Second Edition takes us on a journey that
explores the limits of our scientific knowledge, emphasizing the gaps that are left. The book starts
with everyday concepts such as temperature, and proceeds to energy, the Periodic Table, and then
to more advanced ideas. The author examines the nature of time and entropy, chaos, quantum
theory, cosmology, and some aspects of mathematics, confirming that our understanding is
necessarily incomplete. Using references to historical figures in science as well as
thought-provoking illustrations, Seeking Ultimates encourages you to consider your scientific
knowledge in a new light. You will be able to reassess your belief in "truths" as presented (such as
mathematical theorems) and to reconsider philosophical issues of theology and happiness. A
comprehensive glossary explains in clear language the technical terms so that nonscientists can
enjoy the text.
ANDREW LANG (1844-1912), the son of the sheriff-clerk of rural Selkirkshire, was educated at
Edinburgh Academy, the Universities of St. Andrews and Glasgow, and Balliol College, Oxford. A
contemporary and friend of Robert Louis Stevenson, he produced a stunning variety and number of
volumes, including books of poetry, novels, children's books, histories, and biographies, as well as
criticism, essays, scholarly works of anthropology, and translations of classical literature.
The purpose of this work is to present practical methods through which anyone, the beginner in
particular, may realize his ideals, cause his cherished dreams to come true, and cause the visions of
the soul to become tangible realities in every-day life. The best minds now believe that the ideal can
be made real; that every lofty idea can be applied in practical living, and that all that is beautiful on
the heights of existence can be made permanent expressions in personal existence. And so popular
is this belief becoming that it is rapidly permeating the entire thought of the world. A ccordingly, the
demand for instructive knowledge on this subject, that is simple as well as scientific, is becoming
almost universal. This book has been written to supply that demand. However, it does not claim to
be complete; nor could any work on The I deal Made Real possibly be complete, because the ideal
world is limitless and the process of making real the ideal is endless. To know how to begin is the
principal secret, and he who has learned this secret may go on further and further, forever and
forever, until he reaches the most sublime heights that endless existence has in store.
&ldquo;There are a million energies in man. What may we not become when we learn to use them
all." This is the declaration of the poet; and though poetry is usually inspired by transcendental
visions, and therefore more or less impressed with apparent exaggerations, nevertheless there is in
this poetic expression far more actual, practical truth than we may at first believe.
How many energies there are in man, no one knows; but there are so many that even the keenest
observers of human activity have found it impossible to count them all. And as most of these
energies are remarkable, to say the least, and some of them so remarkable as to appear both
limitless in power and numberless in possibilities, we may well wonder what man will become when
he learns to use them all.
It is only a few years, not more than a quarter of a century, since modern psychology began to
proclaim the new science of human thought and action, so that we have had but a short time to

demonstrate what a more intelligent application of our energies and forces can accomplish. But
already the evidence is coming in from all sources, revealing results that frequently border upon the
extraordinary. Man can do far more with himself and his life than he has been doing in the past; he
can call into action, and successfully apply, far more ability, energy and worth than his forefathers
ever dreamed of. So much has been proven during this brief introductory period of the new age.
Then what greater things may we not reasonably expect when we have had fifty or a hundred years
more in which to develop and apply those larger possibilities which we now know to be inherent in
us all.
When we go beneath the surface of human life and learn what greater things are hidden beneath
the ordinary layers of mental substance and vital energy, we find man to be so wonderfully made
that language is wholly inadequate to describe even a fraction of his larger and richer life. &ndash;
From the Forward
Basing much of Not in His Image on the Nag Hammadi and other Gnostic writings, John Lamb Lash
explains how a little-known messianic sect propelled itself into a dominant world power,
systematically wiping out the great Gnostic spiritual teachers, the Druid priests, and the shamanistic
healers of Europe and North Africa. They burned libraries and destroyed temples in an attempt to
silence the ancient truth-tellers and keep their own secrets. But as Lash reveals, when the truth is
the planet Earth it cannot be hidden or destroyed.
Not in His Image delves deeply into the shadows of ancient Gnostic writings to reconstruct the story
early Christians tried to scrub from the pages of history, exploring the richness of the ancient
European Pagan spirituality--the Pagan Mysteries, the Great Goddess, Gnosis, the myths of Sophia
and Gaia--and chronicles the annihilation of this Pagan European culture at the hands of
Christianity.
Long before the birth of Christianity, monotheism was an anomaly; Europe and the Near East
flourished under the divine guidance of Sophia, the ancient goddess of wisdom. The Earth was the
embodiment of Sophia and thus sacred to the people who sought fulfillment in her presence. This
ancient philosophy was threatening to the emerging salvation-based creed of Christianity that was
based on patriarchal dominion over the Earth and lauded personal suffering as a path to the
afterlife. As Derrick Jensen points out in the afterword, in Lash's hands Jesus Christ emerges as the
agent provocateur of the ruling classes.
Mystics and sages have long maintained that there exists an interconnecting cosmic field at the
roots of reality that conserves and conveys information, a field known as the Akashic record. Recent
discoveries in vacuum physics show that this Akashic Field is real and has its equivalent in
science&rsquo;s zero-point field that underlies space itself. This field consists of a subtle sea of
fluctuating energies from which all things arise: atoms and galaxies, stars and planets, living beings,
and even consciousness. This zero-point Akashic Field is the constant and enduring memory of the
universe. It holds the record of all that has happened on Earth and in the cosmos and relates it to all
that is yet to happen.
In Science and the Akashic Field, philosopher and scientist Ervin Laszlo conveys the essential
element of this information field in language that is accessible and clear. From the world of science
he confirms our deepest intuitions of the oneness of creation in the Integral Theory of Everything.
We discover that, as philosopher William James stated, &ldquo;We are like islands in the sea,
separate on the surface but connected in the deep.&rdquo;
In WorldShift 2012, Ervin Laszlo brings together insights for creating sustainable positive change
from spiritual leaders, scientists, and visionary businesspeople--people such as Albert Einstein,
Mohammad Yunus, Vclav Havel, Eckhart Tolle, Ken Wilber, David Korten, Paul Hawken, and
Tomoyo Nonaka, former CEO of Sanyo Electronics.He shows how we can replace the limited
consciousness of our failing society with the holistic consciousness that is reflected in the unified
field of quantum physics: the Akashic field.

We have an opportunity to move from the current political and business model of grow or die to a
sustainable world respectful of human beings, nature, and the planet. Change on this level calls for
a profound shift in consciousness and a clear understanding that--as cutting-edge physics
shows--we are truly connected with each other and with the cosmos.
We stand at the threshold of a revolutionary and empowering new vision of the world. The
discoveries of leading-edge science and the insights of spirituality are converging to reveal that the
CosMos and all that we term reality is wholly integrated, and that at its most fundamental level, it is a
field of information. This is the elemental cosmic mind from which everything emanates, is
manifested, and to which all ultimately returns. Research is also demonstrating what the mystics of
all traditions have discerned: that we have the innate ability to envision, understand, and experience
the CosMos at levels far beyond the limitations of our human persona.
CosMos is co-authored by two explorers who combine almost a century of seeking to understand
not only how the world is as it is, but why. Philosopher Ervin Laszlo, Ph.D., and healer and scientist
Jude Currivan, Ph.D., offer a revisioned view of the world that is no longer fragmented, but is at last,
whole. Theirs is a perception of a meaningful and co-creative world that is exquisitely tuned to be
&ldquo;as simple as it can be&rdquo; for consciousness to explore itself. In these momentous times,
the vision shared in Cosmos invites us to open our hearts and minds to re-member who we really
are and to take our places as conscious co-creators of our realities and of our evolving cosmic
destiny.
In this book, Ervin Laszlo presents a new &ldquo;reality map&rdquo; to guide us through the world
shifts we are experiencing--the problems, opportunities, and challenges we face individually as well
as collectively--in order to help us understand what we must do during this time of great transition.
Science&rsquo;s cutting edge now views reality as broader, as multiple universes arising in a
possibly infinite meta-universe, as well as deeper, extending into dimensions at the subatomic level.
Laszlo shows that aspects of human experience that had previously been consigned to the domain
of intuition and speculation are now being explored with scientific rigor and urgency. There has been
a shift in the materialistic scientific view of reality toward the multidimensional worldview of multiple
interconnected realities long known by the world&rsquo;s great spiritual traditions. By understanding
the interconnectedness of our changing world as well as our changing &ldquo;map&rdquo; of the
world, we can navigate with insight, wisdom, and confidence.
Burning of Candles, Use of Roots and Oils, Powders and Incenses, Significance of Cards,
Horoscope with Lucky Days and Lucky Numbers Guide to Spiritualists, Mediums and Readers. This
is the original book which has been used for years by those who want clear, easy to understand and
use rituals for accomplishing aims by magical means. Includes 35 rituals plus a section on the
significance of candles, cards, devotions, novenas and lucky numbers for each astrological sign.
Paperback, 64 pages Rituals Include: *The lady who lost her lover *The lady who wishes to cross
her enemies *How to promote peace in the house *The man or woman in bad luck *How to Improve
your condition *The man whose business is poor and many, many more....
In Secrets of Antigravity Propulsion, physicist Paul LaViolette reveals the secret history of antigravity
experimentation--from Nikola Tesla and T. Townsend Brown to the B-2 Advanced Technology
Bomber. He discloses the existence of advanced gravity-control technologies, under secret military
development for decades, that could revolutionize air travel and energy production. Included among
the secret projects he reveals is the research of Project Skyvault to develop an aerospace
propulsion system using intense beams of microwave energy similar to that used by the strange
crafts seen flying over Area 51.
Using subquantum kinetics--the science behind antigravity technology--LaViolette reviews numerous
field-propulsion devices and technologies that have thrust-to-power ratios thousands of times
greater than that of a jet engine and whose effects are not explained by conventional physics and
relativity theory. He then presents controversial evidence about the NASA cover-up in adopting
these advanced technologies. He also details ongoing Russian research to duplicate John

Searl&rsquo;s self-propelled levitating disc and shows how the results of the Podkletnov gravity
beam experiment could be harnessed to produce an interstellar spacecraft.
Sleepers may be observed at all stages, from this condition of all but blank oblivion, up to full and
perfect consciousness on the astral plane, though this latter is naturally comparatively rare. Even a
man who is sufficiently awake to meet not infrequently with important experiences in this higher life,
may yet be (and often is) unable so far to dominate his brain as to check its current of inconsequent
thought-pictures and impress upon it instead what he wishes it to recollect; and thus when his
physical body awakes he may have only the most confused memory, or no memory at all, of what
has really happened to him. And this is a pity, for he may meet with much that is of the greatest
interest and importance to him.
Not only may he visit distant scenes of surpassing beauty, but he may meet and exchange ideas
with friends, either living or departed, who happen to be equally awake on the astral plane. He may
be fortunate enough to encounter those who know far more than he does, and may receive warning
or instruction from them, he may, on the other hand, be privileged to help and comfort some who
know less than himself. He may come into contact with non-human entities of various kinds
&mdash; with nature-spirits, artificial elementals, or even, though very rarely, with Devas; he will be
subject to all kinds of influences, good or evil, strengthening or terrifying.
But whether he remembers anything when physically awake or not, the ego who is fully or even
partially conscious of his surroundings on the astral plane is beginning to enter into his heritage of
powers which far transcend those he possesses down here; for his consciousness when thus
liberated from the physical body has very remarkable possibilities. His measure of time and space is
so entirely different from that which we use in waking life, that from our view it seems as though
neither time nor space existed for him.
One important result of this experience was his classic occult manual "The Masters and the Path",
which explores the route of Discipleship under the guidance of Ascended Masters. An inspiring and
uplifting work, eloquently written, it reveals innumerable details concerning the Way of the Masters,
exploration of the Inner Planes, the disciplines required for advancement, and the plans gradually
being put in place by these advanced Beings for the unfolding of human consciousness.
This classic Masonic esoteric work is designed for the student seeking far deeper meanings in
Masonry. In the words of the author: "Although the book is primarily intended for the instruction of
members of the Co-Masonic Order, whose desire, as is expressed in their ritual, is to pour the
waters of esoteric knowledge into the Masonic vessels, I hope nevertheless that it may appeal to a
wider circle, and may perhaps be of use to some of those many Brn. in the masculine Craft who are
seeking for a deeper interpretation of Masonic symbolism than is given in the majority of their
Lodges ..."
A primer of theosophy, drawn from theosophical talks at Adyar. Contents: Great Ones and the way
to them; Religion (Theosophical comparative religion); Theosophical attitude (Theosophical
teachings for daily living); Higher planes (nirvana, the triple spirit, buddhic consciousness,
experience, the spheres); Ego and his vehicles (troubles caused by the Ego, with the theosophical
response).
This masterwork is the most comprehensive analysis of John Dee's Angelical language ever
undertaken. Most Enochian dictionaries merely present word lists&mdash;this encyclopedic
textbook presents a wealth of original material and expands upon (and corrects) previously
published information. It is designed so readers can actually learn the language and use it in their
own magick.
For the first time ever, every Angelical word recorded in Dee&rsquo;s books, journals, and personal
grimoire is recorded and cross-referenced in a number of helpful ways, allowing the reader to
recognize root words, alternate spellings, and more. The Angelical Language, Volume II includes
notes about each word's definition, history, or usage&mdash;both Dee's original marginal notations

and new commentary by the author. Also presented are Dee's own phonetic notations, as well as a
brand-new pronunciation key designed to make it easier to speak the language.
The material within these pages is based strictly upon Dee's journals and personal grimoire. There
are no inclusions from later mystics or organizations. This reference work, along with its companion
guide, The Angelical Language, Volume I: The Complete History and Mythos of the Tongue of
Angels, is the authoritative guide to the celestial language in its purest form.
&ldquo;The Angelical Language is the single most comprehensive text ever written on the subject of
the Enochian magical system and language of Elizabethan luminary Dr. John Dee. This two-volume
magnum opus demonstrates Aaron Leitch&rsquo;s familiarity with practical magic as well as his skill
as a meticulous researcher. A must-have book.&rdquo;&mdash; Chic Cicero and Sandra Tabatha
Cicero, Chief Adepts of the Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn
The Angelical language channeled by alchemist Edward Kelley and recorded by royal astrologer
John Dee has mystified magicians, linguists, historians, and cryptographers for generations. It`s
even rumored that the language may be an encryption method of some kind, unbroken to this day.
This fascinating, in-depth analysis reveals the truth behind the saga of two Renaissance wizards
who spoke with angels and received instruction in the celestial tongue. This volume begins with an
exploration of the mystical traditions that influenced Dee`s work, the fifty Gates of Binah, the
legends of Enoch, and the Book of Soyga. it presents an in-depth study of the forty-nine Tables of
Loagaeth (Speech From God), the forty-eight Angelical Keys (or Calls), and the drama surrounding
them as chronicled in Dee`s journals. Special features include an analysis of the English translations
of the forty-eight Keys, instructions for the magickal use of Angelical characters, and a complete
Angelical Psalter. Aaron Leith`s long-awaited masterwork reveals in plain language, for the first time
ever, how the Angelical language was received, for what it was intended, and how to use it properly,
providing a fascinating historical context for its practical application in The Angelical Language,
Volume II: An Encyclopedic Lexicon of the Tongue of Angels. This is a 306 page hard cover book.
This work contains a collection of the customs, usages, and ceremonies current among gypsies, as
regards fortune-telling, witch-doctoring, love-philtering, and other sorcery, illustrated by many
anecdotes and instances, taken either from works as yet very little known to the English reader or
from personal experiences. Within a very few years, since Ethnology and Archology have received
a great inspiration, and much enlarged their scope through Folk-lore, everything relating to such
subjects is studied with far greater interest and to much greater profit than was the case when they
were cultivated in a languid, half believing, half sceptical spirit which was in reality rather one of
mere romance than reason. Now that we seek with resolution to find the whole truth, be it based on
materialism, spiritualism, or their identity, we are amazed to find that the realm of marvel and
mystery, of wonder and poetry, connected with what we vaguely call "magic," far from being
explained away or exploded, enlarges before us as we proceed, and that not into a mere cloudland,
gorgeous land, but into a country of reality in which men of science who would once have disdained
the mere thought thereof are beginning to stray.
Aradia, or the Gospel of the Witches is a book composed by the American folklorist Charles Leland,
originally published in 1899. It contains what he believed was the religious text of a group of pagan
witches in Tuscany, Italy, which documented their beliefs and rituals. Many historians and folklorists
have disputed the existence of such a group.
In the 20th century, the book was very influential in the development of the Neopagan religion of
Wicca. The text is a composite of Leland's translation into English of an original Italian manuscript,
the Vangelo (gospel) and Leland's other research on Italian folklore and traditions. Leland reported
receiving the manuscript from his primary informant on Italian witchcraft beliefs, a woman Leland
referred to as "Maddalena". Leland had been informed of the Vangelo's existence in 1886, but he
did not receive a copy until 1897. Its fifteen chapters portray the origins, beliefs, rituals, and spells of
an Italian pagan witchcraft tradition.
Leland's work remained obscure until the 1950s, when other theories about, and claims of, "pagan

witchcraft" survivals began to be widely discussed. Aradia began to be examined within the wider
context of such claims. Scholars are divided, with some dismissing Leland's assertion regarding the
origins of the manuscript, and others arguing for its authenticity as a unique documentation of folk
beliefs. Along with increased scholarly attention, Aradia came to play a special role in the history of
Gardnerian Wicca and its offshoots, being used as evidence that pagan witchcraft survivals existed
in Europe, and because a passage from the book's first chapter was used as a part of the religion's
liturgy.
This book is about occidental occultism, such as Kabbalah, the Arbatel of Magic, and Elemental
Magic. The Seven Seals is a metaphor of the occult tools we can aspire to develop, as a human, but
also as a spiritual being. By observing nature, specifically the human nature, we have become
masters at understanding how we work inside our minds, but also have we become adepts at hiding
ourselves from the truth. Above power, there is truth. Engulfed in this truth we cease to be simple
human animals; we become filled with the essence that composes the whole of the universe, and
we finally understand everything. Many paths point to the heavens, but all of them are challenging,
either at the mental or the emotional level, some even at the physical level. In this book, we wish to
guide you through a new occult experience. The material is presented in a specific order that should
awaken you to spiritual concepts of occidental occultism. Once you have gone through the entire
book, it will still be useful as a reference on occult correspondences. We will resume a few aspects
of the occidental occult sciences, from different traditions, but mostly revolving around the concept
of the seven seals.
"This delightful book describes the symbolism of real-world architecture, as well as architecture
described in fiction, myth and folklore. Lethaby believed that architecture reflected the macrocosm.
He speculated that many of the seemingly ornamental details of classical buildings actually
represented aspects of the land, the sea and the sky. This is one of those books like the Golden
Bough or the White Goddess (albeit shorter and a less challenging read) that will turn you on to the
mythopoetic side of reality, no matter whether you agree with its conclusions."
Lethaby was born in Barnstaple, Devon, the son of a fiercely Liberal craftsman and lay preacher.
After an early apprenticeship with a local architect he found work in London in 1879 as Chief Clerk
to architect Richard Norman Shaw. Shaw quickly recognized Lethabys talent as a designer and
Lethaby was to contribute significant pieces of work to major Shaw-designed buildings such as
Scotland Yard in London and Cragside in Northumberland.
While working for Shaw, Lethaby became involved in the Society for the Protection of Ancient
Buildings, which campaigned to preserve the integrity and authenticity of older buildings against the
Victorian practice of improving them to the point of almost completely rebuilding and redesigning
them. Through this he became a personal friend of Arts and Crafts Movement pioneers William
Morris and Philip Webb, becoming a significant and influential member of their circle and acting as
co-founder of the Art Workers Guild in 1884.
The Guild was formed from a nucleus drawn from two separate groups, the St Georges Art Society,
a group of architects who had seen service in the offices of Norman Shaw, including Ernest Newton,
Mervyn Macartney, Reginald Barratt, Edwin Hardy, Lethaby and Edward Schroeder Prior, and the
Fifteen, founded by the designer and writer Lewis Day and the illustrator and designer Walter Crane.
Prior wrote the prospectus for the Guild. It initially met in Newtons chambers by St Georges Church,
Bloomsbury"
Behind the veil of all the hieratic and mystical allegories of ancient doctrines, behind the darkness
and strange ordeals of all initiations, under the seal of all sacred writings, in the ruins of Nineveh or
Thebes, on the crumbling stones of old temples and on the blackened visage of the Assyrian or
Egyptian sphinx, in the monstrous or marvellous paintings which interpret to the faithful of India the
inspired pages of the Vedas, in the cryptic emblems of our old books on alchemy, in the ceremonies
practised at reception by all secret societies, there are found indications of a doctrine which is
everywhere the same and everywhere carefully concealed. Occult philosophy seems to have been
the nurse or god-mother of all intellectual forces, the key of all divine obscurities and the absolute

queen of society in those ages &ndash; when it was reserved exclusively for the education of priests
and of kings
This translation of a previously unpublished work by the late Alphonse Louis Constant, or, as he
preferred to call himself, Eliphaz Levi, is from the original manuscript which is in the handwriting of
Levi himself. Along with Levi's explanation of the Tarot Trumps "the editor has given a short
description of each Tarot Trump at the end of each chapter, and also a few notes on the mystical
meanings assigned to the Tarots by Levi in his other works." This rare book is a must for students of
the Tarot and Kabalah. A mystical insight into the TAROT.
liphas Lvi, born Alphonse Louis Constant, (1810-75) was instrumental in the revival of Western
occultism in the nineteenth century, and published several influential books on magic that are also
reissued in this series. This posthumous publication (1896) is a translation by William Wynn
Westcott, co-founder of the 'Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn', of an unpublished French
manuscript by Lvi, then owned by the spiritualist Edward Maitland. It includes eight of the author's
drawings. Each short chapter outlines the meaning of one of the twenty-two tarot trumps and is
followed by a brief editor's note describing the card's iconography and summarising interpretations
(sometimes deliberately misleading) given in Lvi's earlier publications. The book ends with
Kabbalistic prayers and rituals, praise of Jesus Christ as the great initiate, and a surprising assertion
that Christianity has superseded ancient magic, revealing the life-long tension between Catholicism
and magic in Lvi's personality and thought.
Eliphas Lvi was steeped in the Western occult tradition and a master of the Rosicrucian
interpretation of the Qabalah, which forms the basis of magic as practiced in the West today. The
Key of the Mysteries represents the culmination of Lvi's thoughts and is written with subtle and
delicate irony. It reveals the mysteries of religion and the secrets of the Qabalah, providing a sketch
of the prophetic theology of numbers. The mysteries of nature, such as spiritualism and fluidic
phantoms, are explored. Magical mysteries, the Theory of the Will with its 22 axioms are divulged.
And finally it offers "the great practical secrets." The true greatness of this work, however, lies in its
ability to place occult thought firmly in Western religious traditions. For Lvi, the study of the occult
was the study of a divine science, the mathematics of God.
This is Eliphas Levi's (1810-1875) best-known book. This work arguably made Levi THE most
influential writer on magic since the Renaissance. Originally issued in French, the English translator
is A.E. Waite and it is doubtful that anyone else could have better captured the essence of Levi's
work. The book is divided in two parts; the first is theoretical, the second practical. This is a
fascinating and often debated work involving a discussion that covers almost the entire realm of
Ritual and High Magic.
First heard as informal radio broadcasts on the BBC, the lectures were published as three books
and subsequently combined as Mere Christianity. C. S. Lewis proves that "at the center of each
there is something, or a Someone, who against all divergences of belief, all differences of
temperament, all memories of mutual persecution, speaks with the same voice," rejecting the
boundaries that divide Christianity's many denominations. This twentieth century masterpiece
provides an unequaled opportunity for believers and nonbelievers alike to hear a powerful, rational
case for the Christian faith.
Spirit seekers and others looking for information on the continuity of life need look no further than
James Lewis's seminal and methodical study. Popular, historical and cultural aspects of death and
the hereafter are explored and explained, including heaven, hell, reincarnation, communication with
the dead and the rise of spiritualism, deathbed visions, reincarnation, resurrection, possession,
ascension, near-death experiences, mediums, the hospice movement and many other items.
Forward by Raymond Moody. The Death and Afterlife Book considers the evidence and relates
thousands of years of belief and understanding on a topic that's inevitably of interest to all.
He who thinks that the Christianity of the fourth century was identical with that of theN ew-T
estament period, will go widely astray. He who does not look carefully into the history of religions

before the time of Christ, and into the pagan influences which surrounded infant Christianity, cannot
understand its subsequent history. He who cannot rise above denominational limitations and credal
restrictions cannot become a successful student of early Church history, nor of present tendencies,
nor of future developments. History is a series of results, not a medley of happenings. It is the story
of the struggle between right and wrong ;the record of God sdealing with men. The historic
argument is invaluable, because history preserves God sverdicts concerning human choices and
actions, Events and epochs, transitions and culminations, are the organized causes and effects
which create the never-ceasing movement, and the organic unity called history.
Influence of the Decanates on Body and Character; 50). The Planets; 51). Benefics and malefics.
Fiery, airy, earthy and watery planets. Ennobled and degenerated action. Delay of action. The Sun
the ruler of all life. The Moon the giver of form. A time for working out material experiences, and a
time for meditation. Influence of the Moon on vegetation etc. Moon-influence on the medical herbs
gathered during certain constellations. Critical days with acute illnesses.
Handwriting 69) of the different planetary types. The style of writing. Movements, rotations, moons,
distances, densities, mass of the planets. The seven senses and the planets. Planetary Spheres;
70). An electric hypothesis. The outer side of things. The real Substance. Maya. A reciprocal action.
The protecting atmosphere.
The outward boundary of the real planet. The substance of the planet. The essence. A close copy of
the Cosmos. Natures that are strongly psychic and magnetic. The same colours in the aura
(Reichenbach). Time and space. The Aspects; 75). Angular distances between two planets
expressed in degrees. When an aspect comes into operation. Harmonious and inharmonious
influences. Mathematical lines in nature. The crystals. Lines of splitting.
"The floatation tank has always been a gateway into what is unknown and what is possible. This
book is a guide to making the unknown possible. Information and insights about the tank are finally
floating to the surface; these talks are important keys to further opening this gateway..." -- Michael
Hutchison, author of The Book of Floating. "I slip into the tank and close the door -- shutting off the
last I'll know of light and noise. I can't see or hear a thing. It's a bit disconcerting, not knowing if my
eyes are open or shut, but as for the unearthly lack of sound, I find I miss life's constant background
noise about as much as one might miss a toothache..." -- Cosmopolitan.
In this long-out-of-print counterculture classic, Dr. John C. Lilly takes readers behind the scenes into
the inner life of a scientist exploring inner space, or &ldquo;far-out spaces,&rdquo; as Lilly called
them. The book explains how he derived his theory of the operations of the human mind and brain
from his personal experiences and experiments in solitude, isolation, and confinement; LSD; and
other methods of mystical experience. It also includes glimpses into Lilly's friendship with such
1960s' notables as Oscar Ichazo, Ram Dass, Timothy Leary, Albert Hofmann, Fritz Perls, and
Claudio Narajo. Written for the non-specialist, Center of the Cyclone shows an important, modern
thinker at his most personal and profound.
Then he is Riotous, Expenfive, wholly given to Loofneffe and Lewd companies of Women, nothing
regarding his Reputation, coveting unlawful Beds, Inceftuous, an Adulterer, Fantaftical, a meer
Skip-jack, of no Faith, no Repute, no Credit... -from "Of the Planet Venus and her feverall
fignifications and nature"
William Lilly was the most prominent English astrologer of the 17th century-he supposedly predicted
the Great Fire of London of 1666 fourteen years earlier-and in 1647, he published this guide to
horary astrology, in which astrological charts are created to answer specific questions. It is still
considered an authority on the subject.
Book One of this astonishing work explains the characteristics and motions of the "seven" planets,
how to cast a horary horoscopes, and how to know whether events predicted will come to pass or
not, and more. Readers interested in the history of the paranormal, as well as contemporary fans of
astrology, will find this a fascinating book. Also available from Cosimo Classics: Christian Astrology:

Book Two and Christian Astrology: Book Three. English astrologer WILLIAM LILLY (1602-1681) was
a trusted advisor of numerous politicians and soldiers, and an influential player in the English Civil
War on the anti-royal Roundhead factions.
We have formerly some thoughts of revising our Introduction to Astrology, now out of print, and to
have enriched it from another edition with the choicest aphorisms, both from the writings of the
ancients and our own many years&rsquo; experience, but the laboriousness of that work,
considering our age and many infirmities of body, with the discouragements we have already met
with from some ungrateful persons, caused us to lay aside (at least for the present) those intentions.
Yet that we might not be wholly wanting to promote anything that might tend to the advancement of
Art and gratification of its painful students, and knowing how necessary the ensuing Considerations
of Guido Bonatus and Aphorisms adjoined, are to be known and regarded, which many of our
ingenious countrymen could not do, for they have hitherto remained in the Latin tongue with the rest
of the works of these authors in large volumes, difficult to be got at and too chargeable for man to
buy, we therefore recommend them to a friend to be translated by themselves, which he has
judiciously performed in plain significant language, so that we judge the work may deserve the title
Anima Astrologiae which we have given it, comprehending the marrow and substance of Astrology,
and much excellent matter necessary to be observed by all honest students that practice Art to
discover truth and not to vapour with.
1675. Lilly, the astrologer of the seventeenth century, first translated this work into English. The work
contains 146 considerations of Guido Bonatus and through this text the student will be materially
helped on many difficult points in judging a nativity or horary figure. As stated in this text the belief is
that astrology is not a collection of myths and symbols to puzzle the superstitious, but every Star,
Sun, Planet or Moon is a Divine ideography, portraying some Divine Truth. When this truth is
understood, harmony of mind with itself is felt. Man is a microcosm, corresponding to the
macrocosm. One is in sympathy with the other and is felt. The connection between the terrestrial
and super worlds is real. The same spirit is in all, transforms all, restores all and blesses all.
1. Life is shor, Art Long, Experience not easily obtained, Judgement difficult, and therefore it is
necessary, that a Student not only exercise himself in considering several Figures, but also that he
diligently read the writings of others who have treated rationally of this Science, and make it his
business to find out the true natural causes of things by experiments, to know the certain places and
processions of tee planets and Fixed Stars, Constellations, etc., but above all to be a passionate
lover of truth.
Drawing from his extensive knowledge of and experimentation with brain biochemistry, the inventor
of the sensory isolation tank outlines the parallels between computers and the human brain and
offers methods for stepping out of the mind-body, leading readers on a profound journey of
self-discovery. Lilly's work was adapted into two feature films, The Day of the Dolphin and Altered
States.
Simulations of God is a brilliant, provocative work by one of the great creative scientists of the
twentieth century, John Lilly, M.D.. In it he examines the sacred realms of self, religion, science,
philosophy, sex, drugs, politics, money, crime, war, family, and spiritual paths &ldquo;with no holds
barred, with courage and a sense of excitement&rdquo;. Lilly&rsquo;s purpose is to provide readers
with a unique view of inner reality to help them unfold new areas for growth and self-realization.
Dr. John Lilly, author of 'The Center of the Cyclone' and 'Man and Dolphin' draws upon 22 years of
groundbreaking scientific research to present his remarkable theory and techniques of 'isolation
therapy,' showing readers how to unfold and experience new degrees of self-awareness and
personal harmony.
Dr. Lilly has been studying isolation therapy ever since he developed this method in 1954 at this
National Institute for Mental Health. Since 1973, he has been working in California with scores of
men and women volunteers who have recorded their extraordinary experiences, Thse personal 'tan

logs' on the feelings and fantasies experienced by Burgess Meredith, Robert Wilson, Gregory
Bateson, Werner Erhard and others while in the isolation tank are presented together with the
author's hypotheses and observations on peace in isolation versus 'sensory deprivation.'
The book also gives standards and specifications for isolation-tank manufacture and clear
step-by-step instructions on how to build and maintain your own tank. As Dr. Craig Enright says in
his foreword: 'The tank is a tool for process, like meditation...the inner theater...that allows us to
expand our awareness of our internal state of being...and enriches not only that realm but the
course of the everyday world in which we live.'
In today&rsquo;s world, many people seek shelter from the stresses and stimuli of everyday life as a
way to reconnect with their inner reality. Scientist John C. Lill, whose work inspired the films Day of
the Dolphin and Altered States, devised the perfect means of finding serene self-awareness: the
isolation experience. The Quiet Center presents the core of Lilly&rsquo;s groundbreaking isolation
experiments and the path to higher consciousness. As a leader in consciousness research, Lilly, like
his peers Timothy Leary, Alan Watts, and Carlos Castaneda, should be read by a new generation
seeking to discover truth about themselves. By learning to create their own isolation space, readers
will discover the healing powers of the &ldquo;quiet center.&rdquo; Photos and illustrations are
included.
The Underlying Religion is an anthology of 25 essays by 14 of the leading exponents of the
&ldquo;perennialist&rdquo; or &ldquo;traditionalist&rdquo; school of comparative religious thought,
associated with Ren Gunon, Ananda Coomaraswamy, and Frithjof Schuon. This school is well
known for its espousal of the &ldquo;transcendent unity of religions&rdquo;&mdash;the idea that
religions are different paths leading to the same summit. Focusing its selection on the most
accessible of the perennialist writings, and structured in such a way as to allow for the easiest
possible comprehension, The Underlying Religion aims to be the most accessible introduction yet to
the perspective of the Perennial Philosophy.
I don&rsquo;t consider this volume to be any great piece of research. There are plenty of
researchers out there far more knowledgeable than I, and I have no problem with that. I don&rsquo;t
consider these books revolutionary in any way either; I seriously doubt whether they will change the
practice of Asatru in the modern world. What they are is an Asatru man&rsquo;s view of the
world after having been Asatru two years short of a full third of a century. They are my views.
This paper reviews the modern heathen movement's commonly accepted beliefs regarding the
heathen concept of Afterlife and compares them to what is known about the ancient Germanic
sense of Afterlife. The discussion is a continuation of this author's proposal that the standards of
research among modern heathens be at least consistent with standards currently acceptable to
researchers in other fields of study. As with previous papers by this author, this document has been
subjected to peer review, and has been adjusted to reflect their comments.
Many books may tell you how to cast a Wiccan circle, but none really bother to explain why. When
you finish reading The Elements of Ritual, you'll know what each step of the circle-casting ceremony
means, why it's there, and what it accomplishes. You'll learn several alternative approaches to each
step, and you'll be empowered to write your own effective ceremonies using sound magical,
theological, and pragmatic principles.
The Study of Witchcraft is a compendium for Wiccans who want to deepen their understanding of
their traditions. Advanced Wiccan reaches beyond Wicca, delving into topics as diverse as history,
psychology, divination, and lucid dreaming, The Study of Witchcraft introduces the reader to these
topics, discussing each in depth and offering a one-of-a-kind course of study-- including
recommended reading, offering readers--increasingly, solitary witches--a self-study guide and a rich
resource.
The Study of Witchcraft includes information for all sorts of Wiccans; traditional, eclectic, radical,
groups, and solitary. Wide-ranging topics also include Western occultism, myth and folklore,

meditation, astrology, the Burning Times, history, herbalism, and much more. Deborah Lipp opens
the book with a discussion of the past 40 years of Wiccan history and talks about the diverse people
who call themselves Wiccans. Then, throughout the study guide portion, she offers information
tailored to different types of Wiccans. Essentially, The Study of Witchcraft is a veritable master's
degree in Wicca in book form! * Written for the needs of the modern wiccan, who learns primarily by
self-study * Written by a noted and respected author, whose work is already used in study groups.
Through the research of Dr. Lipton and other leading-edge scientists, stunning new discoveries
have been made about the interaction between your mind and body and the processes by which
cells receive information. It shows that genes and DNA do not control our biology, that instead DNA
is controlled by signals from outside the cell, including the energetic messages emanating from our
thoughts. Using simple language, illustrations, humor, and everyday examples, he demonstrates
how the new science of Epigenetics is revolutionizing our understanding of the link between mind
and matter and the profound effects it has on our personal lives and the collective life of our species.
Dr. Gregory Little and John Van Auken present this story in an absorbing narrative of the legends of
Atlantis and the latest discoveries in the ongoing search for remnants of the lost continent. The book
contains over a hundred illustrations &ndash;some never published before. Included in the story of
Atlantis are vignettes of the forgotten lands of Mu, Lemuria, Og, Zu, and many others.
This introduction to the benefits of t'ai chi ch'uan reveals in a reissued edition the powerful Taoist
principles that have helped many to attain longer and healthier lives. Master Liu demonstrates
various exercises designed to promote good digestion; maintain proper blood pressure; bolster the
immune system; and prevent, or even cure, heart disease and cancer. This guide also covers
Chinese foods, herbs, and teas.
The Taoist yogic discipline of Ba Gua is an internal form of the ancient art of kung fu--as are the
much older t'ai chi and Xing I. Ba Gua is the most arcane and yogic of three sister arts--t'ai chi and
Xing I are the others--and is distinguished by serpentine turning and circling momvements and its
own internal energy exercises, Ba Gua Qi Gong.
Misconceptions, misunderstandings, and flawed facts finally get the heave-ho in this humorous,
downright humiliating book of reeducation based on the phenomenal British bestseller. Challenging
what most of us assume to be verifiable truths in areas like history, literature, science, nature, and
more,
Besides righting the record on common (but wrong) myths like Captain Cook discovering Australia
or Alexander Graham Bell inventing the telephone, The Book of General Ignorance also gives us the
skinny on silly slipups to trot out at dinner parties (Cinderella wore fur, not glass, slippers and
chicken tikka masala was invented in Scotland, not India).
ARGUMENTS in favour of human survival, or that death is mainly a bodily transaction, are as old as
humanity. One set of arguments may be classed as Theological, being based on the postulate of the
goodness and reasonableness of a Creator; while another set, which might be called
anthropological, is based on man&rsquo;s instinctive revulsion from the idea of annihilation, and on
the postulate that evolved instincts must have some correspondence with reality.
I know how weighty the word "fact" is in science, and I say without hesitation that individual personal
continuance is to me a demonstrated fact. This conviction has been reached through a study of
obscure human faculty not yet recognized by orthodox science, and apparently not approved as a
rule by Theologians. It is permissible therefore, and perhaps even obligatory, to give from time to
time some excuse or apologia for my steady perseverance in the enquiry and my assured conviction
about the results.
We in the West have hardly even begun to inquire into the matter; and scientific method and critical
faculty were never devoted to it, so far as I am aware, previous to the foundation, some quarter of a
century ago, of the Society for Psychical Research.&hellip;Alleged facts suggesting prim facie the

survival of death&hellip;are now at last being systematically and deliberately explored by men and
women of intelligence and good faith bent on ascertaining the truth.&hellip;
And assuredly the religious implications of all these phenomena are worthy of any mans most
serious thought. Those who most feel the importance of the ethical superstructure are at the same
time most plainly bound to treat the establishment of the facts at the foundation as no mere personal
search for a faith, to be dropped when private conviction has been attained, but as a serious, a
continuous, public duty. And the more convinced they are that their faith is sound, the more ready
should they be to face distrust and aversion, &ndash; to lay their account for a long struggle with the
vis inertia of the human spirit.
The second is mainly concerned with what are commonly considered Ecclesiastical matters that is
to say with Church organisation and with Public Service of all kinds. The third concerns what is
called the Future Life, and treats of the Immortality of theS oul. The fourth represents the interaction
betweenS cience and Christianity.
More controversially, he was a longtime researcher into psychic phenomena and a dedicated
believer in Spiritualism. After 1900 he became prominent in psychical research, believing strongly in
the possibility of communicating with the dead. After he lost his son Raymond during WW1 he was
convinced to have established contact with him through a medium.
Contents: The Luminiferous Ether and the Modern Theory of Light. The Interstellar Ether as a
Connecting Medium; Influence of Motion on Various Phenomena; Experiments on the Ether; Special
Experiment on Ethereal Viscosity; Ethereal Density; Further Explanations Concerning the Density
and Energy of the Ether; Ether and Matter; Strength of the Ether; and General Theory of Aberration.
See other titles by this author available from Kessinger Publishing.
Develop your soul and spirit with Seven Hermetic Letters. A spiritual course of instructions for the
higher development of the spirit and the mysterious powers of the soul. Basic preliminary exercises
for controling one's self are provided in a simple way to ensure understanding and personal growth
and progress without the need of a teacher. An excellent precursor to the Franz Bardon books on
Hermetics.
Religions of Tibet in Practice is a landmark work, the first major anthology on the topic ever
produced. It presents a stunning array of works (hagiographies, pilgrimage guides, prayers,
accounts of visits to hell, epics, consecration manuals, sermons, and exorcism texts) that together
offer an unparalleled view of the realities of those who have inhabited the Tibetan cultural domain
over the centuries. The volume provides a wealth of voices that together lead to a new and more
nuanced understanding of the religions of Tibet.
The thirty-six chapters are testimony to the vast scope of religious practice in the Tibetan world, past
and present, offering works heretofore unknown. The chapters are organized thematically under five
headings: Accounts of Time and Place, Remarkable Lives, Rites and Techniques, Prayers and
Sermons, and Dealing with Death and Other Demons. They juxtapose materials from different sects,
historical periods, and geographical regions in an attempt to broaden the range of what we
understand the religious practices of Tibet to encompass. Each chapter contains a translation and a
substantial yet accessible introduction by a leading scholar of Tibetan religions. Religions of Tibet in
Practice represents the largest sourcebook on Tibetan religions ever assembled, a work of great
value to scholars, students, and general readers.
The manifestations of which this book treats were witnessed by the writer in 1891 and 1893. Since
then the miracles, he learns, have become one of the sights that visitors are taken to see and on the
fifteenth of A pril and of September the grounds of his friend the high priest at Kanda show many a
tourist from the other side of the world amid the devout crowd about the sacred bed of coals. The
illustrations are from photographs by the writer, taken at the time. P. L.
In love he will display an amorous disposition, and be passionately attached to his mistress, until

she yields to his wishes, or marries him ;he will then grow indifferent, and rove until some other
object fixes his attention. A woman born at this time will be of a studious, industrious, and sedentary
disposition will be much attached to the employment she is brought up to; in love she will be
constant and moderate she will make a kind and tender mother, and an affectionate wife.
FEBRUARY. Pisces, or the Fishes. A bout the twentieth of the month the sun enters this sign: a
man born at this time will be designing, intriguing, selfish, unfaithful to his engagements; he will be
mean, and subservient to those whom he thinks he can make useful to his schemes; but his end
once obtained, he will take every opportunity to injure and betray them: in poverty he will be a
sycophant, in prosperity a tyrant haughty to equals and inferiors. In life he will generally be
unsuccessful, although for a time he will often appear to have succeeded: in love he will be
careless, indifferent, and unsteady he will make a severe father, and an unkind husband. A woman
born at the same period will be of obliging manners, delicate in her ideas, open, and sincere in her
friendships, an enemy to deceit in love she will be faithful, and moderately inclined to the joys of
Venus: she will be affectionate to her family ;make a good and tender mother and be a prosperous
and excellent wife. MARCH. A ries, or the Ram. bout the twentieth of the month the sun rs this sign
;a man born at this period will of a bashful, meek, and irresolute disposition, hard to provoke to a
quarrel, but difficult to be appeased when roused :in life he will be for the most part happy and
contented in love he will be faithful and constant, moderately addicted to its pleasures he will be a
kind, affectionate father, a g
"What would young life be without "Puss in Boots" and "Little Red Riding Hood" and "The Sleeping
Beauty"? Our Treasury would indeed be poor without them, so these Favorite Stories come next,
yoked with some Old-Fashioned Poems in story-form, as "The Night before Christmas," "The
Wonderful World," and "Little Orphant Annie." All who love pets and animals have always liked
Fables, so here are the noted parables of Aesop, and the lesser-known but even more jolly tales
from East Indian sources.
Well worth its price, the work is suitable to the general public, while still valuable to those interested
in the Celts from an historic, linguistic, mythological or ethnological standpoint. MacCulloch covers
his subject matter clearly and thoroughly (referencing such things as parallels with Greek mythology
and Sumerian religion) and writes in a style that will satisfy the expert without mystifying or losing
the attention of the amateur.
Chapter titles include: Gods of Gaul - The Irish Cycle - Tuatha De Danaan - Gods of the Brythons Cuchulainn Cycle - Fionn Saga - Gods and Men - Cult of the Dead - Nature Worship - River and
Well Worship - Tree and Plant Worship - Animal Worship - Cosmogony - Sacrifice, Prayer &
Divination - Taboo - Festivals - The Druids - Magic - Etc. . .
Although the book may be dated, it is not outdated. Given the scholarly standards of its time, this
may be more of a virtue than a drawback. More recent results in the area are naturally not
addressed. But the work is consistent with comparative methods, and considers the consensus
without neglecting competing accounts. There is neither neo-Druidic nonsense nor needless
pedantry. While the study is generally limited to the culture of the British Isles, as opposed to that of
the Continent, this is due to the lack of Continental oral tradition rather than to lack of attention on
the authors part.
Magick depends upon no abstract philosophies, and doing it requires neither devotion to any god or
demon nor knowledge of the True Keys of the Mysteries. Instead it is a technique for recognizing
and manipulating psychic energy, both within the psyche and outside it, and for acquiring the mental
skills we need to do this effectively. If the details of this technique can seem involved, well, the
psyche is a complicated instrument, and psychic energy is slippery stuff to deal with. We must learn
to manage it within our psyches and also to split it off so it can act independently to produce the
"meaningful coincidences" we require.
Magick is a psychic technology, a collection of observations about psychic energy and the
techniques for manipulating it. Shaping Formless Fire presents these with a simple elegance that
contradicts the notion that Magick must remain a hidden art. There is psychic energy with us and all

around us. We use its power to make our worlds, and to master it is to learn how to make the worlds
we require. To see it as merely the way we perceive the world is to put ourselves at its mercy, and
forfeit its power.
Seizing Power explores the Magick of using power to deal with the two institutions that seem to do
the most to cripple our access to it: the Corporation and the State. Of these, the former is surely
more odious than the latter, and infinitely less vital. Most odious of all, of course, is the carnal union
of the two, but such depravity may tend toward the decline of both parties, and Seizing Power
examines the dynamics of this process as well.
So for its own amusement, it became the Universe, infiltrated it with living consciousness, and now
enjoys the ongoing interaction from every possible perspective. We are eyes of God, together with
every cat and rat, frog and fly, and through us God's omniscience is assured. But by participating in
this consciousness, we share its energy, and thus its power. So magick is simply a question of
learning how to exploit our access, and how best to regard the possibilities we thus discover.
Psychic energy is a separate stuff which, though it has its usual origin in living tissue, may act
independently of it to spawn events consistent with its character. Magick is a psychic technology, a
set of techniques and an attitude that enable the practitioner to manipulate psychic energy so it
generates reality in accordance with his or her will.
Taking Power offers a dynamic understanding of this technique, and a vivid grasp of the attitude.
From astral projection, the binding of spirits, power spots and the subtle body to the Holy Guardian
Angel and magickal ethics, Stephen Mace presents it all in terms of the dynamics of psychic energy,
without regard for any symbolic orientation. Thus the dynamics may be applied to any orientation, or
to no orientation at all, so long as one's ideology admits to one's right to deal with reality in this
way---with the obligations and the privileges of the Creator.
Stephen Maces "Stealing the Fire from Heaven - A Technique for Creating Individual Systems of
Sorcery" is often touted as an excellent starting point for the aspiring magician/sorcerer as well as
the experienced magician. Dagon Productions is proud to announce the publishing of the revised
and expanded version of "Stealing the Fire from Heaven".
"This essay offers a technique that individuals can use to create their own systems of sorcery,
systems precisely tailored to fit their own unconscious minds. By following its instructions, the reader
can cause his or her subliminal self to design its own symbols to represent the powers that lie within
it. The result will be what is essentially a personal language of power, one that has meaning only for
his or her self, but full of potency because it is his or her own soul&rsquo;s way of expressing itself."
- Stephen Mace
The druids, fairies, witchcraft, second-sight, Halloween, sacred wells and lochs, with several curious
instances of Highland customs and beliefs. With a foreword on superstitions and their origin.
Contents: Foreword; General superstitions; Druidism; Fairies; Witchcraft; Second-sight; Smaller
superstitions; New-Year customs; Easter customs; May-Day customs; Halloween; Sacred wells and
lochs.
In Array of Hope, An Afterlife Journal, best-selling author Lynda Lee Macken shares the after death
contacts she received from her mother, Liv. In publishing her stories, the author conveys that
communications from our deceased loved ones are sacred and profound experiences that are
normal and natural. Her hope is to help others cope with their loss, heal their grieving hearts, and
offer a deeper understanding of life after death.
"Kenneth Mackenzie, also known as Coinneach Odhar or the Brahan Seer, was a legendary
Scottish clairvoyant. Tradition dates his birth to the early 17th century in Uig, on the island of Lewis.
This is the northernmost island of the Outer Hebrides, a chain of islands to the west of Scotland's
northern coast. Legend has it that he came into his talent after napping on a fairy hill and finding a
small stone in his coat, which allowed him to view the future. Predictably, legend has it that he was

eventually burned to death as a sorcerer by being immersed in a barrel of burning tar. Before his
death he forespoke the doom of the noble Mackenzie family who had him executed: the last male
heir of this line would be deaf. In the 19th century this came true, as the last of the Mackenzies lost
his hearing in his youth.
He is inevitably compared with Nostradamus. However, unlike Nostradamus, many of predictions
attributed to the Brahan Seer are very straightforward and literal, instead of being cloaked in word
games, riddles and allegory. For instance, a typical prediction is that a specific church roof would
collapse when a magpie made a nest in it for three years running. There are predictions of the birth
of a two-headed calf, a boulder falling over, and the plaintive death of a French expatriate in the
Isles, mourned by a local woman. Other reputed predictions were of "a chariot without horse or
bridle", and "fiery chariot[s]" which could interpreted as a premonition of railroads or automobiles (p.
35), and "hills strewn with ribbons", (p. 10) which sound like powerlines, but this is about as futuristic
as he gets. Unlike Nostradamus, none of his predictions are about geopolitics, global war, or the
distant future.
The problem with the Brahan Seer is that there is no contemporary or historical record of any such
individual ever existing. This is not surprising given the paucity of Scottish written sources from that
period. This book, written by the noted Scottish folklorist Alexander Mackenzie, is the primary source
for the Brahan Seer legend, and it was written in the late 19th century. The fact is, there are no
Brahan Seer manuscripts or old editions with known provenance which could be used to back-test
his predictions, as with Nostradamus. These accounts are oral tales which doubtless 'grew in the
telling.' Given the Scottish fascination with 'second sight' and story-telling, it is not impossible that
the Seer's best predictions were invented after the fact to match up with events, and a generation or
two later ended up as being accepted as fact. Indeed, it appears that people are still creating
Brahan Seer lore. Some of the material you will find elsewhere on the Internet about him doesn't
appear in this book: draw your own conclusions.
However, the narrative is a gripping tale with a punchline delayed by two centuries. There is
definitely a subversive subtext in the story arc of a man of humble origins who gains magical
powers, and foretells the doom of the landed nobility before his brutal execution. Whether or not he
was 'The Scottish Nostradamus,' the tale of the Brahan Seer can be a source of national pride for
Scottish people everywhere." (Quote from sacred-texts.com)
Publisher&rsquo;s Preface; The Brahan Seer And Second Sight.; The Prophecies Of The Brahan
Seer:; Prophecies Which Might Be Attributed To Natural Shrewdness.; Unfulfilled Prophecies.;
Prophecies As To The Fulfilment Of Which There Is A Doubt.; Prophecies Wholly Or Partly Fulfilled.;
Sketch Of The Family Of Seaforth.; Seaforth's Dream.; Seaforth's Doom.; The Seer's Death; The
Fulfilment Of The Seaforth Prophecy.; Endnotes
1917. This book discusses second sight, or premonition. Many men have written on this subject,
some of which are referred to within this text. The purpose herein is to place before the reader the
prophecies of the Brahan Seer, as far as the author has been able to procure them. Contents:
prophecies which might be attributed to natural shrewdness; prophecies unfulfilled; prophecies as to
the fulfillment of which there is doubt; prophecies wholly or partially fulfilled; sketch of the family of
Seaforth; Seaforth's dream and doom; the Seer's death; fulfillment of the Seaforth prophecy.
This highly readable book covers Egyptian religion, history, and culture through its entire civilization.
We are accustomed to history measured in decades or centuries. Egypt requires thinking in terms of
millenia. There was not one monolithic Egyptian belief system; it went through profound changes
over time; this book describes this evolution in great detail. Mackenzie includes many extracts from
religious texts, folk tales, and historical documents.
In this volume the myths and legends of ancient Egypt are embraced in a historical narrative which
begins with the rise of the great Nilotic civilization and ends with the Grco-Roman Age. The
principal deities are dealt with chiefly at the various periods in which they came into prominence,
while the legends are so arranged as to throw light on the beliefs and manners and customs of the

ancient people. Metrical renderings are given of such of the representative folk songs and poems as
can be appreciated at the present day.
These Egyptian myths and legends deal with such aspects as the creation of the world and the
origin of humans, plants, animals and all else. Like most other major cultures Egyptian culture also
has its share of myths and legends that are passed down generations. Some other myths were
ritualistic and created to maintain order within the civilisation. This highly readable book covers
Egyptian religion, history, and culture through its entire civilization.
Donald A. MacKenzie (1873-1936) was a Scottish journalist and prolific writer on religion, mythology
and anthropology in the early 20th century. He was born in Cromarty and began his career in
Glasgow. Between 1903 and 1910 he owned and edited The North Star in Dingwall, and then
moved to the People&euro;&trade;s Journal in Dundee. From 1916 he represented the Glasgow
paper, The Bulletin, in Edinburgh. As well as writing books, articles and poems, he often gave
lectures, and also broadcast talks on Celtic mythology. He was the friend of many specialist
authorities in his areas of interest.
"This is the Gresham Myths and Legends volume for India. Of course, one person's myth is
another's religion, in this case nearly a billion people. As opposed to most of the other volumes in
this series (e.g. Egypt, Crete, Celtic), these 'Myths and Legends' are the basis for contemporary
Hindu beliefs. Certainly, many Jews and Christians would take offense if the events of the
Pentateuch were described as 'myths', and I beg the kind indulgence of Hindu readers of this [text].
Like most of the other books at this site, this was written prior to World War I. Mackenzie's
discussion of the 'Aryan race' and Indian parallels to Germanic mythology have to be taken in that
context. This shouldn't be taken as an endorsement of racist doctrine. Nobody has seriously
questioned the reality of Indo-European as a linguistic group, or the aspects of comparative
mythology which crop up from India to Iceland. However, the misuse and misrepresentation of these
theories led to tragic consequences (unintended by the 19th century scholars who first proposed
them), and that has to be kept in mind.
These big caveats aside, this is an enjoyable journey through deep horizons of Hindu mythology,
from the earliest nomadic period, through the Vedic and Brahmanic eras, concluding with an
extended synopsis of the Mahabharata and Ramayana. The Hindu gods and goddesses are difficult
to sort out for beginners; there is no neatly organized family tree, as with Greek, Roman or Northern
mythology. This is because the pantheon evolved radically over the millennia that Hinduism has
been in practice. Also, there are many non-mutually-exclusive strands of Hindu belief, each of which
has its own body of lore of the gods and goddesses. Therefore having a survey of this nature at
hand while reading the primary texts is extremely useful.
One last aspect of this book deserves a mention, the transliteration of Sanskrit vowels. Sanskrit
actually has a very simple vowel system; however, Mackenzie used a strange variety of acute
accents, tildes, umlauts, macrons, and breves, in a very inconsistent fashion. I have scrupulously
preserved the transliteration from the book throughout, per site policy. However, these accents can
be ignored." (Quote from sacred-texts.com)
Publisher's Preface; Preface; Introduction; Indra, King Of The Gods; The Great Vedic Deities; Yama,
The First Man, And King Of The Dead; Demons And Giants And Fairies; Social And Religious
Developments Of The Vedic Age; Mysteries Of Creation, The World's Ages, And Soul Wandering;
New Faiths: vishnu Religion, Buddhism, And Jainism; Divinities Of The Epic Period; Prelude To The
Great Bharata War; Royal Rivals: The Pandavas And Kauravas; The Tournament; First Exile Of The
Pandavas; The Choice Of Draupadi; Triumph Of The Pandavas; The Great Gambling Match;
Second Exile Of The Pandavas; Defiance Of Duryodhana; The Battle Of Eighteen Days; Atonement
And The Ascent To Heaven; Nala And Damayant; Wanderings In The Forest; Nala In Exile; The
Homecoming Of The King; Story Of Rama: How Sita Was Won; The Rape Of Sita; Rama's Mission
Fulfilled

The fraternal order of Freemasons has been a mysterious organization since its origins centuries
ago. Many historical figures such as Voltaire, Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart, George Washington, and
Benjamin Franklin were Freemasons and made the society all the more intriguing. This classic text
illuminates the society's origins as well as the philosophical and ritual foundations on which it is built.
Readers can explore the mythical tales about Freemasonry and learn how they relate to the
historical truth. Included are excerpts from rare sacred documents along with explanations of their
significance, plus black and white illustrations.
Written by an expert on "the craft," this classic of Masonic lore traces the society's origins from
biblical times to its practice among America's founding fathers. It discusses the significance of the
Philosopher's Stone, Euclidean geometry, and a variety of forms of architecture, offering a revealing
look at Freemasonry's philosophical, symbolic, and ritual traditions.
Ye Lyttle Salem Maide Chapter I AM eeting in the Forest OVER two centuries ago a little Puri tan
maiden might have been seen passing along the Indian path which led from outS alem Town to her
home. It was near the close of day. The solemn twilight of the great primeval forest was beginning to
fall. But the little maid tripped lightly on, unawed, untroubled. From underneath her snowy linen cap,
with its stiffly starched ear-flaps, hung the braid of her hair, several shades more golden than the
hue of her gown. Over one arm she carried her woollen stockings and buckled shoon.
Learn the secrets of wandmaking and gain a powerful new tool for magical workings of all sorts. This
enchanting, one-of-a-kind guidebook is for anyone who's ever wanted to know how magic wands
work or longed to have a real magic wand of his or her own. Written by the foremost authority on the
making of wands, this book is the first devoted solely to the art of wandmaking and its mysteries.
Discover how a tree branch is transformed into a wand of magic, from selecting the wood and
working in harmony with the tree spirits (or dryads) to understanding the magical correspondences
of different stones, colors, and metals. Wandlore reveals aspects of wand theory that have never
been discussed before in print&mdash;such as how the four-part design of a magic wand relates to
the four alchemical elements, and the role of astrology, elemental correspondences, and the
spheres of existence in wandmaking. It shares the magical process for empowering wand cores
using phoenix feathers, unicorn hair, and elements of other mythical creatures.
The compiler, desirous of aiding the studious novitiate in his laudable ambition to climb the ladder of
Masonic Preferment, has copiously embellished the capitular degrees with many entirely new and
appropriate emblems, illustrating the lectures therein, and with such perspicuity as to render a
thorough understanding of them easy of attainment.
1867 Excerpt: ...the space of four hundred and seventy years, buried in darkness; and without a
knowledge of which the Masonic character cannot be complete. The lecture of this degree is divided
into two sections, and should be well understood by every Royal Arch Mason; upon an accurate
acquaintance with it, will depend his usefulness at our assemblies; and without it, he will be
unqualified tc perform the duties of the various stations in which his services may be required by the
Chapter SECTION 1. This section furnishes us with many interesting particulars relative to the state
of the fraternity, during and since the reign of King Solomon; and illustrates the causes and
consequences of some very important events which occurred during his reign. It explains the mode
of government and organization of a Chapter; it designates the appellation, number and situation of
the several officers, and points out the purposes and duties of their respective stations.
1855 Excerpt: ...of our favors, and never forget the ties which bind you to honor and justice. View
not with indifference the extensive connexions you have formed, but let universal benevolence
regulate your conduct. Exert your abilities in the service of your king and country, and deem the
knowlegeyou have this day attained, the happiest acquisition of your life. Recall to memory the
ceremony of your initiation; learn to bridle your tongue, and govern your passions; and ere long you
will have occasion to say: " In becoming a mason I truly became a man, and while I breathe will
never disgrace a jewel that kings may prize." If I live, my son, to reap the fruits of this day's labour,
my happiness will be complete: I will meet death without terror, close my eyes in peace, and expire

without a groan in the arms of a virtuous and icorthy Freemason.


THE CONSTITUTIONS OP TUB I. ' OF IRELAND. I.--Of the GRAm) LODGE. The government of
the Fraternity of Freemasons is placed in the hands of the Grand Lodge of Ireland. The grand lodge
of Ireland is a body composed of the masters and wardens of all the lodges on the registry, together
with the registered past masters, being subscribing members of any lodge, or subscribing the sum of
one pound annually in advance to the funds of the grand lodge; the members of the grand masters'
lodge, being master masons, provided they had obtained that degree previous to the 9th of June,
1837, with the acting masters and wardens, and past masters of said lodge; the provincial grand
masters; the present and past grand officers; with the grand master at their head. The members of
the grand lodge rank in the following order, viz.: The Grand Master... Deputy Grand Master. Past
Grand Masters. Past Deputy Grand Masters. Senior Grand Warden. Junior ...
Over the centuries many psychics and seers have communicated with the other side. But until the
revolutionary, new technique of Instrumental Transcommunication (ITC) was developed, no one
could approach the purity of contact now underway with the beyond, and with divine beings who
convey their messages of infinite wisdom and peace.
Mark H. Macy was an agnostic until a brush with death set him on a spiritual search in the 1980s.
He learned about the miracles of ITC&mdash;personal letters planted mysteriously in computers by
invisible hands, images from other realms flashing across TV screens, and actual phone calls from
angels. And when a voice from beyond came through a radio with a long, personal greeting,
Macy&rsquo;s skeptical mind had the proof it required to believe.
Joining with a small group of researchers, Macy dedicated his life to fostering the ITC connection.
But what he and his colleagues discovered were not just paranormal contacts with departed loved
ones. These revolutionaries in electronic spiritual channeling made contact with angels and even
higher entities that brought them one step closer to comprehending the very meaning of life and
death&mdash;and helped them find peace in the "storms" of negative thoughts, words, and actions
on Earth.
Throughout history and across the globe, societies have called upon their shamans to assist the
dying, the dead, and those loved ones remaining in physical life. The shaman, as deathwalker, is
responsible for guiding us through our journeys to the next world. This book, written by a modern
shamanic deathwalker, offers personal experience and practical examples of the process through
life into death and rebirth, along with suggested methods for you to use in your own experience.
The Blue Bird (French: L'Oiseau bleu) is a 1908 play by Belgian author Maurice Maeterlinck. It
premiered on 30 September 1908 at Constantin Stanislavski's Moscow Art Theatre and has been
turned into several films and a TV series. The French composer Albert Wolff wrote an opera (first
performed at the N.Y. Metropolitan in 1919) based on Maeterlinck's original play. The story is about
a girl called Mytyl and her brother Tyltyl seeking happiness, represented by The Blue Bird of
Happiness, aided by the good fairy Brylune. Maeterlinck also wrote a relatively little known sequel
to The Blue Bird, entitled The Betrothal; or, The Blue Bird Chooses.
The ritual literature of the A tharva-Veda, like that of the other Vedas, has attached to itself certain
parieistas, or supplements. Of these, the thirty-fifth, according to the best accessible MS, is the A
surl-K alpa, an abhicara, or witchcraft practice, containing rites to be used in connection with the
asurl-plant. The question as to what this plant was will be discussed below. The use of the word
kalpa for such a text is explained by a passage in the A tharvaniya-P addhati, which states, on the
authority of Uparvarsa, that in addition to the five AV. kalpas Ka u9 i ka, Vaitana, Naksatra, anti, and
A figirasa which are called prwz inspired, there are certain other kalpas which are to be considered
as smrti handed down by tradition. Three MSS have been consulted in preparing this paper. Two of
them are copies of the parigistas of the AV.; the third is a commentary to the A surl-K alpa. All three
are loans to Dr. Bloomfield from the British Government in India. Just here I may say that I am
greatly indebted toD r. Bloomfield for the use of these MSS, for the encouragement and assistance
which he has given me, and for his kindness in looking over my work. The MSS are as follows: Ay

large sheets of light yellow paper, bound in book form, written lengthwise in a large clear hand and
with considerable care. It is a modern copy. jB, narrow sheets of light blue paper, bound in book
form, written lengthwise, text fuller in places than the preceding, but in a poor hand and with
numerous errors. It must be a very recent copy. Both of these MSS are numbered 23. H(S choliast),
much older than either of the preceding, single sheets of light brown paper grown dark at the edges,
written lengthwise as the other MSS, but in a very poor, though large, A mlmansa (purva-) teacher.
See Life andE ssay sof II. T. Colelirooke, Vol. II, pp. 319-49. =C f. J. A. O. S. XI 377, Blo
Michael Maier was a 17th-century alchemist and physician to the court of Emperor Rudolf II in
Prague. Between 1614 and his death in 1622, Maier published a number of alchemical works, of
which Atalanta Fugiens was undoubtedly the richest and most important. First published in 1617, it
is one of the finest alchemical emblem books and unique in its own right. Michael Maier's work is
richly illustrated with original prints by M. Merian; each of the 50 emblems presented consists of a
motto, print, epigram, and a three-part musical setting of the epigram, followed by an exposition of
its meaning. In the new publication of this important 17th-century work, Dr. H. M. E. de Jong
translates the mottos and epigrams of the original 50 emblems and provides a summary of both
Maier's exposition and a commentary on each emblem. She discuisses the meaning and importance
of the Atalanta Fugiens, the sources Maier used, and the mutual relationships between the
emblems. She also includes an additional 30 alchemical engravings that explain her research,
including several hard-to-find foldouts reproduced here in this volume. De Jong shows how Maier
borrowed mottos from old alchemical sources and that the emblems have a number of meanings
and express ideas from alchemy, medicine, and the Rosicrucian system. The inter-relationships that
can be shown to exist between the emblems give an added depth to the meaning of each.
Written in the 12th century in Arabic by a faithful Jewish man, "The Guide" is a work that explores
the contradiction a very intelligent mind clearly saw between the tradition he was raised to believe
inherently and the growing philosophy of Arabian and Western culture. In Maimonides' time, there
was an emerging disparity between the Law and a new level of philosophical sophistication, which
he attempts to bridge in this work, primarily through the use of metaphor, though also
acknowledging this method's limitations. "The Guide" follows the form of a three-volume letter to a
student, which was quickly translated to Hebrew and spread throughout the known world and
carefully read by Jews and non-Jewish philosophers alike well through the Middle Ages. This work
was so successful in its organization and arguments that it has long been a classic of the Jewish
religion and of the secular world of philosophy.
In one of the greatest works of Jewish thought, Rabbi Maimonides explores the relationship
between philosophical knowledge and the teachings of the Torah. He discusses the concept of God
and explains how God should be described according to the Torah. Maimonides also spends a
significant amount of time exploring the structure and characteristics of the universe. Here, it is
important to note that Maimonides wrote in a time before the discoveries of science, so his
Aristotelian worldview is framed by his philosophical and theological commitments. Maimonides also
considers several mystical passages in the Torah in an attempt to challenge traditional Jewish
accounts of these passages. His teachings are relevant to both Jewish and Christian communities
and have influenced many writers since his time. In addition, this translation offers helpful
background information regarding the life of Maimonides and his original Arabic text.
The author communicates to the West the teachings of Yoga in a way never done before. He not
only explains the basic philosophical concepts of Yoga but gives its essential practices - spiritual,
psychological and physical - In terms of modern understanding. The section on Hatha Yoga is a
complete book by itself. It is a complete account of the yoga of physical culture and hygiene and its
various practices. Forty-one images show the postures demonstrated by the author. Finally, his rich
selection of yoga literature from the earliest period to the present time emphasizes the character of
yogis a living tradition not fixed or enclosed books and formulas. His selection contains all the
important passages of the principal Upanishads and the Gita, translated anew by the author.
This is the dramatic and inspirational first-person story of theoretical physicist, Dr. Ronald Mallett,
who recently discovered the basic equations for a working time machine that he believes can be

used as a transport vehicle to the past. Combining elements of Rocket Boys and Elegant Universe,
Time Traveler follows Mallett's discovery of Einstein's work on space-time, his study of Godel's work
on a solution of Einstein's equation that might allow for time travel, and his own research in
theoretical physics spanning thirty years that culminated in his recent discovery of the effects of
circulating laser light and its application to time travel. The foundation for Mallett's historic time-travel
work is Einstein's theory of general relativity, a sound platform for any physicist. Through his years
of reading and studying Einstein, Mallett became a buff well before he had any notion of the
importance of the grand old relativist's theories to his own career. One interesting subtext to the
story is Mallett's identification with, and keen interest in, Einstein. Mallett provides
easy-to-understand explanations of the famous physicist's seminal work.
Volume 3 presents refinements of astrological interpretation, as well as the process of "putting it all
together" into a meaningful, informative analysis. Part I, illustrated with horoscopes of famous and
fascinating personalities, takes you through the 144 possible placements of house rulers &ndash;
information not found in contemporary astrological literature.
Embraced worldwide as key spiritual teachers of our times, the Pleiadians are back, with another
bold and controversial look at our highest purpose on Earth. Earth: Pleiadian Keys to the Living
Library is their handbook to inspired living, calling on us to restore and return value to the human
being, and to recognize the Goddess energies and the power of blood as connections to our DNA
and our heritage.
Using wit, wisdom, and deep compassion, they entice us to explore the corridors of time through the
concept of the Game Masters; to awaken the crucial codes for multidimensional perspective; and to
redream the Living Library of Earth. Their teachings are significantly arranged in twelve chapters to
trigger a deeper understanding of our ancestral lineage. Earth probes the memories hidden deep
within us to reveal our crucial roles in the transformational process unfolding in our times.
Now Marrs has allied with the web's most popular conspiracy forum to investigate everything from
chemtrails to the Nazis' Antarctic base, moon landing hoaxes to UFOs, God as an alien to the end of
the world in 2012.AboveTopSecret.com is the Internet's largest and most popular discussion board
community, with more than twelve million page views per month. It is dedicated to the intelligent
exchange of ideas and debate on a wide range of "alternative topics" such as conspiracies, UFOs,
paranormal, secret societies, political scandals, new world order, terrorism, and dozens of related
topics. AboveTopSecret's popular podcast is downloaded tens of millions of times per month.
PSI Spies will take you behind the scenes of the U.S. Army&rsquo;s formerly top-secret remote
viewing unit to discover how the military has used this psychic ability as a tool, and a weapon.
Despite the fact that remote viewing was developed by various tax-supported government agencies,
including the CIA, the Defense Intelligence Agency, and even the U.S. Army, a majority of
Americans still have never heard of this faculty. In the 1970s, with the support of Congress, the
Army formed a small unit of remote viewers to spy for America. These soldiers/psychic spies gained
penetrating knowledge about a wide variety of subjects. They were consulted to stop a Soviet plot to
kill President Ronald Reagan. They mentally prowled the halls of the Kremlin. They probed
Iraq&rsquo;s hidden weapons sites in preparation for the 1991 Gulf War. From insights into our
future to the continuing mysteries of UFOs and crop circles, no subject has been immune to the
military remote viewers&mdash;America&rsquo;s Psi Spies.
What secrets connect Egypt&lsquo;s Great Pyramids, the Freemasons, and the Council on Foreign
Relations? In this astonishing book, celebrated journalist Jim Marrs examines the world&lsquo;s
most closely guarded secrets, tracing the history of clandestine societies and the power they have
wielded &ndash; from the ancient mysteries to modern&ndash;day conspiracy theories.
Searching for truth, he uncovers disturbing evidence that the real movers and shakers of the world
collude covertly to start and stop wars, manipulate stock markets, maintain class distinctions, and
even censor the news. Provocative and utterly compelling, Rule by Secrecy offers a singular
worldview that may explain who we are, where we came from, and where we are going.

The New York Times bestselling conspiracy expert exposes the most shocking secret of all - the
cabal that runs the world can be traced back to humankind's prehistory. What secrets connect
Egypt's Great Pyramids and Sphinx, the Freemasons and the Council on Foreign Relations? They
are revealed in RULE BY SECRECY. Jim Marrs examines the world's most closely guarded secrets,
tracing the history of secret societies and the power they have wielded, from the ancient mysteries
to the lastest conspiracy theories. Searching for truth, he uncovers disturbing evidence that the real
movers and shakers of the world collude secretly to start and stop wars, manipulate stock markets
and interest rates, maintain class distinctions, and even censor the six o'clock news. These
modern-day cabalists operate under the auspices of the Council on Foreign Relations, the
Bilderbergers, the Trilateral Commission, the CIA, and even the Vatican. Impeccably researched,
this masterful synthesis of information long hidden from the public is an in-depth look at the people
and organizations that rule our lives.
In this explosive expos, the legendary Jim Marrs explores the frighteningly real possibility that
today, in the United States, an insidious ideology thought to have been vanquished more than a half
century ago is actually flourishing. At the end of World War II, ranking Nazis, along with their young
and fanatical protgs, used the loot of Europe to create corporate front companies in many
countries, worming their way into corporate America. They brought with them miraculous weapons
technology that helped win the space race. But they also brought their Nazi philosophy based on the
authoritarian premise that the end justifies the means&mdash;including unprovoked wars of
aggression and curtailment of individual liberties&mdash;which has since gained an iron hold in the
"land of the free."
The New World Order. Hitler referred to it in his diaries. President George H. W. Bush foretold of it in
his speeches. Formed by a secretive global elite, the group seeking this new order has taken hold of
the nation&mdash;and perhaps the world. Its influence pervades every aspect of American society,
from the products we buy at the grocery store to the topics of evening news programs. But could it
also be true that the New World Order caused one of the greatest financial catastrophes of our
time?
Bestselling author and legendary conspiracy researcher Jim Marrs has yet again exposed
information that the mainstream corporate media has refused to report, unearthing the lies to
expose the insidious alliances that make up a secret world. In the explosive The Trillion-Dollar
Conspiracy, Marrs digs beneath the media noise surrounding the financial bailouts of 2008 and
2009 while exploring the back rooms and shadowy deals of our nation&rsquo;s past to craft a
frightening history that no one else is brave enough to tell.
Codex Magica is awesome in its scope and revelations. It contains over 1,000 actual photographs
and illustrations. You'll see with your own eyes the world's leading politicians and
celebrities&mdash;including America's richest and most powerful&mdash;caught in the act as they
perform occult magic. Once you understand their covert signals and coded picture messages, your
world will never be the same. Destiny will be made manifest. You will know the truth and everything
will become clear.
'This explosive book exposes the darkness of the New Age Movement and uncovers Satan's bold
design for world domination. Mystery Mark of the New Age fully reveals Satan's sobering Plan to
give every man, woman, and child his unholy Mark. Yet the book ends on a note of triumph for all
believing Christians--the glorious hope for our Lord's return.'
The original blurb to this book read, "This is a collection of the fairy tales that children love best, told
in simple language and lavishly illustrated. They are written by various authors, a selection of the
best and most popular fairy stories, culled from many sources and here collected and presented in
most attractive form, printed in large clear type, with many pictures, some of them colored." Well,
this isn't an illustrated edition -- Aegypan may do those, some day, but we don't now -- but the rest is
still true.

Rich with storytelling, history, and folklore, The Lakota Way expresses the heart of Native American
philosophy and reveals the path to a fulfilling and meaningful life. Joseph Marshall is a member of
the Sicunga Lakota Sioux and has dedicated his entire life to the wisdom he learned from his elders.
Here he focuses on the twelve core qualities that are crucial to the Lakota way of life--bravery,
fortitude, generosity, wisdom, respect, honor, perseverance, love, humility, sacrifice, truth, and
compassion. Whether teaching a lesson on respect imparted by the mythical Deer Woman or the
humility embodied by the legendary Lakota leader Crazy Horse, The Lakota Way offers a fresh
outlook on spirituality and ethical living.
A gentle religious man, Anderson was almost committed to a state mental hospital at age 16
because of his "visions," but by his 20s, he was helping spirits communicate with friends and
relatives still residing on this plane of existence. Approximately 15 percent of the time he's not
correct, and this is attributed to mix-ups in human communication or ignorance on the part of the
questioner. The information that living folks pass between each other is often relayed or perceived
inaccurately, so it seems logical that some perceptive error would occur in communications from the
incarnate--particularly since a lot of these are conveyed through images, symbols, and tactile
impressions. Anderson's conversations make for an engrossing read not to be missed. &ndash; P.
Randall Cohan
Traditional mediumship communication with the spirits of dead people has been overshadowed by
the current fad for channeling, a technique with variable results. Here, radio/television interviewer
Martin describes the work of George Anderson, an ordinary young man who has resisted the show
business glamour generally associated with channeling in his apparently sincere efforts to bring
comfort to the bereaved by communicating messages from the beyond.
Anderson's astonishing, fully documented explorations into the nonphysical realm of life after death
have resulted in extraordinary messages of love, hope, understanding, and forgiveness from spirits
eager to teach us about the nature of human existence, both here and there, to guide us across the
bridge from one world to the next, and to prove to us that love &ndash; and life &ndash; is truly
everlasting.
In this groundbreaking work, authors Joel Martin and Patricia Romanowski share the dramatic
firsthand testimonies of men and women who have connected with loved ones who have passed
over. Providing compelling evidence for these experiences and offering new insight into the afterlife,
Love Beyond Life is at once fascinating, comforting, and enlightening, an invaluable resource for
anyone who yearns to make sense of life's final journey.
... a definite height, We cannot go very far with a blast, nor by confining heat in a furnace, but in an
exhausted bulb we can concentrate any amount of energy upon a minute button. Leaving
practicability out of consideration, this, then, would be the means which, in my opinion, would enable
us to reach the highest temperature. But a great difficulty when proceeding in this way is
encountered, namely, in most cases the body is carried off before it can fuse and form a drop. This
difficulty exists principally with an oxide, such as zirconia, because it cannot be compressed in so
hard a cake that it would not be carried off quickly. I have endeavored repeatedly to fuse zirconia,
placing it in a cup of arc light carbon, as indicated in Fig. lfi:'. It glowed with a most intense light, and
the stream of the particles projected out of the carbon cup was of a vivid white; but whether it was
compressed in a cake or made into a paste with carbon, it was carried off before it could be fused.
The carbon cup, containing zirconia, had to be mounted very low in the neck of a large bulb, as the
heating of the glass by the projected particles of the oxide was so rapid that in the first trial the bulb
was cracked almost in an instant, when the current was turned on. The heating of the glass by the
projected particles was found to be always greater when the carbon cup contained a body which
was rapidly carried off--I presume, because in such cases, with the same potential, higher speeds
were reached, and also because, per unit of time, more matter was projected--that is, more particles
would strike the glass. The before-mentioned difficulty did not exist, however, when the body
mounted in the carbon cup offered great resistance to deterioration. For instance, when an oxide
was ...

Native Americans celebrate the natural beauty and majestic power of the North American continent
through these traditional legends of the Hopi, the Navajo, and Iroquois tribes. Stirring words and
beautifully evocative images bring this land to life, from the Adirondacks to the Black Hills to
Vancouver Island. Journey from coast to coast and soak up the historic and spiritual significance of
those places, animals, and plants immortalized in native lore. Whether recounting The Creation of
the Sacred Mountains or the Origin of the Buffalo, these stories are more than literature, they are
the foundation of culture itself: a culture bound to the land.
The Upanishads, the earliest of which were composed in Sanskrit between 800 and 400 bce by
sages and poets, form part of the Vedas - the sacred and ancient scriptures that are the basis of the
Hindu religion. Each Upanishad, or lesson, takes up a theme ranging from the attainment of spiritual
bliss to karma and rebirth, and collectively they are meditations on life, death and immortality. The
essence of their teachings is that truth can by reached by faith rather than by thought, and that the
spirit of God is within each of us - we need not fear death as we carry within us the promise of
eternal life.
To whatever conclusions it may lead us, there is no mistaking the fact that now more than ever
before is the public interested in matters relating to theN ew Psychology. Scarcely a day passes that
notice of some unusual psychical experience or startling phenomenon does not appear in popular
literature. The newspaper, the magazine, and the novel vie with each other in their efforts to excite
interest and attract attention by the display of these strange incidents, presented sometimes with
intelligence and taste, but oftener with a culpable disregard of both taste and truth. The general
reader is not yet critical regarding these matters, but he is at least interested, and desires to know
what can be relied upon as established truth amongst these various reports.
The Varieties of Psychedelic Experience was published in 1966, just as the first legal restrictions on
the use of psychedelic substances were being enacted. Unfortunately, the authors' pioneering work
on the effects of LSD on the human psyche, which was viewed by its participants as possibly
heralding a revolution in the study of the mind, was among the casualties of this interdiction. As a
result, the promising results to which their studies attested were never fully explored. Nevertheless,
their 15 years of research represents a sober and authoritative appraisal of what remains one of the
most controversial developments in the study of the human psyche. Avoiding the wild excesses
taken by both sides on this issue, this book is unique for the light it sheds on the possibilities and the
limitations of psychedelic drugs, as well as on the techniques for working with them. With drug
legalization an increasingly important issue, The Varieties of Psychedelic Experience provides a
welcome and much needed contrast to the current hysteria that surrounds this topic.
But Psychic Diaries is not about death. It's about life -- about learning how to say good-bye to one
form of life and hello to another, about connecting with the dead to bring inspiration and insight to
the living, about moving forward when everything inside of us wants to stop, about pushing past
self-imposed limits and finding out what we're made of when life tests us to the core.
We all want to live a life that matters, one at which we can look back and say, "I'm really proud of
myself. I lived, I loved, and I left something of value behind." Psychic Diaries takes you on an
amazing journey to answer questions you never thought could be answered, revealing astonishing
insights and important life lessons from the spirits, the people for whom they came, and the
extraordinary medium in the middle.
Robert Calef's work, originally printed in 1700 in London, is composed of five parts covering various
aspects of witchcraft. Cotton Mather's work is subtitled: "Tryalls of Several Witches lately executed
in New England: and of several remarkable curiosities therein occurring". The appendix gives a list
of names of people who died on Gallows Hill in 1692 and information on children accused of
witchcraft.
This essential guide to the ancient Jewish doctrine of esoteric knowledge was written by one of
modern occultism's most influential figures. Unlike lesser works, it focuses on the actual sacred
texts &mdash; "The Book of Concealed Mystery," "The Greater Holy Assembly," and "The Lesser

Holy Assembly" &mdash; to offer an objective, reliable interpretation.


Provides a clear and detailed account of the preparations and precautions necessary for the
successful evocation of its 72 spirits, which are described in detail. Includes Crowley's "An Initiated
Interpretation of Ceremonial Magic," his version of "The Bornless Ritual," Enochian translations of
some of the Goetic invocations, an introduction, and notes. Illustrated. Smythe-sewn and printed on
acid-free paper.
"The Greater Key of Solomon" is the classic grimoire, or book of magic, attributed to the ancient
King Solomon who reigned over Israel during the 9th century B.C. Detailed within this volume are
many examples of ritualistic magic typical to the ancient world. Presented here in this volume is the
translation of the famous modern occultist S. L. MacGregor Mathers.
The Key of Solomon, save for a cultailed and incomplete copy published in France in the seventeeth
century, has never yet been printed, but has for centuries remained in Manuscript form inaccessible
to all but the few fortunate scholars to whom the innermost recesses of the great libraries were
open. The fountain-head and storehouse of Qabalistic Magic, and the origin of much of the
ceremonial magic of Midieval times, the "Key" has been valued by Occult writers as a work of the
highest authority.
I see no reason to doubt the tradition which assigns the authorship of the "Key" to King Solomon, for
among others Josephus, the Jewish historian, especially mentions the magical works attributed to
that monarch; this is comfirmed by many Eastern traditions, and his magical skill is frequently
mentioned by the Old Adepts.
A search for Talmud at Google will turn up hundreds of thousands of hits, a depressing number of
which are to anti-Semitic sites. However, to our knowledge this is the first extensive English
translation of the Talmud to be posted on the Internet. The Talmud is a vast collection of Jewish
laws and traditions. Despite the dry subject matter the Talmud makes interesting reading because it
is infused with vigorous intellectual debate, humor and deep wisdom. As the saying goes, 'you don't
have to be Jewish' to appreciate this text. If you put in the hard work required to read the Talmud,
your mind will get a world-class workout. The process of studying the Talmud has been compared
with the practice of Zen Buddhist Koan meditation, and for good reason.
Rodkinson has been widely criticized, both from traditionalist Jews who feel that translating the
Talmud is not an acceptable practice, as well as from those hostile to the Talmud and Judaism in
general. As often seems to be the case, the political spectrum seems to be a Mobeius loop. All of
these viewpoints are abundantly represented on the Internet. Some quote material out of context, or
ascribe hostile intent to innocent passages. The most hurtful critics are those who claim that
Rodkinson deliberately left out material to conceal an evil Jewish agenda. After completion of this
etext, I can unequivocally state that this is hogwash. Rodkinson's Talmud is, by definition, an
abridgement for modern readers. He left out only the sections where the debate spins off into
complete obscurity, and was careful to document where he did so. Now that this incredible text,
lovingly translated, is on the Internet perhaps these criticisms can finally be put to rest.
The Book of the Sacred Magic of Abramelin the Mage-originally published in 1900, translated by
Samuel Mathers from a 15th-century French document-was purportedly written by Abraham for his
son Lamech. Within this volume are three books. The first book is Abraham's autobiography in
which he speaks to his son. The second book is an explanation of the purification rituals necessary
to bring the magician's personal demon under his control. And the third book details what feats can
be accomplished once the practitioner is able to use a form of magic controlled and directed through
sigils of magic words written on a grid. Anyone with an interest in the occult will find this an
interesting, though perhaps impractical, guide for exploring mystic arts.
This remarkable grimoire was translated by S.L.M. Mathers from a 15th century French mauscript.
This text has had a huge influence on modern ceremonial magic, and has been cited as a primary
influence on Aleister Crowley. Abraham of Wrzburg, a cabalist and scholar of magic, describes a

quest for the secret teachings which culminated in Egypt, where he encountered the magician
Abramelin, who taught him his system in detail. The procedure involves many months of purification,
followed by the invocation of good and evil spirits to accomplish some very worldly goals, including
acquisition of treasure and love, travel through the air and under water, and raising armies out of
thin air. It also tells of raising the dead, transforming ones appearance, becoming invisible, and
starting storms. The key to this is a set of remarkable magic squares, sigils consisting of mystical
words which in most cases can be read in several directions. Of course, these diagrams are said to
have no potency unless used in the appropriate ritual context by an initiate. Mathers analyzed these
words in an extensive set of notes and gives possible derivations from Hebrew, Greek and other
languages.
This book contains 19 artfully woven stories by master Native American storytellers. These are
unique stories that have been told to generations of Native American children throughout the years.
Filled with legend, myth, and fairy tale magic, children and adults alike will be on the edge of their
seats as they read enchanting stories such as The Celestial Sisters, He of the Little Shell, The
Origin of the Robin and other original Native American stories.
Wherever we are, we are under the sun. As it rises, we greet the new day; as it melts away at dusk,
we return to hearth and home for rest. Its life-giving warmth undoubtedly inspired humanity's oldest
rituals, especially at the winter and summer solstices in December and June, when the sun's
strength begins to wax or wane as the seasons change again. Reclaiming these ancient traditions
for contemporary use, this stunning new book completes the cycle John Matthews began in his
1998 award-winning The Winter Solstice. His subject is the mythic history of the sun as a source of
fertility and fortune worldwide--from ancient sun gods and ceremonial dances, to the European
customs of the Maypole and the love magic of Midsummer Night, to rituals for harvesting rice in the
Far East. Today we can still come together at May Day, Midsummer, and Harvest-time, just as our
ancestors did. Resplendent with full-color illustrations, this multicultural sourcebook helps us
connect with the past and celebrate the present with stories and songs, crafts and games, and
recipes for feasting to enjoy with family and friends.
Many of us long for an alternative to the commercial industry Christmas has become. This
beautifully illustrated, full-color book, brimming with folklore, stories, recipes, games, activities,
decorating ideas, songs, and other resources, will help families who are "burned out" on Christmas
create alternative celebrations more in keeping with the heartful spirit of the original Winter Solstice
festivals.
This book is the result of his many years of investigation. Who really runs the world? Who controls
the money, the politics, and almost every facet of life without you knowing a thing about it? Is such a
thing possible? Explore this fascinating subject with a man who has devoted a lifetime of study to
uncovering our "hidden masters." He has made countless radio and TV appearances including three
CBS television specials, and has numerous videos of his work available.
The book also includes an interview with Dr. Alan Snow, referred to by Sydney Ohmarr as the
"world's greatest authority on astrology and the Dead Sea Scrolls." Paul Tice also contributes three
chapters, the last one explaining how we should revert to the original teachings of religious
founders, including Jesus, before they had become corrupted by "organized religion."
Prudy was in Indiana visiting the Cliffords, and in the midst of her trials with mosquitoes, she said
one day, I wouldnt cry, Aunt Ria, only my hearts breaking. The very next person that ever dies, I
wish theyd ask God to please stop sending these awful skeeters. I cant bear em any longer, now,
certainly. There was a look of utter despair on Prudy's disfigured...
Lincoln&rsquo;s interest in Spiritualism apparently separated him from many, but not all, as you will
see in reading this book. Medium Nettie Colburn was born in 1841 and in 1891 she published this
book. It charts her experiences with President Lincoln during a difficult period of great upheaval in
the United States.

A complete in-depth handbook covering all aspects of Wicca written for family use. Covers not only
the Sabbats and other Circle workings but also Passages (birth, puberty, marriage, aging and
death), Home Blessing, Spirit Quests and more. Basic information is also provided on pets, plants
and gardening, crystals and herbs oriented towards younger children.
Who was the mysterious Count Cagliostro? Depending on whom you ask, he was either a great
healer and mystic or a dangerous charlatan whose revolutionary notions and influences threatened
to undermine the monarchies of France and Russia. Whatever else he was, Count Alessandro di
Cagliostro, the leader of an exotic brand of Freemasonry, was indisputably one of the most
influential and notorious figures of the latter eighteenth century, overcoming poverty and an ignoble
birth to become the darling -- and bane -- of upper-crust Europe.
Internationally acclaimed historian Iain McCalman has not written a work of biography in the strictest
sense; rather, he uses seven key "episodes" in Cagliostro's political and spiritual evolution to
provide a dazzling panoramic portrait of eighteenth-century European culture and history.
McCalman documents how Cagliostro crossed paths -- and often swords -- with the likes of
Catherine the Great, Marie Antoinette, and Pope Pius VI. He was a muse to William Blake and the
inspiration for both Mozart's The Magic Flute and Goethe's Faust. LouisXVI had him thrown into the
Bastille for his alleged involvement in what would come to be known as "the affair of the necklace."
Yet in London, Warsaw, and St. Petersburg, he established "healing clinics" for the poorest of the
poor, a radical notion at that time; and his dexterity in the worlds of alchemy and spiritualism won
him acclaim among the nobility across Europe.
But it was his progress through the rites of Egyptian Freemasonry -- including the Illuminati, a
genuinely conspiratorial secret society dedicated to the overthrow of established religion and
monarchy -- that was both his highest achievement and his undoing. In 1791, on the order of Pope
Pius VI, Cagliostro was arrested for heresy. He spent the last five years of his life in solitary
confinement in an Italian prison, where he died in 1795.
The lure of the vernal equinox is impossible to ignore. Called Ostara or Eostre in nature spiritualities,
it is one of the most primitive and 'earthy' of the solar festivals. From colouring eggs with natural
plant dyes, to spring cleaning rituals, to spells for love and lust, this book will help you connect with
the spirit of the festival and incorporate its rituals and customs, both ancient and new, into your own
Ostara celebrations.
The tarot is an excellent tool for uncovering the progression of your soul through its incarnations.
This book is the first to offer specific spreads that answer the karmic questions that follow you from
one lifetime to another. Discover your karmic bonds, both positive and negative, see how a current
life relationship has progressed from the past, and uncover karmic choices that will affect your future
lives.
A woman escapes an abusive relationship by observing how her boyfriend treated her two Arabian
horses . . . a German shepherd cocoons its body around a toddler during a house fire . . . a coyote
gives a couple wisdom about their rebellious daughter . . . a little three-legged frog imparts a
valuable lesson to a frightened nine-year-old girl. Unique and compelling, Animals as Teachers &
Healers invites us to reconnect with the boundless gifts of joy, wisdom, and deep healing that flow
from our ageless and intimate relationship with the animal kingdom.
This detailed study offers new commentary and explication of a major milestone in cartography.
Correcting earlier work of Paul Kahle and pointing out the traps that have caught subsequent
scholars, McIntosh disproves the dubious conclusion that the Reis map embodied Columbus's Third
Voyage map of 1498, showing that it draws instead on the Second Voyage of 1493-1496. He also
refutes the popular misinterpretation that Reis's depictions of Antarctica are evidence of either
ancient civilizations or extraterrestrial visitation. McIntosh brings together all that has been
previously known about the map and also assembles for the first time the translations of all
inscriptions on the map and analyzes all place-names given for New World and Atlantic islands. His
work clarifies long-standing mysteries and opens up new ways of looking at the history of

exploration.
Terence McKenna hypothesizes that as the North African jungles receded, giving way to savannas
and grasslands near the end of the most recent ice age, a branch of our arboreal primate ancestors
left the forest canopy and began living in the open areas beyond. There they experimented with new
varieties of foods as they adapted, physically and mentally, to the environment. Among the new
foods found in this environment were psilocybin-containing mushrooms growing near dung of
ungulate herds occupying the savannas and grasslands.
Referencing the research of Roland L. Fisher, McKenna claims the enhancement of visual acuity
was an effect of psilocybin at low doses and suggests this would confer adaptive advantage. He
argues that the effects of slightly larger doses, including sexual arousal, and in larger doses, ecstatic
hallucinations & glossolalia - gave selective evolutionary advantages to members of those tribes
who partook of it. There were many changes caused by the introduction of this psychoactive to
primate diets. He hypothesizes, for instance, that synesthesia (the blurring of sensory boundaries)
caused by psilocybin led to the development of spoken language: the ability to form pictures in
another person's mind through the use of vocal sounds.
About 12,000 years ago, further climate changes removed psilocybin-containing mushrooms from
human diets. He argues that this event resulted in a new set of profound changes in our species as
we reverted to the previous brutal primate social structures that had been modified and/or repressed
by frequent consumption of psilocybin.
This mesmerizing, surreal account of the bizarre adventures of Terence McKenna, his brother
Dennis, and a small band of their friends, is a wild ride of exotic experience and scientific inquiry.
Exploring the Amazon Basin in search of mythical shamanic hallucinogens, they encounter a host of
unusual characters -- including a mushroom, a flying saucer, pirate Mantids from outer space, an
appearance by James and Nora Joyce in the guise of poultry, and translinguistic matter -- and
discover the missing link in the development of human consciousness and language.
Read by Terence McKenna. TRUE HALLUCINATIONS is an outrageous tale of high adventure and
millenarian hope. This head trip par excellence carries the listener from the Himalayas to the jungles
of the Amazon. A true saga of seeking and confronting the secrets behind the psychedelic
experience. 9 and 1/2 hours, (9 CDs) of voice and sound tapestry will astound and inspire inner
voyagers.
TERENCE McKENNA, author and reader of TRUE HALLUCINATIONS was an explorer of nature's
gifts to consciousness for over fifty years. From the early '80s, while teamed with Sound
Photosynthesis' Faustin Bray and Brian Wallace, Terence reawakened a new generation to the
richness of the bardic tradition combined with "old radio" theater. The three created this most
original style that allows performed literature to be simultaneously experenced by large groups of
listeners. The "Talking Book" and "Audiolly Illuminated Manuscript" format was defined by including
the voices of enlightened friends, relations and recordings on location in South America and Asia,
making this mix an extraordinary documentary time capsule of our late 20th century global culture.
Explorers are known for the journeys they take, Rosie McKnight explored the vast nonphysical
dimensions of consciousness. With famed out-of-body researcher Robert Monroe, she helped to
further the understanding of human consciousness, and to demonstrate beyond doubt that we are
more than our physical bodies. Many of these pioneering sessions are presented here almost word
for word, as they were taped, along with her warm and inspiring observations of Bob Monroe and
the early days of The Monroe Institute (TMI).
Here are explorations of non-human energy systems, interactions with highly evolved beings,
concepts about the makeup of the many levels of the universe, views of the afterlife and the animal
dimensions, the nature of healing and guidance, a look at the future, and much more. Here is the
pursuit of the true meaning of science fearlessly mapping wherever the inquisitive mind takes us.

Mind Trek provides us with insight into new perceptions and realities and gives us an understanding
of how to deal with the doubts and fears of the RV learning process. By showing the effects
research has had on the author as a subject, it points to consciousness as the ultimate
time-machine and the mind as the gateway to human creativity. It also establishes our own clear
responsibility for the design of our future.
Joseph McMoneagle is an extraordinary remote viewer, a "psychic spy," whose experiences have
given him a special insight into the nature of time and human perception. For more than seventeen
years, he was a researcher and remote viewer for the top-secret Army project STARGATE. For
years after that, he journeyed through time while working in a consciousness-development lab with
out-of-body experience pioneer Robert A. Monroe.
McMoneagle explores the questions that philosophers have for centuries debated: Does time really
exist? Do our actions today really affect our future? Can we change the past? Do we slip between
alternate realities? In The Ultimate Time Machine, McMoneagle delivers new insights into these
mysteries, including:
Joseph McMoneagle learned remote viewing in the U.S. Army--he was Remote Viewer #001 in the
Army's Stargate program--and was awarded the Legion of Merit for his contribution to various
intelligence operations. In Remote Viewing Secrets, the author of Mind Trek and The Ultimate Time
Machine uses examples, exercises, and anecdotes to share what he learned and how he learned it,
and gives you everything you need to begin developing your own abilities.
In this groundbreaking classic, investigative journalist Lynne McTaggart reveals a radical new
paradigm&mdash;that the human mind and body are not separate from their environment but a
packet of pulsating power constantly interacting with this vast energy sea, and that consciousness
may be central in shaping our world. The Field is a highly readable scientific detective story
presenting a stunning picture of an interconnected universe and a new scientific theory that makes
sense of supernatural phenomena. Documented by distinguished sources, The Field is a book of
hope and inspiration for today's world.
By international bestselling author Lynne McTaggart, The Bond is the culmination of her
groundbreaking work. It offers a completely new, scientific story of life and the human experience,
one that challenges the very way we conceive of ourselves and our world. The Bond shows that the
essential impulse of all life is a will to connect rather than a drive to compete.
In fact, we are inescapably connected, hardwired to each other at our most elemental
level&mdash;from cells to whole societies. The desire to help others is so necessary that we
experience it as one of our chief pleasures, as essential as eating and having sex, and we succeed
and prosper only when we see ourselves as part of a greater whole. Every conflict that
occurs&mdash;whether between husband and wife, social or racial groups, or nations&mdash;is
resolved only when we can fully see and embrace the space&mdash;the bond&mdash;between us.
The book you hold in your hands is revolutionary, a groundbreaking exploration of the science of
intention.Drawing on the findings of leading scientists from around the world, The Intention
Experiment demonstrates that thought is a thing that affects other things. It is also the first book to
invite you, the reader, to take an active part in its original research.
Using cutting-edge research conducted at Princeton,MIT, Stanford, and many other prestigious
universities and laboratories, The Intention Experiment reveals that the universe is connected by a
vast quantum energy field.Thought generates its own palpable energy, which you can use to
improve your life and, when harnessed together with an interconnected group, to change the world.
In The Intention Experiment, internationally bestselling author Lynne McTaggart takes you on a
gripping, mind-blowing journey to the furthest reaches of consciousness.As she narrates the exciting
developments in the science of intention, she also profiles the colorful scientists and renowned
pioneers who study the effects of focused group intention on scientifically quantifiable targets --

animal, plant, and human.


McTaggart offers a practical program to get in touch with your own thoughts, to increase the activity
and strength of your intentions, and to begin achieving real change in your life. You are then invited
to participate in an unprecedented experiment: Using The Intention Experiment website to
coordinate your involvement and track results, you and other participants around the world will focus
your power of intention on specific targets, giving you the opportunity to become a part of scientific
history. A new Afterword by the author recounts the successes of the several Intention Experiments
so far.
Preface THESE volumes, complete in themselves as a series of studies in a definite body of
tradition, are intended to serve ultimately as a small contribution to the preparation of the way
leading towards a solution of the vast problems involved in the scientific study of the Origins of the
Christian Faith.
They might thus perhaps be described as the preparation of materials to serve for the historic,
mythic, and mystic consideration of the Origins of Christianity, where the term mythic is used in its
true sense of inner, typical, sacred and logic, as opposed to the external processioning of physical
events known as historic, and where the term mystic is used as that which pertains to initiation and
the mysteries.
GEORGE ROBERT STOW MEAD (1863-1933) was born at Nuneaton, Warwickshire, England. He
came from a military family&mdash;his father was a Colonel in the Royal Army Ordinance
Corps&mdash;but he chose to follow an academic career instead. From King&rsquo;s School,
Rochester, he went up to St. John&rsquo;s College, Cambridge, to study mathematics but changed
to Classics, in which he graduated with a B.A. degree in 1884. In that same year, he joined the
Theosophical Society and determined to devote his life to the cause of Theosophy.
Under this general title is now being published a series of small volumes, drawn from, or based
upon, the mystic, theosophic, and gnostic writings of the ancients, so as to make more easily
audible for the ever-widening circle of those who love such things, some echoes of the mystic
experiences and initiatory lore of their spiritual ancestry. There are many who love the life of the
spirit, and who long for the light of gnostic illumination, but who are not sufficiently equipped to study
the writings of the ancients at first hand, or to follow unaided the labours of scholars. These little
volumes are therefore intended to serve as introduction to the study of the more difficult literature of
the subject; and it is hoped that at the same time they may become for some, who have, as yet, not
even heard of the Gnosis, stepping-stones to higher things.
The original text of this beautiful Gnostic poem is in Syriac. The Hymn is poetic inspiration and deals
with high mysteries and experiences. Contents: Preamble; The Hymn; Comments; The Pearl; Egypt;
The Parable of the Prodigal; The Dual Sonship; The Robe of Glory; A Story of the Infancy; The Two
Couriers; The Allegorical Geography; Notes.
The marvellous and beautiful Hymn, which is the subject of this small volume, is found in what are
without doubt the Leucian Acts of John. "This Hymn is no hymn, but a mystery-ritual, and perhaps
the earliest Christian ritual of which we have any trace." This beautiful Hymn was supposed to have
been sung by Jesus and His apostles before he was delivered to the Jews.
George Robert Stow Mead (1863-1933) is a key figure in the revival and interpretation of Gnosticism
and indeed the entire western esoteric tradition. He joined the Theosophical Society after graduating
from Cambridge in 1884, and five years later became the private secretary of the Society's founder,
H. P. Blavatsky, editing most of her published works and her magazine 'Lucifer'. He also followed his
own lines of research, resulting in books such as 'Plotinus', 'Pistis Sophia' and the present work,
each of them scholarly, comprehensive in scope, and eminently readable. Mead shows 'The
Chaldean Oracles' to be the remains of a mystery-poem forming part of the inner initiation of a
School or Order, and with painstaking scholarship he interprets the fragments into a cohesive
pattern.

The sentence &ldquo;when He was hung on the tree of the Cross&rdquo; contains a great puzzle.
The word for &ldquo;tree&rdquo; in the original is batos; this may mean the &ldquo;bush&rdquo; or
&ldquo;tree&rdquo; of the cross. But the Cross for the Gnostics was a living symbol. It was not only
the cross of dead wood, or the dead trunk of a tree lopped of its branches&mdash;a symbol of Osiris
in death; it was also the Tree of Life, and was equated with the &ldquo;Fiery Bush&rdquo; out of
which the Angel of God spake to Moses&mdash;that is the Tree of Fiery Life, in the Paradise of
man&rsquo;s inner nature, whence the Word of God expresses itself to one who is worthy to hear.
And this Tree of Life was also, as the Cross, the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil; indeed, both
are but one Tree, for the fruit of the Tree of Life is the knowledge of good and evil, the cross of the
opposites.
Between 1906 and 1908, G. R. S. Mead published eleven small books under the series title "Echoes
from the Gnosis." These books contain translations and interpretations of the Gnostic writings of the
ancients. Long before the discovery of the Nag Hammadi Library, Mead translated these esoteric
texts of various origins (Christian, Roman, Greek). He wanted to make this material accessible to
the growing number of people at the time eager to encounter this ancient mystical religion based on
an intuitive process of knowing oneself and the hidden aspects of life and existence. Upon the
publication of the 100-year anniversary edition of the series, the appeal for this same material
remains stronger than ever.
Through the life of Apollonius of Tyana, Mead, in this 1901 work, brings in to focus a previously
unknown time in history. Very little was known about the lives and motivations of those living in the
first century A.D. Nor was there much information about how Christianity developed immediately
after the life of Jesus.
Apollonius was a Pythagorean who wrote many books on philosophy and science, and being
associated with cults like the Pythagoreans, he necessarily came in contact with the religious
devotees of his time. Students of history and religion will find the life of Apollonius an illuminating
tale from a nearly forgotten period of history.
British scholar and philosopher GEORGE ROBERT STOW MEAD (1863-1933) was educated at
Cambridge University. He served as editor of The Theosophical Society's Theosophical Review, and
later formed The Quest Society and edited its journal, The Quest Review. He is also the author of
Notes on Nirvana (1893) and an 1896 translation of The Upanishads.
After centuries of being taboo, the subject of our survival of death has once again become popular.
This book is a comprehensive examination of the nature of death and the proof of our survival. Its
first edition was translated into Japanese, and the book has been a book club selection. It includes
fascinating information about what happens to consciousness after the death of the physical body,
and answers to 50 common questions about death.
This wilderness experience transformed Vladimir so deeply that he abandoned his commercial plans
and, penniless, went to Moscow to fulfil Anastasia's request and write a book about the spiritual
insights she so generously shared with him. True to her promise this life-changing book, once
written, has become an international best-seller and has touched hearts of millions of people
world-wide.
"The Ringing Cedars of Russia," the second book of the Ringing Cedars Series, in addition to
providing a fascinating behind-the-scenes look at the story of how "Anastasia" came to be
published, offers a deeper exploration of the universal concepts so dramatically revealed in Book 1.
It takes the reader on an adventure through the vast expanses of space, time and spirit from the
Paradise-like glade in the Siberian taiga to the rough urban depths of Russia's capital city, from the
ancient mysteries of our forebears to a vision of humanity's radiant future.
"The Space of Love," the third book of the Series, describes author's second visit to Anastasia. Rich
with new revelations on natural child-rearing and alternative education, on the spiritual significance

of breast-feeding and the meaning of ancient megaliths, it shows how each person's thoughts can
influence the destiny of the entire Earth and describes practical ways of putting Anastasia's vision of
happiness into practice. Megre shares his new outlook on education and children's real creative
potential after a visit to a school where pupils build their own campus and cover the ten-year
Russian school programme in just two years. Complete with an account of an armed intrusion into
Anastasia's habitat, the book highlights the limitless power of Love and non-violence.
"Co-creation," the fourth book and centrepiece of the Series, paints a dramatic living image of the
creation of the Universe and humanity's place in this creation, making this primordial mystery
relevant to our everyday living today. Deeply metaphysical yet at the same time down-to-Earth
practical, this poetic heart-felt volume helps us uncover answers to the most significant questions
about the essence and meaning of the Universe and the nature and purpose of our existence. It also
shows how and why the knowledge of these answers, innate in every human being, has become
obscured and forgotten, and points the way toward reclaiming this wisdom and in partnership with
Nature manifesting the energy of Love through our lives.
"Who are we?," the fifth book of the Ringing Cedars Series, describes the author's search for
real-life 'proofs' of Anastasia's vision presented in the previous volumes. Finding these proofs and
taking stock of ongoing global environmental destruction, Vladimir Megre describes further practical
steps for putting Anastasia's vision into practice. Full of beautiful realistic images of a new way of
living in co-operation with the Earth and each other, this book also highlights the role of children in
making us aware of the precariousness of the present situation and in leading the global transition
toward a happy, violence-free society.
"The Book of Kin", the sixth book of the Series, describes another visit by the author to Anastasia's
glade in the Siberian taiga and his conversations with his growing son, which cause him to take a
new look at education, science, history, family and Nature. Through parables and revelatory
dialogues and stories Anastasia then leads Vladimir Megre and the reader on a shocking
re-discovery of the pages of humanity's real history that have been distorted or kept secret for
thousands of years. This knowledge sheds light on the causes of war, oppression and violence in
the modern world and guides us in preserving the wisdom of our ancestors and passing it over to
future generations.
Book 7 of the Ringing Cedars series re-asserts the power of human thought in our lives, in the
destiny of planet Earth and in the Universe, and presents ways to consciously control and build up
the power of our creative thought. The book sheds further light on humanity s forgotten history,
religion, the roots of inter-racial and inter-religious conflict, ideal nutrition, and how a new way of
thinking and a lifestyle in true harmony with Nature can lead to happiness and solve our personal
and societal problems. Now re-issued with new cover art.
The first part of Book 8 of the Ringing Cedars series describes another visit by Megre to Anastasia
and their son, showing in ever-greater detail how Anastasia s lifestyle of practical cooperation with
Nature applies to our lives. Describing how the visions presented in previous volumes have already
taken beautiful form to produce massive changes in Russia and beyond, the author discerns the
birth of a new civilization. The book also paints a vivid image of a future America in which the conflict
between rich and poor has been transcended.
Part 2 of Book 8 of the Ringing Cedars series contrasts today's mainstream attitudes with our
forebears' deep spiritual understanding of conception, pregnancy, home birth and upbringing of
children in an atmosphere of love. In powerful poetic prose, Megre describes their ancient way of
life, grounded in love and non-violence, and shows the potential for this same approach to life today.
Through one family's story, he portrays the radiant world of the ancient Russian Vedic civilization,
the drama of its destruction, and its rebirth in our present time. Now re-issued with new cover art.
Albert Einstein was one of the principal founders of the quantum and relativity theories. Until 1925,
when the Bose-Einstein statistics was discovered, he made great contributions to the foundations of
quantum theory. However, after the discovery of quantum mechanics by Heisenberg and wave

mechanics by Schrodinger, with the consequent development of the principles of uncertainty and
complementarity, it would seem that Einstein's views completely changed. This is an exploration of
Einstein's views on the nature and structure of physics and reality.
All over the planet Drunvalo Melchizedek is known and immensely loved as a great spiritual teacher.
Through workshops and books he brought his vision of the Flower of Life and the Mer-Ka-Ba to the
world. Now, based on his latest series of workshops, he shares his experiences of living in the
sacred space within the heart, and he explains the processes and techniques he uses to enter this
space. Join him and be part of the large group of people who have found the joy of living in the
space where you and God are one.
But my teachers have asked me to remind you who you really are. You are more than a human
being, much more. For within your heart is a place, a sacred place where the world can literally be
remade through conscious cocreation. If you give me permission, I will show what has been shown
to me." &ndash; Drunvalo Melchizedek
Once, all life in the universe knew the Flower of Life as the creation pattern - the geometrical design
leading us into and out of physical existence. Then from a very high state of consciousness we fell
in darkness and forgot who we were. For thousands of years the secret was held in ancient artifacts
and carvings around the world, and encoded in the cells of all life.
Sacred Geometry is the form beneath our being and points to a divine order in our reality. We can
follow that order form the invisible atom to the infinite stars, finding ourselves at each step. The
information here is one path, but between the lines and drawings lie the feminine gems of intuitive
understanding.
Explore the miracle of our existence by meandering through the wonderland of geometry, science,
ancient history and new discovery, seen through the widened vision of Drunvalo and the Flower of
Life. Volume 2 will explore in great detail the Mer-Ka-Ba, the 55-foot-diameter energy field of the
human lightbody. This knowledge leads to ascension and the next dimensional world.
The sacred Flower of Life pattern, the primary geometric generator of all physical form, is explored
in even more depth in this volume, the second half of the Flower of Life workshop. The proportions
of the human body, the nuances of human consciousness, the sizes and distances of the stars,
planets and moons, even the creations of humankind, are all shown to reflect their origins in this
beautiful and divine image. Through an intricate and detailed geometrical mapping, Drunvalo
Melchizedek shows how the seemingly simple design of the Flower of Life contains the genesis of
our entire third-dimensional existence.
From the pyramids and mysteries of Egypt to the new race of Indigo children, Drunvalo presents the
sacred geometries of the Reality and the subtle energies that shape our world. We are led through a
divinely inspired labyrinth of science and stories, logic and coincidence, on a path of remembering
where we come from and the wonder and magic of who we are.
Finally, for the first time in print, Drunvalo shares the instructions for the Mer-Ka-Ba meditation,
step-by-step techniques for the re-creation of the energy field of the evolved human, which is the
key to ascension and the next dimensional world. If done from love, this ancient process of
breathing prana opens up for us a world of tantalizing possibility in this dimension, from protective
powers to the healing of oneself, of others and even of the planet.
From the days of the Renaissance and Reformation to the present, the Mystery Religions of
antiquity have engaged the attention of classical scholars and theologians alike.1 During what may
be called the precritical stage of the study of this subject, it was commonly believed that by the
Mysteries a constant succession of priests or hierophants transmitted from age to age an esoteric
doctrine, better and nobler than that of the popular religion.2 Whether this recondite science had
been derived originally from the hidden wisdom of India or Egypt, or from the Old Testament, or
even from a primitive revelation to all mankind, was debated with characteristic disregard for

historical methodology.
...is a first-hand experiential guide to the process which medieval alchemists represented as the
transmutation of lower substances into higher ones: lead into gold if you will. To Richard and Iona
Miller the transformation goes far deeper than that-it is an inner change which leads to wholeness
integration and flowering of the total personality. In the language of depth psychology as well as
alchemy the authors show how to forge an intimate connection with the nurturing powers of the
universe-and also with the lost part of ourselves.
This is a "how to" book intended to increase a person's intuition and extra sensory perception (ESP)
or sixth sense. The protocols identified here have been tested and found reliable in increasing a
person's intuition or guessing ability by up to 400% above an individuals beginning levels. The book
introduces basic information on self-hypnosis as a tool for enhancing our latent human potentials or,
as they are referred to in some military literature these days our anomalous human potentials
previously called ESP. The book contains basic testing methods both before and after following the
techniques described in these pages so a measure of progress can be determined. The approach is
simple and effective as a beginning point for those individuals with a true desire to recognize and
develop their higher states of awareness.
The system uses one's own voice, ideas and thoughts in developing potential and places the seeker
in control of their own path to awaking to our higher potentials. ? Enhance individual intuition by up
to 400%. Create an environment that changes the way we see the world by enhancing our ESP
potentials. Step into your own possibilities by following a simple set of exercises.Stimulate the latent
anomalous potentials we all have. This is the introduction into the tools for transformation and the
possibilities that ate emerging in this century - the century of the brain.
Many scientists believe that the next evolution of human beings will be the awakening to our
extrasensory capacities. If this is true it will require a fundamental reordering of the way we see the
world and our responsibilities as created human beings. The awakening of our own possibilities is a
step in this direction. There are many paths to this knowledge and this book reveals one that can
easily be followed by anyone.
Richard Alan Miller has thoroughly researched the historical use, chemical structure, preparation for
consumption, and magical rituals related to narcotic, hallucinogenic, stimulant, and depressant
herbs. He explains how these natural substances can be used for the enhancement of sexuality,
muscle relaxation and massage, initiation, spiritual growth, and astral projection.
Because of their power to elicit specific responses in the body and psyche, perfumes have, through
the ages, occupied an important part in ritual. The Magical and Ritual Use of Perfumes shows how
scents can become the very &ldquo;essence of magic,&rdquo; providing direct access to the
emotional centers of the brain and memory.
Aphrodisiacs--the "foods of love" that increase sexual desire and potency--fall into two
classifications: biochemical, which have a direct effect on sexual activity, and the more important
group whose effects are psychophysiological in nature. Richard Alan Miller provides comprehensive
and detailed information on using both kinds of aphrodisiacs.
Four years after training with the old warrior he calls Socrates, and in spite of all he has learned,
Dan Millman confronts personal failure and growing frustrations. Disillusioned with his life, unable to
bridge the gap between knowing and doing, he sets out on a worldwide quest to rediscover his
sense of purpose and source of inspiration. A buried memory sends him on a search for a woman
shaman deep in a Hawaiian rain forest. She is the gateway to all his hopes and his fears &mdash;
and only she can prepare him for what is to come. In worlds of shadow and light, he encounters
inner tests, mortal challenges, disturbing revelations, and memorable characters in the most crucial
quest of his life. This is the sacred journey we all share, says Millman, the journey to the light that
shines at the heart of all our lives.

Way of the Peaceful Warrior is based on the story of Dan Millman, a world champion athlete, who
journeys into realms of romance and magic, light and darkness, body, mind, and spirit. Guided by a
powerful old warrior named Socrates and tempted by an elusive, playful woman named Joy, Dan is
led toward a final confrontation that will deliver or destroy him. Readers join Dan as he learns to live
as a peaceful warrior. This international bestseller conveys piercing truths and humorous wisdom,
speaking directly to the universal quest for happiness.
Minsky brilliantly portrays the mind as a "society" of tiny components that are themselves mindless.
Mirroring his theory, Minsky boldly casts The Society of Mind as an intellectual puzzle whose pieces
are assembled along the way. Each chapter -- on a self-contained page -- corresponds to a piece in
the puzzle. As the pages turn, a unified theory of the mind emerges, like a mosaic. Ingenious,
amusing, and easy to read, The Society of Mind is an adventure in imagination.
So begins Jeffrey Mishlove's The PK Man, the true and strange story of Ted Owens, whose claims
of powerful psychokinetic abilities given to him by "Space Intelligences" were too bizarre and
extreme for many to believe. When these claims were ignored or challenged, he purportedly used
his powers to produce earthquakes, civil unrest, UFO sightings, strange weather events, and other
powerful phenomena. Owens even threatened to down aircraft to garner attention.Was there any
truth to Owens' abilities, or was he a fraud with a knack for picking the times and places of
catastrophes? Jeffrey Mishlove, PhD, a respected parapsychologist and host of the popular public
television program Thinking Allowed, analyzes correspondence, interviews, newspaper reports, and
remarkable life of "the world's greatest psychic," as Owens claimed to be. Whether Owens was a
prodigious liar and dangerous con-man, or a true but unbalanced master who used his incredible
powers primarily for petty acts of revenge, many questions remain, and the implications for the rest
of us are staggering.
The title for The Roots of Consciousness was inspired by a statement of cosmologist Arthur M.
Young, who cautioned against seeking only the "flowers of consciousness," such as clairvoyance
and telepathy, considering them no more than the "intriguing foliage" of psychology. Author Jeffrey
Mishlove, however, believes that these and other psychic powers are not just for show, but are
"rooted in the essential core of our existence."
Psychic Exploration, A Challenge for Science is a primer on psychic research, life's purpose, and
the meaning of the universe. Originally published in 1974, this landmark anthology of nearly thirty
chapters on every area of psychic research is finally available again. Edgar D. Mitchell, Apollo 14
astronaut and moonwalker, as well as a distinguished researcher of the study of human
consciousness, brought together eminent scientists to write about issues once considered too
controversial to discuss. This book includes fascinating chapters on the history of parapsychology,
telepathy, hauntings, psychic phenomena, and consciousness, along with an extensive glossary and
index.
This timeless anthology continues to be appealing as a reference work for those curious about the
history of parapsychology, fans of the world of psi, and readers interested in the meaning of the
universe. Contributors include: Willis W. Harman, Jean Houston, Stanley Krippner, Robert Masters,
William G. Roll, Russell Targ, Charles T. Tart, Montague Ullman, and many more.
Visit the afterlife with explorer Bruce Moen, as he maps out the territory ahead of us all--beyond
physical death--in this remarkable second book in the Exploring the Afterlife series. The ultimate
travel memoir, Voyage Beyond Doubt allows you to witness the power of the human mind as moen
uses his Monroe Institute training to communicate with the dead, journey through the afterlife and
come back again with a greater understanding of life, death, and what it's really all about.
Moen relates numerous incredible experiences of discovery: meeting his dead grandmother, aiding
lost souls to find their way to the afterlife, beginning a "ghost-busting" service, and gaining a fuller,
more complete understanding of the regions of the nonphysical. Moen even encounters
now-deceased OBE explorer Bob Monroe in his travels in the beyond. A thrilling adventure into the
unknown. Voyage Beyond Doubt is a travel guide for the new intrepid explorers of the nonphysical

realms.
Using groundbreaking techniques developed by Robert A. Monroe&mdash;author of the classic
Journeys out of the Body and founder of The Monroe Institute&mdash;Moen projects himself out of
his body to travel beyond death into new realms of existence. His travels allow him to access
knowledge available only to out-of-body explorers. With Moen, you will journey to the center of the
Earth, develop a unique understanding of how astrology really works, and even make contact with
extraterrestrials.
But more fascinating&mdash;and empowering&mdash;is his glimpse of the community of souls, his
explorations of nonphysical environments, and his growing understanding of what he has witnessed.
Read Voyages in the Afterlife: Charting Unknown Territory and learn, along with Bruce Moen, the
nature of the cosmos and our place in it.
If we could peel back layers of &ldquo;reality&rdquo; like the skins of an onion, what would lie
beneath? Bruce Moen, veteran explorer of the vast, uncharted spaces beyond physical existence
&ndash; beyond reality &ndash; goes further and deeper than ever before in his quest for
knowledge. Moen takes us on his odyssey across the strange and wondrous landscape of the
afterlife realms where he meets those who have gone before, asking them some of our greatest
questions: What is consciousness? Where do we, and our perceptions, fit into what&rsquo;s
ultimately real? How can we discover what lies before, and beyond, our lives on Earth? Moen is a
seasoned guide for an incredible voyage of discovery that leads back&hellip;and back&hellip;and
back&hellip;to the origin of consciousness itself.
If you can find a way to communicate with a person known to be deceased, and gather information
from this person that you can have no way of knowing except by this contact, and if this information
can be verified to be true, accurate, and real, then you have gathered evidence that this person
continues to exist beyond death. If you continue gathering such evidence, the weight of it will lead
you to the truth.
We have long wished that some English or foreign university would offer a prize for a history of
Magic and Witchcraft. The records of human opinion would contain few chapters more instructive
than one which should deal competently with the Black Art. For gross and painful as the details of
superstitution may be, yet superstitution, by its very etymology, implies a dogma or a system of
practice standing upon some basis of fact or truth; and however vain or noxious the superstructure
may be, the foundation of it is in some way connected with those deep verities upon which rest also
the roots of philosophy and religion. For grand error, and such alone can at any time essentially
affect the opinions of mankind in general, is ever the imitation or caricature of some grand truth.
In Life After Life, Raymond Moody investigates more than one hundred case studies of people who
experienced "clinical death" and were subsequently revived. First published in 1975, this classic
exploration of life after death started a revolution in popular attitudes about the afterlife and
established Dr. Moody as the world's leading authority in the field of near-death experiences.
Life after Life forever changed the way we understand both death &ndash; and life &ndash; selling
millions of copies to a world hungry for a greater understanding of this mysterious phenomenon. The
extraordinary stories presented provide evidence that there is life after physical death, as Moody
recounts the testimonies of those who have been to the "other side" and back &ndash; all bearing
striking similarities of an overwelming positive nature. The moving and inspiring accounts give us a
glimpse of the peace and unconditional love that await us all.
Paranormal begins with a harrowing account of Moody&rsquo;s suicide attempt &ndash; due to an
undiagnosed illness that led him into depression &ndash; and proceeds to explore his lifelong
fascination with life beyond our bodies. Moody traces the roots of his obsession with the point of
death and how, at age twenty-three, he launched the entirely new medical field of near-death
studies. He went on to explore the world of past lives and possible reincarnation before stumbling
into the fascinating realm of facilitated visions. Moody&rsquo;s rural research center, Theater of the

Mind, dramatically advances paranormal research by melding ancient and modern techniques to
arouse many of the transformative elements of the near-death experience in people who are still
living.
In The Light Beyond, Dr. Raymond Moody, the world's leading authority in the field of near-death
experiences (NDEs), investigates fascinating new case studies. Common patterns emerge from
these reports, such as meeting loved ones in the afterlife, being surrounded by a bright beautiful
light, reviewing one&rsquo;s life, and being able to view scenes on earth while outside the body.
Moody looks at various aspects of the NDE, including children&rsquo;s reports and those of other
researchers in the field. He also examines the positive life-changing effects of NDEs.
Dr. Moody&rsquo;s groundbreaking international bestseller, Life After Life, first published in 1975,
established the field of NDE research. He is the author of eleven books and has appeared
numerous times on national television programs, such as NBC Today and Oprah. In addition to
conducting ongoing research into the paranormal, Moody trains doctors, nurses, hospice workers,
and others in all aspects of his work.
In The Soul of Sex, Thomas Moore at last restores sex to its rightful place in the human psyche.
Describing sex as an experience of the soul, Thomas Moore here brings out the fully human side of
sex &ndash; the roles of fantasy, desire, meaning, and morality &ndash; and draws on religion,
mythology art, literature, and film to show how sex is one of the most profound mysteries of life.
When he wrote a small book titled The Cosmos and the Creeds, William Usborne Moore, a retired
British navy officer who had command of six surveying vessels before his retirement, attacked the
teachings of the churches and expressed doubt as to the reality of a future life. "At the time I thought
that such immortality as man possessed lay in the influence his actions, words, or writings had upon
those who were his contemporaries, or who came after him; but that he himself, as an individual
conscious entity, disappeared forever, not to be recognized again," he wrote eight years later in
Glimpses of the Next State, published over 100 years ago.
Soon after the first book was published, Moore began to have misgivings about his agnosticism, as
he had not investigated sources of evidence outside the narrow confines of the churches. Once he
began investigating mediums in late 1904, his views changed. "To be brief, I found that the deeper I
went into the study of spiritism the more apparent it became that, whether he wished it or not, man's
individuality was not extinguished at death," Moore, who went by his middle name, explained. "I read
books, visited clairvoyants, and attended sances for materialization. Through all I was constantly
reminded of the existence of a near and dear relative, older than myself, who passed away
thirty-seven years ago in the prime of her life. Her continued reappearances could only lead me to
one conclusion: I was being guided to a reconsideration of the problem of immortality." Moore
referred to the deceased relative as "Iola," explaining that she herself adopted the spirit name to
avoid any unpleasant complications among friends and relatives still living who were not educated in
spiritism.
While clearly aware that there were many charlatans posing as mediums, Moore proceeded
cautiously. He explored mediumship in England and made three trips to the United States to sit with
various mediums there. He experienced both physical and mental mediumship. Sitting with Joseph
B. Jonson of Toledo, Ohio, he witnessed many materializations, including his father and mother. "In
these there was no possibility of error," he wrote, mentioning that his father's characteristic "iron
duke" nose stood out and that he saw him in good light. At one sance, he observed as many as 25
spirit forms emerge from the materialization cabinet and was certain that there were no trap doors of
any kind in which confederates in costumes could have been admitted. They came in all sizes and
shapes. While Moore sat with dozens of gifted mediums, Etta Wriedt of Detroit, Michigan may have
been the most gifted. "For my part I can only say that, in her presence, I obtained evidence of the
next state of consciousness so clear and so pronounced that the slightest doubt was no longer
possible," he offered.
Controversial, contradictory, and mysterious, Utopia by Sir Thomas More has engaged scholars and

intrigued readers since its initial publication in the 16th century. More s imagining of Utopia presents
a solution to many of the social ills discussed in the first part of the text, yet seems also to embody a
rejection of More s own well-documented Catholic beliefs. The novel popularized the concept of
utopian societies in literary works, and can even be credited with the first introduction of the Greek
term utopia into the English language.
When Rima Morrell first went to Hawai&lsquo;i as a young anthropology student from Cambridge
University, she was surprised to find a lighter brighter world where trees talked to her in ancient
temples and magic regularly happened. She found the system of ancient Hawaiian wisdom known
as Huna, a system that teaches us how to focus the light of our own being to make magic. Following
her Higher Self--and overcoming resistance to its rainbow guidance--she discovered we are each
responsible for our own power. Through practicing Huna, we can consciously create our own reality,
for we are each the navigator of our own soul canoe.
Following her years in the islands, and Ph.D. in Huna, Rima reveals new knowledge about this
sacred tradition. Citing the work of earlier researchers such as Max Freedom Long, as well as native
kahuna, Rima reveals knowledge about Huna that has not previously been available: the role of
emotion in gaining true wisdom, the magical elements of Hawaiian language, the sophisticated
system of lunar astrology, and the hula as a system of shamanism. Rima also shows how the
principles of a society woven with love can shape our own lives.
There&rsquo;s just something magical about the Yuletide season, no matter where you live or who
you are. As bright candlelight mingles with the smells of pine and warm cookies and we perform our
yearly rituals of song and family gatherings, the spirit of peace and goodwill seems to reach the
heart of even the most cynical Scrooge.
Learn where the traditions of the season originated&mdash;for instance, did you know that the
ringing of bells was meant to drive away the demons who inhabited the darkest days of the year?
That leaving cookies for Santa mirrors the old tradition of leaving a loaf of bread on the table
overnight to bring prosperity in the new year? That the Yule log can be traced back to the ancient
Greeks?
Sooner or later, everyone faces the stark reality of impending death. Many people experience
increasing anxiety as they face this issue as did Dr. Don Morse. Dr. Morse, a scientist who believed
in the absolute finality of death, encountered a near-death experience that led him on a quest to
uncover what science knows about the realities of death.
His quest, detailed in this book, led him through the entire realm of science and all of the major
religious traditions regarding death. After sifting through modern physics, research on near-death
experiences, apparitional and out-of-body experiences, psychic phenomena, and a vast body of
religious literature and theories offered by a host of organizations and individuals, Dr. Morse came to
an inescapable conclusion: Some form of afterlife must exist. This remarkable book details what
modern physics tells us about the underlying nature of the universe and its creation, what virtually
every religious and philosophical group tells us about life/death, and results from a host of research
findings. Readers with uncertainties about death and those seeking a single source summarizing all
of the relevant issues will find this book indispensable.
In hundreds of interviews with children who had once been declared clinically dead, Dr. Morse found
that children too young to have absorbed our adult views and ideas of death, share first-hand
accounts of out-of-body travel, telepathic communication and encounters with dead friends and
relatives. Finally illuminating what it is like to die, here is proof that there is that elusive "something"
that survives "bodily death."
This is William Stainton Moses' greatest and unparallelled work on the genius of automatic writing.
Known as one of the most exceptional works on spirit communication, and praised by the Spiritualist
community, this rare work again appears in print. A must have for Spiritualists, Mediums,
Trance-Mediums, Psychics, Clairvoyants, Magicians, Witches, Seers and Occultists.

The author of the popular Green Witchcraft series presents her personal Book of Shadows,
designed for you to use just as she uses it-as a working guide to ritual, spells, and divination. This
ready-made, authentic grimoire is based on family tradition and actual magical experience, and is
easily adaptable to any tradition of Witchcraft.
Grimoire for the Green Witch offers a treasury of magical information- rituals for Esbats and
Sabbats, correspondences, circle-casting techniques, sigils, symbols, recitations, spells, teas, oils,
baths, and divinations. Every aspect of Craft practice is addressed, from the purely magical to the
personally spiritual. It is a distillation of Green practice, with room for growth and new inspiration.
The esoteric science of astrology describes the interaction between two fundamental principles:
consciousness and form. The form principle is represented by the Deva (or Angelic) Hierarchy, and
the consciousness principle, here on Earth, is represented by Humanity. So we can look at the
meta- science of astrology as portraying the dynamic relationship that exists between a
human-being and the many angels that congregate around him, and that combine to form his
physical expression and the local environment in which he lives.
What follows is essentially an extended meditation on the kabbalistic Tree of Life mandala during
which a new vision of the Tree of Life is formulated. Perhaps paradoxically, this new vision is
derived from information encoded in several well-known ancient traditional kabbalistic sources: The
Book of Creation (Sefer Berashit)2, The Book of Formation (Sefer Yetzirah)3, The Book of
Concealed Mystery (Sefer Dtzenioutha), The Greater Holy Assembly (Ha Idra Rabba Qadisha), and
The Lesser Holy Assembly (Ha Idra Zuta Qadisha)4. There is a common thread running through all
of these classic texts. Formation of the Tree of Life seeks to follow that thread and by means of it to
unify (to a certain extent) the knowledge contained in those five ancient books.
This fascinating book contains the remarkable account of Sylvan Muldoor's out of body experience,
scientifically edited by one of the world's foremost psychic researchers, Dr. Carrington. Including
both the detailed account of Muldoor's experiences and instructions on the technique of projecting
the astral body, this book is thoroughly recommended for inclusion on the bookshelf of anyone with
an interest in the subject.
Thoughts are Things by Prentice Mulford was instrumental in the founding of the popular
philosophy, New Thought, along with other notable writers including Ralph Waldo Emerson.
Mulford's book, Thoughts are Things served as a guide to this new belief system and is still very
popular today. The Laws of Attraction is you are what you think.
Spirit is a force and a mystery. All we know or may ever know of it is that it exists and is ever
working and producing all results in physical things, seen of physical sense - and many more not so
seen. What is seen, of any object - a tree, an animal, a stone, a man - is only a part of that tree,
animal, stone or man. There is a force which, for a time, binds such objects together in the form you
see them. The spiritual mind today sees, belonging to itself, a power for accomplishing any and all
results in the physical world, greater than the masses dream of. Life means the development in us of
powers and pleasures, which fiction, in its highest flights, has never touched. This ever-acting,
ever-varying force, which lies behind and, in a sense, creates all forms of matter, we call "spirit." We
have, through knowledge, the wonderful power of using or directing this force, when we recognize it,
and know that it exists, so as to bring us health, happiness and eternal peace of mind.
1879. The Sacred Books of the East series, comprising fifty volumes, has translations of key sacred
texts of Hinduism, Buddhism, Taoism, Confucianism, Zoroastrianism, Jainism, and Islam. The series
was edited by the famous linguist Max Muller, who also produced many of the translations and were
the foundational documents for the new discipline known as the comparative science of religions.
The Upanishads Part I contains an introduction to and translation of: The Khandogya-Upanishad;
The Talavakara-Upanishad; The Aitareya-Aranyaka; The Kaushitaki-Brahmana-Upanishad; and The
Vagasaneyi-Samhita-Upanishad. See other titles by this author available from Kessinger Publishing.

Spend just a few minutes each day practicing the remarkable yoga and energy work techniques in
this book and you will quickly build a solid foundation of inner relaxation and energy discipline that
leads to better health, a longer life, and greater control over your personal destiny. Dr. Jonn
Mumford's classic guide to the fundamentals of energy work is one of the clearest, most accessible
books on yoga available. It offers a wealth of illustrations, tables, and full-color chakra energy cards
to bridge the gap between instruction and understanding. In this unique self help book's final
section, a beautiful Tantric ritual describes the "levers" with which you can transform an everyday
moment into one of transcendence.
2010 Reprint of 1953 Edition. In this work Dr. Joseph Murphy expands on his theory that the latent
powers inherent in our subconscious can improve our lives. He discusses the two minds that each of
us possess; the objective mind and the subjective mind, and how to integrate them. He also
explains how to harness of the power of mind, especially the subconscious min. Dr. Murphy
provides specific steps to nourish your conscious mind with the tools and attitudes that will open up
the infinite power of your subconscious mind. Whether you wish to conquer a bad habit, be more
successful, obtain harmony in your family, or achieve goals that have thus far been unattainable,
you will be given guidelines to put you on the right path.
Joseph Murphy (1898-1981), the founder of The Church of Divine Science, produced books, tapes,
and radio broadcasts on spiritual matters, the historical values of life, the art of wholesome living,
and the teachings of great philosophers-both from the Eastern and Western cultures. Dr. Murphy
wrote more than 30 books.
In The Power of Your Subconscious Mind, Dr. Joseph Murphy gives you the tools you will need to
unlock the awesome powers of your subconscious mind. You can improve your relationships, your
finances, your physical well-being. Once you learn how to use this unbelievably powerful force there
is nothing you will not be able to accomplish. Join the millions of people who have already unlocked
the power of their subconscious minds. I urge you to study this book and apply the techniques
outlined therein; and as you do, I feel absolutely convinced that you will lay hold of a miracle-working
power that will lift you up from confusion, misery, melancholy, and failure, and guide you to your true
place, solve your difficulties, sever you from emotional and physical bondage, and place you on the
royal road to freedom, happiness, and peace of mind.- Dr. Joseph Murphy
"I have seen miracles happen to men and women in all walks of life all over the world." -- Dr. Joseph
Murphy. At last, a great new scientific discovery brings the incredible force of your subconscious
mind under your control. Here are the simple, scientifically proven techniques and the astonishing
facts about how your subconscious powers can perform miracles of healing. How lung cancer has
been cured and optic nerves made whole again. How you can use the newly discovered Law of
Attraction to increase your money-getting powers. How your subconscious mind can win you friends,
peace of mind, and even help you to attract the ideal mate. How your dreams can help you solve
problems and make difficult decisions -- or warn you of potential disaster. Prosperity, happiness and
perfect health are yours when you use The Power Of Your Subconscious Mind.
Here we have another wonderful book by Dr. Joseph Murphy, which also serves as a magnificent
"sequel" to his best seller, "The Power of Your Subconscious Mind". Dr. Murphy explains to the
reader how he or she can employ the cosmic energizer and accomplish all those goals which one
desires to achieve. Murphy&rsquo;s style, as always, is down-to-earth, very inspiring and uplifting to
read. This book is probably another gem that everyone should have in their libraries, and it also
back-ups some of the concepts explained in "Your Infinite Power to Be Rich"..
The Witch-cult in Western Europe A Study in Anthropology By Margaret Alice Murray, this ebook
included TOC for Reader. This sample in ebook "It is impossible to understand the witch-cult without
first understanding the position of the chief personage of that cult. He was known to the
contemporary Christian judges and recorders as the Devil, and was called by them Satan, Lucifer,
Beelzebub, the Foul Fiend, the Enemy of Salvation, and similar names appropriate to the Principle
of Evil, the Devil of the Scriptures, with whom they identified him.

This was far from the view of the witches themselves. To them this so-called Devil was God,
manifest and incarnate; they adored him on their knees, they addressed their prayers to him, they
offered thanks to him as the giver of food and the necessities of life, they dedicated their children to
him, and there are indications that, like many another god, he was sacrificed for the good of his
people."
The admission ceremonies were often elaborate, and it is here that the changes in the religion are
most clearly marked; certain ceremonies must have been introduced when another cult was
superimposed and became paramount, such as the specific renunciation of a previous religion
which was obligatory on all new candidates, and the payment to the member who brought a new
recruit into the fold.
...No explanation is offered by the objectors as to how the Inquisitors arrived at the form of
questionary, nor is any regard given to the injunction to all Inquisitors to acquaint themselves with all
the details of any heresy which they were commissioned to root out; they were to obtain the
information from those who would recant and use it against the accused; and to instruct other
judges in the belief and ritual of the heresy, so that they also might recognize it and act accordingly.
...If, as happened among the East Saxons, the king forsook his old gods, returned to them again,
and finally forsook them altogether, the tribe followed his lead, and, in public at least, worshipped
Christ, Odin, or any other deity whom the king favoured for the moment; but there can be hardly any
doubt that in private the mass of the people adhered to the old religion to which they were
accustomed.
...We enjoin, that every priest zealously promote Christianity, and totally extinguish every
heathenism; and forbid[23] well worshipings, and necromancies, and divinations, and
enchantments, and man worshipings, and the vain practices which are carried on with various
spells, and with frithsplots,[15] and with elders, and also with various other trees, and with stones,
and with many various delusions, with which men do much of what they should not.-And we enjoin,
that every Christian man zealously accustom his children to Christianity, and teach them the
Paternoster and the Creed.
...It has come to our ears that numbers of both sexes do not avoid to have intercourse with demons,
Incubi and Succubi; and that by their sorceries, and by their incantations, charms, and conjurations,
they suffocate, extinguish, and cause to perish the births of women, the increase of animals, the
corn of the ground, the grapes of the vineyard and the fruit of the trees, as well as men, women,
flocks, herds, and other various kinds of animals, vines and apple trees, grass, corn and other fruits
of the earth; making and procuring that men and women, flocks and herds and other animals shall
suffer and be tormented both from within and without, so that men beget not, nor women conceive;
and they impede the conjugal action of men and women.
This book is intended for the general reader as well as for the student of anthropology. In this
volume I have followed one line only of anthropological enquiry, the survival of an indigenous
European cult and the interaction between it and the exotic religion which finally overwhelmed it. I
have traced the worship of the Horned God onwards through the centuries from the Paleolithic
prototypes, and I have shown that the survival of the cult was due to the survival of the races who
adored that god, for this belief could not have held its own against the invasions of other peoples
and religions unless a stratum of the population were strong enough to keep it alive... Dr Margaret
Alice Murray
The Horned God is one of the two primary deities found in some neopagan religions. He is often
given various names and epithets, and represents the male part of the religion's duotheistic
theological system, the other part being the female Triple Goddess. In common Wiccan belief, he is
associated with nature, wilderness, sexuality, hunting and the life cycle. :32-34 Whilst depictions of
the deity vary, he is always shown with either horns or antlers upon his head, often depicted as
being theriocephalic, in this way emphasizing "the union of the divine and the animal", the latter of
which includes humanity.:11 The term Horned God itself predates Wicca, and is an early 20th

century syncretic term for a horned or antlered anthropomorphic god with pseudohistorical origins
who, according to Margaret Murray's 1921 The Witch-Cult in Western Europe, was the deity
worshipped by a pan-European witchcraft-based cult, and was demonized into the form of the Devil
by the Mediaeval Church. The Horned God has been explored within several psychological theories,
and has become a recurrent theme in fantasy literature
Here is one of the most influential texts on the subtle arts of confrontation and victory ever to
emerge from Asia. Composed in 1643 by the famed duelist and undefeated samurai Miyamoto
Musashi, The Book of Five Rings analyzes the process of struggle and mastery over conflict that
underlies every level of human interaction. It is written not only for martial artists but for anyone who
wants to apply the timeless principles of this text to their life.
he Book of Five Rings (Go Rin No Sho) is a text on kenjutsu and the martial arts in general, written
by the samurai warrior Miyamoto Musashi circa 1645. It is considered a classic treatise on military
strategy, much like Sun Tzu's The Art of War. There have been various translations made over the
years, and it enjoys an audience considerably broader than only that of martial artists: for instance,
some business leaders find its discussion of conflict and taking the advantage to be relevant to their
work.
Setting down his thoughts on swordplay, on winning, and on spirituality, legendary swordsman
Miyamoto Musashi intended this modest work as a guide for his immediate disciples and future
generations of samurai. He had little idea he was penning a masterpiece that would be eagerly
devoured by people in all walks of life centuries after his death.
Along with The Art of War by Sun Tzu, The Book of Five Rings has long been regarded as an
invaluable treatise on the strategy of winning. Musashi's timeless advice on defeating an adversary,
throwing an opponent off-guard, creating confusion, and other techniques for overpowering an
assailant was addressed to the readers of earlier times on the battlefield, and now serves the
modern reader in the battle of life.
In 1691, this notorious episode in the history of early New England began to unfold in a small rural
neighborhood on the outskirts of Salem town, then the second-largest seaport in Massachusetts
Bay Colony. Several adolescent girls in Salem Village began to exhibit strange and alarming
symptoms that some of their parents quickly came to interpret as the result of witchcraft. When
urged by those adults to identify who had bewitched them, the girls first named several of their
neighbors in Salem Village and then gradually widened the circle of those accused to include
hundreds of people in Salem town and other Massachusetts Bay communities. By the spring of
1692 the jails were crowded with suspects, and before the hysteria at last subsided at the end of
that year, twenty people had been executed for witchcraft&mdash;which was treated as a capital
crime in seventeenth-century New England, as it was elsewhere in early modern Europe.
What commands so much notice is, in part, the peculiarity of what happened at Salem Village within
the broader context of British North American experience. While similar witch crazes had wracked
many early modern European communities and often resulted in mass trials and executions, most
cases of witchcraft in colonial communities (nearly all of them in New England) typically involved
only one suspect, and relatively few prosecutions ended in the execution of the accused witch.
I am convinced that at the period when we first meet with the symbol of the scarabaeus in Egypt, it
was already the symbol and tangible expression of an elevated religious idea, embracing that of a
future life of the human soul, a resurrection of it from the dead, and most likely, of a reward or
punishment to it in the future lilfe, based on its conduct when in the terrestrial life.
Faeries are energy beings that speak through the symbolic language of the right brain. In the same
way that the American Indians rely on power animals, so does the Faerie Way rely on helpers and
allies. Practical techniques for working with the Faerie world include meditation, relaxation,
purification and energization. Journey to the Faerie Realm to experience rebirth, love, peace and
death, and to tap the power of these energy beings.

About four or five years since, there came abroad a little Book in French, intituled, Nouueau
Jugement, and c. New Reflections on what hath been said and written as well for, as against the
Book of the curious Doctrine of the Great Witts of these times. At the end of this Book the Authour
inserted two Invectives, very short indeed, against Homer and Virgil; to what end or upon what
ground it is not much material here to dispute; but in that of Virgil, he represents him as a most
eminent Conjurer, and one that had done abundance of strange and incredible things by the
assistance of Magick. This he presently remembred was taken verbatim out of the last Book
publish'd by de Lancre against Witchcraft; whereupon reflecting on what he had read, and calling to
mind that not only Virgil but in a manner all great persons were in like manner charg'd with Magick,
he imagin'd the charge might be unjust and groundlesse. This put him upon search of the truth,
thinking it an act of piety to right the memory of those great men and an obligation put upon the
world, to endeavour their satisfaction, who want either time or couveniences to informe themselves,
and so be resolv'd to communicate, what he had found, in this APOLOGIE: whereof take this short
account. In the first place he assignes certain conditions or qualifications necessarily requisite in
him, that would judge of Authors, especially Historians and Dmonographers who are the chief
Architects of this Labyrinth of erroneous opinions, which who is once gotten into cannot well get out
without this Clue. Then he divides Magick into severall species, so to confront the charge and the
Answer, which consists in the distinction of Magick into Diabolicall and Naturall.
...National Geographic Essential Visual History of World Mythology encompasses myths and
creation stories from around the globe. It presents a palm-size overview of culture-defining myths,
from ancient Egyptian deities to the Vedic gods of India...from Maya, Inca, and Aztec legends to the
Dream time of the Aborigines. This is a must-have resource for anyone who wants to know more
about the stories that have shaped societies for millennia.
The innovative format&mdash;with timelines, sidebars, and self-contained interactive
spreads&mdash;gives readers a variety of entry points depending on their interest level. The editors
of the Essential series have enhanced this book&rsquo;s resource value by including such elements
as numbered picture references that match each image with its historical era as discussed in the
text, and cross references to related topics at the bottom of the page. Conveniently sized yet large in
scope, it reflects National Geographic&rsquo;s authority and credibility in the category of world
culture and peoples.
What distinguishes this Buddhist text from so many others is the timelessness of its ideas. It
constitutes a radical attempt toward deconstructing Buddhist philosophy, and presents a feminist
perspective on Buddhist spirituality. The text holds that being is the center and depth of existence,
and is therefore accessible in everyday experience. The fleeting existence (samsara) is in its depth
being, i.e. a state of complete integration (nirvana) which may well be described as divine reality of a
feminine dimension. This book presents the first English translation of an eighth century Tibetan
Buddhist text. Despite its centuries-old origin, the kun byed rgyal po'i mdo addresses themes of
great concern to the present, including how to achieve a holistic world-view that integrates the
peripheral nature of existence with the ground of being; and the interrelatedness of periphery and
center, of individual and universe. From a contemporary viewpoint this can be seen to engender a
feminist understanding of the ground of being. Unlike other Buddhist texts, the kun byed rgyal po'i
mdo invites the reader to rejoice in this world as beautified and intelligible, and thus the innate purity
of the intelligent potency, the motherly Buddha, will be experienced. In addition to the translation,
the book also includes a discussion of the conceptual and historical contexts of the text, an
examination of its leading ideas, and an assessment of the challenges related to the translation.
Since the publication of Witchcraft in Salem Village many writers have been speculating as to the
causes which led to what they are pleased to call the delusion, or the craze or the murder ,of 1692.
Hypnotism, spiritualism and various isms and ologies are suggested as causes for the outbreak in
Salem Viliage. There is no agreement among the commentators as to the true explanation. Only as
a person is wedded to some one of the theories does he see any connection between it and the
unhappy affair of two hundred years ago. Some of them try to explain the Salem witchcraft by itself,
as if it were a separate and distinct distemper from any other ever known.

In plain, straightforward language, Jason Newcomb, author of 21st Century Mage and The New
Hermetics, tackles a subject that many magical texts gloss over or ignore--the practice of sex
magick. Sexual Sorcery covers the many aspects of using sex as a sacrament, a ritual, or an
expression of diving love. It also provides a plenty of practical information helpful to any modern
sorcerer.
Sexual Sorcery includes preliminaries to practice, such as how to broach the subject of sex magick
with a partner (or how to find a partner), explanations of sexual technique as well as etiquette and
energy, and the value of love in any relationship, especially a sexual relationship incorporating
magick. From the base, Sexual Sorcery delves into the various techniques, types, and rituals of sex
magick--using magick to enhance sex, ecstatic and mystical experiences during sex, and more
esoteric techniques of sexulal invocation, evocation, and alchemy.
Newcomb defines a sorcerer as a solitary magician who is outside any particular faith or group,
unbounded by the prohibitions of an order or coven, and able to explore the furthest realms of a
subject without restriction. In this case the subject is sex magick, and Sexual Sorcery is the perfect
guide for any 21st-century sexual sorcerer. It follows no one particular traditional path, but
incorporates what works from other esoteric sexual practices.
Arthurian story English readers are disposed to entertain that affection which is engendered by a
sense of proprietorship. The names of Camelot and Caerleon, Carlisle and Cardigan, Lothian and
Galloway, appear to set on the narrative the stamp of the soil. In Cornwall, Wales, andS cotland,
traditions of Arthur and his Round Table are so closely associated with the landscape that visitors
receive the impression of ancient memory, and cease to question the foundation of the legend; amid
appropriate scenery, fiction assumes the air of history. To local interest is added a racial
significance. Arthur and Guinevere, Gawain and Kay, seem to represent that earliest component of
the population whose language survives in Wales, but whose characteristics have been submerged
beneath the successive waves of later immigration. Of the original Briton we know little, and would
gladly learn more; it has been considered that Arthurian tales, rightly interpreted, may serve for
illumination.
In recent years scholars have begun to acknowledge that the occult sciences were not marginal
enterprises but an integral part of the worldview of many of our ancestors. Astrology was one of the
many intellectual tools--along with what we consider to be the superior tools of social and political
analysis--that Renaissance thinkers used to attack practical and intellectual problems. It was a
coherent body of practices, strongly supported by social institutions.
Alchemy was not viewed primarily as a spiritual pursuit, an idea popularized by nineteenth-century
occultists, but as a part of natural philosophy. It was often compared to medicine.Many Renaissance
writers suggested links between astrology and alchemy that went beyond the use of astrological
charts to determine the best time to attempt alchemical operations. Secrets of Nature shows the
many ways in which astrology (a form of divination) and alchemy (an artisanal pursuit concerned
with the technologies of minerals and metals) diverge as well as intersect.
Overall, it shows how an appreciation of the role of the occult opens up new ways of understanding
the past. Topics include the career of Renaissance astrologer Girolamo Cardano and his work on
medical astrology, the astrological thinking of Johannes Kepler and Galileo Galilei, the history of the
Rosicrucians and the influence of John Dee, the work of medical alchemist Simon Forman, and an
extended critique of the existing historiography of alchemy.
Edited by Dr. Newton, these fascinating true accounts from around the world are handpicked and
presented by Life Between Lives hypnotherapists certified by the Newton Institute. After recalling
memories of their afterlife, the people in these studies embarked on life-changing spiritual journeys
&ndash; reuniting with soul mates and spirit guides, and discovering the ramifications of life and
body choices, love relationships, and dreams by communing with their immortal souls. As gems of
self-knowledge are revealed, dramatic epiphanies result, enabling these ordinary people to

understand adversity in their lives, find emotional healing, realize their true purpose, and forever
enrich their lives with new meaning.
Freemasonry, is committed to the principle of the Commonwealth, the application to the field of
government and social policy of the law of human brotherhood, of the duty of man to his neighbor,
near and far, wherein lies our only hope of a world fit for free men to live in, where fraternity can
flourish and the spirit of goodwill grow and be glorified.
Surely, in a world torn by strife and divided by so many feuds of race, religion, and nationality, we
have a right to rejoice in a fellowship, at once free, gentle, and refining, which spans all distances of
space and all differences of speech, and brings men together by a common impulse and inspiration
in mutual respect and brotherly regard. Truly it needs no philosopher to discern that such a
fraternity, the very existence of which is a fact eloquent beyond words; and doubly so because, by
its very genius, Freemasonry is international, and therefore ought to be responsive to the ideal of
world-fellowship.
Fourteen years ago the writer of this volume entered the temple of Freemasonry, and that date
stands out in memory as one of the most significant days in his life. There was a little spread on the
night of his raising, and, as is the custom, the candidate was asked to give his impressions of the
Order. Among other things, he made request to know if there was any little book which would tell a
young man the things he would most like to know about Masonry--what it was, whence it came,
what it teaches, and what it is trying to do in the world? No one knew of such a book at that time, nor
has any been found to meet a need which many must have felt before and since. By an odd
coincidence, it has fallen to the lot of the author to write the little book for which he made request
fourteen years ago.
Chronicles the most amazing and secretive research project in recorded history. Starting with the
Philadelphia Experiment of 1943, invisibility experiments were conducted aboard the USS Eldridge
that resulted in full-scale teleportation of the ship and crew. Forty years of massive research ensued,
culminating in bizarre experiments at Montauk Point that actually manipulated time itself. The
controversial lectures by Al Bielek on the Montauk Project and the Philadelphia Experiment are
similar to the information in this book. The book includes diagrams and photos of the time-travel
devices themselves, plus photocopies of documents and schematic diagrams.
The title of this book sufficiently explains why it is included in a Series 'exemplifying the adventures
and labours of individual seekers or groups of seekers in quest of reality.' Sufism, the religious
philosophy of Islam, is described in the oldest extant definition as 'the apprehension of divine
realities,' and Mohammedan mystics are fond of calling themselves Ahl al-Haqq, 'the followers of the
Real.' {Al-Haqq is the term generally used by Sufis when they refer to God.}
"Islam is a monotheistic Abrahamic religion originating with the teachings of Muhammad, a 7th
century Arab religious and political figure. The word Islam means "submission", or the total
surrender of oneself to God. An adherent of Islam is known as a Muslim, meaning "one who submits
(to God)". There are approximately 1.61 billion Muslims, making Islam the second-largest religion in
the world, after Christianity.
Ibn Arabi was born in Murcia, Spain on July 28, 1165 CE (560 in the Islamic calendar), and his
family moved to Seville when he was seven years old. In 1200 CE, at the age of thirty-five, he left
Iberia for good, intending to make the hajj to Mecca. He lived in Mecca for some three years, where
he began writing his Meccan Illuminations (Al-Futt al-Makkiyya). In 1204, he left Mecca for
Anatolia with Majd al-Dn Isq, whose son adr al-Dn al-Qunaw (1210&ndash;1274)
would be his most influential disciple.
"Beyond Good and Evil" is Nietzsche at his best. In the book the philosopher attempts to
systematically sum up his philosophy through a collection of 296 aphorisms grouped into nine
different chapters based on their common theme. For the reader who has yet to discover Nietzsche
in this translation by Helen Zimmern will be found a fabulous introduction. For those who have

already discovered Nietzsche here you will find the opportunity to understand the whole of
Nietzsche's philosophy.
First published in 1886 at Nietzsche's own expense, the book was not initially considered important.
In it, Nietzsche denounced what he considered to be the moral vacuity of 19th century thinkers. He
attacked philosophers for what he considered to be their lack of critical sense and their blind
acceptance of Christian premises in their considerations of morality and values.
Beyond Good and Evil is a comprehensive overview of Nietzsche's mature philosophy. *****
Friedrich Wilhelm Nietzsche (October 15, 1844 - August 25, 1900) was a 19th-century German
philosopher and classical philologist. He wrote critical texts on religion, morality, contemporary
culture, philosophy and science, displaying a fondness for metaphor, irony and aphorism.
Nietzsche's influence remains substantial within and beyond philosophy, notably in existentialism
and postmodernism. His style and radical questioning of the value and objectivity of truth have
resulted in much commentary and interpretation, mostly in the continental tradition. His key ideas
include the death of God, perspectivism, the bermensch, the eternal recurrence, and the will to
power. Central to his philosophy is the idea of "life-affirmation," which involves an honest
questioning of all doctrines that drain life's expansive energies, however socially prevalent those
views might be.
This much, however, of explanation may be of service to some readers: No effort has been made in
editing to compile seriatim, other than the order in which the matter was given and recorded
originally, farther than to separate the principal writings and orations, and placing each author's
productions in a body of appropriate credit. This necessitates the book in two parts.
"The atom centers in itself properties of all forms and conditions of actual existence; is the central
point from which all creative energy proceeds; the basis of all that manifests form; HOLDS WITHIN
ITSELF THE KEY to unlock the portals of individuality, and contains all laws of force; is, therefore,
eternally self existent." See paragraphs 1240-1242, 2695.
This publication is a sequel to Rending the Veil. Narrations and illustrations of spirit experiences,
spoken, written and made by full form visible materializations; setting up a scientific and personal
verification of what we shall be and of a code of ethics, requisite to the most speedy realization of
the highest and purest felicity attainable in the future life. Illustrated.
n the religious systems of ancient Mesopotamia, Egypt, and the Mediterranean, gods and demigods
were neither abstract nor distant, but communicated with mankind through signs and active
intervention. Men and women were thus eager to interpret, appeal to, and even control the gods and
their agents. In Prayer, Magic, and the Stars in the Ancient and Late Antique World, a distinguished
array of scholars explores the many ways in which people in the ancient world sought to gain access
to-or, in some cases, to bind or escape from-the divine powers of heaven and earth.
Grounded in a variety of disciplines, including Assyriology, Classics, and early Islamic history, the 15
essays in this volume cover a broad geographic area: Greece, Egypt, Syria-Palestine,
Mesopotamia, and Persia. Topics include celestial divination in early Mesopotamia, the civic
festivals of classical Athens, and Christian magical papyri from Coptic Egypt. Moving forward to Late
Antiquity, we see how Judaism, Christianity, and Islam each incorporated many aspects of ancient
Near Eastern and Graeco-Roman religion into their own prayers, rituals, and conceptions. Even if
they no longer conceived of the sun, moon, and the stars as eternal or divine, Christians, Jews, and
Muslims often continued to study the movements of the heavens as a map on which divine power
could be read.
George R. Noory is the host of America's top late-night radio talk show, Coast to Coast AM, which is
broadcast to more than 500 radio stations in the U.S. and Canada and streamed over the Internet to
millions of people each night. Noory truly believes that there are forces, both good and evil, at work
on Earth, forces that can be harnessed by human beings. Fueled by a transcending experience at a
very young age, Noory turned his life into an investigation of the possibilities and influence of such

forces, and how we can use them to enhance our lives.


Through easily understood, step-by-step instructions, and examples from his own life, George Noory
shows you how he has surpassed his own limitations and frustrations, how he has freed himself
from doubts and fears, and how he glimpsed the right way out of life's desperate straits. He will
teach you how you, too, can overcome fear and doubt and find happiness and success. By the end
of this book, you will no longer be alone. You, too, will be a worker in the light.
Yantra Yoga, a Tibetan Buddhist system of movement and breathing exercises, bring the body/mind
into balance and help achieve authentic relaxation--a preliminary to any meditative practice.
Profusely illustrated with hundreds of line drawings, black and white photographs, and illustrations,
Yantra Yoga presents Tibet's trulkhor yoga tradition as taught by one of its master exponents,
Chogyal Namkhai Norbu. Yantra Yoga's movements, exercises, and methods of concentration are
all based on eighth-century text whose translation is included, illuminated by Chogyal Namkhai
Norbu's commentary. Detailed charts for the timing of the breathing exercises are also included.
Drawing on more than 15 years of research, John North has at last succeeded where others have
failed. He comprehensively examines Stonehenge from all available angles -- archeological,
astronomical, and spiritual -- and considers relevant research from other prehistoric remains in
Britain and Northern Europe. He shows, for the first time, that the stones were not so much sighting
devices as maps of the heavens and that the design of the monument evolved over thousands of
years rather than conforming to a single original blueprint. Such observations form the basis of
deductions about prehistoric life and religion that will profoundly affect our understanding of who we
are and where we came from.
Here are the complete prophecies of Nostradamus. Nostradamus is the best known and most
accurate mystic and seer of all times. There are those who say that he predicted Napoleon and
even the attack on the World Trade Center. Read the prophecies and judge for yourself. "Since
governments, sects and countries will undergo such sweeping changes, diametrically opposed to
what now obtains, that were I to relate events to come, those in power now - monarchs, leaders of
sects and religions - would find these so different from their own imaginings that they would be led to
condemn what later centuries will learn how to see and understand." - Nostradamus
"The year 1566 is hardly less interesting in the history[33] of English witchcraft than 1563. It has
been seen that the new statute passed in 1563 was the beginning of a vigorous prosecution by the
state of the detested agents of the evil one. In 1566 occurred the first important trial known to us in
the new period. That trial deserves note not only on its own account, but because it was recorded in
the first of the long series of witch chap-books&mdash;if we may so call them. A very large
proportion of our information about the execution of the witches is derived from these crude
pamphlets, briefly recounting the trials. The witch chap-book was a distinct species. In the days
when the chronicles were the only newspapers it was what is now the "extra," brought out to catch
the public before the sensation had lost its flavor. It was of course a partisan document, usually a
vindication of the worthy judge who had condemned the guilty, with some moral and religious
considerations by the respectable and righteous author. A terribly serious bit of history it was that he
had to tell and he told it grimly and without pity. Such comedy as lights up the gloomy black-letter
pages was quite unintentional. He told a story too that was full of details trivial enough in
themselves, but details that give many glimpses into the every-day life of the lower classes in town
and country.[34]
The pamphlet of 1566 was brief and compact of information. It was entitled The examination and
confession of certaine Wytches at Chensforde in the Countie of Essex before the Quenes Maiesties
Judges the XXVI daye of July anno 1566. The trial there recorded is one that presents some of the
most curious and inexplicable features in the annals of English witchcraft. The personnel of the
"size" court is mysterious. At the first examination "Doctor Cole" and "Master Foscue" were present.
Both men are easily identified. Doctor Cole was the Reverend Thomas Cole, who had held several
places in Essex and had in 1564 been presented to the rectory of Stanford Rivers, about ten miles
from Chelmsford. Master Foscue was unquestionably Sir John Fortescue, later Chancellor of the

Exchequer, and at this time keeper of the great wardrobe. On the second examination Sir Gilbert
Gerard, the queen's attorney, and John Southcote, justice of the queen's bench, were present. Why
Southcote should be present is perfectly clear. It is not so easy to understand about the others. Was
the attorney-general acting as presiding officer, or was he conducting the prosecution? The latter
hypothesis is of course more consistent with his position. But what were the rector of Stanford
Rivers and the keeper of the great wardrobe doing there? Had Doctor Cole been appointed in
recognition of the claims of the church? And the keeper of the wardrobe, what was the part that he
played? One cannot easily escape the conclusion that the case was deemed one of unusual
significance. Perhaps the privy council had heard of something that alarmed it and had delegated
these four men, all known[35] at Elizabeth's court, to examine into the matter in connection with the
assizes."
Unlock the lost and hidden meanings of the world's ancient and modern signs and symbols with the
latest in the hugely popular series of 'Element Encyclopedias'. This is the biggest A-Z reference
book on symbolic objects you'll ever find. The latest in the popular series of 'Element
Encyclopedias', this is the largest, most definitive guide to the secret and ancient knowledge of signs
and symbols, some of which has been lost over thousands of years.
Divided into easy-to-follow A-Z themed sections, the book answers all these questions and more,
from sections on Magic and Mystery, Deities and Rituals, the Animal and Plant Kingdom, Landscape
and the Elements, to Food and Sacred Geometry. Find out about the secret Demonic alphabet and
Script of the Magi, the Glastonbury Zodiac, the Masonic Compass, the Eye of Horus, Native
American hunting symbols, the Caduceus and the Indian Diwali ritual. Element Encyclopedia of
Secret Signs and Symbols is a fascinating compendium of the hidden meanings behind the most
important visual symbols in the world.
At last, Wiccan families can take heart! Here is the first book written specifically for pagan parents
who want to introduce their children to the principles of Witchcraft. Wiccan activist and mother
Ashleen O'Gaea offers encouragement, shares her own family's experiences, discusses real-life
challenges and how to deal with them, and provides a wealth of simple rituals and inexpensive
projects that will enhance your family's life.
This book explores the reality, promise and ongoing suppression of breakthrough clean and free
energy research, from the perspective a veteran futurist and energy scientist, who has witnessed
and reported on the experiments first-hand. Dr. O&rsquo;Leary skillfully and passionately weaves
the environmental mandate we all face, into the coming energy revolution, which he foresees as the
only viable answer to humanity&rsquo;s current global predicament. Within his
conclusions, he confronts the roots and rationale behind the tyranny whose purpose is to move us
further away from the world of abundance which free energy could provide. The Energy Solution
Revolution is a wake-up-call to transform planetary culture from one dominated by capitalistic
self-interest, pointless wars, ecocide and dirty energy, into one where the bulk of humanity can at
last come together with compassion for all creation &ndash; before it&rsquo;s too late.
Science has become the mainstay of our search for truth. We look to Science to validate everything.
It&rsquo;s worthwhile, then, asking ourselves: Where is that attitude taking us? When we look
around, we see experts of our lives which prompt questions. We are going to be feeling the
exhaustion phase of oil and natural gas within the lifetime of most of us now alive. However,
because we have not seen far enough ahead and built substitute machinery to draw energy from the
renewable resources, we shall go on burning fossil fuels, even coal, - to the end. This brings up the
question of the CO2 and how it is driving temperature of the atmosphere and it seems now that we
may be threatened not merely with temperatures which make life uncomfortable and eventually
impossible: but by SUDDEN climate changes when the icecaps on both poles, and on Greenland,
and Iceland melt and the world sea level rises more than 20 feet.
These predictions stimulate us to take a look into some of the problems of the moment and ask
ourselves to what extent present Science as a general source of truth is always satisfactory. For

example, one of the most solid facts of Science is that masses attract each other, - gravity, - but
after 400 years of pondering why, we still have no idea. Likewise, the rule that like charges repel
and unlike charges attract, the basis of much in Physics and Chemistry is without a convincing
theoretical basis.
To shine a light on Physics, - the heart of Science, - as it is in the early part or the third Millennium, is the task of Chapter 3 of this book. Darwin&rsquo;s theory of evolution, Einstein&rsquo;s
contributions to the Theory of Relativity, the Quantum Theory, and present ideas on a) the origin of
the universe, and b) of life, are all shaking and are thought to need change by frontier thinking
scientists.
Then comes the question of those phenomena, - some of them are very familiar to us, - which
scientists, however, deny. Of course, I mean ESP (telepathy and precognition), but also observables
like ghosts and hauntings. It turns out that some brave scientists, strong enough to withstand
ridicule - from their colleagues, have investigated these matters pretty thoroughly. Sometimes
people who have just died turn up again and communicate with their loved ones.
Many strange experiences occur near death and in the last 25 years psychiatrists, heart surgeons,
and others have learned much from what their revived patients tell them. Is what is related to us
glimpses of an After Life? At first when these tales became accounts and were clarified, it seemed
that the news was always good: Thus, in the 1970's and 80's, Bliss and Love, were to be met by us
when we died. But, more recently, it was realized that people remember the good things but try to
forget the bad, there seems to be another side to death with can be terrifying as well as the blissful
side which had been so often described. At least 15 percent of the experiences are terrifying.
There follows in consequence the investigation of the Great Question, do our personalities, - and
memories, - survive death and the decay of the body? This is a question which has been worked
upon scientifically for about a century and the data of course are mixed but some authors, in
particular UK&rsquo;s Alan Gould and a US&rsquo;s Ian Stevenson and Steve Braude have
individually brought out books which are remarkable in their detail and come quite firmly, - after
fighting a number of battles on the way, - to a positive conclusion: Some personalities do survive
death and some seem to live again on the earth.
In all my decades as a business consultant, I never thought I would see this day with such a
profound shift in business consciousness. A door has opened, and a spiritual awakening is taking
place. It's happening across the country, on the highest corporate levels and in small businesses.
People are becoming more enlightened in their lives and in their choices.
I live a dual life as both business consultant and spiritual seeker, so I naturally incorporate spiritual
practices in my consulting work. Historically, in light of the traditional corporate over-reliance on
bottom- line control-oriented management, I kept my Shamanic or healer identity under wraps. I was
afraid I would not be taken seriously. Thus, I might lose the opportunity to make a positive difference
for my clients if I spoke in Shaman terms.
This was the first full-length biography written on the genius inventor, Nikola Tesla. The author was
a Pulitzer Prize-winner and personal friend of Tesla, who once said the author understood him better
than any man alive. It is reflected well in this highly detailed work. Much of the information in this
book was personal and important, but might otherwise not have been known had O'Neill not
documented it. The immense genius of Tesla resulted from a mind that could see an invention in
3-D, from every angle, within his mind before it was easily built. His dimensions and part sizes were
always perfect. He never tested parts; they always worked. Most of his inventions were electrical in
nature, with dozens of his patents now being used around the world. Much is revealed on Tesla's
eccentric personality, his competition with Thomas Edison, and how he made his first million before
the age of forty. Money was not important to him, however, nor was The Nobel Prize, which he
refused to accept. It was always the science that came first. Due to the author's friendship with him,
we are allowed an up close and intimate view into the mind of this genius inventor.

Robert Leo Odom for years has conducted special research on the Sabbath-Sunday question. In
"Sunday in Roman Paganism," he leads readers through the pages of history showing the rise of the
planetary week and its "day of the Sun" in the heathenism of the Roman world during the early
centuries of the Christian era.
The authors first book, A Field Book of the Stars was simply intended as a guide to the
constellations. It was an effort on his part to acquaint the reader with the star groups and the
individual star names. In his book, In Starland with a Three-inch telescope he sought to indicate to
the amateur astronomer what could be seen of the stellar wonders with a modest telescopic
equipment. It follows naturally that having come to be on friendly terms with the stars, and having
seen many of the beautiful sights that the night reveals, the tyro should wish to know more of the
history of the stars and how the constellations came to be named, and the purpose of this book
therefore is to satisfy that desire. It is always a pleasure to trace back to their sources the traditions
with which time has endowed the enduring, and thus the study of the myths and legends that
surround the eternal stars possesses a surpassing charm for those who have learned to know them
intimately and through nightly communion with them have come to love them. The author quotes
extensively from R. H. Allen's Star Names and Their Meanings, an exhaustive and scholarly work
and an authority on the subject, and he here pays tribute to the author for the pleasure a close
perusal of his book affords, and heartily commends it to all those who desire to make a closer study
of the philology of the ancient star names.
A contribution to the history of serpent worship. This work is based upon papers read before the
Royal Asiatic Society in 1901. It relates that serpent worship did not originate in India, but has been
a branch of the worship of the Sun and Serpent, once a universal form of worship. Therefore, the
history takes the reader beyond the Indian cult to other countries to explain the nature and origin of
serpent worship. Most of the illustrations are from photographs taken by the author.
Olivastro's combination of history and puzzles-to-solve may intimidate or simply put off some
readers who are strictly of the "let's play" school. Others will be enthralled to learn of the antiquity of
some of today's still-popular numeric puzzles. Along the way, the author delivers some fascinating
information, such as the origin of the word stockholder and of a magic square devised by Benjamin
Franklin. Here are some great ideas for enlivening a math classroom or blending math with history
or social studies. Denise Perry Donavin
In Twelve Lectures Comprising a Detailed Account of the Rites and Ceremonies, Doctrines and
Discipline of all the Secret and Mysterious Institutions of the Ancient World. Contents: General
Introduction; History of Initiation in Hindostan; Philosophy of the Eastern Mysteries; Initiation in
Persia; History of Initiation in Greece; Ceremonies of Initiation into the Mysteries of Bacchus; Places
of Initiation into the Celtic Mysteries; Ceremonies of Initiation in Britain; Symbols and Doctrines of
the Druids; History of Initiation into the Gothic Mysteries; Doctrines and Morality; History of Initiation
in America; Corollary.
Landmarks are theoretically unalterable, and whose peculiar rites and ordinances are pronounced to
be the same yesterday, to-day, and for ever. But, alas! the failure of these conditions proves that
Masonry is but a mere human institution after all. It would be easy to produce a host of altered
Landmarks for the purpose of showing that no obsolete ceremony or antiquated observance has
been able to hold its own against the electric agency of modern progress.
Here is an easy alternative science textbook describing a NEW concept of COSMOLOGY and an
all-new Symmetric Field Physics; It introduces a revolutionary concept of reality that is both new to
the modern world, and more ancient than recorded history. The text is simply presented (no math)
for all those people interested in the truth of the world around them. It is designed for students
(young and old), fascinated with the physical world, who have found problems with the current
theories taught in the academies of today. The new information presented by the Star People
through scribe, A. Olson, is destined to overturn both classical physics and particle physics .
Described as both revolutionary and profoundly ancient, the ideas within the text will illuminate a
path for humanity to move forward in knowledge and promise to integrate all aspects of scientific

studies. Here is an astounding, life changing book explaining the LAWS OF COSMIC FORCES in
SPACE, in detail, in both their physical and philosophical aspects. Vol. 1, printed in its entirety, is a
gift to the world from the invisible Star People who wish to communicate with earth at this time.
Psychokinesis the Way of the Psion is specifically dedicated to giving the reader the tools,
experiments and knowledge necessary to decide for themselves the reality of Psychokinesis. It has
been written as an interactive Telekinesis training manual and includes historical case studies,
references, philosophies and scientific methods for the reader to study and practice at home.
Written from the perspective of a researcher it seeks to dispel many of the myths and
misunderstandings surrounding this phenomenon. This manual has been derived from the research
Journal of the researcher known on Youtube and throughout the Psionic research community as
Shirak OmegaX. Currently included throughout this edition are web links to demonstration videos for
the different techniques and experiments hosted on the educational Youtube Channel
[Psychokinesis Training Techniques] ShirakOmegaX's Channel
In this magisterial work, Roland Omns takes us from the academies of ancient Greece to the
laboratories of modern science as he seeks to do no less than rebuild the foundations of the
philosophy of knowledge. One of the world's leading quantum physicists, Omns reviews the history
and recent development of mathematics, logic, and the physical sciences to show that current work
in quantum theory offers new answers to questions that have puzzled philosophers for centuries: Is
the world ultimately intelligible? Are all events caused? Do objects have definitive locations? Omns
addresses these profound questions with vigorous arguments and clear, colorful writing, aiming not
just to advance scholarship but to enlighten readers with no background in science or philosophy.
The book opens with an insightful and sweeping account of the main developments in science and
the philosophy of knowledge from the pre-Socratic era to the nineteenth century. Omns then traces
the emergence in modern thought of a fracture between our intuitive, commonsense views of the
world and the abstract and--for most people--incomprehensible world portrayed by advanced
physics, math, and logic. He argues that the fracture appeared because the insights of Einstein and
Bohr, the logical advances of Frege, Russell, and Gdel, and the necessary mathematics of infinity
of Cantor and Hilbert cannot be fully expressed by words or images only. Quantum mechanics
played an important role in this development, as it seemed to undermine intuitive notions of
intelligibility, locality, and causality. However, Omns argues that common sense and quantum
mechanics are not as incompatible as many have thought. In fact, he makes the provocative
argument that the "consistent-histories" approach to quantum mechanics, developed over the past
fifteen years, places common sense (slightly reappraised and circumscribed) on a firm scientific and
philosophical footing for the first time. In doing so, it provides what philosophers have sought
through the ages: a sure foundation for human knowledge.
This pamphlet was prepared as an introduction to the Wiccan religion for those service members
who are exploring Wicca as a spiritual path. It may also serve as a source of information about
Wicca for commanders, supervisors, and chaplains who may have questions and concerns about
specific aspects of the religion. It is hoped that this information may help facilitate the efforts of
military chaplains to accommodate the spiritual needs of Wiccans in military service. The material
presented here reflects the perspectives of the authors and their Tradition. It does not necessarily
reflect the views of all Wiccans or all Wiccan Traditions.
How do we experience time? What do we use to experience it?In a series of remarkable
experiments, Robert Ornstein shows that it is difficult to maintain an &ldquo;inner clock&rdquo;
explanation of the experience of time and postulates a cognitive, information-processing approach.
This approach alone makes sense out of the very different data of the experience of time and in
particular of the experience of duration&mdash;the lengthening of duration under LSD, for example,
or the effects of an experience felt to be a success rather than a failure, time in sensory deprivation,
the time-order effect, or the influence of the administration of a sedative or stimulant drug.
Do you know why you think the way you do? Do you know why you say the things you do? Do you

know why you behave the way you do? In The Natural Mind - Waking Up,the author deconstructs
each of these questions, and hundreds like them, through topics that includes litter, war, love,
supermarkets, banking, electricity, and desire. In such a diverse range of issues, one cannot help
but be drawn in to a discussion and start questioning one's own thoughts and actions. Told in a
light-hearted style, but written with a deep respect for the reader, this book is as boundless as it is
free-spirited, and as thoughtful as it is irreverent. The Natural Mind - Waking Up will take you on a
voyage of self-discovery and entertain you every step of the way.
Tertium Organum, the first of Ouspensky&rsquo;s major works, was originally published in 1912 in
St. Petersburg, and a second revised edition appeared four years later in Petrograd. Nicholas
Bessaraboff brought a copy of the second edition with him when he emigrated to the United States
before the Russian Revolution of March 1917. The book was translated into English byNicholas
Bessaraboff and Claude Bragdon and published by Bragdon&rsquo;s Manas Press in 1920. The
work is concerned with the nature of the universe and cosmic consciousness &ndash; anyone who
hobbies to struggle with those matters will find this book to be most insightful and helpful.
Foremost occultist analyzes certain older schools of thought, of both East and West, connects them
with modern ideas and explains them in the light of 20th-century discoveries and speculations in
physics and philosophy. Fascinating discussions of relativity, the fourth dimension, Christian
symbolism, the tarot, yoga, dreams and more. Stimulating and thought-provoking.
The Fourth Way is the most comprehensive statement thus far published of the ideas taught by the
late P.D. Ouspensky. Consisting of verbatim records of his oral teaching from 1921 to 1946, it gives
a lucid explanation of the practical side of G. I. Gurdjieff's teachings, which Gurdjieff presented in the
form of raw materials, Ouspensky's specific task having been to put them together as a systematic
whole. Just as Tertium Organum deals with a new mode of thinking, so The Fourth Way is
concerned with a new way of living. It shows a way of inner development to be followed under the
ordinary conditions of life -- as distinct from the three traditional ways that call for retirement from the
world: those of the fakir, the monk, and the yogi.
The five essays in this collection are based on P. D. Ouspensky&rsquo;s talks and answers to
questions, transcribed at private meetings in England and the United States from 1931 to 1946.
They bring contemporary readers the wisdom of Gurdjieff as interpreted and refined by a spiritual
master in his own right. Topics include &ldquo;Memory,&rdquo; &ldquo;Surface Personality,&rdquo;
&ldquo;Self-Will,&rdquo; &ldquo;Negative Emotions,&rdquo; and &ldquo;Notes on Work.&rdquo;
These essays argue persuasively that direct observation of self is the key to awakening from the
"waking sleep" that characterizes life for so many.
Since its original publication in 1949, In Search of the Miraculous has been hailed as the most
valuable and reliable documentation of G. I. Gurdjieff's thoughts and universal view. This historic
and influential work is considered by many to be a primer of mystical thought as expressed through
the Work, a combination of Eastern philosophies that had for centuries been passed on orally from
teacher to student. Gurdjieff's goal, to introduce the Work to the West, attracted many students,
among them Ouspensky, an established mathematician, journalist, and, with the publication of In
Search of the Miraculous, an eloquent and persuasive proselyte.
Ouspensky describes Gurdjieff's teachings in fascinating and accessible detail, providing what has
proven to be a stellar introduction to the universal view of both student and teacher. It goes without
saying that In Search of the Miraculous has inspired great thinkers and writers of ensuing spiritual
movements, including Marianne Williamson, the highly acclaimed author of A Return to Love and
Illuminata. In a new and never-before-published foreword, Williamson shares the influence of
Ouspensky's book and Gurdjieff's teachings on the New Thought movement and her own life,
providing a contemporary look at an already timeless classic.
n Search of the Miraculous Fragments of an Unknown Teaching stands as one of the great classic
texts of man&rsquo;s eternal search for meaning and being. When Piotr Demianovich Ouspensky
(1878-1947) met Gurdjieff in St. Petersburg in 1915, he was uniquely prepared to resonate to the

latter&rsquo;s call, and was to become one of the most important people to help spread
Gurdjieff&rsquo;s ideas in the world. He was already a popular journalist and accomplished writer
who had written several books on esoteric traditions (his seminal Tertium Organum was published in
1912). He had just returned from his own extensive search in the East, where he encountered a
number of &ldquo;teachers&rdquo; but had not found what he was looking for&mdash;an esoteric
school, with a genuine teacher. In Gurdjieff he recognized such a teacher, and became a student.
Later he distanced himself from Gurdjieff, for reasons that are hinted at in the present book and in
other places, but which remain mysterious. Ouspensky himself became an important teacher, in a
form derived almost entirely from Gurdjieff. He attracted many students in London, and later in New
Jersey where he moved in 1941. He continued to work on the extensive notes he had made during
his period studying directly with Gurdjieff (1915-1924). Shortly before he died, he finished the
present book, which was based on these notes.
Introduced and edited by J. G. Bennett. The two stories in this book, "The Inventor" and "The
Benevolent Devil," were written just before Ouspensky met Gurdjieff and just after he had returned
from the East, "in search of the miraculous." They examine the whole question of conscious evil and
the view that humanity's chief error is believing that the material world is the only reality.
P.D. Ouspensky is a leading and influential figure in occult and mystical thought and philosophy,
most famous for his seminal work, Tertium Organum. Here Ouspensky delves into the mystical
symbolism of the Major Arcana of the tarot; this book reads more like poetry than a how to book,
and will illuminate you imagination with visions that will add depth and meaning to your readings and
understanding of the mystery of tarot. Fully Illustrated with the Wirth Tarot.
No study of occult philosophy is possible without an acquaintance with symbolism, for if the words
occultism and symbolism are correctly used, they mean almost one and the same thing. Symbolism
cannot be learned as one learns to build bridges or speak a foreign language, and for the
interpretation of symbols a special cast of mind is necessary; in addition to knowledge, special
faculties, the power of creative thought and a developed imagination are required. One who
understands the use of symbolism in the arts, knows, in a general way, what is meant by occult
symbolism. But even then a special training of the mind is necessary, in order to comprehend the
"language of the Initiates", and to express in this language the intuitions as they arise.
Today, there are more than twenty complete zodiacs in Washington, D.C., each one pointing to an
extraordinary mystery. David Ovason, who has studied these astrological devices for ten years, now
reveals why they have been placed in such abundance in the center of our nation's capital and
explains their interconnections. His richly illustrated text tells the story of how Washington, from its
foundation in 1791, was linked with the zodiac, with the meaning of certain stars, and with a hidden
cosmological symbolism that he uncovers here for the first time.
Ovid&rsquo;s sensuous and witty poem brings together a dazzling array of mythological tales,
ingeniously linked by the idea of transformation&mdash;often as a result of love or
lust&mdash;where men and women find themselves magically changed into new and sometimes
extraordinary beings. Beginning with the creation of the world and ending with the deification of
Augustus, Ovid interweaves many of the best-known myths and legends of ancient Greece and
Rome, including Daedalus and Icarus, Pyramus and Thisbe, Pygmalion, Perseus and Andromeda,
and the fall of Troy. Erudite but light-hearted, dramatic and yet playful, the Metamorphoses has
influenced writers and artists throughout the centuries from Shakespeare and
The polytheistic heritage of man is a rich and often neglected source of insight into the human
condition. These traditions, often only barely surviving millennia of hostilities from the "major"
monotheistic religions, provide the reader with a kind of a window to the collective unconscious, the
realm where the archetypes of the God-forms still influence many in the world. The Gods Of Man
provides a quick guide to many of these deities. The product of many years of research by David
Owens, the readers will find the major deities of fifteen different cultures, regions, and nations. The
Gods Of Man surveys African, Aztec, Celtic, Chinese, Egyptian, Greek, Japanese, Mesopotamian,
Norse, Native American, Oceanian, Roman, Santerian, Slavic, South American, and Central

American pantheons. To browse through these pages is to take a walk through the history of the
human search of understanding of the natural forces around (and within) them. Some of the Gods
and Goddesses described in The Gods Of Man are familiar to anyone versed in Western civilization,
others offer glimpses into obscure corners of human history. This slender volume will be valued by
any non-specialist general reader who is interested in the evolution of the human interpretations and
personifications of nature, natural forces and events. -- Midwest Book Review
'THE Children of Heaven' and 'The Outlands of Heaven' the two forming one narrative, are the
continuation of the series of four volumes entitled 'The Life Beyond the Veil', and were received by
Mr. Vale Owen from a band of spirit communicators, acting under the leadership of one who gives
his name as 'Arnel'.
Arnel in a previous communication to Mr. Vale Owen stated that in earth life he was an Englishman
who, in consequence of religious persecution, had to flee to Florence, and lived there in the English
Colony during the early days of the Renaissance. He taught music and painting, and died in mid-life,
escaping thereby the further enmity of the State of those days. In 'The Ministry of Heaven' and 'The
Battalions of Heaven' (Books III. and IV.) he gave many interesting details of his experience in the
course of his progress from one state, or sphere, to a higher. He described the work which he and
others undertook to raise those of their fellows who had been unable to advance far above their old
earthly condition and some others who had retrogressed.
Book V. is concerned with the training of children for citizen-ship in the spiritual spheres. In the most
intimate way, and with a wealth of detail, we are shewn how their characters and powers are
developed by a course of mingled pastime and learning. As we watch this panorama of the Future
State unfold, we notice how the tone of the composition becomes ever lighter and more beautiful.
Through Arnel's graphic presentation of his theme we are brought directly into contact with the
merriment of unspoilt childhood. Many instances are given of what one would call 'spiritual physics',
and a great deal of light is thrown upon the operation of spiritual laws; for instance, laws governing
Creation. This and other matters are given to us in light vein, and information of a very significant
kind is presented in the simple guise of child-life.
At the end of Book V. we find childhood and its joyous music fading into the distance, leaving Arnel
and Wulfhere to brood alone on the beauty and joy they have just witnessed. Shonar is not with
them; he is in the gloomy Outlands, preparing and organising the mission he has been given. There
is an interval, as it were, during which creeps in a suggestion of sadness, a premonition of what is
impending.
'The Outlands of Heaven ' (Book VI) contains Arnel's vivid description of how that work was carried
out. It will be seen by the reader, as his account is followed, that the ministry established beyond the
Veil to uplift 'adult children' of the Outlands is the same ministry, essentially, that trains and develops
the innocent children of the Sphere Seven. Amongst both Arnel moves and labours, his quiet
confidence and humour shedding light and happiness wherever he goes.
For example, victims of a massacre arrive on the Other Side, dazed for the time being, and full of
fear and revengeful desires. They must be awakened to their hapless condition, and yet an outbreak
of panic is to be prevented; and these newcomers must also be restrained, if possible, from
returning to the spiritual plane of the Earth (in the Sphere One), in order to wreak vengeance upon
their enemies still in the flesh.
This is but one example of the kind of problem to be solved by ministering spirits in the dark
Outlands. Arnel relates very minutely how this and other difficult undertakings are handled, and
continues to explain how the newcomers begin their arduous climb up the hill of development and
progress. We follow their slow ascent, and watch the gradual growth of their power and influence as
they rise; and in the end we leave them--reluctantly, no doubt--as citizens of lighter spheres, who
return constantly to the Outlands in quest of spirits held, as they were, in the trammels of material
conditions.

Originally published in 1903, Yei Theodora Ozakis translation of Sadanami Sanjins collection of
Japanese fairy tales has been the introduction of many a young child into the legends and fables of
old Japan across the years. Definitely not a scholarly reference or valuable research tool for folktale
researchers, Ozaki unabashedly re-crafted some of the stories, translating loosely and adding in
elements of unrelated tales, in order to make them more enjoyable and understandable for Western
children. She even gave Urashimataro a happy ending!
There is something delightfully romantic about translations from this era, due to the unfamiliarity with
Japanese culture at the time. Terms that would not be translated today, like oni and samurai, are
rendered as ogre and knight and other English equivalents. While unauthentic, this makes the
stories more approachable by young children who have a mind for fantasy but havent yet graduated
to Japanese Studies.
Many of the stories here are familiar with anyone even slightly interested in Japanese folklore.
Momotaro, or the Story of the Son of a Peach, The Story of Urashima Taro, the Fisher Lad, Kintaro
the Golden Boy and The Ogre of Rashomon. Along with these, there are rarer tales that I havent
seen in any other Japanese fairy tale collection. The Stones of Five Colors and the Empress Jokwa,
The Sagacious Monkey and the Boar and How and Old Man Lost his Wren were all new to me.
The season of Michaelmas reminds us of those beings who, created, as we are, immortal, like
ourselves, sharing with us the attributes of intelligence, volition, and spiritual apprehension, are,
unlike us, disembodied and invisible to the eyes of mortal sense, and so occupy an intermediate
sphere between the Divine and the human.
Here is comprehensive proof that the symbolism of many ancient texts, canons, and concepts is an
advanced and extremely ancient spiritual and philosophical technology that predates all extant
religions and mystery schools. Consequently, here is proof, beyond disproof, that all three so-called
&ldquo;Faiths of Abraham&rdquo; are purposeful deceptions.
Accordingly, related esoterica, mystery schools, and the New Age are rife with error caused by
undue reliance upon the assertions of these religions and their leaders. Throughout this book, I
present verifiable proof that ancient sages and prophets opposed religion and wisely never trusted
religious leaders. As comprehensive validation of this, they redundantly encoded stunning proof of
why throughout pivotal symbolic narratives and related concepts.
This is a wonderful book that goes deep into the reality of the human aura which is said to be the
subtle, invisible emanation radiating from every individual. The human aura is believed to be an
energy field surrounding the body. Those gifted with a psychic sense and are able to perceive it.
Glowing colors associated with the aura are said to change with mood or emotion. True occult
knowledge is practical power and strength. With practice, one can begin seeing and reading auras
for themselves. The book teaches method to develop a strong positive aura. Also it covers human
magnetism, thought forms and the effects of colors. We guarantee that The Human Aura is a
valuable book for all those interested in developing occult powers. The human aura is seen to be
composed of all the colors of the spectrum, the combinations of colors differing in various persons,
and constantly shifting in the case of every person. These colors reflect the mental and emotional
states of the person in whose aura they are manifested.
Chapter I. What Is the Human Aura The subtle, invisible emanation radiating from every individual.
An ethereal radiation. The egg-shaped human nebula. Psychic atmosphere sensed by everyone,
but seen by but few. The clairvoyant vision. The phosphorescent flame, and luminous cloud. The
colors in the aura and what they mean. Effect of mental states, emotion and passion, upon its aura.
The human aura is a very important and interesting phase of every personality. The finer forces, the
most powerful.
Chapter II. The Prana Aura Prana, the Vital Force, Life Essence. How it affects the human aura.
Health Aura. Physical Aura. Health Magnetism. Peculiar appearance of Prana Aura. How animals
follow trails of Prana Aura particles. The tiny electric sparks, and vibratory movements. How one

may perceive the vibrations of Prana Aura. Interesting experiments. Seeing Prana Aura by ordinary
vision. Prana Aura and Magnetic Healing.
Chapter III. The Astral Colors Each mental or emotional state has its own astral hue, tint, shade or
color. The Primary Colors, Red, Blue and Yellow. The Secondary Colors, Green, Orange and
Purple. The combinations of Olive, Russet and Citrine. Black and White, and how formed. Key to the
Astral Colors. Red the Physical Color; Blue, the Spiritual; Yellow, the Mental. White and Black the
two poles of Spirituality. Rainbow astral colors. Whirlpools of flame. Flashes of astral light. A
wonderful phenomena. Practice will enable almost everyone to perceive plainly the outlines of the
Prana Aura. Chapter IV. The Astral Colors (Continued) Interpretations of the Astral Color Group.
The Red Group. The varying reds of vitality and health; the shades of love; high and low; the
crimson of sensuality; the scarlet plane of anger and passion. The Yellow Group of Orange, and the
Pride of Intellect. The Golden Yellow of Intellectual Attainment. The haloes of the great teachers.
The lemon hue of inferior intellect. The Green Group. The high and low greens. The green of love of
nature. The green of Altruism. The green of sympathy. The dull green of insincerity and deceit. The
ruddy green of Jealousy and malice. The Blue Group. The great souls of the spiritual and religious
emotions. The Brown Group. The Gray Group. Black Group. White Group. The Great White light.
Chapter V. The Aura Kaleidoscope What the astral body is composed of. Also the etheric double.
The ever changing clouds of aura coloring. Placid scenes and furious storms of the Aura.
Opalescent effects. The pearly color of the etheric substance. The Aura of mental activity. The Aura
of reverie or sleep. The Aura of anger and passion. The Aura of hate. The Aura of love. The Aura of
churches, prisons, hospitals and places of vice. The Aura of character and of passing feeling. Astral
atmospheres of buildings and places. Collective and composite auras. A key to some great and
deep occult teachings, and esoteric mysteries. How the trained occultist is able to ascertain the
character, and tendencies of a person.
Prepare for your own adventure into worlds beyond our everyday perceptions with Swami
Panchadasi's Clairvoyance and Occult Powers. First published in 1916, this metaphysical classic by
occultism pioneer William Walker Atkinson's guru Swami Panchadasi (who, it turns out, was actually
Atkinson writing under a pseudonym) offers training for anyone to master a range of telepathic
talents. From crystal gazing to clairvoyant reverie, psychic healing to astral travel, transference, and
psychometry, the lessons are sure to delight student and adept alike.
The introduction by Clint Marsh, author of The Mentalist's Handbook, takes us into the strange and
multi-faceted life of William Walker Atkinson, a turn-of-the-century writer, occultist, and a real Guru's
guru! A powerful book of knowledge, Clairvoyance and Occult Powers will manage to confound and
enchant readers today as it did nearly 100 years ago.
The key to its construction and application has not yet been revealed, so far as I know. I therefore
wished to fill up this deficiency by supplying Initiates, i. e. those who are acquainted with the
elements of occult science, with an accurate guide, which would assist them in the pursuit of their
studies.
Written by the famous Rosicrucian and Martinist, this book is a serious study of the occult Tarot.
Partial Contents: Introduction to the study of Tarot; The General Key to the Tarot; The Sacred Word;
Esotericism of Numbers; Key to the Minor and Major Arcana; Connection between the Major and
Minor Arcana; Symbolism in the Tarot; History of the Symbolism of the Tarot; Androgony;
Cosmogony; General Transition; Summary of the Symbolical Tarot; Key to the Applications of the
Tarot; Astronomic Tarot; Initiative Tarot; Kabalistic Tarot; Authors who have interested themselves in
the Tarot; Divining Tarot. Preface by A.E. Waite.
YOU who are skilled in Alchemy, and as many others as promise yourselves great riches or chiefly
desire to make gold and silver, which Alchemy in different ways promises and teaches; equally, too,
you who willingly undergo toil and vexations, and wish not to be freed from them, until you have
attained your rewards, and the fulfilment of the promises made to you; experience teaches this
every day, that out of thousands of you not even one accomplishes his desire. Is this a failure of

Nature or of Art? I say, no; but it is rather the fault of fate, or of the unskilfulness of the operator.
'Derek and Julia Parker may seem like an innocent couple of astrology teachers, but they are a very,
very naughty pair. They wickedly, brazenly break the rules by which this dry, complex subject is
normally taught. They make astrology fun. They make it easy and then . . . they slowly infect you
with a burning desire to find out more . . . And boy, do they know their stuff. If you stick with them,
you'll know yours.'
In the beginning God created heaven and earth. Genesis. Remove not the ancient landmark which
thy fathers have set. Solomon. Speculative masonry is so far interwoven with religion as to lay us
under the strongest obligations to pay that rational homage to theD eity, which at once constitutes
our duty and our happiness. It leads the contemplative to view with reverence and admiration the
glorious works of creation and inspires them with the most exalted ideas of the perfection of the
divine Creator. Samuel Cole. We also have a religion which was given to our forefathers and has
been handed down from father to sou. We worship in that way. It teaches us to be thankful for all the
favors we receive, to love one another and be united. Red Jacket. It is more than probable that the
diversified customs, institutions and religions of the several nations of the world are less dissimilar in
their origin than is often imagined. The differences arose in the progress of time, the shifting scenes
of climate, condition and event. But the orfginal ideas of existence and the laws that pertain to all
created things are pretty much the same among all the tribes of mankind. Westropp, Ancient Symbol
Worship. To THE Iroquois Beautiful thy meditations In thy consecrated forests, Fraigrant in their
odorous incense When, though groping in the darkness, Thou wert lifted up and strengthened, In thy
earnest firm endeavor. Nearer drawn to one Great Spirit In thy ardor of devotion! Converse.
Erasing Death: The Science That Is Rewriting the Boundaries Between Life and Death reveals that
death is not a moment in time. Death, rather, is a process&mdash;a process that can be interrupted
well after it has begun. Innovative techniques have proven to be effective in revitalizing both the
body and mind, but they are only employed in approximately half of the hospitals throughout the
United States and Europe.
Dr. Sam Parnia, Director of the AWARE Study (AWAreness during REsuscitation) and one of the
world&rsquo;s leading experts on the scientific study of death and near-death experiences (NDE),
presents cutting-edge research from the front lines of critical care and resuscitation medicine while
also shedding light on the ultimate mystery: What happens to human consciousness during and
after death? Dr. Parnia reveals how some form of &ldquo;afterlife&rdquo; may be uniquely ours, as
evidenced by the continuation of the human mind and psyche after the brain stops functioning.
Dr. Sam Parnia faces death every day. Through his work as a critical-care doctor in a hospital
emergency room, he became very interested in some of his patients&rsquo; accounts of the
experiences that they had while clinically dead. He started to collect these stories and read all the
latest research on the subject, and then he decided to conduct his own experiments. That work has
culminated in this extraordinary book, which picks up where Raymond Moody&rsquo;s Life After Life
left off. Written in a scientific, balanced, and engaging style, this is powerful and compelling reading.
We all possess the powerful life force of Kundalini that can open us to genius states, psychic
powers, and cosmic consciousness. For over ten years, this trusted guide has been teaching people
how to safely and effectively use this potent natural energy for spiritual development. This updated
edition of Kundalini and the Chakras features all new artwork and an added index.
This is a study of the symbolism of precious stones, and how they have been used as magical
objects through the ages, both intrinsically, and as a vehicle for symbolic engravings. The Pavitts
cover Hindu, Jewish, Chinese, Egyptian, Roman, Gnostic, and Christian lore of gems. The final
section discusses the astrological connections of key gems, sign by sign. This work also includes
quite a bit of history of important (and often 'cursed') stones such as the Hope diamond, and
practical advice about purchasing gems. Anyone interested in the symbolism of gemstones will find
this a great reference and a fascinating read.--J.B. Hare

The ability to move from the ordinary into an altered state of consciousness is one of the most
valuable skills in both magic and religion. From the ceremonial magician to the shaman, using
trance work to explore inner realms is essential to the magical process of healing, transcendence,
and wisdom desired throughout diverse occult and spiritual traditions. Trance-Portation offers a
comprehensive and multi-spirited way to enter the inner realm.
Blending the modern world with the ancient arts, Trance-Portation's 1st three chapters, Travel
Planning, Crossing the Threshold, and Getting Started, offer preparatory suggestions including
meditations and relaxations, breathing, warding, shifting gears, and returning. Drawing on examples
from varied traditions, from Western Mystery to Native American, Ancient Celtic to Eastern
Mysticism, and peppered with folk lore and tales from popular science fiction stories,
Trance-Portation explores spiritual journey work extensively, offering readers the chance to find their
own ways into the inner realm, encounter their own guides and fellow travelers, and create divine
relationships with the deities and gods and goddesses that they meet.
You Can if You Think You Can. Dramatic, heartwarming stories of how men and women -- of all
ages and in all walks of life -- transformed their lives and careers by following Dr. Peale's philosophy
of positive thinking. Learn to develop the vital knowledge of inner power to carry you over every
obstacle.
Over more than thirty years Dr Peale was consulted by thousands of men and women on every kind
of problem. He advised them personally by listening carefully to the kind of help they neede; and out
of the wealth of this experience, he developed a series of remarkable techniques and formulas for
meeting trouble and overcoming it. INSPIRING MESSAGES FOR DAILY LIVING passes on his
methods and gives practical advice on every page. There is no doubt that this book will, like THE
POWER OF POSITIVE THINKING, give help and inspiration to a large number of readers and show
the way to a fuller happier and more satisfying life.
You can fulfill your desires, realize your dreams, and find true happiness! You already have the
power to achieve all this -- and much more. Dr. Norman Vincent Peale, one of the most popular and
inspirational writers of all time, explains how you can tap this inexhaustible reserve of energy within
you. The key is the Plus Factor which, when activated, will give you the motivation to do what you
want to do and to achieve health, confidence, and security.
Millions have found fearless confidence, a life of radiant faith and vitality in THE POWER OF
POSITIVE THINKING - the greatest inspirational book of our time. This all-time best seller has been
translated into 12 languages, parts of it reprinted in newspapers, pamphlets and magazines;
recorded in the spoken word, and its theme adapted to discussions, seminars and lectures
everywhere throughout the nation and the wor1d.
What is the secret of this phenomenal success? The book teaches, not preaches; it shows by actual
examples, and lets you share and participate in the great experience of positive thinking and faith.
Here, Dr. Peale shows You: 10 simple, workable rules for developing confidence - 3 proven.secrets
for keeping up your vigor - 13 actual examples of how prayer power helped people in need - 4 words
that lead to success - 5 techniques used by successful men to overcome defeat - an 8-point spiritual
healing formula - a 10-point guide to popularity . . . and much, much more. This book proves that an
attitude of the mind can change lives, win success in all things, and overcome all obstacles. If you
have a problem, there is a solution. If you are in despair, there is the hope of happiness and
renewed confidence in life. Here is your guide.
If you have a tough time coping with life's disturbances, disappointments, and challenges, this book
is for you. Dr. Peale offers a simple, sure-fire solution for stress: a healthy dose of enthusiasm.
Enthusiasm is the magic ingredient that can make the difference between success and failure, and it
can help you to:
...diseases of the blood and skin. In watery signs (35,in., andK)j diseases of the lungs, and all that
proceed from taking cold; accidents by water. Ptolemy says: "Pierce not with iron that part of the

body which may be governed by the sign actually occupied by the Moon." This may be superstitious,
but it would be advisable for operating surgeons to observe it when possible.
An Ephemeris will show what sign the Moon occupies. I well remember a case of ovariotomy
performed, by a very skilful surgeon, on the 13th of December, 1865, when the Moon was passing
through Scorpio and applying to conjunction with Saturn. The poor woman died on the following day.
Now, ovariotomy is an operation that can be delayed until a " favourable time."
As Solomon said, there is "a time to kill and a time to heal." Ovariotomy is a very serious and
dangerous operation, yet it is performed with wonderful success novv-a-days. When possible, it
would certainly be wise to choose for operations those days when the Moon is favourably
configurated with Jupiter or Venus, and to eschew those days on which she 13 in evil aspect with
Mars, Saturn, or Uranus.
In hospitals it is usual to set apart one day in the week for major operations that admit of delay. This
could be easily changed when evil configurations obtain. It would be better to run the risk of being
deemed superstitious than to neglect an observance that might give the poor patient a better chance
of recovery. CHAPTER XV. ON THE MIND AND DISPOSITION. "Now since thou hast, although so
very small, Science of arts so glorious!" Homee's Hymn To Meecuey. "Certainly," says Bacon, "
there is a consent between the body and the mind;
The sum total of our notions of what the world is--and what we perceive its full potential to be--form
a shell of rational thought in which we reside. This logical universe creates a vicious circle of
reasoning that robs our minds of power and prevents us from reaching our true potential. To step
beyond that circle requires a centering and focus that today's society assaults on every level.
Through the insights of Teilhard, Tillich, Jung, Jesus, Carlos Castaneda, and others, Joseph Chilton
Pearce provides a mode of thinking through which imagination can escape the mundane shell of
current construct reality and leap into a new phase of human evolution.
This enormously popular New Age classic is finally available again to challenge the assumptions of
a new generation of readers and help them develop their potential through new creative modes of
thinking. With a masterful synthesis of recent discoveries in physics, biology, and psychology,
Pearce reveals the extraordinary relationship of mind and reality and nature's blueprint for a
self-transcending humanity.
You know that the heart loves and feels, but did you know that the heart also thinks, remembers,
communicates with other hearts, helps regulate immunity, and contains stored information that
continually pulses through your body? In The Heart's Code, Dr. Paul Pearsall explains the theory
and science behind energy cardiology, the emerging field that is uncovering one of the most
significant medical, social, and spiritual discoveries of our time: The heart is more than just a pump;
it conducts the cellular symphony that is the very essence of our being.
Full of amazing anecdotes and data, The Heart's Code presents the latest research on cellular
memory and the power of the heart's energy and explores what these breakthroughs mean about
how we should live our lives. By unlocking the heart's code we can discover new ways of
understanding human healing and consciousness and create a new model for living that leads to
better health, happiness, and self-knowledge.
Using the premise that languages and the alphabets that comprise them are metaphorical
microcosms of our world, Nigel Pennick demonstrates how various alphabets function as a
metaphysical description of reality. Magical alphabets actually enable seekers to experience a
transformative process. This inner transformation is one of the main objectives of all esoteric
traditions, and it can be accomplished by using any of the alphabet systems described in this book.
Pennick's exciting exploration of Western alphabetical systems includes information about the
origins of Hebrew and Greek alphabets, Celtic oghams, and medieval and Renaissance magical and
alchemical alphabets. His examination uncovers evidence of the widespread use of runes
throughout northern and central Europe, as well as the use of letter systems for operative and

ceremonial magic. From grid ciphers to numerology to modern uses, this book provides an in-depth
study of the magic present in a tool we use every day-- the alphabet.
Many consider this work by Crowley to be the foremost book on ceremonial magic written in the
twentieth century. It was written especially for beginners and one of Crowley's better books.
Illustrated with graphs and charts. The original was privately printed in 1929 after Crowley failed to
find a publisher in London and has been considered a scarce work since that time.
Aleister Crowley devoted twenty-five years to writing and producing the four parts of this book. It is
his magnum opus, in which he systematically expounds the mystical and magical theories and
techniques taught in his magical orders, the AA and the O.T.O. This profusely illustrated new edition
brings together the complete texts of all four parts of Liber ABA (Book 4) in one volume under the
overall title Magick. This edition incorporates Crowley`s own additions, corrections, and annotations,
and restores dozens of passages omitted from the first editions. Magick is the fundamental textbook
of modern magick in the New on. It also has invaluable teachings for students of Yoga and
meditation. Crowley mastered the practices of Yoga during his studies in the East, and writes about
them lucidly, without recourse to the imprecise language of mysticism. Beginning with a discussion
of the universal origin of world religions in mystical revelation, Magick then explores the theory and
practice of mysticism and magick in the light of modern scientific thought. Crowley`s own revelation,
The Book of the Law, is then treated as a case study, with an autobiographical study of events
leading to its reception. Extensively cross-referenced and annotated, this edition features over 100
diagrams and photographs, as well as a glossary, bibliography, and detailed index. This second
revised one-volume edition features revisions based on new typescripts for a more accurate text
than all earlier editions, and it includes a revised AA curriculum, a new syllabus of the O.T.O.
papers, and an important, previously-unpublished AA paper. This is an 844 page hardcover book.
EXISTENCE, as we know it, is full of sorrow. To mention only one minor point: every man is a
condemned criminal, only he does not know the date of his execution. This is unpleasant for every
man. Consequently every man does everything possible to postpone the date, and would sacrifice
anything that he has if he could reverse the sentence. Practically all religions and all philosophies
have started thus crudely, by promising their adherents some such reward as immortality. No
religion has failed hitherto by not promising enough; the present breaking up of all religions is due to
the fact that people have asked to see the securities. Men have even renounced the important
material advantages which a well-organized religion may confer upon a State, rather than acquiesce
in fraud or falsehood, or even in any system which, if not proved guilty, is at least unable to
demonstrate its innocence. Being more or less bankrupt, the best thing that we can do is to attack
the problem afresh without preconceived ideas. Let us begin by doubting every statement. Let us
find a way of subjecting every statement to the test of experiment. Is there any truth at all in the
claims of various religions? Let us examine the question. Our original difficulty will be due to the
enormous wealth of our material. To enter into a critical examination of all systems would be an
unending task; the cloud of witnesses is too great. Now each religion is equally positive; and each
demands faith. This we refuse in the absence of positive proof. It is certainly not to be found in
dogma. Even so simple an idea as that of a supreme and eternal being is denied by a third of the
human race. Legends of miracle are perhaps universal, but these, in the absence of demonstrative
proof, are repugnant to common sense. But what of the origin of religions? How is it that unproved
assertion has so frequently compelled the assent of all classes of mankind? Is not this a miracle?
-Soror Virakam from Book 4
Greater Salem, the province of Governors Conant andE ndicott, is visited by thousands of
sojourners yearly. They come to study the Quakers and the witches, to picture the manses of the
latter and the stately mansions of Salem scommercial kings, and breathe the salubrious air of old
gray ocean. The witchcraft delusion is generally the first topic of inquiry, and the earnest desire of
those people with notebook in hand to aid the memory in chronicling answers, suggested this
monograph and urged its publication. There is another cogent reason: the popular knowledge is
circumscribed and even that needs correcting. This short history meets that earnest desire; it gives
the origin, growth, and death of the hideous monster; it gives dates, courts, and names of places,
jurors, witnesses, and those hanged; it names and explains certain men and things that are

concomitant to the trials, with which the reader may not be conversant and which are necessary to
the proper setting of the trials in ones mind; it compasses the salient features of witchcraft history,
so that the story of the 1692 delusion may be garnered and entertainingly rehearsed. The trials were
all spread upon the records, word for word. Rev.
Imagine the wonder of leaving your body to travel to places and realms you have only dreamed of.
Out of Body Experiences is the book to teach you how to leave your body and what to expect when
you do it. A simple step-by-step manual and "flight guide" the author talks not only about his own
experiences, but what you may encounter when you leave the body. For the first time, out-of-body
experiences are accessible to anyone who cares to try.
All major religions of the world are expecting him. Christians know him as the Christ. Jews are still
awaiting the Messiah. Hindus anticipate the coming of Krishna. Muslims are expecting the Imam
Mahdi. And Buddhists call him the Fifth (Maitreya) Buddha. The names are all different, but many
believe they all refer to the same person: a world Teacher who is among us now, and is called
Maitreya. But he does not come as a religious leader. He is here as a guide for people of all
religions, all countries, all societies. In this age of crisis, he is here to inspire all of us to put down the
sword of religious, social, and economic strife, and to seek justice based on sharing and global
cooperation of the human family. His message is that of all great teachers of the ageless wisdom:
peace, love, the golden rule.
Some very prominent world leaders and celebrities, and many others, are aware of
Maitreya&rsquo;s reappearance, but are not yet prepared to go public due to the possible effect on
their professional reputations; however, many believe that it&rsquo;s just a matter of time before
everyone will recognize that the world teacher is back, living among us.
Wayne Peterson, a former American diplomat and director of the Fulbright Scholarship program,
tells the story of his own extraordinary encounters with Maitreya, and why Maitreya has returned. It
is a story of strange, fascinating events and penetrating wisdom and an inspirational message of
hope for the future. It is a story that deals with nothing less than humanity&rsquo;s opportunity to
redefine its institutions and beliefs based on the ancient wisdom common to all traditions. Above all,
it is a story, both personal and planetary, of love, and of those extraordinary spiritual beings who
embody it to the world.
It is not necessary for an author in these later days, always to be able to say he writes of his own
knowledge. This has become a recognized fact. He may write from another's experience, in whose
honesty and reliability, he has as much, and sometimes more confidence, than in his own personal
sense. This is the case with this little book, treating of a subject of interest to the whole world,
to-day. For six years I have had the MSS. almost ready for the printer. Now, with the encouragement
and helping hand of my Dear Comrades of the Hermetic Brotherhood, I am bid to let it go forth. May
it be a help to the ONCE ATLANTIAN BORN, wherever they may be.
Alleged by ancient cultures around the world to possess both divine and demonic aspects, trees
have frequently been linked with cult worship and pagan rituals. This volume focuses on the subject
with lively insight, examining topics ranging from the deity-inhabited sycamores worshipped in Egypt
to the dreaded moss-women in Central Germany.
The reader is requested to bear in mind that this volume lays no claim to scholarship, independent
research, or originality of view. I ts aim has been to select and collate, from sources not always
easily accessible to the general reader, certain facts and conclusions bearing upon a subject of
acknowledged interest. In so dealing with one of the many modes of primitive religion, it is perhaps
inevitable that the writer should seem to exaggerate its importance, and in isolating a given series of
data to undervalue the significance of the parallel facts from which they are severed. It is undeniable
that the worship of the spirit-inhabited tree has usually, if not always, been linked with, and in many
cases overshadowed by other cults; that sun, moon, and stars, sacred springs and stones, holy
mountains, and animals of the most diverse kind, have all been approached with singular impartiality
by primitive man, as enshrining or symbolising a divine principle.

Morals and Dogma has been described as "a collection of thirty-two essays which provide a
philosophical rationale for the degrees (membership levels) of the Ancient and Accepted Scottish
Rite. The lectures provided a backdrop for the degrees by giving lessons in comparative religion,
history,and philosophy."
The teachings of these Readings are not sacramental, so far as they go beyond the realm of
Morality into those of other domains of Thought and Truth. The Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite
uses the word Dogma in its true sense, of doctrine, or teaching; and is not dogmatic in the odious
sense of that term. Everyone is entirely free to reject and dissent from whatsoever herein may seem
to him to be untrue or unsound. It is only required of him that he shall weigh what is taught, and give
it fair hearing and unprejudiced judgment. Of course, the ancient theosophic and philosophic
speculations are not embodied as part of the doctrines of the Rite; but because it is of interest and
profit to know what the Ancient Intellect thought upon these subjects, and because nothing so
conclusively proves the radical difference between our human and the animal nature, as the
capacity of the human mind to entertain such speculations in regard to itself and the Deity.
Here's Pike at his best! Masonry is permeated with powerful symbolism-both verbal and
pictorial-that arouses the mental, spiritual, and intellectual life of those who use them. This extremely
interesting study, once limited to 150 copies, gives the correct spelling of, and analyzes all the
"significant words" (pass words, etc.) in, the Scottish Rite from the 1st through 30th degrees
inclusive. In addition to being an etymological dictionary Pike explains WHY any given word was
chosen for a given degree thereby revealing THE HIDDEN SYMBOLISM OF EACH WORD.
Illustrated and highly recommended!
Cross James Merrill, H. P. Lovecraft, and Carlos Castaneda -each imbued with a
twenty-first-century aptitude for quantum theory and existential psychology-and you get the voice of
Daniel Pinchbeck. And yet, nothing quite prepares us for the lucidity, rationale, and informed
audacity of this seeker, skeptic, and cartographer of hidden realms.
Throughout the 1990s, Pinchbeck had been a member of New York's literary select. He wrote for
publications such as The New York Times Magazine, Esquire, and Harper's Bazaar. His first book,
Breaking Open the Head, was heralded as the most significant on psychedelic experimentation
since the work of Terence McKenna.
But slowly something happened: Rather than writing from a journalistic remove, Pinchbeck-his
literary powers at their peak-began to participate in the shamanic and metaphysical belief systems
he was encountering. As his psyche and body opened to new experience, disparate threads and
occurrences made sense like never before: Humanity, every sign pointed, is precariously balanced
between greater self-potential and environmental disaster. The Mayan calendar's "end date" of 2012
seems to define our present age: It heralds the end of one way of existence and the return of
another, in which the serpent god Quetzalcoatl reigns anew, bringing with him an unimaginably
ancient- yet, to us, wholly new-way of living.
While psychedelics of all sorts are demonized in America today, the visionary compounds found in
plants are the spiritual sacraments of tribal cultures around the world. From the iboga of the Bwiti in
Gabon, to the Mazatecs of Mexico, these plants are sacred because they awaken the mind to other
levels of awareness--to a holographic vision of the universe.
Breaking Open the Head is a passionate, multilayered, and sometimes rashly personal inquiry into
this deep division. On one level, Daniel Pinchbeck tells the story of the encounters between the
modern consciousness of the West and these sacramental substances, including such thinkers as
Allen Ginsberg, Antonin Artaud, Walter Benjamin, and Terence McKenna, and a new underground
of present-day ethnobotanists, chemists, psychonauts, and philosophers. It is also a scrupulous
recording of the author's wide-ranging investigation with these outlaw compounds, including a
thirty-hour tribal initiation in West Africa; an all-night encounter with the master shamans of the
South American rain forest; and a report from a psychedelic utopia in the Black Rock Desert that is

the Burning Man Festival.


Breaking Open the Head is brave participatory journalism at its best, a vivid account of psychic and
intellectual experiences that opened doors in the wall of Western rationalism and completed Daniel
Pinchbeck's personal transformation from a jaded Manhattan journalist to shamanic initiate and
grateful citizen of the cosmos.
One of the most important and influential books of the past half-century, Robert M. Pirsig's Zen and
the Art of Motorcycle Maintenance is a powerful, moving, and penetrating examination of how we
live and a meditation on how to live better. The narrative of a father on a summer motorcycle trip
across America's Northwest with his young son, it becomes a profound personal and philosophical
odyssey into life's fundamental questions. A true modern classic, it remains at once touching and
transcendent, resonant with the myriad confusions of existence and the small, essential triumphs
that propel us forward.
The Witchcraft superstitions of the Channel Islands, sad as they were in their characteristics and
results&mdash;as is abundantly evidenced by our judicial records&mdash;were but a part and
parcel of that vast wave of unreasoning credulity which swept across the civilised world during the
Middle Ages, and more or less affected every class of society, and all sorts and conditions of men.
From the lists given in the following pages, it will be seen that in about seventy-one years, during the
reigns of Elizabeth, James I. and Charles I., no fewer than seventy-eight persons&mdash;fifty-eight
of them being women, and twenty of them men&mdash;were brought to trial for Sorcery in Guernsey
alone. Out of these unfortunate victims, three women and one man appear to have been burnt alive;
twenty-four women and four men were hanged first and burnt afterwards; one woman was hanged
for returning to the island after being banished; three women and one man were whipped and had
each an ear cut off; twenty-two women and five men were banished from the island; while five
women and three men had the good fortune to be acquitted. Most of these accused persons were
natives of Guernsey, but mention is made of one woman from Jersey, of three men and a woman
from Sark, and of a man from Alderney.
Grade 9 Up&mdash;Although its inclusion in a series on unexplained phenomena characterizes
shamanism as something other than a religious practice, this is a balanced, worldwide introduction.
Place discusses the practice's probable origins in prehistory, elements of it that are common to
different cultures, and how shamanism, especially the concept of the journey to the Upper, Middle,
or Lower Worlds, has been adopted by Western psychologists and New Age writers. Sidebars
include notes on Native Americans' antipathy toward the commercialization of their traditions and
the use of sacred herbs and images. The text includes some fictionalized scenarios designed to
illustrate different aspects of the ancient religion, and there are several typos. Although the author is
careful to point out that practices vary, his effort to highlight commonalities and condense 40,000
years of tradition into a digestible account sometimes creates the impression that shamanic worship
is the same everywhere. This title will whet some readers' appetites for more, and may be useful for
reports.&mdash;Rebecca Donnelly, Loma Colorado Public Library, Rio Rancho, NM
...Wherein The Most Hidden Secrets, Both Natural And Supernatural Are Immediately Exhibited.
Translated From The Hebrew by Plangiere, Jesuit Dominicane. with a Curious collection of Rare
and Astounding Magical Secrets. Edited, With A Preface By James Banner, Gent. Originally
Published By Alibeck The AEgyptian at Memphis 1517. PDF edition,1999 Phil Legard...
A giant of the ancient literary world, Plato has shaped the works of many other great minds. This
erudite collection offers all of Plato's works, including each and every one of the apocrypha texts, as
well as all of Plato&rsquo;s original Greek texts. There are many other Plato collections available for
the Kindle, which is why we have made our edition particularly special, with bonus biographies, a
scholarly criticism section and numerous other bonus features.
For most of his life a clerk in the post office, Frank Podmore (1856-1910) was a prolific author on
psychical research. As an undergraduate, Podmore became interested in the ideas of spiritualism,
and he joined the British National Association of Spiritualists. Eventually disillusioned, Podmore

co-founded several organizations: the Progressive Association (in 1882); the Fellowship of the New
Life (1883); and, spurred by his desire to see political change, the Fabian Society (1884). Podmore's
membership in the Society for Psychical Research influenced his activities and interests, and he
spent the next twenty years investigating and writing on psychical phenomena. His second book (of
1897) discusses a range of topics, from spiritualism to poltergeists to telepathy. Podmore seeks to
ascertain the truth about psychical phenomena, and this work will be of great interest to scholars
interested in the history of science, psychical research, and Victorian scientific and spiritualist
movements.
Witchcraft, especially Wicca, has reached the age of maturity. At a recent women&rsquo;s festival in
California, over 20 women declared themselves to be Crones at a special ceremony. Many Witches
are now second or even third generation practitioners, and it has been over 20 years since many
first generation Witches started out with Starhawk&rsquo;s "The Spiral Dance" or Buckland&rsquo;s
"Complete Book of Witchcraft."
Readers are introduced to these topics through the author&rsquo;s personal experiences and
interviews with other Witches that have been practicing for many years. Anyone who considers
themselves an experienced magic worker will appreciate this essential book which fills a genuine
need within the maturing Pagan community.
Whether you're a novice crafter into Norse lore or a practicing Pagan in need of personal tips on
Celtic leatherwork, this handy, easy-to-use book will charm you and your entire family. The
enchanting designs represent authentic Pagan lore and culture, and can be used for both practical
and sacred purposes. Learn how to make a variety of unique items to delight all the senses,
including:
Almost every project in Witch Crafts can be constructed from readily available materials like wood,
clay, wax, glass, and fabric, and there are crafts for all ages and skill levels. You'll also get detailed,
step-by-step instructions, complete with tips, techniques, suppliers, and diagrams to help even
beginners create elegant products.
The Mather Papers. Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society. Tol. VIII. Fourth Scries.
Boston: Wiggin and Lunt. 1868. 8vo. 2, Salem Witchcraft; with an Account of Salem Village and aH
istory ofO pinions on Witchcraft and Kindred Suhjects. By Charles W. Upham. Boston :W iggin and
Lunt. 1867. 2. vols. 8vo. 8. The New England Tragedies. I. John Endicott. U. GU cs Corey of theS
alem Farms. By Henry Wadsworth LokgFELLOW. Boston: Ticknor andF ields. 1868. 12mo. 4. TJ ie
New England Tragedies in Prose. I. Tlte Coming of the Quakers. II. Tlie Witchcraft Delusion. By
Rowland H. A llen. Boston: Nichols and Noyes. 1869. 12mo 6. The Edinlurgh Review, July, 1868.
No. CCLXI. A rt. I. Salem WitchcrafL Nearly two centuries have passed away since the saddest
tragedy of early New England history was enacted atS alem andS alem Village. Instead of fading
out from the memory of men, the incidents of Salem Witchcraft are receiving more attention to-day
than at any former period. Tlie fact of its being the last great exhibition of a superstition which had
cursed humanity for thousands of years, and that every incident connected with it has been
preserved in the form of record, deposition, or narrative, impaits to it a peculiar interest, and one
which will be permanent.
First published in 1925, this classic text has long been used as a resouce by students and scholars
of astral phenomena. Its subject is the subtle body which all human beings possess, physical in
nature but invisible to ordinary eyes. Of interest to healers, body workers, and all students of
esoteric lore, Powell's discussion of the anatomy of the subtle body, its energy centers, and
functions is perceptive and comprehensive.
The Bhagavad-gita is the main source-book on yoga and a concise summary of India's Vedic
wisdom. Yet remarkably, the setting for this classic of spiritual literature is an ancient Indian
battlefield. At the last moment, the great warrior Arjuna begins to wonder about the real meaning of
his life. In the Bhagavadgita, Lord Krsna brings His disciple from perplexity to spiritual
enlightenment. Bhagavad-gita As It Is is the largest-selling, most widely used edition of the Gita in

the world.
Bhagavad-gita is knowledge of five basic truths and the relationship of each truth to the other: These
five truths are Krishna, or God, the individual soul, the material world, action in this world, and time.
The Gita lucidly explains the nature of consciousness, the self, and the universe. It is the essence of
India's spiritual wisdom, the answers to questions posed by philosophers for centuries.
In translating the Gita, A. C. Bhaktivedanta Swami Prabhupada has remained loyal to the intended
meaning of Krishna's words, and thus he has unlocked all the secrets of the ancient knowledge of
the Gita and placed them before us as an exciting opportunity for self-improvement and spiritual
fulfillment.
A WORD of explanation is necessary with regard to the book now offered to the public. In the ninth
and tenth volumes of The Theosophist I wrote certain essays on "Nature's Finer Forces." The
subject of these essays interested the readers of TJie Thcosophist so much, that I was asked to
issue the series of essays in book form. On reading the essays for this purpose I found that in order
to make a book they must be almost entirely rearranged and perhaps re-written. However, not being
equal to the task of re-writing what I had once written, I determined to publish a translation of the
book in Sanskrit on the Science of Breath and the Philosophy of the Tattvas. As, more over, without
these essays the book would have been quite unintelligible, I decided to add them to the book by
way of an illustrative introduction. This accord ingly has been done. The essays in The Theosophist
have been reprinted with certain additions, modifications and corrections. Besides, I have written
several more essays in order to make the explanations more complete and authoritative.
The book is sure to throw a good deal of light upon the scientific researches of the ancient Aryans of
India, and it will leave no doubt in a candid mind that the religion of ancient India had a scientific
basis. It is chiefly for this reason that I have drawn my illustrations of the Tattvic Law from the
Upanishads.
To the former class of students I have to say one word more. From my own experience I can tell
them that the more they study the book, the more wisdom they are sure to find in it, and let me hope
that ere long I shall have a goodly number of colleagues, who will with me try their best to explain
and illustrate the book still better and more thoroughly. MEERUT, INDIA, RAMA PRASAD.
THE points on which revision has been attempted are: (i) the style of printing has been made
uniform with the rest of the books printed on the "H. P. B." Press; (2) consistency in transliteration of
Sanskrit terms has been studied, and a number of errors cor rected; (3) the English of some phrases
has been improved; and (4) a few passages have been omitted from the text. R. H. is responsible
for some small portion of the work of revision, and for the rest the undersigned, who has a high
appreciation of Mr. Rama Prasad's essays&mdash;an appreciation, however, which is not extended
to certain portions of the Tantrik work he has so ably translated.
THE Tattvas are the five modifications of the Great Breath. Acting upon Prakriti this Great Breath
throws it into five states, having distinctive vibratory motions, and performing different functions. The
first outcome of the evolutionary state of Parabrah-man is the Akasha Tattva. After this come in
order the Vayu, the Tejas, the Apas and the Prithivi. They are variously known as Mahabhiitas. The
word Akasha is generally translated into English by the word ether. Unfortunately, however, to
modern Eng lish science sound is not known to be the distinguish ing quality of ether. Some few
might also have the idea that the modern medium of light is the same as Akasha. 'This, I believe, is
a mistake. The lumini-ferous ether is the subtle Tejas Tattva, and not the Akasha. All the five subtle
Tattvas might no doubt be called ethers, but to use the term ether for Akasha.
Zig Ziglar may be the master motivator, Mark Victor Hansen of Chicken Soup For the Soul, the
master storyteller; Anthony Robbins may be the guru of personal development, but Bob Proctor is
the master thinker. When it comes to systematizing life, no one else can touch him. He is simply the
best. Bob Proctor collects thoughts like Imelda Marcos used to collect shoes. He strings them
together in exquisite arrays; one thought leading logically to the next until a whole method has been

constructed. In this volume, You Were Born Rich, Bob Proctor has done it again, this time taking you
step by step to the surprising discovery that success is not always reaching out for something that
you don&rsquo;t have but rather only reaching over and rearranging the pieces already there. I read
with fascination as Bob carefully built his case and then found myself instantly applying his
conclusions to ongoing projects and relationships. Therein lies the great value of this book. You can
instantly apply the conclusions to your own life. It will begin to impact you long before you reach the
last chapter.
The design oi this little treatise was formed in the autumn of 1855. In February, 1856, the substance
of it was given to the public at Salem, in the form of a lecture, and has since been repeated in many
other places. Now its facts have been rearranged, and the comments somewhat extended, for the
purpose of letting it reach the public without the author's presence.
The view here reached viz., that the marvels of all the ages have been produced in obedience to
some universal law or laws is one of no small importance, if it be correct. It is sent forth that the
reading world may look at it, and judge, each man for himself, whether it possess intrinsic value. It
goes forth with the prayer, that it may shed light upon the direct pathways to truth, and prove to be a
germ of benefit to man, as both mortal and immorial.
Many people believe that such "psychic phenomena" are rare talents or divine gifts. Others don't
believe they exist at all. But the latest scientific research shows that these phenomena are both real
and widespread, and are an unavoidable consequence of the interconnected, entangled physical
reality we live in.
Albert Einstein called entanglement "spooky action at a distance" -- the way two objects remain
connected through time and space, without communicating in any conventional way, long after their
initial interaction has taken place. Could a similar entanglement of minds explain our apparent
psychic abilities? Dean Radin, senior scientist at the Institute of Noetic Sciences, believes it might.
In this illuminating book, Radin shows how we know that psychic phenomena such as telepathy,
clairvoyance, and psychokinesis are real, based on scientific evidence from thousands of controlled
lab tests. Radin surveys the origins of this research and explores, among many topics, the collective
premonitions of 9/11. He reveals the physical reality behind our uncanny telepathic experiences and
intuitive hunches, and he debunks the skeptical myths surrounding them. Entangled Minds sets the
stage for a rational, scientific understanding of psychic experience.
This myth-shattering book explains the evidence for the veracity of psychic phenomena, uniting the
teachings of mystics, the theories of quantum physics, and the latest in high-tech experiments. With
painstaking research and deft, engaging prose, Radin dispels the misinformation and superstition
that have clouded the understanding of scientists and laypeople alike concerning a host of
fascinating oddities. Psychokinesis, remote viewing, prayer, jinxes, and more--all are real, all have
been scientifically proven, and the proof is in this book.
Radin draws from his own work at Princeton, Stanford Research Institute, and Fortune 500
companies, as well as his research for the U.S. government, to demonstrate the surprising extent to
which the truth of psi has already been tacitly acknowledged and exploited. The Conscious Universe
also sifts the data for tantalizing hints of how mind and matter are linked. Finally, Radin takes a bold
look ahead, to the inevitable social, economic, academic, and spiritual consequences of the mass
realization that mind and matter can influence each other without having physical contact.
Now, out-of-body experience is accessible to everyone. It is now known how to easily master it and
apply it effectively. It is new way for obtaining information, influencing the physiology, meeting the
deceased, visiting any place in the universe etc. This guidebook is the result of ten years of
extremely active personal practice and study of the the phase state (lucid dreaming and out-of-body
experience), coupled with having successfully taught it to thousands of people. I know all of the
problems that are usually run into when getting to know this phenomenon, and have tried to protect
future practitioners from them. This guidebook was not created for those who prefer empty reading.

It is for those who would like to learn something. It contains no speculations or stories, only dry facts
and techniques. Contrary to popular opinion, there is nothing difficult about this phenomenon. The
techniques work in literally a couple of attempts. More info and full FREE version on
www.obe4u.com
Quantum physics is believed to be the fundamental theory underlying our understanding of the
physical universe. However, it is based on concepts and principles that have always been difficult to
understand and controversial in their interpretation. This book aims to explain these issues using a
minimum of technical language and mathematics. After a brief introduction to the ideas of quantum
physics, the problems of interpretation are identified and explained. The rest of the book surveys,
describes and criticises a range of suggestions that have been made with the aim of resolving these
problems; these include the traditional, or 'Copenhagen' interpretation, the possible role of the
conscious mind in measurement, and the postulate of parallel universes. This new edition has been
revised throughout to take into account developments in this field over the past fifteen years,
including the idea of 'consistent histories' to which a completely new chapter is devoted.
Take a walk with Anna Raimondi an ordinary housewife and mother with an extraordinary gift. In this
poignant, funny and inspiring book, Anna reveals her gift of clairvoyance as one to be nurtured and
shared. Anna says of the spirit world: They have taught me that love goes on eternally. There is no
death; only a transformation of the body that we are. Anna Raimondi is a true healer. Through her
partnership with those in the spiritual realm, great love and compassion is brought to the living. This
book is guaranteed to touch your soul.
"I wanted to have a personal record to review when I became very old and too forgetful of mind to
remember. . .I've been advised by reasons spoken and unspoken, to have this very private diary
published. This idea was not sanctioned by me until the last possible moment, because I'd thought
no one else was going to be reading my words, and I'd written as honestly and outspokenly as I
could throughout the journal pages. I'd recorded my personal thoughts, memories, and even
confessions. In essence, this journal does indeed turn me inside out, with respect to revealing my
true thoughts and inner self to the public. But, as always, I abide by how I am guided; whether I will
end up being chastised, ridiculed, embarrassed, or exposed because of the publication of this book
is not important anymore."
Mary Summer Rain was the last student of the blind-from-birth Chippewa visionary, and spent many
days in the remote cabin in the mountains with the woman who would become her beloved friend
and teach her the many lessons of the spirit and of the Earth Mother. But it is the unique interaction
between the two that provides the emotional power behind the profound teachings of the old
woman. The wonderfully lyrical descriptions of the vivid seasonal beauty of Colorado serve as a
backdrop for this unfolding narrative.
Mary Summer Rain's relationship with the old and wise Indian shaman No-Eyes, introduced in Spirit
Song, continues, as she reveals to Mary her compelling visions of the future. From the setting in the
simple mountain cabin, No-Eyes takes her on a sometimes frightening journey through time, viewing
the upheavals to come through a unique perspective, on timeless paths that few have ever traveled.
Second in a celebrated and best-selling series, which includes Spirit Song, Dreamwalker, Phantoms
Afoot, Daybreak, Soul Sounds, Mountains, Meadows, and Moonbeams(Young Spirit), and
Whispered Wisdom, Phoenix Rising gives the reader an understanding of the relationship between
the Earth Mother and the creatures who inhabit her domain. It's a book that is already a classic for
its philosophical insight and the powerful lyricism of the author's portrayal of the beautiful mountains
of Colorado. And, as always, the unique relationship between teacher and student is delightfully
rendered.
What is a Dreamwalker? They are the rare few who, as Mary Summer Rain describes them, are "led
by the spirit,' have "shed the yoke of desire and self-want," and have discarded the need for material
gain and all evidence of negative thought. Without any personal goals, they travel the path of
knowledge and go where the spirit of truth leads them. Brian Many Heart, also a student of No-Eyes,

returns to No-Eyes' cabin in the Colorado mountains to teach Mary Summer Rain the "magic" and
power of the Dreamwalker. Together, under No-Eyes' close scrutiny, they explore the realms of the
spirit, and deal with Summer Rain's many unanswered questions about her identity and her
resistance to what is referred to as her "spiritual obligation" to deal with wayward spirits (which she
would explore later in Phantoms Afoot).
The sixth book of Mary Summer Rain's extraordinary "No-Eyes" series, answers questions culled
from thousands of letters from her readers. Daybreak delves into the implications of No-Eyes'
teachings, into realms of prophecy, Native American history, metaphysics, and just plain common
sense. Expanding upon the Earthways data base, there is even an extensive dream dictionary.
The earth around us, the heaven above us, the soul within us -- Mary Summer Rain's illuminating
guide "Earthway" helped us become aware of their interconnectedness to all life. Now Mary Summer
Rain responds to the thousands of letters from her readers about applying nature's centuries-old
knowledge to everyday life. "Beyond Earthway" offers more empowering information about dream
interpretation, the celestial pull of the stars, our relationship to the Earth's vibrations, our selection of
food and herbs for vitality and healing, and our yearning to strengthen the role of meditation and
spiritual practices in our increasingly complex modern world. The gifts she offers us within these
pages are the strength, self-reliance, and harmony with nature that characterize the concept of "all
my relations" -- a way of living filled with values that feed the mind, the body, and the hungry heart.
This is the fourth book in the "No-Eyes" series, and in many ways the most extraordinary of the
series. After having been taught to Dreamwalk by Brian Many Heart (as chronicled in Dreamwalker),
Mary Summer Rain discovers that she must use the power she has fiercely resisted. No-Eyes
convinces her that it is an important part of her destiny. With the help of her husband, she embarks
on a series of confrontations with the earthbound and sometimes dangerous, spirits who inhabit the
dimensions between planes.
It is set up so that theres a tale followed by a brief (the authors word, not mine) discussion of the
storys merits, meanings, possible origins and closest relatives, with many of those being
summarized and discussed in turn. Its undeniably informative, and incredibly well-written; the more I
read of it, the more I wanted to read of it.
I have to recommend this book because I learned more about fairy tales than I ever thought there
was to learn. A merry collection of folktales stretching from Murmansk to Ugolnyye Kopi. I enjoyed
the simple Cinderella stories and learned more about the culture than I ever hoped I would. Classic
tales from Russia in the beautiful way told that I remember from Saratov summers on the Volga.
Here is a set of simple, pleasant stretching exercises that can be enjoyed by everyone. They
increase circulation to all parts of the body and help improve overall flexibility. Restore a natural
vitality to the body and mind by releasing accumulated tensions in the joints and glands. People with
arthritis and rheumatism have found this book to be very beneficial. These exercises also gently
prepare and train your body for the practices of hatha yoga.
Easy to follow exercises & diagrams: "These exercises are arranged in a very systematic way: the
student starts at the top of his head and continues downward, exercising and massaging almost all
of the joints and glands. Each part of the body receives a good supply of blood. The muscles are
made more supple, more flexible, the joints and glands are toned and made to function properly."
This book is not a book of theories it deals with facts. I ts author regards the best of theories as but
working hypotheses to be used only until better ones present themselves. The fact is the principal
thing the essential thing to uncover which the tool, theory, is used. The sanest thinkers the best
investigators hold no theory, not even the one dearest to them, that they are not ready and willing to
throw away when a better one presents itself, whether that better one be discovered by themselves
or other persons. This is the true philosophical spirit. It is true that this book may appear dogmatic
rather than argumentative. But the author knows of no better way to present the facts of the subject,
concisely and to the point free from the web of theory, and the quicksands of argument.

The twelve lessons forming this volume were originally issued in the shape of monthly lessons,
known as The Advanced Course in Yogi Philosophy andO riental Occultism, during a period of
twelve months beginning with October 1904, and endingS eptember 1905. These lessons were
intended as a continuation of, or sequel toT he Fourteen Lessons in Yogi Philosophy andO riental
Occultism issued during the previous year. We have been urged to print these Advanced Course1
lessons in book form, and the present volume in the result. Lessons I to IV, inclusive, consist of an
analysis and explanation of the little occult manual known asL ight on the Path, and have been
highly praised by lovers of that little book as well as advanced students in occultism. They are said
to be superior to anything ever written along these lines. Lessons Vto VII, inclusive, treat of the
several branches of theY ogi Philosophy indicated by their titles. They contain very much information
in a small space. Lessons VIII and IX, treat of Dharma, theY ogi philosophy of Ethics orR ight A
ction. They have been favorably received by students of ethics, and teachers of morality of different
schools. They afford a common ground upon which the differing schools may meet. Lessons Xto XII,
inclusive, form a wonderful trio of lessons upon the higher Yogi metaphysical and scientific
teachings. Their clearness and comprehensiveness is startling, and the most perplexing
metaphysical and scientific questions are answered in the simplest manner by the centuries old,
Yogi philosophy expressed in modern terms. We trust that the Advanced Course lessons may prove
as popular in book form as in their original shape. The author, as usual, declines to write a Preface
for the book, saying that tie lessons should speak for themselves. Yogi Publication Society. Masonic
Temple, Chicago, 111. September
"The Hindu-Yogi Science of Breath" is a manual on the science of controlling your breathing by Yogi
Ramacharaka. Lessons and exercises can be found in the following chapters: Salaam, "Breath is
Life.", The Exoteric Theory of Breath, The Esoteric Theory of Breath, The Nervous System, Nostril
vs. Mouth-Breathing, The Four Methods of Respiration, The Yogi Complete Breath, Physiological
Effect of Complete Breath, A Few Bits of Yogi Lore, The Seven Yogi Developing Exercises, Seven
Minor Yogi Exercises, Vibration and Yogi Rhythmic Breathing, Phenomena of Yogi Psychic
Breathing, More Phenomena of Yogi Psychic Breathing, and Yogi Spiritual Breathing.
For many years the famous author and occult master has been asked thousands of questions from
both students and admirers from all over the world. They all want to know how they can better their
own lives and how they can bring about a global spiritual revolution which would include all of
humankind, not just one political group or religious sect.
Every half million years (give or take) the earth sees fit to shuck off its stock, as it goes about
preparing the surface of the planet for the next bunch, whom it hopes might be more successful in
living in harmony with nature and the cosmic plan. If you are traumatized by the insanities of our
times T. Lobsang Rampa may provide you with some ways to calm your nerves and confront the
devils that seek to stifle our every movement and prevent us from becoming the individual we were
meant to be.
ANSWERS ARE FINALLY GIVEN! THE TRUTH ABOUT RAMPA&rsquo;S TRANSMIGRATION!
Those that disbelieve who T. Lobsang Rampa says he is will never be convinced otherwise. Those
that believe need to be offered nothing additional in the way of evidence. In this wonderfully fulfilling
work, the great mystic reveals the truth about transmigration and how he went for being an ordinary
plumber (or did he?) to one of the most remarkable men in the world of mysticism: Says T. Lobsang
Rampa about this puzzling phenomenon: &ldquo;Transmigration is stated to be the movement of
one soul from one body into another body. There are many, many recorded instances in the
world&rsquo;s history in which the soul of a person has departed from a body but before death
occurred to that body another body was taken over. It is as simple as that.&rdquo; Get ready to be
propelled in an out of this world experience. Here are little known facts about reincarnation, including
who you were and who you might be in the future. Understanding is the key to expanding your
consciousness and opening your heart and mind to the universe. Rampa will guide you. JUST
FOLLOW THE FLICKER OF THE CANDLELIGHT!
UNKNOWN TO THE WESTERN WORLD. . . THE TIBETAN LAMA UNLEASHES HIS MYSTICAL

POWERS. At the age of seven the Day of Prophecy arrived, and the court astrologers pronounced
their findings. It was proclaimed that T. Lobsang Rampa was to enter the lamasery to be trained as
a clairvoyant and as a healer. Many predictions were made about his life, including the fact that his
work would be heralded around the world. While still very young the author's Third Eye was opened
increasing his mystical powers, as well as his ability to view the human aura, and to read the
thoughts of others. This volume -- part of an extensive series -- discusses karma, the other side of
death, the silver cord, the seership, crystal power, ghosts as well as astral projection. This book is
highly recommended for students walking the Spiritual Path in search of Enlightenment.
'Life after death, astral travel, the Akashic Record.' The Gentleman of Color rifled through some
pages. He wanted to get to the end of the stuff without the necessity of all the work involved in
reading it word by word. He read a paragraph here, a sentence there, and then idly turned to
another page. 'Gee,' he repeated. 'I wish I knew what he believed.'
Gradually the Gentleman of Color's head sank upon his chest. Slowly his dark fingers relaxed and
the paperback book slithered from his nerveless hands and slid down to the gentle sand. The
Gentleman of Color snored and snored, and was oblivious to all that went on about him in the
mundane sphere of activity.
THIS WORK IS PROOF THAT ANIMALS ARE NOT THE 'DUMB CREATURES' MANY PEOPLE
MAKE THEM OUT TO BE! This book is NOT a work of fiction, but was transmitted to the author via
mental telepathy from his pet cat -- yes! you read that correctly. "You've gone off your head Feef,"
said the Lama. "Who will believe YOU wrote a book?" He smiled down at me adn rubbed under my
chin in just the way I liked best before he left the room on some business. I sat and pondered. "Why
should I NOT write a book? I thought. True, that I am a Cat, but not an ordinary cat. Oh dear! No! I
am a Siamese Cat who has traveled far and seen much. "Seen?" Well of course. I am quite blind
now, and have to rely on the Lama to tell me of the present scene, but I have my memories! Of
course, I am old, very old indeed, and not a little infirm, but is that not good reason why I should put
on paper the events of my life, while I am able? Here, then, is my version of Living with the Lama,
and the happiest days of my life; days of sunshine after a lifetime of shadows.
The Lama opened the again and said, "In a far-off country across the seas the general ability to see
Nature Spirits has been lost. If one sees such a Spirit it is a matter for jest, the Seer is literally
accused of 'seeing things.' Western people do not believe in things unless they can be torn to pieces
or held in the hands, or put in a case. A Nature Spirit is termed a Fairy in the West --and Fairy Tales
are not believed!"
It is here that T. Lobsang Rampa journeyed on the road to self-awareness, to these age-old
repositories of wisdom -- where the Lamas learn the meaning of life and death, where the
mysterious relationship between the mind and the brain is uncovered, where the secrets of
hypnotism, telepathy, clairvoyance, and reincarnation are a part of daily life.
AGELESS WISDOM FROM THE LAMA Inside the cave, the young monk bowed respectfully. "I
have come to you for instruction, Venerable One," he said to the old hermit in a low voice. In
response, the hermit instructed the monk in true cosmic laws and in the universal order that governs
nature and humankind. He told of deep, dark secrets which had been passed on to him by a
mysterious "Higher Order" who have protected and guided humans since the dawn of creation. The
old hermit told of a trip inside a "great metallic body" (a UFO perhaps) and of the visit to a vast
cavern where he was surrounded by various beings: "Here were small men and women, seemingly
perfect in every detail and of god-like mien, radiating an aura of purity and calm. Others were also
man-like but with a curious, quite bird-like head complete with scales or feathers and with hands
which, although human in shape, still had astounding scales and claws. Also there were the giants,
immense creatures who loomed like statues, and over-shadowed their more diminutive
companions." Though blind, the old hermit was handed an amazing "sight box" which enabled him
to view scenes that had been hidden from humankind for centuries to protect them from
unnecessary self-abuse and harm.

"For months past the most trusted of lamas, actng as mental carriers, had painfully trudged the
hundreds of miles from Lhasa carrying the ancient Secrets to where they would be forever safe from
the traitorous Communists.Here too, with infinite toil and suffering, had been brought the Golden
Figures of past Incarnations to be set up and venerated in the heart of a mountain Sacred objects,
age-old writings, and the most venerable and learned of priests were here in safety. . ."
Ready yourself for the mystical journey of a life time! Here are the adventures of Tibet's greatest
astral traveler. . . T. Lobsang Rampa studied from his youth the art of traveling out of the body. He
realized early that what we see is not all that exists. . . With the opening of the Third Eye we extend
our vision of the vast universe which NOW shows no bounds. . .Journey with Rampa as he grows up
in Tibet to become one of the first Walk Ins, recognized world wide, having taken over the body and
mind of a less than noble Englishman. Here are his meetings with the Council of Masters, who
taught him to understand and contemplate all matters mystical, his exploration and use of magical
crystals as well as how to read the human aura. . . Learn how you can also wear the Saffron Robe
and walk in the footsteps of this great avatar.
T. Lobsang Rampa was preordained to be a Tibetan priest, a sign from the stars that could not be
ignored. When he left his wealthy home to enter the monastery, his heart was filled with trepidation,
with only a slight knowledge of the rigorous spiritual training and physical ordeal that awaited him . .
..
This is his story, a hauntingly beautiful and deeply inspiring journey of awakening within Chakpori
Lamasery, the temple of Tibetan medicine. It is a moving tale of passage through the mystic arts of
astral projection, crystal gazing, aura deciphering, meditation, and more, a spiritual guide of
enlightenment and discovery through the opening of the all-powerful, the all-knowing . . . .
This is my thirteenth book which, I hope, will be my Thirteenth Candle. You may think it is a very
little candle, perhaps one of those birthday-cake candles. But I have never had a cake of any kind
with candles never even had a birthday cake! and now with my restricted sugar-free, low-residue
diet of not more than a thousand calories is too late to bother.
OF BODY AND SOUL! ARE WE TRUE SPIRITUAL BEINGS? This book contains a lifetime of
valuable information on all aspects of the occult by the one writer who has turned on millions of
individuals to the mystical side of life in Tibet. T. Lobsang Rampa delves deep into the magical
realm of the human soul and its immortality. He speaks of life on the other side of the veil that so few
know the TRUTH about. This is a book that all students of the Tibetan sage will come to cherish. It
contains information NOT found in any of his other popular works. * * * * * Many who have
undergone a near death experience have asked: &ldquo;Oh bodies, oh bodies. . .indeed, if we are
souls why do we have these bodies? What do we need them for?&rdquo; Declares the popular
Third Eye author: &ldquo;This book is NOT fiction!&rdquo; So says the popular author of The Third
Eye, The Hermit, Tibetan Sage and over twenty additional best sellers. &ldquo;Of course, we can
readily agree that some of the words in the book about life on this world are artistic license, but
accept my statement that EVERYTHING about the life on The Other Side is definitely true.
&ldquo;Some people are born with great musical talent; some people are born with great artistic
talent, they can paint and captivate the world. Other people may be highly gifted through their own
hard work and assiduous devotion to study. I have little in the material side of this world -- no car; no
television, no this and no that, and for twenty-four hours a day I am confined to bed because, for
one thing, I am paraplegic with no use of my legs. This has given me great opportunity for increasing
talents or abilities which were granted to me at birth. &ldquo;I can do everything I write about in any
of my books except walk! I have the ability to do astral travel and because of my studies and, I
suppose, because of a peculiar quirk in my make-up, I am able to astral travel to other planes of
existence. &ldquo;The characters in this book are people who have lived and died on this world, and
because of special provisions I have been able to follow their Flights into the Unknown. Everything
in this book about the After Life is utterly true, therefore I will not label the book as fiction.&rdquo;
Lobsang Rampa
TUSDAY LOBSANG RAMPA RETURNS TO THE CAVE OF THE ANCIENTS Explore the depths of

the unknown with the masterful Lama as he probes the history of the Earth -- Past, Present and
Distant Future! Along with his trusted guided Rampa reenters the cave of the ancients and is taken
on a tour of the Hall of Records. Here he is permitted to observe ancient events as well as view
scenes from our planet's chaotic future soon to effect us all. Examine with the author: 0 - The lives
of the great Sages who live to be two or three hundred years old while maintaining a youthful
appearance. 0 The existence of an uncharted orb that entered our atmosphere and almost
destroyed the Earth thousands of years ago -- which may return in our lifetime. 0 The reality of lost
worlds long before Atlantis and their inhabitants, many of them weird looking, "half human, half
animal" hybrid-type creatures. 0 The evils of fossil fuel and how the use of petroleum can lead to the
deaths of millions of innocent people. 0 How other civilizations from other planets migrated here in
antiquity and how some of them have remained here "hidden from view." 0 The reality of parallel
universe and its effects of what we think we know about earth's history. This was one of Rampa's
books and should not be missed. Add it to your library.
SECRETS ONLY KNOWN TO THE ANCIENTS In this work, Rampa says, "There are certain places
in the Earth where it is possible for the initiate to travel downward into the center of the Earth, and
meet representatives of that inner civilization, and among quite a number of people there is a
definite knowledge that people from the inner world DO come out to converse with those of the
surface.Then there are the tunnels from Tibet to the inner world and the tunnels from Brazil to the
inner world...and one tunnel beneath the greater Pyramids." In addition to a belief in the Inner Earth
reality, Rampa explores UFOs, Astral Projection, the Laws of Kharma, Hypnotism, and tells readers
how to cope with modern day life. Pampa always considered this among the most vital of his works
and it was his wish to share TWILIGHT with as large an audience as possible.
Since mankind came up out of savagery, the great problem has been: What is the ultimate end?
What, if anything awaits on the other side of death's mysterious door? What happens when the hour
strikes that closes man's earth career, when, leaving all the gathered wealth of lands and goods, he
goes out into the dark alone? Is death the end--annihilation and repose? Or, does he wake in some
other sphere or condition, retaining personality? Each must solve this great question for himself.
Soon afterwards he established a &lsquo;Rescue Circle&rsquo; in order to help
&lsquo;earthbound&rsquo; spirits progress. The circle comprising of Randall&rsquo;s wife and some
close associates including a prominent judge Dean Stuart of Rochester, sat every week for over 20
years at the Randall family home.
Soon after the sittings began Randall met Emily French, a &lsquo;direct voice&rsquo; medium in her
60&rsquo;s, also from Buffalo. Emily was from a well-known family, and had a reputation in her
community as a person of integrity; she sat with the Randall&rsquo;s circle for many years until she
passed away in 1912. During the long and dedicated relationship she never charged a cent for her
time.
Randall and French sat together more than 700 times and he stated, "Hundreds, yea thousands [of
spirits], have come and talked with me, and to many whom I have invited to participate in the work
&ndash; thousands of different voices with different tones, different thoughts, different personalities,
no two alike; and at times in different languages."
Warped Passages is a brilliantly readable and altogether exhilarating journey that tracks the arc of
discovery from early twentieth-century physics to the razor's edge of modern scientific theory. One
of the world's leading theoretical physicists, Lisa Randall provides astonishing scientific possibilities
that, until recently, were restricted to the realm of science fiction. Unraveling the twisted threads of
the most current debates on relativity, quantum mechanics, and gravity, she explores some of the
most fundamental questions posed by Nature&mdash;taking us into the warped, hidden dimensions
underpinning the universe we live in, demystifying the science of the myriad worlds that may exist
just beyond our own.
Once widely considered an impossibility--the stuff of science fiction novels--time travel may finally be
achieved in the twenty-first century. In Breaking the Time Barrier, bestselling author Jenny Randles

reveals the nature of recent, breakthrough experiments that are turning this fantasy into reality.
The race to build the first time machine is a fascinating saga that began about a century ago, when
scientists such as Marconi and Edison and Einstein carried out research aimed at producing a
working time machine. Today, physicists are conducting remarkable experiments that involve
slowing the passage of information, freezing light, and breaking the speed of light--and thus the time
barrier. In the 1960s we had the "space race." Today, there is a "time race" involving an
underground community of working scientists who are increasingly convinced that a time machine of
some sort is finally possible.
Here, Randles explores the often riveting motives of the people involved in this quest (including a
host of sincere, if sometimes misguided amateurs), the consequences for society should time travel
become a part of everyday life, and what evidence might indicate that it has already become reality.
For, if time travel is going to happen--and some Russian scientists already claim to have achieved it
in a lab--then its effects may already be apparent.
Seership is the work of an Orientalist, which term is commonly understood to mean, either one who
has been born in the mystic east or one who, due to the possession of a mind easily capable of
comprehending the thoughts and feelings of these people, and deeply in sympathy with them, can
express their thoughts and emotions as effectively as if they were native to itself.
Dr Randolph first conceived the idea of writing such a book as Seership about the year 1850, about
the time of his first visit to Paris this much he tells us himself. It is easily possible, though we have
no proof of this fact, that while in France he became familiar with some of the teachings then current
on the subject, for though nothing like the present book had ever been published by any writer of
any nation, nevertheless the practice of occultism was well known to no few occult students as
witness the many stories current connecting Dr. Dee, Cagliostro and others with mirror gazing and
seership, all of whom lived and were active in occult practices before Dr. Randolph's time. One thing
is certain, if we may believe but a fraction of what is written on the subject, the very air of Paris was
permeated with every from of occult thought during the several periods when Dr. Randolph visited
there, even the men closely associated with the affairs of the government of France, being members
of the Fraternity, deeply versed and keenly interested in this subject. It is therefore small wonder that
Dr. Randolph became fired with the thought of writing a text on the subject and clarifying the varius
teachings relative to the practice so that all truly interested might readily understand the method of
procedure and its results. R. SWINBURNE CLYMER
From Scheme of Book - Rahu creates jealousy; Time of birth and a particular constellation of the
Moon is destiny; Happiness is from children the result of the spiritual past lives; Time is god; Life is
not a story of a simultaneous leap into prosperity - Spiritual struggles are spread over many
birth-times; Births and rebirths can be human, non-human - the propgranda that animals have no
soul has to be dismissed.
Every now and then a book comes along that is so powerful that words cannot describe the
experience people start having when they read it. These rare, life-changing books always seem to
show up at the perfect moment in time, exactly when we all need it the most. Oneness is such a
book--one that will change your life.
In February 1998, Rasha began a profound dialogue with the universal Presence, "Oneness"--the
Divinity we all share. Word for word, she transcribed the principles for a new understanding of the
mystery we call "life." These teachings empower us to take a quantum leap into our own inner
depths and totally transform our lives--and our world.
Oneness gives humanity an astounding new vision of who we really are--and where we're headed.
Here, we discover clues that inspire us to create the kinds of lives we long for and help us release
the energies that prevent us from realizing our dreams. We learn to recognize the emotional
patterns that undermine our best intensions. And we start to harmonize with the powerful energies
building all around us--and with the power of Creation that s driving it.

Filled with astounding metaphysical concepts and catalysts for change, Oneness takes us to the
outer reaches of our own humanness and to the depths of the Divinity within. Reading it becomes a
sacred, experiential journey that leaves the reader empowered with timeless tools for real
transformation and a clear roadmap of the inner path to enlightenment.
THERE is no study so saddening, and none so sublime as that of the early religions of mankind. To
trace back the worship of God to its simple origin, and to mark the gradual process of those
degrading superstitions, and unhallowed rites which darkened, and finally extinguished His presence
in the ancient world. At first men enjoyed the blessings of nature as children do, without inquiring
into causes. It was sufficient for them that the earth gave them herbs, that the trees bore them fruit,
that the stream quenched their thirst. They were happy, and every moment though unconsciously
they offered a prayer of gratitude to Him whom as yet they did not know. And then a system of
theology arose amongst them vague and indefinite, as the waters of the boundless sea. They taught
each other that the sun, and the earth, the moon, and the stars were moved and illumined by a
Great Soul which was the source of all life, which caused the birds to sing, the brooks to murmur,
and the sea to heave. It was a sacred Fire which shone in the firmament, and in mighty flames. It
was a strange Being which animated the souls of men, and which when the bodies died, returned to
itself again.
It is no accident, they argue, that the twentieth and early twenty-first centuries have witnessed a
revolution in new human capacities. Daily we hear and read about supernormal athletic feats;
clairvoyant perception; lives transformed by meditative practices; healing through prayer-and we
ourselves experience these things.
Continuing the exciting adventures of The Celestine Prophecy and The Tenth Insight, this new book
takes you to the snow-covered Himalayas, in search of the legendary Tibetan utopia of Shambhala.
As you follow a child's instructions, are pursued by hostile Chinese agents, and look for a lost friend,
you will experience a new awareness of synchronicity...and discover, hidden among the world's
highest mountains, the secrets that affect all humanity. For Shambhala not only actually exists, but
is destined to be found in our time-and will reveal powerful truths that can transform the world.
A Wonderful New Addition to the Vision that Began with the Celestine Prophecy... When James
Redfield wrote The Celestine Prophecy and The Tenth Insight, he crystallized a new spiritual vision
for millions of people around the globe. Since then people have been gathering together to discuss
how spiritual experiences have touched their lives and to explore the global renaissance already
under way.
Now in an exciting nonfiction book, James Redfield further helps us explore our unique missions on
this planet. Personalizing the ideas of his earlier works, he delves into the hidden energies of our
individual life dramas and shows us the mystical experiences that resolve them. Through
self-disclosure, he clarifies how mysterious coincidences led him toward a specific destiny and can
lead us to ours. And, finally, the principles of synchronicity, connection, and purpose all converge in
Redfield's lucid discussions about history and science, allowing us to see their unbroken chain of
evolution toward a better world. Inspiring and enlightening, The Celestine Vision is a wonderful, wise
companion as we expand our consciousness and take action to create a truly joyous Earth.
In the rain forests of Peru, an ancient manuscript has been discovered. Within its pages are 9 key
insights into life itself -- insights each human being is predicted to grasp sequentially; one insight,
then another, as we move toward a completely spiritual culture on Earth. Drawing on ancient
wisdom, it tells you how to make connections among the events happening in your life right now and
lets you see what is going to happen to you in the years to come. The story it tells is a gripping one
of adventure and discovery, but it is also a guidebook that has the power to crystallize your
perceptions of why you are where you are in life and to direct your steps with a new energy and
optimisim as you head into tomorrow.
In The Twelfth Insight, the long-awaited fourth book in the beloved Celestine Series, we again follow

our Hero and his close friend Wil. They have just received a portion of another ancient and
mysterious manuscript that describes a secret approach to spirituality that is silently arriving in the
second decade of the 21st Century. But the manuscript is only available in fragments.
To understand its full meaning for mankind, our Hero and Wil begin an urgent search to find the
message in its entirety. As they embrace the power of Synchronicity and begin their search, they are
confronted by powerful political forces and religious extremists that stand in the way of these
spiritual revelations.
Utilizing what he calls the "parable effect," and based on his own sources, James Redfield explores
the similarities and differences that exist among the world religions, revealing the essential
messages contained within them that can energize our experience of spirituality-- and produce a
new wave of integrity and reform that can transform our lives and our world.
Being a brief account of the alchemistic doctrines, and their relations, to mysticism on the one hand,
and to recent discoveries in the physical science on the other hand; together with some particulars
regarding the lives and teachings of the most noted alchemists. The meaning of alchemy; The
theory of physical alchemy; The alchemists before and after Paracelsus; The outcome of alchemy;
The age of modern chemistry; Modern alchemy.
This twelve-month manual brings the serious student of consciousness to an ongoing awareness of
unity. Dr. Regardie revised this edition (originally published as Twelve Steps to Spiritual
Enlightenment) to progress from the physical disciplinesof body-awareness, relaxation, and rhythmic
breathing, through concentration, developing will, mantra-practice, to the ultimate awareness that All
is God.
The original account of the teachings, rites and ceremonies of the Hermetic Order of the Golden
Dawn, revised and enlarged with additional notes and a new comprehensive index. The Golden
Dawn, once a secret order, was one of the most prestigious groups flourishing at the turn of the 20th
century. Membership included such notables as W.B. Yeats, Aleister Crowley, and Dion Fortune,
among others. Its influence on 20th century spiritual science has been enormous. This volume is
designed as a study and practice curriculum suited to both group and private practice.
The Golden Dawn by Israel Regardie is considered by many to be the book that started the modern
occult movement. The original Hermetic Order of the Golden Dawn, which started in the late 1800s,
borrowed from a wide variety of occult traditions Kabalah, Tarot, Geomancy, Enochian Magic,
Theosophy, Freemasonry, Paganism, Astrology, and many more and created a unique and viable
system of magic that is still being practiced today. Almost every contemporary occult writer and
modern group has been influenced, directly or indirectly, by the Order or its members, making The
Golden Dawn one of the most influential occult books of the past 100 years.
The next section covers the rituals of the Inner Order including two initiation rituals, equinox
ceremonies, and more. Then you will learn the basic rituals of magic and the construction,
consecration, and means of using the magical tools. Once you have these you can go on to
evocation rituals, talismans, and invocations.
CD Number 1: Introduction, The Banishing Ritual of the Pentagram with Instructions, The Banishing
Ritual of the Pentagram without Instructions, The Bornless Ritual, and the Invocation of Thoth. In
CD Number 1, you will learn the Lesser Banishing Ritual of the Pentagram from the renown Golden
Dawn magician, Israel Regardie, who takes you personally through all the steps, gestures,
visualizations and pronunciations of this most crucial Golden Dawn magical ritual.
In this book, Israel Regardie lifts the cloak of mystery which has shrouded the Hermetic Order of the
Golden Dawn, the Rosicrucian Fraternity and the Masonic Lodge. From his close personal
associations, Regardie reveals the true nature and actions of such leading Occult authorities as
Aleister Crowley, Dion Fortune, S. L. MacGregor Mathers, Dr. W. W. Wescott, and others.

Drawing on his medical expereinces with men and women of various classes, races, nations, and
religious beliefs, Reich refutes the still generally held notion that fascism is a specific characteristic
of certain nationalities or a political party ideology that is imposed on innocent people by means of
force or political manneuvers. "Fascism on only the organized political expression of the structure of
the average man's character. It is the basic emotional civilization and its mechanistic-mystical
conception of life."&mdash;Wilhelm Reich
I prefer to think of this book, and the author's gesture, in a different way, as though the book were a
small window, just out of reach, that admits a few rays of the morning light into an otherwise
unlighted room. Even if we sit and passively enjoy the light, itserves a purpose. Some, for whom the
unknown is enticing, could not sit still, but would find a ladder upon which to climb so they might see
the beauty that is out of doors. While a fair number will make such a personal effort, and will gaze
upon a wondrous vista, only a few in each age will go in search for the door. It is those few, for
whom the fragrance of Nature is an elixir beyond compare, those who will seek -The Portal, who will
behold the treasure.
Thomas Mayne Reid (1818-1883), was an Irish- American novelist. "Captain" Reid wrote many
adventure novels akin to those written by Frederick Marryat and Robert Louis Stevenson. These
novels contain action that takes place primarily in untamed settings: the American West, Mexico,
South Africa, the Himalayas, and Jamaica. Reid had his first poem published in Godey's Lady's
Book under the pseudonym "A Poor Scholar". Books such as The Young Voyagers (1853) had great
popularity, especially with boys. He was also very popular around the world; his tales of the
American West captivated children everywhere, including Europe and Russia. Among his books,
many of which were popular in translation in Poland and Russia, were The Rifle Rangers (1850),
Scalp Hunters (1851), Boy Hunters (1853), War Trail (1851), Headless Horseman (1865/6) and Boy
Tar (1859).
Hundreds of practical tips for excellent health resulted from physiotherapist Harold Reilly's use of the
Edgar Cayce remedies in his practice. For more than thirty years the Reilly Health Institute in New
York City's Rockefeller Center was a health mecca for prominent people. Government and business
leaders such as Nelson Rockefeller, David Sarnoff, and George Meany; actors and actresses such
as Mickey Rooney, Gloria Swanson, and Leslie Caron; international jet setters such as the Duke
and Duchess of Windsor and the Dowager Empress of Egypt; and the famous from all walks of life,
from Norman Vincent Peale to Robert Frost, credited Dr. Reilly with helping them to enjoy life to the
fullest. This book covers those tips &ndash; for healing, diet, nutrition, fitness, beauty, and longevity
&ndash; in a format that is easy to understand and follow.
With more than 3,000 entries and cross-references on the history, main figures, institutions, theory,
and literary works associated with Islam's mystical tradition, Sufism, this dictionary brings together in
one volume, extensive historical information that helps put contemporary events into a historical
context. Additional features include:
Dr. J.B. Rhine, psychologist at Duke University, is the world's outstanding authority and scientific
pioneer in the fields of ESP and psychokinesis. The Reach of The Mind is Dr. Rhine's story of his
findings and the techniques he has developed over many years to scientifically measure
non-physical factors of man's mind: telepathy, clairvoyance, and the force which the mind can
physically produce upon inanimate objects. For this paper edition Dr. Rhine has included a new
preface surveying even more recent progress in his field.
This is a facsimile book from originals that are over 85 years old, and the pages reflect the condition
of the old books. TGS has taken great pains to make sure each page is readable by using more that
scans of more than one copy of the books. TGS knows the reader will appreciate the efforts of the
authors, editors and publishers of this work.
The destructive principle of nature in individual life. Volume 2 of the Harmonic Series. This volume
contains discussion relative to the following ideals. The destructive principle is that which dispels,
disintegrates, dissipates or destroys any of nature's constructive individuality, whether they are

physical, spiritual, mental, moral or psychical. A psychological crime is that which deprives the
intelligent soul of any of the inalienable rights, privileges, benefits, powers or possibilities with which
God or nature has invested it, as well as that which subjects the will, voluntary powers and sensory
organism of the intelligent soul to the will and domination of another.
Philosophy of individual life. Partial Contents: What Science Knows; Facts of Nature; Thirteen
Planes; Music of the Spheres; Spiritual Light and Color; Spiritual: Penalties, Sociology, Education,
Occupation, Communication, Government, Wars, Animals; Sleep; Dreams; Prophecy; Guardian
Angels; Breath of Life; Children; Soul and Sex; When Death Begins; Suspended Animation; Psychic
Effects of Suicide; Cremation; Mourning; Reincarnation; Hell; God or Nature.
Henry is grief-stricken over the wartime death of his brother Charles, a pilot in the RAF. His
mourning brings on such a state of depression that he cries out for help in understanding this cruel
blow. Unexpectedly, his plea is answered, in the form of Acharya, a Hindu adept who calls on Henry
at his home in Ceylon. When Henry asks, Why are you here? Acharya responds, You sent for me.
Acharya explains that Charles is very much alive, and offers to demonstrate this fact first hand. So
he arranges to meet Henry on the astral plane after he falls asleep at night but it is not just Acharya
that Henry meets, but Charles himself!
Henry learns how the inner being of every human remains alive after the moment of death, and can
interact with loved ones as they sleep, even though the loved ones usually have no memory of this
fact when they awaken in the morning. Henry eagerly accepts Acharya's tutelage and guidance as
he explores the seven subplanes of the astral world and the mental plane as well. In the process, he
learns about the devic kingdom, from fairies to angels, and their special relationship with humanity.
He also learns about karma, reincarnation, purgatory, evolution, and much more.
To those unfamiliar with spirit control it may be of some interest to know that Mrs. Richmond in all
her public speaking is in a trance or unconscious state, the influencing spirit using the voice and
controlling all the movements of the body with ease and grace. Every discourse is preceded by an
appropriate prayer, and usually at the close a poetic control gives an impromptu poem upon a
subject selected by the audience.
These pages bear a power and an intrinsic merit which is their own commendation, and which has
called them forth. The profound interest and attention with which these discourses were received by
the people of San Francisco I believe to be a cheering indication of the feelings that will be kindled
in the world-wide audience, which also shall listen to them through the agency of the phonographers
art and the printing press.
Whatever may be the cast and state of your mind, thoughtful reader, and whatever your knowledge
and interpretation of human life, I am confident you will find herein much that your inner self will
respond to, many anxious inquiries answered, much to relieve in the great hour of sorrow, much to
console and uplift from the dicouragements and severities of the earthly pilgrimage, much to call
forth the sublimity of your nature and challenge your admiration, much to silence pride and
uncharitable thoughts; and through all these pages you cannot fail to notice a great, pleading voice
of love that would lead you calmly, intelligently, surely upward into the consciousness of an exalted,
abiding spiritual life.
The Seth books are world-renowned for comprising one of the most profound bodies of work ever
written on the true nature of reality. In this volume of original material, Seth invites us to look at the
world through another lens - a magical one. Seth reveals the true, magical nature of our deepest
levels of being, and explains how we have allowed it to become inhibited by our own beliefs and
conventional thinking.
In this pioneering work, Seth explores the connection between personal beliefs and world events.
He pinpoints the unconscious - and often negative - beliefs pervading science and religion, medicine
and mythology, and offers thought-provoking reflections on Darwinism, Freudianism, religions, cults,
and medical beliefs.

In this mind-stretching journey into the frontiers of consciousness, Seth reveals the multidimensional
nature of the human soul. In Seth Speaks, Seth introduced the concept of &ldquo;probable
realities,&rdquo; in which our idle daydreams and unfulfilled impulses do take place, in which all
possible choices are fully experienced by other portions of the self.
In this second volume of The Unknown Reality, Seth radically expands our conceptions of "self," by
showing us that the human personality is literally infinite in its scope and potential. He discloses
precisely how probable realities combine to create our waking lives, and how our "higher selves"
make decisions regarding our everyday existence. In a far-reaching exploration of the dynamics of
desire and free will, he asserts that each atom, molecule, and cell has its own consciousness and
powers of choice. With humor and simple analogies, Seth leads us beyond our ordinary level of
awareness into a spectacular discovery of the multidimensional nature of the self, including:
In 1963, Jane Roberts, an intelligent and somewhat skeptical writer and college graduate, began to
receive a series of communications from "an energy essence personality" who called himself Seth.
Psychic investigator Richard Roberts has chosen from some 3,000 pages the most
thought-provoking and helpful of Seth words from eight Seth books ranging from The Seth Material
(1970) to the last book Dreams, "Evolution," and Value Fulfillment (1986).
Among the topics are the nine "families of consciousness, the evolution of Earth and its creatures,
how thoughts form reality, how we create our lives from the dream state, the illusion of time,
simultaneous incarnations, "probable" alternate selves, unknown realities, the three "Christs," and
the eternal validity of the soul. Introduction: "A Brief History of Channeling."
For the first time in print, shamanic techniques are introduced that healers and Reiki practitioners
can draw on to tap ancient healing wisdom. Shamanism and Reiki are, by themselves, powerful
ways to heal. Together, their power multiplies, and healing methods become available that aren't
accessible if they're used separately. The purpose of Shamanic Reiki is to introduce you to concepts
in both and provide you with detailed proven methods to enhance your own healing practices, or to
work on yourselves.
Why was I born? Why must I die? How can I interact with the universe? Are there really visions? Is
there a Deity? The First Americans had the same questions. In Exploring Native American Wisdom,
you are invited into a mystical dimension, where humans communicate with the Oldest Spirit of
Creation, Grandmother Earth, animals, fire, wind, and water. The wisdom of the Old Ones unravels
the mysteries inside us waiting to burst forth with a new understanding of our place in the circle of
life. Enemies become worthy opponents. Pain becomes purification, and strife disappears. There
are no problems, only challenges, when we discover that everything is sacred and that our souls are
very old. Trudging becomes dancing as we gain the strength and perseverance to make our lives
new each day. Exploring Native American Wisdom reveals how to live fully in a rapidly changing
world, while reopening the ancient door to the divine power and wisdom within.
In every secret society of "good financial standing" these "select few" are Freemasons. From the
timber, they find most suitable for their purpose, they recruit the ranks and file of Freemasonry. Thus
Freemasonry is the mother in fact as well as in name of all secret societies; they emanate from it
and in their end object, return to it, making possible the great strength of this enemy of the Catholic
Church. Thus an edict from the head of Freemasonry reaches all those members of any secret
society who have shown the necessary qualification and in this way united action is assured. No
Catholic will ever be allowed to belong to the "select few" because he is not trusted. If he is a traitor
to the church of his mother, we cannot trust him; when death is near he will, generally, prefer the
Pope and his Priest to our friendship, and he may tell all he knows; therefore, "not all must be told to
all" and we Masons prefer to "know our own." Such and similar remarks were made to me by friends
who belong to Freemasonry. In other words, Catholics who join the Masonic Orders, or any secret
society, are considered fit for swelling the ranks and the coffer, and the votes on election day, and
are despised by their very so-called Masonic or lodge brethren.

When the Odd-Fellows and Good-Templars established lodges in the United States, the question
was raised, whether these Orders were included in the above condemnation be Leo. XII. To settle
the controversy, the Archbishop of Philadelphia, Most Rev. F.P. Kenrick, under the date of Feb. 26,
1848, asked the Prefect of the Propaganda for a decision. After a lengthy correspondence from
different sides, and the Roman Authority having obtained all available information, Cardinal J.Ph.
Fransoni, under the date Sept. 7, 1850, replied that these societies were included in the letter of
Leo. XII, and consequently, no Catholic could join them or remain a member.
--Secret
Societies--Danger
to
the
State--Freemasonry
and
the
Church--The
Devil--Heresies--Pythagoras--The Oath in Secret Societies--Initiation into Secret Societies--Signs,
Symbols, and Ceremonies--The Five Pillars in the Lodge Room--The Blazing Star, Cross, Square
and Compass--The Magi--The Ancient Druids--The Orangemen--The Carbonari--The
Odd-Fellows--The Knights of Pythias--The Modern Woodmen of America--Improved Order of
Redmen--Foresters--The Elks--Order of the Red Cross--College Secret Societies----and more.
Reiki, a touch therapy used to recharge and rebalance the body's energy, is quickly joining other
complementary therapies like acupuncture and massage in such conventional settings as hospitals,
hospices, and psychotherapy practice. An ancient hands-on healing art with origins in the Tibetan
sutras, Reiki is a means for both active self-care and administering to others.
This comprehensive book takes the reader step by step through traditional Reiki level I and II
classes, discussing Reiki's origins and purpose, describing the attunement process by which a
student is imbued with the power to channel life-force energy, and illustrating the many scenarios in
which Reiki is an appropriate support for healing. Comprehensive instruction in the basic hand
positions and extra positions used in administering Reiki are accompanied by photographs and
medical illustrations. Considerations for establishing a professional practice and opportunities for
further learning in both traditional Reiki (level III) and nontraditional schools complete the discussion,
making this the first book to serve as both an extensive training manual for students and compelling
reading for those considering taking a Reiki class.
The newly revised edition of the classic Meditation with Children incorporates Dr. Rozman's popular,
proven techniques for meditation with a powerful new focus on the heart. Teaching children to
center in the heart adds balance and self-esteem, improves decision-making and puts children in
touch with their deeper core values. Meditating with Children has been used successfully by
educators across the country in public, private and home schools and as a textbook for many
Sunday School Programs.
The rise of historical civilization 5,000 years ago is often depicted as if those societies were
somehow created out of nothing. However, recent discoveries of astonishing accomplishments from
the Neolithic Age -- in art, technology, writing, math, science, religion, medicine and exploration -demand a fundamental rethinking of humanity before the dawn of written history.
Rudgley reminds us just how savage so-called civilized people can be, and demonstrates how the
cultures that have been reviled as savage were truly civilized. The Lost Civilizations of the Stone
Age shows the great debt that contemporary society owes to its prehistoric predecessors. It is a rich
introduction to a lost world that will redefine the meaning of civilization itself.
Who are the ancient astronauts? Why did they first come to Earth? Why are they returning now?
What part did they play in building the great monuments of antiquity? What part did they play in the
formation of present and earlier civilizations? With what other beings do we share our universe? And
where does the Earth fit into the cosmic scheme of things?
In Book Two of The Law of One, the nature of each of the densities or dimensions of this octave of
creation is explored in detail with special emphasis given to how evolution for our third density to the
fourth density is accomplished. The relationship between the densities of creation and the energy
centers of the body is investigated so that each experience can be used as catalyst for growth to
balance and crystallize the energy centers of chakras of the student of evolution. Wanderers, sexual

energy transfers, the physics of Dewey B. Larson, Polarization in consciousness, ritual magic, and
the nature and function of the Higher Self are all explored as they are related to the Law of One.
Book Three of The Law of One builds on the information presented in Books One and Two,
continuing the exploration of the nature and balancing of the energy centers or chakras, sexual
energy transfers, healing, reincarnation, meditation, and Wanderers. The nature of psychic prophecy
is explored in Book Three, as are the nature and ramifications of what are usually called psychic
attacks. A good deal of information is given on the principles of ritual magic in general and white
magic in particular, and a beginning is made in the study of the archetypical mind, which is the mind
of the Logos and serves as a kind of blueprint for our evolutionary process and which serves as the
foundation concept for each of our individual minds.
Book Four of The Law of One is the last of the books in The Law of One series. Book Four explores
in great detail the archetypical mind, which is the framework provided by our Logos or sun body to
aid each of us in the evolution of mind, body, and spirit. Tarot, astrology, and ritual magic are three
paths offering the study of the archetypical mind, and in Book Four a study of that rich resource is
undertaken using the tarot, also uncovered on the nature and purpose of the veil that we experience
between the conscious and the unconscious minds and the process of "forgetting" that occurs
during each incarnation in our third-density experience. In Book Four the path of the adept becomes
more clear as Ra elucidates the adept's use of experience to balance its energy centers and
penetrate the veil of forgetting.
Book Five of The Law of One is comprised of the 56 fragments of personal material that were
originally omitted from the first four books of this series. Both Jim, the scribe, and Carla, the
instrument for the Ra contact, have added their comments to these fragments to give the reader an
idea of what it was like to be part of this contact and to show how every persons experience can be
used for personal growth and service to others.
A wide variety of topics is covered, from Eisenhowers meeting with extraterrestrials in 1954 to
UFO/government conspiracies, Wanderers, sexual energy transfers, anger, balancing, Aleister
Crowley, the Tunguska crater in Russia, pre-incarnative choices, psychic greetings, alternate and
orthodox healing modalities, the ball lightning phenomenon, and the many facets of the spiritual
journey in general.
The Four Agreements introduced a simple, but powerful code of conduct for attaining personal
freedom and true happiness. Now The Four Agreements Companion Book takes you even further
along the journey to recover the awareness and wisdom of your authentic self. This Companion
Book is a must-read not only for those who enjoyed don Miguel's first book, but f or anyone who is
ready to leave suffering behind, and to master the art of living in our natural state: happiness.
"These writings are the whisperings of God's voice to me during those early periods of illuminations
which occurred in May of every year of my life from the age of seven. I endeavored to express
thoughts and moods of these periods of ecstasy as my varying lack of body awareness balanced
with my ever increasing cosmic God-consciousness with God and nature." Walter Russell
Originally written by the University founders, Walter and Lao Russell, A Course in Cosmic
Consciousness is designed for those desiring to increase their inner-sensory perception, unfold their
own unique genius, and develop a living philosophy based on ever-expanding, life-transforming
knowledge of their cosmic unity and unique destiny as an individual creative expression of Being in
an eternally-creating universe.
This collection of beautiful blessings, contemplations, and prayers offers grace and gratitude for
everyday mealtime, holidays, and parties. Drawing from a wide range of religious and cultural
practices, these 365 blessings celebrate friendship, love, peace, reconciliation, the body, nature, joy,
and appreciation of the moment.
A Grateful Heart emphasizes the universal spirit from a variety of traditions, including blessings by

St. Augustine, Martin Luther King, Jr., Mother Theresa, Helen Keller, Walt Whitman, May Sarton,
Thich Nhat Hanh, and the Beatles, among others, and from such diverse sources as the Tao Te
Ching, the Bible, and Native American prayers.
Exploring Wicca provides an overview of Witchcraft and the many ways it is practiced today. It
explains exactly how you can become a Wiccan practitioner and live a magickal life. Lady Sabrina
teaches how to cast spells for love, money, personal success, and renewed health, as well as how
to reconnect with nature and the powers of the universe.
In addition to describing the magickal arts, this newly revised and expanded edition of Exploring
Wicca explains the principles and ideals that govern the practice of Wicca, including hands-on
advice for spellwork and sample rituals for celebrations and worship. It contains everything the
seeker needs:
The Witch's Master Grimoire contains numerous spells and magical rites in an A-Z format that are
simple and easy to follow. Many of them make use of the power of fire through the flame of a
candle. Others rely on the subtle vibrations of herbs, plants, and minerals. Those that require special
oils or incenses also provide the recipes for making them.
Lady Sabrina also gives tips on the best and most productive times to cast spells. She recommends
working with the phases of the moon, which can be found in The Old Farmers Almanac, or any good
astrological calendar. The new moon should be used to begin projects, attract money, or regenerate
friendships and health. During the full moon you should work on personal success, career, or love
and marriage. Lastly, the waning moon phase is the perfect time to get rid of negative influences
and bad situations.
In 1973, Carl Sagan published The Cosmic Connection, a daring view of the universe, which rapidly
became a classic work of popular science and inspired a generation of scientists and enthusiasts.
This seminal work is reproduced here for a whole new generation to enjoy. In Sagan's typically lucid,
lyrical style, he discusses many topics from astrophysics and solar system science, to colonization
of other worlds, terraforming and the search for extraterrestrials. [in this book, he] conveys his own
excitement and wonder, and relates the revelations of astronomy to the most profound human
problems and concerns: issues that are just as valid today as they were 30 years ago.
The best-selling science book ever published in the English language, COSMOS is a magnificent
overview of the past, present, and future of science. Brilliant and provocative, it traces today's
knowledge and scientific methods to their historical roots, blending science and philosophy in a
wholly energetic and irresistible way.
A 16th-century mystic, St. John of the Cross was also a Carmelite monk who helped reform the
Order. In this book, he addresses pride, avarice, envy, and other human imperfections. He also
provides an extended explanation of Divine love, and describes methods of conversion through
prayer, submission, and purification.
In The Twelve Houses, acclaimed astrologer Howard Sasportas explores in detail the experiences
and situations associated with each of the houses, describing not only their tangible associations but
also the more subtle meanings of each of the different spheres of life. A pioneering volume and a
favourite among students and professionals alike, this is the recognized as the definitive work on the
subject. This revised edition contains a new foreward by Liz Greene and tribute essays from leading
astrologers Darby Costello, Melanie Reinhart, Erin Sullivan and Laura Boomer Trent.
This Book contains information about Ancient Sacred Symbols from many Religions including the
Ankh, the Om and the Cross, which point to One Guided Meditation which can Speed Up the
Process of Perfect Wisdom Enlightenment - This is the Source Book of the Synthesis of Religion.
Find out about Guided Meditations to Gain Energy which Teach How to get into Alignment with a
Column of Energy From Earth to Heaven, From Kundalini Chakra in the Center of the Earth To the
Chakra in the Center of the Universe, the Soul Chakra. Ancient successful Techniques from 5000

years of Ancient Spiritual Technology from the Circulation of the Energies to the Kundalini Kriyas to
transmute Trauma - Formed Negative Karmic Mass and Remove Energy Blockages which Cover Up
the Spiritual Light and Stop the Flow of Energy. Written by Swami Satchidanand from his own
experience and the experiences of his students.
82 pages and illustrated ~ The Sixth and Seventh Books of Moses are 18th or 19th century magical
texts allegedly written by Moses, and passed down as hidden (or lost) books of the Five Books of
Moses or Pentateuch. A grimoire, a text of magical incantations and seals, it purports to instruct the
reader in the spells used to create the miracles portrayed in the Christian Bible.
The work was printed with annexes or reputed Talmudic magic names, words and incantation, many
taken from Christian biblical passages. It shows diagrams of "Seals": magical drawings
accompanied by incantations intended to perform tasks from controlling weather or people, to
contacting the dead or Christian religious figures.
Copies have been traced to 18th century German pamphlets, but an 1849 printing, aided by the
appearance of the popular press in the 19th century, spread copies through Germany and Northern
Europe, to German immigrants in the United States, to the African American South and Caribbean,
and Anglophone West Africa. It influenced European Occult Spiritualism, as well as popular religious
movements in the American South (Hoodoo), the Caribbean (Rastafarian), and West Africa.
&ndash;From Wikipedia
Published as volume 6 of "Bibliothek der Zauber-Geheimniss- und Offenbarungs-Bucher, etc." in
1849 in Stuttgart by antiquarian Johann Scheible, these books contain numerous allegedly magical
spells used to summon spirits to do the will of the conjourer. Although these are allegedly
Kabbalistic in nature, there is very little or no influence of Kabbala within the pages. The texts are
allegedly translated from a text written in the Cuthan-Samaritan language, a language considered
extinct since the 12th century. No manuscripts older than 1849 are to be found, and the claimed
origin must be regarded pseudepigraphic and spurious.
The included pictures of the "seals" consist of various stylized symbols surrounded pseudo-hebrew
and pseudo-latin phrases and letters. The Latin language wasn't spoken in the area of Judea where
Moses lived. The pictures of the seals are therefore by necessity of different origin than what is
claimed." (Quote from wikipedia.org)
Publisher's Preface; The Sixth Book Of Moses; Introduction; The Mystery Of The First Seal; The
Mystery Of The Second Seal; The Mystery Of The Third Seal; The Mystery Of The Fourth Seal; The
Mystery Of The Fifth Seal; The Mystery Of The Sixth Seal; The Mystery Of The Seventh Seal; The
Seventh Book Of Moses; The Twelve Tables Of The Spirits; Extract From The Magical Kabala;
Treatise Sion; Treatise Of The Sixth Book Of Moses; Treatise Of The Seventh Book Of Moses;
Biblia Arcana Magica Alexander; Magical (spirit Commado) Beside The Black Raven; The Rabellini
Table
Professor Schellhorn has skillfully demonstrated the large body of evidence that suggests
extraterrestrial visitors have long been occupied with visiting our planet, biologically engineering the
develoment of man and directing certain control cultures such as the early Hebrews. The return of
the Messiah "out of the clouds" is not metaphor but fact--and that Messiah's "army of heaven" is not
only truly extraterrestrial but has been here before.
"If this book is a work of the imagination, it is a poetic and consistent work of art; as I prefer to
believe, it is based on truth, it must be one of the most important books ever written." - Michael
Glickman, journalist and cerelogist. Since its spectacular launch is 1993, The Only Planet of Choice
has been widely acknowledged as one of the most significant books for our time. Many of those
thousands who have already read it have spoken of the profound effect it has had upon them.
This book represents the outcome of twenty years of work by a distinguished international research
group whose members have been communicating through psychic transceiver, Phyllis Schlemmer,

with an enlightened circle of universal beings known as the Council of Nine. Their dialogues have
continued and the result is this updated edition of 'The Only Planet of Choice'. Published this time
without any linking commentaries but with a vital new chapter on the 1990s, the book contains a
mass of fresh and pressing information of particular relevance to our troubled world as it approaches
the end of the millennium. Its underlying theme is free will and the power of the inhabitants of Planet
Earth to create a better, more harmonious world.
Among the many themes covered in detail are the existence of ET civilisations and their interactions
with Earth, the nature of the Source of the Universe, the ancient history of humanity, Jesus the
Nazarene, environmental issues and humankind's as-yet-unrealised potential for self-awareness.
But, above all, for those who are prepared to listen and heed its message, it offers a positive
outcome for the future. New readers will welcome the opportunity to explore this riveting book for the
first time. Existing readers will want to discover the wise new truths it contains. "Everything you ever
wanted to know about the Universe but didn't know who to ask" - Kindred Spirit magazine.
Michael Schneider leads us on a spectacular, lavishly illustrated journey along the numbers one
through ten to explore the mathematical principles made visible in flowers, shells, crystals, plants,
and the human body, expressed in the symbolic language of folk sayings and fairy tales, myth and
religion, art and architecture. This is a new view of mathematics, not the one we learned at school
but a comprehensive guide to the patterns that recur through the universe and underlie human
affairs. A Beginner's Guide to Constructing, the Universe shows you:
SCARCELY any department of theological science has, in the last few decades, received such
marked attention and cultivation as that branch for which the Germans have adopted the felicitous
appellation Neutestamentliche Zeitgeschichte, the study of the age of Christ in its political, social,
and religious aspects. Observant readers will not have failed to detect that the tendency of modern
evangelical theology is to transfer the centre of interest from the work of Christ to the person of
Christ.
Hand in hand, and in close connection with this general tendency, certain auxiliary branches have
assumed an importance hitherto not attributed to them. When the person of Christ forms the
cynosure of all eyes, his surroundings proportionally grow in interest and importance; and hence it is
not surprising that so much acumen and learning have been employed in the truly fascinating study
of the Palestine of Christ&rsquo;s day in all its relations. The central sun casts its rays of
resplendent light on ever-day objects, and these become prominent in proportion as they reflect this
light.
In more than one respect the Book of Enoch is an important factor in these investigations. Being one
of the oldest specimens of apocalyptic literature; reflecting in its different parts the convictions,
feelings, and longings of the people of God at different stages of their development; written in
imitation of the spirit of the prophets, with religious purposes and spiritual objects; it can safely be
said to be an invaluable aid to the understanding of the religious and moral atmosphere in which the
Saviour lived. It does not belong merely to the curiosities of literature, but is a book of positive worth,
and the source of much information to the patient investigator.
Demons of the Flesh is a comprehensive and unflinching overview of the erotic initiation and sexual
sorcery essential to the mysterious magical tradition known as the "Left-Hand Path. Part exploration
of this taboo area, part manual detailing the actual mechanics of sex magic, the book draws on the
pioneering studies of Aleister Crowley and Jack Parsons to penetrate the veil of secrecy surrounding
the ecstasies and dangers of these practices.
Initiate yourself into one of the most enriching and powerful systems of magick anywhere. The
Angels'&rsquo; Message to Humanity presents a radical, new system of 88 graded paths based on
mandalas created from the five Enochian tablets. Incorporating ritual magick, creative visualization,
yoga, and mantras, nothing apart from this book is needed for these initiations.
The revised pathworking rituals in The Angels'&rsquo; Message to Humanity allow a magician to

fully explore the Enochian system of magick, alone or with others. Explore alternative methods of
skrying and ritually working with the Watchtowers. Build the Enochian Cube as a powerful,
three-dimensional model of the magickal universe through advanced pathworking rituals.
Considered one of the most powerful forms of magick, Enochian Magic is an alternative system to
the Qabala, and functions to awaken the consciousness of man to his inherent divinity. This
comprehensive and classic manual of Enochian Magic is your map of the way upon the path. The
step-by-step instructions are for beginning and seasoned magician alike.
For the novice student, this book guides you through initiation in the magical system of Enochian
Magick. Originally formed by Dr. John Dee and Edward Kelly, Enochian Magick was also used by
Aleister Crowley and the Golden Dawn. Learn to use magical weapons, divinatory techniques and
talismans that pique your awareness, outlook, attitude and health no matter what your background.
An explanation of magick as applied to physical phenomena and their Western scientific
interpretation. Begins with the most basic concepts of mass, force and gravity, and overlays
Einstein's concepts of relativity, quantum mechanics, and other more contemporary scientific
theories and concepts with the Enochian system. Revised to include the latest breakthroughs in
theoretical physics.
Schuon makes a critical distinction between an absolute Islam and a contingent Islam. Surveying
the fundamental and thus indispensable elements of the Islamic revelation allows one to gain a
perspective on its more relative aspects. The Arab style, with its pious exaggerations, ellipses,
hyperbolism and love of sublimity, is seen here not only in its tendency to obscure pure sapeintial
knowledge, but also in light of its profound spiritual intention. Also included is a chapter which
situates philosophy with regard to the concerns of faith and theology, restoring to it its normal and
legitimate meaning of love of divine and eternal Wisdom.
This is an initiation into the tone, structure, and mentality of Egyptian knowledge, the basis of all
Western theology and science. It is a redefinition of those concepts which are basic to the
pharaonic transmission--the glory of ancient Egypt. The author explores the "process of becoming"
as related to consciousness and revealed in nature; the kinship between man and the mineral, plant
and animal kingdoms; the stages of awareness leading to "Cosmic Consciousness"; and the
mystery of the formation of substance into matter.
Symbolism is the intuitive means of overcoming the limitations of reason. Here Schwaller explains
how true progress in human thought can be made only if we call upon the "symbolizing" faculty of
intelligence, developed and refined in the temple culture of ancient Egypt and reflected in its
hieroglyphs.
The monumental Temple of Man represents the most important breakthrough in our understanding
of Ancient Egypt since the discovery of the Rosetta stone. This exhaustive and authoritative study
reveals the depths of the mathematical, medical, and metaphysical sophistication of Ancient Egypt.
Schwaller de Lubicz's stone-by-stone survey of the temple of Amun-Mut-Khonsu at Luxor allows us
to step into the mentality of Ancient Egypt and experience the Egyptian way of thinking within the
context of their own worldview.
His study finds the temple to be an eloquent expression and summary--an architectural
encyclopedia--of what the Egyptians knew of humanity and the universe. Through a reading of the
temple's measures and proportions, its axes and orientations, and the symbolism and placement of
its bas-reliefs, along with the accompanying studies of related medical and mathematical papyri,
Schwaller de Lubicz demonstrates how advanced the civilization of Ancient Egypt was, a civilization
that possessed exalted knowledge and achievements both materially and spiritually. In so doing,
Schwaller de Lubicz effectively demonstrates that Ancient Egypt, not Greece, is at the base of
Western science, civilization, and culture.
To understand the temple of Luxor, twelve years of field work were undertaken with the utmost

exactitude by Schwaller de Lubicz in collaboration with French archaeologist Clement Robichon and
the respected Egyptologist Alexandre Varille. From this work were produced over 1000 pages of text
and proofs of the sacred geometry of the temple and 400 illustrations and photographs that make up
The Temple of Man.
John Edward, Suzane Northrup, and George Anderson are just a few of the prominent American
mediums who have been accused of being frauds. But what if a respected scientist challenged them
to make contact with the beyond under controlled laboratory conditions? What if the results not only
stunned a skeptical scientist but also offered astonishing answers to a timeless question: Is there life
after death?
Risking his academic reputation, Dr. Gary E. Schwartz asked well-known mediums to become part
of a series of experiments to prove, or disprove, the existence of an afterlife. This riveting narrative,
with electrifying transcripts, documents stringently monitored experiments in which mediums
attempted to contact dead friends and relatives of "sitters" who were masked from view and never
spoke, depriving the mediums of any cues.
Here are the results that awed sitters and researchers alike: a revelation about a son's suicide, what
a deceased father wanted to say about his last days in a coma, the transformation of a man's
lifelong doubts about the afterlife, and, most amazing of all, a forecast of a beloved spouse's death.
Forced by data to abandon skepticism, Schwartz presents this amazing account of his
groundbreaking work, compelling from first page to last.
Every Monday night millions of Americans tune into Medium, NBC's new hit drama featuring Allison
DuBois, an ordinary woman who helps police solve baffling crimes through her ability to
communicate with the dead. What most don't know is that this fictional character is based on a
true-life medium named Allison DuBois, who is a consultant to the show.
For the past four years, DuBois has been the subject of rigorous scientific experiments conducted at
the University of Arizona by Harvard-trained psychologist Gary Schwartz. The Truth about Medium
chronicles many of those experiments as well as the real-life cases Allison has worked on and
reveals hard laboratory evidence that psychic ability and mediumship are real.
According to highly esteemed scientist Gary E. Schwartz, Ph.D., there is compelling scientific
evidence that we no longer have to accept God on faith alone. Through a multidisciplinary approach,
Harvard University-educated Dr. Schwartz blends psychology, quantum physics, and mathematics
to examine the science of spirit. And since faith and science are not mutually exclusive, Dr.
Schwartz gives a better understanding of their relationship, explaining how God operates in
everything we do.
A healer removes the pain of a broken wrist in fifteen minutes. Another removes an ovarian tumor in
a couple of weeks. Still another, from thousands of miles away, regenerates the nerves of an injured
spine for a patient on whom the doctors had given up. These sound like tabloid stories but could
they be true? They are just three out of millions of instances in which healers have claimed to
manipulate energy fields to cure the body.
Books on vibrational medicine, prayer, and spiritual healing present readers with an array of
historical and current discoveries and techniques. But so far nobody has addressed the reality of
healing through comprehensive scientific research. The Energy Healing Experiments fills that void.
Harvard- educated Dr. Gary E. Schwartz provides scientific experiments and evidence to reveal the
truth about the existence of energy fields and unlocks their potential for enhancing your health.
Your Soul&rsquo;s Plan (which was originally published under the title Courageous Souls: Do We
Plan Our Life Challenges Before Birth?) explores the premise that we are all eternal souls who plan
our lives, including our greatest challenges, before we are born for the purpose of spiritual growth.
Through compelling profiles of people who knowingly planned the experiences mentioned above,
Your Soul&rsquo;s Plan shows that suffering is not purposeless, but rather imbued with deep

meaning. Working with four gifted mediums, author Robert Schwartz reveals the significance of
each person&rsquo;s life plan and allows us a fascinating look into the &ldquo;other side.&rdquo;
Each personal story focuses on a specific life challenge, organized by type for easy reference.
Accessible both to those familiar with the metaphysical aspects of spirituality and to the general
reader, the moving narratives that comprise Your Soul&rsquo;s Plan help readers awaken to the
reality that they are transcendent, eternal souls. With this stirring book as a guide, feelings of anger,
resentment, guilt, and victimization are healed and transformed into acceptance, forgiveness,
gratitude, and peace.
Robert Schwartz is also the author of Your Soul&rsquo;s Gift: The Healing Power of the Life You
Planned Before You Were Born, which explores the pre-birth planning of spiritual awakening,
miscarriage, abortion, caregiving, abusive relationships, sexuality, incest, adoption, poverty, suicide,
rape, and mental illness. There&rsquo;s also a chapter about the pre-birth planning we do with our
future pets.
Sacred Promise brings us into the laboratory of scientist Dr. Gary Schwartz, where he establishes
the existence of Spirit by its own Willful Intent &ndash; a proof of concept for deceased spirits. The
author takes readers on a personal journey into the world of angels and spirits and reveals their
existence and desire to help.
Dr. Schwartz candidly discusses the challenges as well as the rewards of connecting with Spirit. He
poses several important questions. What if our feelings of emptiness, loneliness, hopelessness, and
meaninglessness are actually fostered by our belief in a &ldquo;spiritless&rdquo; Universe? What if
our physical hunger is symptomatic of a greater spiritual hunger? What if Spirit is actually all around
us, ready to fill us with energy, hope, and direction, if we are ready to ingest it? What if Spirit is like
air and water, readily available for us to draw within; that is, if we choose to seek it?
Remarkable 16th-century classic attempted to disprove existence of witches. Rich full account of
charges against witches, witch trials, practice of the black arts. Excerpts from Inquisition, interviews
with convicted witches, discussions of alchemy, astrology, much more. Indispensable primary
source on witchcraft. Introduction by Montague Summers. 17 illustrations.
John Scott's Ashtanga Yoga draws on his expertise as a teacher of this most energetic form of
yoga. An easy-to-use guide, it features color photographs and a series of step-by-step exercise
sessions -- starting with a simple sequence designed for beginners that, once mastered, provides
the foundation for moving to the next cycle.
This work, first published in 1830 under the full title Letters on Demonology and Witchcraft, occupies
a curious place in Sir Walter Scott's vast literary output. Four years after his financial collapse in
1826, the author sustained a mild stroke; shortly after, John Murray, who was then issuing a series
known as The Family Library, asked Scott to contribute a volume on demonology. He readily
consented, but as an entry in Scott's journal makes clear he did not greatly care for the work and
really engaged in it to help pay off his debts. The book attempts to develop broad theories on such
subjects as the prevalence of belief in witchcraft in the Middle Ages. Scott was far more
accomplished in dealing with particular instances of occult history such as his account of
demonology in France and in Sweden and his assessment of Joan of Arc. Moreover, his intimate
knowledge of early Scottish literature gives a singular importance to chapters concerned with his
native land, and it is interesting to find that here and there he offers something of a sidelight on his
own novels (e.g., when he discusses the specters he dealt with in Woodstock). Demonology and
Witchcraft is written in the form of a series of letters to the author's son-in-law. Scott died two years
after publication in 1832.
Sir Walter Scott wrote Letters on Demonology and Witchcraft for Murray's Family Library (a series of
books on diverse topics to be published in cheap five shilling volumes) at the request of his
son-in-law, J.G. Lockhart. The books does indeed take the form of letters covering areas of
demonology and witchcraft from biblical times to current day. Scott's approach to the subject is one

of skepticism and rational thought -- superstitions and beliefs are often the cause of a lack of
understanding of strange cultures and religions. He ends the book with an fervent hope for his
countrymen that ". . . the sense of humanity is too universally spread to permit them to think of
tormenting wretches till they confess what is impossible, and then burning them for their pains."
The Story of Atlantis and The Lost Lemuria are two pieces by W. Scott-Elliot, a Theosophist and an
associate of Madame H.P. Blavatsky and Henry Steele Olcott in the early days of the Theosophical
Society. The Theosophists believed they were descendants of the Aryans, and that the Aryans had
originally come from Atlantis.
Scott-Elliot expands on the work of Ignatius Donelly, whose Atlantis, the Antediluvian World started
the subsequent craze on the topic, and adds an imaginative Theosophic history of the Earth,
including details of the Theosophic concept of human evolution and everyday life in old Atlantis and
Lemuria.
"Lemuria (IPA: /lmjri/) is the name of a hypothetical "lost land" variously located in the
Indian and Pacific Oceans. Its 19th century origins lie in attempts to account for discontinuities in
biogeography. Lemuria has been rendered superfluous by modern understanding of plate tectonics.
Although sunken continents do exist &mdash; see Zealandia in the Pacific and the Kerguelen
Plateau in the Indian Ocean &mdash; there is no geological formation under the Indian or Pacific
Oceans that corresponds to the hypothetical Lemuria.
Though Lemuria has passed out of the realm of science, it has been adopted by occult writers, as
well as some Tamil writers of India. Accounts of Lemuria differ according to the requirements of their
contexts, but all share a common belief that a continent existed in ancient times and sank beneath
the ocean as a result of geological change, often cataclysmic." (Quote from wikipedia.org)
Publisher&rsquo;s Preface; Evidence Supplied By Geology And By The Relative Distribution Of
Living And Extinct Animals And Plants.; Evidence Obtained From Archaic Records.; Probable
Duration Of The Continent Of Lemuria.; The Maps; Reptiles And Pine Forests.; The Human
Kingdom.; Size And Consistency Of Man's Body.; Organs Of vision.; Description Of Lemurian Man.;
Processes Of Reproduction.; Lemurian Races Still Inhabiting The Earth.; Sin Of The Mindless.;
Origin Of The Pithecoid And The Anthropoid Apes.; Origin Of Language.; The First Taking Of Life.;
The Arts.; Teachers Of The Lemurian Race.; The Arts Continued.; Great Cities And Statues.;
Religion.; Destruction Of The Continent.; Founding Of The Atlantean Race.; A Lodge Of Initiation.;
Endnotes
This work explores the interaction between magic and medicine in ancient Mesopotamia, as applied
specifically to ghosts. Included is a discussion of sin and natural causes in Mesopotamian medicine.
Additionally, it transliterates and translates 352 prescriptions designed to cure psychological and
physical ailments thought to be caused by ghosts.
This reference work intimately explains and illustrated all technical and abstruse terms used in the
textbooks of the science. The pages will appeal immediately to those who are in the preliminary
stages of astrological study, and in some part also to such as, having made progress in the
technical part of astrology, are in need from time to time of referring points of debatable interest or
data that are not usually accessible.
This little work is designed to instruct the mind as yet unacquainted with the phenomena of eclipses,
and to counteract the prejudice which affirms without examination that these phenomena are in no
way connected with mundane events. In dealing with this subject, the author shall have occasion to
speak of eclipses of the Sun and Moon not only in their physical causative relations, but also in their
symbolic and prognostic relations. Contents: natural causes of an eclipse; eclipses of the sun and
moon; historical eclipses; calculate an eclipse of the sun and moon; eclipse signs and indications;
the decanates; transits over eclipse points; individuals and eclipses.
In these days of advanced thinking it is a matter of common observation that we have left many of

the old landmarks behind and that we are now pressing forward to greater heights and to a wider
horizon than that which represented the mind-content of our progenitors. It has been suggested that
human progress moves in cycles, and that we are continually reverting to the state of affairs and the
theoretical outlook upon life that held the minds of former generations. The further suggestion is that
we do not trace the same circle on the same plane, but that each successive return to our former
condition finds us somewhat higher in the scale of civilisation and mental development...
1912. In the following pages I have given some valuable hints to those who are able to invest their
money and take their dividends. They will be able, with the assistance of my book, to buy cheaply
and to clear out before prices recede from the highest. Includes: General Principles, Planetary
Values, Effects of Transits and Aspects, Sensitive Points, How to Invest, How to Average, Etc.
In Law of Values, he suggests buying stocks immediately after they have been clobbered by Saturn,
with the price as low as it will get, and then selling the stock immediately after being hit by Jupiter,
when the price is likely to be as high as it will ever go. And living off dividends between the two.
The Arcana, or Stock and Share Key, was one of a number of secret financial manuscripts which
Sepharial sold by subscription only. Terse, clear, to the point, Sepharial gives exact instructions for
stock traders, including how to use dispositors and decans. This is first time it has appeared in print.
This is one of the oddest books of financial advice ever written, one that ascribes astrological import
to the movement of dollars and assigns signs of the zodiac to countries (England is, apparently an
Aries, and France a Leo). Here we learn that Saturn brings "national depression due to political
reversals" and Mercury "a sense of instability," that the Boer War may have been triggered by
Neptune (the planet, not the deity), and that by learning how to read the stars the earthbound
investor may prosper. It remains unclear whether Sepharial, who published this curious work in
1912, saw dark celestial clouds brewing for October 1929. "Sepharial" was the pseudonym of British
mystic WALTER GORN-OLD (1864-1929), one of the most prolific writers on and teachers of
astrology in modern times, and the first president of the British Astrological Society. Among his more
than 60 books are Astrology Explained, Cosmic Symbolism, Science of Foreknowledge, and The
Silver Key.
Dr Walter Gorn Old 'Sepharial' (born 20 March 1864, at 2:06 a.m. LMT in Handsworth, England;
died 23 December 1929 in Hove, England) was a notable 19th century astrologer, better known as
Sepharial. An eminent English Theosophist, Sepharial was a well-known and respected astrologer in
the late 19th and early 20th centuries and wrote numerous books, some of which are still highly
regarded today. He was editor of "Old Moore's Almanac", which is still published in the 21st century.
As a young man Sepharial initially studied medicine and followed this up with studies in psychology,
oriental languages, astrology and numerology. In 1886 he started to write an astrology problem
page in the Society Times, where he answered the public's questions, and in 1887 at the age of just
23 was admitted to the "inner sanctum" of the Theosophical Society. He was in fact one of the
founder members of the Theosophical movement in England. Madame Blavatsky (whom he lived
with until her death) called him "The Astral Tramp" because of his nightly explorations into the astral
plane
In the following pages, it will be seen that Sepharial follows one method, and this has respect to the
varying altitude of the several bodies directed to the places, and aspects of others. The principle
involved is, however, so simple of expression and so easy of application, which at the same time so
completely satisfactory in results, that he sought to bring it into popular use by making it instantly
accessible to any student fortified with a set of Tables of the Houses. Contents: principles of
directing; polar elevation; illustration; mundane aspects; zodiacal and mundane parallels; summary;
further examples; suggested method; general review; royal horoscope; telescopic view; solar and
lunar horoscopes.
There is a system of interpretation in numerology which is supported by experience, but has its
origin beyond the realm of the phenomenal worlds. If no such system existed, it would be impossible
to prove the geometrical relations of thought. But this is done daily by those who make use of

numbers for purposes of divination. -from "Chapter II: Geometrical Relations of Thought" Originally
published in two volumes in 1913, this classic of the art of numerology builds upon the work of the
ancient Greeks, Aryans, and Egyptians to describe the dramatic effect that numbers exert upon the
world all around us. Part I introduces numerological theories and practices, including how to read
others' thoughts through numbers, predict and influence success and failure, and understand
"chance" events. Part II explores the geometry of nature and how it affects us, numbers that sway
human will, and much more. For practitioners of the paranormal arts and those interested in the
history of science and pseudoscience, this is a fascinating and essential book. "Sepharial" was the
pseudonym of British mystic WALTER GORN-OLD (1864-1929), one of the most prolific writers on
and teachers of astrology in modern times. Among his many works are Astrology Explained, Cosmic
Symbolism, Science of Foreknowledge, and The Silver Key.
Being a Compendium of Astrological Research, Philosophy, and Practice in the East and West;
Containing Material Now Otherwise Inaccessible to the Student, and the Radix System or Method of
Directing for Future Events and Tendencies as Used by the Author and Hitherto Unpublished. Partial
Contents: Astrology in Shakespeare; The Great Year; Celestial Dynamics; Neptune; New Satellite
Lilith; A Third Earth-Moon; Indian Astrology; Horoscope of Rama; Astrology of the Hebrews; Star of
Bethlehem; Measure of life; Astrological Practice, Ptolemys' method, Bonatti's method of direction;
Radix System; Our solar system.
The gods of Olympus died with the advent of Christianity--or so we have been taught to believe. But
how are we to account for their tremendous popularity during the Renaissance? This illustrated
book, now reprinted in a new, larger paperback format, offers the general reader first a discussion of
mythology in late antiquity and the Middle Ages, and then a multifaceted look at the far-reaching role
played by mythology in Renaissance intellectual and emotional life.
This book, the successor to Tao I: The Way of All Life, reveals the highest secrets and most
powerful practical techniques for the Tao journey, which includes one&rsquo;s physical healing and
rejuvenation journey and one&rsquo;s entire spiritual journey. Its essence can be summarized in
one sentence:
Tao II: The Way of Healing, Rejuvenation, Longevity, and Immortality explains the significance of
this highest secret and exactly how to do it. It gives you the sacred key for your whole life&rsquo;s
practice and shares two hundred and twenty sacred phrases that include not only profound sacred
wisdom but also additional simple and practical techniques.
Tao is The Way. Tao is the source of all universes. Tao is the principles and laws of all universes. In
the sixth book of the Soul Power Series, New York Times bestselling author Master Zhi Gang Sha
shares the essence of ancient teachings of Tao and reveals a new Tao text for the twenty-first
century that he received directly from the Divine.
These new divine teachings reveal how Tao exists in every aspect of life, from waking to sleeping to
eating and more. Master Sha explains how Tao uses the processes of normal creation and reverse
creation for all life. He also shares advanced soul wisdom and practical approaches for reaching
Tao. In this process, healing, rejuvenation, and life transformation occur. In contrast to the ancient
Taoist wisdom, knowledge, and practices, the new sacred teaching in this book is extremely simple,
practical, and profound.
Soul Mind Body Medicine is a revolutionary new book that puts breakthrough healing science at
your fingertips. It moves beyond the familiar concept of &ldquo;mind over matter&rdquo; to the new
frontier in health and healing for the 21st century: &ldquo;soul over matter.&rdquo; This book
teaches a truth so simple and yet so very profound: THE SOUL CAN HEAL. It explains how to tap
into the soul&rsquo;s limitless powers of unconditional love and forgiveness for healing and
manifestation.
Soul Mind Body Medicine combines Western wisdom with ancient Chinese healing secrets and
powerful new techniques for energy and spiritual healing. It includes 150 photographs that illustrate

healing strategies for more than 100 ailments, from the common cold and back pain to heart disease
and diabetes. Also included are step-by-step protocols for weight loss, cancer recovery, a wellness
regime, and much more. Says best-selling author Zhi Gang Sha: "Heal the soul first; then the
healing of the mind and body will follow."
Within modern Wicca, the urge still exists to find a particular school of study. Covens are an option
for some, but they can be hard to find. Even when you find one, it may not satisfy your particular
quest. In addition, many people who desire more direct access to their god or goddess choose to
practice alone. This book is the solution to all of these dilemmas.
The ten great cosmic Powers are ten great mahavidyas,Great Sciences mentioned in Tantra
Shastra.the powers and personalities of the Mother of the Universe.Each is a particular cosmic
function and each leads to a special realization of the one reality.The might of KALI,the sound force
of TARA,the beauty and bliss of SUNDARi,the vast vision of BHUVANESWARI,the effulgent charm
of BHAIRAVI,the striking force of CHINNAMASTA,the silent inertness of DHUMAVATI,the
paralyzing power of BHAGALAMUKHI,the expressive play of MATANGI and the concord and
harmony of KAMALATMIKA are the various characteristics the distinct manifestations of the
Supreme Consciousness that has made this creation possible.In fourteen luminous chapters,the
author delves into the dateless past of the Tantric mysteries and brings to light the varieties relevant
even in the actual presemt,dominated by empirical science.
This is an introductory book about the Crystal Skulls by the Crystal Skull Explorers, Joshua Shapiro
and Katrina Head. The Crystal Skulls are considered to be one of the world's greatest mysteries.
The book include articles, photographs, experiences of the authors with the crystal skulls, crystal
skull resources and a discourse about some secret aspects of the crystal skulls discovered over the
years by the authors through personal and paranormal research.
Joshua Shapiro has been involved with the crystal skulls since 1983 and has had a chance to be in
the presence of many of the well known crystal skulls. He has done several hundred public
presentations and been interviewed by national and international media - radio and tv. He has
dedicated his life to sharing the absolute best information about the crystal skulls and somehow has
found a way to survive doing this. Katrina Head joined Joshua in this quest for the crystal skulls in
2009 and is a gift healer and spiritual channel. She has the ability very quickly when working with a
crystal skull to bring it to life and is the main person helping other people in the world to get their
own crystal skulls.
Within the pages of this immensely inspiring book that has transformed the lives of people and
families across the planet, life-improvement guru Robin Sharma reveals a surprisingly easy yet
strikingly effective system that shows you how to awaken the natural leadership potential of your
child while restoring your own balance, joy, and inner peace in the process. Written as an
entertaining and heartwarming story, Family Wisdom follows the continuing adventures of the now
famous Julian Mantle, who first appeared in the worldwide publishing sensation The Monk Who Sold
His Ferrari. Julian, a high-powered legal superstar turned enlightened monk, reveals the wisest
answers to life&rsquo;s deepest questions. Within these pages, you&rsquo;ll discover how to:
<P>&bull; unlock the best and highest talents of your child <BR>&bull; deepen the relationships with
those you love <BR>&bull; create a family culture that is rich, enduring, and beautiful <BR>&bull;
connect with your destiny and live your heart&rsquo;s desires <BR>&bull; inspire your children to be
strong of character and wise of mind <BR>&bull; bring true balance into your life and live with
greater simplicity, festivity, and fulfillment <BR>&bull; teach your children to dream big dreams and
find true success <BR>&bull; get back to what is most important in your life and enjoy its fullest gifts
THE GREAT AWAKENING is an informative and compelling introduction to authentic spirituality by
the world's foremost spiritual author and teacher, Michael Sharp. Witty, insightful, and packed with
all the information you need to get started on the Lightning Path of authentic spiritual awakening and
empowerment. An essential read for anybody serious about spiritual transformation and awakening.
Ever so long ago, in the wonderful country of Nonamia, there lived an absent-minded magician. It is

not usual, of course, for a magician to be absent-minded; but then, if it were usual it would not have
happened in Nonamia. Nobody knew very much about this particular magician, for he lived in his
castle in the air, and it is not easy to visit any one who lives in the air. He did not want to be visited,
however; visitors always meant conversation, and he could not endure conversation. This, by the
way, was not surprising, for he was so absent-minded that he always forgot the end of his sentence
before he was half-way through the beginning of it; and as for his visitors' remarks&mdash;well, if he
had had any visitors, he would never have heard their remarks at all. So, when some one did call on
him, one day,&mdash;and that was when he had been living in his castle in the air for seven
hundred and seventy-seven years and had almost forgotten who he was and why he was
there,&mdash;the magician was so astonished that he could not think of anything to say. "How did
you get here?" he asked at last; for even an absent-minded magician cannot remain altogether
silent, when he looks out of his castle in the air and sees a Princess in a gold and silver frock, with a
bright little crown on her head, floating about on a soft white cloud.
Evelyn Sharp (1869-1955) was the ninth of eleven children. Sharp's family sent her to a boarding
schooling for two years, yet she successfully passed several university local examinations. She
moved to London in 1894 against the wishes of her family where she wrote and published several
novels including All the Way to Fairyland (1897) and The Other Side of the Sun (1900). In 1903
Sharp, with the help of her friend and lover, Henry Nevinson, began to find work writing articles for
the Daily Chronicle, the Pall Mall Gazette and the Manchester Guardian. She highlighted the
importance of Nevinson and the Men's League for Women's Suffrage. Sharp's journalism made her
more aware of the problems of working- class women and she joined the Women's Industrial
Council and the National Union of Women's Suffrage Societies. Unlike most members of the
women's movement, Sharp was unwilling to end the campaign for the vote during the First World
War. When she continued to refuse to pay income tax she was arrested and all of her property
confiscated, including her typewriter.
The study of error is often only a little less important than the study of truth. The history of the
human mind in its progress from ignorance towards knowledge, should tell us the mistakes into
which it has sometimes wandered, as well as its steps in the right path. We turn indeed with more
pleasure to review the sources from which the world has gained any of its valuable truths, in the
hope of there finding some further knowledge which may be equally valuable; while for our errors, so
long as we are unwilling to acknowledge them to be errors, we too often shut our eyes, and refuse
to be shewn their origin. The Emperor Marcus Antoninus, in his philosophical work, mentions the
several tutors and friends from whom he gained his good habits, and those views of life which he
chiefly valued; but though we must suppose that he was aware of some failings in his character, he
does not tell us to which of his companions he owed them. And so it is with the benefits of
civilization, arts, and religion ;and also with the evils of superstition. Modern Europe readily
acknowledges how many benefits it received fromE ome, from Greece, and from Judea, but has
been willing to forget how much of its superstition came fromE
irst published in this format in 1884, this early chronological account forms a complete overview of
the history of witchcraft, "wizardry, and spectral appearances" in Scotland before 1724. An Editorial
note introduces the author, Charles Kirkpatrick Sharpe (1781-1851), and explains how this present
volume was originally written as an introductory chapter to Sharpe's 1819 edition of "Memorialls; or
the Memorable Things that fell out within the Island of Brittain from 1638 to 1684 by the Rev. Mr.
Robert Law." but came to be regarded as a work which was more important in its own right. A
Biographical Sketch of the 'polished and aristocratic', 'capricious and eccentric' author follows, with a
good description of the scope of Sharpe's correspondence, literary labours, etchings and collections.
The historical account itself is presented in twelve chapters, with an Appendix, the editor's own
compilation of a 'Short List of Books on Scottish Witchcraft and Superstition' and an Index.
The greater number of our specimens having been taken from illuminated MSS. a slight sketch of
the origin and progress of that beautiful art, which prevailed in Europe from the fourth to the
sixteenth century, is entitled to precedence. The art of applying colour to written documents seems
to have had an eastern origin. The Egyptians were in the habit of rubricating their MSS. and this
practice may have passed to Greece and Rome, though no evidence of it exists in either country

previous to the Christian era. In the rolls of Papyri, discovered at Herculaneum (written in the early
half of the first century), there is no trace of any ornament whatever, though we know from Ovid and
Pliny that the Romans, long before the destruction of Pompeii, were accustomed to rubricate their
MSS. and adorn them with paintings. The process of laying on and burnishing gold and silver
appears to have been familiar to the oriental nations from a period of remote antiquity; and, although
there are no instances of its use in the Egyptian Papyri, yet it is not unreasonable to believe that the
Greeks acquired from Egypt, or I ndia, the art of thus ornamenting manuscripts, and probably
conveyed it to the Romans. A mong the later Greeks, the usage became so common that the
scribes or artists in gold seem to have constituted a distinct class. The luxury thus introduced was
augmented by writing on vellum, stained of a purple or rose colour, the earliest instance of which is
recorded by Julius Capitolinus, in his life of the Emperor Maximinus the younger, to whom his
mother made a present of the Poems of Homer, written on purple vellum, in golden letters. This took
place at the commencement of the third century. For upwards of a hundred years the practice
seems to have continued of rare occurrence, but, to Our initial is taken from a coloured drawing,
now in the British Museum, made by A
ABOVE BLACK documents the true life experience of a USAF member, while working for the
National Security Agency (NSA) as an electronic intelligence specialist. The book relates, in the first
person, his experience as an integral part of a project called Preserve Destiny... a project deeply
involved with alien contact.
In case after amazing case, you'll listen to the actual voices of the dead &ndash; contrary, lyrical
entrancing. You'll explore the meaning of out-of-body experiences and learn how spirits of the dead
can be seen as well as heard. You'll also discover how YOU can communicate with the dead
&ndash; and capture their voices on an ordinary tape recorder!
Ancient theory, modern practice: Dynamic Aikido brings together the whole spectrum of theoretical
and applied aikido. Through it, one can become perfectly attuned to one's opponent, can sense his
intentions and turn his movements to one's own advantage. Comprehensive and fully illustrated,
Dynamic Aikido presents the basic postures and stances, fundamental techniques and applications:
how to cope with a frontal attack, how to avoid an attack from the rear, how to sense and thwart the
pickpocket. An essential companion for every beginner, a vital reference for students of all levels.
The Science of the Soul describes the nature and purpose of the soul, the most important aspect of
a human. Age-old questions of life's purpose, why we are here, and human destiny are understood
by understanding the soul. The books explains the involution (the Fall) and evolution of the soul, the
concept of rebirth and destiny, the spiritual planes including Heaven and Hell, and the spiritual
inhabitants and their hierarchy. The Science of the Soul examines the soul after death and the
holographic science underlying spirit and matter.
Jose Silva's Everyday ESP will help you not only learn how to tap into the natural ability of ESP but
it will also help you understand hidden information that you can use to make better decisions in all
areas of your life. Imagine if you had a guide who actually knew what lies ahead for you, and who
could guide you to success, happiness, and fulfillment. In Jose Silva's Everyday ESP you will learn
how to use your ESP to obtain guidance and help from higher intelligence to help you make better
decisions and to fulfill your life's mission.
For the first time in any of the many books released by Jose Silva, this book will contain an audio
CD to speed up the process. The CD contains the Silva Centering Exercise, a practice Jose Silva
invested 22 years of scientific research to develop. In just a few hours you can be functioning at the
powerful alpha brain wave level.
In addition to the resources in the book and on the audio CD, you can call on a network of Silva
instructors throughout the world to help you. Plus, you will also be provided with a link to a special
Website with additional resources and provisions to get personal answers to questions about using
Silva's System to help you live the successful life that higher intelligence envisioned for you. As Jose
Silva used to say, "May the rest of your life, be the best of your life."

The philosophy of A hrinziman, the Persian what life hath taught him of theS oul; life lived on Earth
and life of ages in the Abyss and in the Heavens of theB eyond. To each one comes lifes lessons in
different form. Let him that would learn the meaning of this tale attend to these words that he may
the better understand, and let him that is but the idle hearer of a story pass them by. He who would
write truly the history of anyS oul must take into account the prenatal conditions, that is, those which
have preceded its conception into mortal form. AS oul germ is but an incomplete unit until it touches
the Plane of Earth Life, because until then it is still wanting in one, at least, of the elements which go
to form the Perfect Whole. And although at the death of the earthly body theS oul would appear to
cast off entirely its purely earthly attributes with the earthly shell, which, like the husk of the wheat,
has concealed the grain within, yet it does not do so. From every one of the lower faculties it has
retained theS piritual germ, and these germs of the grosser propensities may be called, for lack of a
better term (there being no word in theE nglish language which exactly expresses this element, and
this element only, in theS oul), the Animal Soul, since they are typified in Man slower, or animal,
propensities and are theS oul elements of these propensities.
Jesus did not die on the cross. He survived and went to southern France with his wife, Mary. This
possibility is proposed by Graham Simmans, who spent many years on a quest to find the real
beginnings of Christianity. Simmans believes that the spread of Christianity beyond Jerusalem was
tied to Jesus&rsquo;s survival of the crucifixion and his subsequent emigration to Europe. Using
Coptic and Jewish sources, including the Talmud, that allow a glimpse of the Christian philosophy
espoused by Jesus, he contends that true Christianity was brought into France, Britain, and Spain
from first century Egypt and Judea, not fourth- and fifth-century Rome.
His investigation shows that after a time in Egypt, Jesus settled in Rennes-le-Chteau, a
sophisticated and cosmopolitan center of spiritual diversity. It was a natural move for Jesus to settle
in the Narbonne area of France--an area already heavily settled by Jewish and Gnostic groups.
Here, safely outside the reach of the cultural dictatorship of the Roman Church, the Gnostic secrets
he taught survived the centuries. Later, the Knights Templar centered their activity in the Languedoc
region around Rennes-le-Chteau, where, within the Jewish communities, a well-connected and
influential opposition to Rome already existed. This resistance to Rome gave rise to a religious
culture that included elements of Gnostic, Pythagorean, and Kabbalistic teachings. Until the
Crusades against the Cathar heretics reasserted the dominion of Rome, the culture that flourished
around Rennes-le-Chteau embodied the true essence of Christ&rsquo;s message.
The Book of Stones is a new edition of the best-selling guide to some of Earth&rsquo;s most
beautiful natural objects. Two introductory chapters detail the authors&rsquo; theories about how to
work with crystals and stones&mdash;including the concept of crystal resonance and the scientific
observation that living organisms (such as ourselves) are liquid crystalline structures. An illuminating
alphabetical journey through the mineral kingdom, stone by stone, follows.
Each entry begins with the stone name and photo, plus its elemental and chakra correspondences,
as well as keywords that indicate its properties. Next comes a description of the crystal structure,
hardness, history, and known locations of each mineral, plus any relevant legend or lore from the
past. Each author then offers an essay on the subtle energy properties and spiritual applications of
the stone. The entries conclude with summaries of the spiritual, emotional, and physical healing
qualities of the stone, and an affirmation for evoking its potential benefits. The book&rsquo;s
presentation is straightforward enough to make it an excellent introduction for beginners, yet the
level of detail and the depth of research make it an invaluable resource for the most experienced
stone practitioners.
In the past 31 years, there has been a lot of ink - actual and virtual - spilled on the subject of the
Necronomicon. Some have derided it as a clumsy hoax; others have praised it as a powerful
grimoire. As the decades have passed, more information has come to light both on the book's
origins and discovery, and on the information contained within its pages. The Necronomicon has
been found to contain formula for spiritual trans-formation, consistent with some of the most ancient
mystical processes in the world, processes that were not public knowledge when the book was first

published, processes that involve communion with the stars.


In spite of all the controversy, the first edition sold out before it was published. And it has never been
out of print since then. This year, the original designer of the 1977 edition and the original editor
have joined forces to present a new, deluxe hardcover edition of the most feared, most reviled, and
most desired occult book on the planet.
This is the newly reprinted American edition of T. Raphael Simons' best-selling book on feng shui
translated into over twelve languages and sold world wide. In this book you will find a clear,
systematic approach to feng shui enabling you to create an auspicious, powerful home environment
that supports your health, career, finances, relationships, and spiritual development. Simons' work is
based on a broad range of authentic classical methods. In Taoist teaching, feng shui and Chinese
astrology are profoundly interconnected. Simons is the first writer on feng shui to provide handy
year-of-birth charts so that you can easily determine your lucky star aspects for making auspicious
feng shui changes specific to your own horoscope.
The spandakarikas are a number of verses that serve as a sort of commentary on the Siva-sutras.
According to Saivagama, the divine consciousness is not simply cold, inert intellection. It is rather
spanda, active, dynamic, throbbing with life, creative pulsation. In Siva-sutras, it is the prakasa
aspect of the divine that is emphasized; in Spandakarikas, it is the vimarsa aspect that is
emphasized.
The author tried to provide a readable translation of both the karikas and the Spanda-nirnaya
commentary. Each karika (verse) is given both in Devanagari and Roman script, followed by its
translation in English. This is followed by Ksemaraja s commentary in Sanskrit. Then follows an
English translation of the commentary. After this, copious notes are added on important and
technical words. Finally, a running exposition of each karika in author s own words given.
Whether from the point of view of ordinary religious belief or from that reached by theosophical
teaching, most people look forward to some kind of life hereafter, but are rarely enabled to frame
conceptions of that life with any degree of detail. And it not infrequently happens that when people
who have passed over get an opportunity, by the methods of ordinary mediumship, of
communicating back to friends in physical life, they seem mainly desirous of reaffirming the familiar
truth that to be happy hereafter one must be decently well behaved in this life. The warning as a rule
makes no deep impression on the hearers, because no particular novelty surrounds the idea; In so
far as it fails with so many people to become a commanding motive of action, that is probably due to
the vague mist of uncertainty that envelops all future conditions of existence. If people who pass
over would devote their efforts to giving us minute descriptions of the new circumstances in which
they find themselves, that would make a much deeper impression on their friends here than can be
produced by ethical sermons however earnest, however inspired by new knowledge and genuine
conviction.
I have been for some years past in the enjoyment of opportunities favourable for getting free speech
with friends who have passed over into the astral life. For many reasons it is impossible for me to go
into minute detail concerning the circumstances under which these opportunities have arisen. For
those who do not know me, the narratives I am about to record may seem tainted by a fictitious
colouring, I can only say, for the benefit of those who do know me, and may trust my word, that the
stories in all cases are here passed on just as I have received them, and are published in perfect
good faith to meet what I hold to be a very widespread desire for definite information concerning the
actualities of astral life.
Of course we must always remember that such astral life is not to be regarded as a fulfilment of the
karma in each case engendered on the physical plane. In all earlier theosophical teaching it was so
supremely important to establish, on a firm foundation, the great principle of reincarnation, with its
attendant doctrine of karma, that the intervening phases of life on the astral and manasic planes
were comparatively neglected, - with the result, indeed, of giving rise to some misapprehensions in
regard both to the astral and devachanic conditions. Those of us who are the most earnest students

of theosophical teaching and best situated for carrying on such study, are most fully appreciative of
the insuperable difficulty of setting forth the whole volume of complex law governing human
evolution all at once.
As an introduction to the fragments of astral biography I propose now to give out, I must set before
the reader in fairly intelligible shape the constitution of that vast region enveloping the earth that is
referred to when we speak of the astral plane. Many of its characteristics have been vividly
described in early theosophical writings, but for the purpose I now have in view it is desirable to
remind the reader of the very definite way in which it is divided into sub planes. (Sub-concentric
spheres would be a more appropriate phrase, but the usual term &ldquo;plane&rdquo; is more
convenient, though we should never forget that the whole astral region with all its subdivisions is a
huge concentric sphere surrounding the physical globe, as much a definite appendage to it as the
atmosphere, and carried with it in its movement round the Sun.) A part of the great sphere is actually
immersed or submerged beneath the solid crust of the earth. That is a terrible region with which only
the very worst specimens of humanity have any concern, after passing on from the physical life. Two
sub-planes of the astral are thus under ground &ndash; the first and second, numbering the series
from below upward. The third lies just above the surface of the earth, and is still a region of varied
discomfort, in which those whose personal characteristics are such as to require purification before
they are qualified for existence on any of the superior regions, spend a time greatly varying in
duration.
The fourth sub-plane is the first on which existence is altogether based upon the sensation of
happiness, though its experiences are themselves subject to very great variety. The higher regions
again are all conditions in which happiness is the background of consciousness, but in which
different mental and moral attributes find their appropriate expression. Thus people in whom
intellectual activity is the predominant characteristic are naturally drawn to the fifth sub-plane, while
the sixth, affords scope for genuine devotional feeling if that is the predominant element in any given
character. And just because life on the higher levels of the astral plane involves the principle that
people are drawn together by their real sympathies, - not as in physical life by karma, that often,
down here, puts people into close relations with antipathetic entities, - the seventh sub-plane is a
region to which those gravitate who have been in life rulers of men in one way or another, not
merely by high social rank, but by virtue of characteristics that have given them sway over others
either in industrial or political life.
Of course we must always remember that from the higher levels of the astral plane it is possible for
those belonging there to descend, at will, to any of the lower. They do this constantly when desirous
of observing what goes on here on the physical plane. There is thus much freedom of intercourse
among people on the higher levels of the astral world.
If I had time to write this book again, a year having now elapsed since its publication, I should have
to enlarge it enormously. I have learned so much in the interim, that I am almost pleased to think I
knew so (relatively) little when I wrote it. If I had approached the task then, from my present
standpoint, I might have given up the idea of performing it at all in the few brief months of leisure
which a holiday trip toE ngland enabled me to bestow on it. But the book was easily undertaken
while there was only a little to say, and the short story of external facts which claimed telling a year
ago, was soon told. A second edition is now required, and some further explanations must be
prepared before I can let this go forth. But these must, I regret to say, for the present be kept within
the narrowest limits. I have long since returned to the current duties of a very onerous appointment;
and I cannot at present attempt to write, what I nevertheless hope to be able to write at some future
time, a book which shall not merely call the attention of the world at large to the existence of the
wonderful fraternity of occultists here spoken of as The Brothers, but shall present in a shape
acceptable to western readers, the outlines of the knowledge they possess, concerning the origin,
constitution, and destinies of Man.
The product of more than thirty years of meticulous research, The 12th Planet treats as fact, not
myth, the tales of Creation, the Deluge, the Tower of Babel, and the Nefilim who married the
daughters of man. By weaving together the biblical narrative with Sumerian and Babylonian

clay-tablet texts, it challenges the established notions of the origins of Earth and mankind, and offers
a compelling alternative history and prehistory of both.
Since earliest times, human beings have pondered the incomprehensible questions of the universe,
life . . . and the afterlife. Where did mortal man go to join the immortal Gods? Was the immense and
complex structure at Giza an Egyptian Pharaoh's portal to immortality? Or a pulsating beacon built
by extraterrestrials for landing on Earth?
In this second volume of his trailblazing series The Earth Chronicles, Zecharia Sitchin unveils
secrets of the pyramids and hidden clues from ancient times to reveal a grand forgery on which
established Egyptology is founded, and takes the reader to the Spaceport and Landing Place of the
Anunnaki gods&mdash;"Those Who from Heaven to Earth Came."
The Earth Chronicles series, in six voumes, deals with the history and prehistory of Earth and
humankind. Each book in the series, based upon information written on clay tablets by the ancient
civilizations of the Near East, records the fantastic and real battles that occurred between the
original creator gods over control of planet Earth. Asserting the premise that mythology is not
fanciful but the repository of ancient memories, The Earth Chronicles series suggests that the Bible
ought to be read literally as a historic/scientific document, and that ancient civilizations--older and
greater than assumed--were the product of knowledge brought to Earth by the Anunnaki, "Those
Who from Heaven to Earth Came."
The 12th Planet, the first book of the series, presents ancient evidence for the existence of an
additional planet in the Solar System: the home planet of the Anunnaki. In confirmation of this
evidence, recent data from unmanned spacecraft has led astronomers to actively search for what is
being called "Planet X."
The subsequent volume, The Stairway to Heaven, traces man's unending search for immortality to a
spaceport in the Sinai Peninsula and to the Giza pyramids, which had served as landing beacons for
it--refuting the notion that these pyramids were built by human pharaohs. Recently, records by an
eye-witness to a forgery of an inscription by the pharaoh Khufu inside the Great Pyramid
corroborated the book's conclusions.
In The Wars of Gods and Men, the third volume of his series, Zacharia Sitchin recounts events
closer to our times, concluding that the Sinai spaceport was destroyed 4,000 years ago with nuclear
weapons. Photographs of Earth from space clearly show evidence of such an explosion.The Wars of
Gods and Men additionally embraces Canaanite, Hittite, and Hindu sources to include in these
investigations the incidents of The Great Flood, the Tower of Babel, and the upheaval of Sodom and
Gomorrah. Sitchin's unique reexamination of ancient mysteries explains these past cataclysmic
events in the history of humanity, opening insights into our future.
In the sixteenth century, Spanish conquerors came to the New World in search of El Dorado, the
fabled city of gold. Instead, they encountered inexplicable phenomena that have puzzled scholars
and historians ever since: massive stone edifices constructed in the Earth's most inaccessible
regions . . . great monuments forged with impossible skill and unknown tools . . . intricate carvings
describing events and places half a world away.
In this remarkably researched fourth volume of The Earth Chronicles, author and explorer Zecharia
Sitchin uncovers the long-hidden secrets of the lost New World civilizations of the Olmecs, Aztecs,
Mayas and Incas, and links the conquistadors' quest for El Dorado to the extraterrestrials who
searched there for gold long before.
They came to Earth thousands of years ago to usher in mankind's first New Age of scientific growth
and spiritual enlightenment. Under the guidance of these ancient visitors from the heavens, human
civilisation flourished - as revolutionary advances in art, science and thought swept through the
inhabited world. And they left behind magnificent monuments -- baffling monoliths and awesome,
towering structures that stand to this day as testaments to their greatness.

In this extraordinarily documented, meticulously researched work, Zecharia Sitchin draws


remarkable correlations between the events that shape our civilisation in millennia past - pinpointing
with astonishing accuracy the tumultuous beginning of time as we know it . . . and revealing to us
the indisputable signature of extraterrestrial god indelibly written in stone.
Many thousands of years ago, a group of extraterrestrials from another planet guided the evolution
of life on Earth&mdash;determining the existence and nature of humankind as we know it today.
How did the master builders from the stars construct the miracle called man? Is the DNA that is at
the core of all life in the universe a "cosmic code" that links Earth to heaven and man to God?
In this sixth volume of The Earth Chronicles, Zecharia Sitchin unveils writings from the past to
decipher prophesies, and reveals how the DNA-matched Hebrew alphabet and the numerical values
of its letters serve as a code that bares the secrets of mortal man&rsquo;s fate and
mankind&rsquo;s celestial destiny.
Daring to challenge our long-held beliefs about the origins of man, Zecharia Sitchin suggests that
humans are not the children of God, but rather the children of the Anunnaki, an ancient race from
the planet Nibiru. His revolutionary theories are supported by his intense scrutiny of not only ancient
Sumerian texts but also stone structures all over the world. The similarities and astrological
significance of these formations suggests that rather than looking for guidance from leaders here on
Earth, humanity should instead look to the sky for answers.
The Earth Chronicles deal with the history and prehistory of Earth and humankind. Each book in the
series is based upon information written on clay tablets by the ancient civilizations of the Near East.
For the first time, the entire Earth Chronicles series is now available in a hardcover collector's
edition.
It has been more than three decades since Zecharia Sitchin's trailblazing book The 12th Planet
brought to life the Sumerian civilization and its record of the Anunnaki&mdash;the extraterrestrials
who fashioned man and gave mankind civilization and religion. In this new volume, Sitchin shows
that the End is anchored in the events of the Beginning, and once you learn of this Beginning, it is
possible to foretell the Future.
The awesome answers are all here, in this important companion volume to The Earth Chronicles
series. Having presented evidence of an additional planet as well as voluminous information about
the other planets in our solar system, Zecharia Sitchin now shows how the discoveries of modern
astrophysics, astronomy, and genetics exactly parallel what has already been revealed in ancient
texts regarding the "mysteries" of alchemy and the creation of life. Genesis Revisited is a
mind-boggling revelation sure to overturn current theories about the origins of humankind and the
solar system.
In Divine Encounters Zecharia Sitchin draws on basic Judeo-Christian texts to analyze the creation
myths, paralleling Biblical stories to the myths of Sumer and Mesopotamia in order to show that
humanity did not evolve without assistance. Sitchin daringly hypothesizes instead that Enki, one of
the leaders of the Anunnaki from the 12th planet, created humanity as a "primitive worker."
Furthermore, Sitchin suggests that the extraterrestrial encounters of today demonstrate the
continued interest of the Anunnaki in the Earthlings they created.
The interaction between mankind and spiritual beings -- of Divine Encounters -- as recorded
inscriptures and ancient texts provides a powerful drama that spans Heaven and Earth, involving
worship and devotion, eternity and mortality, love and sex, jealousy and murder. But how much of
these are based on real happenings and how much is based on myth?
With a visionary's ardor and a scientist's attention to detail, Zecharia Sitchin, author ofThe Earth
Chronicles, gives a stunning account of human interaction with celestial travelers. He also provides
further proof that prophetic dreams,visions, UFO encounters, and other extraordinary phenomena

are indeed the hallmark of intervention by intergalactic emissaries who reach out from other realms
to enlighten, guide, punish, and comfort us in times of need. Sitchin's research and theories,
illustrated with maps and charts, chronicle a magnificent and inspiring journey through history, from
the dawn of time to the approach of the millennium.
Zecharia Sitchin&rsquo;s bestselling series The Earth Chronicles provided humanity&rsquo;s side of
the story concerning our origins at the hands of the Anunnaki, &ldquo;those who from heaven to
earth came.&rdquo; In The Lost Book of Enki we now view this saga from the perspective of Lord
Enki, an Anunnaki leader revered in antiquity as a god, who tells the story of these
extraterrestrials&rsquo; arrival on Earth from the planet Nibiru.
In his previous works Sitchin compiled the complete story of the Anunnaki&rsquo;s impact on
human civilization from fragments scattered throughout Sumerian, Akkadian, Babylonian, Assyrian,
Hittite, Egyptian, Canaanite, and Hebrew sources. Missing from these accounts, however, was the
perspective of the Anunnaki themselves. What was life like on their own planet? What motives
propelled them to settle on Earth--and what drove them from their new home? Convinced of the
existence of a lost book that held the answers to these questions, the author began his search for
evidence. Through exhaustive research of primary sources, he has here re-created tales as the
memoirs of Enki, the leader of these first &ldquo;astronauts.&rdquo; What takes shape is the story
of a world of mounting tensions, deep rivalries, and sophisticated scientific knowledge that is only
today being confirmed. An epic tale of gods and men unfolds, challenging every assumption we hold
about our past and our future.
In whose genetic image were we made? From his first book The 12th Planet on, Zecharia Sitchin
has asserted that the Bible&rsquo;s Elohim who said &ldquo;Let us fashion The Adam in our image
and after our likeness&rdquo; were the gods of Sumer and Babylon--the Anunnaki who had come to
Earth from their planet Nibiru. The Adam, he wrote, was genetically engineered by adding Anunnaki
genes to those of an existing hominid, some 300,000 years ago. Then, according to the Bible,
intermarriage took place: &ldquo;There were giants upon the Earth&rdquo; who took Adam&rsquo;s
female offspring as wives, giving birth to &ldquo;heroes of renown.&rdquo; With meticulous detail,
Sitchin shows that these were the demigods of Sumerian and Babylonian lore, such as the famed
Mesopotamian king Gilgamesh as well as the hero of the Deluge, the Babylonian Utnapishtim.
Are we then, all of us, descendants of demigods? In this crowning oeuvre, Zecharia Sitchin
proceeds step-by-step through a mass of ancient writings and artifacts, leading the reader to the
stunning Royal Tombs of Ur. He reveals a DNA source that could prove the biblical and Sumerian
tales true, providing conclusive physical evidence for past alien presence on Earth and an
unprecedented scientific opportunity to track down the &ldquo;Missing Link&rdquo; in
humankind&rsquo;s evolution, unlocking the secrets of longevity and even the ultimate mystery of
life and death.
Kundalini is the coiled up,dormant,cosmic power that underlies all organic and inorganic matter
within us and any thesis that deals with it can avoid becoming too abstract,only with great
difficulty.But within the pages of the book,the theory that undelies this cosmic power has been
analysed to it's thinnest filaments,and practical methods have been suggested to awaken this great
prisitne force in individuals.It explains the theory and illustrates the practice of Kundalini Yoga.
Body positions typically associated with the practice of Yoga are intended primarily to restore and
maintain a practitioner's healthy well-being, and improve the body's flexibility and vitality. These are
widely known as Yoga postures or Yoga positions, which is currently practiced for exercise and as
popular alternative medicine. Yoga primarily works with the energy in the body through the science
of pranayama or energy control. Yoga teaches how to still the mind through breath-control and
thereby attain higher states of awareness and wellness. The teachings in this book show the yogi or
yoga practitioner how to unleash this harmony within one's self.
Pranayama is an important Anga in Ashtanga Yoga.It is equally necessary for all in their daily life,for
good health, success and prosperity in every walk of life.How it is so,is explained in the book. The

science of relaxation is a very valuable gift for the readers and would benefit all. The book has
photographs of the various pranayama postures. The book's popularity and utility can be gauged
from the fact that it has run into eighteen editions since it was first published in the year 1935.
Briefly, the purpose of the author has been to collect into a Book of Malay Folklore all that seemed
to him most typical of the subject amongst a considerable mass of materials, some of which lay
scattered in the pages of various other works, others in unpublished native manuscripts, and much
in notes made by him personally of what he had observed during several years spent in the Malay
Peninsula, principally in the State of Selangor.
The book does not profess to be an exhaustive or complete treatise, but rather, as its title indicates,
an introduction to the study of Folklore, Popular Religion, and Magic as understood among the
Malays of the Peninsula. It should be superfluous, at this time of day, to defend such studies as
these from the criticisms which have from time to time been brought against them.
Anyone practicing magic won't want to miss this comprehensive book of magician's
correspondences. Featuring four times more tables than Aleister Crowley's Liber 777, this is the
most complete collection of magician's tables available. This monumental work documents
thousands of mystical links-spanning pagan pantheons, Kabbalah, astrology, tarot, I Ching, angels,
demons, herbs, perfumes, and more!
The sources of this remarkable compilation range from classic grimoires such as the Sworn Book to
modern theories of prime numbers and atomic weights. Data from Peter de Abano, Abbott
Trithemium, Albertus Magnus, Cornelius Agrippa, and other prominent scholars is referenced here,
in addition to hidden gems found in unpublished medieval grimoires and Kabbalistic works.
It contains more than four times more tables than Crowley`s Liber 777 The source of the data in
these tables ranges from unpublished manuscripts, mediaeval grimoires, Kabbalistic works, Peter
de Abano, the Abbott Trithemius, Albertus Magnus, Henry Cornelius Agrippa, Dr. John Dee, Dr.
Thomas Rudd, Tycho Brahe, S.L. MacGregor Mathers (and the editors of Mathers` work, Aleister
Crowley and Israel Regardie), to the most modern theories of prime numbers and atomic weights.
The older sources include many key grimoires such as the Picatricx, Clavicula Salomonis, Sworn
Book, Liber Juratus, Heptameron, the Lemegeton (with Goetia, Theurgia-Goetia, Almadel, Pauline
Art), Grand Grimoire, Grimorium Verum, Sacred magic of Abramelin, and in the 20th century, the
grimoire of Franz Bardon.
Discover what happened to John Dee's most important manuscript, his book of personal angelic
invocations, and how it was developed by seventeenth century magicians into a full working
magical system. Learn how only a small part of this material reached the Hermetic Order of the
Golden Dawn and was suppressed&mdash;never appearing in Israel Regardie's monumental work
on the Order rituals.
Stephen Skinner has been interested in magic for as long as he can remember. He wrote, with
Francis King, the classic "Techniques of High Magic" in 1976. He followed that with "Oracle of
Geomancy and Terrestrial Astrology" which has become the standard work on Western divinatory
geomancy. Books on Nostradamus and Millennium Prophecies followed in highly illustrated editions.
Stephen is also the author of eight books on feng shui, including the first one written in English in
the 20th century. In the 1970s he was responsible for stimulating interest in John Dee and Enochian
magic by publishing the first reprint of Casaubon's "True and Faithful Relation of What Passed for
Many Yeers between Dr John Dee and some Spirits", and Dr Donald Laycock's key reference book
on the angelic language "The Complete Enochian Dictionary".
Exploring past lives, communicating with the departed, meeting spirit guides. . . . According to Dr.
Joe Slate, accessing the spirit realm is not only possible, it's beneficial for our present lives and
future spiritual evolution. Past-life knowledge can offer direction and balance, explain fears and

compulsions, build self worth, and promote acceptance of others.


This introduction to reincarnation examines the mind/body/spirit connection and the existence of the
ageless soul. Also presented here are Dr. Slate's simple, laboratory-tested strategies for exploring
the nonphysical world. Readers can learn how to probe past lives and preexistence through self
hypnosis, astral travel to new spiritual dimensions, and communication with spirits through table
tipping. The author's own fascinating experiences, along with personal accounts of his subjects who
have tested his techniques, are also included.
This is a book about a religion, A religion that was hundreds of years old at the time of Christ and
has had an unbroken, though often times clandestine, existence from then to our own times.
Followers of the swirling and often conflicting groups of the Odinists still number in the hundreds of
thousand and very likely in the low millions, In Germany alone about 1935, there were estimated to
be 2,000,000 people who adhered to the beliefs of the New Heathen as they were then called.
Additional authors include Reverend Henry Thompson and Elihu Rich. The following pages contain
a brief but comprehensive account of the Occult Sciences, and other matters of superstitious or
religious belief associated with them. The Contents are divided into the following Parts: The Belief in
Supernatural Beings; Localities; The Exercise of Occult Power; Psychological Experiences;
Wonders of Divination; and Natural and Artificial Charms.
Excerpt: ...spirit, to give me the sound. I then heard the rapping distinctly. I inquired if it was injured
in this house. It rapped. Was the injurer living? Same answer. I further understood that its remains
were buried under the dwelling, that it was 31 years of age, a male, and had left a family of five
children, all living. Was the wife living? Silence. Dead? Rapping. How long since? Two raps." We
must be excused following the gradual perfection of the code of signals which was very speedily
established between the unknown intelligence and the members of the Fox family, and can but
barely note the unparalleled rapidity with which this telegraphic system was spread through the
United States, until, at the present time, upwards of thirty thousand "circles," as they are called, are
in active operation, besides a teeming press, including several regular journals. As a general rule,
these circles have been initiated one by another, but the rappings, in several cases, have
commenced de novo, on independent ground, as at the house of Dr. Phelps, an Independent
minister, Stratford, Connecticut. This gentleman, whose character is said to be unimpeachable, and
who has challenged the strictest investigation, even to the extent of offering his house and all it
contains to any one who could detect a natural cause for the disturbances, thus writes:--" I have
seen things in motion more than a thousand times, and in most cases where no visible power
existed by which the motion could have been produced. There have been broken from my windows
seventy-one panes of glass, more than thirty of which 1 have seen break with my own eyes. I have
seen objects, such as brushes, tumblers, candlesticks, snuffers, &c., which but a few minutes before
I knew to be at rest, ...
For years it&rsquo;s been hard to learn CRV and I have seen it being misexplained and
misunderstood many times during this time in discussions and comments. For this reason I have
collated some of the important and descriptive documents from both the CIA released archives and
from the public domain in one place to help or educate those interested in this trainable psychic
method.
That is a brave claim to make, especially in the title of a book. But it's true. When you practice the
ten easy steps in this book, you will be able to quickly and easily see the aura. Dr. Raymond A.
Moody, author of the famous book, Life After Life, read this book and wrote, "Hallelujah! I can finally
see [auras] for myself. And I suspect many others will be probing this realm, too, with this guidebook
in their hands."
Mark Smith, the author of Auras: See Them in Only 60 Seconds! (previously published as In A New
Light), has hosted numerous seminars on auric vision. Now you can learn in the safety, privacy,
and comfort of your own home what he has refined over years of study, practice, and teaching. In
just one minute you will be able to see auras. The appendix shows you the ten steps to develop

your auric vision and make it stronger, and gives a special way for you to see your own aura.
Learning to see the mysterious glow that surrounds the body is just the first step. As you rapidly
increase your abilities you will be able to see a wide range of colors in the aura. The colors provide
an amazing amount of information about a person. You will learn how to interpret the aura to
determine everything from the physical health level of a person to how charismatic that person is.
Inasmuch as these astronomical discoveries are claimed to be new and original, I considered it
advisable and expedient on my part to quote some of the different opinions of learned professors
and scientists on the various subjects I have endeavored to place before the people in this, my
publication ;wherein, my readers will observe as clearly substantiating and establishing the truth of
these my researches. PROFESSOR NORTON. Those of Professor Norton, of theS tate Normal
School of San Jose, California. He saw and read an article which I wrote, and I had the same
published in theS an Francisco Chronicle, in the year 1871. That was in regard to my New Repulsive
Force as applied tothe Tides. Professor Norton at that time was acting in the capacity of Professor of
Physics in theS tate Normal School atS an Jose, California, and was present at the Congregational
Association which was then convening at Redwood City, California, in the year 1874. Prof. Norton
delivered a lecture at 11 oclock A. M.
This is a clear and in-depth presentation of the traditional Theravadin concentration meditation
known as jhna practice, from two authors who have practiced the jhnas in retreat under the
guidance of one of the great living meditation masters, Pa Auk Sayadaw. The authors describe the
techniques and their results, based on their own experience.
&ldquo;This is a unique road map to the extraordinary and transforming states of mind known as the
jhanas. As a psychologist and as a practicing Buddhist, I recommend this book
wholeheartedly.&rdquo;&mdash;Rick Hansen, PhD, co-author of Buddha&rsquo;s Brain: The New
Neuroscience of Happiness, Love, and Wisdom
&ldquo;Practicing the Jh?nas is a wonderful addition to our understanding of concentration practice.
Tina Rasmussen and Stephen Snyder draw on a wealth of personal experience to clearly elucidate
and fine-tune this profound meditative path. Highly recommended.&rdquo;&mdash;Joseph
Goldstein, author of A Heart Full of Peace and One Dharma
&ldquo;A fascinating look at the inner experience of jh?na meditation as taught by the Ven. Pa Auk
Sayadaw. Tina and Stephen are among a very few Western students of Sayadaw who can speak
authoritatively about these profound levels of concentration. Their work is a most valuable addition
to the contemporary literature of Theravadin Buddhism.&rdquo;&mdash;Guy Armstrong, teacher,
Spirit Rock Meditation Center
Over thirty years ago, a small band of people began an intentional community called Findhorn. They
lived by applying principles of attracting to oneself, through love, whatever materials, energy, or help
were needed to promote wholeness or further growth. David Spangler, who was one of those early
residents of Findhorn, began writing down how those laws worked. In 1975, his writings were first
published as The Laws of Manifestation. This long-unavailable book is now available again with a
new introduction by the author.
Spangler shows how we can all transform our lives by working with these natural laws. In clear and
lucid prose, he recounts the history of manifestation and how to grow in spiritual riches (the most
important of all) in a step-by-step guide to enlightenment. While other experts in this suddenly
burgeoning field tend toward applying manifesting energy toward real estate, money, and myriad
materials, Spangler looks at the basis of what he describes as a change of form, or state, or
condition of being, NOT creating something out of nothing.
He had drawn my hand within his arm, and endeavored to interest me, as we walked. But my heart
clung to the dear ones whom I felt I was not to see again on earth, and several times I stopped and
looked wistfully back the way we had come. He was very patient and gentle with me, waiting always

till I was ready to proceed again; but at last my hesitation became so great that he said pleasantly:
You are so weak I think I had better carry you; and without waiting for a reply, he stooped and lifted
me in his arms, as though I had been a little child; and, like a child, I yielded, resting my head upon
his shoulder, and laying my arm about his neck. I felt so safe, so content, to be thus in his care. It
seemed so sweet, after the long, lonely struggle, to have some one assume the responsibility of
caring thus tenderly for me. He walked on with firm, swift steps, and I think I must have slept; for the
next I knew, I was sitting in a sheltered nook, made by flowering shrubs, upon the softest and most
beautiful turf of grass, thickly studded with fragrant flowers, many of them the flowers I had known
and loved on earth. 1remember noticing heliotrope, violets, lilies of the valley, and mignonette, with
many others of like nature wholly unfamiliar to me.
Rebecca Ruter Springer (November 8, 1832-1904) was a 19th century American author who wrote
the famous Christian book Intra Muros, better known today as My Dream of Heaven. As the modern
name implies, Springer claimed to have a vision of a Christian heaven and she recounts this vision
in her book as well as some personal insights.
American continent, which shall serve to illustrate not only their character and origin, but also the
ancient and as yet unwritten history of the New World, and the relation which its aboriginal
inhabitants sustained to the great primitive families of the other Continent. A work of this scope and
magnitude, it can readily be understood by every one at all acquainted with the subject, must require
many years to its completion, especially when, as in my own case, it can only be prosecuted in the
intervals of other and more practical duties.
The great illuminist, Rosicrucian, and Freemason who termed himself the Comte de St. Germain is
one of the most baffling personalities of modern history. His activities are traceable for more than
one hundred years between 1710 and 1822, leading Frederick the Great to refer to him as "the man
who does not die." An outstanding scholar and linguist, a great musician and painter, as well as a
chemist with skill so profound he could change base metals into gold, he was also enormously
wealthy and was on intimate terms with the crowned heads of Europe. Nothing is known about the
source of St. Germain's occult knowledge; he merely admitted he was obeying the orders of a power
higher than himself, saying that his father was the Secret Doctrine and his mother the Mysteries.
This unusual work was prepared for the instruction of St. Germain's own disciples in the cabalistic,
hermetic, and alchemical mysteries. The original manuscript is housed in the Bibliotheque de Troyes
in France. Manly P. Hall's commentary will be of interest to anyone seeking to know more about this
intriguing figure of our past. Illustrated.
This book explores the connection between Atlantis and societies of the past and present. Chapter
headings include: The Maya and the Lost Atlantis; Conjecture and Opinion; The Atlantian Theory;
Cro-Magnon man; East is West; And West is East; The Mormons and the Maya; The language of
Architecture; The American Indian; etc.
From About the Authors - Master Chin-Dai-Wei trained under master Mah-Sek of the Fut-Gar
(Buddha) Sil Lum style of Kung-Fu. He leaned Tai-Chi from master Kuo-Lien-Ying and Pa-Kua
(Dragon style) from a Taaoist Priest named Yee. Mike Staples took up the White crane style of
Kung-Fu and is a well known writer of martial arts publications in the U.S. and Hong Kong.
(Description by http-mart)
Goddess tradition embraces the wheel of life, the never-ending cycle of birth, growth, love,
fulfillment, and death. Each turn of the wheel is presented here, in eight holidays spanning the
changing seasons, in rites of passage for life transitions, and in the elements of fire, air, water,
earth, and spirit. Circle Round is rich with songs, rituals, craft and cooking projects, and read-aloud
stories, as well as suggestions for how you can create your own unique family traditions. Here are
just some of the ways to make each event in the cycle of life more special:
The twentieth anniversary edition of The Spiral Dance celebrates the pivotal role the book has had
in bringing Goddess worship to the religious forefront. This bestselling classic is both an

unparalleled reference on the practices and philosophies of Witchcraft and a guide to the
life-affirming ways in which readers can turn to the Goddess to deepen their sense of personal pride,
develop their inner power, and integrate mind, body, and spirit. Starhawk's brilliant, comprehensive
overview of the growth, suppression, and modern-day re-emergence of Wicca as a
Goddess-worshipping religion has left an indelible mark on the feminist spiritual consciousness.
In a new introduction, Starhawk reveals the ways in which Goddess religion and the practice of ritual
have adapted and developed over the last twenty years, and she reflects on the ways in which these
changes have influenced and enhanced her original ideas. In the face of an ever-changing world,
this invaluable spiritual guidebook is more relevant than ever.
Between the Gates is a manual of self-initiation and liberation that takes the student through the
basic methods of experiencing dream states and conscious astral projection, to the ultimate
culmination of consciousness &ndash; creation of the Body of Light. Between the Gates is for
anyone who has ever desired to experience the "afterlife" while still alive, or who has desired to rid
themselves of the fear of death.
While drawing upon traditional Qabalistic and alchemical sources, the methods presented are
applicable to a variety of traditions and schools of thought. Between the Gates functions as an "A to
Z" guide to psychic initiation toward higher consciousness, and ultimately, to preparation for the
great transition beyond this life and this physical body.
When in April 1912 the Titanic sank in mid-ocean and my father passed on to the next world, I was
on tour with my own Shakespearean Company. Amongst the members of that Company was a
young man named Pardoe Woodman, who on the very Sunday of the disaster foretold it as we sat
talking after tea. He did not name the boat or my father, but he got so much that pointed to disaster
at sea and the passing on of an elderly man intimately connected with me, that when the sad news
came through we realized he must have been closely in touch with what was about to happen. I
mention this incident because it formed the first link between my father and Mr. Woodman, and as it
is largely due to Mr. Woodman's psychic powers that my father has been able to get through the
messages which are contained in this book, I think, therefore, it will be of interest to readers and
should be put on record.
A fortnight after the disaster I saw my father's face and heard his voice just as distinctly as I heard I
it when he bade me good-bye before embarking on the Titanic. This was at a sitting with Etta Wriedt,
the well-known American direct voice medium. At this sitting, I talked with my father for over twenty
minutes. This may seem an amazing assertion to many, but it is a fact vouched for by all those who
were present at the sitting. I put it on record at the time in an article published in Nash's Magazine,
which included the signed testimonies of all those present.
From that day to this I have been in constant touch with my father. I have had many talks with him
and communications from him containing very definite proof of his continued presence amongst us. I
can truly say that the link between us is even stronger to-day than in 1912, when he threw off his
physical body and passed on the to spirit world. There has never been a feeling of parting, although
at first the absence of his physical presence was naturally a source of very great sadness.
In 1917, Mr. Woodman was invalided out of the Army and came to stay with us at our country
cottage at Cobham. Whilst with us, the news came to him that his great friend had been killed at the
front, and his interest in the possibility of communication with the next world, which had been
indifferent till then, became intense, and he set out to find out for himself. It is ever the passing of a
loved one that gives the necessary stimulus for eager inquiry.
It was not long before his friend was able to give him definite proofs of his continued existence and
of his ability to communicate. His first proofs were given through Vout Peters, and were given
through Vout Peters, and were followed by others through Gladys Osborne Leonard's mediumship
and through the mediumship of friends gifted with psychic powers. I was present at that first sitting
with Mr. Peters; father was there also, and his friend said it was due to my father's presence and

help that he was able to succeed so well in these first attempts at communication. Shortly after this,
Mr. Woodman found that he himself had the power of automatic writing, and father and others were
soon able to write through him. Father always prefers me to be present, as if I am not he seems to
have more difficulty, and very rarely will attempt writing. He explains the necessity of my presence in
this way: he and I are so much en rapport, and so closely in touch with each other, that he is able to
draw much power from me; I act as the connecting link and form a sort of battery between him and
Mr. Woodman. I merely sit passively by whilst Mr. Woodman Writes. Certainly I see a light around
us, and a strong ray of light concentrating on Mr. Woodman's arm. Sometimes I am able to see
father himself, and always, when he is writing, I feel his presence very distinctly.
Startling similarities in technology and culture among peoples who never could have seen each
other. Universal myths of a great flood. Superhighways in countries that had not yet invented the
wheel. Unifying all these and other mysterious facts is the legend of Atlantis, an all-power civilization
which existed before the rise of man.
Far more than just a scholarly dissertation on out-of-body experiences, Astral Projections examines
the scientific and non-scientific evidence of this amazing occurrence. You'll find everything from
controlled laboratory experiments to Steiger's work with color and Peruvian whistling vessels as
means of controlling your out-of-body experiences.Take part in experiments that will tell you about
your past life. Maybe you were a peasant, a soldier or even an aristocrat. Discover how these past
lives affect the way you are now. Imagine being able to contact long-dead relatives. What could you
do with the knowledge they can pass on to you? Learn a variety of techniques that will allow you to
project your spirit out of your physical body and find out why those who have mastered astral travel
have no fear of death.
Among traditional Native Americans and other tribal peoples, totems are the enduring animal
symbols that allow these peoples to explore the mysteries of life and the spirit world. from the
graceful Antelope to the aggressive Cougarto the wise and peaceful Turtle, each animal embodies
certain strengths and attributes that the spiritual seeker can embrace and follow on the path of self
-exploration. Now, Totems offers each of us the tools we need to tap into thepower of sacred animal
totems by finding our own personal symbol and experiencing its energy firsthand.
Drawing upon his long association with native teachers, as well as guidance from his own spirit
helper, author Brad Steiger has created a fascinating, informative, and thorough guide to this
ancient Spiritual practice. Filled with the wisdom of many different tribes and cultures, Totems
provides exercises and techniques for:
Reiki is an ancient and profoundly simple system of &ldquo;laying on of hands&rdquo; healing
derived from Tibetan Buddhism. In the West, Reiki has been kept highly secret for many years.
ESSENTIAL REIKI presents full information on all three degrees of this healing system, most of it in
print for the first time. Teaching from the perspective that Reiki healing belongs to all people, Diane
Stein breaks new ground in her classic guide to this ancient practice. While no book can replace the
directly received Reiki &ldquo;attunements,&rdquo; ESSENTIAL REIKI provides everything else that
the healer, practitioner, and teacher of this system needs.
Of all of his works, Intuitive Thinking as a Spiritual Path is the one that Steiner himself believed
would have the longest life and the greatest spiritual and cultural consequences. It was written as a
phenomenological account of the "results of observing the human soul according to the methods of
natural science.
This seminal work asserts that free spiritual activity - understood as the human ability to think and
act independently of physical nature - is the suitable path for human beings today to gain true
knowledge of themselves and of the universe. This is not merely a philosophical volume, but rather
a warm, heart-oriented guide to the practice and experience of living thinking.
During the past hundred years since it was written, many have tried to discover this "new thinking"
that could help us understand the various spiritual, ecological, social, political, and philosophical

issues facing us. But only Rudolf Steiner laid out a path that leads from ordinary thinking to the level
of pure spiritual activity - intuitive thinking - in which we become co-creators and co-redeemers of
the world.
In "Mystics of the Renaissance," Rudolf Steiner examines the thought of eleven European mystics
(Eckhart, Tauler, Suso, Ruysbroek, Nicholas of Cusa, Agrippa von Nettesheim, Paracelsus, Weigel,
Boehme, Giordano Bruno, and Angelus Silesius) through a collection of essays and explains their
ideas and how they relate to modern concepts. Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925), was an Austrian
philosopher and prolific author. Steiner made substantial contributions to numerous fields and wrote
extensively about science, medicine, agriculture, social interactions, education, architecture and art.
In particular, his insight into humanity, and its material and spiritual needs, became the essence of
his work. "Mystics of the Renaissance," from Scriptoria Books, is an authentic reproduction of the
1911 G. P. Putnam's Sons' publication. It has been transcribed word for word, set in a contemporary
typeface, and formatted for size and readability.
The essays contained in this book occupy a significant place in the life-work of Rudolf Steiner. They
are his first written expression of a cosmology resulting from that spiritual perception which he
described as &ldquo;a fully conscious standing-within the spiritual world.&rdquo; In his
autobiography he refers to the early years of the present century as the time when, &ldquo;Out of
the experience of the spiritual world in general developed specific details of knowledge.&rdquo; (Op.
cit. pp. 326, 328.) Steiner has stated that from his early childhood he knew the reality of the spiritual
world because he could experience this spiritual world directly. However, only after nearly forty
years was it possible for him to transmit to others concrete, detailed information regarding this
spiritual world.
As they appear in the present essays, these &ldquo;specific details&rdquo; touch upon processes
and events of extraordinary sweep and magnitude. They include essential elements of man's
prehistory and early history, and shed light upon the evolutionary development of our earth.
Published now for the first time in America, just a century after Darwin's Origin of the Species began
its transformation of Man's view of himself and of his environment, these essays clarify and
complement the pioneer work of the great English scientist.
Rudolf Steiner shows that the insoluble link between man and cosmos is the fundamental basis of
evolution. As man has participated in the development of the world we know today, so his
achievements are directly connected with the ultimate destiny of the universe. In his hands rests the
freedom to shape the future course of creation. Knowledge of his exalted origins and of the path he
followed in forfeiting divine direction for the attainment of his present self-dependent freedom, are
indispensable if man is to evolve a future worthy of a responsible human being. This book appears
now because of its particular significance at a moment when imperative and grave decisions are
being made in the interests of the future of mankind.
This is Rudolf Steiner's guide to the seeker on the path of esoteric initiation. He includes much that
would be of use to novices of any mystical belief system, and a lot of tantalizing information about
the subtle body, higher planes of existence, and the spiritual encounter with the 'Guardians of the
Threshold.' --J.B. Hare
THE SOUL WORLD OUR study of man has shown that he belongs to three worlds. From the world
of physical corporality are taken the materials and forces building up his body. He has knowledge of
this world through the perceptions of his external physical senses. Anyone trusting to THESE
senses ALONE, and developing his perceptive abilities alone, can gain for himself no enlightenment
concerning the two other worlds, the SOUL and the SPIRITUAL. A man's ability to convince himself
of the reality of a thing or a being depends on whether he has an organ of perception, a sense for it.
It may, of course, easily lead to misunderstandings if one call the higher organs of perception
spiritual SENSES, as is done here, for in speaking of "SENSES" one involuntarily connects with
them the thought "physical." The physical world is in fact designated the "sensible," in
contradistinction to the "spiritual." In order to avoid this misunderstanding, one must take into
account that "higher senses" are spoken of here only in a comparative or metaphorical sense. As

the physical senses perceive the physical world, the soul and spiritual senses perceive the soul and
spiritual worlds. The expression "sense" will be used as meaning simply "organ of perception." Man
would have no knowledge of light and color had he not an eye able to sense light; he would know
nothing of sound had he not an ear able to sense sound. In this connection the German philosopher
Lotze rightly says, "Without a light-sensing eye, and a sound-sensing ear, the whole world would be
dark and silent. There would be in it just as little light or sound as there could be toothache without
the painfeeling nerve of the tooth."
For two weeks, prior to the opening of the first Waldorf school in Stuttgart, Rudolf Steiner intensively
prepared the individuals he had chosen to become the first Waldorf teachers. At 9:00 a.m. he gave
the course now translated as Foundations of Human Experience; at 11:00 a.m., Practical Advice to
Teachers; and then, after lunch, from 3:00 p.m. to 6:00 p.m., he held the informal "discussions"
published in this book. The tone is spontaneous and relaxed.
Steiner does not prescribe specific methods but introduces topics and situations, giving guidelines
and allocating practical assignments that are taken up and discussed in the next session. In this
way, the discussions are filled with insights and indications in many different areas of teaching history, geography, botany, zoology, form drawing, mathematics. Speech exercises are included.
Austrian philosopher, playwright, and artist Rudolf Steiner (1861-1925) is perhaps best known as an
educational philosopher and reformer, the founder of Steiner (or Waldorf) schools located around
the world. These schools' philosophy represents the priorities Steiner discusses in Theosophy: the
development of body, soul, and spirit. Goethe was an important influence on Steiner, and he edited
the poet's scientific works (1889-1896). Steiner was an active member and leader of the German
branch of Madame Blavatsky's Theosophical Society, eventually broke away from theosophy, as he
developed his own spiritual philosophy termed 'anthroposophy'; this philosophical movement
asserted the potential of realizing a spiritual reality through cognition. This 1910 translation by
Elizabeth Douglas Shields is of the book's third German edition; it was first published in 1904. This
work will be of particular interest to historians of philosophy, of spiritual movements and of
education.
The Big Bang theory&mdash;widely regarded as the leading explanation for the origin of the
universe&mdash;posits that space and time sprang into being about 14 billion years ago in a hot,
expanding fireball of nearly infinite density. Over the last three decades the theory has been
repeatedly revised to address such issues as how galaxies and stars first formed and why the
expansion of the universe is speeding up today. Furthermore, an explanation has yet to be found for
what caused the Big Bang in the first place.
In Endless Universe, Paul J. Steinhardt and Neil Turok, both distinguished theoretical physicists,
present a bold new cosmology. Steinhardt and Turok &ldquo;contend that what we think of as the
moment of creation was simply part of an infinite cycle of titanic collisions between our universe and
a parallel world&rdquo; (Discover). They recount the remarkable developments in astronomy,
particle physics, and superstring theory that form the basis for their groundbreaking &ldquo;Cyclic
Universe&rdquo; theory. According to this theory, the Big Bang was not the beginning of time but
the bridge to a past filled with endlessly repeating cycles of evolution, each accompanied by the
creation of new matter and the formation of new galaxies, stars, and planets.
This book offers a path to help you maintain youthfulness, tap into reserves of energy, and
understand your attitudes and emotions. Jess Stearn's personal experiences with yoga, resulting in
his discovery of how to remain youthful, optimistic, and productive, are related in novel-like fashion.
The book includes complete teach-yourself instructions and helpful photographs.
With the evolution of human consciousness, nature has finally become conscious of itself. It has
taken eons of time, this lumbering progress through the minds of reptiles, mammals, and primates,
and it is still working its purpose out in the archetypes of the collective unconscious encoded in the
most ancient parts of the human brain. The recent evolutionary history of our species, which Jung
personified as "the two million-year-old human being in us all," is still active in our dreams, myths,

psychiatric symptoms, traditional healing practices, and typical patterns of behavior. And it is still
struggling to help us survive in the often alienating conditions of the modern world.
Through a wide-ranging review of developments in anthropology, ethology, sociobiology,
neuroscience, psycholinguistics, and Jungian psychology, Anthony Stevens explores the nature of
the two million-year-old Self and examines ways in which the contemporary world both fulfills and
frustrates its basic needs and intentions. Drawing on his experience as an analyst, Stevens evokes
dreams and psychiatry to reveal a compelling and challenging view of the two million-year-old Self
as embodying no less than the will of nature, providing ancient wisdom that we neglect at our
collective peril. By granting close attention to nature's mind, Stevens argues, we not only further
personal wholeness but help redress the gross imbalances of our culture, which are threatening the
destruction of the earth. For the ecologically concerned, this book offers a dramatic new perspective
on our future relations with our planet.
A tree that sheds poison daggers; a glistening red seed that stops the heart; a shrub that causes
paralysis; a vine that strangles; and a leaf that triggered a war. In Wicked Plants, Stewart takes on
over two hundred of Mother Nature&rsquo;s most appalling creations. It&rsquo;s an A to Z of plants
that kill, maim, intoxicate, and otherwise offend. You&rsquo;ll learn which plants to avoid (like
exploding shrubs), which plants make themselves exceedingly unwelcome (like the vine that ate the
South), and which ones have been killing for centuries (like the weed that killed Abraham Lincoln's
mother).
Menacing botanical illustrations and splendidly ghastly drawings create a fascinating portrait of the
evildoers that may be lurking in your own backyard. Drawing on history, medicine, science, and
legend, this compendium of bloodcurdling botany will entertain, alarm, and enlighten even the most
intrepid gardeners and nature lovers.
Robert Kirk: Walker Between the Worlds A New Edition of The Secret Commonwealth of Elves,
Fauns and Fairies To this day, Robert Kirk, the Scottish minister and scholar, is believed to be
entrapped in the mysterious Fairy realm, or Underworld, which he described in such detail in the late
seventeenth century. Robert Kirk's "Secret Commonwealth" was the first work of its kind to be
published in the English language, and it has long been a primary source for the study of Highland
Fairy lore and the Second Sight. This new edition in modern English by R.J. Stewart includes a
detailed commentary. Comparisons are made between the ancient rites and powers of Fairy
tradition and Second Sight, and those of Shamanism, Native American tradition, Celtic myth and
legend, and perennial magical arts. A fascinating and absorbing book that offers a fresh and
stimulating insight into techniques of inner transformation.
For more than a thousand years, Buddhism has dominated Japanese death rituals and concepts of
the afterlife. The nine essays in this volume, ranging chronologically from the tenth century to the
present, bring to light both continuity and change in death practices over time. They also explore the
interrelated issues of how Buddhist death rites have addressed individual concerns about the
afterlife while also filling social and institutional needs and how Buddhist death-related practices
have assimilated and refigured elements from other traditions, bringing together disparate, even
conflicting, ideas about the dead, their postmortem fate, and what constitutes normative Buddhist
practice.
The idea that death, ritually managed, can mediate an escape from deluded rebirth is treated in the
first two essays. Sarah Horton traces the development in Heian Japan (794-1185) of images
depicting the Buddha Amida descending to welcome devotees at the moment of death, while
Jacqueline Stone analyzes the crucial role of monks who attended the dying as religious guides.
Even while stressing themes of impermanence and non-attachment, Buddhist death rites worked to
encourage the maintenance of emotional bonds with the deceased and, in so doing, helped
structure the social world of the living. This theme is explored in the next four essays. Brian Ruppert
examines the roles of relic worship in strengthening family lineage and political power; Mark Blum
investigates the controversial issue of religious suicide to rejoin one's teacher in the Pure Land; and
Hank Glassman analyzes how late medieval rites for women who died in pregnancy and childbirth

both reflected and helped shape changing gender norms.


The rise of standardized funerals in Japan's early modern period forms the subject of the chapter by
Duncan Williams, who shows how the Soto Zen sect took the lead in establishing itself in rural
communities by incorporating local religious culture into its death rites. The final three chapters deal
with contemporary funerary and mortuary practices and the controversies surrounding them. Mariko
Walter uncovers a "deep structure" informing Japanese Buddhist funerals across sectarian lines
&ndash; a structure whose meaning, she argues, persists despite competition from a thriving
secular funeral industry. Stephen Covell examines debates over the practice of conferring
posthumous Buddhist names on the deceased and the threat posed to traditional Buddhist temples
by changing ideas about funerals and the afterlife. Finally, George Tanabe shows how
contemporary Buddhist sectarian intellectuals attempt to resolve conflicts between normative
doctrine and on-the-ground funerary practice, and concludes that human affection for the deceased
will always win out over the demands of orthodoxy.
This book published in 1886 in New York, is a collection, containing the following individual essays:
The Salem Witchcraft, A History Of Salem Witchcraft. A REVIEW OF CHARLES W. UPHAM'S
GREAT WORK FROM THE EDINBURGH REVIEW, WITH NOTES, BY THE EDITOR OF THE
PHRENOLOGICAL JOURNAL: The Planchette Mystery, Author Unknown: Modern Spiritualism, by
Harriet Beecher Stowe: and Dr. Doddridge&rsquo;s Dream, Author Unknown.
Inner Paths to Outer Space presents an innovative examination of how we can reach these other
dimensions of existence and contact otherworldly beings. Based on their more than 60 combined
years of research into the function of the brain, the authors reveal how psychoactive substances
such as DMT allow the brain to bypass our five basic senses to unlock a multidimensional realm of
existence where otherworldly communication occurs. They contend that our centuries-old search for
alien life-forms has been misdirected and that the alien worlds reflected in visionary science fiction
actually mirror the inner space world of our minds. The authors show that these &ldquo;alien&rdquo;
worlds encountered through altered states of human awareness, either through the use of
psychedelics or other methods, possess a sense of reality as great as, or greater than, those of the
ordinary awareness perceived by our five senses.
From 1990 to 1995 Dr. Rick Strassman conducted U.S. Government-approved and funded clinical
research at the University of New Mexico in which he injected sixty volunteers with DMT, one of the
most powerful psychedelics known. His detailed account of those sessions is an extraordinarily
riveting inquiry into the nature of the human mind and the therapeutic potential of psychedelics.
DMT, a plant-derived chemical found in the psychedelic Amazon brew, ayahuasca, is also
manufactured by the human brain. In Strassman's volunteers, it consistently produced near-death
and mystical experiences. Many reported convincing encounters with intelligent nonhuman
presences, aliens, angels, and spirits. Nearly all felt that the sessions were among the most
profound experiences of their lives.
Strassman's research connects DMT with the pineal gland, considered by Hindus to be the site of
the seventh chakra and by Rene Descartes to be the seat of the soul. DMT: The Spirit Molecule
makes the bold case that DMT, naturally released by the pineal gland, facilitates the soul's
movement in and out of the body and is an integral part of the birth and death experiences, as well
as the highest states of meditation and even sexual transcendence. Strassman also believes that
"alien abduction experiences" are brought on by accidental releases of DMT. If used wisely, DMT
could trigger a period of remarkable progress in the scientific exploration of the most mystical
regions of the human mind and soul.
The theory is developed systematically, starting with first-order differential equations and their
bifurcations, followed by phase plane analysis, limit cycles and their bifurcations, and culminating
with the Lorenz equations, chaos, iterated maps, period doubling, renormalization, fractals, and
strange attractors.
In each case, the scientific background is explained at an elementary level and closely integrated

with the mathematical theory.Richly illustrated, and with many exercises and worked examples, this
book is ideal for an introductory course at the junior/senior or first-year graduate level. It is also ideal
for the scientist who has not had formal instruction in nonlinear dynamics, but who now desires to
begin informal study. The prerequisites are multivariable calculus and introductory physics.
Filled with exercises and techniques, this book is a practical, how-to manual for ascending
Lightworkers. With precision and a dry wit Serapis reveals in today's language what initiates have
known for millennia and how we can use this knowledge during the tumultuous years ahead. As we
return to the Source we must ascend and Serapis shows us how to do it with grace ease and fun!
My name is Serapis. It is usually associated with ancient mystery schools, but my energy is much
older than that. I was worshipped as the god Osiris in Atlantis, as Hermes Trimegestus and Thoth,
and have been active on this planet for far longer than that.Obviously, the activities of the mystery
schools were not disclosed, and that has led to legends about the teachings and initiation rites.
These rites were deliberately taxing in order to generate public awe and respect for initiates, but the
main reason for such vigorous testing was to change the self-image of new initiates. They believed
that passing the tests marked them out as having special psychic abilities and knowledge. This
belief, of course, made the acquisition of such knowledge and abilities much easier. Most initiates
didn&rsquo;t realize that everyone had these abilities and that only ignorance kept them dormant.
All could ascend but only the initiated believed that they could.That brings us to you. You may not
see yourself as an initiate in a modern day mystery school, but you are. Most of what the initiates of
old were taught is generally available in books, including this one. Also, the same types of
instruction in psychic abilities are readily available today. If this surprises you, remember that most
of the population in earlier days was illiterate and ruled by what you would call primitive
superstition.You have another advantage over the old mystery school initiates. In those days,
ascension was a personal and individual experience. But nowadays, the entire planet is gearing up
for a planetary ascension. So that you can all make the necessary changes in a short time, many
beings such as myself are paving the way for you to keep pace with the planet&rsquo;s progress. I
am here to talk about ascension: your imminent ascension, and not some far distant historical event.
I am talking about changes you are already undergoing and which will continue in the coming years.
In this book, we&rsquo;ll examine personal and planetary ascension, how it affects you, and how
you can make the process go more smoothly. This book is a guide to the new terrain, what you will
find, and who you will meet. It introduces you to a new vocabulary which will allow you to converse
with your fellow travelers with the minimum of misunderstanding, although you must realize that your
particular journey is unique.I am using this particular channel because he is of my energy, and
therefore our frequencies match closely. Also, he has an extensive technical background, and while
this book is not at all technical, I require some precision in describing how energy is manipulated.
Off the physical plane, the laws of energy are different, but there are still laws and I want to convey
a sense of them with clarity.Use this book as a means for informing your intellect of the process of
ascension.
Your spirit-self will ensure that the other levels of your being also get the message, because
ascension is a &ldquo;community effort.&rdquo; Your body consciousness and emotional energy
are capable of direct cognition without intermediate language. Rest assured that they are getting the
message also.So please read about the process, reflect on it, and discuss it. But do not think for a
moment that the written word is all you are getting.
At the spirit level, you have all worked with me in the vast Now-point, although you would think of it
as a past-life activity. We know each other, and have built up a bond of trust and love over long
periods. If you go forward with this book, be aware that knowing its contents alone will change your
life and is therefore a com-mitment to your personal ascension.This book is a practical guide to a
process that is already under way. It is about metaphysics in the true meaning &mdash; the physics
behind physics &mdash; and describes experiments that you can perform in the safety of your own
aura. Notice also that it&rsquo;s not called THE Ascension Handbook. It&rsquo;s only one of many

such books that are appearing at this p...


Written in Iceland a century after the close of the Viking Age, The Prose Edda is the source of most
of what we know of Norse mythology. Its tales are peopled by giants, dwarves, and elves,
superhuman heroes and indomitable warrior queens. Its gods live with the tragic knowledge of their
own impending destruction in the cataclysmic battle of Ragnarok. Its time scale spans the eons from
the world&rsquo;s creation to its violent end.
Across the world, sacred sites are linked together by mysterious alignments on the landscape. In the
British Isles these links have come to be known as Ley Lines. First discovered in ancient times by
the legendary Alfred Watkins, who first coined the term, they have been rigorously studied over the
last fifty years. This revised and updated edition of the book by Danny Sullivan is the classic,
comprehensive guide to the subject.
This classic of esoterica explores witchcraft, sorcery, necromancy, damnation, Satanism, and every
variety of magic. Written by the field's foremost scholar, it features colorful, little-known anecdotes
about witches, devils, and their arts. It also provides numerous historical accounts of witch trials and
surveys the role of witches in literature.
"The Synchronized Universe is a well written and exciting presentation of the latest scientific
evidence proving the existence of the paranormal. Swanson's suggestions about how present
physics can be modified to understand and explain some of these strange phenomena may go a
long way to healing the ancient split between science and spirituality. The implications of this book
are far-reaching." - Brad Steiger, best selling author, Mysteries of Space and Time
THE CONCEPT OF A HOLLOW EARTH IS A THEORY THAT REFUSES TO DIE! Explore the
bizarre world under the Poles! Journey with renown researcher Tim Swartz as he attempts to
unravel Admiral Richard E Byrd's mysterious journey to find a secret subterranean world! Here is
evidence that the great adventurer actually ventured beyond the poles into a rich land inhabited by a
race of superbeings as well as possibly refugee scientists and SS members of Hitler's dreaded Nazi
regime. EXAMINE MANY CONTROVERSIAL IDEAS, INCLUDING: 0 How the world was formed. 0
The existence of the mythological lands of Hyperborea and Ultima Thule. 0 The development of the
Flying Saucer. 0 The mysterious lands and people of the Far North. 0 Operation Highjump Antarctic Attack! 0 Did Hitler Escape to Antarctica? 0 Britian's Secret War at the Poles. 0 Did an
Inner World race give the German's UFO technology?
In 1926 the fabled alchemist Fulcanelli left his remarkable manuscript concerning the Hermetic
Study of Gothic Cathedral Construction with a student. He than disappeared. The book decodes the
symbology found upon and within the Gothic Cathedrals of Europe which have openly displayed the
secrets of alchemy for 700 years.
The Circle Within is your guide to creating a personal spiritual practice for daily life. The first section
is a thoughtful examination of Wiccan ethics and philosophy that explores how to truly live Wicca.
The second section includes devotional prayers and rituals that provide inspiration for group or
solitary practice.
Excerpt from Introduction: It is believed that each and every night when we go to sleep, our spirit
embarks upon a quest of wonder, far beyond the reaches of our physical world. We leave our
physical bodies behind, and travel in spirit form, questing the wonders of our physical world, or even
wandering about on the other side of reality and witnessing the underlying workings of our universe.
We do not tend to remember these journeys because during them, our conscious mind is fast
asleep. Instead we are functioning through our subconscious mind, and since the conscious mind
can not correctly interpret these subconscious images, we remember only vague details or nothing
at all. It is quite possible that a good portion of the dreams we remember, may have been
excursions while out- of-body.

I have to begin this preface with a great confession: this is not my first translation of Book Two of the
Essene Gospel of Peace; it is my second. The first effort took many years to complete, and it was
composed painstakingly and literally, with hundreds of cross references and abundant philological
and exegetical footnotes. When it was finished, I was very proud of it, and in a glow of selfsatisfied
accomplishment, I gave it to my friend, Aldous Huxley, to read. Two weeks later, I asked him what
he thought of my monumental translation. "It is very, very bad, he answered. "It is even worse than
the most boring treatises of the patristics and scholastics, which nobody reads today. it is so dry and
uninteresting, in fact, that I have no desire to read Book Three."
I was speechless, so he continued. "You should rewrite it, and give it some of the vitality of your
other books-make it literary, readable and attractive for twentieth century readers. I'm sure the
Essenes did not speak to each other in footnotes! In the form it is in now, the only readers you will
have for it may be a few dogmatists in theological seminaries, who seem to take masochistic
pleasure in reading this sort of thing. However," he added with a smile, "you might find some value
in it as a cure for insomnia; each time I tried to read it I fell asleep in a few minutes. You might try to
sell a few copies that way by advertising a new sleep remedy in the health magazines-no harmful
chemicals, and all that." It took me a long time to recuperate from his criticism-. I put aside the
manuscript for years.
From the author's preface: "This third book of the Essene Gospel of Peace is a collection of texts of
great spiritual, literary, philosophical and poetical value, created by two powerful, interwoven
streams of tradition. Chronologically, the first is the stream of traditions to which the Hebrew people
were exposed in the Babylonian prison, dating from the Gilgamesh Epics to the Zend Avesta of
Zarathustra. The second is the stream of traditions flowing with poetical majesty through the Old and
New Testaments, dating from the ageless Enoch and the other Patriarchs, through the Prophets and
on to the mysterious Essene Brotherhood. In the buried library of the Essene Brotherhood at the
Dead Sea, where the greatest number of scrolls were found, the texts of these two streams of
traditions were very much interwoven. They follow each other in a strange succession: the powerful
cubistic simplicity of the first juxtaposed with the majestic, expressionist poetry of the second. The
original texts of this collection may be classified into three approximate groups: about seventy
percent of them are completely different from the ancinet Sacred Books of the Avestas and the Old
and New Testaments; twenty percent are similar, and ten percent are identical..."
At no time since man was brought into being capable of everlasting life has he been left without the
revelation to him of the Word, and of the Way. In the early days, before man&rsquo;s understanding
had ripened, this knowledge was revealed to him by beings who had his unfoldment in their charge.
They taught him that there was and is an Unseen Power greater than man, and they delivered to
him commandments from that Unseen Power as to how man should live. But those days are past,
and man in this day, being matured in the capacity to understand, to know, shall learn to draw
directly from the universe, which is before him. No teaching, or dogma, or doctrine may stand before
the universe of being in which man is set. Within it is to be found, opening ever in fresh wonder and
magnitude, the nature and purpose of existence, the answer to every question that man may desire
to ask. In this day man stands as one free of the past before the fountain of All Truth which awaits
his capacity to receive it and to comprehend it as it is unveiled before his understanding.
The room used for the psychomanteum is equipped with a mirror and a reclining chair with a small
light. The function of the mirror is, to date, unknown. This paper proposed to explore the function of
the mirror in the psychomanteum process and its use toward the resolution of significant life
questions.
Two psychomanteum environments were created, one with a mirror in the room and one without.
This research used an experimental quantitative methodology to examine the difference in impact of
the two environments on participants. This research analyzed the before and after difference
between and within these two groups and sought to determine whether there were any correlations
between a hypnagogic-like state and an increased sense of self-efficacy in the solving of important
life questions, in addition to assessing the effectiveness of the psychomantuem process.

Nearly everyone is familiar with holograms&mdash;three-dimensional images projected into space


with the aid of a laser. Two of the world's most eminent thinkers believe that the universe itself may
be a giant hologram, quite literally a kind of image or construct created, at least in part, by the
human mind. University of London physicist David Bohm, a protege of Einstein and one of the
world's most respected quantum physicists, and Stanford neurophysiologist Karl Pribram, an
architect of our modern understanding of the brain, have developed a remarkable new way of
looking at the universe.
The psychic abilities of most humans are dampened by the clatter of our conscious minds. In this
timely book, Russell Targ shows readers how to quiet this noise and see into the far reaches of time
and space through remote viewing. He also illuminates the phenomena of intuitive medical
diagnosis and distant healing in a groundbreaking synthesis of research and empirical data.
Drawing on a broad range of spiritual traditions, Targ demonstrates that these psychic abilities offer
a path of self-inquiry and self-realization and have the power to expand each person&rsquo;s limited
awareness into the consciousness shared by all beings. Targ explores the scientific and spiritual
implications of remote viewing, as well as offering practical techniques and exercises to nurture this
universally available but often untapped skill.
Darklore is a journal of exceptional observations, hidden history, the paranormal and esoteric
science. Bringing together some of the top researchers and writers on topics from outside of
mainstream science and history, Darklore will challenge your preconceptions by revealing the
strange dimensions veiled by consensus reality. Featuring contributions from Stephen E. Braude
Ph.D, Nick Redfern, Jon Downes, Blair Blake, Theo Paijmans, Michael Tymn, Greg Taylor and
many others, Volume 2 of Darklore offers only the best writing and research from the most
respected individuals in their fields. In Darklore Volume 2 you'll find discussions of subjects such as
the occult underpinnings of modern rock music, the origins of the Illuminati, hallucinogens and
witchcraft, DMT and the occult, and much more. Find out more about the book - including free
sample articles - at the Darklore website: darklore.dailygrail.com
This challenging provocative book argues that there was in ancient Israel a considerable degree of
overlap between the worship of the sun and of Yahweh-even that Yahweh was worshipped as the
sun in some contexts. As an object created not by humankind but by God himself, the sun as an
object of veneration lay outside the bounds of the second commandment and was considered by
many to be an appropriate 'icon' of Yahweh of Hosts. Through its ivestigation of 'solar Yahwism', this
book offers fresh insight into several passages (e.g.Genesis 1;32.23-33; Joshua 10.12-14; 1 Kings
8.12; Ezekiel 8.16-18; Psalms 19;104) and archaeological data regarding the orientations of
Yawistic temples, the jar handles ,horse figurines, and the Taanach cult stand. The book argues that
the struggle between Yahweh and other deities in ancint Israel took place within the context of the
development of Yahwism itself.
The true story of witchcraft in old Connecticut has never been told. It has been hidden in the ancient
records and in manuscripts in private collections, and those most conversant with the facts have not
made them known, for one reason or another. It is herein written from authoritative sources, and
should prove of interest and value as a present-day interpretation of that strange delusion, which for
a half century darkened the lives of the forefathers and foremothers of the colonial days.
Popol Vuh, the Quich Mayan book of creation, is not only the most important text in the native
languages of the Americas, it is also an extraordinary document of the human imagination. It begins
with the deeds of Mayan gods in the darkness of a primeval sea and ends with the radiant splendor
of the Mayan lords who founded the Quich kingdom in the Guatemalan highlands. Originally written
in Mayan hieroglyphs, it was transcribed into the Roman alphabet in the sixteenth century.
A Witch's Beverages and Brews shares the wonderful heritage of beverage making and consuming
-- how drinks appeared on altars as gift to the gods, where toasts come from, and why we pass wine
clockwise around the table. All this lore and superstition combines with modern magickal methods to
help you design beverages that quench both physical and spiritual thirst completely while tantalizing

your taste buds.


In the later half of the book, each chapter is devoted to a specific theme with a suggested
component list, preparation ideas (timing), and a host of recipes for both consumption and spellcraft
purposes. Some of the themes that are covered are "keeping love true," "prosperity potions," and
"concocting a little luck." Whether you're creating a drink so you can internalize its qualities for daily
living, or making it for a friend, there's something here for all occasions, needs, and tastes.
Publication of The Sirius Mystery in 1976 set the world abuzz with talk of an extraterrestrial origin to
human civilization and triggered a 15-year persecution campaign against Robert Temple by the
KGB, CIA, NASA, and other government agencies. Undaunted, however, Temple is back, with 140
pages of new scientific evidence that makes his hypothesis more compelling than ever.
Many authors have speculated on the subject of extraterrestrial contact, but never before has such
detailed evidence been presented. Temple applies his in-depth knowledge of ancient history,
mythology, Pythagorean physics, chaos theory, and Greek, to a close examination of the
measurements of the Great Pyramid of Giza, which was built to align directly with the star Sirius. He
concludes that the alien civilization of Sirius and our own civilization are part of the same harmonic
system, and are destined to function and resonate together. His findings warrant a profound
reappraisal of our role in the universe.
Written by one of the world&rsquo;s leading authorities, Exploring Reincarnation examines the full
range of explanations for past-life recall. This definitive study includes case histories from around
the world, as well as intriguing theories about the relationship between body and soul&mdash;from
general social beliefs about past lives to detailed questions about karma and past-life regression
therapy. It is an outstanding introduction to reincarnation from a historical, scientific, and
philosophical point of view.
The Problem of Increasing Human Energy by inventor Nikola Tesla was developed largely based on
his acquired knowledge as both a mechanical and electrical engineer, and focuses on his ideas for
the survival of the human race. Special reference is also made to the best way of harnessing the
sun's energy. Today with the fears of global warming, this Tesla work has been used as a starting
point for understanding the problems that the human race is facing. The Problem of Increasing
Human Energy is highly recommended for individuals who are interested in scientific ideas toward
the longevity of the human race and those interested in key writings of Nikola Tesla.
Part philosophical ponderings on humanity's relationship to the universe, part scientific extrapolation
on what technological advancement might bring to that understanding, this long essay, first
published in Century Illustrated Magazine in June 1900, is yet another example of the genius of
Serbian inventor NIKOLA TESLA (1857-1943), the revolutionary scientist who forever changed the
scientific fields of electricity and magnetism. From the possibilities presented by robotics to the
"civilizing potency of aluminum," from a "self-acting engine" to one of the first proposals to use solar
power to run industrial civilization, and much more, this is a wide-ranging but illuminating look into
the thoughts of an unsung hero of scientific philosophy.
Pearl of Great Price, as written by Bonus ofF errara, and edited by Janus Lacinius. In the first place,
it is one of the earliest works printed on alchemy, and the original is a very beautiful specimen of
typography. Concerning the latter point, it is only necessary to say that it was issued from the press
of A ldus, appearing in 1546, with the privilege of Pope Paul III. and theS enate of Venice for the
space of ten years. This edition is, of course, exceedingly rare, and is highly prized by collectors. In
the second place, it is a very clear, methodical, and well-reasoned treatise, comparing favourably in
these respects with the bulk of alchemical literature.
THESE communications from the Other Side were received by A. B. and C. D.; A. B. putting the
questions, and C. D., as amanuensis, receiving the answers from the Communicating Spirit, through
the method of automatic or, more correctly speaking, inspirational writing. A. B., the friend with
whom the Communicating Spirit held these conversations, and whom he had known well on earth,

took no part in the actual writing, but merely asked the questions, concentrating meanwhile upon the
subject in hand and awaiting the reply, but throughout having no premonition of what form it would
take. This was almost always unexpected by both sitters. The questions asked were mostly those to
which the scribe had given little time or thought, her mind having up to the time of those sittings
been absorbed with other interests. A significant point, also, is that she had no acquaintance with
the Communicating Spirit in this life. She knew his name only, but had never heard him speak, nor
read any of his writings.
It is with a great deal of pleasure and considerable personal satisfaction that I offer this volume to
the magical fraternity as a merited tribute and permanent monument to the present-day creative
geniuses in the field of magic. Year in and out they have supplied the motive power, in the form of
new tricks and ideas, to keep the machinery of prestidigitation moving-often without any form of
reimbursement, for even recognition in the eyes of the public is reserved for the performing magician
only.
A thorough treatment of vibration theory and its engineering applications, from simple degree to
multi degree-of-freedom system. Focuses on the physical aspects of the mathematical concepts
necessary to describe the vibration phenomena. Provides many example applications to typical
problems faced by practicing engineers. Includes a chapter on computer methods, and an
accompanying disk with four basic Fortran programs covering most of the calculations encountered
in vibration problems.
Illustrations of Belief in Magic in Mediaeval and in Early Modern Times Even a slight acquaintance
withE uropean history reveals the existence of a number of curious and apparentlyunreasonable
beliefs prevalent throughout a period extending from early mediaeval to comparatively recent times.
ST here is the belief in witchcraft, for instance. From the canons of synods in the early Middle A ges
down to the pitiless executions during the witchcraft delusion, there is abundant evidence of its
prominence. It played its part not only in humble life, but in court intrigues and in the accusations
brought at state trials. The belief that ones future could be learned by observing the stars was
equally widespread. Astrologers throve at the courts of kings, and sometimes their advice was taken
even by him whose every act was held to be under special divine direction. It would be a great
mistake to think that the astrologer was maintained merely for the amusement of king and court, like
the jester. His utterances were taken tfnost seriously, and the principles of his art were so generally
accepted as to become the commonplaces of the thought and the conversation of daily life. In 1305,
for instance, when certain cardinals urged Pope Clement Vto return toR ome, they reminded him
that every planet wash most powerful in its own house.
Smund, son of Sigfus, the reputed collector of the poems bearing his name, which is sometimes
also called the Elder, and the Poetic, Edda, was of a highly distinguished family, being descended in
a direct line from King Harald Hildetonn. He was born at Oddi, his paternal dwelling in the south of
Iceland, between the years 1054 and 1057, or about 50 years after the establishment by law of the
Christian religion in that island; hence it is easy to imagine that many heathens, or baptized
favourers of the old mythic songs of heathenism, may have lived in his days and imparted to him the
lays of the times of old, which his unfettered mind induced him to hand down to posterity.
From old Egypt have come the fundamental esoteric and occult teachings which have so strongly
influenced the philosophies of all races, nations and peoples, for several thousand years. Egypt, the
home of the Pyramids and the Sphinx, was the birthplace of the Hidden Wisdom and Mystic
Teachings. From her Secret Doctrine all nations have borrowed. India, Persia, Chaldea, Medea,
China, Japan, Assyria, ancient Greece and Rome, and other ancient countries partook liberally at
the feast of knowledge which the Hierophants and Masters of the Land of Isis so freely provided for
those who came prepared to partake of the great store of Mystic and Occult Lore which the
masterminds of that ancient land had gathered together. In the early days, there was a compilation
of certain Basic Hermetic Doctrines, passed on from teacher to student, which was known as "The
Kybalion," the exact significance and meaning of the term having been lost for several centuries.
This teaching, however, is known to many to whom it has descended, from mouth to ear, on and on
throughout the centuries. Its precepts have never been written down, or printed, so far as we know.

It was merely a collection of maxims, axioms, and precepts, which were non-understandable to
outsiders, but which were readily understood by students, after the axioms, maxims, and precepts
had been explained and exemplified by the Hermetic Initiates to their Neophytes. These teachings
really constituted the basic principles of "The Art of Hermetic Alchemy," which, contrary to the
general belief, dealt in the mastery of Mental Forces, rather than Material Elements-the
Transmutation of one kind of Mental Vibrations into others, instead of the changing of one kind of
metal into another. The legends of the "Philosopher's Stone" which would turn base metal into Gold,
was an allegory relating to Hermetic Philosophy, readily understood by all students of true
Hermeticism.
The purpose of this work is not the enunciation of any special philosophy or doctrine, but rather is to
give to the students a statement of the Truth that will serve to reconcile the many bits of occult
knowledge that they may have acquired, but which are apparently opposed to each other and which
often serve to discourage and disgust the beginner in the study. Our intent is not to erect a new
Temple of Knowledge, but rather to place in the hands of the student a Master-Key with which he
may open the many inner doors in the Temple of Mystery through the main portals he has already
entered.
This book is a roadmap to greater self-knowledge through dream interpretation. Dr. Mark Thurston
has combined insights from the hundreds of Edgar Cayce readings on dreams with his own
background in dream interpretation to give us a clearly written, easy to understand spiritual
handbook. The author explains:
The idea of a lost ancient civilization located at the North Pole at a time when its climate was
friendlier to human habitation is suggested in many of the world's oldest myths and sacred
scriptures. Drawing upon his vast knowledge of the Hindu Vedas and the Zoroastrian Avesta, Tilak
makes a painstakingly detailed analysis of the texts and compares them with the geological,
astronomical and archaeological evidence to show the plausibility of the Arctic having been the
primordial cradle of the Aryan race before changing conditions forced the Aryans southward into
present-day Europe, Iran and India. Although this theory has never gained widespread acceptance
among mainstream scholars since it was first published in 1903, Tilak has made a compelling case
which is not easily refuted. Bal Gangadhar Tilak (1856-1920), who was given the honorary title
Lokmanya ("chosen leader of the people"), was one of the fathers of India's independence
movement in opposition to British colonial rule. He was imprisoned several times for his vocal
advocacy of violent revolt against the colonial authorities on the basis of Vedic scripture. His time in
prison gave him time to work on his more scholarly projects, such as the present book. Although he
did not live to see the ultimate victory of the movement he had helped to establish, he is widely
acknowledged as having been one of the main driving forces behind it due to his influence on
Gandhi and the other leaders who saw his mission through to its end in 1947.
This book provides the reader with an encapsulation of all the key experimental psychoenergetics
observations made by Professor Tiller ande his group over the past 35 years. It reveals the true
nature of the human acupuncture meridian/chakra system and how "sacred" spaces are created. It
shows that the physical vacuum is not really empty and that, under the proper conditions, our digital
measurement instruments can reveal a sum of contributions from two unique levels of physical
reality. The book describes a new energy in nature that produces a very long range information
entanglement and appears to be related to movement of magnetic charge in the vacuum level of
reality. Finally, it uses the experimental data to formulate theoretically a new reference frame for
viewing nature, one that encompasses both conventional spacetime science and the new
psychoenergetic phenomena.
It is more than probable that an effect has never yet been allowed to exist long without having laid to
its charge, by ingenious heralds, a varying ancestry of at least a score of causes, differing in their
nature as the people who create them differ, agreed only in their assertions of authenticity. The
more marvellous the effect, the more numerous and absurd are these assignments.
Wherever mystery exists, there speculation is sure to abound; and where speculation abounds,

there will certainly be found also three conditions of things: (1) many ditches plentifully strewed with
blind who have led each other thither, and fallen therein; (2) much beclouded ignorance walking
about disguised in all the colours of the rainbow; and (3) a good deal of genius running wild, and
increasing the confusion by subtle growths, often very beautiful, but only skin deep.
Force and intelligence are always associated with the primal atom. Force and matter exist in
equilibrium. Intelligence, or Creative Mind, upsets the equilibrium, the atoms unite, and this is the
beginning of creation. Force expresses itself in motion; life in any form is the atom in motion.
Almighty God thought the universe before He built it; it pre-existed in Infinite Mind before it was
objectified. Nothing ever\happens -by chance. Not a single atom in the universe ever moved to its
place in a creative pattern, except at the command of Infinite Mind.
This overview of ancient Egyptian magic explores the uses and history of white and black magic
among Egyptian sorcerers. Discussed are Egyptian priests who were known for their magical
prowess; the great importance of spells and magic in ancient Egyptian daily life; and the many
symbols, talismans, and magic words that derived from ancient Egypt. Compelling research drawn
from written accounts on preserved papyrus and headstones is revealed.
In Stillness Speaks, best-selling author Eckhart Tolle illuminates the fundamental elements of his
teaching, addressing the needs of the modern seeker by drawing from all spiritual traditions. At the
core of the book is what the author calls &ldquo;the state of presence,&rdquo; a living in the
&ldquo;now&rdquo; that is both intensely inspirational and practical. When the pressures of future
and past thinking disappear, fear and frustration also vanish, conquered by the moment. Stillness
Speaks takes the form of 200 individual entries, organized into 10 topic clusters that range from
"Beyond the Thinking Mind" to "Suffering and the End of Suffering." The entries are concise and
complete in themselves, but, read together, take on a transformative power.
To make the journey into the Now we will need to leave our analytical mind and its false created self,
the ego, behind. From the very first page of Eckhart Tolle's extraordinary book, we move rapidly into
a significantly higher altitude where we breathe a lighter air. We become connected to the
indestructible essence of our Being, &ldquo;The eternal, ever present One Life beyond the myriad
forms of life that are subject to birth and death.&rdquo; Although the journey is challenging, Eckhart
Tolle uses simple language and an easy question and answer format to guide us. A word of mouth
phenomenon since its first publication, The Power of Now is one of those rare books with the power
to create an experience in readers, one that can radically change their lives for the better.
With his bestselling spiritual guide The Power of Now, Eckhart Tolle inspired millions of readers to
discover the freedom and joy of a life lived "in the now." In A New Earth, Tolle expands on these
powerful ideas to show how transcending our ego-based state of consciousness is not only
essential to personal happiness, but also the key to ending conflict and suffering throughout the
world. Tolle describes how our attachment to the ego creates the dysfunction that leads to anger,
jealousy, and unhappiness, and shows readers how to awaken to a new state of consciousness and
follow the path to a truly fulfilling existence.
The Power of Now was a question-and-answer handbook. A New Earth has been written as a
traditional narrative, offering anecdotes and philosophies in a way that is accessible to all.
Illuminating, enlightening, and uplifting, A New Earth is a profoundly spiritual manifesto for a better
way of life&mdash;and for building a better world.
Eckhart Tolle is rapidly emerging as one of the world&rsquo;s most inspiring spiritual teachers,
sharing the enlightenment he himself experienced after a startling personal transformation. His
views go beyond any particular religion, doctrine, or guru. This book extracts the essence from his
teachings in The Power of Now, showing us how to free ourselves from &ldquo;enslavement to the
mind.&rdquo; The aim is to be able to enter into and sustain an awakened state of consciousness
throughout everyday life. Through meditations and simple techniques, Eckhart shows us how to
quiet our thoughts, see the world in the present moment, and find a path to &ldquo;a life of grace,
ease, and lightness.&rdquo;

Andrew Tomas makes many intriguing claims about the knowledge of man's early civilizations.
Ancient Chinese and Greeks meddled with automatons, cybernetics, and robotics, and ancient
Hindus, Greeks, and Egyptians had electrical devices including electric lights in his chapter
"Electricity in the Remote Past." Far-fetched and controversial but still fascinating reading today.
The world&rsquo;s leading authority on Feng Shui, and author of several international bestsellers,
presents 168 surefire strategies for eliminating excess baggage, renewing energy, and generating
new pathways within your house and mind. Lillian Too&rsquo;s colorful guide offers strategies that
range from practical cleaning (including tidying tabletop clutter) to visualizations. For specific needs
or a general feng shui makeover, here are simple, affordable solutions.
Part 1: Here there be Dragons is an introduction to the world of Dragon Magick and the Realms of
Sea, Land and Sky. Here there be Dragons, and here you will learn the mystical art of meeting them
and learn to incorporate them into your magickal rituals. Part 2: The Book of Dragon Shadows is a
miscellany of rituals, spells and formulas. Everything needed to practice the art of Dragon Magick.
Designed to be used by the solitaire witch or by a group.
In the background of what has become known as ceremonial magic is medieval Jewish magic. In
turn this was based on the Kabbalah, the Jewish traditions known as Haggadah, and other esoteric
beliefs. This is a comprehensive review of Jewish magic from the 10th to the 15th century, including
a rich lode of folklore. Many well-known Jewish traditions are explained, such as why a glass is
broken at a wedding, and how the expression mazel tov is related to a belief in Astrology.
Trachtenberg deals extensively with Golems, Succubi, the Lillim, (from Lilith--Adam's first wife), and
other magical creatures, some well known such as werewolves, and others not so well, such as
estrie, mare and broxa. There are detailed descriptions of talismans, amulets, charms, and other
curious magical objects. There are chapters dealing with dream interpretation, medical beliefs,
necromancy, and other forms of divination. There is also a short glossary, so if you are having
trouble telling the difference between a Kaddish and a Kiddush, you're in luck.
Excerpts: We are all dwellers in two kingdoms, the inner kingdom, the kingdom of the mind and
spirit, and the outer kingdom, that of the body and the physical universe about us. In the former, the
kingdom of the unseen, lie the silent, subtle forces that are continually determining, and with exact
precision, the conditions of the latter.To strike the right balance in life is one of the supreme
essentials of all successful living. We must work, for we must have bread. We require other things
than bread. They are not only valuable, comfortable, but necessary. It is a dumb, stolid being,
however, who does not realize that life consists of more than these. They spell mere existence, not
abundance, fullness of life.
When one awakes from sleep and so returns to conscious life, he is in a peculiarly receptive and
impressionable state. All relations with the material world have for a time been shut off, the mind is
in a freer and more natural state, resembling somewhat a sensitive plate, where impressions can
readily leave their traces. This is why many times the highest and truest impressions come to one in
the early morning hours, before the activities of the day and their attendant distractions have exerted
an influence. This is one reason why many people can do their best work in the early hours of the
day. But this fact is also a most valuable one in connection with the moulding of every-day life. The
mind is at this time as a clean sheet of paper. We can most valuably use this quiet, receptive,
impressionable period by wisely directing the activities of the mind along the highest and most
desirable paths, and thus, so to speak, set the pace for the day. Each morning is a fresh beginning.
We are, as it were, just beginning life. We have it entirely in our own hands.
This is a must-read for all who'd like to strengthen their connection to the Infinite Mind in order to
enjoy a free-flow of abundance, personal blessings, intuitive knowledge and the strong sense of
well-being that results from a solid connection. Written more than a century ago, this classic work
inspired a generation, selling more than two million copies. It is thought to be the original work of
inspirational writing that led to such best-sellers as Think and Grow Rich, and The Power of Positive
Thinking. The author, Ralph Waldo Trine, explains that there is only One Life, which he called

Infinite Spirit, that underlies, supports and informs all reality. Infinite Spirit takes on the
characteristics we ourselves either consciously or subconsciously assume. The result is that we
wittingly or unwittingly create ourselves as well as the circumstances and conditions of our lives. If
you've never read In Tune with the Infinite, you are in for a profound experience and perhaps a
revelation. You'll also find priceless instruction on how to ascend to a life of joy and fulfillment that
you may have thought possible only in your dreams.
In the tradition of Zecharia Sitchin and Immanuel Velikovsky, Michael&rsquo;s investigations reveal
the reason for the eradication of the Druids and highlight for the first time the terrible campaign of
genocide against the ancient Irish elders whose knowledge once enriched world culture. Michael
exposes the true origins of the world&rsquo;s premier secret societies and reveals the remarkable
mysteries they have been sworn to guard by sword and deception. He shows that the elements of
civilization - megalithic construction, writing, music, astronomy, astrology, medicine, farming,
navigation, and most importantly the principles of religion, originated in Britain, Ireland and
Scandinavia. Every European needs to read this book to find out how the history of "Anglo-Saxon"
man has been misrepresented and perverted. Michael explains the true meaning of the word Aryan
and shows that it was the original name of Ireland. He explains the reason why so many tribes
speak of the coming of the fair gods, the men of wisdom. He explains the connections between the
Irish Druids and Egyptian Amenists and the ruin Akhenaton's Luciferian cult brought to Egypt and
the world. As Michael wrote...
"What does it mean to live in the age of revealing? It means the light that royals and secret societies
claim to adore is finally being shone brightly upon their own orders and ideologies. It means the Sun
of Truth has finally risen to expose their once hidden machinery of tyranny and control&hellip;
&hellip;The auction of a whole civilization - the finest known - and the extermination of the Druids
are two of many subjects brought to the limelight in these volumes. It is for this reason this author
first chose - in Atlantis, Alien Visitation and Genetic Manipulation - to deal with Atlantis and Lemuria,
since it was from there the story of the ancestors of Gaels and Celts begins. If we are to seek out
the origins of Arthurian legends and Welsh, Irish and Scottish myths, it is to lost Atlantis and Lemuria
we are to look. And if we are to seek reasons why the true story of these places and peoples has
not been revealed, we begin with the powers that dominate and rule mankind from behind the
obvious thrones of religion and politics. These ruthless agencies have their origins in the ancient
past, and are biological or ideological descendants of the sorcerers of Atlantis&hellip;
In the tradition of William Bramley, Laurence Gardener and Erich von Daniken, Michael Tsarion
considers the consequences to civilization of extraterrestrial involvement and seeks to clarify many
of the quandaries that other "visitation" experts have overlooked. His book clarifies the
disinformation about Atlantis and the lost continents of prehistory. It concentrates on the
orchestrated chaos of modern times and reveals how the political and military machinations of the
present have their roots in the ancient past.
Reflected in Eastern philosophy, art, and literature for more than 2,000 years, the magisterial effects
of the Tao Te Ching have shaped the thinking of some of the world's most profound philosophers.
This spiritual work, one of the most influential books in history, promotes the achievement of peace
and harmony through meditation.
For nearly two generations, this translation of the Tao Te Ching has been the standard for those
seeking access to the wisdom of Taoist thought. Now Jane English and her long-time editor,
Toinette Lippe, have refreshed and revised the translation, so that it more faithfully reflects the
Classical Chinese in which it was first written, while taking into account changes in our own
language and eliminating any lingering infelicities.
Lao Tsu&rsquo;s philosophy is simple: Accept what is in front of you without wanting the situation to
be other than it is. Study the natural order of things and work with it rather than against it, for to try to
change what is only sets up resistance. Nature provides everything without requiring payment or
thanks. It does so without discrimination. So let us present the same face to everyone and treat

them all as equals, however they may behave. If we watch carefully, we will see that work proceeds
more quickly and easily if we stop &ldquo;trying,&rdquo; if we stop putting in so much extra effort, if
we stop looking for results. In the clarity of a still and open mind, truth will be reflected.
Te&mdash;which may be translated as &ldquo;virtue&rdquo; or &ldquo;strength&rdquo;&mdash;lies
always in Tao meaning &ldquo;the way&rdquo; or &ldquo;natural law.&rdquo; In other words:
Simply be.
Nothing happens without a cause. We might say that this story began in Germany when Gretchen
Hammerstein put the finishing touches on a certain high-explosive shell and with the contact of her
fingers filled the ahelI with the vibrations of her hatred for the Americans. We might note the various
occurrences which, each the result of an endless train of circumstances, contributed to the fact that
this particular shell was brought to the German front at just such a time and just such a place. But to
follow up theae lines of happenings, almost infinite in number, would require an infinitude of
patience.
Jimmie Weatman was leaning against the trench mall nearest the German line and was peering
through the well camoflaged peephole which was used to watch the dreary and awful wastes of No
Biana Land in guarding against any surprise attack. The shell burst within a few feet in front of him
and to the rear, but Jimmie did not know it. It was, in fact, a long time before he found out just what
had happened, and it is of the things which came inbetween the bursting of the shell and the time
when Jimmie was able to reconstruct the whole affair, that I wish to tell.
The original book in the TSK series includes 35 exercises that encourage a new style of inquiry.An
integrated, natural intelligence, unfragmented into reason, emotions, sensations, and intuition, is our
greatest treasure, and our key to progress. Exploring our realm of experience with such an
intelligence can be an inspiring undertaking. If, for instance, such an open intelligence is brought
into play in reading this book, even the reading and thinking process itself can become a visionary
path. Through integrating a theoretical approach with one which is more experiential, we can
actually begin to change our lives.
Anyone familiar with H. P. Lovecraft's work knows of the Necronomicon, the black magic grimoire he
invented as a literary prop in his classic horror stories. There have been several attempts at creating
this text, yet none stand up to Lovecraft's own descriptions of the Necronomicon . . . until now. Fans
of Lovecraftian magic and occult fiction will delight in Donald Tyson's Necronomicon, based purely
within Lovecraft's own fictional universe, the Cthulhu Mythos.
This grimoire traces the wanderings of Abdul Alhazred, a necromancer of Yemen, on his search for
arcane wisdom and magic. Alhazred's magical adventures lead him to the Arabian desert, the lost
city of Irem, ruins of Babylon, lands of the Old Ones, and Damascus, where he encounters a variety
of strange creatures and accrues necromantic secrets.
Erotic unions with spirits have occured throughout history, but the methods have been suppressed
and lost, save for references and fragments in ancient alchemical and magical texts. This book
presents a magical system for initiating sexual unions with spirit beings and using the energy
released from these unions for self-empowerment and personal transformation. It offers to show the
reader: magical sexual practices and a sexual spiritual union to surpass the pleasures of physical
sex; rituals to encourage the movement of Kundalini energy; magical uses for sexual fluids;
techniques for creating a homunculus - an artificial human.
"Revealed to John Dee and Edward Kelley over 400 years ago, much of this system has been
ignored or misunderstood, even by famous magicians. Some of the source material has been
fragmented, obscure, or unavailable. Thankfully, Mr. Tyson has worked long and hard to rediscover
what was missing and piece together what had been changed.
Most people today follow the Golden Dawn's method of Enochian magic. But did you know that they
left out a major portion of the system? It's true! They did not include the "Heptarchia Mystica," a
manuscript discovered amongst John Dee's belongings. In "Enochian Magic for Beginners, " you will

learn the secrets of the "Heptarchia Mystica," including such things as the Angelic seven rulers, the
preparations for practice of the system, and how to perform the ritual of the system.
If you have found that your magic has not been as successful as you would like, this is the book you
need to start a new page in your magical career. If you want to learn about the Enochian system,
this book is the best introduction to it to date. And if you are already practicing Enochian magic, you
will find this book to be a valuable resource.
Everything that a beginner needs to start performing ritual magic is in this basic training manual of
daily study. These exercises do not merely teach--they transform. When practiced regularly, they will
provoke changes in the body, brain, perceptions, emotions, and the will--changes necessary for the
successful working of magic in any of its ancient or modern traditions.
Tyson's efficient system of tarot magic is based on the Golden Dawn tradition, which corresponds
with tarot imagery. He teaches how to work magic on the astral level by projecting one's awareness
into the ritual tarot layout. Learn how to set up an astral temple, build an altar, cast a magic circle,
and create a triangle through which to actualize your purpose. This innovative guide to tarot magic
also includes rituals related to unions, business, banishing, and evoking elementals.
Renowned occultist Donald Tyson clearly shows how IHVH, the four Hebrew letters in the lost name
of God, hold the key that unlocks the meaning behind astrological symbolism, the Tarot, the
kabbalah, the mysteries of the Old Testament and the Book of Revelation, divinatory systems such
as the I Ching and medieval geomancy, the Enochian magic of John Dee, and modern ritual magic.
The holiest name of God is nothing less than the archetypal blueprint of creation, the basis for such
fundamental forms as the DNA double helix and the binary language of modern computers.
Many beginners find it difficult or impossible to make the initial link with a spirit. Donald Tyson wrote
Familiar Spirits in response to repeated requests for an effective technique that does not require
expertise in formal ritual, astrology, or the Kabbalah. Here he unveils his unique system for
generating spirit sigils based on a set of symbols called power glyphs.
The Book of Chuang Tzu draws together the stories, tales, jokes and anecdotes that have gathered
around the figure of Chuang Tzu. One of the great founders of Taoism, Chaung Tzu lived in the
fourth century BC and is among the most enjoyable and intriguing personalities in the whole of
Chinese philosophy.
Lao-tzu's "Te-Tao Ching" has been treasured for thousands of years for its poetic statement of life's
most profound and elusive truths. This new translation, based on the 1973 discovery of two copies
of the manuscript more than five centuries older than any others known, corrects many defects of
the later versions. In his extensive commentary, Professor Henricks reevaluates traditional
interpretations.
Dana Ullman, one of the leading advocates of homeopathic medicine, has produced a
comprehensive, lucid introduction to this branch of complementary medicine, covering the history
and the philosophy of homeopathy as well as scientific evidence supporting its effectiveness for a
variety of conditions. A detailed discussion of the effectiveness and the limits of homeopathy in the
treatment of infectious disease, allergies, chronic diseases, psychological conditions and dentistry,
as well as its applications in pregnancy and labor, women's health, pediatrics and sports medicine
follows.
In the English-speaking world, she was one of the most widely read writers on these matters in the
first half of the twentieth century, especially for this book "Mysticism" published in 1911. It sold so
many copies that no other book of this type was able to meet with the same great success until
Aldous Huxley came out with The Perennial Philosophy in 1946.
1831. The subject which these lectures treat is intimately connected with the history, not merely of
New England, but of the imagination of man, as it has been developed in various regions and ages.

Very inadequate and unjust views are entertained of the scene in our annals, which they illustrate,
and of the persons who acted or suffered in that scene. The principal inducement, however, to give
them a permanent circulation, is a conviction that the facts they relate, and the reflections they
naturally suggests, are full of the most important instruction.
Salem Witchcraft and Cotton Mather A Reply By Charles W. Upham, this ebook included TOC for
Reader. This sample in ebook "The Reviewer charges me with having wronged Cotton Mather, by
representing that he "got up" the whole affair of the Goodwin children. He places the expression
within quotation marks, and repeats it, over and over again. In the passage to which he
refers&mdash;p. 366 of the second volume of my book&mdash;I say of Cotton Mather, that he
"repeatedly endeavored to get up cases of the kind in Boston. There is some ground for suspicion
that he was instrumental in originating the fanaticism in Salem." I am not aware that the expression
was used, except in this passage. But, wherever used, it was designed to convey the meaning given
to it, by both of our great lexicographers. Worcester defines "to get up, 'to prepare, to make
ready&mdash;to get up an entertainment;' 'to print and publish, as a book.'" Webster defines it, "to
prepare for coming before the public; to bring forward." This is precisely what Mather did, in the case
of the Goodwin children, and what Calef put a stop to his doing in the case of Margaret Rule.
In 1831, I published a volume entitled Lectures on Witchcraft, comprising a history of the Delusion,
in Salem, in 1692. In 1867, I published Salem Witchcraft, and an account of Salem Village; and, in
the Preface, stated that "the former was prepared under circumstances which prevented a thorough
investigation of the subject. Leisure and freedom from professional duties have now enabled me to
prosecute the researches necessary to do justice to it. The Lectures on Witchcraft have long been
out of print. Although frequently importuned to prepare a new edition, I was unwilling to issue, again,
what I had discovered to be an inadequate presentation of the subject." In the face of this disclaimer
of the authority of the original work, the Reviewer says: "In this discussion, we shall treat Mr.
Upham's Lectures and History in the same connection, as the latter is an expansion and defence of
the views presented in the former."
I ask every person of candor and fairness, to consider whether it is just to treat authors in this way?
It is but poor encouragement to them to labor to improve their works, for the first critical journal in the
country to bring discredit upon their efforts, by still laying to their charge what they have themselves
remedied or withdrawn. Yet[5] it is avowedly done in the article which compels me to this
vindication."
The Urantia Book may be the most powerful evidence ever that mankind is not alone and that there
is intelligent life in the Universe. The Urantia Book boldly claims to be a revelation of truth to our
world from a friendly and well-ordered universe. A revelation, in book form, intended to help guide
humankind into the next era of evolutionary progress. It provides a deeper appreciation and
understanding of our own planetary family, as well as our place in the cosmic family of freewill
intelligent beings. It reveals as never before an infinite circle of creation, at the center of which
reigns our beneficent and loving creator.
First published in 1955, The Urantia Book is a literary masterpiece that harmonizes science, religion,
and philosophy, while illuminating mankind s origin, history and destiny. A full third of the book is
devoted to the life and teachings of Jesus and is undoubtedly the most sublimely beautiful story of
Jesus ever told.
Part I, The Central and Super Universe, deals with God the first source and center all things and
beings in a vast creation. It reveals as never before the perfect and loving nature of God, who is not
only our Creator but the creator of a Universe of Universes. It exquisitely portrays God s as the
divine source of all that is and the divine parent of every freewill intelligent being. It provides
unfathomable depth in describing both the spiritual and physical organization of the entire cosmos.
Part II, The Local Universe, focuses on our part of the cosmos, describing life as it is organized and
exists in our Local Universe. It explains the many celestial helpers who guide us in our journey
inward to the center of creation, giving a detailed account of what happens to us when our life on

Earth is done, as well as revealing our personal, planetary, and universe destiny.
Part III, The History of Urantia, is an extraordinarily insightful depiction of the evolution of life on
Earth. It describes humanity s journey from the most primitive forms of civilization to our current
situation, and reveals practical next steps to help us advance to even higher levels of existence.
Dedication to the ideals of marriage and family life are revealed as critical to advancing civilization.
Eventually, the cosmic reality of the global family of all mankind will carry us on to our ultimate goal
of planetary progress. The details and significance of Adam and Eve and Melchizedek further
complete our historical knowledge. The presentation of the Divine Spark of God that lives within
each individual is one of the major concepts presented.
Part IV, The Life and Teachings of Jesus, lifts Jesus out of the context of the Christian religion and
portrays his life and teachings in a way that is inspiring to people of all faiths and all walks of life.
This includes a profoundly moving account of Jesus' life in chronological order from birth, through
childhood, adolescence, adult years (including his private and public ministries), and eventual death
and resurrection.
Since, Basil Valentine, by Religious Vows am bound according to the Order of St. Benedict, and that
requires another manner of Spirit of Holiness, then the common State of Mortals exercised in the
prophane business of this World; I thought it my duty before all things, in the beginning of this little
Book, to declare what is necessary to be known to the pious Spagyrist, inflamed with an ardent
desire of this Art; as, what he ought to do, and whereunto to direct his aim, that he may lay such
Foundations of the whole matter, as may be stable; lest his Building shaken with Winds, happen to
fail, and the whole Edifice to be involved in shameful Ruine, which otherwise, being founded on
more firm and solid Principles, might have continued for a long series of time. Which Admonition I
judged was, is, and always will be a necessary part of my Religious Office; especially, since we
must all die, and no one of us, which now are, whether high or low, shall long be seen among the
number of Men. For it concerns me to commend these Meditations of Mortality and Posterity,
leaving them behind me, not only that honour may be given to the Divine Majesty, but also that Men
may obey him sincerely in all things.
Too many cases of "accidental" alien contact...UFO cults praying to the skies...secret "psychotronic"
weapons for bending the human mind. The evidence Jacques Vallee reveals, after many years of
scientific investigation, adds up to something more menacing than monsters from outer space.
Messengers of Deception documents the growing effect of UFO contact claims on our lives and of
the belief systems prevalent in our society. It explores the hidden realities of the cults, the
contactees, the murky political intrigues and the motivations of the investigators. "As suspenseful as
a Hitchcock Thriller, brilliantly argued . . . a smashing achievement." - Robert Anton Wilson
In the past century, individuals, newspapers, and military agencies have recorded thousands of UFO
incidents, giving rise to much speculation about flying saucers, visitors from other planets, and alien
abductions. Yet the extraterrestrial phenomenon did not begin in the present era. Far from it. The
authors of Wonders in the Sky reveal a thread of vividly rendered-and sometimes strikingly similarreports of mysterious aerial phenomena from antiquity through the modern age. These accounts
often share definite physical features- such as the heat felt and described by witnesses-that have
not changed much over the centuries. Indeed, such similarities between ancient and modern
sightings are the rule rather than the exception.
In Wonders in the Sky, respected researchers Jacques Vallee and Chris Aubeck examine more than
500 selected reports of sightings from biblical-age antiquity through the year 1879-the point at which
the Industrial Revolution deeply changed the nature of human society, and the skies began to open
to airplanes, dirigibles, rockets, and other opportunities for misinterpretation represented by military
prototypes. Using vivid and engaging case studies, and more than seventy-five illustrations, they
reveal that unidentified flying objects have had a major impact not only on popular culture but on our
history, on our religion, and on the models of the world humanity has formed from deepest antiquity.
"Reaching to Heaven" continues the exploration of the "other world" that began with the bestselling

"Talking to Heaven". Complete with van Praagh's famous psychic sessions, this audiobook
emphasizes the practical side of his work and engages listeners interactively, with specific exercises
to help them realize their psychic potential.
George Wellinton Van Tassel was born in Jefferson , Ohio , in 1910. He move to California in 1930 ,
where after nearly twenty years in aircraft work , his love for the California desert led him to lease
Giant Rock Airport, an abandoned airport, from the federal government. During this period of time
Mr. Van Tassel became the foremost pioneer in Advanced Mental Telepathy as a result of contacts
with intelligences from other worlds .Mr Van Tassel passed away in 1978.
It's the essential-and seemingly unknowable-question that has haunted mankind since the
beginning: What happens after we die? In Life After Death: Some of the Best Evidence, renowned
physicist Dr. Jan W. Vandersande surveys evidence for an afterlife and finds a lot of the observed
physical phenomena both credible and compelling.
Intended for skeptics and believers alike, Life After Death condenses more than 100 years of
literature and testimony-including the author's own psychic experiences as a longtime member of a
psychic circle-to sort out the astonishing from the fraudulent. The investigation gives readers a
front-row seat to sance rooms to experience such marvels as direct voice, ectoplasm and
materializations-messages and events, he shows, that are directed from beyond the grave. As the
book makes clear, the occurrences during such episodes, though fantastical, can't be dismissed as
mere fantasy or fraud.
It encompasses the gamut of questions restless,fevered,desperate that have arisen in every seeker
s mind at some point or the other.Questions about fear,desire,suffering,commitment,free
will,determinism,God,faith,love, morality,self-deception,doubt,the spiritual path,the mind,the
body,disease,healing,madness,death,dissolution.And more.
The answers are by Sadhguru,a living master and profound mystic of our times.Unshakably
anchored in inner experience,he remains unaffiliated to any organized religions,sectarian or
ideological tradition.Forthright,witty, unconventional,provovative,but deeply compassionate,these
answers were shared with close disciples over a period of ten years on various occasions.Spanning
a variety of subjects that he seldom addresses otherwise in public,these words were spoken to
foster the growth of a few who had been with him for a long time.The tone is intimate,the cadence
conversational,the context specific.And this is the book s strength.
Seekers of every culture and persuasion will find themselves turning from eavesdroppers to
participants from the very first page.For the answers carry the unmistakable ring of authenticity,the
deep clarity and wisdom of one who knows what it means to seek.And to know.And just how to map
the arduous,often interminable,journey in between.
Jagadish Vasudev was born in Mysore, Karnataka. At the age of twenty-five on September 23rd
1982, he had a deep spiritual experience, and subsequently established Isha Foundation, a
non-religious, not-for-profit, public service organization, which addresses all aspects of human
wellbeing. The Isha Yoga Centre and Ashram near Coimbatore was founded in 1992, and hosts a
series of programs intended to heighten self-awareness through the ancient practice of yoga.
These programs are offered to people ranging from the highly educated to the illiterate, from
corporate leaders to prisoners. Sadhguru spoke in four panels at the 2007 World Economic Forum,
addressing issues ranging from diplomacy to economic development, education and the
environment. In 2006, he addressed the World Economic Forum, the Tllberg Forum in Sweden,
and the Australian Leadership Retreat. He has also served as a delegate to the United Nations
Millennium Peace Summit and the World Peace Congress. He is the only speaker to have been
invited to the World Economic Forum three years in a row. Sadhguru has had interviews with the
BBC, Bloomberg, CNBC, CNNfn, and Newsweek International. He was a delegate to the United
Nations Millennium World Peace Summit and a participant at the World Economic Forum in 2006,
2007 and 2008.

Ancient Indian alchemical processes were allegedly used extensively in the temple building and
consecration. Contrary to science, it is claimed that the presence of solid mercury at room
temperature can be observed in the building. Project Green Hands and initiative to increase the
green cover of Tamil Nadu State by 33% in the next 15-25 years is spearheaded by Jaggi Vasudev.
The project entered the Guinness Book of world records for planting maximum number of tree
saplings on a single day. Vasudev was a key participant in the 2006 documentary film ONE: The
Movie.
This view allows Vedral to address a host of seemingly unrelated questions: Why does DNA bind
like it does? What is the ideal diet for longevity? How do you make your first million dollars? We can
unify all through the understanding that everything consists of bits of information, he writes, though
that raises the question of where these bits come from.
In fact, Vedral notes, recent evidence suggests that quantum weirdness, once thought to be limited
to the tiniest scale, may actually reach into the macro world and make teleportation a real possibility.
It is in quantum physics, he writes, that we really can find the answer to the ultimate question of life,
the universe, and everything.
In this epochal book, Immanuel Velikovsky, one of the great scientists of modern times, puts the
complete histories of our Earth and of humanity on a new basis. He presents the results of his
10-year-long interdisciplinary research in an easily understandable, even entertaining manner.
Inspite - or even because - of the disgraceful hostility, provoked by his theories, this book keeps
being of ardent topicality, which in the light of recent scientific research is even growing. Earth in
Upheaval - a very exactly investigated and easily understandable book - contains material that
completely revolutionizes our view of the history of the earth. For all those who have ever wondered
about the evolution of the earth, the formation of mountains and oceans, the origin of coal or fossils,
the question of the ice ages and the history of animal and plant species, Earth in Upheaval is a
MUST-READ!
With this book Immanuel Velikovsky first presented the revolutionary results of his 10-year-long
interdisciplinary research to the public, founded modern catastrophism - based on eyewitness
reports by our ancestors - shook the doctrine of uniformity of geology as well as Darwin's theory of
evolution, put our view of the history of our solar system, of the Earth and of humanity on a
completely new basis - and caused an uproar that is still going on today.
This assertion is as unbelievable and outrageous as the assertions in Worlds in Collision or Earth in
Upheaval. But Velikovsky takes us on a detailed and highly interesting journey through the corrected - history and makes us a witness to how many question marks disappear, doubts vanish
and corresponding facts from the entire Near East furnish a picture of overall conformity and
correctness.
We learn, for example, that the so-called Hittite Empire is an historical invention and, in another
critical paragraph, Velikovsky leads us the to the proper understanding of the Bronze- and Iron
Ages. In the extensive supplement, Velikovsky deals with the age-calculating method of radiocarbon
dating and its surprising connections to his own theories.
The Wiccan Rede is the heart and central tenet of the ancient Wiccan religion, and contains all its
fundamental teachings. This pocket-sized edition will show you how to put the Rede's wisdom into
practice, and live by its underlying principle, "An ye harm none, do as thou will." Inside you'll
discover:
The 2002 version of the Enochian Dictionary first written in the 16th century by Dr. John Dee and Sir
Edward Kelly. This version has been extended further with new information regarding Dee and Kelly
but not sufficient the author feels to call it a new edition, more a 2002 edition as it contains both old
and new now.

Have you ever wondered why Christians do what they do for church every Sunday morning? Why
do they &ldquo;dress up&rdquo; for church? Why does the pastor preach a sermon each week?
Why do they have pews, steeples, and choirs? This ground-breaking book, now in affordable
softcover, makes an unsettling proposal: most of what Christians do in present-day churches is
rooted, not in the New Testament, but in pagan culture and rituals developed long after the death of
the apostles. Coauthors Frank Viola and George Barna support their thesis with compelling
historical evidence and extensive footnotes that document the origins of modern Christian church
practices. In the process, the authors uncover the problems that emerge when the church functions
more like a business organization than the living organism it was created to be. You'll be challenged
to decide whether you can ever do church the same way again.
Publius Vergilius Maro (70 BCE-19 BCE), later called Virgilius, and known in English as Virgil or
Vergil, was a classical Roman poet. He was the author of epics in three modes: the Bucolics or The
Eclogues (37 BC), The Georgics (29 BC) and the substantially completed The Aeneid (19 BC), the
last being an epic poem in the heroic mode, which comprised twelve books and became the Roman
Empire's national epic. Biographical reconstruction supposes that Virgil was part of the circle of
Maecenas, Octavian's capable agent d'affaires who sought to counter sympathy for Mark Antony
among the leading families by rallying Roman literary figures to Octavian's side. It also appears that
Virgil gained many connections with other leading literary figures of the time, including Horace and
Varius Rufus. As the Roman Empire collapsed, literate men acknowledged that the Christianized
Virgil was a master poet. The Aeneid remained the central Latin literary text of the Middle Ages. It
also held religious importance as it describes the founding of the Holy City. Surviving medieval
collections of manuscripts containing Virgil's works include the Vergilius Augusteus, the Vergilius
Vaticanus and the Vergilius Romanus.
One of the most common misconceptions of the occult sciences student is that which is expressed
by the term 'supernatural.' This term is used to express the idea of that which is outside of the realm
of nature and of nature's laws. Advanced students and teachers of the occult doctrine know that we
have no direct knowledge of anything outside the realm of nature and of nature's laws.
By Swami Vivekananda, Karma-Yoga and Bhakti-Yoga describes the way to reach perfection
through the performance of daily work in a non-attached spirit (i.e. Karma-Yoga - the path of selfless
action) and by sublimating human affection into divine love (i.e. Bhakti-Yoga - the path of divine
love). Karma-Yoga and Bhakti-Yoga, along with Jnna-Yoga and Rja-Yoga, are considered classics
and outstanding treatises on Hindu philosophy. Swami Vivekananda's deep spiritual insight, fervid
eloquence, and broad human sympathy shine forth in these works and offer inspiration to all spiritual
seekers.
Erich von Daniken's Chariots of the Gods is a work of monumental importance--the first book to
introduce the shocking theory that ancient Earth had been visited by aliens. This world-famous
bestseller has withstood the test of time, inspiring countless books and films, including the author's
own popular sequel, The Eyes of the Sphinx. But here is where it all began--von Daniken's startling
theories of our earliest encounters with alien worlds, based upon his lifelong studies of ancient ruins,
lost cities, potential spaceports, and a myriad of hard scientific facts that point to extraterrestrial
intervention in human history. Most incredible of all, however, is von Daniken's theory that we
ourselves are the descendants of these galactic pioneers--and the archeological discoveries that
prove it... * An alien astronaut preserved in a pyramid
WITH the publication of this REVIEW begins a completely new adventure in the history of mankind.
Whatever knowledge may previously have been imputed to men, it has always been fenced in with
conditions and restrictions. The time has come to speak plainly, and so far as may be in the
language of the multitude.
Thus, the Brothers of the A&there4; A&there4; announce themselves without miracle or mystery. It
is easy for every charlatan to perform wonders, to bewilder and even to deceive not only fools but all
persons, however shrewd, untrained in observation; nor does the trained observed always succeed
instantly in detecting the fraud. Again, what the A&there4; A&there4; propose to do is to enable such

men as are capable of advancement to a higher interpretation of manhood to do so; and the proof of
their ability lies in their success, and not in any other irrelevant phenomenon. The argument from
miracles is a non sequitur.
This is the only practical book of magic produced by the founder of the infamous Thule-Society of
pre-war Germany. It is a manual of Sufistic alphabetic meditational work with the keys to the
alchemical process. The Sufism is that of the Baktashi sect of Turkey into which the author was
initiated in the early part of this century. Translated by S. E. Flowers.
Whether you call them gods, angels, ETs, or aliens, sufficient proof now exists that beings more
advanced than humans have influenced our history. Evidence suggests that these outsiders shaped
our religions, genes, technology, and cultures. In fact, they may have provided the impetus for
modern civilization.
Paul Von Ward investigates why modern science and religion refuse to address the possibility that
humans interact with Advanced Beings (ABs). He reviews sacred texts, myths and legends--from
the Old Testament, Hebrew texts, and the Vedas, to the Greek myths, Sumerian tablets, and other
historical sources to make the link between religions, their gods, and alien intervention. He shows
how this history of AB intervention has been suppressed and challenges readers to reexamine the
origins of notions like "divine revelation" to find common ground among the world's cultures and
religions.
Much thought-provoking evidence suggests that the way you look, think, react to life events, and
interact with other people may be predisposed by the experiences of one or more human beings
who lived in the past. Even if you don't know who they were, you may find what appears to be their
"soulprints" in the person you are today and the manner in which you live.
The Soul Genome: Science and Reincarnation explores these ideas, focusing on verifiable
information that can be tested by objective means. The detailed, robust case studies presented here
not only suggest that reincarnation is more than just a metaphysical concept, but also indicate that it
is a valid subject of scientific inquiry.
Our Solarian Legacy is a call to action unlike any other you may have encountered before.
According to cultural historian and cosmologist Paul Von Ward, the time has come for human beings
to reassess just about everything we believe about our ancestry and global past. Drawing upon
forgotten prehistory, clues from the world's esoteric traditions, new research in consciousness, and
subtle energies and sound reasoning, Von Ward asserts we are more powerful beings than either
science or religion has led us to believe. He extols us to embrace a bold, new model of human
existence, one that explains our celestial origins, multidimensional capacities and destiny as
conscious cocreators of a self-learning and self-correcting universe.
With great insight and clarity, Von Ward envisions that discovery of our true legacy will inspire a
global renaissance of inner knowing and unprecedented social progress. Beyond earthly evolution,
he sees humanity assuming its place as part of a universal community of conscious beings and
fulfilling our potential to serve as galactic leaders. Expanding our individual and collective
consciousness will be an open-ended process, Von Ward says, and will require self-initiation,
self-instruction, and self-learning in resonance with the universe. Our Solarian Legacy is a brilliant
guide to this new and essential process in human spiritual evolution.
Analysis of all types of reported nonhuman consciousness reveals a generic category the author
calls Advanced Beings, or ABs. A review of sacred texts, myths and legends, and contemporary
reports shows all such entities fit into a natural universe. It includes allegedly divine beings,
heavenly hosts, guardians, ascended masters, and intelligences from other planets or other
dimensions. Whether from the Pleiades or Yahweh&rsquo;s Heaven, historical, archeological, and
scientific evidence now shows we&rsquo;ve had their help along the way.
How did humans reach the point where leaders claim to speak for God in such conflicting ways?

Paul Von Ward, also author of Our Solarian Legacy, says resolving the religious and ideological
divisions that energize modern terrorism requires people, East and West, to re-examine the origins
of notions like "divine revelation," "chosen people," and "a supernatural religion."
This examination of perception is described in chapters devoted to historical periods from the
Greeks to the present time following themes of adaptation and how the senses are linked to an
intricately organized brain which not only helps us perceive what is necessary for survival, but also
creates links from the patterns of sensory stimulation to language and thought.
We are safe in saying that "Within The Temple of Isis" is unique and stands alone. There is no other
book in print like it, and if Solomon of old had not said, "There is nothing new under the sun," we
would be inclined to contradict him. "Within the Temple of Isis" God's word was law as interpreted by
his Hierophants; their oneness with the fountain of Being made them conscious of Nature's secret
operations, and enabled them, as it does the wise ones of to-day, to enter the Temple of Isis and
observe the hidden mysteries concealed behind the veil. Purity of motive and sincerity of purpose
brought its own reward to them of old as it does to those of to-day who purify themselves before
seeking for the knowledge and wisdom hidden within the "Holy of Holies"&mdash;"The Temple of
Isis." Isis means Mother of all, while Osiris means Father of all. The Temple of Two Truths as matter
and spirit must be realized within. The Polar Opposites are those of sex dually expressed as two
poles of one law or principle as taught by Hermetic Philosophy before the law of polarization of spirit
into matter, and matter back into spirit, can be understood. The Alchemist and the Astrologer, alike,
possess this wisdom, and it was this knowledge that made the Priests Kings of Egypt, so justly
famous as Magicians or Wise Men. They still exist in spirit realms and can transmit to this plane of
earth their wisdom, that would make earth a veritable paradise if only the race could be made to
realize its magical powers.
Contents: Early Students of Kabalism; Hidden Church of Israel; Majesty of God in Kabalism;
Doctrine of Cosmology; Myth of the Earthly Paradise; Serpent, Son of the Morning, and Fall of the
Angels; Fall of Man; Legend of the Deluge; Covenant with Abraham; Of Moses, the Master of the
Law; Temples in Jerusalem; Coming of Messiah; Soul in Kabalism Doctrine Concerning Sheol;
Concerning Resurrection; Mystery of Shekinah; Mystery of Sex; Occult Sciences; Developments of
Later Kabalism; Alleged Christian Elements; Conclusion on Jewish Theosophy.
This work represents a distinctive school of alchemy -- it belonged to a period that had inherited a
bitter experience of the failures, impostures, and misery surrounding the "Magnum Opus" and its
mystical quest. The treatises contained in this volume are by the authors of historical legend: John
de Mehung, Nicholas Flamel, Basil Valentine, Eirenaeus Philalethes, Helvetius, Michael Maier,
Michael Sendivogius, Nicholas Barnaud Delphinas, and Basilius Valentinus. Illustrated.
1906. Found in this volume are a variety of poetical verses and prose under the following heads:
Shadows of Sacraments; Hidden Sacrament of the Holy Graal; Poor Brother's Mass Book; Book of
the King's Dole and Chantry for Plain Song, A Greater Initiation. The original edition of this book was
limited to 250 copies.
Contents: Life of Alphonse Louis Constant; Notes on the Mysteries of Magic as expounded in the
Occult Philosophy of Eliphas Levi; Threshold of Magical Science; Doctrines of Occult Force; Written
Tradition of Magic; Doctrine of Spiritual Essences, or Kabbalistic Pneumatics; Ceremonial Magic;
Science of the Prophets; Science of Hermes; Key of Magical Phenomena; Key of Modern
Phenomena; Religion of Magic; Great Practical Secrets; Thaumaturgical experiences of Eliphas
Levi; Embodying the Spirit of the Author's Philosophy; Three Credos of Eliphas Levi: Creed of the
Magus; Catholic and Magical Symbol; Philosophical Credo.
The Book of Black Magic and of Pact is an attempt to synthesize the procedures of all of the famous
Grimoires. It draws on the Key of Solomon, the Grimorium Verum, the apocryphal Fourth Book of
Cornelius Agrippa, and many others, including the famous Black Pullet, or Poulet Noir. While Waite
is careful in his analysis of the various Grimoires, he treats the subject matter skeptically. The result
is an unparalleled look at the details of ceremonial magic.

Embracing an Account of Magical Practices; or Secret Sciences in Connection with Magic; of the
Professors of Magical Arts; and of Modern Spiritualism, Mesmerism and Theosophy. "The subject of
occultism has been very fully dealt with during recent years by various students of eminence. It has
remained for the results of their studies to be condensed into a portable volume, which shall conduct
the inquirer into the vestibule of each branch of 'the occult sciences,' and place within his reach the
proper means of prosecuting his researches further in any desired direction." Contents: Magical
Practices; White Magic: The Evocation of Angels; White Magic Evocation of Spirits; Black Magic;
Necromancy; Secret Sciences in Connection with Magic; Alchemy; Elixir of Life; Crystallomancy;
Composition of Talismans; Divination; Divining Rod; Astrology; Kabbalism; ; Professors of Magical
Art; Mystics; Rosicrucians; Freemasons; Modern Phenomena; Mesmerism; Modern Spiritualism;
Theosophy.
This is Arthur Edward Waite's study of the elusive Rosicrucians, a secret society of which the first
public notice was in early 17th century Germany. Was this an actual organization, or just a fantasy?
No actual Rosicrucians ever surfaced, but there was plenty of documentation about them. The
problem is that these documents are, for the most part, obviously fictional. In time, a mythology grew
up around the Rosicrucians. Today there are groups which claim the name. These date at the most
to the late 19th century, although they usually claim pro forma to go back as far as Egypt or Atlantis.
The Rosicrucians have also been woven by conspiracy theorists into their web alongside the
Freemasons, Illuminati, Templars, and so on, even though there is not a shred of evidence for this.
Waite presents complete translations of all of the texts which defined the Rosicrucians, including the
Fama Fraternitatis, the Confessio Fraternitatis, and the Chemical Wedding of Christian Rosencreutz.
The longest text, the Chemical Wedding is a fever-dream which is a thinly veiled alchemical
allegory. The authorship of these documents is disputed, but it may have been written by Johann
Valentin Andreas, a German theologian and writer. Waite also surveys Rosicrucian literature from
successive centuries, including extensive quotes from authors who wrote about the Rosicrucians
such as Michael Maier, Robert Fludd, Thomas Vaughan and John Heydon. Heydon wrote Voyage to
the Land of the Rosicrucians, reminiscent of Thomas More's Utopia, about a voyage to an obscure
continent inhabited by Rosicrucians, included here in its entirety.
All in all, this serves both as a survey of the literature about Rosicrucians and an invaluable
anthology of that literature. Waite, although he had a solid background in the occult, is in a firmly
rationalist mode in this book. The Real History will be of use to both academic and general readers,
and makes fascinating reading. --J.B. Hare
From whatever point of view it may be approached, the Kabalah is of importance: it connects with
literatures which are greater than itself and with pregnant issues of history. It is part of the history of
philosophy, and as such it once entered into the thought of Europe. It is responsible, broadly
speaking, for all that strange tissue of symbolism and ceremonial which made up the magic of the
Middle Ages; at a later period it sought to transform alchemy; it tinctured many of those conventional
practices and beliefs which we term superstition generically, and the guise in which we know them is
therefore chiefly a Kabalistic guise." Contents: Post-Christian Literature of the Jews; Doctrinal
Content of the Kabalah; Source and Authority of the Kabalah; Written Word of Kabalism First,
Second and Third Period; Some Christian Students of the Kabalah, Raymond Lully, Cornelius
Agrippa, Paracelsus, William Postel, The Rosicrucians, Robert Fludd, Thomas Vaughan, Ralph
Cudworth, Saint-Martin, Eliphas Levi, Papus; Kabalah and Other Channels of Esoteric Tradition,
The Kabalah and: Magic, Alchemy, Astrology, Freemasonry, Tarot and Mysticism.
Its design was apparently to supply in a compact form a representative collection of the more brief
and less ancient alchemical writers; in this respect, it may be regarded as a supplement to those
large storehouses of Hermetic learning such as the Theatrum Chemicum, and that scarcely less
colossal of Mangetus, the Bibliotheca Chemica Curiosa, which are largely concerned with the cream
of the archaic literature, with the works of Geber and the adepts of the school of Arabia, with the
writings attributed to Hermes, with those of Raymond Lully, Arnold de Villa Nova, Bernard Trevisan,
and others.

Arthur Edward Waite (October 2, 1857 &ndash; May 19, 1942) was a scholarly mystic who wrote
extensively on occult and esoteric matters, and was the co-creator of the Rider-Waite Tarot deck. As
his biographer, R.A. Gilbert described him, "Waite's name has survived because he was the first to
attempt a systematic study of the history of western occultism &mdash; viewed as a spiritual
tradition rather than as aspects of proto-science or as the pathology of religion."
From Egyptian mythology to Jewish mysticism, Rome and Greece to the druids and the gnostics,
Tim Wallace-Murphy exposes a fascinating lineage of hidden mysteries and secret societies,
continuing through the Templars, Rosicrucians, and Freemasons to our modern visionaries. This
hidden stream of spirituality and that of sacred knowledge are inseparably entwined to form the
single most important continuous strand in the entire Western esoteric tradition.
This tradition exerted a seminal influence on the thinking of the builders of the great cathedrals;
leading teachers in ecclesiastical schools; philosophers; playwrights; poets such as Shakespeare,
Goethe, Blake, and W. B. Yeats; and on artists and Renaissance giants such as Leonardo da Vinci
and Michelangelo. It is also the root from which sprang alchemy and modern science.
Now, as more people are looking to find information on the alternatives to dominant religions and
dogmas that have told us what to think and how to behave, as faith has been questioned by
religious scandals, economic meltdowns, and an increasingly sick planet Earth, Wallace-Murphy
reveals the secrets of the masters, including invaluable spiritual insights into everyday life that have
been hidden throughout the ages. He shows us who kept this spiritual tradition alive despite
appalling persecution, so that we in the twenty-first century might benefit from its accumulated fruits
and ennoble our lives.
Neale Donald Walsch believes that the human race has reached a Time of Choosing. Our options
are being placed before us by the tide of events -- and by those whoa re creating them. We can
either move forward, building together at last a new world of peace and harmony based on new
beliefs about God and Life, or move backward, separately and continuously reconstructing the old
world of conflict and discord.
Conversations with God, Book 1 was the start of Neale Donald Walsch's ongoing dialogue with God.
The trilogy contains the most essential truths and lessons for spiritual seekers, and these books are
the bestselling of all the author's works. Featuring a new foreword by the author, printed throughout
in two colors, and inserted in a fully enclosed full-color box, this remarkable book will be a Christmas
gift to treasure.
Essentially, God tells us in Conversations with God that most of us do not understand what
abundance really is. We confuse it with money. Yet when we take stock of that in which we truly are
abundant, and choose to share it freely with everyone whose life we touch, we find that what we
thought was abundance&mdash;money&mdash;comes to us freely.
Even this chain of events, however, many of us cannot accept. For when we think of money, we
imagine that it is an experience and an energy that stands outside of the reality of God. Yet there is
nothing in the universe that stands outside of the reality of God, that is not a part of God. Once we
understand that money is a part of what God is, our attitude about money changes. We see it as an
extension of the glory of God, not the root of all evil. This can produce astonishing results.
Just what is abundance? Is it lots of money, lots of stuff that money can buy? That's what many
people believe. And many work at jobs they dislike, just to support that belief. Neale Donald Walsch
gives us the simple key to understanding the true nature of abundance, and a practical
easy-to-understand philosophy for applying that knowledge to our daily lives.
Suppose you could ask God any question and get an answer. What would it be? Young people all
over the world have been asking those questions. So Neale Donald Walsch, author of the
internationally bestselling Conversations with God series had another conversation. Conversations

with God for Teens is a simple, clear, straight-to-the-point dialogue that answers teens questions
about God, money, sex, love, and more.
Conversations with God for Teens reads like a rap session at a church youth group, where
teenagers discuss everything they ever wanted to know about life but were too afraid to ask God.
Walsch acts as the verbal conduit, showing teenagers how easy it is to converse with the divine.
When Claudia, age 16, from Perth, Australia, asks, "Why can't I just have sex with everybody?
What's the big deal?", the answer God offers her is: "Nothing you do will ever be okay with
everybody. 'Everybody' is a large word. The real question is can you have sex and have it be okay
with you?" There's no doubt that the casual question-and-answer format will help make God feel
welcoming and accessible to teens.
Millions of readers have come to value the Conversations with God series by Neale Donald Walsch,
which has now been translated into twenty-six languages. Many thousands of those readers have
had questions for him--questions about religion, good and evil, physical and mental health, death,
prophecy, the nature of God and the universe, prayer, angels and devils, spiritual paths,
relationships, and much more.
In Questions and Answers on Conversations with God, Neale, with characteristic wit and wisdom,
responds to the most compelling and provocative of these letters; and the result is a book that is
profoundly enlightening and inspiring. By relating the messages in the dialogues of CWG to the
personal issues and everyday experience of individuals, Neale's answers illustrate the direct link
between spiritual and physical reality, clearly demonstrating how what we do and who we are in our
lives is a result of how we think and what we believe.
This extensive study of the Christian mythology that animated medieval Europe shows that this
mythology is primarily of pagan inspiration and that very little of it comes from the Bible. The fact that
Christianity grafted itself onto earlier pagan worship was no mystery to the Church Fathers, Philippe
Walter explains. Pagan elements were incorporated into the Christian faith on the advice of Pope
Gregory the Great, who told Saint Augustine of Canterbury that rather than tear down the pagan
temples in Britain, he should instead add the pagan rituals into the mix of Christian practices, thus
providing an easy transition to the new religion. It was simply a matter of convincing the populace to
slightly redirect their focus to include Jesus.
In this highly documented work Walter shows which major calendar days of the Christian year are
founded on pagan rituals and myths, including the high holidays of Easter and Christmas, a time
when many pagans prepared for the coming of spirits who would leave gifts for those who honored
their coming. Indeed, the identities of saints and pagan figures were so intermingled that some
saints were even transformed into pagan incarnations. Mary Magdalene, for instance, became one
of the ladies of the lake of Celtic legend. He also explores how the hagiographic accounts of the
saints in the scriptures reveal the origin of these symbolic figures to be the deities worshiped in
pagan Europe for centuries.
The Shift: The Revolution in Human Consciousness The Shift is the spiritual and creative awakening
of humanity. This transformative movement has gained momentum in recent years to the point
where, today, more than one in four adults have moved forward towards this new stage of cultural
awareness. New Reality consciousness means to experience new vistas of awareness and new
levels of creativity. It means following your heart to express your inner joy through making your own
meaningful contribution towards the betterment of the world.
Millions of pioneering trail-blazers have already made it through The Shift and into the new
awareness. Every day, more people follow their example and discover a deeper, more meaningful
quality to life. In The Shift, Owen Waters has woven together leading-edge cultural studies with his
own discoveries about the human energy system in order to demonstrate that we are in the midst of
the biggest cultural shift of all times. This book demonstrates that the future of mankind is not just
bright&hellip; it is brilliant! The Shift to the New Reality is real. It is happening today. It is
unstoppable.

The Science of Getting Rich is the original and best guide to manifesting wealth through the Law of
Attraction. First published in 1910, The Science of Getting Rich was a major inspiration for Rhonda
Byrne's bestselling book "The Secret." According to USA Today, the text is "divided into 17 short,
straight-to-the-point chapters that explain how to overcome mental barriers, and how creation, not
competition, is the hidden key to wealth attraction."
n this new edition of his acclaimed autobiography &mdash; long out of print and rare until now
&mdash; Alan Watts tracks his spiritual and philosophical evolution from a child of religious
conservatives in rural England to a freewheeling spiritual teacher who challenged Westerners to
defy convention and think for themselves. From early in this intellectual life, Watts shows himself to
be a philosophical renegade and wide-ranging autodidact who came to Buddhism through the
teachings of Christmas Humphreys and D. T. Suzuki.
Told in a nonlinear style, In My Own Way wonderfully combines Watts&rsquo; own brand of
unconventional philosophy and often hilarious accounts of gurus, celebrities, psychedelic drug
experiences, and wry observations of Western culture. A charming foreword written by Watts&rsquo;
father sets the tone of this warm, funny, and beautifully written story of a compelling figure who
encouraged readers to &ldquo;follow your own weird&rdquo; &mdash; something he always did
himself, as his remarkable account of his life shows.
These ruminations, assembled in the form of a journal and here published in paperback for the first
time, were written at Alan Watts' retreat in the foothills of Mount Tamalpais, California. Many current
themes are discussed, including meditation, nature, established religion, race relations, karma and
reincarnation, astrology and tantric yoga, and the nature of ecstasy, but the underlying motif is the
art of feeling out and following the watercourse way of nature, known in Chinese as the Tao. Watts
suggests a way of contemplative meditation in which we temporarily stop naming and classifying all
that we experience, and simply feel it as it is.
A provocative and enduring work that reexamines humanity's place in the natural world -- and the
spirit's relation to the flesh -- in the light of Chinese Taoism. That human beings stand separate from
a nature that must be controlled, that the mind is somehow superior to the body, and that all
sexuality entails a seduction -- a danger and a problem-are all assumptions upon which much of
Western thought and culture is based. And all of them in some way underlie our exploitation of the
earth, our distrust of emotion, and our loneliness and reluctance to love. Few books have
challenged those assumptions as directly as this erudite and engaging work by the author of The
Way of Zen.
Drawing on the precepts of Taoism, Alan Watts offers an alternative vision of man and the universe
-- one in which the distinctions between self and other, spirit and matter give way to a more holistic
way of seeing. Nature, Man and Woman is a book of great elegance and far-reaching implication -one of those rare texts that can change the way we think, feel, and love.
This is a series of essays representing philosopher Alan Watts's most recent thinking on the
astonishing problems of man's relations to his material environment. The basic theme is that
civilized man confuses symbol with reality, his ways of describing and measuring the world with the
world itself, and thus puts himself into the absurd situation of preferring money to wealth and eating
the menu instead of the dinner.
Thus, with his attention locked upon numbers and concepts, man is increasingly unconscious of
nature and of his total dependence upon air, water, plants, animals, insects, and bacteria. He has
been hallucinated into the notion that the so-called "external" world is a cluster of "objects" separate
from himself, that he "encounters" it, that he comes into it instead of out of it. Consequently, our
species is fouling its own nest and is in imminent danger of self-obliteration.
EXOPOLITICS is the evolution of Alfred Lambremont Webre's groundbreaking work as a futurist at
the Stanford Research Institute, where in 1977 he directed a proposed extraterrestrial

communication study project for the Carter White House. Exopolitics may turn the dominant view of
our Universe upside down. It reveals that we live on an isolated planet in the midst of a populated,
evolving, and highly organized inter-planetary, inter-galactic, and multi-dimensional Universe
society. It explores why Earth seems to have been quarantined for eons from a more evolved
Universe society. Exopolitics suggests specific steps to end our isolation, by reaching out to the
technologically and spiritually advanced civilizations that are engaging our world at this unique,
challenging time in human history.
Achieving your first astral travel experience is always the most difficult&mdash;and no single method
will work for everyone. That's why the techniques in this book are carefully graded to step by step
through an actual out-of-body experience. And with fifteen time-tested methods to choose from
you're sure to be astral traveling in no time.
Once you learn to leave your body, the freedom you'll discover will transform your life. Explore new
worlds &hellip; learn to travel with a partner &hellip; go back and forth through time &hellip; even find
a lover&hellip; but, most importantly, lose your fear of death as you discover that you are a spiritual
being independent of your physical body.
Superb herbal in the feminine-intuitive mode. Complete instructions for using common plants for
food, beauty, medicine, and longevity. Introduction by Jean Houston Healing Wise sets forth the
foundations of the Wise Woman Tradition, contrasting them with the Heroic and Scientific views of
healing. Weeds draw us into ancient wisdom in a clear and refreshing way, says herbalist Rosemary
Gladstar. I see the Wise Woman. She carries a blanket of compassion. She wears a robe of
wisdom. From her shoulders, a mantle of power flows. She ties the threads of our lives together. I
see the Wise Woman. And she sees me. Seven herbs -- burdock, chickweed, dandelion, nettle,
oatstraw, seaweed, and violet -- are explored in depth. Each monograph includes the voice of the
herb, a weed walk to encounter the herb in its environment, detailed instructions for harvesting and
preparation, properties and uses for every part of the herb, pertinent facts, fun folklore, and recipes
for gourmet foodstuffs, wines, beers, cosmetics, and more.
His book teems with little-known and often startling facts about Earth's origins, its geology, its
climate, its relationship to its cosmic environment, its dependence on a sun which itself is burning
out, and finally its unique character as the abode of an incredible variety of living species, including
humans, whose existence shapes its destiny.
A profusion of photos lends the book visual exhilaration; color shots as recent as a Space Shuttle
photos of hurricane Elena are included. Here, explored profoundly and comprehensively, is Mother
Earth seen as unbearably preciousthe more so since Weiner does not discount chances of a
possible "nuclear winter," naming his readers as "the first generation of the long goodbye."
The authors describe the history of homeopathy and offer illuminating case studies, specific
remedies, and practical applications. Increasingly, the scientific and medical communities are
accepting homeopathy as a legitimate complementary therapy--and this book stands as the most
professional, up-to-date guide on the practice currently available.
In Brian Weiss's bestseller Many Lives, Many Masters, nearly one and a half million readers met
Catherine. In a hypnotic trance, Dr. Weiss's young patient summoned memories of many past
lifetimes, demonstrated an astonishing ability to transmit transcendental messages, and turned the
life of a respectable psychiatrist upside down.
Now Dr. Weiss takes his research one breathtaking step further. He portrays two strangers,
Elizabeth and Pedro, who are unaware that they have been lovers throughout the long centuries -until fate brings them together again. He shows how each and every one of us has a soulmate
whom we have loved in past incarnations and who waits to reunite with us now. And he opens up
entirely new worlds for all of us everywhere, based on a single, powerful truth...
Brian Weiss made headlines with his ground-breaking research on past life therapy in Many Lives,

Many Masters. Now, based on his extensive clinical experience, he builds on time-tested techniques
of psychotherapy, revealing how regression to past lifetimes provides the necessary breakthrough to
healing mind, body, and soul. Using vivid past life case studies, Dr. Weiss shows how regression
therapy can heal grief, create more loving relationships, uncover hidden talents, and ultimately
shows how near death and out of body experiences help confirm the existence of past lives. Dr.
Weiss includes his own professional hypnosis, dream recall, meditation and journaling techniques
for safe past life recall at home.
As a traditional psychotherapist, Dr. Brian Weiss was astonished and skeptical when one of his
patients began recalling past-life traumas that seemed to hold the key to her recurring nightmares
and anxiety attacks. His skepticism was eroded, however, when she began to channel messages
from the "space between lives," which contained remarkable revelations about Dr. Weiss' family and
his dead son. Using past-life therapy, he was able to cure the patient and embark on a new, more
meaningful phase of his own career.
This is the true story of an ordinary guy who had a series of extraordinary experiences in the afterlife
dimension. One night after meditating himself to sleep, he awoke in what he assumed was a
super-realistic dream with all his senses in overdrive. During his first of many such dreams, he met a
young man named Lyle who informed him he wasn't dreaming at all, but had mistakenly tunneled
his conscious being into the world of the dead. Of course, the guy didn't believe any of it; he thought
his dream was some sort of an amazing hallucination. But the next time he meditated himself to
sleep, he returned to this impossible world with Lyle waiting for him. Thus began a long series of
dreams where his ghostly new friend, accompanied by his thought-constructed girlfriend, taught him
a whole new way to perceive life. He learned some startling scientific theories that revealed the true
genesis of consciousness; he was led to believe in an all-powerful creator; he was taught a
revolutionary theory on the existence of Jesus, and so so much more. But as fantastic and
impossible as all this was, what really blew him away was the real, hidden reason was he was really
there. He had been fortuitously chosen to play a vital role in a quantum physics experiment aimed at
creating a whole new being in the afterlife. Oh and, by the way, the guy who experienced all this
didn't believe a single moment of it until he was shown conclusive proof. To this day, however, he
remains a skeptic. Will you?
You don't need to be experienced in the Craft to benefit from these spells and rituals for your family,
home, work, and spiritual life. West introduces the age-old practice of magic, and provides guidance,
resources, and tips to benefit Witches of all levels. From there, you can access spells for a wide
variety of uses: getting pregnant, coming out as a Witch, tackling a new project, strengthening family
communication, shielding yourself from rumors at work, and healing the body, emotions, and spirit.
Also featured are rituals for sabbats, esbats, Witch initiation, and rites of passage.
Book after book has been written about UFOs, Atlantis, reincarnation, Jesus, the end of the world,
the occult, ESP, the soul, the subconscious, the superconsciousness, astral travel, communications
with beings of other worlds, etc. Book after book on these subjects has raised more questions than it
has answered. Now, at last, here is an extraordinary book with answers.
Here, at last, is a book that puts it all together. "The Treasure of El Dorado" is not only a true story of
incalculable riches, it is also an epic adventure that weaves many seemingly diverse facts together
to reveal one logical Divine Plan unfolding upon the Earth. Here is a book that induces you to
believe in the validity of mental communication and reincarnation. Here is a book that will test
anyone's professed open-mindedness.
Here is a book that will overwhelm you time after time as it reaches down into your gut and causes
you to admit with astonishment the validity of things you may have long thought ridiculous or
impossible. Journey with the author through a series of exciting and suspenseful events that leads
to the discovery of the world's greatest treasure, archaeological artifacts, huge mineral resources,
new technological inventions, as well as cosmic revelations of human life in our solar system and
beyond.

The author is Vice-President of a large financial institution. He is listed in Hu's Who in Finance and
Industry, and has achieved recognition as an outstanding citizen and as a community leader.
Though he must momentarily remain anonymous, he has been systematically prepared over a long
period of time to put the treasure of El Dorado to use for the benefit of mankind. This book will
change your ideas about everything. This book will change your life! --- from book's dustjacket
From acupressure to herbal medicine, Reiki to numerology, Druids to spirit guides, this book
explains all of the most important topics in the exciting New Age movement. Each of the entries is
presented in a straightforward way. Boxes of further information and things to do enhance the text,
and suggestions for further reading are made wherever appropriate. There is also a full list of
addresses and Web sites to check out. You'll learn definitions of every New Age term, from the most
basic to the most obscure: New Age Encyclopedia brings a much-needed overview to a
broad-ranging subject. Although aimed at the newcomer, it will be of interest to anyone looking for
intelligent, straightforward descriptions of some of today's most fascinating and crucial themes.
When he and his wife were invited to the New York City Park Avenue home of Judge and Mrs
William Cannon for a dinner party during October 1926, Dr Neville Whymant, a professor of
linguistics at Oxford and London Universities, had no idea that he would be attending a sance with
American direct-voice medium George Valiantine. Mrs Cannon explained to Whymant that she
feared he would decline the invitation if she had told him what was going to take place. She further
explained that she needed someone with knowledge of Oriental languages to do some interpreting
as what seemed to be a Chinese-speaking spirit had been breaking in at prior sittings with
Valiantine. Whymant, who spoke 30 languages, was in the United States to study the languages of
the American Indian. While having no interest in Spiritualism and being somewhat skeptical,
Whymant felt obligated to remain for the sitting. 'There was no appearance or suspicion of trickery,'
Whymant recorded in this book, 'but I mention these things to show that I was alert from the
beginning, and I was prepared to apply all the tests possible to whatever phenomena might appear.'
As soon as the lights were turned off, the group recited the Lord's Prayer and then sacred music
was played on a gramophone. Voices came through for other sitters before Mrs Whymant's father
communicated in his characteristic drawl, reminiscent of the West County of England. The group
then heard the 'sound of an old wheezy flute not too skillfully played.' It reminded Whymant of
sounds he had heard in the streets of China. When the flute-like sound faded, Whymant heard a
'voice' directed at him through the trumpet say in an ancient Chinese dialect: 'Greeting, O son of
learning and reader of strange books! This unworthy servant bows humbly before such excellence.'
Whymant responded in more modern Chinese: 'Peace be upon thee, O illustrious one. This
uncultured menial ventures to ask thy name and illustrious style.' The 'voice' replied: 'My mean
name is K'ung, men call me Fu-tsu, and my lowly style is Kiu.' Whymant recognized this as the
name by which Confucius was canonized. Not certain that he heard right, Whymant asked for the
voice to repeat the name. 'This time without any hesitation at all came the name K'ung-fu-tzu,'
Whymant wrote. 'Now I thought, was my opportunity. Chinese I had long regarded as my own
special research area, and he would be a wise man, medium or other, who would attempt to trick me
on such soil. If this tremulous voice were that of the old ethicist who had personally edited the
Chinese classics, then I had an abundance of questions to ask him. Psychic Adventures in New
York details the fascinating series of events recorded by Whymant in 1931, of his sittings with the
medium George Valiantine. In the introduction of this book he writes; By strange and unfathomable
routes come men's greatest adventures. I little thought that a pleasant dinner party in Park Avenue,
New York, was to raise the curtain on one of the most exacting and inexplicable episodes of my life.
There is a story in it, and it is the story which is here set down; no complicated psychological
analysis has been attempted in this place.
Dr. Carl Wickman, a noted and certified psycologist, dwelled into a different facet of study &ndash;
Spirit Possession. Over 40 years of study and examination of a myrid of patients, he concluded that
most mental problems that people have is due to those on the other side in the afterlife, attach
themselves onto the living, knowing not what else to do. In his sessions he would loose and
communicate with these spiritual individuals and send them on their way into higher realms or
spheres of the spiritlands, via the care of angel physicians.

Now, he expands his vision with a cutting-edge investigation into alternative sciences with deep
insights into what is coming in our immediate future. A stunning synthesis of hidden science and lost
prophecies, The Source Field Investigations exposes DNA transformation, wormholes, ancient
conspiracies, the Maya calendar, and a new model of galactic energy fields triggering mental,
biological, and spiritual evolution.
These short essays and meditations are filled with practical advice for creating our best possible life,
a daily dose of this common sense approach to New Thought, or the law of attraction, is just what
we need to bring our broken world back into harmony. To read this book is to feel a rhythm like a
heartbeat: steady, natural, life-affirming.
Despite the varieties of impressions, interpretation and opinion expressed by Wilhelm, Jung and
Cleary, the meditation technique described by The Secret of the Golden Flower is a straightforward,
silent, multileveled technique designed and expressed as the progressive integration of some inner
mandala rising inside some "golden palace" or "chamber" ; the book's description of meditation has
been characterized as 'Zen with details'. The meditation technique, set forth in poetic language,
reduces to a formula of sitting, breathing and contemplating.
Sitting primarily relates to a straight posture. Breathing is described in detail, primarily in terms of the
esoteric physiology of the path of qi (also known as chi or ki), or breath energy. The energy path
associated with breathing has been described as similar to an internal wheel vertically aligned with
the spine. When breathing is steady, the wheel turns forward, with breath energy rising in back and
descending in front. Bad breathing habits (or bad posture, or even bad thoughts) can cause the
wheel not to turn, or move backward, inhibiting the circulation of essential breath energy. In
contemplation, one watches thoughts as they arise and recede.
"In this apology the editors are careful to affirm that they collected, rather than furnished, their
materials originally, and give as their venerable authorities the names of Dionysius the Areopagite,
Chrysostom, Hilary, Augustin, Gregory I., Remigius, Thomas Aquinas, and others. The writers exult
in the consciousness of security, in spite of the attempts of the demons, day and night, to deter them
from completing their meritorious labours. Stratagems of every sort are employed in vain. In their
judgment the worst species of human wickedness sink into nothing, compared with apostasy from
the Church and, by consequence, alliance with hell. A genuine or pretended dread of sorcery, and
an affected contempt for the female sex, with an extremely low estimate of its virtues (adopting the
language of the Fathers), characterises the opinions of the compilers.
Ennemoser has made an abstract from the 'Demonomagie' of Horst (founded on Hauber's original
work), of the 'Hexenhammer,' under its three principal divisions.[105] The third part, which contains
the Criminal Code, and consists of thirty-five questions, is the most important section. It is difficult to
decide which is the more astonishing, the perfect folly or the perfect iniquity of the Code: it is easier
to understand how so many thousands of victims were helplessly sacrificed. The arrest might take
place on the simple rumour of a witch being found somewhere, without any previous denunciation.
The most abandoned and the most infamous persons may be witnesses: no criminal is too bad.
Even a witch or heretic (the worst criminal in the eye of ecclesiastical law) is capable of giving
evidence. Husbands and wives may witness one against the other; and the testimony of children
was received as good evidence.
The ninth and tenth chapters consider the question 'whether a defence was to be allowed; if an
advocate defended his client beyond what was requisite, whether it was not reasonable that he too
should be considered guilty; for he is a patron of witches and heretics.... Thirteenth chapter: What
the judge has to notice in the torture-chamber. Witches who have given themselves up for years,
body and soul, to the devil, are made by him so insensible to pain on the rack, that they rather allow
themselves to be torn to pieces than confess. Fourteenth chapter: Upon torture and the mode
of[106] racking. In order to bring the accused to voluntary confession, you may promise her her life;
which promise, however, may afterwards be withdrawn. If the witch does not confess the first day,
the torture to be continued the second and third days. But here the difference between continuing
and repeating is important. The torture may not be continued without fresh evidence, but it may be

repeated according to judgment. Fifteenth chapter: Continuance of the discovery of a witch by her
marks. Amongst other signs, weeping is one. It is a damning thing if the accused, on being brought
up, cannot shed tears. The clergy and judges lay their hands on the head of the accused, and
adjure her by the hot tears of the Most Glorified Virgin that in case of her innocence, she shed
abundant tears in the name of God the Father."
"This companion book to Psychic Phenomena of Jamaica goes into much greater depth as to the
New World-African connection, and adds more material about Afro-Carribean religion in Haiti. The
primary strength of this work is the careful documentation of the history and ethnography of Vodun.
Williams includes numerous quotes from rare documents and books on the subject. The weakness
is the lack of detailed information about the religious system of Vodun, which we now know to be as
complicated (or more so) than any of the major religions. There is scarcely any mention of the loas,
the pantheon of Vodun Gods and Goddesses, and he misses the importance of possession during
the religious ceremonies. However, all things considered, this is required reading if you want to
understand the background of Haitian and Jamaican Vodun, and the profound influence of
imperialism, slavery and racism on its development.--jbh." (Quote from sacred-texts.com)
The name was derived from the god Vodun of the West African Yoruba people who lived in 18th and
19th century Dahomey. Its roots may go back 6,000 years in Africa. That country occupied parts of
today's Togo, Benin and Nigeria. Slaves brought their religion with them when they were forcibly
shipped to Haiti and other islands in the West Indies.
Cosmic Trigger deals with a process of deliberately induced brain change. This process is called
'initiation' or 'vision quest' in many traditional societies and can loosely be considered some
dangerous variety of self-psychotherapy in modern terminology. I do not recommend it for
everybody. The main thing I learned in my experiments is that 'reality' is always plural and mutable.
-- From the Preface
Before the X-Files, before alt.conspiracy, there was Robert Anton Wilson and his legendary
Illuminatus! Trilogy. Now this avatar of conspiriology, renowned for his razor wit and progressive
philosophy, takes you on a fascinating, eclectic ride through what Wilson has termed the "Cultic
Twilight" where conspiracy theories flourish.
Everything Is Under Control covers the range of Wilson's kaleidoscopic knowledge, from John
Adams to the Voronezh (former Soviet Union) UFO sighting, the Campus Crusade for Cthulhu to the
Mothman prophecies, and everything in between. What do the Freemasons, the Kennedys, and
Princess Diana have in common? All are at the center of gigantic conspiracy theories with incredibly
complex and endlessly multiplying twists, turns, highways and byways. Arranged by alphabetical
entries which include cross-references to other entries in the book and also provide addresses to
related sites on the Web, this book is truly interactive--you can dip in, read through, or follow one of
the URLs from an interesting entry onto the internet.
Imagine trying to make sense of an amalgam of Timothy Leary's eight neurological circuits, G.I.
Gurdjieff's self-observation exercises, Alfred Korzybski's general semantics, Aleister Crowley's
magical theorems, and the several disciplines of Yoga; not to mention Christian Science, relativity,
quantum mechanics, and many other approaches to understanding the world around us. That is
exactly what Robert Anton Wilson does in Prometheus Rising. In short, this is a book about how the
human mind works and what you can do to make the most of yours.
Throughout human history, thoughts, values and behaviors have been colored by language and the
prevailing view of the universe. With the advent of Quantum Mechanics, relativity, non-Euclidean
geometries, non-Aristotelian logic and General Semantics, the scientific view of the world has
changed dramatically from just a few decades ago. Nonetheless, human thinking is still deeply
rooted in the cosmology of the middle ages. Quantum Psychology is the book to change your way of
perceiving yourself--and the universe for the 21st Century. Some say it's materialistic, others call it
scientific and still others insist it's mystical. It is all of these--and none.

Is history a vast conspiracy? A cosmic joke? Discover the truth - maybe - in the long-awaited new
edition of Robert Anton Wilson's classic cult bestseller The Illuminati Papers. Created as a vehicle to
amuse and enlighten, the story of the Illuminati has attracted devoted readers world-wide, who have
found in it a perfect metaphor for our times.
TSOG is Bob's most powerful political statement. What is happening in the United States--RIGHT
NOW!--to human freedom and to the Constitution that was written to secure and protect YOUR
liberty? Why does the U.S. have a drug TSAR(!) who proudly destroys millions of lives and bullies
the governments of the rest of the world into prosecuting an insane war on [some] drugs? How did a
Nazi spy come to have an enormous influence on current U.S. foreign policy? Will the 'war on
terrorism' put the last nail in the coffin of YOUR rights? Would Hannibal Lecter make a better
president than George W. Bush?
While this, the second volume of the Cosmic Trigger trilogy, continues along the path set by the
original Cosmic Trigger I: Final Secret of the Illuminati, it also stands solidly on its own. Any reader
with an open mind and a sense of humor cannot help but be entertained and enlightened while
following Wilson's explorations into such subjects as the future of cyberspace; the peculiarities of
Irish jurisprudence; links among the Mafia, the CIA and the Catholic Church; anal-eroticism in The
White House; the Dog Castrator of Palm Springs; and many more observations from his infinitely
fertile brain.
This, the long-awaited third volume of the Cosmic Trigger series, includes Wilson's witty and
humorous observations about the widely spread (and, happily, premature) announcement of his
demise. And, of course, what Wilson masterpiece would be complete without synchronicities,
religious fanatics, UFOs, crop circles, paranoia, pompous scientists, secret societies, high tech,
black magic, quantum physics, hoaxes (real and fake), Orson Welles, James Joyce, Carl Sagan,
Madonna, and The Vagina of Nuit.
All of these questions&mdash;and many more&mdash;are answered in Shamanism, Second
Edition: A Biopsychosocial Paradigm of Consciousness and Healing. This text contains crosscultural
examinations of the nature of shamanism, biological perspectives on alterations of consciousness,
mechanisms of shamanistic healing, as well as the evolutionary origins of shamanism. It presents
the shamanic paradigm within a biopsychosocial framework for explaining successful human
evolution through group rituals. In the final chapter,"the author compares shamanistic rituals with
chimpanzee displays to identify homologies that point to the ritual dynamics of our ancient hominid
ancestors.
The sporadic and epidemic manifestations of witchcraft during the seventeenth century in New
England were but symptoms of a belief in satanic agencies, world-wide and pervading all ages. As a
psychological symptom, it has created a large number of treatises, learned or emotional, some
confidently adhering to the belief, others corrective or sternly critical. Lecky, who has touched the
subject in his History of nationalism, gives high praise to the learning and ability of Maury s Histoire
de la Magie (P aris, 1860). The retrospections of the Commentaries of Blackstone, the records
(1661) of the Tryal of Witches at the Assizes for the County of Suffolk, March, 1664, before Sir
Matthew Hale (L ondon, 1682), (which Cotton Mather summarized in his Wonders of the Invisible
World), andr .G lanvil s Sadducismus triumjphans, or full and plain evidence concerning witches and
apparitions (L ondon, 1681,) a book on which the Mathers feasted show how thoroughly perverse
public opinion was in England in the days when colonial New England looked thither for guid-: ance.
The commonness of the frenzy is shown in such books as W. H. D. A dams s Historical sketches of
magic and witchcraft in England and Scotland (L ondon, 1889). Michael Dal tons Country Justice
(1619, etc.,) was the authority for the English practice in such trials. Dr. Haven, in his Report to the
American Antiquarian Society (A pril 24, 1874), says of Dalton sbook: The
"This book is the outcome of a close study of the language and beliefs of the Malays during a
period of residence in the Malay Peninsula that has now reached twenty-two years. Its object is to
unravel a complex system of magic in the light of historical and comparative data. By itself this
system is a tangle every thread of which scholars working in Europe are led to term Malay, although

even the native distinguishes this thread as Indian and that as Muslim. Chapters i.-iv. deal with the
Malay's evolution from animist to Muslim; chapters v. and vi. with his animism; chapters vii. and viii.
with his shamanism; chapter ix. with rites largely infected with Hindu magic; and chapters x. and xi.
with Muslim accretions." (Quote from sufibrighton.com)
Time travel is not just science fiction; it may actually be possible. Wolf draws on yoga and quantum
physics to show that time is a flexible projection of mind. Cheating time, he says, is an ancient
metaphysical idea from the Vedas having to do with moving through meditation to a place where
time stands still.
Why do we believe in the soul? Does it actually exist? If so, what is it? Does it differ from the self? Is
it part of the material world? Does it survive the body after death? In The Spiritual Universe, Fred
Alan Wolf brings the most modern perspective of quantum physics to the most ancient questions of
religion and philosophy.
Taking the reader on a fascinating tour of both Western and Eastern thought, Wolf explains the
differing view of the soul in the works of Plato, Aristotle, and St. Thomas; the ancient Egyptian's
believe in the nine forms of the soul; the Qabalistic idea of the soul acting in secret to bring spiritual
order to a chaotic universe of matter and energy; and the Buddhist vision of a "nonsoul." And, Wolf
mounts a defense of the soul against its modern critics who see it as nothing more than the physical
body.
Do you often find yourself pondering life's little conundrums? Have you ever wondered why the
ocean is blue? Or why birds don't get electrocuted when perching on high-voltage power lines?
Robert L. Wolke, professor emeritus of chemistry at the University of Pittsburgh and acclaimed
author of What Einstein Didn't Know, understands the need to...well, understand. Now he provides
more amusing explanations of such everyday phenomena as gravity (If you're in a falling elevator,
will jumping at the last instant save your life?) and acoustics (Why does a whip make such a loud
cracking noise?), along with amazing facts, belly-up-to-the-bar bets, and mind-blowing reality bites
all with his trademark wit and wisdom.
Arranged in a question-and-answer format and grouped by subject for browsing ease, WHAT
EINSTEIN TOLD HIS BARBER is for anyone who ever pondered such things as why colors fade in
sunlight, what happens to the rubber from worn-out tires, what makes red-hot objects glow red, and
other scientific curiosities. Perfect for fans of Newton's Apple, Jeopardy!, and The Discovery
Channel, WHAT EINSTEIN TOLD HIS BARBER also includes a glossary of important scientific buzz
words and a comprehensive index.
Dark, earthy, and immensely powerful, the Black Goddess has been a key force in world history,
manifesting in images as diverse as the Indian goddess Kali and the Black Madonnas of medieval
Europe. She embodies the energy of chaos and creativity, creation and destruction, death and
rebirth. Images of Her, however, have been conspicuously missing in the Western world for
centuries&mdash;until now, when awareness of the Goddess is re-arising in many spheres, from the
women's movement to traditional religion, from the new discoveries of quantum physics to the
dreams of ordinary men and women.
Why now particularly? The answer provided by Marion Woodman and Elinor Dickson is bold and
thrilling: the reemergence of the Divine Feminine in our time indicates our readiness to move to an
entirely new level of consciousness. The reemerging Goddess calls for a shattering of rigid
categories, a willingness to hold opposition. She calls us to marry reason and order to creativity, and
to embrace the chaos that can ultimately lead to wisdom and transformation on personal and global
levels.
Contemporary Christian Scholarship interprets the bible. The book does not treat the Bible as great
literature or as a collection of spiritual or moral teachings, but as a record of God's action in human
history as perceived by believing men who sought to understand the ways of God and communicate
them to others.

MAP is a comprehensive medical program for humans that addresses our general health; any
specific illness, disease or condition; injuries (serious or small); our mental health; our emotional
health; and our overall well-being. As a program, it couldn't be more simple. With MAP you have
high quality medical assistance any time day or night. This new third edition of MAP offers
refinements that include: * Adding ETS Plus to the process steps as an option. * Updating the
Calibration Process and MAP. * Expanding the kinesiology instruction, including adding
photographs. * Updating the Emergency MAP, Children's MAP and Professional MAP instructions. *
Updating the presentation to make it easier to use the MAP book as a reference guide. For folks
with the second edition, it is well worth upgrade!
This is a much-needed, hands-on manual for the gardener who wishes to work in conscious
partnership with the overlighting nature intelligences. Based on the author's many years of
experience, The Perelandra Garden Workbook is filled with practical techniques, fresh perspectives
on traditional organic gardening methods, and an infectious sense of joy and humor.
Interspersed throughout this book are many direct communications from the different levels of
nature intelligence. Each reveal universal natural law and a cosmic wisdom applicable not only to
gardens dug in soil, but to every garden planted in the larger soil of life experience. Truly, a book for
everyone seeking to connect into the larger picture of life.
God blessed Prophet Solomon (pbuh) with a great kingdom, incomparable wealth, a powerful army
supported by jinns and birds, and superior wisdom. This book looks at his special God-given
qualities, as described in the Qur'an, that made him superior to other human beings. Such a study
enables us to consider the exemplary moral character of this chosen servant of our Lord. Given that
many aspects of Prophet Solomon's (pbuh) biography are connected with the End Times, we also
examine this period. The End Times, which is drawing ever-closer and during which the Qur'an's
moral teachings will prevail, will witness the coming of the Mahdi. This spiritual person, an agent of
God, will destroy all false philosophies and ideologies, thereby bringing an end to the oppression
and chaos seen all over the world. The hadiths state that the world rule in the End Times will be very
much like the reigns of Prophet Solomon (pbuh) and Dhu'l-Qarnayn (pbuh). For this reason, the
author examines the Qur'anic accounts of the times of these two great leaders from this point of
view. This method will allow believers to interpret events from a wider perspective and broaden their
horizons. In addition, it will cause Muslims to think about the good tidings of the End Times and live
in eager expectation of its arrival.
IN the following pages I have sought to satisfy a request, often made to me, to give a short but
comprehensive view of the whole fabric of the Arcane mysteries, and affinity with the Masonic
System; and I here take the opportunity of recording my protest against the sceptical tendencies of
the present generation of the Moderns who are Masons, and against the efforts that are made, in
season and out of season, to underrate the indubitable antiquity of the Masonic ceremonies. These
efforts, which tend to lower the prestige of our ancient Craft, are not altogether without good results,
as they have led to a more careful examination of our Masonic legends and of ancient documents,
and I have therefore added, to a general History of the Arcane Schools, a view, sufficiently explicit,
of the ancient rites of the Masons, leaving the intelligent Freemason of our day to trace the relative
bearing of these. Those who obstinately deny the existence of anything which is outside their own
comprehension are fully as credulous as those who accept everything without discrimination. There
are certain intellects which lack intuition and the ability to take in and assimilate abstruse truths, just
as much as there are people who are colour-blind, or deaf to the more delicate notes of music; this
was well known to the ancient theologians and mystics, and the reasons which they assigned for the
mental incapacity will appear in the following pages.
"Among those who have explored the intellectual world of the sixteenth century no one in England
can rival Miss Yates. Wherever she looks, she illuminates. Now she has looked on Bruno. This
brilliant book takes time to digest, but it is an intellectual adventure to read it. Historians of ideas, of
religion, and of science will study it. Some of them, after reading it, will have to think again. . . . For
Miss Yates has put Bruno, for the first time, in his tradition, and has shown what that tradition

was."&mdash;Hugh Trevor-Roper, New Statesman


In this collection, he appears in "Red Hanrahan", "The Twisting of the Rope", "Hanrahan and
Cathleen The Daughter of Hoolihan", "Red Hanrahan's Curse", "Hanrahan's Vision", and "The Death
of Hanrahan". Also included in this collection are "Dedication to A. E.", "To The Secret Rose", "The
Crucifixion of the Outcast", "Out of the Rose", "The Wisdom of the King", "The Heart Of The Spring",
"The Curse of the Fires and of the Shadows", "The Old Men of the Twilight", "Where There Is
Nothing", "There Is God", "Of Costello The Proud", "Of Una The Daughter of Macdermot", "Of The
Bitter Tongue", and Rose Alchemica.
The Divine Romance includes over fifty talks and essays by Paramahansa Yogananda. Readers will
find these talks alive with the unique blend of all-embracing wisdom, encouragement, and love for
humanity that have made the author one of our era's most trusted guides to the spiritual life. The
second book in a trilogy, which includes, Man's Eternal Quest and Journey to Self-realization - each
of which are packed with information covering a vast range of spiritual topics - The Divine Romance
speaks to the deepest needs of the human soul. The great master reveals how we can meet the
daily challenges to our physical, psychological, emotional, and spiritual well-being - by awakening
our divine nature, the neglected reality at the core of our being.
Yogananda said, "The greatest romance you can have is the romance with God....He is the Lover
and our souls are the beloved, and when the soul meets the greatest Lover of the universe, then the
eternal romance begins. The love that you have been seeking for incarnations through all human
loves is at last yours."
One of the Top 100 Spiritual Books of the Twentieth Century New Bonus Materials added to this
edition include the last chapter that Yogananda wrote covering the years 1946-1951 that was not
available in the original edition. The eulogy that Yogananda wrote for Gandhi. A new afterword by
Swami Kriyananda, one of Yogananda's closest disciples.
Yogananda was the first yoga master of India whose mission it was to live and teach in the West.
His first-hand account of his life experiences includes childhood revelations, stories of his visits to
saints and masters in India, and long-secret teachings of Self-realization that he made available to
the Western reader.
Paramahansa Yogananda's Collected Talks and Essays, which includes, Man's Eternal Quest and
The Divine Romance, present in-depth discussions of the sweeping range of inspiring and universal
truths that have captivated millions in his Autobiography of a Yogi. Readers will find these talks alive
with the unique blend of all-embracing wisdom, practical encouragement, and love for humanity that
have made the author one of our era's most revered and trusted guides to the spiritual life.
In this anthology, Journey to Self-Realization, Paramahansa Yogananda shows us how we can
experience the Divine Presence within us and in all life - not just as a passing inspiration but as a
constant inner realization. Through this expanded awareness, we receive the gifts of the soul:
peace, divine love, ever new joy, intuitive guidance for every question and crossroads we encounter
in the amazing adventure of human life.
Place yourself in the presence of one of the leading spiritual figures of the 20th century. These
collected talks and essays capture the unique blend of all-embracing wisdom, love for humanity, and
thrillingly universal spirituality that drew thousands to hear Paramahansa Yogananda, the Father of
Yoga in the West, (and author of the spiritual classic Autobiography of a Yogi) in his pioneering
mission to bring India s ancient spiritual science alive for countless seekers around the world. Many
of the talks in this collection were transcribed from these historic lectures, in which the great master,
with inimitable warmth and wit, showed how spirituality in its depths can be practically applied
across the full range of our daily human needs and challenges.
This revision of a classic collection of historical and analytical essays explores the use of fantasy
and fairytales in children's literature. The compilation of 16 perceptive essays includes six new

entries and updates others from the original 1981 publication. Yolen, winner of the National Book
Award and the Caldecott Medal, among other honors, is a renowned storyteller and author of more
than 200 books for children and adults. Authoritative, eloquent, and fetching, her observations focus
on traditional tales that have passed down through generations and been altered in the process.
Folklore and fantasy have, she asserts, endured as basic learning tools to introduce young readers
to the world around them, and the stories are a uniquely appropriate guide to day-to-day realities
and culture. The definition and impact of these stories is couched in the wonder of fantasy and
themes essential to today's young readers. As Yolen poetically observes, "To do without tales and
stories and books is to lose humanity's past, is to have no star map for the future." This book will be
prized by teachers, authors, students, and all readers who value the use of folklore, mythology, and
the familiar stories of youth. A pleasure to read; highly recommended.DRichard K. Burns, MSLS,
Hatboro, PA
This anthology offers wide-ranging views by various global experts about the end of the Mayan
calendar in 2012, as well as related prophecies and associated physical changes of Earth's
structure. The purpose of this collection is to broaden your perspective about such issues and
concerns, so you can discern for yourself what your commitment to planetary life will be-and then to
demonstrate your commitment into being, beginning this very instant.
If man knew exactly what would happen to him after death, enormous strides would be made into
evolution. The author has given anyone the information to guide the reader to be successful in
proceeding to the 4th dimension. Contents: the experimental bases of the scientific, philosophical
and religious unity of opinions and beliefs; some relationships between man and the universe; and
conclusions.
A Translation, with introduction and notes, of The Secrets of Cultivating Essential Nature and
Eternal Life (Hsin Ming Fa Chueh Ming Chih) by the Taoist Master Chao Pi Ch'en, born 1860. Lu
K'uan Yu was born in Canton in 1898. His first Master was the Hutuktu of Sikang, an enlightened
Great Lama. His second Master was the Venerable Chan Master Hsu Ysu Yun, the
Dharma-successor of all five Ch'an sects of China.
The Importance of Living is a wry, witty antidote to the dizzying pace of the modern world. Lin
Yutang's prescription is the classic Chinese philosophy of life: Revere inaction as much as action,
invoke humor to maintain a healthy attitude, and never forget that there will always be plenty of fools
around who are willing-indeed, eager-to be busy, to make themselves useful, and to exercise power
while you bask in the simple joy of existence.At a time when we're overwhelmed with wake-up calls,
here is a refreshing, playful reminder to savor life's simple pleasures.
Drawing upon long experience in the Western esoteric traditions, C. L. Zalewski has gathered a
wide range of materials on the planetary zodiacal and elemental correspondences of herbs used in
magic and alchemy. She presents guidelines for gathering magical herbs and explains how proper
harvesting methods interact with the vibrations of each plant to insure full potency. Taking the
subject of timing a step fur ther Zalewski highlights the importance of choosing harmonious
astrological times for all magical practices and explains how to develop an intimacy with nature that
goes beyond charts and formulas to touch the intuition.
The authors stress experimentation with the tarot, which is a mark of a vibrant magical system. The
descriptions of each tarot card are very reliable and very complete. Of particular interest are the
alchemical associations and the authors&rsquo; work on the gematria or numerology of each card.
For the first time a complete alchemical system is given for the whole deck. There is also a good
deal of added astrological information and divinatory meanings and interpretations.
Several excellent suggestions for studying and meditating on the cards are provided by the authors.
This book is a balanced combination of both historical and new material presented by the Zalewskis
that stands firmly rooted in Golden Dawn teachings and ritual practice. There are many interesting
new innovations in this book.

Pat Zalewski and his wife, Chris, live in Wellington, New Zealand, where they are co-chiefs of the
Golden Dawn Temple, Thoth-Hermes. Both were initiated and instructed in the Golden Dawn
teachings by ex-members of the New Zealand temple Whare Ra, which was founded in 1912 and
closed in 1978. Both are keen astrologers and have a strong interest in Wiccan craft and the study
of comparative religions. They have written a number of books together on the Golden Dawn
theme.
After years of running his own Golden Dawn Temple and initiating members to 5=6, Pat Zalewski
was introduced to Jack Taylor, 7=4, Whare Ra, whom became a Chief along with Pat and his wife
in a fully functioning Golden Dawn Order. Taylor and other Whare Ra Adepts rigorously trained Pat
in the First Order Rituals as well as in the higher grades of the Order and Pat was consequently
initiated into the 6=5 and 7=4 grades by Jack with his oaths reworded so that he could freely
give what he received without any restriction.
In the tradition of the Z.1 and Z.3, this book contains the Z.4 which is the Inner Order aspect of the
four Elemental Grade Rituals, and the Z.5, which is the Inner Order aspect of the Portal and
Adeptus Minor Rituals. Before this work, no such interpretation existed for any of the Golden Dawn
Rituals above the Neophyte grade.
Until now, there has been little in the way of detailed information on the magical effects of the
Equinox and Solstice. Now, this book explores the deeper roots behind the Equinox and Solstice
traditions and their astrological significance. It explains the Golden Dawn's ceremonies in both
hermetic and pagan terms, and presents, for the first time in print, the Golden Dawn's full ritual on
the equinox.
Two of the Golden Dawn's highest initiates reveal what actually happens when one is initiated into
the Golden Dawn's second grade ceremony: the Zelator Ritual. Unlike any other book written on the
Golden Dawn, Z-5 presents in enormous detail all the higher explanations of this ceremony in one
package. Also read first-hand experiences of others who have undergone the ritual.
Libellus Magicus - Verus Jesuitarum Libellus, or, The True Magical Work of the Jesuits - Herbert
Irwin Libellus Magicus - a nineteenth-century manuscript of conjurations. The John G. White
Collection, 1924 transcribed and edited by Stephen J. Zietz Verus Jesuitarum Libellus, or, The True
Magical Work of the Jesuits. Containing Most powerful charges and conjurations for all Evil Spirits of
whatever State-Condition or office they are And a Most powerful and approved Conjuration of the
Spirit Usiel To which is added Cyprians Invocation of Angels And his Conjuration of the Spirits
Guarding hidden ...
"A knowledge of classical mythology is indispensable in understanding and appreciating much of the
great literature, sculpture, and painting of both the ancients and the moderns. Unless we know the
marvelous stories of the deities and heroes of the ancients, their great literature and art as much
later work down to the present day will remain unintelligible. Through the centuries from Chaucer,
Spencer, Shakespeare, and Milton on, not only the major writers but also hundreds of lesser writers
have retold the old tales or used them as a point of departure for new interpretations in terms of
contemporary problems and psychology."&mdash;From author's Introduction
With lucidity and elegance, Zukav explains that we are evolving from a species that pursues power
based upon the perceptions of the five senses -- external power -- into a species that pursues
authentic power -- power that is based upon the perceptions and values of the spirit. He shows how
the pursuit of external power has produced our survival-of-the-fittest understanding of evolution,
generated conflict between lovers, communities, and superpowers, and brought us to the edge of
destruction.
Using his scientist's eye and philosopher's heart, Zukav shows how infusing the activities of life with
reverence, compassion, and trust makes them come alive with meaning and purpose. He illustrates
how the emerging values of the spirit are changing marriages into spiritual partnerships, psychology
into spiritual psychology, and transforming our everyday lives. The Seat of the Soul describes the

remarkable journey to the spirit that each of us is on.


The Mind of the Soul describes with easy-to-read text and practical exercises how each moment in
life presents a choice: whether to persist in old, limited patterns or to experiment with the
unbounded, liberating potential ahead. Whether your choices are large -- concerning work,
marriage, parenting, divorce -- or appear small, such as whether to show annoyance when angry,
they carry consequences for which you must assume responsibility. The Mind of the Soul shows you
how, in every situation, one choice among the many that present themselves is the optimal choice -to create harmony, cooperation, or reverence for life. This special book offers the freedom to
experiment with your life, to see what does or doesn't work for you, to change yourself instead of
blaming others -- in short, to open your heart and develop authentic power.

You might also like